diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-8.txt | 10256 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 229696 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 433748 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-h/23529-h.htm | 10861 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-h/images/map.png | bin | 0 -> 177398 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-h/images/thumbnail_map.png | bin | 0 -> 14863 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/f001.png | bin | 0 -> 38421 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p665.png | bin | 0 -> 48777 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p666.png | bin | 0 -> 117628 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p667.png | bin | 0 -> 110947 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p668.png | bin | 0 -> 117511 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p669.png | bin | 0 -> 89578 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p670.png | bin | 0 -> 112286 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p671.png | bin | 0 -> 109150 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p672.png | bin | 0 -> 121299 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p673.png | bin | 0 -> 112195 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p674.png | bin | 0 -> 117436 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p675.png | bin | 0 -> 106017 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p676.png | bin | 0 -> 124788 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p677.png | bin | 0 -> 121708 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p678.png | bin | 0 -> 126065 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p679.png | bin | 0 -> 115071 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p680.png | bin | 0 -> 122272 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p681.png | bin | 0 -> 118395 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p682.png | bin | 0 -> 123169 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p683.png | bin | 0 -> 123426 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p684.png | bin | 0 -> 128796 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p685.png | bin | 0 -> 120115 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p686.png | bin | 0 -> 113566 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p687.png | bin | 0 -> 59572 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p688.png | bin | 0 -> 97640 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p689.png | bin | 0 -> 63926 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p690.png | bin | 0 -> 77332 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p691.png | bin | 0 -> 66847 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p692.png | bin | 0 -> 119240 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p693.png | bin | 0 -> 127938 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p694.png | bin | 0 -> 127808 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p695.png | bin | 0 -> 124643 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p696.png | bin | 0 -> 122650 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p697.png | bin | 0 -> 115843 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p698.png | bin | 0 -> 119028 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p699.png | bin | 0 -> 127742 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p700.png | bin | 0 -> 125804 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p701.png | bin | 0 -> 111200 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p702.png | bin | 0 -> 122703 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p703.png | bin | 0 -> 124611 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p704.png | bin | 0 -> 120589 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p705.png | bin | 0 -> 119346 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p706.png | bin | 0 -> 120399 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p707.png | bin | 0 -> 118811 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p708.png | bin | 0 -> 121808 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p709.png | bin | 0 -> 119110 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p710.png | bin | 0 -> 119489 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p711.png | bin | 0 -> 124792 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p712.png | bin | 0 -> 127223 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p713.png | bin | 0 -> 122851 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p714.png | bin | 0 -> 125826 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p715.png | bin | 0 -> 125733 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p716.png | bin | 0 -> 126373 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p717.png | bin | 0 -> 125203 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p718.png | bin | 0 -> 99791 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p719.png | bin | 0 -> 128635 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p720.png | bin | 0 -> 123186 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p721.png | bin | 0 -> 124816 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p722.png | bin | 0 -> 124442 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p723.png | bin | 0 -> 122042 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p724.png | bin | 0 -> 77029 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p725.png | bin | 0 -> 117316 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p726.png | bin | 0 -> 133656 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p727.png | bin | 0 -> 125358 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p728.png | bin | 0 -> 124893 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p729.png | bin | 0 -> 127521 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p730.png | bin | 0 -> 126271 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p731.png | bin | 0 -> 122007 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p732.png | bin | 0 -> 120447 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p733.png | bin | 0 -> 120462 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p734.png | bin | 0 -> 125594 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p735.png | bin | 0 -> 124842 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p736.png | bin | 0 -> 126699 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p737.png | bin | 0 -> 123903 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p738.png | bin | 0 -> 124974 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p739.png | bin | 0 -> 122659 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p740.png | bin | 0 -> 115285 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p741.png | bin | 0 -> 117934 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p742.png | bin | 0 -> 124315 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p743.png | bin | 0 -> 93590 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p744.png | bin | 0 -> 121605 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p745.png | bin | 0 -> 133482 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p746.png | bin | 0 -> 137704 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p747.png | bin | 0 -> 129516 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p748.png | bin | 0 -> 133977 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p749.png | bin | 0 -> 121921 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p750.png | bin | 0 -> 123617 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p751.png | bin | 0 -> 127779 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p752.png | bin | 0 -> 126499 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p753.png | bin | 0 -> 125868 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p754.png | bin | 0 -> 128283 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p755.png | bin | 0 -> 123227 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p756.png | bin | 0 -> 124374 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p757.png | bin | 0 -> 120931 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p758.png | bin | 0 -> 131343 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p759.png | bin | 0 -> 127279 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p760.png | bin | 0 -> 127550 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p761.png | bin | 0 -> 124668 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p762.png | bin | 0 -> 119748 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p763.png | bin | 0 -> 116360 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p764.png | bin | 0 -> 123052 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p765.png | bin | 0 -> 123457 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p766.png | bin | 0 -> 121482 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p767.png | bin | 0 -> 123113 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p768.png | bin | 0 -> 85820 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p769.png | bin | 0 -> 112895 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p770.png | bin | 0 -> 119099 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p771.png | bin | 0 -> 117872 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p772.png | bin | 0 -> 124966 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p773.png | bin | 0 -> 123914 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p774.png | bin | 0 -> 124175 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p775.png | bin | 0 -> 122611 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p776.png | bin | 0 -> 125023 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p777.png | bin | 0 -> 126622 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p778.png | bin | 0 -> 124613 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p779.png | bin | 0 -> 122527 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p780.png | bin | 0 -> 122548 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p781.png | bin | 0 -> 123783 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p782.png | bin | 0 -> 123709 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p783.png | bin | 0 -> 125560 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p784.png | bin | 0 -> 122902 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p785.png | bin | 0 -> 113575 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p786.png | bin | 0 -> 126320 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p787.png | bin | 0 -> 118134 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p788.png | bin | 0 -> 120190 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p789.png | bin | 0 -> 123189 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p790.png | bin | 0 -> 128968 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p791.png | bin | 0 -> 125939 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p792.png | bin | 0 -> 126969 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p793.png | bin | 0 -> 122414 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p794.png | bin | 0 -> 127288 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p795.png | bin | 0 -> 124446 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p796.png | bin | 0 -> 72363 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p797.png | bin | 0 -> 90101 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p798.png | bin | 0 -> 103039 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p799.png | bin | 0 -> 106908 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529-page-images/p800.png | bin | 0 -> 86644 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529.txt | 10256 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 23529.zip | bin | 0 -> 229237 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
148 files changed, 31389 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/23529-8.txt b/23529-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2f6814 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10256 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - Volume 55, +No. 344, June, 1844, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - Volume 55, No. 344, June, 1844 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: November 17, 2007 [EBook #23529] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH *** + + + + +Produced by Brendan OConnor, Jonathan Ingram, Louise Pryor +and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by The Internet Library of Early +Journals.) + + + + + +{Transcriber's note: Spellings are sometimes erratic. A few obvious +misprints have been corrected, but in general the original spelling has +been retained. Accents in the French and Spanish passages are +inconsistent, and have not been standardised. Greek phrases have been +transliterated, and are enclosed in + signs +eis Athźnas+.} + + + + + +BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH MAGAZINE. + +NO. CCCXLIV. JUNE, 1844. VOL. LV. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + + TRADITIONS AND TALES OF UPPER LUSATIA. NO. I. THE FAIRIES' + SABBATH, 665 + + COLUMBUS. (A PRINT AFTER A PICTURE BY PARMEGGIANO.) + BY B. SIMMONS, 687 + + TO SWALLOWS ON THE EVE OF DEPARTURE. BY THE SAME, 690 + + THE DILIGENCE. A LEAF FROM A JOURNAL, 692 + + WHO WROTE GIL BLAS? 698 + + MICHAEL KALLIPHOURNAS, 725 + + AFRICA--SLAVE TRADE--TROPICAL COLONIES, 731 + + NARRATION OF CERTAIN UNCOMMON THINGS THAT DID + FORMERLY HAPPEN TO ME, HERBERT WILLIS, B.D. 749 + + BEAU BRUMMELL, 769 + + THE ACTUAL CONDITION OF THE GREEK STATE, 785 + + INDEX, 797 + + * * * * * + + EDINBURGH: + WILLIAM BLACKWOOD AND SONS, 45, GEORGE STREET; + AND 22, PALL-MALL, LONDON. + +_To whom all Communications (post paid) must be addressed._ + +SOLD BY ALL THE BOOKSELLERS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM. + +PRINTED BY BALLANTYNE AND HUGHES, EDINBURGH. + + + + +BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH MAGAZINE. + +No CCCXLIV. JUNE, 1844. VOL. LV. + + + + +TRADITIONS AND TALES OF UPPER LUSATIA. + +No. I. + +THE FAIRIES' SABBATH. + + +WHAT is a fairy? + +READ! + +["_A Wood near Athens.--Enter a Fairy on one side, and Puck on the +other._{A}] + + "_Puck._ How now, Spirit! whither wander you? + + _Fairy._ Over hill, over dale, + Thorough bush, thorough brier, + Over park, over pale, + Thorough flood, thorough fire, + I do wander ever where, + Swifter than the moones sphere; + And I serve the Fairy Queen, + To dew her orbs upon the green: + The cowslips tall her pensioners be; + In their gold coats spots you see; + Those be rubies, fairy favours, + In those freckles live their savours: + I must go seek some dewdrops here, + And hang a pearl in every cowslip's ear. + Farewell, thou lob of spirits, I'll begone; + Our queen and all our elves come here anon. + + _Puck._ The King doth keep his revels here to-night; + Take heed, the queen come not within his sight. + For Oberon is passing fell and wrath, + Because that she, as her attendant, hath + A lovely boy, stolen from an Indian king; + She never had so sweet a changeling. + And jealous Oberon would have the child + Knight of his train, to trace the forests wild: + But she, perforce, withholds the loved boy: + Crowns him with flowers, and makes him all her joy: + And now they never meet in grove, or green, + By fountain clear, or spangled starlight sheen, + But they do square; that all their elves, for fear, + Creep into acorn cups, and hide them there." + +And there, then, they are!--The blithe and lithe, bright and fine +darlings of your early-bewitched and for ever-enamoured fancy! There +they are! The King and the Queen, and the Two royal Courts of shadowy, +gorgeous, remote, and cloud-walled Elf-land: The fairies of the vision +once wafted, "by moon or star light," upon the "creeping murmur" of the +Avon!--THE FAIRIES IN ENGLAND! YOUR fairies! + +Nevertheless you, from of old, are discreet. And you mistrust +information which discountenances itself, by borrowing the magical robe +of verse! Or you misdoubt this medley of our English blood, which in the +lapse of ages must, as you deem, have confounded, upon the soil, the +confluent streams of primitively distinct superstitions! Or your +suspicious inquisition rebels against this insular banishment of ours, +which, sequestering us from the common mind of the world, may, as you +augur, have perverted, into an excessive individuality of growth, our +mythological beliefs: Or--Southwards then! + +One good stride over salt water lands you amongst a people, who, from +the old, have kept THEMSELVES TO THEMSELVES; whose warm, bold, +_thorough_-loyal hearts hereditarily believe, after the love and +reverence owed from the children's children to the fathers' fathers. +Here are--for good and for ill--and from a sure hand:--"THE FAIRIES IN +LOWER BRITANNY; _alio nomine_--THE KORRIGANS." + +"Like these holy virgins, (the Gallicenę or Barrigenę of Mela,) our +Korrigans predict the future. They know the skill of healing incurable +maladies with particular charms; which they impart, it is affirmed, to +magicians that are their friends. Ingenious Proteuses, they take the +shape of any animal at their pleasure. In the twinkling of an eye they +whisk from one end of the world to the other. Annually, with returning +spring, they celebrate a high nocturnal festivity. A tablecloth, white +as the driven snow, is spread upon the greensward, by the margin of a +fountain. It is covered with the most delicious viands; in the midst +sparkles a crystal goblet, which sheds such a splendour as serves in the +stead of torches. At the close of the repast, this goblet goes round +from hand to hand; it holds a miraculous beverage, one drop of which, it +is averred, would make omniscient, like the Almighty. At any least +breath or stir of human kind, all vanishes. + +"In truth, it is near fountains that the Korrigans are oftenest met +with; especially near such as rise in the neighbourhood of _dolmens_.{B} +For in the sequestered spots whence the Virgin Mary, who is held for +their chief foe, has not yet driven them, they still preside over the +fountains. Our traditions bestow upon them a strong passion for music, +with sweet voices; but do not, like those of the Germanic nations, make +dancers of them. The popular songs of all countries frequently depict +them combing their fine fair hair, which they seem daintily to cherish. +Their stature is that of the other European fairies: they are not above +two feet in height. Their shape, exquisitely proportioned, is as airy, +slight, and pellucid as that of the wasp. They have no other dress than +a white veil, which they wrap around their body. Seen by night, they are +very beautiful: in the daytime, you perceive that their hair is +grey--that their eyes are red--that their face is wrinkled. Accordingly, +they begin to show themselves only at the shut of eve; and they loathe +the light. _Every thing about them denotes fallen intelligences._ The +Breton peasants maintain that _they are high princesses, who, because +they would not embrace Christianity when the apostles came to preach in +Armorica, were stricken by the curse of God_. The Welsh recognise in +them, souls of Druids doomed to penance. This coincidence is remarkable. + +"They are universally believed to feel a vehement hatred for the +clergy, and for our holy religion, which has confounded them with the +spirits of darkness--a grand motive, as it appears, of displeasure and +offence to them. The sight of a surplice, _the sound of bells_, scares +them away. The popular tales of all Europe would, meanwhile, tend to +support the church, in viewing them as maleficent genii. As in Britanny; +the blast of their breath is mortal in Wales, in Ireland, in Scotland, +and in Prussia. They cast weirds.{C} Whosoever has muddied the waters of +their spring, or caught them combing their hair, or counting their +treasures beside their _dolmen_, (for they there keep, it is believed, +concealed mines of gold and of diamonds,) almost inevitably dies; +especially should the misencounter fall upon a Saturday, which day, holy +to the Virgin Mother, is inauspicious for their kind,"{D} &c. &c. &c. + +Here, in the stead of the joyously-sociable monarchal hive, you behold a +republic of solitarily-dwelling, and not unconditionally beautiful, +naiads! No dancing! And a stature, prodigiously disqualifying for the +asylum of an acorn cup! You are unsatisfied. Shakspeare has indeed +vividly portrayed one curiously-featured species, and M. De la +Villemarqué another, of the air-made inscrutable beings evoked by your +question; but your question, from the beginning, struck at the GENERIC +notion in its purified logical shape--at the definition, then--of the +thing, a fairy. + +Sir _Walter Scott_,{E} writing--the first in time of all men who have +written--at large and scientifically upon the fairies of Western Europe, +steps into disquisition by a description, duly loose for leaving his own +foot unentangled. "The general idea of SPIRITS, of A LIMITED POWER AND +SUBORDINATE NATURE, DWELLING AMONG THE WOODS AND MOUNTAINS, is perhaps +common to all nations." + +A little _too_ loose, peradventure! + +Dr James Grimm, heroically bent upon rescuing from the throat of +oblivion and from the tooth of scepticism, to his own TEUTONS--yet +heathen--a faith outreaching and outsoaring the gross definite +cognisances of this fleshly eye and hand, sets apart one--profoundly +read and thought--chapter, to WIGHTS AND ELVES.{F} + +These terms, WIGHT and ELF, are presented by Dr Grimm as being, after a +rough way, synonymous; and you have above seen another Germanic +writer--a native of Warwickshire--take ELF for equivalent, or nearly so, +with FAIRY. + +Of his many-natured Teutonic _wights and elves_, then, but with glances +darted around, northwards and westwards, and southwards and eastwards, +Dr Grimm begins with speaking thus:-- + +"From the _deified_ and _half-divine_ natures [investigated by this +author in several of his antecedent chapters] _a whole order of other +beings_ is especially herein distinguished, that whilst the former +either proceed of mankind, or seek human intercourse, these form a +segregated society--one might say, a peculiar kingdom of their own--and +are only, by accident or the pressure of circumstances, moved to +converse with men. Something superhuman, approximating them to the gods, +is mingled up in them: they possess power to help and to hurt man. They +are however, at the same time, afraid of him, because they are not his +bodily match. They appear either far below the human stature, or +misshapen. Almost all of them enjoy the faculty of rendering themselves +invisible." + +You turn away your head, exclaiming that the weighty words of our +puissant teacher are, for your proficiency, somewhat bewildering, and +for your exigency by much too--TEUTONIC. + +Have a care! + +However, "Westward Hoe!" Put the old Rhine between the master of living +mythologists and yourself, and listen to Baron Walckenaer unlocking the +fountains of the fairy belief, and showing how it streams, primarily +through France, and secondarily through all remaining Western Europe. +"If there is a specifically characterized superstition, it is that which +regards _the fairies_: those _female genii_,{G} most frequently _without +name_, without descent, without kin, who are incessantly busied +subverting the order of nature, for the weal or the woe of mortals whom +they love and favour _without a motive_, or, as causelessly, hate and +persecute."{H} + +What, _female_ only? Where are Oberon and Puck? _Without a name?_ Where +Titania?--Mab? _Without a motive?_ Where the godmother of the +sweet-faced and sweet-hearted Cinderella? Partial, and without a +distinct type in your own recollections, you guessingly pronounce the +characterization of the perpetual secretary too----_French_. Driven +back, disappointed on all sides, you turn round upon your difficulties, +and manfully project beating out _a definition of your own_; to which +end, glancing your eye back affectionately, and now, needle-like, +northwards across the Channel, you "at one slight bound" once more find +yourself at your own fireside, and on your table _The Midsummer Night's +Dream_, open at the second scene of the first act. + +Inquirer whosoever! A problem lies large before us--complicated, +abstruse even, yet--suitably to the subject--a delicate one! To hunt +down an elusive word, and a more elusive notion! It is to find a set of +determinings which, laid together, shall form a circle fitted to confine +that inconfinable spirit--a Fairy; or, if you better like plain English, +to find the terms needed for signifying, describing, expounding the +Thought which, lurking as at the bottom of your mind, under a crowd of +thoughts, rises up, in all circumstances, to meet and answer the +name----a fairy; the Thought, which when all accidental and unessential +attributes liable to be attracted to the fairy essence have been +stripped away, remains; the _substrate_, absolute, essential, _generic_ +notion, therefore--a fairy; that Thought, which whencesoever acquired, +and held howsoever, enables you to deal to your satisfaction with +proposed fairies, acknowledging THIS one frankly;--THIS, but for a +half-sister; shutting the door upon ANOTHER. You may distinguish these +terms at your pleasure, by sundry denominations: for example, you may +call them Elements of the notion--a fairy--or circumscriptive Lines of +such a notion, or indispensable Fairy-marks, or elfin Criteria, or by +any other name which you may happen to like as well or better; but when +found, call them as you will, they must reveal in essence, the thing +which we look for--the answer to the question with which we first +started, and to which we have as yet found no satisfactory solution. + +As for the process of the finding. This notion is to be tracked after +widely, and in intimate recesses; more hopefully, therefore, according +to a planned campaign than a merely wild chance expatiation. The chase +ranges over a material and an intellectual ground. Of either--a word. + +I. The _material_--is a _geographical_--region, and may be called, +summarily--_The western half of Europe_. Let us regard it as laid out by +languages at this day spoken. Here is a map, roughly sketched:-- + + A.--ABORIGINAL. + + 1. NORTH-WESTERN CELTS.--Ireland, Highlands of Scotland, and + the interjacent Isle of Man. + + 2. SOUTH-WESTERN CELTS.--Wales, Britanny, and the, till lately, + Celtic-speaking Cornwall. + + 3. NORTHERN GERMANS, or GERMANS BEYOND THE EIDER, or + SCANDINAVIANS.--Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Iceland. + + 4. SOUTHERN GERMANS, or GERMANS BELOW THE EIDER, or + TEUTONS.--Netherlands, the German empire, Switzerland. + + B.--LATIN SPEAKING. + + 1. ITALY.--Sicily. + + 2. SPAIN. + + 3. PORTUGAL. + + 4. Latin-speaking FRANCE, distinguishing Normandy. + + C.--GERMAN AND LATIN MIXED. + + 1. ENGLAND. + + 2. SCOTTISH LOWLANDS. + +II. From all this tangible territory, we are to sweep up--what? An +overlying _intellectual_ kingdom, _videlicet_--THE KINDS OF THE FAIRIES, +rudely marked out, perhaps, as follows:-- + + 1. The _community_ of the Fairies, monarchal or republican:--The + Fairy folk; Fairies proper. + + 2. The _solitary_ domestic serviceable Fairy. + + 3. In the mines, under the water; a Fairy folk. + + 4. The solitary water Fairy. + + 5. The Fairy-ancestress. + + 6. The Fairy, tutelary or persecuting, of the chivalrous metrical + romance. + + 7. The Fairy, tutelary or persecuting, now giving and now turning + destinies, of the fairy tale proper. + +We have then to ask what are the terms, marks, common traits, or by +whatsoever name they are to be called, which are yielded by a comparison +of such seven kinds. Something like the following eight will possibly +arise:-- + + First, A FAIRY IS A SUBORDINATE SPIRIT. + + Secondly, IS ATTRACTED TO THE SURFACE OF OUR PLANET. + + Thirdly, AT ONCE SEEKS AND SHUNS MANKIND. + + Fourthly, HAS A BODY. + + Fifthly, IS ATTENUATE. + + Sixthly, IS WITHOUT PROPER STATION AND FUNCTION IN THE GENERAL ECONOMY + OF THE UNIVERSE; OR IS MYTHOLOGICALLY DISPLACED. + + Seventhly, IS ENDOWED WITH POWERS OF INTELLIGENCE AND OF AGENCY EXCELLING + HUMAN. + + Eighthly, STANDS UNDER A DOOM. + +To these eight criteria, taken _in the nature of the thing enquired_, +the reflective inquirer will perchance find himself led on to add two +furnished from within himself, as that-- + +First, Acknowledging, as in these latter days our more delicate +psychologists have called upon us to do, the names FANCY and IMAGINATION +as designating TWO faculties, the fairies belong rather to the FANCY. + +Secondly, Accepting for a legitimate thought, legitimately and +cogently signified, the High Marriage which one of these finer +Metaphysicians{I}--instructed no doubt by his personal +experience--prophesies to his kind, between the "intellect of man" and +"this goodly universe," we may say that, regularly, this marriage must +have its antecedent possessing and agitating Love; that this love must, +like all possessing agitated love, have its attendant Reverie. Now, +might one venture to surmise that _this_ REVERIE breathes into the +creating of a fairy? + +Does the jealous reader perchance miss in the above proposed eight +several elements the UNITY OF NOTION, which he has all along seemed to +feel in his own spirit and understanding? Let him at once conceive, as +intensely joined, the two permanent characters of _tenuity_ and +_mythological displacement_, and take this compound for the nucleus of +the unity he seeks. About these two every other element will easily +place itself. For a _soul_, he shall infuse into the whole, after in +like manner inseparably blending them--FANCY, and that love-inspired +REVERIE which won its way to us from Grassmere. + +And so take, reader, our answer to your question, "_What is a fairy?_" +THIS IS A FAIRY. Are you still unsatisfied? Good. The field of +investigation lies open before you, free and inviting. On, in your own +strength, and Heaven speed you! + + * * * * * + +The eight or nine tales of sundry length, and exceedingly diversified +matter, contained in the two little volumes of Herr Ernst Willkomm,{J} +which have put us a-journeying to Fairy-land, have begun to produce +before the literary world the living popular superstitions of a small +and hidden mountainous district, by which _Cis Eidoran_ Germany leans +upon Sclavonia: hidden, it would seem, for any thing like interesting +knowledge, until this author began to write, from the visiting eye of +even learned curiosity. Nor this without a sufficient reason; since the +mountains do, of themselves, shut in their inhabitants, and, for a +stranger, the temper of the rugged mountaineer, at once shy and mailing +himself in defiance, is, like the soil, inaccessible. To Ernst Willkomm +this hinderance was none. He discloses to us the heart of the country, +and that of the people which have born him, which have bred him up; and +he will, if he is encouraged, write on. Three of these tales, or of +these traditions--for the titles, with this writer, appear to us +exchangeable--regard the fairies properly so called. They are, "_The +Priest's Well_," "_The Fairies' Sabbath_," here given, and "_The Fairy +Tutor_," being the first, the third, and the seventh, of the entire +present series. Upon these three tales the foregoing attempt at fixing +the generic notion of a fairy was intended to bear. Should pretty Maud, +the stone-mason's daughter, our heroine for to-day, find the favour in +English eyes which her personal merit may well claim, the remaining two +are not likely to be long withheld. + +The illustrations which shall now follow, drawn from distinguished +authorities, aim at showing the consonancy of Herr Willkomm's pictures +with authentic representations of Elfin superstition already known to +the world. If, however, the criteria which have been proposed, have +been rightfully deduced, the illustrations should as materially serve us +in justifying these by proof. + +Amongst the numerous points of analogy which strikingly connect our tale +with popular tales and traditions innumerable, _three_ are main to the +structure of the tale itself. They may be very briefly described as-- + + I. The Heathenism of the Fairies. + II. Their need, thence arising. + III. Maud's ability to help them. + + * * * * * + +I. The opinion, which sets the fairies in opposition to the established +faith of all Christendom, is widely diffused. To the _Breton_ peasant, +as M. de la Villemarqué has above informed us, his Korrigan is a heathen +princess, doomed to a long sorrow for obstinately refusing the message +of salvation. + +The brothers Grimm, speaking of the fairies in _Ireland_, say that "they +are angels cast out from heaven, who have not fallen as low as hell; but +in great fear and uncertainty about their future state, doubt, +themselves, whether they shall obtain mercy at the last day."{K} + +Of the fairies in _Scotland_, it is averred by the same learned and +exact writers, that "they were originally angels dwelling in bliss, but +who, because they suffered themselves to be seduced by the archfiend, +were hurled down from heaven in innumerable multitudes. They shall +wander till the last day over mountains and lakes. They know not how +their sentence will run--whether they shall be saved or damned; but +dread the worst." + +Tales, in many parts of Europe, which represent the fairies as +exceedingly solicitous about their salvation, and as _inquiring of +priests_ and others concerning their own spiritual prospects, for the +most part with an unfavourable answer, tend to fix upon them a +reproachful affinity with the spirits of darkness. + + * * * * * + +II. That the powerful fairies, who have appeared to us, from childhood +upwards, as irresistible dispensers of good and evil to our kind, should +_need aid_ of any sort from us, is an unexpected feature of the fairy +lore, which breaks by degrees upon the zealous and advancing inquirer. + +The two excellent brothers Grimm, in the most elaborate and +comprehensive collection,{L} probably, of national traditions that +Europe possesses, have furnished us with various instances. We select a +very few. In the following graceful Alpine pastoral, the need of human +help attaches to an exigency of life or death:-- + + +GERMAN TRADITIONS. + +No. CCXX. _The Queen of the Snakes._ + +"A herd maiden found upon the fell a sick snake lying and almost +famished. Compassionately she held down to it her pitcher of milk. The +snake licked greedily, and was visibly revived. The girl went on her +way; and it presently happened that her lover sued for her, but was too +poor for the proud wealthy father, who tauntingly dismissed him till the +day when he too should be master of as large herds as the old herdsman. +From this time forwards had the old herdsman no luck more, but sheer +misfortune. Report ran that a fiery dragon was seen passing o' nights +over his grounds; and his substance decayed. The poor swain was now as +rich, and again sued for his beloved, whom he obtained. Upon the +wedding-day a snake came gliding into the room, upon whose coiled tail +there sat a beautiful damsel, who said that it was she to whom formerly +the kind herd maid had, in strait of hunger, given her milk, and, out +of gratitude, she took her brilliant crown from her head, and cast it +into the bride's lap. Thereupon she vanished; but the young couple +throve in their housekeeping greatly, and were soon well at ease in the +world." + +Since fairies, like ourselves, are mortal, TWO LIVES may be understood +as at stake in the following:-- + + +No. LXVIII. _The Lady of Alvensleben._ + +"Some hundred years ago, there lived at Calb, in the Werder, an aged +lady of the house of Alvensleben, who feared God, was gracious to the +people, and willingly disposed to render any one a service: especially +she did assist the burgesses' wives in difficult travail of childbirth, +and was, in such cases, of all desired and highly esteemed. Now, +therefore, there did happen in wise following:-- + +"In the night season there came a damsel to the castle gate, who knocked +and distressfully called, beseeching that it should not mislike her, if +possible, forthwith to arise, and to accompany her from the town, where +there lay a good woman in travail of child, because the last hour and +uttermost peril was already upon her, and her mistress wist no help for +her life. The noblewoman said, 'It is very midnight; all the town gates +be shut and well barred: how shall we make us forth?' The damsel +rejoined that the gate was ready open, she should come forth only, (but +beware, as do some add, in the place whither she should be conducted, to +eat or to drink any thing, or to touch that should be proffered her.) +Thereupon did the lady rise from her bed, dressed her, came down, and +went along with the damsel which had knocked. The town gate she found +open, and as they came further into a field was there a fair way which +led right into a hillside. The hill stood open, and although she did +well perceive that the thing was darksome, she resolved to go still on, +unalarmed, until she arrived at last where was a _little wifikin_ that +lay on the bed, in great pains of travail. But the noble lady gave her +succour, (by the report of some, _she needed no more than lay her hand +upon her body_,) and a little baby was born to the light of day. + +"When she had yielded her aid, desire took her to return from out the +hill, home; she took leave of the sick woman, (without having any thing +touched of the meats and liquors that were offered her,) and the former +damsel anew joined her, and brought her back unharmed to the castle. At +the gateway the damsel stood still, thanked her highly in her mistress's +name, and drew off from her finger a golden ring, which she presented to +the noblewoman with these words, 'Have this dear pledge in right heedful +keeping, and let it not part from you and from your house. They of +Alvensleben will flourish so long as they possess this ring. Should it +ever leave them, the whole race must become extinct.' Herewith vanished +the damsel. + +"It is said that the ring, at this day, is rightly and properly kept in +the lineage, and for good assurance deposited at Lubeck. But others, +that it was, at the dividing of the house into two branches, diligently +parted in two. Others yet, that the one half has been melted, since when +it goes ill with that branch: the other half stays with the other branch +at Zichtow. The story moreover goes, that the benevolent lady was a +married woman. When she upon the morrow told her husband the tale of +that had betid her in the night, he would not believe her, until she +said, 'Forsooth, then, an' ye will not trow me, take only the key of yon +room from the table: there lieth, I dare warrant, the ring.' Which was +exactly so. It is marvellous the gifts that men have received of the +fairies." + +The most touching by far of the traditions at our disposal for +illustrating at once the dependence of the fairies upon man, and their +anxiety concerning their souls' welfare, is one in which the +all-important hope which we have said that they sometimes solicit from +the grave and authorized lips of priests, appears as floating on the +lightest breath of children. Our immediate author is James Grimm, +speaking in his German _Mythology_ of the water spirit. The tradition +itself is from Sweden, where this mythological being, the solitary +water fairy, bears the name of "The _Neck_." + +"Two lads were at play by the river side. The _Neck_ sate and touched +his harp. The children called to him-- + +"'Why sittest thou here, _Neck_, and playest? Thou wilt not go to +heaven.' Then the _Neck_ began bitterly weeping, flung his harp away, +and sank in the deep water. When the boys came home they told their +father, who was a priest, what had happened. The father said-- + +"'Ye have sinned towards the _Neck_. Go ye back, and give him promise of +salvation.' + +"When they returned to the river, the _Neck_ sate upon the shore, +mourning and weeping. The children said-- + +"'Weep not so, thou _Neck_. Our father hath said, that thy Redeemer too +liveth.' + +"Then the _Neck_ took joyfully his harp, and played sweetly until long +after sundown." + +"I do not know," tenderly and profoundly suggests Dr Grimm, "that any +where else in our traditions is as significantly expressed how NEEDY of +the Christian belief the HEATHEN are, and how MILDLY it should approach +them." + + * * * * * + +III. A few words shall here satisfy the claims of a widely-stretching +subject. Is there _one_ order of spirits which, as the Baron Walckenaer +has assured us, lavishes on chosen human heads love unattracted, and +hate unprovoked? We must look well about us ere fixing the imputation. +Spirits, upon the other hand, undoubtedly there are, and those of not a +few orders, fairies of one or another description being amongst them, +who exert, in the choice of their human favourites, a discrimination +challenging no light regard. + +A host of traditions, liberally scattered over a field, of which, +perhaps, Ireland is one extremity and China the other, now plainly and +emphatically declare, and now, after a venturous interpretation, may be +understood to point out, _simplicity of will_ and _kindness of heart_ as +titles in the human being to the favour of the spirits. At times a +brighter beam irradiates such titles, to which holiness, purity, and +innocence, are seen to set their seal. We cull a few instances, warning +the reader, that, although of our best, he will possibly find them a +mere working upwards to the most perfect which we have it in our power +to bring before him in the beautiful tale of Maud. + +Amongst the searchers who seem to have been roused into activity by the +German traditions of the brothers Grimm, Ludwig Bechstein takes +distinguished place for the diligence with which he has collected +different districts of Germany. Our inquiry shall owe him the two +following + + +TRADITIONS OF THE GRABFELD. + +No. LVII. _The little Cherry-Tree upon Castle Raueneck._ + +"There prevails, concerning the ruins of the old hill-castle Raueneck, a +quite similar tradition to that which holds of the like named ruined +strength near Baden, in Austria. There lies yet buried here a vast +treasure, over which a spirit, debarred from repose, keeps watch, +anxiously awaiting deliverance. But who is he that can and shall +actually lift this treasure and free the spirit? Upon the wall there +grows a cherry seedling that shall one day become a tree; and the tree +shall be cut down, and out of it a cradle made. He that, being a +Sunday's child, is rocked in this cradle, will grow up, but only +provided that he have kept himself virginally pure and chaste, _at some +noontide hour_ set free the spirit, lift the treasure, and become +immeasurably rich; so as he shall be able to rebuild Castle Raueneck and +all the demolished castles in the neighbourhood round. If the plant +wither, or if a storm break it, then must the spirit again wait until +once more a cherry stone, brought by a bird to the top of the lofty +wall, shoot and put forth leaves, and haply grow to a tree." + + +No. LXII. _The Hollow Stone._ + +"In the wood near Altenstein there stands a high rock. The inhabitants +of the neighbourhood say that this rock is hollow within, and filled +with treasure in great store from the olden time. At certain seasons and +hours, it is given _to Sunday children_ to find the rock doors open, or +to open them with _the lucky flower_." + +The singular superstition of spiritual favour fixing itself upon the +human child, consecrated, as it were, by the hallowed light upon which +the eyes first open, will shortly return upon us in _The Fairies' +Sabbath_. + +Lo! where, from the bountiful hand of the Brothers Grimm, fall two +bright dewdrop of tradition upon the pure opening flower of childhood. + + +GERMAN TRADITIONS. + +NO. CLIX. _The Treasure at Soest._ + +"In the time of the Thirty Years' war, there was to be seen standing not +far from the town of Soest, in Westphalia, an old ruin, of which the +tradition ran that there was an iron trunk there, full of money, kept by +a black dog and a bewitched maiden. The grandfathers and grandmothers +Who are gone, used to tell that a strange nobleman shall one day arrive +in the country, deliver the maiden, and open the chest with a fiery key. +They said that divers itinerant scholars and exorcists had, within the +memory of man, betaken themselves thither to dig, but been in so strange +sort received and dismissed, that no one since further had list to the +adventure, especially after their publishing that the treasure might be +lifted of none who had once taken woman's milk. It was not long since a +little girl from their village had led her few goats to feed about the +very spot; one of which straying amongst the ruins, she had followed it. +Within, in the castle court, was a damsel who questioned her what she +did there: and when she was informed, pointing to a little basket of +cherries, further said, 'It is good; therefore take of that thou see'st +before thee, with thy goat and all, and go; and come not again, neither +look behind, that a harm befall thee not.' Upon this the frightened +child caught up seven cherries, and made her way in alarm out of the +ruins. The cherries turned, in her hand, to money." + + +NO. CLX. _The Welling Silver._ + +"In February of the year 1605, in the reign of Henry Julius, Duke of +Brunswick, at a mile's distance from Quedlinburg, where it is called _at +the Dale_, it happened that a poor peasant sent his daughter into the +next shaw to pick up sticks for fuel. The girl took for this use a +larger basket upon her head, and a smaller in her hand; and when she had +filled them both and was going home, a mannikin clad all in white came +towards her, and asked:-- + +"'What art carrying there?' + +"'Gathered sticks,' the girl made answer, 'for heating and cooking.' + +"'Empty the wood out,' said further the little manling, 'take thy basket +and follow me. I shall show thee something that is better and more +profitable than thy sticks.' + +"He then took her by the hand, and led her back again to a knoll, and +showed her a place which might be of two ordinary tables' breadth of a +fair pure silver, being smaller and larger coins of a moderate +thickness, with a image stamped like a Virgin Mary, and all round an +impress of exceedingly old writing. As the silver _welled up_, as it +were, abundantly out of the ground, the little girl was terrified and +drew back, neither would she empty out the sticks from her small +hand-basket. Accordingly, the little man in white himself did so, filled +the basket with the money, and gave it back to the little damsel with +saying, 'That shall be better for thee than thy sticks.' She was +confounded and took it; but upon the mannikin's requiring that she +should likewise empty out her larger basket and take silver therein, she +refused and said--'That she must carry fuel home too; for there were +little children at home who must have a warm room, and there must be +wood ready likewise for cooking.' This contented the manling, who said, +'Well, then, go; take it all home,' and thereupon disappeared. + +"The girl carried the basket of silver home, and told what had happened +to her. The boors now ran flocking with pickaxes and other tools, and +would have their share of the treasure, but none of them was able to +find the spot where the silver had welled out. + +"The Prince of Brunswick had a pound of the coined silver brought him, +as did moreover a burgess of Halberstadt, N. Everkan, purchase the +like." + +The quick-sighted reader will not easily have missed detecting the +sudden effect produced upon the two spirits by THE TRUTHFUL +RIGHT-MINDEDNESS OF THE TWO LITTLE GIRLS. + +Correspondingly, James Grimm, from surveying collectively the Teutonic +traditions of bewitched or mysteriously hidden treasure, says-- + +"To the lifting of the treasure is required _silence_ and _innocence_. +* * * Innocent children's hands are able to lay hold upon it, as to draw +the lot. * * * Who has viciously stained himself cannot approach it."{M} + +Two short instances more from the copious fraternal collection, and we +have done. With a temper of pure childlike antiquity, they express in +the persons of the dwarfs--_Teutonic approximative, fairies_--the +sympathy of the spirits with unstained and innocent human manners; and +may, if the traditions which exhibit the fairies under a cloud of sin +and sorrow should have been felt by the reader as at all grating upon +his old love of them, help to soothe and reconcile him by a soft gleam +of illumination, here lingering as in a newly revealed Golden Age of his +own. + + +GERMAN TRADITIONS. + +No. CXLVII. _The Dwarfs upon the Tree._ + +"In the summer, the dwarfs often came trooping from the cliffs down into +the valley, and joined either with help, or as lookers-on at least, the +human inhabitants at their work, especially the mowers, in hay-harvest. +They, then and there, seated themselves at their ease and pleasantly, +upon the long and thick arm of a maple in the embowering shade. But once +there came certain evil-disposed persons, who, in the night, sawed the +bough through, so that it held but weakly on to the trunk; and when the +unsuspecting creatures, upon the morrow, settled themselves down upon +it, the bough cracked in two, the dwarfs tumbled to the ground, were +heartily laughed at, fell into violent anger, and cried aloud-- + + 'O, how is the heaven high and long! + And falsehood waxen on earth so strong! + Here to-day, and for ever away!' + +They kept their word, and never again made their appearance in the +country." + + +No. CXLVIII. _The Dwarfs upon the Crag Stone._ + +"It was the wont of the dwarflings to seat themselves upon a great crag +stone, and from thence to watch the haymakers; but a few mischievous +fellows kindled a fire upon the stone, made it red-hot, and swept away +embers and ashes. Morning came, and with it the tiny folk, who burned +themselves pitiably. They exclaimed in high anger-- + + 'O wicked world! O wicked world!' + +cried vengeance, and vanished for evermore!" + +We have shown,--1. The Anti-christian character imputed by tradition to +the fairies. 2. The occasional dependence of the more powerful spirits +upon the less powerful human beings; and, 3. The strong affectionate +leaning in the will of the spirits towards moral human excellence. Of +the _ability_ which, in virtue of this excellence, the human creature +possesses _to help_, Maud must, for the present, be permitted to stand +for the sole, as she is beyond all comparison our best, example. + + * * * * * + +The book of Ernst Willkomm takes a position in strong contrast to the +corresponding works due to the Brothers Grimm, and other great gatherers +of legendary lore. He has a personal poetic interest in the tales which +they have not. He presents himself as the expositor, not only of his +native superstitions, but also, zealously, of the Upper Lusatian +manners. Himself cradled amongst the mountains, he has drawn with +infinite pains, and by slow degrees, as he best could, from the deep +interior life of the people, their jealously withheld credences, and the +traditions which are sacredly associated with every nook of their craggy +district. + +"The tract of country," says Willkomm in his Preface, "the true +Highlands of Upper Lusatia, called by the inhabitants themselves the +Upper Country, to which the tales are native, is one very narrowly +circumscribed. It amounts to scarcely ten square (German) miles. I have, +however, selected it for my undertaking," he continues, "because it is +intimately familiar to me; because the innermost character of the small +population who inhabit it is confidentially known to me; because there +is hardly a road or a path in the country which, on the darkest night, I +could not find. Interesting, romantic, magnificent is the piece of earth +which, at the confines of Bohemia, runs over hilly heights and lofty +hill, tops on to the high mountain-chain. But still more interesting, I +maintain with confidence, is the race of people." + +It may seem strange at first, that the wise and profound explorers whom +we have so often had occasion to cite, the brothers Grimm, should have +failed to present us with any traditions from a corner of ground around +which they have so successfully laboured. We have hinted already at the +sufficient reason of the blank. Willkomm tells us, that the rest of the +world, which "the cabin'd cribb'd" Lusatian has himself learned to call +"_o' th' outside_," has taken no cognisance of his beautiful hill +country. Lusatia has a literature of her own, and no one is acquainted +with it. "She had, and partly still has, her own, similar to the +Imperial cities, exceeding free and energetic municipal constitution." +But no one cares about it. Celebrated and learned historians, questioned +by Willkomm on the subject, have acknowledged their ignorance in regard +to the character and laws of its small people. A more cogent reason, +however, lies nearer home, in the impenetrable reserve and +self-insulation of the mountaineers themselves. Willkomm confesses that +their coldness towards strangers is unparalleled; they have no +confidence whatever in foreigners; "and let a Lusatian but suspect," he +says, "that you come a-fishing to him, and to listen out his privacies; +then may you," as we may render the Lusatian proverb, "'Lose yourself +before you find his mushroom.'" He will communicate to strangers little +of his manners and customs; of his superstitious practices, his sacredly +guarded traditions, absolutely nothing. "He is unpliant, +self-sequestered, coarse-grained; beyond all conception easy and +phlegmatic." + +Every genuine people, however, is rough-handed; and Willkomm proceeds, +after an ingenuous description of their defects, to vindicate the +natural heart of his brother highlanders. "Let him amongst the gentle," +he proudly exclaims, "who desire to hear for once something novel, +something right vigorous, sit down beside me. He need not fear that +morals and decency will be cast out of doors. No, no! The people are +thoroughly moral and chaste at heart, if they are somewhat coarse in +expression;--ay, and tender withal. Their imagination glides as +delighted along fragrant threads of gold, as it eagerly descends amongst +the powers of darkness, amidst the dance of will-o'-the-wisps and +horrible ghost-reels. They are, at once, a blunt, good-hearted, +aboriginal stamp of men, with all the advantages and deficiencies +appurtenant." + +The Lusatian traditions, brought to light in Germany by Ernst Willkomm, +and now first made known to Englishmen in these pages, were collected by +our author, as we have already observed, with difficulty and labour. A +native only of the mountain district could obtain from the lips of the +people their sacred and well-preserved lore, and even he not easily. The +tales were narrated from time to time in the spinning-room, or in the +so-called "_Hell_" of the boor or weaver, without any determinate +connexion. The listener gathered mere fragments, and these not fully, +when, thrown off his guard, he ventured to interrupt the speaker. Each +narrator conceives his tale differently, and one individual is apt to +garnish the experience of many, or what he has heard from others, with a +little spice of his own invention. Further, the details of ten or twelve +occurrences are associated with one single spot; all of which appear +externally different, and yet internally are connected closely, "so that +when comprehended in one whole picture, and not till then, they form +what, in a strict and literary sense, we are accustomed to call a +TRADITION or TALE. I, at least," adds Ernst Willkomm, "in such an +upgathering of these disjointed tones of tradition, could only +accomplish something that satisfied me by searching out the profound +hidden meaning of the people's poesy: and I have at last gone no further +than attempting to compose these detached fragments of tradition, +Lusatianwise and popularwise, from the people's own telling, into a +whole. Upon this scheme only could alike the poetical worth of the +tales, and the portraiture of the race, be rescued and rightly secured." + +That the traditions have been rescued and maintained in their purity and +truth; coloured, no doubt, in the telling, and that unavoidably, under +the pencil of their educated renderer--we have every reason to believe +from internal evidences. Maintaining their own originality, they +correspond in the main to the traditions which come to us from almost +every known country on the globe, concurring to attest the intimate and +necessary relation of the human soul with what would seem to be the +remnants of an ancient and universal mythology. They bear upon their +front the minute impress of reality, not to be mistaken, and beyond the +mere invention of the poet. They are a valuable addition to the common +stock. The style of Willkomm is clear, and to the point; almost always, +as he says, in characterizing the speech of his own Upper Lusatians, +"hitting the nail upon the head." It breathes of his own mountain air, +and possesses a charm, a vigour, and freshness, which we fear that we +shall endeavour in vain to transfer to the following version:-- + + +THE FAIRIES' SABBATH. + +"Children born of a Sunday, and bastards, inherit the gift, denied to +other human beings, of beholding spirits, of talking with them, and, if +opportunity befriend, of right intimately communing with them. This was +a truth experienced by pretty Maud, the stone-mason's only daughter, +who, a hundred years ago or so, led, at the foot of the mountain-ridge +yonder, a quiet home-loving life. Maud was born, of all days in the +year, upon Easter Sunday, which is said to be a truly lucky day for a +mortal not otherwise heavily burdened with earthly blessings. In this +last respect, Maud had no reasonable cause of complaint; for her father, +by the labour of his hands, painfully earned just as much as went to a +frugal housekeeping, and the mother kept the little family in order; so +that things looked always neat and clean enough in the abode of the +stone-mason. + +"All Sunday's children are very wise, and, if they are maidens, always +uncommonly beautiful. Maud was, as a child, admired by every body; nay, +it once went so far, as that a rich and beautiful, but very +sickly-looking, lady of quality, who was travelling over the mountain in +a fine carriage, tried hard to coax the poor mother out of her pretty +Maud with a large sum of gold. When the maiden had fairly stepped out of +child's shoes, and was obliged to seek employment away from home, there +was a mighty ado. It was for all the world as if a fairy was going +through the place, when Maud, early in the morning, strolled along the +banks of the murmuring stream on her road to a wealthy weaver's. The +young fellows saluted the fair one as they greeted no other. No one +ventured, however, to accost her with unseemly speeches--a kind of +thing, by the way, that young men at all times are very prone to. Maud +was treated by every one like a saint. Maidens even, her equals in +years, prized her highly; and in no way envied her the general +admiration. This might be founded in the behaviour itself of Maud. More +forward to oblige, to do good offices, more sweetly behaved, was no one. +And then she had such a grace with it all, so innocent an eye, that when +you looked into it, heaven itself seemed to shine out upon you. In +short, whoever spoke with Maud, or might walk a few steps with her, that +man was for the whole day another and a happier creature, and whatever +he undertook prospered with him. + +"It would have been strange indeed had such a maiden lacked suitors, or +not very early found a sympathizing heart. Now, as for the suitors, +there was no dearth of them, Heaven knows! for there were youngsters of +the queerest fashion. Many without manners, though right well to look +at; others wealthy, but without heart or soul; and others again ready to +burst with rage, if any one but touched his hat to the beautiful +Matilda. To all such, the innocent child had not a word to say; for she +knew well enough, that scant blessing waits on marriages of such a make. +There was but one young fellow who could be said to please her +thoroughly, and he was neither rich nor singularly handsome. She had +become acquainted with him at the weaver's, where he, like herself, went +daily to work. Albert was industrious, well-behaved, and spoke so +sensibly and right-heartedly, that Maud ever listened to him with +delight. Truth to tell, he simply put her own feelings into words. A +very little time passed, before she engaged herself secretly to Albert; +and all would have gone on happily and well with them, had the two +lovers but possessed just money enough to scrape a few matters together, +and to set up housekeeping. But both were poor--poor as church mice; +and, just for that reason, the father of Maud did not look very +favourably upon the settled love-affair of his daughter. He would have +been better satisfied if the silly thing, as he called her, had given +her hand to one of the rich suitors, who would have given their ears to +please her. Since, however, once for all, the mischief was done, he, +like a good man, determined to cause his only child no heartache, and +let matters get on as they might. One condition only he insisted +upon--which was, that Maud should for the future work under her father's +roof; Albert, meanwhile, having leave every evening to pay his visits +there. In this arrangement the two lovers cordially acquiesced; for, +young as they were, they could well afford a little waiting. Meantime, +it must be their endeavour, by incessant labour and careful economy, to +save up as much as they needed for setting themselves up in their humble +dwelling. So they lived on from day to day in quiet content. And so, no +doubt, many days, and many, would have glided by, had not a singular +occurrence disturbed the profound tranquillity. This was the way of +it:-- + +"Maud's father, the stone-mason, found it too much for him, with his +heavy work and all, when, at noon, he had the long journey to make +between the stone quarry and his own home. Besides, the fine stone-dust +had brought on an inflammation of the eyes, so that he was obliged to +avoid the glare of the sun: no easy thing for him to do, since his road +homeward lay over a green high hill, upon which the sun beat +scorchingly: wherefore, also, the people have given it the name of the +Sun's hill. It was made, in consequence, Maud's duty to take daily her +father's homely dinner to the stone quarry--a road which, although +toilsome, was by no means disagreeable to her; inasmuch as Albert often +found means to get leave of absence, and then always escorted her a part +of the way. + +"Over the Sun's hill nobody went willingly alone, either by day or by +night; for the tale ran, that to many persons wondrous things had +happened. Some had even caught, they said, their death-sickness there. +True it is, any more definite report was not easily obtained. Only so +much had Maud heard from her mother, that the GOOD PEOPLE were said, a +very, very long time ago, to have vanished into the green hill; just +when, in all the places around, so many churches had sprung up, and the +sound of bells rang over mountain and wood. These reports +notwithstanding, Maud, unconscious of evil, took her daily walk over the +Sun's hill, where indeed no one ever encountered her; so that the +splendid landscape looked often desolate and awful in the hot midday's +glow.{N} For this reason it was always a great relief to her, when, from +the top of the steep hill, she saw Albert ascending towards her. She +then felt herself more secure, and went with better spirits forward. It +was near Whitsuntide--the father sickly and more peevish than ever, and +work bringing in no supply; for provisions had risen fearfully in price +in consequence of the previous unusually hard winter. Now, as often as +Maud brought the dinner to her father, he complained bitterly, and +reproached her harshly for her folly; so that the poor child was almost +heartbroken, pined, and led a melancholy life. + +"She most deeply felt her trouble, when at noon she took her lonely +journey along the desolate path that led to the quarry. Then she often +shed the bitterest tears, and prayed to God to show her an outlet, and +to have pity on their poverty. + +"One day--it was just a week to Whitsun-eve--it happened that as she +went upon her way, silently and in sorrow, and in vain looked for the +beloved figure of Albert, she suddenly heard such a marvellously clear +sound of a bell that she stood still to hearken. It was upon the mid +summit of the Sun's hill; the air perfectly calm, and around, far and +near, not a creature to be seen. From the distant hamlet in the valley +clinked only the sharp tones of the whetting scythe. Maud believed that +she had had a ringing in her ears, and walked on. The singular sound was +repeated, resembling the tone exactly of a small silver bell. + +"'How strange it is!' said the maiden to herself, casting her eyes upon +the ground; and in the soft moss, right at her feet, she perceived +something glistening like a fragment of blue glass. She stooped and +picked up what in colour and shape resembled a blue harebell, or, as it +is called, _Fairy's hat_; only, where the stalk should have been, there +was a so small and elegantly-wrought little silver bell, that Maud could +not help laughing outright. + +"'Bless me!' she exclaimed, 'who can have made that comical thing?' and +thereupon she shook the flower, and the wee little bell began to sound +so prodigiously clear, that the poor damsel let it fall, affrighted. + +"'What are thy commands?' asked immediately a slender bright voice. +Before her stood a delicate creature, not higher than her hand; but of a +symmetry of person that was perfectly astonishing. His small expressive +head, round which a grove of curls, like crisped sunbeams, played, was +just of a size, that the flower with the wondrous bell served it for a +covering. For Maud saw how he put on the sparkling hat with much +gravity, and at the same time, very knowingly, giving himself a right +bold and dandy appearance. + +"'What are you then?' asked Maud trembling. + +"The little fellow made a smart bow, 'Thy servant, with thy good leave,' +replied the strange being. 'I and my people have known thee a long time. +We have heard thy complainings; and because thou hast a kind heart, and +lovest the flowers, and dost not wantonly pull them to pieces, am I +charged to do thee a pleasure, provided thou wilt do the like for me and +my people.' + +"'Indeed! you pretty little original!' answered Maud, 'who are thy +people? I'---- + +"'Hush!' interrupted the little one, with a repelling gesture of the +hand and a very impressive contraction of the brow. 'These are questions +which I cannot answer, and, what is more, cannot suffer. It is not civil +to put questions of the WHENCE and the WHAT. If thou wilt trust me, and +I should think that I have the air of a proper gentleman, then resolve +without delay whether thou wilt do me a pleasure for a reasonable +compensation.' + +"'Dear little sir!' replied Maud, overcome, 'I am not mistrustful, but +so beset and afflicted that I really do not know how I am to understand +this strange business. Do not make sport of me, good child; or, if thou +art a spirit, I beseech thee have compassion on me, and let me go my way +in peace. My father is waiting for me. His little bit of dinner is +drying in the heat of the sun.' + +"'Silly prattle!' interrupted the little one. 'Thy old father lies under +the rock side, and snores till the fern leaves waggle over him. The good +man's dinner will not take much harm. However, that thou mayest see how +good and honourable my intentions are, take thou my little cap. Be it +the pledge which I shall redeem from thee with a compensation. Only +resolve quickly now whether thou wilt trust me. My time is short.' + +"Maud hesitated still. She held the miraculous cap with its silver bell +in her hand. The desire to get rid of the _uncanny_ creature the sooner +the better, and also, perhaps, a particle of female curiosity wrung from +her her consent. + +"'Good!' said the little one in great glee. 'Now, hear me! This day +week, upon Whitsun-eve, as ye call it, do thou come here in the evening, +as soon as the moon has mounted this green hill. Be not afraid; for only +good will befall thee. As soon as thou hast reached this spot, ring with +the little bell which I have given thee; and thou wilt not repent having +been serviceable to the good people.' + +"Scarcely had the little man given Maud her direction, when the +astonished maiden remarked that the ground before her feet flashed like +molten gold, sunk deeper and deeper, and in this glowing gulf the +extraordinary being vanished, like a silver star. The whole phenomenon +lasted only a few seconds, then every thing was again at rest as before. +The little bell-flower only assured Matilda that she did not dream, and +that something unusual had really taken place. + +"Possessed with her feelings, she took her father his meal; and found +him, in sooth, fast asleep under the wall of rock. Of her adventure she +said nothing, but carried the pledge of the little man well secured in +her bosom. And yet how was it possible for her to persevere in her +silence? It is true, Maud knew not if the communication of the incident +was permitted her. She put her trust, however, in the pledge; and, since +she had not been commanded to silence, she hoped to be justified in +making Albert acquainted with what had happened. + +"She did it with fear and trembling, and produced to her astonished +lover, as witness, the flower which had withered in the warmth of her +bosom. Singularly enough, let her shake it as often as she would, the +little bell could not be made to ring. + +"'And you really mean to go?' asked Albert, when he had a little +recovered from his surprise. 'I should like to see you! To get flirting +with ghosts and hobgoblins, or whatever else the devils may be. No! go +you don't. You will throw that stupid thing into the running stream. +_There_ it won't hurt you; and upon that confounded Sun's hill you will +please never to set foot more.' + +"'I have given my word, Albert; and I must keep my word let what will +happen.' + +"'Very well,' said the youngster, 'that's enough! Then every thing's at +an end between us--clean at an end!' + +"'How you take on now! For whom else, but for you, have I accepted this +pledge? For whom else have I so long endured--so long borne my father's +upbraidings? Dost thou think that, had I wished it, I could not long +since have wedded? And is it my fault that I am a Sunday's child? Is it +not said that all Sunday's children are born to good-luck? If you hinder +me from keeping my word with this miraculous being--and the luck that is +decreed me is meanwhile scattered to all the four winds--you may settle +it with the spirit and face his anger; for I wash my hands in +innocency.' + +"Maud began to cry, kissed the shrunken leaf, and hid it again in her +bosom. Albert was not at ease. He was annoyed at the untoward encounter, +a touch of jealousy disquieted and distressed his soul, and yet he +could not say that the girl was in the wrong. At length he said, +dispiritedly-- + +"'Go through with your folly then. I will, however, be near you, and if +the moon-spun rascal takes improper liberties, I will snap his neck, +though mine too should crack for it.' + +"For the first time in his life, Albert parted with Maud in an +ill-humour, and the poor girl herself passed a bad and restless night. + + * * * * * + +"'Mother,' said Maud a few days afterwards, whilst she was getting the +father's dinner ready for her, 'did you ever see a fairy?' + +"'God forbid, girl!' cried the worthy and somewhat timid woman, crossing +herself. 'How came that into thy head? What hast thou to do with fairies +and elves, dwarfs and wights? A good Christian has no business with such +things of nothing, or worse.' + +"'Why, aunt Nelly was telling the other day such surprising stories of +the people!' Matilda replied; 'but she did not drop a hint of our having +reason to fear any harm from them. She even called them the GOOD +PEOPLE.' + +"'Daughter!' the mother seriously rejoined, 'we call them so that they +may do us no mischief. It is safer for us to leave them quite alone.' + +"'Can it be true, mother, that they have buried themselves under the +Sun's hill, and keep house and home there? Aunt Nelly would have it that +in the still of the night, by bright moonlight, you may hear them +singing wonderful tunes.' + +"The mother fixed her eyes upon Maud, set the old man's morsel of food +upon the hearth stone, and, taking her daughter by the hand, led her to +the stove, and seated her upon the family bench. + +"'Listen!' she said, 'and take thou heed to my words. The good people, +or the fairies, which is their proper name, although they do not like to +be called so, do indeed live, though few have the gift of beholding +them, in all the mountains and valleys round about. Very, very seldom, +and only upon the most extraordinary occasions, do they ever show +themselves. When they do, it betokens luck to him that sees them, and +brings it, if he quietly fulfill their wishes. These are certainly often +out of the way, just like the people, who are strange and +incomprehensible enough. Thank Goodness, they never crossed my path! but +your godmother Helen, she had many, many years ago, a curious adventure +with the fairies.' + +"'Really, mother! Aunt Nelly spoken to the fairies! O pray, dear mother, +tell me quickly and fully the whole story!' + +"'First run to the quarry, and take your father his dinner,' said the +mother. 'I will try in the meanwhile to remember all about it; and if +you will promise me to say not a word to any one--not even to your +godmother, you shall hear what your aunt told me at that time.' + +"Maud very naturally promised every thing, took herself off, and was +back again as quickly as possible. She did not loiter for a moment upon +the road, did not even notice the signals which her Albert made as he +came towards her from the distance. She could think only of her mother's +story. + +"'Here I am again, mother!' she said breathless. 'I call that running! I +should say that the king's trained runners could do no better. But now +begin, dear mother. I will listen to you as if you were saying mass.' + +"'As well as I can remember,' proceeded the mother, 'the case of the +fairies is a very singular one. Your godmother Helen disclosed to me, it +is true, just the chief particulars only; but they were quite enough to +let you understand something of the good people. They told her that, +once in every fifty or a hundred years, they have a kind of church +meeting, which from old time they call a Sabbath. For you must know, +child, that the fairies are properly Jews,{O} right down old chaffering +Jews, from _Olim's_ time.'{P} + +"'O bless me! Jews!' cried Maud, frightened out of her wits. + +"'Yes, yes, Jews and nothing else,' repeated the mother warmly; 'and +that's the very reason why, up to this day, they are so given to +trafficking in precious stones, pearls, gold, silver, and artful +jewellery. And when they give themselves a holiday, they go running +about above-ground, making presents to new-born babies if they are very +lovely, and playing all kinds of odd pranks. According to your godmother +Helen, the history of the fairies runs thus:--The whole people, and +their name is LEGION, were formerly in heaven.' + +"'In heaven!' cried Maud, interrupting her mother, 'then why didn't the +silly creatures stay there? Where else do they hope to be more snug and +comfortable than in heaven! seated under the fur-cap of father Abraham!' + +"'How you prate!' said the mother, checking her. 'If you do not +instantly tie up your tongue, and think more respectfully of the good +people, I shall not tell you another syllable.' + +"'O pray! I will be quite quiet!' + +"'Very well. Then the fairies were a long while ago in heaven,' +continued the mother. 'At that time they were part of the angelic host, +were fine handsome people, went about in glittering robes, and sat at +God's right hand. Now, it befell that the chief angel of all got +dissatisfied with the old management of affairs in heaven, stirred up +discontent, tampered with the half of all the angels, and tried, with +their help, to thrust out the old rightful Master of heaven and earth +from his bright throne. But it fared with him as it does with most +rebels, and rightly should with all. Our Father, in his glory, got the +better of Satan, took him by the hair of his head, and pitched him +head-foremost out of heaven into the pit of darkness, and his whole +sharkish band of retainers after him. Amongst these, however, a good +many had given ear to his fine tales, and had followed him +thoughtlessly, although they were not properly wicked at heart. They +repented their hasty work, even whilst they were falling deeper and +deeper into gloom. They put up a prayer of repentance to their Lord, and +implored his forgiveness; and because God saw that they were not rotten +at the core, he hearkened to their petition, and rescued them out of the +claws of Satan. But since they were not worthy to be received into +heaven again, the Lord banished them back to the earth, with leave given +them to dwell either within it, or in upper air, upon the hills and +rocks. You must know that, during their fall, a surprising change had +gone on in the transgressors. They had kept their forms of +light--dwindled in size, however, immensely. And since they could not +now become men,{Q} and had fooled away their celestial bliss, the Lord +granted them a clear field, with power, until the last day, to make +themselves worthy by good deeds of being re-admitted into heaven. And +thus they have their abodes all about the open hills and the meadow +flats; and only once in every fifty or a hundred years, upon +Whitsun-eve, are they permitted, in their own way, to keep the Sabbath. +And then they can only do it by loading a truly good human being with +the blessings of fortune. For thus only can they hope to expiate their +great offence in the sight of Heaven.' + +"'And did godmother Helen hear this from the good people themselves?' +asked Maud, as her mother ceased. 'Was she, then, lucky?' + +"'No,' said the mother, 'Nelly was not lucky, because she did not +observe the commandment of the fairies.' + +"'Well, if one of the creatures came to me, and should lay a command +upon me, I would keep a quiet tongue within my head, and do readily what +he wished.' + +"'Foolish chatter!' said the mother chidingly. 'Thou dost offend the +quiet people with thy empty babbling for they can hear every thing that +human lips utter.' + +"Maud went singing to her work, and long mused upon her timid mother's +narrative. What she had heard filled her with so eager a curiosity that +she could scarcely wait for Whitsun-eve, although she took care to let +no one observe it. From time to time she stole a glance at her +bell-flower, tried to make it ring with shaking, but failed to bring, by +any means, one sound from the delicate little bell. + +"With a longing dread, Maud saw the promised Whitsun-eve draw near. It +was not easy to leave the parental roof at nightfall. The enamoured +maiden, however, found a becoming excuse which placed a few hours at her +disposal. She went her way with the fairy cap in her bosom, ascended the +green summit of the Sun's hill, now glimmering in the moonlight, and +drew from its hiding-place the pledge that had been entrusted to her. As +if by a miracle, the little flower, touched by the moon's silvery glow, +expanded in an instant. Almost spontaneously it began to oscillate in +her hand, and shrill and clear the little bell rang, so that it +resounded into the adjacent wood, whence a soft echo melodiously +responded. + +"The voice of Albert, who with vigorous strides was ascending the hill +to look close after the adventure of his beloved, reached her ear. But +the senses of Matilda were engrossed by the fairies, and to his repeated +calls she gave no answer. And she had good reason. For scarcely had the +little bell rung, when a flash, like a sparkling snake, darted here and +there upon the grass, and out of the quivering light there arose a small +and exceedingly beautiful creature, whom Maud immediately recognised for +the lord of the bell-flower. The little fellow was in Spanish costume. +He wore a doublet of sky-blue butterflies' wings, over which dropped a +magnificent lace collar woven of the gossamer. The delicate feet were +covered with transparent shoes, made of dew-drops. + +"Maud stood mute with astonishment, as well at the tiny smallness of the +fairy, as at his truly classical beauty. The little creature was, in his +way, a perfect Adonis. + +"'Now, my trembler, art thou resolute to follow me?' whispered the fairy +in a note that came to her like a note of the harmonicon. 'Restore me +the pledge, for we have no time to lose.' + +"Maud gave back the bell-flower; the elf seized it in his little +diaphanous alabaster floral hands, waved it three times round his +dazzling head, so that the little bell sent a peal round the hills, and +then threw it upon the ground. It dilated immediately, took the shape of +a galley with masts and yards, although no larger than the moon's disk +as we see it from the earth. In the same instant the elf sat in the +little vessel, which trembled at every step, drew a rush from his +girdle, and steered with it in the air. + +"'Now, come, step in!' he called to Maud. + +"'In that!' exclaimed the maiden astounded. 'Heaven love you, there's +hardly room for my two feet! Besides, it will tear under me like a +poppy-leaf, for I verily believe it is made of mere air.' + +"'Spare your remarks, Miss Pert!' returned the fairy, 'and step in. I +pledge my honour, and will give up my hope of salvation, if this bark of +our master's do not carry thee safely over half the earth ball in less +than no time.' + +"It might be that Maud now stood under the mysterious power of a spell, +or that she was urged by an invincible curiosity. Enough: she placed her +feet in the quaking gondola, which swelled aloft like an air-balloon +until it reached the maiden's shoulders. Now the ground sank away, and +Matilda's senses failed her in the dizzy speed with which she was +hurried down into the bowels of the earth. At this precise moment Albert +reached the top of the hill. He had only the pleasure of looking after +them, and hardly that; for it appeared to him as if every thing about +him was immersed in a sea of azure so resplendently clear, that he was +for several minutes robbed of his sight. + +"From the magical slumber into which the child had fallen during her +descent into the kingdom of the fairies, she was awakened by a witching +harmony of sounds. She opened her eyes, and observed, with not a little +wonder, that she was lying upon a bed or mat, or whatsoever else it +might be called, of costly emerald. Over her head nodded marvellous +flowers of the most glowing colours; butterflies, of unseen splendour, +flitted on cooling pinions around her couch, and fanned her with an air +so sweet, so invigorating, that the maiden had never breathed before +with such delight. But with all the magnificence, all the spirit and +splendour, every thing was quite other than upon the sunny earth above. +The flowers and herbs glittered indeed; but they seemed to be juiceless, +and looked as if formed of crystal. Even the butterflies had a peculiar +motion, like that of an involuntary sleepwalker. Only the harmonious +strains, which now rang louder and louder, more and more ravishing, were +so ecstatic, so inviting to joyous devotion, that Maud would fain have +shouted aloud for joy; but she felt that she could not speak, could not +cry out, and sight, touch, and hearing, were more alive than ever. + +"Thus she lay for some time motionless, pleasingly intent upon the +nodding flowers, the swarming butterflies. At length the winged +multitude dispersed, and two slender fairy-forms approached her bed and +beckoned her to arise and follow them. + +"Maud arose; and the fairies, who hardly reached up to her knee, taking +her between them, conducted her through a gate of mother-of-pearl into +an illimitable space, through which throng of countless millions of +elves confusedly moved. The converse of these semi-spirits sounded in +the distance harmonious, like perfect music. Notwithstanding the immense +multitude, there was nothing of tumult, nothing of uproar. They stood +all in the finest concord, and bent, waving their flower-caps +gracefully, towards the abashed, astonished maiden. It bewildered Maud +to see that not only overhead arched a star-bespangled sky, but likewise +underneath her feet the same solemn starry splendour was revealed, as if +the slight fairy people walked, between two heavens, upon the milkwhite +vapour which rolled on under them like clouds. Every fairy had on glass +or crystal shoes, if that which they wore on their feet might be so +called. It is, however, possible that the exquisitely made limbs of +these perplexing beings only deluded the eyes of the poor girl with such +an appearance. + +"Nearly in the middle of the immeasurable arena rose a temple of gold, +silver, and precious stones, which, with its lofty pillars reaching to +the sky, was emblazoned in so wondrous a light, that, notwithstanding +the extreme refulgence, it did not dazzle. Within this, upon a +ceaselessly revolving sun-orb, stood the most beautiful and tallest of +the fairies. In her golden hair gleamed stars. Joy and ecstasy radiated +like a glory from her lovely pale face, and vapoury raiment concealed, +but as with a breath, her incomparable figure. Towards her pressed the +innumerable host; for the sublime creature might be the priestess of the +united elfin race. Maud was carried forwards with them, that she might +be a witness of the singular worship that was here solemnized. Not a +word was spoken, no hymn was sung; there was but a looking-up of +supplication, of trustfulness, in which all the fairies, turning round +upon their sparkling little feet, took part. After a few minutes a +joyful expression in the countenance of the worshippers proclaimed the +happy issue of the Sabbath. The stars of the upper sky shot down like +silver spangles, and hung suspended in the luminous hair of the fairies, +giving them the appearance of carrying dancing lights on their heads. A +loud, melodious, strain of rejoicing thrilled through the vast room. The +radiant structure heaved and sank. Overhead a verdurous canopy of leaves +vaulted itself; the elves, entwining arms and legs, flew in a lightning +whirl around the high priestess and the dazzled Maud, who, unawares, had +come close upon the lovely fairy. + +"In a little while the slender body-chain of elves gave way; they +grouped themselves into numberless rows; every one took off the star +from his head, and, tripping up, deposited it at the feet of the +priestess, where they at length all united in composing themselves into +a great gold-bright sphere, exactly resembling that upon which the high, +officiating fairy had been borne round in the temple. + +"The elfin now extended her hand to Maud and said-- + +"'We thank thee for the readiness with which thou hast followed my +messenger into this our hidden kingdom. Thou hast, by thy presence, +prospered our Sabbath festival. Receive, for thy reward, the gratitude +of all the fairies; and bear with thee this gift in remembrance of this +day.' + +"So speaking, she plucked the coronal of stars from her hair, stretched +it out with both her hands, and hung it upon the head and neck of +Matilda. + +"'Whenever thou art in trouble,' she continued, 'think of the good +people; pull one of these stars, throw it in the air by the light of the +moon, and whatsoever thou wishest, provided it be lawful, shall be +granted thee.' + +"Maud would have stammered forth her thanks, but she felt herself still +powerless to speak. A kiss of the fairy upon her forehead was the signal +for breaking up. The good people once more waved their caps. The gondola +floated by, Maud mounted it, and, as quickly as she had descended, was +lifted up upon the earth again. + +"'There!' said the little pilot fairy, tying the supple rudder about the +wrist of Maud, 'that is my wedding gift to you and Albert. Give him the +half of it if he pouts; and--have a care--no blabbing!' + +"With that the gondola dissolved like a cloud in the air. The fairy +vanished; and Maud lay alone upon the fragrant dewy grass of the Sun's +hill. + +"Still all-amazed at what had happened, and not yet come rightly to +herself, she slowly rose, intending to go home. It was then she +perceived Albert, who, with folded arms, was staring wildly and savagely +into the wood below. Matilda coughed. + +"'Why where, in the name of all that is holy, have you been dancing to?' +was the not very tender greeting of her lover. 'I saw you standing there +as I came up the hill; and then lightning and streams of fire were all +about me, and here I have been full five minutes, running about in all +directions, without being able to find a trace of you.' + +"'Only five minutes!' exclaimed Maud; 'that is extraordinary!' + +"'Yes; and, no offence to you, not altogether right,' answered Albert. +'Did I not beg of you to wait for me?' + +"'That you might wring the fairy's neck for him?' said the maiden, +laughing. 'Set yourself at ease, Albert; it is much better as it is.' + +"'What is?' screamed the youngster. + +"'Never mind! It is all done now; and indeed, dear boy, we shall neither +of us repent it. Come, let us go home.' + +"'O ho!--_dear boy!_--Mighty wise and patronizing truly!' + +"'Well, then, good Albert,' said Matilda coaxingly; 'only come away, and +don't be angry. In four weeks we shall be married.' + +"'In fo--ur wee--eeks!' stuttered Albert. + +"'Yes, and in three, if you like it better,' prated the overjoyed Maud. +'The good people,' she added, almost inaudibly, 'have enabled us to +marry. Therefore behave pretty, be quiet, and don't quarrel--or +else--'_every thing is at an end between us--clean at an end!_' Don't +you know that I am a Sunday's child, and am under the especial +protection of these kind, little, powerful creatures?' + +"The jealous youth followed the maiden with reluctance. Whilst he +walked, murmuring in an under-tone at her side, he noticed by the light +of the full moon something flickering in Matilda's hair. He examined it +more closely, and then stood still. + +"'What new fashion do you call that?' he asked in a voice of chagrin. +'The idea of hanging dried mushrooms in one's hair! If you will only +walk with that finery by daylight down to the brook, the children will +run after you, and point at you with their finger.' + +"'Mushrooms!' replied Maud. 'Why, where are your eyes again?' + +"'Well, I suppose you don't mean to call them silver crowns? Thank +Heaven, my eyes are good enough yet to see the difference between dried +funguses and coined money!' + +"'They are glittering stars, sir,' said Maud, short and decided. + +"'O indeed!' returned Albert. 'Well, then, the next time I would +recommend you to select some that shine rather brighter.' + +"The lovers had, in the meanwhile, reached the hut of the stone-mason. +Albert entered with Matilda. The father lay asleep by the stove. The +mother turned her spinning-wheel. + +"'Good-evening, mother!" said Albert. 'Have the goodness to tell that +conceited girl there, that her headgear is the most miserable that ever +was seen.' + +"'What!' said the old lady wondering, and with a shake of the head. +'Maud has no other gear that I see, but her own beautiful hair, which +may God long preserve to her!' + +"Instead of giving any answer, Albert would have set the daughter before +her mother's eyes. But Maud had already, in the doorway, pulled off the +fairy's gift, and turned pale as she saw that she had actually worn +dried mushrooms on a string, twisted of withered rushes. Albert observed +her perplexity, and laughed. He bantered her, and snatched two or three +mushrooms from the chain, to hoard up for future sport. This was the +token of their reconciliation. Maud, although very calmly, assured her +lover, over and over again, that within a month their nuptials should +take place. That the tired old man might not be disturbed, Albert went +home early; and Maud hastened to put carefully away, for a while, the +very meagre-looking fairy gifts. + +"On the following morning, Albert was off betimes to his work. Putting +on his jacket, he heard something chinking within. His surprise was +naturally great, knowing that he had no money there. He dived at once +into his pocket, and drew out two large old gold pieces. Then he +suddenly remembered, that the evening before he had pocketed the +mushrooms which he had snatched away from Maud, and the most extravagant +joy possessed him. He forgot his work and every thing else; started off, +and ran, as fast as his legs could carry him, to the house of the +stone-mason. + +"Maud stood at the brook, before the door, washing her small white hands +in the clear stream. + +"'Good-morrow, dear Maud, and a thousand blessings on thy sweet head!' +cried Albert to her, as he came running. 'Look, look, how thy mushrooms +have changed! If the others turn out as well, I am afraid that, after +all, I must forgive that little shrimp that was so killingly polite to +you!' + +"'Delightful! delightful!' exclaimed Matilda, gazing at the gold pieces. +'Mine have not changed yet--but that doesn't matter; for in the night, a +little rush band, with which the fairy steered me into his kingdom of +wonders, has bloomed into precious pearls and brilliants, and two +sparkling wreaths are now lying upstairs in my drawer.' + +"Joyful surprise choked Albert's words in his throat; but Maud drew him +on, and displayed to him her glories from the fairy world. + +"'Let us leave nothing undone that may help our luck. Do you take the +little wreath for the present. Such is the wish of the mysterious being, +who required my attendance at the Fairies' Sabbath.' + +"Albert received the gift with a softened heart. He begged Maud's +forgiveness of his fault; she granted it willingly, and before four +weeks had passed by, the lovers were man and wife. + +"Of her adventure on Whitsun-eve, Maud never spoke. So much the more had +her godmother Helen to say about it; for it was not difficult to guess +that the fairies had had their prospering hand in the marriage of her +godchild. The stone-mason now gave up his laborious calling. Albert +became the master of a moderate property, which he diligently cultivated +with his beloved Maud; and, as fair child after child was born to them, +the happy mother laid upon the breast of each a shriveled leaf from the +elfin chain, for so had her little guide counseled her, when she once, +in a doubtful hour, had summoned him to her aid. Albert and Matilda +reached a good old age; their children throve, and carefully preserved, +like their parents, the gifts received from the subterranean folk, who +continued their favour to them and to all their posterity." + + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} Midsummer Night's Dream. + +{B} DOLMEN; literally, _stone table_. Remarkable structures, learnedly +ascribed to the Druids; unlearnedly, to the dwarfs and fairies; and +numerous throughout Western Britanny. One or more large and massive flat +stones, overlaying great slabs planted edgeways in the ground, form a +rude and sometimes very capacious chamber, or grotto. The superstition +which cleaves to these relics of a forgotten antiquity, stamps itself in +the names given to many of them by the peasantry:--_Grotte aux fées_, +_Roche aux fées_, &c. + +{C} WEIRDS. The French has--LOTS. "_Elles jettent des SORTS._" For +justifying the translation, see the fine old Scottish ballad of KEMPION; +or KEMP OWAYNE, at the beginning:-- + + "Come here, come here, ye _freely fede_, (i. e. _nobly born_,) + And lay your head low on my knee, + A heavier WEIRD I shall ye read + Than ever was read to gay ladye. + + "I WEIRD ye to a fiery beast: + And released shall ye never be, + Till Kempion the kinges son + Come to the crag and thrice kiss thee!" + +{D} From the preface to the exceedingly interesting collection by M. Th. +de la Villemarqué, of the transmitted songs that are current amongst his +Bas Breton countrymen. + +{E} Essay on _The Fairies of Popular Superstition_, in "The Minstrelsy +of the Scottish Border." + +{F} Deutsche Mythologie, von Jacob Grimm. Chap. xiii. Ed. 1. 1835, and +xvii. Ed. 2. 1843. + +{G} "_Ces génies femelles._" + +{H} From Walckenaer's Dissertation on the Origin of the Fairy Belief; +last printed, in an abridged form, by Jacob, in his edition of the +_Contes des Fées, par Perrault_, (Paris, 1842.) + +{I} "Paradise and groves + Elysian, fortunate fields--like those of old + Sought in the Atlantic main, why should they be + A history only of departed things, + Or a mere fiction of what never was? + For the discerning _Intellect of man, + When wedded to this goodly Universe + In love and holy passion_, shall find these + A simple produce of the common day. + I long before the blissful hour arrives + Would chant, in lonely peace, the spousal verse + Of this great consummation." + +WORDSWORTH. _Preface to the Excursion._ + +{J} _SAGEN UND MAHRCHEN aus der Oberlausitz_. Nacherzahlt von _Ernst +Willkomm_, Hanover, 1843. + +{K} IRISCHE ELFENMARCHEN: Uebersetzt von den Brüdern Grimm. Leipzig, +1826. _Introduction._ + +{L} DEUTSCHE SAGEN: Herausgegeben von den Brüdern Grimm. Berlin, 1816 +and 1818. + +{M} Grimm's German Mythology, p. 544. + +{N} "----his look + Drew audience and attention, STILL AS night + Or SUMMER'S NOONTIDE AIR."--_Paradise Lost. Book II._ + +{O} The fairies themselves hardly can have imparted to godmother Helen +the two irreconcilable derivations of their order: that they were Jews, +and that they were fallen angels. But the poet DRAMATICALLY joins, upon +the mother's lip, the two current traditions. With her, fallen angel and +Jew are synonymous, as being both opposed to the faith of the cross. + +{P} Who is this unknown OLIM? Our old friend perchance, the Latin +adverb, "_Olim_," _of yore_--gradually slipped from the mouths of +scholars into the people's, and risen in dignity as it descended. + +{Q} _Sic._ + + + + +COLUMBUS. + +(_A Print after a Picture by Parmeggiano._) + +BY B. SIMMONS. + + + I. + + RISE, VICTOR, from the festive board + Flush'd with triumphal wine, + And lifting high thy beaming sword, + Fired by the flattering Harper's chord, + Who hymns thee half divine. + Vow at the glutted shrine of Fate + That dark-red brand to consecrate! + Long, dread, and doubtful was the fray + That gives the stars thy name to-day. + But all is over; round thee now + Fame shouts, spoil pours, and captives bow, + No stormier joy can Earth impart, + Than thrills in lightning through thy heart. + + II. + + Gay LOVER, with the soft guitar, + Hie to the olive-woods afar, + And to thy friend, the listening brook, + Alone reveal that raptured look; + The maid so long in secret loved-- + A parent's angry will removed-- + This morning saw betrothčd thine, + That Sire the pledge, consenting, blest, + Life bright as motes in golden wine, + Is dancing in thy breast. + + III. + + STATESMAN astute, the final hour + Arrives of long-contested Power; + Each crafty wile thine ends to aid, + Party and principle betray'd; + The subtle speech, the plan profound, + Pursued for years, success has crown'd; + To-night the Vote upon whose tongue, + The nicely-poised Division hung, + Was thine--beneath that placid brow + What feelings throb exulting now! + Thy rival falls;--on grandeur's base + Go shake the nations in his place! + + IV. + + FAME, LOVE, AMBITION! what are Ye, + With all your wasting passions' war, + To the great Strife that, like a sea, + O'erswept His soul tumultuously, + Whose face gleams on me like a star-- + A star that gleams through murky clouds-- + As here begirt by struggling crowds + A spell-bound Loiterer I stand, + Before a print-shop in the Strand? + What are your eager hopes and fears + Whose minutes wither men like years-- + Your schemes defeated or fulfill'd, + To the emotions dread that thrill'd + _His_ frame on that October night, + When, watching by the lonely mast, + _He saw on shore the moving light_, + And felt, though darkness veil'd the sight, + The long-sought World was his at last?{A} + + V. + + How Fancy's boldest glances fail, + Contemplating each hurrying mood + Of thought that to that aspect pale + Sent up the heart's o'erboiling flood + Through that vast vigil, while his eyes + Watch'd till the slow reluctant skies + Should kindle, and the vision dread, + Of all his livelong years be read! + In youth, his faith-led spirit doom'd + Still to be baffled and betray'd, + His manhood's vigorous noon consumed + Ere Power bestow'd its niggard aid; + That morn of summer, dawning grey,{B} + When, from Huelva's humble bay, + He full of hope, before the gale + Turn'd on the hopeless World his sail, + And steer'd for seas untrack'd, unknown, + And westward still sail'd on--sail'd on-- + Sail'd on till Ocean seem'd to be + All shoreless as Eternity, + Till, from its long-loved Star estranged, + At last the constant Needle changed,{C} + And fierce amid his murmuring crew + Prone terror into treason grew; + While on his tortured spirit rose, + More dire than portents, toils, or foes, + The awaiting World's loud jeers and scorn + Yell'd o'er his profitless Return; + No--none through that dark watch may trace + The feelings wild beneath whose swell, + As heaves the bark the billows' race, + His Being rose and fell! + Yet over doubt, and pride, and pain, + O'er all that flash'd through breast and brain, + As with those grand, immortal eyes + He stood--his heart on fire to know + When morning next illumed the skies, + What wonders in its light should glow-- + O'er all one thought must, in that hour, + Have sway'd supreme--Power, conscious Power-- + The lofty sense that Truths conceived, + And born of his own starry mind, + And foster'd into might, achieved + A new Creation for mankind! + And when from off that ocean calm + The Tropic's dusky curtain clear'd, + All those green shores and banks of balm + And rosy-tinted hills appear'd + Silent and bright as Eden, ere + Earth's breezes shook one blossom there-- + Against that hour's proud tumult weigh'd, + LOVE, FAME, AMBITION, how ye fade! + + VI. + + Thou LUTHER of the darken'd Deep! + Nor less intrepid, too, than He + Whose courage broke EARTH'S bigot sleep + Whilst thine unbarr'd the SEA-- + Like his, 'twas thy predestined fate + Against your grin benighted age, + With all its fiends of Fear and Hate, + War, single-handed war, to wage, + And live a conqueror, too, like him, + Till Time's expiring lights grow dim! + O, Hero of my boyish heart! + Ere from thy pictured looks I part, + My mind's maturer reverence now + In thoughts of thankfulness would bow + To the OMNISCIENT WILL that sent + Thee forth, its chosen instrument, + To teach us hope, when sin and care, + And the vile soilings that degrade + Our dust, would bid us most despair-- + Hope, from each varied deed display'd + Along thy bold and wondrous story, + That shows how far one steadfast mind, + Serene in suffering as in glory, + May go to deify our kind. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} October 11, 1492.--"As the evening darkened, Columbus took his +station on the top of the castle or cabin, on the high poop of his +vessel. However he might carry a cheerful and confident countenance +during the day, it was to him a time of the most painful anxiety; and +now, when he was wrapped from observation by the shades of night, he +maintained an intense and unremitting watch, ranging his eye along the +dusky horizon in search of the most vague indications of land. Suddenly, +about ten o'clock, _he thought he beheld a light glimmering at a +distance_. Fearing that his eager hopes might deceive him, he called to +Pedro Gutierrez, gentleman of the king's bedchamber, and enquired +whether he saw a light in that direction; the latter replied in the +affirmative. Columbus, yet doubtful whether it might not be some +delusion of the fancy, called Rodrigo Sanchez of Segovia, and made the +same enquiry. By the time the latter had ascended the roundhouse, the +light had disappeared. They saw it once or twice afterwards in sudden +and passing gleams, as if it were a torch in the bark of a fisherman +rising and sinking with the waves, or in the hand of some person on +shore, borne up and down as he walked from house to house. So transient +and uncertain were these gleams, that few attached any importance to +them; Columbus, however, considered them as certain signs of land, and, +moreover, that the land was inhabited."--IRVING'S _Columbus_, vol. i. + +{B} "It was on Friday, the 3d of August 1492, early in the morning, that +Columbus set sail on his first voyage of discovery. He departed from the +bar of Saltes, a small island in front of the town of Huelva, steering +in a south-westerly direction," &c.--IRVING. He was about fifty-seven +years old the year of the Discovery. + +{C} "On the 13th September, in the evening, being about two hundred +leagues from the island of Ferro, he, for the first time, noticed the +variation of the needle, a phenomenon which had never before been +remarked. Struck with the circumstance, he observed it attentively for +three days, and found that the variation increased as he advanced. It +soon attracted the attention of the pilots, and filled them with +consternation. It seemed as if the very laws of nature were changing as +they advanced, and that they were entering another world subject to +unknown influences."--_Ibid._ + + + + +TO SWALLOWS ON THE EVE OF DEPARTURE. + +BY THE SAME. + + "The day before V----'s departure for the last time from the + country--it was the 4th of August, one of the hottest days of the + season--as evening fell, he strolled with an old school-fellow + through the cool green avenues and leafy arcades of the + neighbouring park, where his friend amused him by pointing out to + his attention vast multitudes of Swallows that came swarming from + all directions to settle on the roofs and gables of the + manor-house. This they do for several days preparatory to their + departing, in one collected body, to more genial climates."--_MS. + Memoir._ + + + I. + + Joyous Birds! preparing + In the clear evening light + To leave our dwindled summer day + For latitudes more bright! + How gay must be your greeting, + By southern fountains meeting, + To miss no faithful wing of all that started in your flight! + + II. + + Every clime and season + Fresh gladness brings to you, + Howe'er remote your social throngs + Their varied path pursue; + No winds nor waves dissever-- + No dusky veil'd FOR EVER, + Frowneth across your fearless way in the empyrean blue.{A} + + III. + + Mates and merry brothers + Were ye in Arctic hours, + Mottling the evening beam that sloped + Adown old Gothic towers! + As blythe that sunlight dancing + Will see your pinions' glancing + Scattering afar through Tropic groves the spicy bloom in showers! + + IV. + + Haunters of palaced wastes!{B} + From king-forlorn Versailles + To where, round gateless Thebes, the winds + Like monarch voices wail, + Your tribe capricious ranges, + Reckless of glory's changes; + Love makes for ye a merry home amid the ruins pale. + + V. + + Another day, and ye + From knosp and turret's brow + Shall, with your fleet of crowding wings, + Air's viewless billows plough, + With no keen-fang'd regretting + Our darken'd hill-sides quitting, + --Away in fond companionship as cheerily as now! + + VI. + + Woe for the Soul-endued-- + The clay-enthrallčd Mind-- + Leaving, unlike you, favour'd birds! + Its all--its all behind. + Woe for the exile mourning, + To banishment returning-- + A mateless bird wide torn apart from country and from kind! + + VII. + + This moment blest as ye, + Beneath his own home-trees, + With friends and fellows girt around, + Up springs the western breeze, + Bringing the parting weather-- + Shall all depart together? + Ah, no!--he goes a wretch alone upon the lonely seas. + + VIII. + + To him the mouldering tower-- + The pillar'd waste, to him + A broken-hearted music make + Until his eyelids swim. + None heeds when he complaineth, + Nor where that brow he leaneth + A mother's lips shall bless no more sinking to slumber dim. + + IX. + + Winter shall wake to spring, + And 'mid the fragrant grass + The daffodil shall watch the rill + Like Beauty by her glass + But woe for him who pineth + Where the clear water shineth, + With no voice near to say--How sweet those April evenings pass! + + X. + + Then while through Nature's heart + Love freshly burns again, + Hither shall ye, plumed travellers, + Come trooping o'er the main; + The selfsame nook disclosing + Its nest for your reposing + That saw you revel years ago as you shall revel then.{C} + + XI. + + --Your human brother's lot! + A few short years are gone-- + Back, back like you to early scenes-- + Lo! at the threshold-stone, + Where ever in the gloaming + Home's angels watch'd his coming, + A stranger stands, and stares at him who sighing passes on. + + XII. + + Joy to the Travail-worn! + Omnific purpose lies + Even in his bale as in your bliss, + Careerers of the skies! + When sun and earth, that cherish'd + Your tribes, with you have perish'd, + A home is his where partings more shall never dim the eyes. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} "They all quit together; and fly for a time east or west, possibly +in wait for stragglers not yet arrived from the interior--they then take +directly to the south, and are soon lost sight of altogether for the +allotted period of their absence. Their rapidity of flight is well +known, and the 'murder-aiming eye' of the most experienced sportsman +will seldom avail against the swallow; hence they themselves seldom fall +a prey to the raptorial birds."--CUVIER, _edited by Griffiths_. Swallows +are long-lived; they have been known to live a number of years in cages. + +{B} In the fanciful language of Chateaubriand, "This daughter of a king +(the swallow) still seems attached to grandeur; she passes the summer +amid the ruins of Versailles, and the winter among those of Thebes." + +{C} "However difficult to be credited, it seems to be ascertained beyond +doubt, that the same pair which quitted their nest and the limited +circle of their residence here, return to the very same nest again, and +this for several successive years; in all probability for their whole +lives"--_Griffiths'_ CUVIER. + + + + +THE DILIGENCE. + +A LEAF FROM A JOURNAL. + + +A diligence is as familiar to our countrymen as a stage-coach; and, as +railroads flourish more amongst us than with our less commercial and +enterprising neighbours, it is probable that, to many English +travellers, it is even more familiar. There is no need, therefore, to +describe the portentous vehicle. Suffice it to say, that, of the three +compartments into which it is divided, I found myself lodged--not in the +_coupée_ which looks out in front, and which has the appearance of a +narrow post-chaise that has been flattened and compressed in the effort +to incorporate it with the rest of the machine--nor in the _rotunde_ +behind, where one rides omnibus-fashion--but in the central compartment, +the _interieur_, which answers to the veritable old English stage-coach, +and carries six. I was one of the central occupants of this central +division; for I had not been so fortunate as to secure a corner seat. +Now, for the convenience of the luckless person who occupies this +position, there depends from the roof of the coach, and hangs just +before his face, a broad leathern strap, with a loop through which he +can, if so disposed, place his arms; and, when his arms are thus slung +up, he can further rest his head upon them or upon the strap, and so +seek repose. Whether he finds the repose he seeks, is another matter. +One half of the traveller swings like a parrot on his perch, the other +half jolts on stationary--jolts over the eternal stones which pave the +roads in France. Perhaps there are who can go to roost in this fashion. +And if it is recorded of any one that he ever slept in this state of +demi-suspension--all swing above, all shake below--I should like very +much to know, in the next place, what sort of dreams he had. Did he +fancy himself a griffin, or huge dragon, beating the air with his wings, +and at the same time trotting furiously upon the ground? Or, in order to +picture out his sensations, was he compelled to divide himself into two +several creatures, and be at once the captured and half-strangled goose, +with all its feathers outstretched in the air, and the wicked fox who is +running away with it, at full speed, upon its back? As to myself, in no +vain expectation of slumber, but merely for the sake of change of +position, I frequently slung my arms in this loop, and leaning my head +against the broad leathern strap, I listened to the gossip of my +fellow-travellers, if there was any conversation stirring; or, if all +was still, gave myself up to meditations upon my own schemes and +projects. + +And here let me observe, that I have always found that a journey in a +stage-coach is remarkably favourable to the production of good +resolution and sage designs for the future; which I account for partly +on the ground that they cannot, under such circumstances, demand to be +carried into immediate execution, and therefore may be indulged in the +more freely; and partly on this other ground, that one who has become a +traveller has loosened himself from his old customary moorings, and so +gives himself, as it were, a new starting-point in life, from which he +may, if the spirit of delusion is still happily strong within him, draw +a mathematically straight line in the given direction A B, to be the +faithful index of his future career. + +What a generous sample of humanity it is that a well filled diligence +carries out of the gates of Paris! The mountain of luggage upon the +roof, consisting of boxes of all shapes and sizes, does not contain in +its numerous _strata_ of stuffs, and implements, and garments, rags and +fine linen, a greater variety of dead material, than does the threefold +interior, with its complement of human beings, of living character and +sentiment. As to the observation not unfrequently made, that Frenchmen +have less variety of character than ourselves, it is one which seems to +me to have little or no foundation. Something there doubtless is of +national character, which pervades all classes and all classifications +of men; and this colouring, seen diffused over the mass, makes us +apprehend, at first view, that there is in the several parts a radical +similarity which, in fact, does not exist. We have only to become a +little more intimate with the men themselves, and this national +colouring fades away; while the strong peculiarities resulting from +social position, or individual temperament, stand out in sharp relief. +And, in general, I will venture to say of national character--whatever +people may be spoken of--that one may compare it to the colour which the +sea bears at different times, or which different seas are said to be +distinguished by: view the great surface at a distance, it is blue, or +green, or grey; but take up a handful of the common element, and it is +an undistinguishable portion of brackish water. It is French, or +Flemish, or Spanish nature in the mass, and at a distance; looked at +closer, and in the individual, there is little else than plain human +nature to be seen. + +But I did not open my journal to philosophize upon national character; +but to record, while it is still fresh in my memory, some part of the +conversation to which I was, as I travelled along, of necessity, and +whether willingly or unwillingly, a listener. To the left of me the +corner seats were occupied by two Englishmen--would it be possible to +enter into a diligence without meeting at least two of our dear +compatriots? They were both men in the prime of life, in the full flush +of health, and apparently of wealth, who, from allusions which they +dropt, could evidently boast of being of good family, and what follows +of course--of having received an university education; and whom some one +of our northern counties probably reckoned amongst its most famous +fox-hunters. All which hindered not, but that they proved themselves to +belong to that class of English travellers who scamper about the +Continent like so many big, boisterous, presumptuous school-boys, much +to the annoyance of every one who meets them, and to the especial +vexation of their fellow-countrymen, who are not, in general, whatever +may be said to the contrary, an offensive or conceited race, and are by +no means pleased that the name of Englishmen should be made a by-word +and a term of contempt. Opposite to me sat a Frenchman, of rather formal +and grave demeanour, and dressed somewhat precisely. He was placed in a +similar position in the diligence to myself; he had, however, curled up +his leathern strap, and fastened it to the roof. Apparently he did not +think the posture to which it invited one of sufficient dignity; for +during the whole journey, and even when asleep, I observed that he +maintained a certain becomingness of posture. Beside me, to the right, +sat a little lively Frenchwoman, not very young, and opposite to her, +and consequently in front also of myself, was another lady, a person of +extreme interest, who at once riveted the eye, and set the imagination +at work. She was so young, so pale, so beautiful, so sad, and withal so +exceeding gentle in her demeanour, that an artist who wished to portray +Our Lady in her virgin purity and celestial beauty, would have been +ravished with the model. She had taken off her bonnet for the +convenience of travelling, and her dark brown hair hung curled round her +neck in the same simple fashion it must have done when she was a child. +She was dressed in mourning, and this enhanced the pallor of her +countenance; ill-health and sorrow were also evidently portrayed upon +her features; but there was so much of lustre in the complexion, and so +much of light and intelligence in the eye, that the sense of beauty +predominated over all. You could not have wished her more cheerful than +she was. Her face was a melody which you cannot quarrel with for being +sad--which you could not desire to be otherwise than sad--whose very +charm it is that it has made the tone of sorrow ineffably sweet. + +Much I mused and conjectured what her history might be, and frequently I +felt tempted to address myself in conversation to her; but still there +was a tranquillity and repose in those long eyelashes which I feared to +disturb. It was probable that she preferred her own reflections, +melancholy as they might be, to any intercourse with others, and out of +respect to this wish I remained silent. Not so, however, my +fellow-traveller of her own sex, who, far from practising this +forbearance, felt that she acted the kind and social part by engaging +her in conversation. And so perhaps she did. For certainly, after some +time, the beautiful and pensive girl became communicative, and I +overheard the brief history of her sufferings, which I had felt so +curious to know. It was indeed brief--it is not a three-volumed novel +that one overhears in a stage-coach--but it had the charm of truth to +recommend it. I had been lately reading Eugene Sue's romance, _The +Mysteries of Paris_, and it gave an additional interest to remark, that +the simple tale I was listening to from the lips of the living sufferer +bore a resemblance to one of its most striking episodes. + +The shades of evening were closing round us, and the rest of the +passengers seemed to be preparing themselves for slumber, as, leaning +forward on my leathern supporter, I listened to the low sweet voice of +the young stranger. + +"You are surprised," she said in answer to some remark made by her +companion, "that one of our sex, so young and of so delicate health, +should travel alone in the diligence; but I have no relative in Paris, +and no friend on whose protection I could make a claim. I have lived +there alone, or in something worse than solitude." + +Her companion, with a woman's quickness of eye, glanced at the rich +toilette of the speaker. It was mourning, but mourning of the most +costly description. + +"You think," she continued, replying to this glance, "that one whose +toilette is costly ought not to be without friends; but mine has been +for some time a singular condition. Wealth and a complete isolation from +the world have been in my fate strangely combined. They married me"---- + +"What! are you a married woman and so young?" exclaimed the lady who was +addressed. + +"I have been; I am now a widow. It is for my husband that I wear this +mourning. They took me from the convent where I was educated, and +married me to a man whom I was permitted to see only once before the +alliance was concluded. As I had been brought up with the idea that my +father was to choose a husband for me, and as the Count D---- was both +handsome and of agreeable manners, the only qualities on which I was +supposed to have an opinion, there was no room for objection on my part. +The marriage was speedily celebrated. My husband was wealthy. Of that my +father had taken care to satisfy himself; perhaps it was the only point +on which he was very solicitous. For I should tell you that my father, +the only parent I have surviving, is one of those restless unquiet men +who have no permanent abode, who delight in travelling from place to +place, and who regard their children, if they have any, in the light +only of cares and encumbrances. There is not a capital in Europe in +which he has not resided, and scarcely a spot of any celebrity which he +has not visited. It was therefore at the house of a maiden aunt--to whom +I am now about to return--that I was married. + +"I spent the first years of my marriage, as young brides I believe +generally do, in a sort of trouble of felicity. I did not know how to be +sufficiently thankful to Heaven for the treasure I found myself the +possessor of; such a sweetness of temper and such a tenderness of +affection did my husband continually manifest towards me. After a short +season of festivity, spent at the house of my aunt, we travelled +together without any other companion towards Paris, where the Count had +a residence elegantly fitted up to receive us. The journey itself was a +new source of delight to one who had been hitherto shut up, with her +instructress, in a convent. Never shall I forget the hilarity, the +almost insupportable joy, with which the first part of this journey was +performed. The sun shone out upon a beautiful landscape, and there was +I, travelling alone with the one individual who had suddenly awoke and +possessed himself of all my affections--travelling, too, with gay +anticipations to the glorious city of Paris, of which I had heard so +much, and in which I was to appear with all the envied advantages of +wealth. + +"As we approached towards Paris, I noticed that my husband became more +quiet and reserved. I attributed it to the fatigue of travelling, to +which my own spirits began to succumb; and as the day was drawing to a +close, I proposed, at the next stage we reached, that we should rest +there, and resume our journey the next morning. But in an irritable and +impetuous manner, of which I had never seen the least symptom before, +he ordered fresh horses, and bade the postilion drive on with all the +speed he could. Still as we travelled he grew more sullen, became +restless, incommunicative, and muttered occasionally to himself. It was +now night. Leaning back in the carriage, and fixing my eye upon the full +moon that was shining brightly upon us, I tried to quiet my own spirit, +somewhat ruffled by this unexpected behaviour of my husband. I observed, +after a short time, that _his_ eye also had become riveted on the same +bright object; but not with any tranquillizing effect, for his +countenance grew every minute more and more sombre. On a sudden he +called aloud to the postilion to stop--threw open the carriage-door, and +walked in a rapid pace down towards a river that for some time had +accompanied our course. I sprang after him. I overtook, and grasped him +as he was in the very act of plunging into the river. O my God! how I +prayed, and wept, and struggled to prevent him from rushing into the +stream. At length he sat down upon the bank of the river; he turned to +me his wild and frenzied eye--he laughed--O Heaven! he was mad! + +"They had married me to a madman. Cured, or presumed to be cured, of +his disorder, he had been permitted to return to society; and now his +malady had broken out again. He who was to be my guide and protector, +who was my only support, who took the place of parent, friend, +instructor--he was a lunatic! + +"For three dreadful hours did I sit beside him on that bank--at +night--with none to help me--restraining him by all means I could devise +from renewed attempts to precipitate himself into the river. At last I +succeeded in bringing him back to the carriage. For the rest of the +journey he was quiet; but he was imbecile--his reason had deserted him. + +"We arrived at his house in Paris. A domestic assisted me in conducting +him to his chamber; and from that time I, the young wife, who the other +morning had conceived herself the happiest of beings, was transformed +into the keeper of a maniac--of a helpless or a raving lunatic. I wrote +to my father. He was on the point of setting out upon one of his +rambling expeditions, and contented himself with appealing to the +relatives of my husband, who, he maintained, were the proper persons to +take charge of the lunatic. They, on the other hand, left him to the +care of the new relations he had formed by a marriage, which had +interfered with their expectations and claims upon his property. Thus +was I left alone--a stranger in this great city of Paris, which was to +have welcomed me with all its splendours, and festivities, and its +brilliant society--my sole task to soothe and control a maniac husband. +It was frightful. Scarcely could I venture to sleep an hour +together--night or day--lest he should commit some outrage upon himself +or on me. My health is irretrievably ruined. I should have utterly sunk +under it; but, by God's good providence, the malady of my husband took a +new direction. It appeared to prey less upon the brain, and more upon +other vital parts of the constitution. He wasted away and died. I indeed +live; but I, too, have wasted away, body and soul, for I have no health +and no joy within me." + +Just at this time a low murmuring conversation between my two +fellow-countrymen, at my left, broke out, much to my annoyance, into +sudden exclamation. + +"By God! sir," cried one of them, "I thrashed him in the _Grande Place_, +right before the hotel there--what's its name?--the first hotel in +Petersburg. Yes, I had told the lout of a postilion, who had grazed my +britska against the curbstone of every corner we had turned, that if he +did it again I would _punish_ him; that is, I did not exactly _tell_ +him--for he understood no language but his miserable Russian, of which I +could not speak a word--but I held out my fist in a significant manner, +which neither man nor brute could mistake. Well, just as we turned into +the _Grande Place_, the lubber grazed my wheel again. I jumped out of +the carriage--I pulled him--boots and all--off his horse, and how I +cuffed him! My friend Lord L---- was standing at the window of the +hotel, looking out for my arrival, and was witness to this exploit. He +was most dead with laughter when I came up to him." + +"I once," said his interlocutor, "thrashed an English postilion after +the same fashion; but your Russian, with his enormous boots, must have +afforded capital sport. When I travel I always look out for _fun_. What +else is the use of travelling? I and young B----, whom you may remember +at Oxford, were at a ball together at Brussels, and what do you think we +did? We strewed cayenne pepper on the floor, and no sooner did the girls +begin to dance than they began incontinently to sneeze. Ladies and +gentlemen were curtsying, and bowing, and sneezing to one another in the +most ludicrous manner conceivable." + +"Ha! ha! ha! Excellent! By the way," rejoined the other, "talking of +Brussels, do you know who has the glory of that famous joke practised +there upon the statues in the park? They give the credit of it to the +English, but on what ground, except the celebrity they have acquired in +such feats, I could never learn." + +"I know nothing of it. What was it?" + +"Why, you see, amongst the statues in the little park at Brussels are a +number of those busts without arms or shoulders. I cannot call to mind +their technical name. First you have the head of a man, then a sort of +decorated pillar instead of a body, and then again, at the bottom of the +pillar, there protrude a couple of naked feet. They look part pillar and +part man, with a touch of the mummy. Now, it is impossible to +contemplate such a figure without being struck with the idea, how +completely at the mercy of every passer-by are both its nose--which has +no hand to defend it--and its naked toes, which cannot possibly move +from their fixed position. One may tweak the one, and tread upon the +other, with such manifest impunity. Some one in whom this idea, no +doubt, wrought very powerfully, took hammer and chisel, and shied off +the noses and the great toes of several of these mummy-statues. And +pitiful enough they looked next morning." + +"Well, that was capital!" + +"And the best of it is, that even now, when the noses have been put on +again, the figures look as odd as if they had none at all. The join is +so manifest, and speaks so plainly of past mutilation, that no one can +give to these creatures, let them exist as long as they will, the credit +of wearing their own noses. The jest is immortal." + +The recital of this excellent piece of _fun_ was followed by another +explosion of laughter. The Frenchman who sat opposite to me--a man, as I +have said, of grave but urbane deportment, became curious to know what +it was that our neighbours had been conversing about, and which had +occasioned so much hilarity. He very politely expressed this wish to me. +If it was not an indiscretion, he should like to partake, he said, in +the wit that was flowing round him; adding, perhaps superfluously, that +he did not understand English. + +"Monsieur, I am glad of it," I replied. + +Monsieur, who concluded from my answer that I was in a similar +predicament with respect to the French language, bowed and remained +silent. + +Here the conversation to my left ceased to flow, or subsided into its +former murmuring channel, and I was again able to listen to my fair +neighbours to the right. The lively dame who sat by my side had now the +word; she was administering consolations and philosophy to the young +widow. + +"At your age health," said she, "is not irretrievable, and, sweet madam, +your good looks are left you. A touch of rouge upon your cheek, and you +are quite an angel. And then you are free--you will one day travel back +again to Paris with a better escort than you had before." + +And here she gave a sigh which prepared the hearer for the disclosure +that was to follow. + +"Now I," she continued, "have been married, but, alas! am _not_ a widow. +I have a husband standing out against me somewhere in the world. In the +commercial language of my father, I wish I could cancel him." + +"What! he has deserted you?" said her fair companion, in a sympathizing +tone. + +"You shall hear, my dear madam. My father, you must know, is a plain +citizen. He did not charge himself with the task of looking out a +husband for his girls; he followed what he called the English plan--let +the girls look out for themselves, and contented himself with a _veto_ +upon the choice, if it should displease him. Now, Monsieur Lemaire was a +perfect Adonis; he dressed, and danced, and talked to admiration; no man +dressed, danced, or talked better; his mirth was inexhaustible--his +good-humour unfailing." + +Well, thought I to myself, what is coming now? This lady, at all events, +chose with her own eyes, and had her own time to choose in. Is her +experience to prove, that the chance of securing a good husband is much +the same, let him be chosen how he may? + +"No wonder, then," continued the lady, "that I accepted his proposal. +The very thought of marrying him as paradise; and I _did_ marry him." + +"And so were really in paradise?" said the widow, with a gentle smile. + +"Yes, yes! it _was_ a paradise. It was a constant succession of +amusements; theatre, balls, excursions--all enjoyed with the charming +Lemaire. And he so happy, too! I thought he would have devoured me. We +were verily in paradise for three months. At the end of which time he +came one morning into the room swinging an empty purse in the air--'Now, +I think,' said he with the same cheerful countenance that he usually +wore, 'that I have proved my devotion to you in a remarkable manner. +Another man would have thought it much if he had made some sacrifice to +gain possession of you for life; I have spent every farthing I had in +the world to possess you for three months. Oh, that those three months +were to live over again! But every thing has its end.' And he tossed the +empty purse in his hand. + +"I laughed at what I considered a very pleasant jest; for who did not +know that M. Lemaire was a man of ample property? I laughed still more +heartily as he went on to say, that a coach stood at the door to take me +back to my father, and begged me not to keep the coachman waiting, as in +that case the fellow would charge for time, and it had taken his last +sou to pay his fare by distance. I clapped my hands in applause of my +excellent comedian. But, gracious Heavens! it was all true! There stood +the coach at the door, the fare paid to my father's house, and an empty +purse was literally all that I now had to participate with the gay, +wealthy, accomplished Lemaire." + +"What!" I exclaimed with rage and agony, as the truth broke upon me, "do +you desert your wife?" + +"Desert my charming wife!" he replied. "Ask the hungry pauper, who turns +his back upon the fragrant _restaurant_, if he deserts his dinner. You +are as beautiful, as bright, as lovely as ever--you cannot think with +what a sigh I quit you!" + +"But"----and I began a torrent of recrimination. + +"'But,' said he, interrupting me, 'I have not a sou. For you,' he +continued, 'you are as charming as ever--you will win your way only the +better in the world for this little experience. And as for me--I have +been in Elysium for three months; and that is more than a host of your +excellent prudent men can boast of, who plod on day after day only that +they may continue plodding to the end of their lives. Adieu! my +adorable--my angel that will now vanish from my sight!' And here, in +spite of my struggles, he embraced me with the greatest ardour, and +then, tearing himself away as if he only were the sufferer, he rushed +out of the room. I have never seen him since." + +"And such men really exist!" said the young widow, moved to indignation. +"For so short a season of pleasure he could deliberately compromise the +whole of your future life." + +"Is it not horrible? His father, it seems, had left him a certain sum of +money, and this was the scheme he had devised to draw from it the +greatest advantage. _Mais, mon Dieu!_" added the lively Frenchwoman, "of +what avail to afflict one's-self? Only if he would but die before I am +an old woman! And then those three months"---- + +Here the diligence suddenly stopped, and the conductor opening the door, +invited us to step out and take some refreshment, and so put an end for +the present to this medley conversation. + + + + +WHO WROTE GIL BLAS? + + +In the year 1783, Joseph Francisco De Isla, one of the most eminent of +modern Spanish writers, published a Spanish translation of Gil Blas. In +this work some events were suppressed, others altered, the diction was +greatly modified, the topographical and chronological errors with which +the French version abounded were allowed to remain, and the Spanish +origin of that celebrated work was asserted on such slender grounds, and +vindicated by such trifling arguments, as to throw considerable doubt on +the fact in the opinion of all impartial judges. The French were not +slow to seize upon so favourable an occasion to gratify their national +vanity; and in 1818, M. le Comte Franēois de Neufchateau, a member of +the French Institute and an Ex-minister of the Interior, published a +dissertation, in which, after a modest insinuation that the +extraordinary merit of Gil Blas was a sufficient proof of its French +origin, the feeble arguments of Padre Isla were triumphantly refuted, +and the claims of Le Sage to the original conception of Gil Blas were +asserted, to the complete satisfaction of all patriotic Frenchmen. Here +the matter rested, till, in 1820, Don Juan Antonio Llorente drew up his +reasons for holding the opinion of which Isla had been the unsuccessful +advocate, and, with even punctilious courtesy, transmitted them before +publication to M. Le Montey, by whose judgment in the matter he +expressed his determination to abide. M. Le Montey referred the matter +to two commissioners--one being M. Raynouard, a well-known and useful +writer, the other M. Neufchateau, the author whom Llorente's work was +intended to refute. + +This literary commission seems to have produced as little benefit to the +public as if each of the members had been chosen by a political party, +had received a salary varying from £1500 to £2000 a-year, and been sent +into Ireland to report upon the condition of the people, or into Canada +to discover why French republicans dislike the institutions of a Saxon +monarchy. To be sure, the advantage is on the side of the French +academicians; for, instead of sending forth a mass of confused, +contradictory, and ill-written reports, based upon imperfect evidence, +and leading to no definite conclusion, the literary commission, as +Llorente informs us, was silent altogether; whereupon Llorente +attributing, not unnaturally, this preternatural silence on the part of +the three French _savans_, to the impossibility of finding any thing to +say, after the lapse of a year and a half publishes his arguments, and +appeals to literary Europe as the judge "en dernier ressort" of this +important controversy. Llorente, however, was too precipitate; for on +the 8th of January 1822, M. de Neufchateau presented to the French +Academy an answer to Llorente's observations, on which we shall +presently remark. + +It is maintained by the ingenious writer, Llorente--whose arguments, +with such additions and remarks as have occurred to us upon the subject, +we propose to lay before our readers, + +1st, That Gil Blas and the Bachiller de Salamanca were originally one +and the same romance. + +2dly, That the author of this romance was at any rate a Spaniard. + +3dly, That his name was Don Antonio de Solis y Ribadeneira, author of +_Historia de la Conquista de Méjico_. + +4thly, That Le Sage turned the single romance into two; repeating in +both the same stories slightly modified, and mixing them up with other +translations from Spanish novels. + +As the main argument turns upon the originality of Le Sage considered as +the author of Gil Blas, we shall first dispose in a very few words of +the third proposition; and for this purpose we must beg our readers to +take for granted, during a few moments, that Gil Blas was the work of a +Spaniard, and to enquire, supposing that truth sufficiently established, +who that Spaniard was. + +Llorente enumerates thirty-six eminent writers who flourished in 1655, +the period when, as we shall presently see, the romance in question was +written. Of these Don Louis de Guevarra, author of the Diablo Cojuelo, +Francisco de Santos, José Pellicer, and Solis, are among the most +distinguished. Llorente, however, puts all aside--and all, except +Pellicer perhaps, for very sufficient reasons--determining that Solis +alone united all the attributes and circumstances belonging to the +writer of Gil Blas. The writer of Gil Blas was a Castilian--this may be +inferred from his panegyric on Castilian wit, which he declares equal to +that of Athens; he must have been a dramatic writer, from his repeated +criticisms on the drama, and the keenness with which he sifts the merit +of contemporary dramatic authors; he must have been a great master of +narrative, and thoroughly acquainted with the habits and institutions of +his age and country; he must have possessed the art of enlivening his +story with caustic allusions, and with repartees; he must have been +perfectly conversant with the intrigues of courtiers, and have acquired +from his own experience, or the relation of others, an intimate +knowledge of the private life of Olivarez, and the details of Philip +IV.'s court. All these requisites are united in Solis:--he was born at +Alcalį de Henares, a city of Castile; he was one of the best dramatic +writers of his day, the day of Calderon de la Barca. That he was a great +historical writer, is proved by his _Conquista de Méjico_; his comedies +prove his thorough knowledge of Spanish habits; and the retorts and +quiddities of his Graciosos flash with as much wit as any that were ever +uttered by those brilliant and fantastic denizens of the Spanish stage. +He was a courtier; he was secretary to Oropezo, viceroy successively of +Navarre and of Valencia, and was afterwards promoted by Philip IV. to be +"Oficial de la Secretaria" of the first minister Don Louis de Haro, and +was allowed, as an especial mark of royal favour, to dispose of his +place in favour of his relation. This happened about the year +1654--corresponding, as we shall see, exactly with the mission of the +Marquis de Lionne. Afterwards he was appointed Cronista Mayor de las +Indias, and wrote his famous history. These are the arguments in favour +of Solis, which cannot be offered in behalf of any of his thirty-six +competitors. It is therefore the opinion of Llorente that the honour of +being the author of Gil Blas is due to him; and in this opinion, +supposing the fact which we now proceed to investigate, that a Spaniard, +and not Le Sage, was the author of the work, is made out to their +satisfaction, our readers will probably acquiesce. + +The steps by which the argument that Gil Blas is taken from a Spanish +manuscript proceeds, are few and direct. It abounds in facts and +allusions which none but a Spaniard could know: this is the first step. +It abounds in errors that no Spaniard could make--(by the way, this is +much insisted upon by M. de Neufchateau, who does not seem to perceive +that, taken together with the preceding proposition, it is fatal to his +argument:) this is the second step, and leads us to the conclusion that +the true theory of its origin must reconcile these apparent +contradictions. + +A Spanish manuscript does account for this inconsistency, as it would +furnish the transcriber with the most intimate knowledge of local +habits, names, and usages; while at the same time it would not guard him +against mistakes which negligence or haste, or the difficulty of +deciphering a manuscript in a language with which the transcriber was by +no means critically acquainted, must occasion. Still less would it guard +him against errors which would almost inevitably arise from the +insertion of other Spanish novels, or the endeavour to give the work a +false claim to originality, by alluding to topics fashionable in the +city and age when the work was copied. + +The method we propose to follow, is to place before the reader each +division of the argument. We shall show a most intimate knowledge with +Spanish life, clearly proving that the writer, whoever he is, is +unconscious of any merit in painting scenes with which he was habitually +familiar. Let any reader compare the facility of these unstudied +allusions with the descriptions of a different age or time, even by the +best writers of a different epoch and country, however accurate and +dramatic they may be--with _Quentin Durward_ or _Ivanhoe_, for instance; +or with Barante's _Histoire des Ducs de Bourgogne_, and they will see +the force of this remark. In spite of art, and ability, and antiquarian +knowledge, it is evident that a resemblance is industriously sought in +one case, and is spontaneous in the other; that it is looked upon as a +matter of course, and not as a title to praise, by the first class of +writers, while it is elaborately wrought out, as an artist's pretension +to eminence, in the second. If Le Sage had been the original author of +Gil Blas, he would have avoided the multiplication of circumstances, +names, and dates; or if he had thought it necessary to intersperse his +composition with them, he would have contented himself with such as were +most general and notorious; the minute, circuitous, and oblique +allusions, which it required patient examination to detect, and vast +local knowledge to appreciate, could not have fallen within his plan. + +Secondly--We shall point out the mistakes, some of them really +surprising even in a foreign writer, with regard to names, dates, and +circumstances, oversetting every congruity which it was manifestly Le +Sage's object to establish. We shall show that the Spanish novels +inserted by him do not mix with the body of the work; and moreover we +shall show that in one instance, where Le Sage hazarded an allusion to +Parisian gossip, he betrayed the most profound ignorance of those very +customs which, in other parts of the work passing under his name, are +delineated with such truth of colouring, and Dutch minuteness of +observation. + +If these two propositions be clearly established, we have a right to +infer from them the existence of a Spanish manuscript, as on any other +hypothesis the claims of an original writer would be clashing and +contradictory. + +M. Neufchateau, as we have observed, reiterates the assertion that the +errors of Gil Blas are such as no Spaniard could commit, leaving +altogether unguarded against the goring horn of the dilemma which can +only be parried by an answer to the question--how came it to pass that +Le Sage could enumerate the names of upwards of twenty inconsiderable +towns and villages, upwards of twenty families not of the first class; +and in every page of his work represent, with the most punctilious +fidelity, the manners of a country he never saw? Nay, how came it to +pass that, instead of avoiding minute details, local circumstances, and +the mention of particular facts, as he might easily have done, he +accumulates all these opportunities of mistake and contradiction, +descends to the most trifling facts, and interweaves them with the web +of his narrative (conscious of ignorance, as, according to M. +Neufchateau, he must have been) without effort and without design. + +Let us begin by laying before the readers the _pičces du procčs_. First, +we insert the description of Le Sage given by two French writers. + + "Voici ce que disoit Voltaire ą l'article de Le Sage, dans la + premičre édition du Sičcle de Louis XIV.:-- + + "'Son roman de Gil Blas est demeuré, parcequ'il y a du naturel.' + + "Dans les editions suivantes du Sičcle de Louis XIV., Voltaire + ajoute un fait qu'il se contente d'énoncer simplement, comme une + chose hors de doute; c'est que Gil Blas est pris entičrement d'un + livre écrit en Espagnol, et dont il cite ainsi le tītre--La vidad + de lo Escudero Dom Marco d'Obrego--sans indiquer aucunement la + date, l'auteur, ni l'objet de cette vie de l'écuyer Dom Marco + d'Obrego." + + "Extrait du Nouveau Porte-feuille historique, poetique, et + litteraire de Bruzen de La Martiničre. + + "'Baillet n'entendoit pas l'Espagnol. Au sujet de Louis Velés de + Guevarra, auteur Espagnol, dans ses jugements des savants sur les + počtes modernes, § 1461, il dit: On a de lui plusieurs comedies qui + ont été imprimées en diverses villes d'Espagne, et une pičce + facétieuse, sous le tītre El Diabolo Cojuelo, novella de la otra + vida: sur quoi M. de La Monnoye fait cette note. Comment un homme + qui fait tant le modeste et le reservé a-t-il pu écrire un mot tel + que celui-la? Cette note n'est pas juste. Il semble que M. de La + Monnoye veuille taxer Baillet de n'avoir pas sontenu le caractčre + de modestie, qu'il affectoit. Baillet ne faisoit pas le modeste, il + l'étoit véritablement par état et par principe; et s'il eūt entendu + le mot immodeste, ce mot lui auroit été suspect; il eut eu recours + ą l'original, oł il auroit trouvé Diablo, et non Diabolo, Cojuelo + et non Cojudo, et auroit bien vīte corrigé la faute. Mais comme il + n'entendoit ni l'un ni l'autre de ces derniers mots, il lui fut + aisé, en copiant ses extraits, de prendre un _el_ pour un _d_, et + de changer par cette légčre différence Cojuelo, qui veut dire + boiteux, en Cojudo, qui signifie quelqu'un qui a de gros + testicules, et sobrino l'exprime encore plus grossičrement en + Franēois. M. de La Monnoye devoit moins s'arrźter ą l'immodestie de + l'épithčte, qu'ą la corruption du vrai tītre le Guevarra." + + "Au reste, c'est le mźme ouvrage que M. La Sage nous a fait + connoītre sous le tītre du Diable Boiteux; il l'a tourné, ą sa + maničre, mais avec des différences si grandes que Guevarra ne se + reconnoītroit qu'ą peine dans cette pretendue traduction. Par + exemple, le chapitre xix de la seconde partie contient une aventure + de D. Pablas, qui se trouve en original dans un livre imprimé ą + Madrid en 1729, (sic.) L'auteur des lectures amusantes, qui ne + s'est pas souvenu que M. Le Sage, en avoit inséré une partie dans + son Diable Boiteux, l'a traduite de nouveau avec assez de liberté, + mais pourtant en s'écartant moins de l'original, et l'a insérée + dans sa premičre partie ą peu prčs telle qu'elle se lit dans + l'original Espagnol. Mais M. Le Sage l'a traitée avec de grands + changements, c'est sa maničre d'embellir extrźmement tout ce qu'il + emprunte des Espagnols. C'est ainsi qu'il en a usé envers Gil Blas, + dont il a fait un chef-d'oeuvre inimitable."--(Pages 336-339, + édition de 1757, dans les _Passetemps Politiques, Historiques, et + Critiques_, tome 11, in 12.) + +As an example of the accuracy with which Le Sage has imitated his +originals, we quote the annexed passages from Marcos de Obregon--Page 3. + + "En leyendo el villete, dixo al que le traia: Dezilde a vuestro + amo, que di goyo, que para cosas, que me inportan mucho gusto no me + suelo leuantar hasta las doze del dia: que porque quiere, que pare + matarme me leuante tan demańana? y boluiendose del otro lado, se + tornō a dormir." + + "Don Mathias prit le billet, l'ouvrit, et, aprčs l'avoir lu, dit + an valet de Don Lope. 'Mon enfant, je ne me leverois jamais avant + midi, quelque partie de plaisir qu'on me pūt proposer; juge si je + me leverai ą six heures du matin pour me battre. Tu peux dire ą + ton maītre que, s'il est encore ą midi et demi dans l'endroit oł + il m'attend, nous nous y verons: va, lui porter cette réponse.' A + ces mots il s'enfonēa dans son lit, et ne tarda gučre ą se + rendormir." + + "No quereys que siéta ofensa hecha a un corderillo, como este? a + una paloma sin hiel, a un mocito tan humilde, y apazible que, aun + quexarse no sabe de una cosa tan mal hecha? cierto y quisiera ser + hombre en este punto para végarle." + + "'Pourquoi,' s'écria-t-elle avec emportement--pourquoi ne + voulez-vous pas que je ressente vivement l'offense qu'on a fait ą + ce petit agneau, ą cette colombe sans fiel, qui ne se plaint + seulement pas de l'outrage qu'il a reēu? Ah! que ne suis-je homme + en ce moment pour le venger!" + +After this we think we are fairly entitled to affirm, that Le Sage was +not considered by his contemporaries as a man of original and creative +genius; although he possessed, in an eminent degree, the power of +appropriating and embellishing the works of others, that his style was +graceful, his allusions happy, and his wit keen and spontaneous. If any +one assert that this is to underrate Le Sage, and that he is entitled to +the credit of an inventor, let him cite any single work written by Le +Sage, except _Gil Blas_, in proof of his assertion. Of course _Gil Blas_ +is out of the question. Nothing could be more circular than an argument +that Le Sage, because he possessed an inventive genius, might have +written _Gil Blas_; and that because he might have written _Gil Blas_, +he possessed an inventive genius. This being the case, let us examine +his biography. Le Sage was born in 1668 at Sargan, a small town near +Vannes in Bretagne; at twenty-seven he published a translation of +Aristoenętus; and declining, from his love of literature, the hopes of +advancement, which, had he taken orders, were within his reach, he came +to Paris, where he contracted an intimate friendship with the Abbé de +Lyonne, who settled a pension on him, taught him Spanish, and bequeathed +to him his library--consisting, among other works, of several Spanish +manuscripts--at his death. His generous benefactor was the third son of +Hugo, Marquis de Lyonne, one of the most accomplished and intelligent +men in France. In 1656 he was set on a secret mission to Madrid; the +object of this mission was soon discovered in the peace of the Pyrenees +1650, and the marriage of Maria Theresa of Austria, eldest daughter of +Philip IV., with Louis XIV. During his residence in Spain the Marquis de +Lyonne lived in great intimacy with Louis de Haro, Duke of Montoro. The +Marquis de Lyonne was passionately fond of Spanish literature; he not +only purchased all the printed Spanish works he could procure, but a +vast quantity of unprinted manuscripts in the same language, all which, +together with the rest of his library, became at his death the property +of his son, the Abbé de Lyonne--the friend, patron, and testator of Le +Sage. To these facts must be added another very important circumstance, +that Le Sage never entered Spain. Of this fact, fatal as it is to Le +Sage's claims, Padre Isla was ignorant; but it is stated with an air of +triumph by M. Neufchateau, is proved by Llorente, and must be considered +incontestable. The case, then, as far as external evidence is concerned, +stands thus. Le Sage, a master of his own language, but not an inventive +writer, and who had never visited Spain, contracts a friendship which +gives him at first the opportunity of perusing, and afterwards the +absolute possession of, a number of Spanish manuscripts. Having +published several elegant paraphrases and translations of printed +Spanish works, he published _Gil Blas_ in several volumes, at long +intervals, as an original work; after this, he published the _Bachelier +de Salamanque_, which he calls himself a translation from a Spanish +manuscript, of which he never produces the original. Did the matter rest +here, much suspicion would be thrown upon Le Sage's claims to the +authorship of _Gil Blas_; but we come now to the evidence arising, "ex +visceribus causę," from the work itself, and the manner of its +publication. + +The chief points of resemblance between Gil Blas and the Bachelier de +Salamanque, are the following:-- + +1. The Bachelier de Salamanque is remarkable for his logical +subtilty--so is Gil Blas. + +2. The doctor of Salamanque, by whom the bachelor is supported after his +father's death, is avaricious--so is Gil Blas's uncle, the canon of +Oviedo, Gil Perez. + +3. The doctor recommends the bachelor of Salamanca to obtain a situation +as tutor--the canon gives similar advice to Gil Blas. + +4. The bachelor is dissuaded from becoming a tutor--Fabricio dissuades +Gil Blas from taking the same situation. + +5. A friar of Madrid makes it his business to find vacant places for +tutors--a friar of Cordova, in Gil Blas, does the same. + +6. The bachelor is obliged to leave Madrid because he is the favoured +lover of Donna Lucia de Padilla--Gil Blas is obliged to leave the +Marquise de Chaves for the same reason. + +7. Bartolome, the comedian, encourages his wife's intrigues--Melchier +Zapata does the same. + +8. The lover of Donna Francisca, in Granada, is a foreign nobleman kept +there by important business--the situation of the Marquis de Marialva is +the same. + +9. The comedian abandons an old and liberal lover, for Fonseca, who is +young and poor--Laura prefers Louis de Alaga to his rival, for the same +reason. + +10. Bartolome, to deceive Francisca, assumes the name of Don Pompeio de +la Cueva--to deceive Laura, Gil Blas pretends to be Don Fernando de +Ribera. + +11. _Le Bachelier_ contains repeated allusions to Dominican friars, and +particularly to Cirilo Carambola--similar allusions abound in _Gil +Blas_, where Louis de Aliaga, confessor of Philip III., is particularly +mentioned. + +12. The character of Diego Cintillo, in the _Bachelier de Salamanque_, +is identical with that of Manuel Ordońez in _Gil Blas_. + +13. An aunt of the Duke of Uzeda obtains for the bachelor the place of +secretary in the minister's office--Gil Blas obtains the same post by +means of an uncle of the Count of Olivarez. + +14. The bachelor, whilst secretary at Uzeda, assists in bringing about +his patron's daughter's marriage--Gil Blas does the same whilst +secretary of the Duke of Olivarez. + +15. Francisca, the actress, is shut up in a convent at Carthagena, +because the corregidor's son falls in love with her--Laura, in _Gil +Blas_, is shut up in a convent, because the corregidor's only son falls +in love with her. + +16. The adventures of Francisca and Laura resemble each other. + +17. So do those of Toston and Scipio. + +18. Toston and Scipio both lose their wives; and both disbelieve in +reality, though they think proper to accept, the excuses they make on +their return. + +19. _Finally_, in _Gil Blas_ we find a vivid description of the habits +and manners prevalent in the European dominions of Spain during the +reigns of Philip III. and Philip IV. But in no part of _Gil Blas_ do we +find any allusion to the habits and manners of the viceroy's canons, +nuns, and monks of America; and yet Scipio is dispatched with a +lucrative commission to New Spain. It may fairly be inferred, therefore, +that so vast a portion of the Spanish monarchy did not escape the notice +of the attentive critic who wrote _Gil Blas_; and the silence can only +be accounted for by the fact, that the principal anecdotes relating to +America, were reserved to make out the _Bachelier de Salamanque_, from +the remainder of which _Gil Blas_ was taken. + +Now, the dates of _Gil Blas_ and the Bachelier de Salamanque were +these:--the two first volumes of _Gil Blas_ were published in 1715, the +third volume in 1724, which, it is clear, he intended to be the last. +First, from the Latin verses with which it closes; and secondly, from +the remark of the anachronism of Don Pompeyo de Castro, which he +promises to correct if his work gets to a new edition. In 1735 he +published a fourth volume of _Gil Blas_, and, in 1738, the two volumes +of the _Bachelier de Salamanque_ as a translation. Will it be said that +Le Sage's other works prove him to have been capable of inventing _Gil +Blas_? It will be still without foundation. All his critics agree, that, +though well qualified to embellish the ideas of others, and master of a +flowing and agreeable style, he was not an inventive or original writer. +Such is the language of Voltaire, M. de la Martiničre, and of Chardin, +and even of M. Neufchateau himself; and yet, it is to a person of this +description that the authorship of _Gil Blas_, second only to _Don +Quixote_ in prose works of fiction, has been attributed. + +Among the topics insisted upon by the Comte de Neufchateau as most +clearly establishing the French origin of _Gil Blas_, an intimate +acquaintance with the court of Louis XIV., and frequent allusions to the +most remarkable characters in it, are very conspicuous. But to him who +really endeavours to discover the country of an anonymous writer, such +an argument, unless reduced to very minute details, and contracted into +a very narrow compass, will not appear satisfactory. He will recollect +that the extremes of society are very uniform, that courts resemble each +other as well as prisons; and that, as was once observed, if King +Christophe's courtiers were examined, the great features of their +character would be found to correspond with those of their whiter +brethren in Europe. The abuses of government, the wrong distribution of +patronage, the effects of clandestine influence, the solicitations and +intrigues of male and female favourites, the treachery of confidants, +the petty jealousies and insignificant struggles of place-hunters, are +the same, or nearly so, in every country; and it requires no great +acuteness to detect, or courage to expose, their consequences--the name +of Choiseul, or Uzeda, or Buckingham, or Bruhl, or Kaunitz, may be +applied to such descriptions with equal probability and equal justice. +But when the Tiers Etat are portrayed, when the satirist enters into +detail, when he enumerates circumstances, when local manners, national +habits, and individual peculiarities fall under his notice; when he +describes the specific disease engendered in the atmosphere by which his +characters are surrounded; when, to borrow a lawyer's phrase, he +condescends to particulars, then it is that close and intimate +acquaintance with the scenes and persons he describes is requisite; and +that a superficial critic falls, at every step into errors the most +glaring and ridiculous. There are many passages of this description in +_Gil Blas_ to which we shall presently allude; in the mean time let us +follow the advice of Count Hamilton, and begin with the beginning-- + + "Me voila donc hors d'Oviédo, sur le chemin de Peńaflor, au milieu + de la campagne, maītre de mes actions, d'une mauvaise mule, et de + quarante bons ducats, sans compter quelques réaux que j'avois volés + ą mon trčs-honoré oncle. + + "La premičre chose que je fis, fut de laisser ma mule aller ą + discrétion, c'est-ą-dire au petit pas. Je lui mis la bride sur le + cou, et, tirant mes ducats de ma poche, je commenēai ą les compter + et recompter dans mon chapeau. Je n'étois pas maītre de ma joie; je + n'avois jamais vu tant d'argent; je ne pouvois me lasser de le + regarder et de le manier. Je la comptois peut-źtre pour la + vingtičme fois, quand tout-ą-coup ma mule, levant la tźte et les + oreilles, s'arrźta au milieu du grand chemin. Je jugeai que quelque + chose l'effrayoit; je regardai ce que ce pouvoit źtre. J'aperēus + sur la terre un chapeau renversé sur lequel il y avoit un rosaire ą + gros grains, et en meme temps j'entendis une voix lamentable qui + prononēa ces paroles: Seigneur passant, ayez pitié, de grace, d'un + pauvre soldat estropié: jetez, s'il vous plait, quelques pičces + d'argent dans ce chapeau; vous en serez recompensé dans l'autre + monde. Je tournai aussitōt les yeux du cōté d'oł partoit la voix. + Je vis au pied d'un buisson, ą vingt ou trente pas de moi, une + espčce de soldat qui, sur deux batons croisés, appuyoit le bout + d'une escopette, qui me parut plus longue qu'une pique, et avec + laquelle il me couchoit en joue. A cette vue, qui me fit trembler + pour le bien de l'église, je m'arretai tout court; je serrai + promptement mes ducats; je tirai quelques reaux, et, m'approchant + du chapeau, disposé ą recevoir la charité des fidčles effrayés, je + les jetai dedans l'un aprčs l'autre, pour montrer au soldat que + j'en usois noblement. Il fut satisfait de ma generosité, et me + donna autant de bénédictions que je donnia de coups de pieds dans + les flancs de ma mule, pour m'eloigner promptement de lui; mais la + maudite bźte, trompant mon impatience, n'en alla pas plus vite; la + longue habitude qu'elle avoit de marcher pas ą pas sous mon oncle + lui avoit fait perdre l'usage du galop." + +In France, the custom of travelling on mules was unknown, so was the +coin ducats, so was that of begging with a rosary, and of extorting +money in the manner in which Gil Blas describes. In fact, the "useful +magnificence," as Mr Burke terms it, of the spacious roads in France, +and the traffic carried on upon them, would render such a manner of +robbing impossible. How then could Le Sage, who had never set his foot +in Spain, hit upon so accurate a description? Again, Rolando explains to +Gil Blas the origin of the subterraneous passages, to which an allusion +is also made by Raphael; now such are in France utterly unknown. + +Rolando, giving an account of his proceedings, says, that his +grandfather, who could only "_dire son rosaire_," "_rezar su rosario_." +This is as foreign to the habits of a "vieux militaire Franēois," as any +thing that can be imagined; and, on the other hand, exactly conformable +to those of a Spanish veteran:-- + + "Nous demeurāmes dans le bois la plus grande partie de la journée, + sans apercevoir aucun voyageur qui pūt payer pour le religieux. + Enfin nous en sortīmes pour retourner an souterrain, bornant nos + exploits ą ce risible événement, qui faisoit encore le sujet de + notre entretien, lorsque nous decouvrīmes de loin un carrosse ą + quatre mules. Il venoit ą nous au grand trot, et il étoit + accompagné de trois hommes ą cheval qui nous parurent bien armés." + +In this statement are many circumstances irreconcilable with French +habits. 1st, A whole day passing without meeting a traveller on the +high-road of Leon, an event common enough in Spain, but in France almost +impossible; 2d, the escort of the coach, a common precaution of the +Spanish ladies against violence--the fact that the coach is drawn by +mules, not horses, of which national trait six other instances may be +found in the same story:-- + + "Plusieurs personnes me voulurent voir par curiosité. Ils venoient + l'un aprčs l'autre se présenter ą une petite fenźtre par oł le jour + entroit dans ma prison; et lorsqu'ils m'avoient considéré quelque + temps, ils s'en alloient. Je fus surpris de cette nouveauté: depuis + que j'étois prisonnier, je n'avois pas vu un seul homme se montrer + ą cette fenźtre, qui donnoit sur une cour oł regnoient le silence + et l'horreur. Je compris par lą que je faisois du bruit dans la + ville, mais je ne savois si j'en devois concevoir un bon ou mauvais + presage." ... "Lą dessus le juge se retira, en disant qu'il alloit + ordonner au concierge de m'ouvrir les portes. En effet, un moment + aprčs, le geolier vint dans mon cachot avec un de ses guichetiers + qui portoit un paquet de toile. Ils m'otčrent tous deux, d'un air + grave et sans me dire un seul mot, mon pourpoint et mon + haut-de-chausses, qui étoit d'un drap fin et presque neuf; puis, + m'ayant revźtu d'une vieille souquenille, ils me mirent dehors par + les épaules." + +This is an exact description of the manner in which prisoners were +treated in Spain, but bears not the slightest resemblance to any abuse +that prevailed at that time in France:-- + + "Une fille de dix ans, que la gouvernante faisoit passer pour sa + ničce, en depit de la médisance, vint ouvrir; et comme nous lui + demandions si l'on pouvoit parler au chanoine, la dame Jacinte + parut. C'étoit une personne deja parvenue ą l'āge de discretion, + mais belle encore; et j'admirai particuličrement la fraīcheur de + son teint. Elle portoit une longue robe d'un étoffe de laine la + plus commune, avec une large ceinture de cuir, d'oł pendoit d un + cōté un trousseau de clefs, et de l'autre un chapelet ą gros + grains"--"Rosario de cuentas gordas."--_Lib. II._ _c._ 1. + +This is an exact description of a class of women well known in Spain by +the name Beata, but utterly unknown in France till the Soeurs de +Charité were instituted:-- + + "Pendant qu'ils étoient ensemble j'entendis sonner midi. Comme je + savois que les secretaires et les commis quittoient ą cette heure + la leurs bureaux, pour aller diner oł il leur plaisoit, je laissai + lą mon chef-d'oeuvre, et sortis pour me rendre, non chez + Monteser, parcequ'il m'avoit payé mes appointemens, et que j'avois + pris congé de lui, mais chez le plus fameux traiteur du quartier de + la cour."-_Lib. III._ + +During the reign of Philip III. and Philip IV., and even till the time +of Charles IV., twelve was the common hour of dinner, and all the public +offices were closed: this is very unlike the state of things in Paris +during the reign of Louis XV., when this romance was published. + +In Spain, owing in part to the hospitality natural to unsettled times +and a simple people, in part to the few strangers who visited the +Peninsula, inns were for a long time almost unknown, and the occupation +of an innkeeper, who sold what his countrymen were delighted to give, +was considered degrading: so dishonourable indeed was it looked upon, +that where an executioner could not be found to carry the sentence of +the law into effect upon a criminal, the innkeeper was compelled to +perform his functions: therefore the innkeepers, like usurers and other +persons, who follow a pursuit hostile to public opinion, were profligate +and rapacious. Don Quixote teems with instances to this effect; and +there are other allusions to the same circumstance in _Gil Blas_. It +must be observed that if M. Le Sage stumbled by accident upon so great a +peculiarity, he was fortunate; and if it was suggested to him by his own +enquiries, they were more profound in this than in most other instances. +The Barber, describing his visit to his uncle's, (1, 2, 7,) mentions the +narrow staircase by which he ascended to his relation's abode. Here, +again, is a proof of an intimate acquaintance with the structure of the +hotels of the Spanish grandees: in all of them are to be found a large +and spacious staircase leading to the apartments of the master, and a +small one leading to those of his dependents. So the hotel in which +Fabricio lives, (3, 7, 13,) and that inhabited by Count Olivarez, are +severally described as possessing this appurtenance. It is singular that +Le Sage, who seems to have been almost as fond of Paris as Socrates was +of Athens, should have picked up this intimate knowledge of the hotels +of Madrid. The knowledge of music and habit of playing upon the guitar +in the front of their houses, is another stroke of Spanish manners which +no Frenchman is likely to have thought of adding to his work (1, 2, 7.) +Marcelina puts on her mantle to go to mass. This custom prevailed in +Spain till the sceptre passed to the Bourbons--in many towns till the +time of Charles III., and in small villages till the reign of Charles +IV. Gil Blas joins a muleteer, (1, 3, 1,) with four mules which had +transported merchandise to Valladolid--this method of carrying goods is +not known in France. The same observation applies to 3, 3, 7. Rolando +informs Gil Blas, (1, 3, 2,) "Lorsqu'il eut parlé de cette sorte, il +nous fit enfermer dans un cachot, oł il ne laissa pas languir mes +compagnons; ils en sortirent au bout de trois jours pour aller jouer un +rōle tragique dans la grande place." + +This exactly corresponds with the Spanish custom, which was to allow +prisoners, capitally convicted, three days to prepare for a Christian +death. Rolando continues, "Oh! je regrette mon premier metier, j'avoue +qu'il y a plus de sūreté dans le nouveau; mais il y a plus d'agrément +dans l'autre, et j'aime la liberté. J'ai bien la mine de me defaire de +ma charge, et de partir un beau matin pour aller gagner les montagnes +qui sont aux sources du Tage. Je sais qu'il y a dans cet endroit une +retraite habitée par une troupe nombreuse, et remplie de sujets +Catalans: c'est faire son éloge en un mot. Si tu veux m'accompagner, +nous irons grosser le nombre de ces grands hommes. Je serai dans leur +compagnie capitaine en second; et pour t'y faire recevoir avec agrément, +j'assurerai que je t'ai vu dix fois combattre ą mes cōtés." + +The chain of mountains of Cuenēa Requena Aragon y Abaracin, in which the +Tagus rises, does contain such excavations as Rolando employed for such +purposes as Rolando mentions, (1, 3, 11.) The grace of Carlos Alfonso de +la Ventolera in managing his cloak, was an Andalusian accomplishment, +and an accomplishment which ceased to prevail when the Bourbons entered +Spain. It could not have been applied to describe a Castilian, as it was +confined to the inhabitants of Murcia, Andalusia, Valencia, and la +Mancha. How could Le Sage have known this? When the Count Azumar dines +with Don Gonzalo Pacheco, the conversation turns on bull-fights, (2, 4, +7.) + + "Leur conversation roula d'abord sur une course de taureaux qui + s'étoit faite depuis peu de jours. Ils parlčrent des cavaliers qui + y avoient montré le plus d'adresse et de vigueur; et la-dessus le + vieux comte, tel que Nestor, ą qui toutes les choses presentes + donnoient occasion de louer les choses passées, dit en + soupirant--Hélas! je ne vois point aujourd'hui d'hommes comparables + ą ceux que j'ai vus autrefois, ni les tournois ne se font pas avec + autant de magnificence qu'on les faisoit dans ma jeunesse." + +This alludes to the "Caballeros de Plaza," as they were called, +gentlemen by birth animated by the love of glory, very different from +the hired Picadors. This custom of the Spanish gentlemen, which many of +our fox-hunting and pheasant-shooting squires will condemn for its +cruelty, was very common during the reigns of Philip III. and IV., but +gradually declined, and was at last only prevalent at the _Fiestas +Reales_. The last example was known in 1789, to celebrate the _jura_ of +the Prince of Asturia, afterwards the pious and exemplary Ferdinand VII. +This must have been before his attempted parricide. Ambrosio de Lamela, +in order to accomplish his designs on Simon, (2, 6, 1,) purchases +articles at Chelva in Valencia, among others-- + + "Il nous fit voir un manteau et une robe noire fort longue, deux + pourpoints avec leurs hauts-de-chausses, une de ces écritoires + composées de deux pičces liées par un cordon, et dont le cornet est + séparé de l'etui oł l'on met les plumes; une main de beau papier + blanc un cadenas avec un gros cachet, et de la cire verte; et + lorsqu'il nous eut enfin exhibé toutes ses emplettes, Don Raphael + lui dit en plaisantant: Vive Dieu! Monsieur Ambroise, il faut + avouer que vous avez fait lą un bon achat." + +Now this is a faithful portrait of the inkstand, called Tintero de +Escribano, which the Spanish scriveners always carry about with them, +and which it is most improbable that M. Le Sage should ever have seen in +his life, or indeed have heard of but through the medium of a Spanish +manuscript. The account proceeds; and the distinction, which the reader +will find taken with so much accuracy, between the inquisitor and +familiar of the holy office, is one which, however familiar to every +Spaniard, it is not likely a Frenchman should be acquainted with. In +France the inquisitor was confounded with the commissary, and all were +supposed to be Dominican friars. + + "Lą, mon garēon barbier étala ses vivres, qui consistoient das cinq + ou six oignons, avec quelques morceaux de pain et de fromage: mais + ce qu'il produisit comme la meilleure pičce du sac, fut une petite + outre, remplie, disoit-il, d'un vin delicat et friand," (2, 6.) + +This custom of carrying wine in a leathern bag, is a peculiar trait of +Spanish manners. + +Catalena, the chambermaid of Guevarra, nurse of Philip IV., obtains from +her mistress, for Ignatio, the archdeaconry of Granada, which, as "pais +de conquista," was subject to the crown's disposal:-- + + "Cette soubrette, qui est la mźme dont je me suis servi depuis pour + tirer de la tour de Segovie le seigneur de Santillane, ayant envie + de rendre service ą Don Ignacio, engagea sa maītresse ą demander + pour lui un bénéfice an Duc de Lerme. Ce ministre le fit nommer ą + l'archidiaconat de Granade, lequel étant en pays conquis; est ą la + nomination du roi." + +Now, that Le Sage should have been acquainted with this fact, for fact +it unquestionably is, does appear astonishing. Till the concordat of +1753, the kings of Spain could only present to dignities in churches +subject to the royal privilege, among which was this of Granada, by +virtue of particular bulls issued at the time of its conquest. This is a +fact, however, with which very few Spaniards were acquainted. Antonio de +Pulgar, in his _Cronica de Los Reyes Catholicos_, c. 22, tells us that +Isabella, "En el proueer de las yglesias que vacaron en su tiempo, ouo +respecto tan recto, que pospuesta toda afficion siempre supplico al Papa +por hombres generosos, y grandes letrados, y de vida honesta; lo que no +se lee que con tanta diligencia ouiesse guardado ningun rey de los +passados." Another remarkable passage, and to us almost conclusive, is +the following-- + + "Je le menai au comte-duc, qui le reēut trčs poliment, et lui dit + qu'il s'étoit si bien conduit dans son gouvernement de la ville de + Valence, que le roi, le jugeant propre ą remplir une plus grande + place, l'avoit nommé ą la viceroyauté d'Aragon. D'ailleurs, + ajouta-t-il, cette dignité n'est point au-dessus de votre + naissance, et la noblesse Aragonoise ne sauroit murmurer contre le + choix de la cour." + +This alludes to a dispute between the Spanish government and the +Aragonese, which had continued from the days of Charles V. The Aragonese +claimed either that the king himself should reside among them, or be +represented by some person of the royal blood. Charles V. appointed, as +viceroy of Aragon, his uncle, the Archbishop of Zaragoza, and then Don +Fernando de Aragon, his cousin. Philip II. appointed a Castilian to that +dignity. This produced great disturbances in Aragon, and the dispute +lasted till 1692, when the Aragonese settled the matter by putting the +Castilian viceroy, Inigo de Mendoza, to death. His successor was an +Aragonese, Don Miguel de Luna, Conde de Morata, and he was succeeded by +Don John of Austria, his brother. It is most improbable that M. Le Sage, +whose knowledge of Spanish literature was very superficial, and whose +ignorance of Spanish history was complete, should have understood this +allusion. This, therefore, leads to the conclusion that it must have +been taken from a Spanish manuscript. + +In conformity with this we find Mariana saying, in the days of Ferdinand +and Isabella--"Los Aragoneses no querian recebir por Virrey a D. Ramon +Folch, Conde de Cardona, que el rey tenia seńalado para este cargo; +decian era contra sus fueros poner en el gobierno de su reyno hombre +extrangero. Hobo demandas y respuestas, mas al fin el rey temporizo con +ellos, y nombro por Virrey a su hijo D. Alonso de Aragon, Arzobispo de +Zaragoza." + +Can any one doubt that the writer of the following passage had seen the +spot he describes? + + "Il me fit traverser une cour, et monter par un escalier fort + étroit ą une petite chambre qui étoit tout an haut de la tour. Je + ne fus pas peu surpris, en entrant dans cette chambre, de voir sur + une table deux chandelles, qui bruloient dans des flambeaux de + cuivre, et deux couverts assez propres. Dans un moment, me dit + Tordesillas, on va nous apporter ą manger: nous allons souper ici + tous deux. C'est ce reduit que je vous ai destiné pour logement. + Vous y serez mieux que dans votre cachot; vous verrez de votre + fenźtre les bords fleuris de l'Erźma, et la vallée delicieuse qui, + du pied des montagnes qui separent les deux Castilles, s'étend + jusqu'ą Coca. Je suis bien que vous serez d'abord peu sensible ą + une si belle vue, mais quand le temps aura fait succeder une douce + mélancolie ą la vivacité de votre douleur, vous prendrez plaisir ą + promener vos regards sur des objets si agréables." + +These notices of reference, taken at random, are all adapted to the +places at which they are found--the narrative leads to them by regular +approximation, or they are suggested by the subject and occasion which +it draws forth. To introduce a given story into the body of a writing +without abruptness, or marks of unnatural transition, + + "Ut per lęve moventes, + Effundat junctura ungues." + +is, as Paley observes, one of the most difficult artifices of +composition; and here are upwards of a hundred Spanish names, +circumstances, and allusions, incorporated with the story written, as M. +Neufchateau assures us, by a Frenchman concerning the court of Louis +XIV. A line touching on truth in so many points, could never have been +drawn accidentally; it is the pencil thrown luckily full upon the +horse's mouth, and expressing the foam which the painter, with all his +skill, could not represent without it. Let the reader observe how +difficult Le Sage has found the task of connecting the anecdotes taken +from Marcos de Obregon, and put into the mouth of Diego, with the main +story. How awkward is this transition? "Le _seigneur_ Diego de La Fuente +me raconta d'autres aventures encore, qui lui étoient arrivées depuis; +mais elles me semblent si peu dignes d'źtre rapportées, que je les +passerai sous silence." + +The next branch of the argument which we are called upon to consider, +relates to the Spanish words in _Gil Blas_, which imply the existence of +a Spanish manuscript. The names Juan, Pedro, often occur in Le Sage's +work, and Pierre, Jean, are sometimes used in their stead. The word +_Don_ is prefixed by the Spaniards to the Christian, and never to the +surname, as Don Juan, Don Antonio, not Don Mariana, Don Cervantes. In +France, _Dom_, its synonyme, is, on the contrary, prefixed to the +surname--as Dom Mabillon, Don Calmet. Le Sage always adheres to the +Spanish custom. The robber who introduces Gil Blas to the cavern, says, +"Tenez, Dame Leonarde, voici un jeune garēon," &c. Again, "On dressa +dans le salon une grande table, et l'on me renvoya dans la cuisine, oł +la _Dame_ Leonarde m'instruisit de ce que j'avais a faire.... Et comme +depuis sa mort c'étoit la _Senora Leonarda_ qui avoit l'honneur de +présenter le nectar ą ces dieux infernaux," &c. This expression "Seńora +Leonarda," is much in favour of a Spanish original; why should not Le +Sage have repeated the expression "Dame Leonarde," on which we have a +few observations to offer, had it not been that he thought the word +under his eyes at the moment would lend grace and vivacity to the +narrative. A French writer would have said, "Tenez, Leonarde," or +perhaps, "Tenez, Madame Leonarde;" but such a phrase as "Tenez, Dame +Leonarde," in a French writer, can be accounted for only by the +translation of "seńora." So we have "la Seńora Catalena," (7, 12)--"la +Seńora Sirena," (9, 7)--and "la Seńora Mencia," (8, 10) of the French +version, and instead of "une demoiselle," "une jeune dame," which is a +translation of "seńorita." In giving an account of his projected +marriage with the daughter of Gabriel Salero, Gil Blas says, (9, +1)--"C'étoit un bon bourgeois qui étoit comme nous disons poli hasta +porfiar. Il me présenta la Seńora Eugenia, sa femme, et la jeune +Gabriela, sa fille." Here are three Spanish idioms--"hasta porfiar," +which Le Sage thinks it necessary to explain, "la Seńora Eugenia," +"Gabriela." Diego de la Fuente tells his friend, "J'avois pour maītre de +cet instrument un vieux 'seńor escudero,' ą qui je faisois la barbe. Il +se nommoit Marcos Dōbregon." A French author, instead of "seńor +escudero," would have said, "vieux ecuyer;" a Spanish transcriber would +have written "Marcos de Obregon." We have (x. 3, 11) "Seńor Caballero +des plus lestes," "romances" instead of "romans," (1, 5,) "prado" +instead of "pré," twice, (4, 10; 7, 13.) + +Laura says--"Un jour il nous vint en fantaisie ą Dorothée et ą moi +d'aller voir joner les comédiens de Seville. Ils avaient affiché qu'ils +representaient _la famosa comedia_, et Embajador de si mismo, de Lope de +Vega Carpio.... En fin le moment que j'attendais étant arrivé, +c'est-ą-dire, la fin de _la famosa comedia_, nous nous en allāmes." We +have "hidalgo" instead of "gentilhomme" three times; "contador mayor" +twice, once used by Chinchillo, again by the innkeeper at Suescas, +"oidor" instead of "juge" or "membre de la cour royale," "escribano" +instead of "notaire," (8, 9.) "Hospital de nińos" instead of "hospice +des enfans orphelins," "olla podrida" three times "marmalada de +berengaria," (9, 4,) and "picaro" instead of "fripon," (4, 10, 12.) +Scipio says, "un jour comme je passois auprčs de l'église de los reyes." +There is at Toledo a church named "San Juan de los Reyes." How could Le +Sage, who never had been in Spain, know this fact? Gil Blas thus relates +an event at Valencia--"Je m'en approchai pour apprendre pourquoi je +voyois lą un si grand concours d'hommes et de femmes, et bientōt je fus +au fait, en lisant ces paroles écrites en lettres d'or sur une table de +marbre noir, qu'il-y avait audessus de la porte, '_La posada de los +representantes_,' et les comédiens marquaient dans leur affiche qu'ils +joueraient ce jour-lą pour la premičre fois une tragédie nouvelle de Don +Gabriel Triaguero." This passage is an attestation of the fact, that +during the reign of Philip IV. the buildings of the Spanish provinces in +which dramatic performances were represented were at the same time the +residence, "posada," of the actors--a custom even now not altogether +extinguished; but which Le Sage could only know through the medium of a +Spanish manuscript. Gil Blas, imprisoned in the tower of Segovia, hears +Don Gaston de Cavallos sing the following verses-- + + "Ayde nie un ańo _felice_ + Parece un soplo ligero + Pero sin duda un instante + Es un siglo de tormento." + +Where did Le Sage find these verses, sweet, gracious, and idiomatic as +they are? The use of the word "felice" for "feliz" is a poetical +license, and displays more than a stranger's knowledge of Spanish +composition. It has been said that Smollett has left many French words +in his translation of Gil Blas, and that too strong an inference ought +not to be drawn from the employment of Spanish phrases by Le Sage. But +what are the words? Are they words in the mouth of every one, and such +as a superficial dilettante might easily pick up; or do they, either of +themselves or from the conjunctures in which they are employed, exhibit +a consummate acquaintance with the dialect and habits of the people to +which they refer? Besides, it should be remembered that French is a +language far more familiar to well-educated people in England, than +Spanish ever was to the French, and that Smollett had lived much in +France; whereas Le Sage knew from books alone the language which he has +employed with so much colloquial elegance and facility. We now turn to +the phrases and expressions in French which Le Sage has manifestly +translated. + +The first word which occurs in dealing with this part of the subject is +"seigneur" as a translation for "seńor;" "seigneur" in France was not a +substitute for "monsieur," which is the proper meaning of "seńor." On +the use of the word "dame" we have already commented. Instead of Dame +Leonarde and Dame Lorenzo Sephora, a French writer would have put +"Madame" or "la cuisiničre," or "la femme de chambre," as the case might +be. So the exclamation of the highwayman, "Seigneur passant," &c., must +be a translation of "Seńor passagero." Describing the parasite at +Peńaflor, Gil Blas says, "le cavalier portait une longue rapičre, et il +s'approcha de moi d'un air empressé, _Seigneur_ écolier, me dit-il, je +viens d'apprendre que vous źtes le _seigneur_ Gil Blas de Santillane. +Je lui dis, _seigneur_ cavalier, je ne croyois pas que mon nom fūt connu +ą Penįflor." "Le cavalier" means a man on horseback, which is not a +description applicable to the parasite; "chevalier" is the French word +for the member of a military order. "Cet homme," or "ce monsieur," would +have been the expression of Le Sage if "este caballero" had not been in +the manuscript to be copied. "Carillo" for "Camillo," "betancos" for +"betangos," "rodillas" for "revilla;" and yet M. Le Sage is not +satisfied with making his hero walk towards the Prado of Madrid, but +goes further, and describes it as the "pré de Saint Jerome"--Prado de +Ste Geronimo, which is certainly more accurate. Again he speaks of "la +Rue des Infantes" at Madrid, (8, 1)--"De los Infantos is the name of a +street in that city--and in the same sentence names "une vieille dame +Inesile Cantarille." Inesilla is the Spanish diminutive of Ines, and +Cantarilla of Cantaro. The last word alludes to the expression "mozas de +Cantaro," for women of inferior degree. Philip III. shuts up Sirena +"dans la maison des repenties." This is also the name of a convent at +Madrid, called "casa de las arrepentidas." But a still stronger argument +in favour of the existence of a Spanish manuscript, is to be found in +the passage which says that Lucretia, the repentant mistress of Philip +IV., "quitte tout ą coup le monde, et se ferme dans le monastčre de la +_Incarnacion_;" that having been founded by Philip III. in compliance +with the will of Dońa Margarita, his wife, it was reserved expressly for +nuns connected in some way with the royal family of Spain; and that +therefore Lucretia, having been the mistress of Philip IV., was entitled +to become a member of it. + +"Nous aperēumes _un réligieux de l'ordre de Saint Domingue_, monté, +_contre l'ordinaire de ces bons pčres, sur une mauvaise mule_.{A} _Dieu +soit loué_, s'écria le capitaine." In this sentence all the passages in +Italics are of Spanish origin. "_Seigneur cavalier_, vous źtes bien +heureux qu'on se soit adressé ą moi plutōt qu'ą un autre: je ne veux +point décrier mes confrčres: ą _Dieu ne plaise_ que je fasse le moindre +tort ą leur réputation: mais, entre nous, il n'y en a pas un qui ait de +la conscience--_ils sont tous plus durs que des Juifs_. Je suis le seul +fripier qui ait de la morale: je ne borne ą un prix raisonable; je me +contente de la livre pour sou--je veux dire du sou pour livre. _Grāces +au ciel_, j'exerce rondement ma profession." Here we find "Seigneur +cavalier," "ą Dieu ne plaise," which is the common Spanish phrase, "no +permita Dios," "Grāces an ciel," instead of "Dieu merci," from "Gracias +a Dios." A little further we find the phrase "_Seigneur gentilhomme_," +which can only be accounted for as a translation of "Seńor hidalgo;" +"garēon de famille," (1, 17,) "bénéfice simple," (11, 17) are neither of +them French expressions. "The virtuous Jacintha," says Fabricio, "mérite +d'źtre la gouvernante du patriarche des Indes." Now, it is impossible +that the existence of such a dignity as this should have been known at +Paris. It was of recent creation, and had been the subject of much +conversation at Madrid. "Garēon de bien et d'honneur," (1, 2, 1,) "un +mozo, hombre de bien y de honor." "Je servis un potage qu'on auroit pu +présenter _au plus fameux directeur de Madrid_, et deux entrées qui +auroient eu de quoi piquer la sensualité _d'un viceroi_." It is +impossible not to see that the first of the phrases in italics is a +translation "del director mas famoso de Madrid;" first, because a +Frenchman would have used "célčbre," and secondly, because the word +"director" in a different sense from that of confessor was unknown at +Madrid. The allusion to the Viceroy, a functionary unknown to the French +government, also deserves notice. The notaire, hastening to Cedillo, +takes up hastily "son manteau et son chapeau." This infers a knowledge +on the part of the writer that the Spanish scrivener never appeared, +however urgent the occasion, without his "capa." We have the word +"laboureurs" applied to substantial farmers, (1, 2, 7.) This is a +translation of "labradores," to which the French word does not +correspond, as it means properly, men dependent on daily labour for +their daily bread. "J'ai fait éléver," says the schoolmaster of Olmedo, +"un théatre, sur lequel, Dieu aidant, je ferai réprésenter par mes +_disciples_ une pičce que j'ai composée. Elle a pour titre les jeunes +amours de Muley Bergentuf Roi de Moroi." "_Disciples_" is a translation +of "discipulos." A French writer would have said "élčves." Again, the +title of the Pedant's play is thoroughly Spanish. It was intended to +ridicule the habit which prevailed in Spain, after the expulsion of the +Moriscoes in 1610, of adapting for the stage Moorish habits and +amusements, by making a stupid pedant in an obscure village, select them +as the subject of his tragedy. + +Describing the insolence of the actors, Gil Blas says, "Bien loin de +traiter d'excellence les seigneurs, elles ne leur donnoient pas mźme _de +la seigneurie_." This would hardly be applicable to the manners of the +French. The principal of Lucinde's creditors, "se nommoit Bernard +Astuto, qui meritoit bien son nom." The signification of the name is +clear in Spanish; but in French the allusion is totally without meaning. +This probably escaped Le Sage in the hurry of composition, or it would +have been easy to have removed so clear a mark of translation. The +following mark is still stronger. Speaking of Simon, the bourgeois of +Chelva, he says--"Certain Juif, qui s'est fait Catholique, mais dans le +fond de l'āme il est encore _Juif comme Pilate_." Now, the lower classes +of Spain perpetually fall into this error of calling Pilate a Jew; and +this is a trait which could hardly have occurred to a foreign writer, +however well acquainted with Spain, much less to a writer who had never +set his foot in that country. Here we cannot help observing, that the +whole scene from which this passage is taken is eminently Spanish. In +Spain only was such a proceeding possible as the scheme for deprecating +Simon, executed by Lucinda and Raphael. The character of the victim, the +nature of the fraud, the absence of all suspicion which such proceedings +would necessarily provoke in any other country, are as conclusive proofs +of Spanish origin as moral evidence can supply. Count Guliano is found +playing with an ape, "pour dormir _la siesta_." Lucretia says to Gil +Blas, "Je vous rends de trčs humbles grāces," "doy a usted muy umildes +gracias." A French writer would have said, "Je vous remercie +infiniment." Melendez is described as living "ą la Porte du Soleil du +coin de la Rue des Balustrées," "esquina de la Calle de Cofreros." There +is such an alley as this, but it is unknown to ninety-nine Spaniards in +a hundred. Beltran Moscada tells Gil Blas, "Je vous reconnois bien, +moi--nous avons joué mille fois tous deux _ą la Gallina ciega_." This Le +Sage thinks it necessary to explain by a note, to inform his readers +that it is the same as "Colin Maillard." From all these various phrases +and expressions, scattered about in different passages of Gil Blas, and +taken almost at random from different parts of the work, the conclusion +that it was copied from a Spanish manuscript appears inevitable. + +Le Sage has named Sacedon, Buendia, Fuencarrat, Madrid, Campillo, +Aragon, Penaflor, Castropot, Asturias; Salcedo, Alava; Villaflor, +Cebreros, Avila; Tardajos, Kevilla, Puentedura, Burgos; Villar-de-saz; +Almodovar, Cuenēa; Almoharin, Monroy, Estremadura; Adria, Gavia, Vera, +Granada; Mondejar, Gualalajara; Vierzo, Ponferrada, Cacabelos, Leon; +Calatrava, Castilblanco, Mancha; Chinchilla, Lorque, Murcia; Duenas, +Palencia; Colmenar, Coca, Segovia; Carmona, Mairena, Sevilla; Cobisa, +Galvez, Illescas, Loeches, Maqueda, Kodillas, Villarejo, Villarrubia, +Toledo; Bunol, Chelva, Chiva; Gerica, Liria Paterna, Valencia; +Ataquines, Benavente, Mansilla, Mojados, Olmedo, Penafiel, Puente de +Duero, Valdestillas, Valladolid. + +The story of _Gil Blas_ contains the names of no less than one hundred +and three Spanish villages and towns of inferior importance, many of +them are unknown out of Spain--such as Albarracin, Antequera, Betanzos, +Ciudad Real, Coria, Lucena, Molina, Mondonedo, Monzon, Solsona, +Trujillo, Ubeda. + +There are also cited the names of thirteen dukes--Alba, Almeida, +Braganza, Frias (condestable de Castilia,) Lerma, Medina-celi, Medina de +Rioseco, (almirante de Castilia,) Medina-Sidonia, Medina de las Tarres +(Marques de Toral,) Mantua, Osuna, Sanlucar la Mayor y Uceda. Eleven +marquises--De Almenara, Carpia, Chaves, Laguardia, Leganes, Priego, +Santacruz, Toral, Velez, Villa-real y Zenete. Eight condes--De Azumar, +Galiano, Lemos, Montanos, Niebla, Olivares, Pedrosa y Polan. Of these +four only are fictitious. It is remarkable also, that one title cited in +_Gil Blas_, that of Admirante de Castilia, did not exist when Le Sage +published his romance--Felipe V. having abolished it, to punish the +holder of that dignity for having embraced the cause of the house of +Austria. Nor are there wanting the names of persons celebrated in their +day among the inhabitants of the Peninsula. Such are Fray Luis Aliago, +confessor of Philip III., Archimandrite of Sicily, and inquisitor-general, +Don Rodrigo Calderon, secretary of the king, Calderon de la Barca, +Antonio Carnero, secretary of the king, Philip IV., Cervantes, Geronimo +de Florencia, Jesuit preacher of Philip IV., Fernando de Gamboa, one of +the gentlemen of his bedchamber, Luis de Gongora, Ańa de Guevarra, his +nurse, Maria de Guzman, only daughter of Olivarez, Henry Philip de +Guzman, his adopted son, Baltasar de Zuniga, uncle of Olivarez, Lope de +Vega Carpio, Luis Velez de Guevarra, Juana de Velasco, making in all +nineteen persons. There are the names of not only thirty-one families of +the highest class in Spain, as Guzman, Herrera, Mendoza, Acuna, Avila, +Silva, &c., but twenty-five names belonging to less illustrious, but +still distinguished families; and twenty-nine names really Spanish, but +applied to imaginary characters. This makes a list of eighty-five names, +which it seems impossible for any writer acquainted only with the lighter +parts of Spanish literature to have accumulated. Nor should it be +forgotten that there are forty-five names, intended to explain the +character of those to whom they are given, like Mrs Slipslop and Parson +Trulliber, retained by Gil Blas, notwithstanding the loss of their +original signification. Doctor Andros don Ańibal de Chinchilla, Alcacer, +Apuntador, Astuto, Azarini, Padre Alejos y Don Abel, Buenagarra, +Brutandof, Campanario Chilindron, Chinchilla, Clarin, Colifichini, Cordel, +Coscolina, Padre Crisostomo, Doctor Cuchillo, Descomulgado, Deslenguado, +Escipion, Forero, Guyomar, Ligero, Majuelo, Mascarini, Melancia, Mogicon, +Montalban, Muscada, Nisana, Doctor Oloroso, Doctor Oquetos, Penafiel, +Pinares, Doctor Sangrado, Stheimbach, Samuel Simon, Salero, Talego, Touto, +Toribio, Triaquero, Ventolera, Villaviciosa, are all names of this sort. +Who but a Spaniard, then, was likely to invent them? Were there no other +argument, the case for Spain might almost safely be rested on this issue. +But this is not all, since the mistakes, orthographical and geographical, +which abound in the French edition of _Gil Blas_, carry the argument +still further, and place it beyond the reach of reasonable contradiction. +The reader will observe, that much of the question depends upon the fact, +admitted on all sides, that Le Sage did not transcribe his version from +any printed work, but from a manuscript. Had Le Sage merely inserted +stories here and there taken from Spanish romances, his claims as an +original writer would hardly be much shaken by their discovery, supposing +the plot, with which they were skilfully interwoven, and the main bulk +and stamina of the story, to be his own. But where the errors are such as +can only be accounted for by mistakes, not of the press, but of the +copies of a manuscript, and are fully accounted for in that manner--where +they are so thickly sown, as to show that they were not errors made by a +person with a printed volume before his eyes, but by a person deciphering +a manuscript written in a language of which he had only a superficial +acquaintance, no candid enquirer will hesitate as to the inference to +which such facts lead, and by which alone they can be reconciled with the +profound and intimate knowledge of Spanish literature, habits, and +manners, to which we have before adverted. The innkeeper of Peńaflor is +named _Corcuelo_ in the French version, an appellation utterly without +meaning. The real word was _Corzuelo_, a diminutive from _corzo_, which +carries a very pointed allusion to the character of the person. It was +usual to write instead of the _z_--_c_ with a cedilla, and this was +probably the origin of the mistake. The innkeeper of Burgos is called in +the French text _Manjuelo_, which is not Spanish, and is equally +unmeaning. The original undoubtedly was _Majuelo_, the diminutive of +_Majo_, which is very significant of the class to which the person +bearing the name belonged. The person to whom Gil Blas applies for a +situation at Valladolid, is called in the French text _Londona_. The real +word is Londońo, the name of a village near Orduńa, in Biscay. _Inesile_ +is the name given to the niece of Jacinta. This is instead of _Inesilla_, +and corresponds with the French Agnés. Castel Blargo is used for Castel +Blanco. Rodriguez says to his master, "Je ne touche pas un maravé_dis_ de +vos finances." The word in the manuscript was _marivedi_. Le Sage has +used the plural for the singular. "Seguier," a proper name, is used for +"Seguiar." "De la Ventileria" is the unmeaning name given to a frivolous +coxcomb, instead of "De la Ventilera." Le Sage, speaking of the same +person, sometimes calls her "Dońa _K_imena de Guzman," and sometimes +"Dońa _Ch_imena," a manifest proof that "Dońa _X_imena" was written in +the work from which he transcribed; as the French substitute sometimes +_k_ and sometimes _ch_, for the Spanish _x_. + + Pedros is used for Pedroga, (the name of a noble family.) + Moyades for Miagades, (a village.) + Zendero for Zenzano, (do.) + Salceda for Salcedo, (do.) + Calderone for Calderon. + Oliguera for Lahiguera. + Niebles for Niebla. + Jutella for Antella. + Leiva for Chiva. + +After Gil Blas's promotion, he says that his haughty colleague treated +him with more respect; and this is expressed in such a way as to show +that Le Sage was ignorant of Spanish etiquette, and did not understand +thoroughly the meaning of what he transcribed. "Il Don Rodrigo de +Calderone ne m'appela plus que Seigneur de Santillane, lui qui +jusqu'alors ne m'avoit traité que de _vous_, sans jamais se servir du +terme de seigneurie," supposing the meaning equivalent--whereas, in +fact, though Gil Blas might complain of not being addressed in the third +person, which would draw with it the use of seńor, and was a common form +of civility--it would have been ridiculous to represent him as addressed +by a name, seńoria, to which none but people of high station and +illustrious rank were entitled. But Le Sage supposed that every one +addressed as seńor, might also be spoken of by the term seńoria; a +mistake against which a very moderate knowledge of Spanish usages would +have guarded him. We may illustrate this by a quotation from Navarete:-- + + "En este estado enviaron a decir a Magallanes.... Que si se queria + avenir a lo que cumpliese, al servicio de S. M. estarian a lo que + les mandase, y que si hasta entonces le dieron tratamiento de + merced, _en adelante se lo darian de senoria_, y le besarian pies y + manos." + +This was intended as a proof of the greatest reverence by the mutineers, +whom, notwithstanding this submission, Magallanes took an early +opportunity to destroy. + +Gil Blas relates the absurd resolution of the Conde Duque D'Olivarez, to +adopt the son of a person with whom he, among others, had intrigued as +his own. This anecdote was well known in Spain. The supposed father of +this youth was an alcalde de corte, called Valcancel; and _he_ had been +rivaled by an alguazil. The son was called in the early part of his life +Julian Valcancel. When adopted by Olivarez, he took the name of Eurique +Felipe de Guzman, which the people said ought to be exchanged for that +of Del Alguazil del Alcalde de Corte. Olivarez divorced him from the +woman to whom he was certainly married, and obliged him to marry the +daughter of the Duca de Frias. He was called by the people of Madrid a +man with two names, the son of three fathers, and the husband of two +wives. Le Sage, by substituting the name of Valdeasar for that of +Valcancel, proves that he was ignorant of the whole transaction. In the +_auto da fé_ which Gil Blas sees at Toledo, and in which his old friends +terminate their adventures in so tragical a manner--some of the guilty +are represented as wearing _carochas_ on their heads. This is a word +altogether without meaning; the real word was _corozas_, a cap worn by +criminals as a badge of degradation. + +Another mistake deserves attention, as supplying the strongest proof of +an inaccurate transcriber. "J'espčre," says Maītre Joachim to his +master, "que je vous servirai tantōt un ragout digne d'un _can_tador +mayor." The word was not "_can_tador," but "_con_tador mayor," the +"ministro de hacienda," or chancellor of the exchequer; a situation +under a despotic government of the highest dignity and opulence. So Don +Annibal de Chinchilla exclaims--"Me croit-elle un contador mayor," when +repelling a demand of a rapacious prostitute. But Le Sage mistook the +_o_ of his manuscript for an _a_, and turned a phrase very intelligible +into nonsense. We now come to the passage which M. Neufchateau quotes as +decisive in favour of Le Sage's claims. It certainly was to be found in +no Spanish manuscript. + + "Don Louis nous mena chez un jeune gentilhomme de ses amis, qu'on + appeloit don Gabriel de Pedros. Nous y passāmes le reste de la + journée; nous y soupāmes mźme, et nous n'en sortīmes que sur les + deux heures aprčs minuit pour nous en retourner au logis. Nous + avions peut-źtre fait la moitié du chemin, lorsque nous + rencontrāmes sous nos pieds dans la rue deux hommes étendus par + terre. Nous jugeāmes que c'étoient des malheureux qu'on venoit + d'assassiner, et nous nous arretāmes pour les secourir, s'il en + étoit encore temps. Comme nous cherchions ą nous instruire, autant + que l'obscurité de la nuit nous le pouvoit permettre, de l'état oł + ils se trouvoient, la patrouille arriva. Le commandant nous prit + d'abord pour des assassins, et nous fit environner par ses gens; + mais il eut meilleure opinion de nous lorsqu'il nous eut entendus + parler, et qu'ą la faveur d'une lanterne sourde, il vit les traits + de Mendoce et de Pacheco. Ses archers, par son ordre, examinčrent + les deux hommes que nous nous imaginions avoir été tués; et il se + trouva que c'étoit un gros licencie avec son valet, tous deux pris + de vin, ou plutōt ivres-morts. 'Messieurs,' s'écria un des archers, + 'je reconnois ce gros vivant. Eh! c'est le seigneur licencie + Guyomar, recteur de notre université. Tel que vous le voyez, c'est + un grand personnage, un génie superieur. Il n'y a point de + philosophe qu'il ne terrasse dans une dispute; il a un flux de + bouche sans pareil. C'est dommage qu'il aime un peu trop de vin, le + procčs, et la grisette. Il revient de souper de chez son Isabella, + oł, par malheur, son guide s'est enivre comme lui. Ils sont tombes + l'un et l'autre dans le ruisseau. Avant que le bon licencie fut + recteur, cela lui arrivoit assez souvent. Les honneurs, comme vous + voyez, ne changent pas toujours les moeurs.' Nous laissāmes ces + ivrognes entre les mains de la patrouille, qui eut soin de les + porter chez eux. Nous regagnāmes notre hōtel, et chacun ne songea + qu'ą se reposer." + +Now this story pierces to the heart the theory which M. Neufchateau +cites it in order to establish. It is an anecdote incorporated by Le +Sage with the rest of the work; and how well it tallies with a Spanish +story, and the delineation of Spanish manners, let the reader judge. The +rector of the university of Salamanca was required to unite a great +variety of qualifications. In the first place, his birth must have been +noble for several generations; not perhaps as many as a canon of +Strasburg was required to trace, but more than it was possible for the +great majority even of well born gentlemen to produce. The situation, +indeed, was generally conferred upon the members of the second class of +nobility, and very often upon those of the first. He was a judge, with +royal and pontifical privileges, exempt from the authority of the bishop +in ecclesiastical, and from the royal tribunals in secular, matters. His +morals were sifted with the strictest scrutiny; and yet this dignified +ecclesiastic is the person whom Le Sage represents as lying in the +streets stupefied with intoxication, and this not from accident, but +from habitual indulgence in a vice which, throughout Spain, is +considered infamous, and which none but those who are below the +influence of public opinion, and even those but in rare instances, are +ever known to practise. To call a man a drunkard in Spain, is considered +a worse insult than to call him a thief; and the effect of the story is +the same as if a person, pretending to describe English manners, were to +represent the Lord Chancellor as often in custody on a charge of +shoplifting, and permitted, in consideration of his abilities, still to +remain in office and exercise the duties of his station. + +The principal topographical errors are the following:--Dońa Mencia names +to Gil Blas two places on the road near Burgos--these she calls Gofal +and Rodillas; the real names are Tardagal and Revilla, (1, 11;) Ponte de +Mula is put for Puenta Duro, (1, 13;) Luceno for Luyego; Villardera for +Villar del Sa, (5, 1;) Almerim for Almoharia, (5, 1;) Sliva for Chiva, +(7, 1;) Obisa for Cobisa, (10, 10;) Sinas for Linas; Mililla for +Melilla; Arragon for Aragon. Describing his journey from Madrid to +Oviedo, Gil Blas says they slept the first night at Alcala of Henares, +and the second at Segovia. Now Alcala is not on the road from Madrid to +Segovia, nor is it possible to travel in one day from one of these +cities to the other--probably Galapagar was the word mistaken. Penafiel +is mentioned as lying on the road from Segovia to Valladolid, (10, 1;) +this is for Portillo. Now, if Le Sage had invented the story, and +clothed it with names of Spanish cities and villages, taken from +_printed_ books, can any one suppose that he could have fallen into all +these errors? + +A thread of Spanish history winds through the whole story of _Gil Blas_, +and keeps every circumstance in its place; therefore the date of the +hero's birth may be fixed with the greatest precision. He tells us he +was fifty-eight at the death of the Count Duke of Olivarez, that is, +1646; Gil Blas was therefore born 1588, and this corresponds altogether +with different allusions, which show that when the romance was written +the war between Spain and Portugal was present to the author's mind, and +the subject of his constant animadversion. Portugal, as our readers may +recollect, became subject to the Spanish yoke in 1580, the Duke of +Braganza was raised to the throne of that kingdom in 1640; and the war +to which that event gave rise was not terminated till 1668; when Charles +II. acknowledged Alphonso VI. as the legitimate ruler of Portugal. That +when the work was written the war between Spain and Portugal continued, +may be inferred from the fact, that the mention of Portugal is +perpetually accompanied with some allusion to hostilities which were +then carried on between the two countries. The romance must therefore +have been written between the disgrace of the Count Duke, 1646, and the +recognition of Portuguese independence, 1668. But we may contract the +date of the work within still narrower limits. It could not have been +written before 1654, as the works of Don Augustini Moreto, none of which +were published before 1654, are cited in it--it is not of later date, +because there is no allusion in any part of the work to the death of +Philip IV., to the peace of the Pyrenees, or to any other ministers but +Lerma, Uzeda, and Olivarez. Don Louis de Haro, Marquis of Carpio, and +Duke of Montora, is not mentioned moreover. Gil Blas, describing himself +to Laura, says that he is the only son of Fernando de Ribera, who fell +in a battle on the frontiers of Portugal fifteen years before. This is a +prolepsis; for the battle was fought in 1640. But this manifest +anachronism, which entirely escaped Le Sage, was intended by the author +as an autograph, a sort of "chien de Bassano," to point out the real +date of the work. Bearing in mind, then, that Gil Blas was born in 1588; +that Portugal was annexed to Spain in 1580 without a struggle; and +remained subject to its dominion till 1640; let us consider the +anachronisms in which Le Sage has plunged himself, partly through his +ignorance of Spanish history, partly from the attempt to interpolate +other Spanish novels with the main body of the work he has translated. +One of these is confessed by Le Sage himself, and occurs in the story of +Don Pompeio de Castro, inserted in the first volume. Don Pompeio is +supposed to relate this story at Madrid in 1607; in it a king of +Portugal is spoken of at that time as being an independent sovereign. +Now in the third volume of the seventh book, in the year 1608, Pedro +Zamora tells Laura, with whom he has eloped, that they were in security +in Portugal, a foreign kingdom, though actually subject to the crown of +Spain. Now this is quite correct, and here Le Sage's attention was +called to the anachronism above cited in his preceding volume, which he +undertakes to correct in another edition--a promise which he fulfilled +by the clumsy expedient of transferring the scene from Portugal to +Poland. But how comes it to pass that Le Sage, who singles out with such +painful anxiety the error to which we have adverted, suffers others of +equal importance to pass altogether unnoticed? For instance, in the +twelfth book, eighth chapter, Olivarez speaks of a journey of Philip IV. +to Zaragoza; which took place indeed, but not until two years after the +disgrace of Olivarez. Cogollos, speaking in 1616, alludes to a +circumstance connected with the revolt of Portugal in 1640; Olivarez, +sixteen months afterwards, mentions the same circumstance, saying to +Cogollos--"Your patron, though related to the Duke of Braganza, had, I +am well assured, no share in his revolt." In 1607, Gil Blas, being the +servant of Don Bernardo de Castel Blanco, says, that some suppose his +master to be a spy of the king of Portugal, a personage who at that time +did not exist. Now, if Le Sage intended to leave to posterity a lasting +and unequivocal proof of his plagiarism, how could he do so more +effectually than by dwelling on one anachronism as an error which he +intended to correct, in a work swarming in every part with others +equally flagrant, of which he takes no notice? We have mentioned these +mistakes, particularly as being mistakes into which the original author +had fallen, and which, as his object was not to give an exact relation +of facts, he probably disregarded altogether. And here again we must +repeat our remark, that these perpetual allusions indicate a writer not +afraid of exposing himself by irretrievable blunders, and certain of +being understood by those whom he addressed. A Spaniard writing for +Spaniards, would of course take it for granted that his countrymen were +acquainted with those very facts and allusions which Le Sage sometimes +formally endeavours to explain, and sometimes is unable to detect; while +a writer conscious, as the French author was, of a very imperfect +acquaintance with the language and usages of Spain, would never indulge +in those little circumstantial touches which a Spaniard could not help +inserting. + +We now come to errors of Le Sage himself. Dońa Mencia speaks of her +first husband dying in the service of the king of Portugal, five or six +years after the beginning of the seventeenth century. Events are +described as taking place in the time of Philip II., under the title of +Le Mariage de Vengeance, which happened three hundred years before, at +the time of the Sicilian Vespers, 1283. Gil Blas, after his release from +the tower of Segovia, tells his patron, Alonzo de Leyva, that four +months before he held an important office under the Spanish crown; while +he tells Philip IV. that he was six months in prison at Segovia. But the +following very remarkable error almost determines the question, as it +discovers demonstrably the mistake of a transcriber. Scipio, returning +to his master in April 1621, informs Gil Blas that Philip III. is dead; +and proceeds to say that it is rumoured that the Cardinal Duke of Lerma +has lost his office, is forbidden to appear at court, and that Gaspar de +Guzman, Count of Olivarez, is prime minister. Now, the Cardinal Duke of +Lerma had lost his office since the 4th October 1618, three years before +the death of Philip III. How is this mistake explained? By the +transcriber's omission of the words "Duke of Uzeda, son of," which +should precede the cardinal duke, &c., and which makes the sentence +historically correct; for the Duke of Uzeda was the son of the Cardinal +Duke of Lerma, did succeed his father, and was turned out of office at +the death of Philip III., when he was succeeded by Olivarez. If there +was no other argument but this, it would serve materially to invalidate +Le Sage's claims to originality; as the omission of these words makes +nonsense of a sentence perfectly intelligible when corrected, and causes +the writer, in the very act of alluding to a most notorious fact in +Spanish history, with which, even in its least details, he appears in +other places familiar, to display the most unaccountable ignorance of +the very fact he makes the basis of his narrative. Surely if plagiarism +can ever be said "digito monstrari et dicier hic est," it is here. + +If we consider the effect of all these accumulated circumstances--the +travelling on mules, the mode of extorting money, the plunder of the +prisoners by the jailer, the rosary with its large beads carried by the +Spanish Tartuffe, instead of the "haire and the discipline" mentioned by +Moličre, the description of the hotels of Madrid, the inferior condition +of surgeons, the graceful bearing of the cloak, the notary's inkstand, +the posada in which the actors slept as well as acted, the convent in +which Philip's mistress is placed with such minute propriety, the +Gallina Ciega, the lane in Madrid, the dinner hour of the clerks in the +minister's office, the knowledge of the ecclesiastical rights of the +crown over Granada, and of the Aragonese resistance to a foreign +viceroy, the number of words left in the original Spanish, and of others +which betray a Spanish origin, the names of cities, villages, and +families, that rise spontaneously to the hand of the writer, and the +perpetual mistakes which their enumeration occasions, among which we +will only here specify that of C_a_ntador for C_o_ntador, and the +omission of the words "Duc d'Uzeda," which can alone set right a +flagrant anachronism--if we consider the effect of all these +circumstances, we shall look in vain for any reason to doubt the result +which such a complication of probabilities conspires to fortify. + +The objections stated by M. Neufchateau to this overwhelming mass of +evidence, utterly destructive as it is to the hypothesis of which he was +the advocate, are so feeble and captious, that they hardly deserve the +examination which Llorente, in the anxiety of his patriotism, has +condescended to bestow on then. M. Neufchateau objects to the minute +references on which many of Llorente's arguments are built; but he +should remember that, in an examination of this sort, it is "one thing +to be minute, and another to be precarious;" one thing to be oblique, +and another to be fantastical. On such occasions the more powerful the +microscope is that the critic can employ, the better; not only because +all suspicion of contrivance or design is thereby further removed, but +because proofs, separately trifling, are, when united, irresistible; and +the circumstantial evidence to which courts of justice are compelled, by +the necessity of human affairs, to recur, in matters where the lives and +fortunes of individuals are at stake, is not only legitimate, but +indispensable, before tribunals which have not the same means of +investigation at their command. In this, however, the evidence is as +full, positive, and satisfactory as any evidence not appealing to the +senses or mathematical demonstration for its truth, can possibly be; and +any one in active life who was to forbear from acting upon it, would +deserve to be treated as a lunatic. Let us, however, consider the +admissions of M. Neufchateau. He admits, 1st, That Le Sage was never in +Spain. 2dly, Le Sage, in 1735, acknowledged the chronological error into +which he had fallen, from inserting the story of Don Pompeyo de Castro, +and announced his intention to correct it. 3dly, He allows, in 1724, +when the third volume of _Gil Blas_ was published, Le Sage annexed to it +the Latin distich, implying that the work was at an end-- + + "Inveni portum, spes et fortuna, valete; + Sat me lusistis, ludite nunc alios." + +He allows, therefore, that the publication of the fourth volume, eleven +years after the third volume of _Gil Blas_ was published, was as far +from the original intention of the author as it was on the expectation +of the public. 4thly, That, from the introduction of the Duke of Lerma +on the stage at the close of the work, the history of Spain is adhered +to with exact fidelity. 5thly, He allows that the description of Spanish +inns, (10, 12,) is taken from the "Vida del Escudero Marcos de Obregon." +6thly, He allows that the novel of "Le Mariage de Vengeance," related +by Dońa Elvira, is inconsistent with all the rest of the story of _Gil +Blas_. The anachronisms in which Le Sage is entangled, by applying a +story to the seventeenth century that relates to the thirteenth, prove +his ignorance of Spanish history. On this M. Neufchateau remarks as +usual, that no Spaniard would have fallen into such an error. True; but +how does it happen that the person making it is so intimately acquainted +with the topography and habits of Spain? and how can this contradiction +be solved, but by supposing that Le Sage incorporated a Spanish story +which caught his fancy with the manuscript before him? 7thly, He allows +that the story of Dońa Laura de Guzman is taken from a Spanish comedy +entitled, "Todo es enredos amor y el diablo son las mugeres." 8thly, He +allows that the expression, "et je promets de vous faire tirer pied ou +aile du premier ministre,"{B} is not French; it is in fact the +translation of a Spanish proverb, "Agarrar pata o alon." 9thly, He +admits that the intimate acquaintance with the personal history of the +Count Duke, displayed by Le Sage, is astonishing. 10thly, He admits that +the stories of-- + +Dońa Mencia de Mosquera, contained in 1st book, 11th, 12th, 13th, and +14th chapters, + + Of the story of Diego de la Fuente, contained in the 2d book, + 7th chapter, + -- Don Bernardo de Castelblanco, contained in the 2d book, + 1st chapter, + -- Don Pompeyo de Castro, contained in the 2d book, 7th + chapter, + -- Dońa Aurora de Guzman, contained in the 4th book, 2d, 3d, + 5th, and 6th chapters, + -- Matrimonio por Venganza, contained in the 4th book, 4th + chapter, + -- Dońa Serafina de Polan and Don Alfonso de Leiva, + contained in 10th book, + -- Rafael and Lucinda, contained in 5th book, 1st chapter, + -- Samuel Simon en Chelva, contained in 6th book, 1st + chapter, + -- Laura, contained in 7th book, 7th chapter, + -- Don Ańibal de Chinchilla, contained in 7th book, 12th + chapter, + -- Valerio de Luna and Inesilla Cantarilla, contained in + 8th book, 1st chapter, + -- Andres de Tordesillas, Gaston de Cogollos, and Elena de + Galisteo, contained in 9th book, 4th, 11th, and 13th + chapters, + -- Scipio, contained in 10th book, 10th, 11th, and 12th + chapters, + -- Laura and Lucrecia, contained in 12th book, 1st chapter, + -- And the Histories of Lerma and Olivarez, contained in + 11th book, 5th, 6th, 8th, 9th, 11th, 12th, 13th; and + 2d book, 3d, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, + 12th, and 13th chapters. + +Composing more than two-thirds of _Gil Blas_--are taken from the +Spanish. Such are the admissions of Le Sage's advocates. + +Even after these important deductions, there remains enough to found a +brilliant reputation. To this remainder, however, Le Sage is not +entitled. It is, we trust, proved to every candid reader, that, with the +exception of one anecdote, entertaining in itself, but betraying the +greatest ignorance of Spanish manners, two or three allusions to the +current scandal and topics of the day, and the insertion of several +novels avowedly translated from other Spanish writers; all the merit of +Le Sage consists in dividing a manuscript placed by his friend, the Abbé +de Lyonne, in his possession, into two stories--one of which was _Gil +Blas_, and the other, confessed by himself to be a translation and +published long after the former, was the _Bachelier de Salamanque_. To +the argument of chronological error, the sole answer which M. +Neufchateau condescends to give is, that they are incomprehensible; and +on his hypothesis he is right. As to the Spanish words and phrases +employed in _Gil Blas_, the names of villages, towns, and families which +occur in it, he observes that these are petty circumstances--so they +are, and for that very reason the argument they imply is irresistible. +The story of the examination of Gaspar, the servant of Simon, in the +Inquisition scene, is gravely urged by M. Neufchateau as a proof that +the writer was a Frenchman, as no Spaniard would dare to attack the +Inquisition. This is strange confusion. Not a word is uttered against +the Inquisition in the scene. Some impostors disguise themselves in the +dress of inquisitors to perpetrate a fraud. If a French novel describe +two or three swindlers, assuming the garb of members of the old +Parliament of Paris in execution of their design, is this an attack on +the Parliament of Paris? Is the "Beaux' Stratagem" an attack on our army +and peerage? The argument, however, may be retorted; for had a Frenchman +been the author of the story, it is more than probable that he would +have introduced some attack upon the Inquisition, and quite certain that +the characters brought forward would have deviated from the strict +propriety they now preserve. Some confusion would have been made among +them--an error which M. Neufchateau, in the few lines he has written +upon the subject, has not been able to avoid. We may add that this whole +scene was printed in Spanish, under the eye of the Inquisition, without +any interference on the part of that venerable body, who, though +tolerably quick-sighted in such matters, were not, it should seem, aware +of the attack upon them which M. Neufchateau has been sagacious enough +to discover. To the argument drawn from the geographical blunders, M. +Neufchateau mutters that they are excusable in a writer who had never +been in Spain. The question, how such a writer came wantonly to incur +them, he leaves unanswered. M. Neufchateau asserts, that there is in +Spanish no proverb that corresponds to the French saying, "A quelque +chose le malheur est bon." But a comedy was written in the time of +Philip IV., entitled, "No hay man que por bien no venga." He argues that +_Gil Blas_ is not the work of a Spaniard, because it does not, like _Don +Quixote_, abound with proverbs; by a parity of reasoning, he might infer +_The Silent Lady_ was not written by an Englishman; as there is no +allusion to Falstaff in it. + +But it may be said, if Le Sage was so unscrupulous as to appropriate to +himself the works of another writer in _Gil Blas_, how came he to +acknowledge the _Bachelier de Salamanque_ as a translation? + +This is a fair question, but the answer we can give is satisfactory. The +originals of all his translations, except _Gil Blas_ and the _Bachelier +de Salamanque_, were printed; and therefore any attempt at wholesale +plagiarism must have been immediately detected. The _Bachelier de +Salamanque_, it is true, was in manuscript; but it had been long in the +possession of the Marquis de Lerma and his son, before it became the +property of Le Sage; and although tolerably certain that it had never +been diligently perused, Le Sage could not be sure that it had not +attracted superficial notice, and that the name was not known to many +people. Now, by eviscerating the _Bachelier de Salamanque_ of its most +entertaining anecdotes, and giving them a different title, and then +publishing the mutilated copy of a work, the name of which, with the +outline of its story, was known to many people as an acknowledged +translation, he took the most obvious means of disarming all suspicion +of plagiarism, and setting, as it seems he did, on a wrong track the +curiosity of enquirers. How came the original manuscript not to be +printed by its author? Because it could not be printed with impunity +within the jurisdiction of the Spanish monarchy: the allusions to the +abuses of the court and the favourites of the day are so obvious--the +satire upon the imbecility of the Spanish government so keen and +biting--the personal descriptions of Philip III. and Philip IV. so +exact--the corruption of its ministers of justice, and the abuses +practised in its prisons, branded in terms so lively and vehement--the +attacks upon the influence of the clergy, their hypocrisy, their +ambition, and their avarice, so frequent and severe--that while Philip +IV. and Don John of Austria, the fruit of his intrigue with the actress +Marie Calderon, so carefully pointed out, were still alive, and before +the generation to which it alludes had passed away, its publication, in +Spain at least, was impossible. The _Bachelier de Salamanque_ was not +published for the same reason; and for the same reason, even in a +country with perhaps more pretensions to freedom than Spain possessed, +no one has yet acknowledged himself the writer of _Junius_. But why do +you not produce the Spanish manuscript, and set the question at rest? +exclaims with much _naļveté_ M. Neufchateau. Does such an argument +deserve serious refutation? That is, why do not you Spaniards produce a +manuscript given to one Frenchman by another at Paris, in the 18th +century, which of course, if our theory be true, he had the strongest +temptation to destroy? Rather may the Spaniards ask, why do not _you_ +produce the original manuscript of the _Bachelier de Salamanque_, which +would overthrow at least one portion of our hypothesis? + +The object of _Gil Blas_ is to exhibit a vivid representation of the +follies and vices of the successive administrations of Lerma, Uzeda, and +Olivarez; to point out the actual state of the drama in Spain under the +reign of Philip IV., who, indolent as he was, possessed the taste of a +true Spaniard for dramatic representation; to criticise the absurd +system pursued by the physicians, abuses of subordinate officers of +justice, the follies of false pretenders to philosophy, the disorders +and corruptions which swarm in every department of a despotic and +inefficient government, the multitude of sharpers and robbers in the +towns and highways, the subterranean habitations in which they found +shelter and security, the ingenuity of their frauds, and daring outrages +of their violence--in short, to hold up every species of national error, +and every weakness of national folly, to public obloquy and derision. In +dwelling upon such topics the writer will, of course, describe scenes +and characters common to every state of civilized society. The broad and +general features of the time-serving courtier, of the servile coxcomb, +of the rapacious mistress, of the expecting legatee, the frivolous man +of fashion, and the still more frivolous pedant, will be the same, +whatever be the country in which the scene is laid, and by whatever +names they happen to be distinguished. France had, no doubt, her +Sangrados and Ochetos, her Matthias de Silva and Rodrigo, her Lauras and +her Archbishops of Granada. + + "Pictures like these, dear madam, to design, + Asks no firm hand, and no unerring line; + Some wandering touches, some reflected light, + Some flying stroke, alone can hit 'em right." + +Where the touches are more exact and delicate, where the strokes are +laid on with the painful labour of a Flemish pencil, where the business +and the bosoms of men are addressed more directly, there it is we shall +find proofs of the view and purpose of the author; such traits are the +key with the leather strap that verified the judgment of Sancho's +kinsmen. To what purpose should a Frenchman, writing in the time of +Louis XIV., censure the rapacity of innkeepers, and the wretchedness of +their extorted accommodation, when France, from the time of Chaucer to +the present hour, has been famous for the civility of the one and the +convenience of the other? To what purpose, if the French government were +to be criticised, enumerate the danger of high-roads, and the caverns +unexplored by a negligent administration, in which bandits found a +refuge? If France was aimed at, how does it happen that the literature +of its golden age is the subject of attack, and a perverted and +fantastic style of writing assigned to an epoch remarkable for the +severity and precision of its taste? If Spain is meant, the attack is +perfectly intelligible, as the epoch is exactly that when Spanish taste +began to degenerate, and the style of Spanish writers to become vicious, +inflated, and fantastic, in imitation of Gongora, who did so much to +ruin the literature of his country; as other writers of much less +ability, but who addressed themselves to a public far inferior in point +of taste to that of Gongora, have recently done in England. Nothing +could be worse chosen than such a topic. As well might England be +attacked now for its disregard of commerce and its enthusiastic love of +genius, or France for its contempt of military glory. When _Gil Blas_ +was published, France was undoubtedly the model of civilized Europe, the +fountain from whence other stars drew light. To ridicule the bad taste +of the age of Malebranche, the master of Addison, and of Boileau, the +master of Pope, will appear ridiculous to an Englishman. To accuse the +vicious style which prevailed in the age of Bossuet, Fénélon, and +Pascal, will appear monstrous to every one with the least tincture of +European literature. + +Let us apply this mode of reasoning to some instance in which national +prejudice and interest cannot be concerned. Let us suppose that some one +were to affirm that the _Adelphi_ of Terence was not a translation from +Menander; among the incorrigible pedants who think Niebuhr a greater +authority on Roman history than Cicero, he would not want for +proselytes. Let us see what he might allege--he might urge that Terence +had acknowledged obligations to Menander on other occasions, and that on +this he seemed rather studiously to disclaim it, pointing out Diphilus +as his original--he might insist that Syrus could only have been the +slave of a Roman master, that Sannio corresponded exactly with our +notions of a Roman pander, that Ęschinus was the picture of a dissolute +young patrician--in short, that through the transparent veil of Grecian +drapery it was easy to detect the sterner features of Roman manners and +society; nay more, he might insist on the marriage of Micio at the close +of the drama, as Neufchateau does upon the drunkenness of Guyomar, as +alluding to some anecdote of the day, and at any rate as the admitted +invention of Terence himself. He might challenge the advocates of +Menander to produce the Greek original from which the play was borrowed; +he might reject the Greek idioms which abound in that masterpiece of the +Roman stage with contempt, as beneath his notice; and disregard the +names which betray a Grecian origin, the allusions to the habits of +Grecian women, to the state of popular feeling at Athens, and the +administration of Athenian law, with supercilious indifference. All this +such a reasoner might do, and all this M. Neufchateau has done. But +would such a tissue of cobweb fallacies disguise the truth from any man +of ordinary taste and understanding? Such a man would appeal to the +whole history of Terence; he would show that he was a diligent +translator of the Greek writers of the middle comedy, that his language +in every other line betrayed a Grecian origin, that the plot was not +Roman, that the scene was not Roman, that the customs were not Roman; he +would say, if he had patience to reason with his antagonist, that a +fashionable rake, a grasping father, an indulgent uncle, a knavish +servant, an impudent ruffian, and a timid clown, were the same at Rome, +at Thebes, and at Athens, in London, Paris, or Madrid. He would ask, of +what value were such broad and general features common to a species, +when the fidelity of an individual likeness was in question? He would +say, that the incident quoted as a proof of originality, served only, by +its repugnance to Grecian manners, and its inferiority to the work in +which it was inserted, to prove that the rest was the production of +another writer. He would quote the translations from fragments still +extant, which the work, exquisite as it is, contains, as proofs of a +still more beautiful original. Lastly, he would cite the "Dimidiate +Menander" of Cęsar, as a proof of the opinion entertained of his genius +by the great writers of his own country; and when he had done this, he +might enquire with confidence whether any one existed capable of forming +a judgment upon style, or of distinguishing one author from another, who +would dispute the position for which he contended. + +The sum and substance of all M. Neufchateau's argument is the slight +assumption, that every allusion to a man eminent for wit and genius, +must be intended for a Frenchman. Of this nature is the affirmation that +Triaquero is meant for Voltaire; and the still more intrepid +declaration, that Lope de Vega and Calderon de la Barca are cited, not +as Spanish authors, but as types by which Corneille and Racine are +shadowed out. It is true that the passage is exactly applicable to +Calderon and Lope de Vega; and for that reason, as they are great comic +writers, can hardly apply equally well to Corneille and Racine. But such +trifling difficulties are as dust when placed in the balance with the +inveterate opinion to which we have already alluded. + +According to the principles adopted by M. Neufchateau, _Gil Blas_ might +be adapted to any court, or age, or country. For instance, if Triaquero, +meaning a charlatan, (which, by the way, it does not,) refers of +necessity to Voltaire, might not any Englishman, if the work had been +published recently, insist that the work must have been written by an +Englishman, as the allusion could apply to no one so well as him, who, +having been a judge without law, and a translator of Demosthenes without +Greek, had, to his other titles to public esteem, added that of being an +historian without research? + +The difference between Dr Sangrado and our hydropathists is merely that +between hot and cold water, by no means excluding an allusion to the +latter, under the veil, as M. Neufchateau has it, of Spanish manners. +Would it be quite impossible to find in St James's Street, or in certain +buildings at no great distance from the Thames, the exact counterparts +of Don Matthias de Silva and his companions? Gongora, indeed, in spite +of his detestable taste, was a man of genius; and therefore to find his +type among us would be difficult, if not impossible, unless an excess of +the former quality, for which he was conspicuous, might counterbalance a +deficiency in the latter. Are our _employés_ less pompous and empty than +Gil Blas and his companions? our squires less absurd and ignorant than +the hidalgoes of Valencia? Let any one read some of the pamphlets on +Archbishop Whately's Logic, or attend an examination in the schools at +Oxford, and then say if the race of those who plume themselves on the +discovery, that Greek children cried when they were whipped is extinct? +To be sure, as the purseproud insolence of a _nouveau riche_, and indeed +of _parvenus_ generally, is quite unknown among us, nobody could rely on +those points of resemblance. But with regard to the other topics, would +it not be fair to say, in answer to such an argument--All this is mere +commonplace generality; such are the characters of every country where +European institutions exist, or European habits are to be found? +Something more tangible and specific is requisite to support your claim. +You are to prove that the picture is a portrait of a particular +person--and you say it has eyes and a nose; so have all portraits. But +where are the strokes that constitute identity, and determine the +original?--There is no mention of Crockford's or of the Missionary +Society, of the Old Bailey or the Foundling Hospital; and if Ordonez is +named, who gets rich by managing the affairs of the poor, this can never +be meant for a satire on the blundering pedantry of your Somerset-house +commissioners.--Here is no hint that can be tortured into a glance at +fox-hunters, or game-preservers, of the society for promoting rural +deans, at your double system of contradictory law, at special pleading +at quarter-sessions,{C} at the technical rigour of your institutions, +at the delay, chicanery, and expense of your judicial proceedings, at +the refinement, ease, wit, gayety, and disinterested respect for merit, +which, as every body knows, distinguish your social character; nothing +is said of the annual meeting of chemists, geologists, and +mathematicians, so beneficial to the real interests of science, by +making a turn for tumid metaphor and the love of display necessary +ingredients in the character of its votaries, extirpating from among +them that simplicity which was so fatal an obstacle to the progress of +Newton,--and turning the newly discovered joint of an antediluvian +reptile into a theme of perennial and ambitious declamation; nothing is +said about those discussions on baptismal fonts, those discoveries of +trochees for iambics, or the invention of new potatoe boilers, which in +the days of Hegel, Berryer, Schlosser, Savigny, and Cousin, are the +glory and delight of England; in short, there is nothing to fix the +allusions on which you rely on to distinguish them from those which +might be applicable to Paris, Vienna, or Madrid. + +There are no people less disposed than ourselves to detract from the +merit of eminent French writers; they are always clear, elegant, and +judicious; often acute, eloquent, and profound. There is no department +of prose literature in which they do not equal us; there are many in +which they are unquestionably our superiors. Unlike our authors, who, on +those subjects which address the heart and reason jointly, adopt the +style of a treatise on the differential calculus; and when pure science +is their topic, lead us to suppose (if it were not for their disgusting +pomposity) they had chosen for their model the florid confusion of a +tenth-rate novel;--the French write on scientific subjects with +simplicity and precision, and on moral, ęsthetic, and theoretical +questions with spirit, earnestness, and sensibility. Having said so +much, we must however add, that a liberal and ingenious acknowledgment +of error is not among the shining qualities of our neighbours. When a +question is at issue in which they imagine the literary reputation of +their country to be at stake, it is the dexterity of the advocate, +rather than the candour of the judge, that we must look for in their +dissertations. He who has argued on the guilt of Mary with a Scotchman, +or the authenticity of the three witnesses with a newly made archdeacon, +and with a squire smarting under an increasing poor-rate or the +corn-laws, may form a just conception of the task he will undertake in +endeavouring to persuade a French critic that his countrymen are in the +wrong. The patient, if he does not, as it has sometimes happened in the +cases to which we have referred, become "pugil et medicum urget," is +sure, as in those instances, to triumph over all the proofs which reason +can suggest, or that the hellebore of nine Anticyras could furnish him +with capacity to understand. Of this the work of M. Neufchateau is a +striking proof. Truth is on one side, Le Sage's claim to originality on +the other; and he supports the latter: we do not say that he is willing, +rather than abandon his client, to assert a falsehood; but we are sure +that, in order to defend him, he is ready to believe absurdities. + +The degree of moral guilt annexed to such conduct as that which we +attribute to Le Sage, is an invidious topic, not necessarily connected +with our subject, and upon which we enter with regret. + +Lessing accused Wieland of having destroyed a palace, that he might +build a cottage with its materials. However highly we may think of the +original, we can hardly suppose such an expression applicable to _Gil +Blas_. Of the name of the author whose toil Le Sage thus appropriated, +charity obliges us to suppose that he was ignorant; but we should not +forget that the case of Le Sage is not precisely that of a person who +publishes, as an original, a translation from a printed work, as Wieland +did with his copy of Rowe's Lady Jane Grey, and Lord Byron with his copy +of the most musical lines in Goethe. The offence of Le Sage more +resembles that imputed (we sincerely believe without foundation) to +Raphael; namely, that after the diligent study of some ancient frescoes, +he suffered them to perish, in order to conceal his imitation. But we +hasten to close these reflections, which tenderness to the friend and +companion of our boyhood, and gratitude to him who has enlivened many an +hour, and added so much to our stock of intellectual happiness, forbid +us to prolong. Let those who feel that they could spurn the temptation, +in comparison with which every other that besets our miserable nature is +as dross--the praise yielded by a polished and fastidious nation to rare +and acknowledged genius--denounce as they will the infirmity of Le Sage. +But let them be quite sure, that instead of being above a motive to +which none but minds of some refinement are accessible, they are not +below it. Let them be sure that they do not take dulness for integrity, +and that the virtue, proof to intellectual triumphs, and disdaining "the +last infirmity of noble minds," would not sink if exposed to the ordeal +of a service of plate, or admission in some frivolous coterie. For +ourselves we will only say, "Amicus Plato sed magis amica veritas." + +For these reasons, then, which depend on the nature of the thing, and +which no testimony can alter--reasons which we cannot reject without +abandoning all those principles which carry with them the most certain +instruction, and are the surest guides of human life--we think the main +fact contended for by M. Llorente, that is, the Spanish origin of _Gil +Blas_, undeniable; and the subordinate and collateral points of his +system invested with a high degree of probability; the falsehood of a +conclusion fairly drawn from such premises as we have pointed out would +be nearer akin to a metaphysical impossibility; and so long as the light +of every other gem that glitters in a nation's diadem is faint and +feeble when compared with the splendour of intellectual glory, Spain +will owe a debt of gratitude to him among her sons who has placed upon +her brow the jewel which France (as if aggression for more material +objects could not fill up the measure of her injustice towards that +unhappy land) has kept so long, and worn so ostentatiously. + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} So in Don Quixote the friars are described "Estando en estas +razones, aslomaron por el camino dos Frayles de la Orden de san Benito, +Cavalleros _sobre dos Dromedarios, que no eran mas pequneas dos mulas en +que venian_." + +{B} It occurs, however, in Madame de Sevigné's letters. But that most +charming of letter-writers understood Spanish, which Anne of Austria had +probably made a fashionable accomplishment at the court of France. The +intrigue for which Vardes was exiled, shows, that to write in Spanish +was an attainment common among the courtiers of Louis XIV. + +{C} We call ourselves a _practical_ people! A man incurred, a _few +months_ ago, an expense of £70, for saying that he was "ready," instead +of saying that he was "ready and _willing_" to do a certain act. The +man's name was Granger. Another unfortunate creature incurred costs to +the amount of £3000, by one of the most ordinary proceedings in our +courts, called a motion, of course, and usually settled for a guinea. A +clergyman libelled two of his parishioners in a Bishop's Court. The +matter never came to be heard, and the expense of the _written_ +proceedings was upwards of £800! Can any system be more abominable than +one which leads to such results? + + + + +MICHAEL KALLIPHOURNAS. + + +Few of the events of our life afford us greater pride than revisiting a +well-known and celebrated city after many years' absence. The pleasure +derived from the hope of enjoyment, the self-satisfaction flowing from +the presumption of our profound knowledge of the place, and the feeling +of mental superiority attached to our discernment in returning to the +spot, which, at the moment, appears to us the particular region of the +earth peculiarly worthy of a second visit--or a third, as the case may +be--all combine to stuff the lining of the diligence, the packsaddle of +the Turkish post-horse, or the encumbrance on the back of the camel +which may happen to convey us, with something softer than swandown. Time +soon brings the demon of discontent to our society. The city and its +inhabitants appear changed--rarely for the better, always less to our +taste. Ameliorations and improvements seem to us positive evils; we sigh +for the good old times, for the dirty streets of Paris, the villanous +odours of Rome, the banditti of Naples, the obsequiousness of Greece, +and the contempt, with the casual satisfaction of being spit upon, of +Turkey. In short, we feel the want of our youth every where. + +I enjoyed all the delights and regrets which mere local associations can +call up, a few months ago, on revisiting Athens after many years' +absence. On the 6th of May 1827, I had witnessed the complete defeat of +the Greek army. I had beheld the delhis of Kutayia sabring the flying +troops of Lord Cochrane and General Church, and seen 1500 men slain by +the sword in less than half an hour, amidst the roll of an ill-sustained +and scattered fire of musketry. The sight was heartbreaking, but grand. +The Turkish cavalry came sweeping down to the beach, until arrested by +the fire of the ships. Lord Cochrane and his aide-de-camp, Dr Goss, +themselves had been compelled to plunge more than knee-deep in the Ęgean +ere they could gain their boat. On the hill of the Phalerum I had heard +General Gueheneuc criticise the manoeuvres of the commander-in-chief, +and General Heideck disparage the quality of his coffee. As the Austrian +steamer which conveyed me entered the Piręus, my mind reverted to the +innumerable events which had been crowded into my life in Greece. A new +town rose out of the water before my eyes as if by enchantment; but I +felt indignant that the lines of Colonel Gordon, and the tambouria of +Karaiskaki, should be effaced by modern houses and a dusty road. As soon +as I landed, I resolved to climb the Phalerum, and brood over visions of +the past. But I had not proceeded many steps from the quay, lost in my +sentimental reverie, ere I found that reflection ought not to begin too +soon at the Piręus. I was suddenly surrounded by about a dozen +individuals who seemed determined to prevent me from continuing my walk. +On surveying them, they appeared dressed for a costume ball of +ragamuffins. Europe, Asia, and Africa had furnished their wardrobe. The +most prominent figure among them was a tall Arab, in the nizam of +Mehemet Ali, terminated with a Maltese straw hat. His companions +exhibited as singular a taste in dress as himself. Some wore sallow +Albanian petticoats, carelessly tied over the wide and dusky nether +garments of Hydriots, their upper man adorned by sailors' jackets and +glazed hats; others were tightly buttoned up in European garments, with +their heads lost in the enormous fez of Constantinople. This antiquarian +society of garments, fit representatives to a stranger of the +Bavaro-Hellenic kingdom of Otho the gleaner, and the three donative +powers, informed me that it consisted of charioteers. Each member of the +society speaking on his own account, and all at the same time--a +circumstance I afterwards found not uncommon in other antiquarian and +literary societies at Athens--asked me if I was going to Athens: ++eis Athźnas+ was the phrase. The Arab and a couple of Maltese alone said +"Ees teen Atheena." Entrapped into a reply by the classic sound, I +unwittingly exclaimed "Malista--Verily I am." + +The shouts my new friends uttered on hearing me speak Greek cannot be +described. Their volubility was suddenly increased a hundredfold; and +had all the various owners of the multitudinous garments before me +arisen to reclaim their respective habiliments, it could hardly have +been greater. I could not have believed it possible that nine Greeks, +aided by two Maltese and a single Arab, could have created such a din. +The speakers soon perceived that it was utterly impossible for me to +hear their eloquent addresses, as they could no longer distinguish the +sounds of their own voices; so with one accord they disappeared, and ere +I had proceeded many steps again surrounded me, rushing forward with +their respective vehicles, into which they eagerly invited me to mount. +If their habiliments consisted of costumes run mad, their chariots were +not less varied, and afforded an historical study in locomotion. Distant +capitals and a portion of the last century must have contributed their +representatives to the motley assemblage. The tall Arab drove a superb +fiacre of the days of hoops, a vehicle for six insides; phaetons, +chariots, droschkies, and britskas, Strong's omnibus, and Rudhart's +stuhlwagen, gigs, cars, tilburies, cabriolets, and dogcarts, were all +there, and each pushing to get exactly before me. Lord Palmerston's +kingdom is doubtless a Whig satire on monarchy; the scene before me +appeared a Romaic satire on the Olympic games. I forgot my melancholy +sentiment, and resolved to join the fun, by attempting to dodge my +persecutors round the corners of the isolated houses and deep lime-pits +which King Otho courteously terms streets. I forgot that barbarians were +excluded from the Olympic games, not on account of the jealousy of the +Greeks, but because no barbarian could display the requisite skill. The +charioteers and their horses knew the ground so much better than I did, +that they blockaded me at every turn; so, in order to gain the rocky +ground, I started off towards the hill of the Phalerum pursued by the +_pancosmium_ of vehicles. On the first precipitous elevation I turned to +laugh at my pursuers, when, to my horror, I saw Strong's omnibus +lumbering along in the distance, surrounded by a considerable crowd, and +I distinguished the loud shouts of the mob:--+Pou einai ho trelos +ho Anglos+; "Where is the mad Englishman?" So my melancholy was +conducting me to madness. + +My alarm dispelled all my reminiscences of Lord Cochrane, and my visions +of the Olympic games. I sprang into the droschky of a Greek sailor, who +drove over the rocks as if he only expected his new profession to endure +for a single day. We were soon on the Piręus road, which I well knew +runs along the foundations of one of the long walls; but I was too glad +to escape, like Lord Palmerston and M. Thiers, unscathed from the +imbroglio I had created, to honour even Themistocles with a single +thought. My charioteer was a far better specimen of the present, than +foundations of long walls, ruined temples, and statues without noses, +can possibly be of the past. He informed me he was a sailor: by so +doing, he did not prove to me that he estimated my discernment very +highly, for that fact required no announcement. He added, however, what +was more instructive; _to wit_, that he had received the droschky with +the horses, that morning, from a Russian captain, in payment of a bad +debt. He had resolved to improviso the coachman, though he had never +driven a horse before in his life--+eukolon einai+--"it is an +easy matter;" and he drove like Jehu, shouted like Stentor, and laughed +like the Afrite of Caliph Vathek. He ran over nobody, in spite of his +vehemence. Perhaps his horses were wiser than himself: indeed I have +remarked, that the populace of Greece is universally more sagacious than +its rulers. In taking leave of this worthy tar at the Hotel de Londres, +I asked him gravely if he thought that, in case Russia, England, or +France should one day take Greece in payment of a bad debt, they would +act wisely to drive her as hard as he drove his horses? He opened his +eyes at me as if he was about to unskin his head, and began to reflect +in silence; so, perceiving that he entertained a very high opinion of my +wisdom, I availed myself of the opportunity to advise him to moderate +his pace a little in future, if he wished his horses to survive the +week. + +During my stay at Athens, King Otho was absent from his capital; so +that, though I lost the pleasure of beholding the beautiful and graceful +queen, I escaped the misfortune of being dishonoured by receiving the +cross of an officer of the order of the Redeemer. His Hellenic majesty +takes a peculiar satisfaction in hanging this decoration at the +buttonholes of those who served Greece during the revolutionary war; +while he suspends the cross of Commander round the necks, or ornaments +with the star of the order the breasts, of all the Bavarians who have +assisted him in relieving Greece of the Palmerstonian plethora of cash +gleaned from the three powers. For my own part, I am not sure but that I +should have made up my mind to return the cross, with a letter full of +polite expressions of contempt for the supposed honour, and a few hints +of pity for the donor; as a very able and distinguished friend of +Greece, whose services authorized him so to act, did a few days before +my arrival. + +On attempting to find my way through Bavarian Athens, I was as much at a +loss as Lady Francis Egerton, and could not help exclaiming, "Voila des +rues qui ont bien peu de logique!" After returning two or three times to +the church Kamkarea, against whose walls half the leading streets of the +new city appear to run bolt up, I was compelled to seek the assistance +of a guide. At length I found out the dwelling once inhabited by my +friend Michael Kalliphournas. A neat white villa, with green Venetian +blinds, smiling in a court full of ruins and rubbish, had replaced the +picturesque but rickety old Turkish kouak of my former recollections. I +enquired for the owner in vain; the property, it was said, belonged to +his sister; of the brother nobody had heard, and I was referred for +information to the patriotic and enterprising Demarch, or mayor, who +bears the same name. + +In the end my enquiries were successful, and their result seemed +miraculous. To my utter astonishment I learned that Michael had become a +monk, and dwelt in the monastery of Pentelicus; but I could obtain no +explanation of the mystery. His relations referred me to the monk +himself--strangers had never heard of his existence. How often does a +revolution like that of Greece, when the very organization of society is +shaken, compress the progress of a century within a few years! There +remained nothing for me but to visit the monastery, and seek a solution +of the singular enigma from my friend's own mouth; so, joining a party +of travellers who were about to visit the marble quarries of Pentelicus, +and continue their excursion to the plain of Marathon, I set out on such +a morning as can only be witnessed under the pure sky of Attica. + +The scenery of our ride is now familiar to tourists. Parnes or Parnethus +with its double top,{A} Brilessus or Pentelicus with its numerous rills +and fountains, and Hymettus with its balmy odours, have been "hymned by +loftier harps than mine." My companions proved gay and agreeable young +men. They knew every body at Athens, and every thing, and willingly +communicated their stores of knowledge. I cannot resist recounting some +of the anecdotes I heard, as they do no discredit to the noble princes +to whom they relate. + +When an English prince visited Athens, King Otho, who it seems is his +own minister, and conducts business quite in a royal way, learned that +he was no Whig, and instantly conceived the sublime idea of making use +of his royal highness's services to obtain Lord Palmerston's dismissal +from office. The monarch himself arranged the plan of his campaign. The +prince was invited to a _fźte champźtre_ at Phyle, and when the party +was distributed in the various carriages, he found himself planted in a +large barouche opposite the king and queen. King Otho then opened his +intrigue; he told the prince of the notes in favour of constitutional +government and economical administration which Lord Palmerston had +written, and Sir Edmund Lyons had presented; and he exclaimed, "I assure +you, my dear prince, all this is done merely to vex me, because I would +not keep that speculating charlatan Armansperg! Lord Palmerston cares no +more about a constitution, nor about economy, than Queen Victoria, or +you and I. When the Duc de Broglie, who has really more conscience than +our friend the Viscount, proposed that Greece should be pestered with a +constitution and such stuff, Palmerston answered very judiciously, +'Greece--bah!--Greece is not fit for a constitution, nor indeed for any +other government but that of my nabob!' Now, my dear prince, Queen +Victoria can never mean to offend me, the sovereign of Greece, when the +Ottoman empire is so evidently on the eve of dismemberment; and," quoth +Otho the gleaner, "I am deeply offended, at which her British majesty +must feel grievously distressed." The prince doubtless thought her +majesty's distress was not inconsolable; but he only assured his +Hellenic majesty that he could be of no possible use to him in his +delicate intrigue at the court of St James's. He tried to get a view of +the scenery, and to turn the conversation on the state of the country; +but Otho was not so easily repulsed. He insisted that the prince should +communicate his sentiments to Queen Victoria; and, in spite of all the +assurances he received of the impossibility of meddling with diplomatic +business in such a way, his Hellenic majesty, to this very day, feels +satisfied that Lord Palmerston was sent to the right-about for offending +him; and he is firmly persuaded that, unless Lord Aberdeen furnish him +with as many millions as he demands to secure his opposition to Russia, +the noble earl will not have a long tenor of office. + +A young Austrian of our party shouted, "Ah, it requires to be truly _bon +garēon_, like the English prince, to submit to be so bored, even by a +king! But," added he, "our gallant Fritz managed matters much better. +The Archduke Frederick, who behaved so bravely at Acre, and so amiably +lately in London, heard, it seems, of the treatment the prince had met +with, and resolved to cure his majesty of using his guests in such +style. Being invited to a party at Pentelicus, he was aware that he +would be placed alone on the seat, with his back to the horses, and +deprived of every chance of seeing the country, if it were only that the +diplomatic intrigue at the court of Queen Victoria might remain +concealed from the lynx-eyed suspicion of the _corps diplomatique_ of +Athens; for King Otho fancies his intrigues always remain the +profoundest secrets. When the archduke handed the lovely queen into the +carriage, politeness compelled King Otho to make a cold offer to the +young sailor to follow; the archduke bowed profoundly, sprang into the +carriage, and seated himself beside her majesty. The successor of +Agamemnon followed, looking more grim than Hercules Furens: he stood for +a moment bolt upright in the carriage, hoping his guest would rise and +vacate his seat; but the young man was already actively engaged in +conversation. The Emperor of the East--in expectancy--was compelled to +sit down with his back to the horses, and study the landscape in that +engaging manner of viewing scenery. Never was a fźte given by a sulkier +host than King Otho that day proved to be. In returning, the archduke +had a carriage to himself. When questioned on the subject of his ride, +he only remarked that he always suffered dreadfully from sickness when +he rode with his back to the horses. He was sure, therefore, that King +Otho had placed him beside the queen to avoid that horrible +inconvenience." + +Other anecdotes were recounted during our ride, and our opinion of his +Hellenic majesty's tact and taste did not become more favourable, when +it was discovered that his proceedings had utterly ruined the immense +quarries of Pentelicus-- + + "Still in its beam Pentele's marbles glow," + +can now only be said of the ruins, not of the quarries. In order to +obtain the few thousand blocks required for the royal palace at Athens, +millions of square feet of the purest statuary marble have been shivered +to atoms by the random process of springing mines with gunpowder. If +King Otho had done nothing worse in Greece than converting the marble +quarries of Pentelicus into a chaos of rubbish, when he found them +capable of supplying all Europe for ages with the most beautiful +material for the sculptor, he would have merited the reputation he so +justly bears, of caring as little about the real welfare of Greece as +Lord Palmerston himself. My companions quitted me at the quarries, +making pasquinades on the royal palace and its royal master; while I put +up my horse and walked slowly on to the ancient monastery of Pentele, +not Mendele, as Lord Byron has it. + +I was soon sitting alone in the cell of Michael, and shall now recount +his history as I had it from his own mouth. Michael Kalliphournas was +left an orphan the year the Greek revolution broke out. He was hardly +fourteen years old, and yet he had to act as the guardian and protector +of a sister four years younger than himself. The storm of war soon +compelled him to fly to Ęgina with the little Euphrosyne. The trinkets +and gold which his relations had taught him to conceal, enabled him to +place his sister in a Catholic monastery at Naxos, where she received +the education of a European lady. Michael himself served under Colonel +Gordon and General Fabvier with great distinction. In 1831, when the +Turks were about to cede Attica to Greece, Michael and Euphrosyne +returned to Athens, to take possession of their family property, which +promised to become of very great value. At that time I had very often +seen Phróssa, as she was generally called; indeed, from my intimacy with +her brother, I was a constant visitor in the house. Her appearance is +deeply impressed on my memory. I have rarely beheld greater beauty, +never a more elegant figure, nor a more graceful and dignified manner. +She was regarded as a fortune, and began to be sought in marriage by all +the young aristocracy of Greece. It was at last conjectured that a young +Athenian, named Nerio, the last descendant of the Frank dukes of Athens, +had made some impression on her heart. He was a gay and spirited young +man, who had behaved very bravely when shut up with the troops in the +Acropolis during the last siege of Athens, and he was an intimate friend +of her brother. I had left Athens about this time, and my travels in the +East had prevented my hearing any thing of my friends in Greece for +years. + +There is a good deal of society among the Greek families at Athens for a +few weeks before the Carnival. They meet together in the evenings, and +amuse themselves in a very agreeable way. At one of these parties the +discourse fell on the existence of ghosts and spirits; Michael, who was +present, declared that he had no faith in their existence. With what +groans did he assure me his opinion was changed, and conjured me never +to express a doubt on the subject. All the party present exclaimed +against what they called his free-masonry; and even his sister, who was +not given to superstition, begged him to be silent lest he should offend +the _neraiļdhes_, who might punish him when he least expected it. He +laughed and ridiculed Phróssa, offering to do any thing to dare those +redoubted spirits which the company could suggest. Nerio, a far greater +sceptic than Michael, suddenly affected great respect for the invisible +world, and by exciting Michael, gradually engaged him, amidst the +laughing of his companions, to undertake to fry a dozen of eggs on the +tomb of a Turkish _santon_, a short distance beyond the Patissia +gate--to leave a pot of charcoal, to be seen next morning, as a proof of +his valour, and return to the party with the dish of eggs. + +The expedition was arranged, in spite of the opposition of the ladies; +four or five of the young men promised to follow at a little distance, +unknown to Michael, to be ready lest any thing should happen. Michael +himself, with a _zembil_ containing a pot of charcoal, a few eggs and a +flask of oil in one hand, and a frying-pan and small lantern in the +other, closely enveloped in his dusky capote, proceeded smiling to his +task. The tomb of the Turk consisted of a marble cover taken from some +ancient sarcophagus, and sustained at the corners by four small pillars +of masonry--the top was not higher than an ordinary table, and below the +marble slab there was an empty space between the columns. It has long +since disappeared; but that is not wonderful, since King Otho and his +subjects have contrived to destroy almost every picturesque monument of +the past in the new kingdom. The thousands of Turkish tombs which not +many years ago gave a historic character to the desert environs of +Negrepont, and the splendid _sérail_ of Zeitouni, with its magnificent +marble fountains and baths, have almost disappeared--the storks have bid +adieu to Greece--nightly bonfires, caused by absurd laws, destroy the +few trees that remain; and in short, unless travellers make haste and +visit Greece quickly, they will see nothing but the ruins which King +Otho cannot destroy nor Pittaki deface, and the curiosities which Ross +cannot give to Prince Pückler, added to the pleasure they will derive +from beholding King Otho's own face and the faēade of his new palace. + +The night was extremely dark and cold, so that the friends of Michael, +familiar as they were with their native city, found some difficulty in +following him without a lantern through the mass of ruins Athens then +presented. As they approached the tomb, they perceived that he had +already lighted his charcoal, and was engaged in blowing it vigorously, +as much to warm his hands as to prepare for his cooking operations. +Creeping as near to him as possible without risking a discovery, they +heard, to their amazement, a deep voice apparently proceeding from the +tomb, which exclaimed, "Bou gedje kek sohuk der adamlera.--It must be a +cold night for mankind." "To pisevo effendi," said Michael in a careless +tone, but nervously proceeded to pour a whole bottle of oil into the +frying-pan. As soon as the oil was boiling and bubbling, the voice from +the tomb again exclaimed, "Gaiour ne apayorsun, mangama +pisheriorsun--yuckle buradam--aiyer yiklemassun ben seni kibab +ederem, tahamun yerine seni yerim," signifying pretty nearly, +"Infidel, what are you doing here? You appear to be cooking; fly hence, +or I will eat my supper of thy carrion." And at the instant a head +covered by an enormous white turban protruded itself from under the +tombstone with open mouth. Michael, either alarmed at the words and the +apparition, or angry at the suspicion of a premeditated trick on the +part of his companions, seized the panful of boiling oil, and poured the +whole contents into the gaping mouth of the spectre, exclaiming, "An +echeis toson orexin, na to ladhi, Scheitan oglou!--If you are so hungry, +take the oil, son of Satan!" A shriek which might have awakened the dead +proceeded from the figure, followed by a succession of hideous groans. +The friends of Michael rushed forward, but the lamp had fallen to the +ground and was extinguished in the confusion. Some time elapsed ere it +was found and lighted. The unfortunate figure was dragged from the tomb, +suffocated by the oil, and evidently in a dying state, if indeed life +was not already extinct. Slowly the horrible truth became apparent. +Nerio had separated himself from the rest of the party unperceived, +disguised himself, and gained the tomb before the arrival of Michael, +who thus became the murderer of his sister's lover. I shall not attempt +to describe the feelings of Michael in recounting this dreadful scene. + +The affair never made much noise. The Turks did not consider themselves +authorized to meddle in the affairs of the Greeks. Indeed, the infamous +murder of the Greek _bakalbashi_, a short time before by Jussuf-bey, +with his own hand, had so compromised their authority, that they were in +fear of a revolution. The truth was slowly communicated to Euphrosyne by +Michael himself--she bore it better than he had anticipated. She +consoled her brother and herself by devoting her life to religious and +charitable exercises; but she never entered a monastery nor publicly +took the veil. She still lives at Athens, where her charity is +experienced by many, though few ever see her. When I left Greece on a +visit to Mount Athos, my friend Michael insisted on accompanying me; +and, after our arrival on the holy mountain, he exacted from me a +promise that I would never discover to any one the monastery into which +he had retired, nor even should we by chance meet again, address him as +an acquaintance, unless he should speak to me. His sister alone is +entrusted with his secret. + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} The _par_, which indicates the double or equal summit, is only found +in Latin, though unquestionably Ęolic; the other two derivations are +classic Greek. Parnes, Parnettus, Parnassus. The name of the two +mountains is precisely the same. + + + + +AFRICA--SLAVE TRADE--TROPICAL COLONIES. + + +The readers of this magazine will readily remember the part which it +took, at an early period, in discussing and in delineating the +geographical features of Africa. In the number for June 1826 there is an +article, accompanied by a map, showing from undoubted authorities the +course and termination of the great river Niger in the sea in the Bight +of Benin, where, from similar authorities, it was placed by me in 1820 +and 1821, and where actual observation by Englishmen has lately clearly +established the fact that it does terminate. In the upper and middle +parts of its course the longitudes were erroneous, having adopted Major +Rennell's delineation of Western Africa as a guide; but in 1839 the +whole of that quarter of Africa was narrowly examined, and the courses +of the western rivers reduced to their proper positions, as delineated +in my large map of Africa constructed in that year, to which, with the +"Geographical Survey of Africa," for which it was made, the reader is +referred for further and particular information on all these subjects. + +With these observations, I proceed to bring before the reader +geographical information concerning eastern and central Africa of the +highest and most gratifying importance, and obtained by the researches +of different voyagers and travellers within the last four years. +Foremost amongst these ranks, the expedition sent by the present Viceroy +of Egypt to explore the Bahr-el-Abiad, or White River, above its +junction with the Blue River, from Khartoum upwards and southwards; +after it, the interesting travels of Messrs Krapf and Isenberg, two +missionaries from the Church Missionary Society, from Tajura to Ankobar, +from Ankobar south-west to the neighbourhood of the sources of the +Hawash; and after that, Mr Krapf's journey from Ankobar north by Lake +Haik, through Lasta to Antalow, and thence to Massouah on the Red Sea. +Next, the interesting accounts collected by M. Lefebvre and M. +D'Abbadie, concerning the countries in some parts of the more eastern +horn of Africa; and last, and the most specific and important of the +whole, the accounts received of the country of Adel, and the countries +and rivers in and south of Shoa, and those from the Blue Nile in Gojam +and Damot to the sea at the mouth of the Jub, under the equator, by +Major Harris, late British ambassador to the King of Shoa. + +As the present article is accompanied by a map, constructed after great +labour, and engraved most carefully by Mr Arrowsmith, the general +outline of the whole may here be deemed sufficient, without lengthened +discussion and observation. + +The Egyptian expedition alluded to started from Khartoum (now become a +fine town) at the close of the wet season in 1839. It consisted of four +or five small sailing vessels, some passage boats, and four hundred men +from the garrison of Senaar, the whole commanded by an able officer, +CAPTAIN SELIM. They completed their undertaking, and returned to +Khartoum at the end of 135 days, during which time, in obedience to the +commands of their master, they explored the Bahr-el-Abiad to the +distance southwards of 1300 miles, (turnings and windings included,) to +three degrees thirty minutes north latitude, and thirty-one east +longitude, from Greenwich, where it divided into two streams; the +smaller, and it is very small, coming from the south-west, and the +larger, still even at the close of the dry season a very considerable +river, which came from the south-east, upwards from the east, and still +more upwards from the north-east. A subsequent voyage in 1841 gained the +information that the stream descended past Barry, and there can be no +doubt that another, if not the chief branch, comes from the south-east, +in the bearing which Ptolemy gave it, and, as he states, from amongst +mountains covered with perpetual snow, of which Bruce also heard, and +which we now learn from Major Harris really stand in that quarter of +Africa. + +The longitude of the river at the bifurcation is exactly the same as +Ptolemy has given it, which is very remarkable. The sources of the +White River will therefore be found where Ptolemy and Bruce have placed +them. The latter, in his notes, states expressly that the Bahr-el-Abiad +rose to the south of Enarea, not far from the equator, and that it had +no great western branch, nor was any necessary to give the river its +magnitude. (Vol. vii. App. p. 92.) + +The expedition in question found no very large affluents from the west +side; but they found two of very considerable magnitude on the east +side--one the Blue River, and the other the Red River, or Bahr-Seboth, +which latter they navigated upwards of 150 miles in a direct line, and +left it a considerable stream, nearly as large as the eastern branch of +the White River, where they had left it. The banks of the Bahr-Seboth +were precipitous and high, whereas those of the Bahr-el-Abiad were low, +and on both sides covered with lakes, the remains probably of the +preceding inundation. Scarcely a hill or mountain was in sight from the +river till approaching the bifurcation, when the country became +mountainous, the climate more cool, and the vegetation and trees around +those of the temperate zone. The country on both sides is a high +table-land, the scenery every where very beautiful, well peopled by +different tribes, copper-coloured, and some of them even fair. Every +where the banks are covered and ornamented with beautiful trees, and +cattle, sheep, goats, elephants, &c., are numerous and abundant. Amongst +the Bhours, they found Indian goods brought from the shores of the +Indian ocean. Day by day, the breadth, depth, and current of the river +were observed and marked. For a considerable distance above Khartoum, +the breadth was from one and a half to one and a quarter mile, the depth +three or four fathoms, and the current about one and a half mile per +hour. Above the parallel of nine degrees, the river takes a remarkable +bend due west for about 90 miles, when it passes through a large lake, +the waters of which emitted an offensive smell, which might proceed from +marshy shores.{A} Above the lake, the breadth decreases to one-third or +one-fourth of a mile, the depth to twelve or thirteen feet, with a +current of one and a half mile per hour, the bottom every where sand, +with numerous islands interspersed in the stream. The mountainous +country around the upper part abounds with iron mines. + +Going eastward, we come to the elevated mountainous ranges which give +birth to the Bahr-el-Abiad to the south, the Gochob, the Kibbee, and +their numerous tributary streams to the east and south-east, and the +Toumat, the Yabous, the Maleg, and other rivers which flow north into +the Abay. This vast chain is very elevated, and in many places very +cold, especially to the west of Enarea, and to the west and south of +Kaffa. From the sources of the Kibbee and the Yabous, it stretches +eastwards to Gurague, and thence, still eastward, by the Aroosi, Galla, +and Hurrur or Harrar, to Cape Guardafui, approaching in some places to +within sixty miles or less of the sea of Babel-Mandeb; the elevation to +the east of Berbera decreases to about 5000 feet, and from which +numerous streams flow both to the north and to the south. Eastward of +the meridian of Gurague, a branch from the chain strikes off due north +through Shoa, by Ankobar and Lake Haik, to the northward of which it +separates, and runs one branch N.N.W. to Samen, and another by Angot, +N.E. by east, to the Red Sea, at Assab, and the entrance of the straits +of Babel-mandeb. The whole of this chain is very elevated; near Ankobar +some peaks being 14,000 feet high, and constantly white with snow or +hail; and round the sources of the Tacazzč and the Bashilo, near the +territory of the Edjow Galla, the mountains are covered with snow. Mr +Krapf, in his journey more to the east, found the cold exceedingly keen, +the elevation exceeding 10,000 feet; and still more eastward, near the +little Assanghe lake, Pearce found hoar frost in the mornings in the +month of October. From the ranges mentioned, numerous other ranges +branch off in different directions, forming the divisions between tribes +and rivers, the latter of which are very rapid, and their borders or +banks very high and precipitous, and rugged. + +From the province of Bulga or Fattygar, this chain, running +northwards, rises to a great height, springing like the walls of a +fortification from the western bank of the Hawash, from whence numerous +small streams descend to increase that river. All to the eastward of +that river is comparatively low, (called Kōlla, or the low hot country,) +and to the sea-shore is one continued sheet of volcanic strata and +extinct volcanoes, dry and poor, especially during the dry season, when +travelling is difficult and dangerous owing to the want of water. It is +inhabited chiefly by wild beasts and by fierce tribes of the wandering +Dancali, and, more to the south-east, by the Mohammedan Somauli. In +early times this country, however, was rich and powerful, from being the +channel of commerce between Abyssinia when powerful, and the countries +to the east, Arabia, Persia, and India. From Zeila and Erur southward, +the country improves, and becomes fertile and well watered. + +Before turning our attention to the interesting countries round the +sources of the Gochob and its tributary streams, and those through which +it subsequently flows, so clearly brought to our knowledge by Major +Harris, (he is certainly the first who has done so,) and the survey of +the coast near its mouth by Lieutenant Christopher of the Indian navy, +and by him given to the gallant major--it is necessary, for the better +understanding of our subject, to turn our attention to the explanation +of the names of some countries and places given so differently by +different informants, and which, thus given and not sufficiently +attended to, create great confusion and great errors in African +geography. + +By the aid of Mr Bruce, Mr Krapf, Major Harris, and information +collected from native travellers, (see _Geographical Bulletins of +Paris_, Nos. 78 and 98,) we are enabled to rectify these points, and +clear away heaps of inaccuracies and confusion. + +First, then, Enarea and Limmu are the same. The country is called Enarea +by the Abyssinians, and Limmu by the Gallas, having been conquered by a +Galla tribe of that name, which tribe came originally from the +south-west. There is another Limmu, probably so named from another +portion of the same tribe. It is near or the same as Sibou, which, +according to Bruce, is ten days' journey from the capital of Enarea, +and, according to the French Geographical Bulletin, (No. 114,) not far +from Horro and Fazoglo. But the first Limmu is the Limmu of Jomard's +Galla Oware, because he states distinctly that Sobitche was its capital; +that, in marching northwards from it, he crossed the Wouelmae river; and +that Gingiro, to which he had been, lay to the right, or east, of his +early route; and further, that the river which passed near Sobitche ran +to the south. Enarea is not very extensive, but a high table-land, on +every side surrounded by high mountain ranges, and is situated (see +_Geographical Bulletin_, 1839) at the confluence of two rivers, the Gibe +and the Dibe. + +Kaffa, in its restricted sense, is a state on the upper Gochob; but, in +its ancient and extended meaning, it is a large country, extending from +north to south a journey of one month, and includes in it several states +known by separate names, although the whole of these are often referred +to in the name Kaffa by native travellers. It is known also by the names +of Sidama and Susa, and the people of Dauro call it Gomara; but the +Christians in Southern Abyssinia call it Kaffa, and Sidama or Susa, +which latter, properly speaking, forms its southern parts. + +Dawro, Dauro, or Woreta, are the same; it is a large country, and +divided into three states--namely, Metzo or Metcho, Kulloo, and Goba; +and is a low and hot, but fertile country, situated to the east of +Kaffa, and to the west of the Gochob. + +Major Harris is the only individual who has given us the bearings and +distances connected with this portion of Africa, and without which the +geographical features of the country could not have been fixed with any +precision; but which, having been obtained, act as pivots from which the +correct positions of other places are ascertained and fixed with +considerable accuracy. + +Let us now attend to the sources and the courses of the principal +rivers. The Kibbee, or Gibe, has three sources. The chief branch springs +to the west of Ligamara, and southwards of that place it runs east, +(_Geographical Bulletin_, No. 105, _and also_ No. 78,) when suddenly +turning upon itself; as it were, it bends its course westward to Limmu, +having below Leka received the Gwadab, coming from the west and passing +to the south of Lofe. The Kibbee waters the small but elevated country +of Nono, and passes very near Sakka. Westward of Sakka it is joined by +two other branches coming from the north-west and west, one called +Wouelmae, the Wouelmae of Oware, and the other Dibe. From thence it +flows eastward, and bounds Gingiro on the north. The early Portuguese +travellers expressly state, that six days' journey due east from Sakka, +and at one day's journey from the capital of Gingiro, having first +crossed a very high mountain, they crossed the Kibbee, a rapid rocky +stream, and as large as the Blue River where they had crossed it in the +country of the Gongas. On the third day after leaving the capital of +Gingiro, pursuing their course due east to the capital of Cambat, they +again crossed the Zebee, or Kibbee, _larger_ than it was to the westward +of Gingiro, but less rapid and rocky; its waters resembling _melted +butter_, (hence its name,) owing, no doubt, to the calcareous ridges +through which it flowed. From thence it bends its course to the +southward, and is soon after joined by the Gochob, which bounds the +empire of Gingiro to the south. Bruce particularly and emphatically +mentions the extraordinary angle which the Kibbee here makes. + +To the north of Gingiro the Kibbee is joined by the Dedhasa, (pronounced +Nassal,) and which is considered to be the same as Daneza or Danesa, +which, according to Lieutenant Christopher, is a Galla name for the Jub +or Gochob. This river is passed (see _Geographical Bulletin of 1839_) +before coming to Ligamara and Chelea, and one and a half day's journey +from Gouma, in the route from Gooderoo to Enarea. In its lower course it +abounds with crocodiles. Below the junction with the Dedhasa, the Kibbee +receives the Gala river, coming from the north-east, and from the +confines of Gurague and Kortshassie. + +The separation of the waters in these parts takes place to the north of +Gonea and Djimma, or Gouma. The rivers that flow to the Blue Nile or +Abay, with the exception of the Yabous, which is, according to Bruce, a +considerable stream descending from the south and south-east, are all +small streams. Shat, the province where the tea-plant is produced, is +situated to the north of Enarea, and is watered by the river called +Giba, the fish of which are said to be poisonous, (_Bruce_, vol. iii. p. +254.) Bruce states most pointedly that the capital of Enarea is fifty +leagues distant from the passage of the Abay at Mine, "due south, a +little inclining to the west," (Vol. iii. page 324;) and which bearing +and distance corresponds very correctly with several very clear and +satisfactory itineraries lately obtained. Without any high peaks or +mountains, the country round the sources of these rivers is very +elevated, and from the grain and fruits which they produce, cannot be +less than 7500 feet above the level of the sea. + +The Toumat is a small stream. Above Cassan, says the _Geographical +Bulletin_, No. 110, it has water all the year, thus indicating that +below that place the water fails in the dry season. It runs between two +high chains of mountains; the east Bank, that chain being known as the +country called Bertat. The rains, according to Bruce, (the _Geographical +Bulletin_ agrees in this,) commence in April; but they do not fall heavy +at that time, and but little affect the rivers. Beyond the chain, on the +western bank of the Toumat, the country is level to Denka and the banks +of the White River, which is stated to be eleven days' journey due west +from Fazoglo. Iron is very abundant in the countries round the Toumat +and the Yabous, and caravans of Arabian merchants regularly traverse the +country from Ganjar near Kuara, and two days' journey south of +Kas-el-Fael, by Fazoglo and Fadessi, to Kaffa and Bany; the road, as the +latter places are approached, being described as hilly and very woody, +with numerous small streams. + +The Gochob rises in Gamvou, a high, wild, and woody country, part of +Limmu; and bending its course south-east, next east, and then +south-east, it forms the lake Tchocha, and afterwards rolls over the +great cataract Dumbaro, soon after which it joins the Kibbee, when the +united stream tales the name of the Gochob, or Jub, by which it is known +till it enters the sea. Where crossed in the road from Sakka to Bonga, +it is described as larger than any other stream which flows to join it +from the country more to the south; much larger, indeed, than either the +Gitche or Omo, its subsequent tributaries. These are the principal +rivers of Kaffa, which is described as a high, cold country, as cold as +Samen, or Simien, as Major Harris writes it, in Abyssinia. Bonga, the +capital of Kaffa, or Susa, is one of the largest cities in these parts, +and coffee of superior quality is produced every where, both in Kaffa +and Enarea, in the greatest abundance. So also is civet and ivory. + +The Omo, where crossed in the road to Tuftee, is passed by a bridge of +wood sixty yards in length, which shows that it is not a very large +river, nor can it be, this place being so near the district where its +sources must lie. In the dry season it is described as a very small +stream. The mountains in the south of Kaffa or Susa, are covered with +snow, and to the south of this place they are said to rise to a +stupendous height, "to reach the skies," and are clothed with eternal +snow! + +Malo, or Malee, (as Major Harris spells it,) is westward from Koocha, +and not far from Jajo, (certainly the Jedo of Salt,) and which is at a +considerable distance from the sea, (_Geographical Bulletin_, No. 114.) +Malee touches upon both Goba and Doko, and the latter again touches upon +Kulloo. It is in Malee that the Omo, now a considerable stream, joins +the Gochob, after having received from the mountains of Souro and +valleys of Sasa the Toreesh or Gotze, a considerable stream. Doko and +Malee, like Dauro or Woreta, are very hot low countries, abounding in +cotton. In Doko, bamboo forests are frequent and extensive. The +population are represented to be of a diminutive stature, exceedingly +rude and ignorant, and are a prey to all their surrounding neighbours, +who invade their country at pleasure, and carry off the wretched people +into slavery. In this portion of Africa, or very near it, the early Arab +writers and Portuguese navigators placed a nation of pigmies; and in +this it would appear that they were correct. After the junction of the +Omo, the Gochob pursues its way by Ganana to the sea at Juba, a few +miles to the south of the equator. The western bank is inhabited by +Galla tribes, and the eastern by Somauli. In this part of its course it +is called Jub by the Arabians, Gowend or Govend by the Somauli, Yumbu by +the Souahilis, and Danesa by the Gallas. + +The Gochob below Wolama is joined on the east side by a considerable +stream called the Una, which rises to the south of Gurague; and in +Koocha and on the same side by a still larger stream, which comes from +the country of the Ara or Ala Galla to the east of Gurague, and near the +western sources of the Wabbe or Webbe. Koocha is thirty days' navigation +upwards and fifteen downwards from the sea, with which it has a +considerable trade; white or fair people coming up the river to that +place; but these are not allowed to proceed further inland. The +inhabitants of Koocha carry on a great trade by means of the Gochob with +Dauro in slaves, ivory, coffee, &c.; the Galla of Dauro bringing these +down the Gochob in rafts with high gunwales, which indicates that the +Gochob is a river of considerable magnitude, and may become of great +importance in the future communications with Africa; the soil and +climate around it being very fine, particularly in the lower parts near +the sea, where the land is level, and the soil a fine deep red mould. + +After Bruce, Salt had delineated with considerable accuracy the source +of the Webbe and the countries around it; but, except his map, we had no +further particulars. These are, however, supplied by Major Harris and Mr +Krapf in the countries south-east of Shoa, about Harrar and its sources; +and further by accounts collected by D'Abbadie at Berbera from +intelligent natives, travellers regarding the countries more to the +south, and over the remainder of the north-eastern coast of Africa. + +The principal source of the Webbe is to the east of the Aroosi +mountains, and in the country of the Ala Galla; whence, running +eastward, it passes Imi and Karanle, (the Karain of Krapf;) it runs +south-east and afterwards south in a winding course towards the Indian +ocean. To the north of six degrees of latitude, it is joined by several +streams from the neighbourhood of Harrar and places more to the east; +and in about six degrees of latitude, by a large stream which rises near +Lake Souaie, and runs through the country of Bergama or Bahr Gama. The +various countries through which the Webbe and his tributaries flow, are +distinctly marked on the map. The country around its sources is very +hilly and cold, the mountains resembling in height and appearance the +boldest in Abyssinia; and to the eastward of its middle course, the +mountains in Howea are very high and cold. In these springs the river +Doaro, which flows into the sea, a considerable river during the rains; +but at other times its mouth is nearly blocked up with sand, which is +the case with some streams more to the northward. + +North of Mount Anot the country is fine and well watered, and during the +rains a very large river, according to Christopher, flows through it, +descending from the range to the south-east of Berbera, and entering the +sea in about eight degrees thirty minutes north latitude. Around Capes +Halfoon and Guardafui the country is fine and well watered with small +streams, and the climate delicious, as is the coast from Cape Guardafui +westward to Berbera. + +Harrar stands in a beautiful, fertile, and well-watered valley, +surrounded with hills, the soil rich, and producing fine coffee +abundantly. It is strictly Mahommedan, and, comparatively speaking, a +considerable place, though much shorn of its dominion and power from +those days when it had become the capital of that portion of eastern +Africa ruled by the Mahommedans; and when under Mahommed _Gragne_, +(left-handed,) it overran and desolated the whole Abyssinian empire, +then under that unfortunate sovereign King David. In the county south of +Berbera there is abundance of fine wells of excellent water. Waggadeyn +is a very beautiful country, and produces abundance of myrrh and +frankincense, as in fact every portion of the eastern horn, from Enarea +inclusive, also does. It is the great myrrh and frankincense country, +from which Arabia, Egypt, Judea, Syria, and Tyre were supplied in early +days of Scripture history. The Webbe is only six fathoms broad and five +feet deep in the dry season in Waggadeyn; but in the rainy season the +depth is increased to five fathoms. It is navigated by rafts lower down. +Incense, gum, and coffee, are every where abundant around the Webbe and +its tributary streams. Harrar contains about 14,000 inhabitants, and +Berbera 10,000; Sakka about 12,000. + +All the early Arabian writers pointedly state, and so also do the +Portuguese discoverers, that the Webbe entered the sea _near Mukdishu_ +or Magadoxo. This was no doubt the fact; but from what cause we know +not, the river, after approaching within a short distance of Magadoxo to +the north, turns south-west, and approaching in several places very near +the sea, from which it is only separated by sandhills, it terminates in +a lake about halfway between Brava and the Jub. This is Christopher's +account; but my opinion is, that this lake communicates with the sea +during the rainy season, and even in a small stream in the dry season +also. Christopher pointedly states, that besides filtrating through the +sandhills, it communicates with the sea in two places, between Merka and +Brava; and that this is correct, is proved from the fact, that while the +river near Merka is 175 feet broad, it is reduced to seventy-five feet +near Brava; while the _Geographical Bull._, No. 98, p. 96, states, that +a small river enters the sea to the south of Brava, a branch +unquestionably from the Webbe. + +The country between Magadoxo and the Jub is called Ber-el-Banader, and +north of Magadoxo, and situated between the Webbe and the Doaro, is the +considerable province called Hamer. Christopher describes the Somauli +inhabiting the lower Webbe as civil and obliging, the soil fine and +fruitful, and the climate the most delicious he had ever visited. The +inhabitants offered to conduct him in safety to Abyssinia, and into very +remote districts in the interior. The name of England is beginning to be +well known, respected, and feared in this fine portion of Africa; and it +is not a little to be regretted and lamented that this has not been the +case at a much earlier period. + +The early Arabian writers, such as Batouta, write Magadoxo, Mukdishu; +Christopher states that it is now divided into two parts, in a state of +hostilities with each other, and that the southern part is called +Mukutshu, and the northern Mukkudeesha. + +According to the _Geographical Bulletin_, No. 98, p. 98, the word +_ganana_ signifies _queue_, or tail, which explains at once the river +which Christopher makes enter the Webbe near Galwen, coming from the +north-westward, to be in reality a branch flowing off from the Jub at +that place. It is a thing unknown to find a river rising in a low +alluvial country. + +To the east of the Webbe the country is inhabited by Somauli tribes, who +are Mahommedans and considerable traders. The country seems every where +to have a considerable population; and instead of being a blank and a +waste, as hitherto supposed and represented on maps, it is found to be +one of the finest portions of Africa, or of the world. Grain of every +kind known in the temperate zones, especially wheat of superior +qualities, is most abundant, and so cheap that the value of a dollar can +purchase as much as will maintain a man for a whole year! + +The sources of the Hawash approach within about thirty miles of the +Abay. The lake Souaie in Gurague is about thirty miles in circumference, +and contains numerous islands. In these are lodged some ancient and +valuable Abyssinian records. It is fed by five small rivers, and empties +itself into the Hawash, (see _Ludolf_.) Gurague is a Christian state, +but reduced to great misery and poverty by the Galla tribes which +surround it on every side. The elevation of Ankobar above the sea is +8200 feet, and of Augollalla about 200 more; so that the climate is very +moderate. The country is every where very mountainous; but at the same +time is in many places well cultivated. The rivers run in deep valleys +or dells, and are very rocky and rapid. The present kingdom of Shoa +contains about 2,500,000 of inhabitants, chiefly Christians of the +Alexandrian Church. + +In March 1842, Mr Krapf set out from Ankobar, to proceed to Egypt, by +way of Gondar and Massuah; but, after traversing the mountainous parts +of Northern Shoa, and the countries of the Woollo-Galla, and reaching a +short distance beyond the Bashilo, (then only five days' journey from +Gondar,) he was compelled, from hostilities prevailing among the chiefs +in that quarter, to retrace his steps to Gatera. In the journey which he +had so far accomplished, Mr Krapf traversed the country near the sources +of the numerous rivers which flow to form the Jimma and the Bashilo. The +mountains were high and cold, (especially in the province of Mans,) and +exceedingly precipitous, ascending and descending 3000 feet in the +course of a few hours. The soil in the valleys was good, and tolerably +well cultivated. Sheep, with long black wool, were numerous; the +population in general rude and ignorant. From Gatera he took his course +to Lake Haik, and from thence, pursuing his route north-eastward, he +crossed the numerous streams which rise in the mountainous range to the +westward, and pursue their course to the country of Adel, north of +Aussa. Crossing the very elevated range on the western frontier of +modern Angot, he pursued his journey to Antalon, leaving at Lat the +Tacazzč four days' journey to the west, and crossing in his course the +numerous streams, such as the Tarir, the Ghebia, Sumshato, and the +Tyana, (this last a considerable river,) which flow northward from the +mountains of Angot and Woggerat to form the Areequa, a large tributary +to the Tacazzč. Mr Krapf's route lay a little to the westward of Lake +Assanghe, and considerably in this portion thereof to the west of the +route of Alvaraez, who passed on the south side of Mount Ginnamora, from +whence the streams descended to the south-east. + +Lake Haik is a fine sheet of water about forty-five miles in +circumference, with an island near the north-west corner, and an outlet +in the west, which runs to the Berkona. On the east and the south sides +it is surrounded with high mountains. Mount Ambassel or Amba Israel, the +celebrated mountain in Geshen where the younger branches of the royal +family of Abyssinia were imprisoned in early times, is a little to the +north of Lake Haik, and beyond the Mille. It runs north and south, in +length about twelve or thirteen miles, and is exceedingly high and +steep, the sides thereof being almost perpendicular. Mr Krapf, amongst +the most considerable rivers which he passed in this quarter, mentions +the Ala, which he states runs to, and is lost in, the deserts of the +country of Adel. This is important, and this river is no doubt the Wali +of Bruce, which he mentions (vol. iii. p. 248) as the scene of a +remarkable engagement between the sovereigns of Abyssinia and Adel in +1576, during the reign of the Abyssinian king Sertza Denghel. The +Abyssinian army descended from Angot, and crossing the Wali, a +considerable river, cut off the army of Adel from Aussa, drove a portion +thereof into the stream, where they were drowned, while the remainder +flying crossed the stream lower down, and thus effected their escape to +Aussa. This confirms in a remarkable manner the position of this river, +and would almost go to establish the fact that it cannot unite with Lake +Aussa, the termination of the Hawash. + +At the Ala Mr Krapf states that he was then seven days' journey from +Aussa. Aussa, according to Bruce, or rather the capital of Aussa, was in +former times situated on a rock on the bank of the river Hawash. It is +called Aussa Gurel in the old Portuguese maps, and is no doubt the Aussa +Guraiel of Major Harris, laid down on the Arabic map which he obtained +from a native of that place. When low, the termination of the Hawash may +be said to form three lakes; but during the rainy season the land is +flooded round to a great extent, the circumference of the lake then +extending to 120 geographical miles. When the waters retire they leave, +like the Nile in Egypt, a quantity of fine mud or slime, which, +cultivated as it immediately is, produces abundant crops, and on this +account the valley of Aussa is, and always has been, the granary of +Adel. From the southern boundary of the lake to the place where the +Hawash finally extricates itself from the mountainous ranges, the +distance is about five days' journey, or from sixty to seventy miles. +The length of the fine valley of Aussa is about one hundred miles. + +From the summit of the chain which separates the waters which flow +south-east to Adel, and north-west to the Tacazzč, Mr Krapf says, that +looking over Lasta to the towering snow-clad peaks of Samen or Simien, +the whole country had the appearance of the raging waves of the sea in a +terrible tempest. The soil around the upper branches of the Tacazzč is +very good, especially in Wofila, Boora, and Enderta, adjoining the fine +river Tyana; but it is only indifferently cultivated, owing to the +perpetual wars and feuds amongst the chieftains and tribes in these +parts, and the bad and unsettled governments which now exist in Tigre, +and, in fact, in all Abyssinia. Travelling in these parts is difficult +and insecure, owing to the plundering dispositions of the people, and +the rapacity of the chiefs, who live beyond the control of any +commanding or great sovereign power. At Gatera Mr Krapf was robbed of +every thing that he had by the ferocious Woollo-Galla chief, _Adara +Bille_, from whose clutches he escaped with some difficulty. + +But time and space forbids me going more at length into the interesting +journeys of these late eastern travellers, amongst which those of Major +Harris is certainly the most important. He has accurately determined, +and been the first to determine, the longitude and latitude of Tajoura, +Lake Assal or the Salt Lake, and Ankobar, &c., and thus given correct +starting points from which to regulate the bearings and distances of the +other very interesting places in the interior. The bay of Tajoura +affords good anchorage; but the best point to start for the interior is +Zeila, the route thence to Shoa running along the edges of the watered +and more cultivated districts. + +Amongst the travellers who visited this quarter of Africa lately is Dr +T. C. Beke. He, however, went over the same ground as the others in his +journey from Tajoura to Ankobar, (Messrs Krapf and Isenberg had preceded +him a considerable time;) therefore his letters and communications, so +far as yet known, contain little that is new. The only portion connected +with Shoa which the others had not visited, is about thirty-five miles +of the lower course of the Jimma, near its junction with the Abay, where +the latter stream is about 600 feet broad, and from three to five feet +deep. His subsequent travels in this part of Africa were confined to +Gojam, Damot, and part of Agow Medre, and to the source of the Nile; but +except being more minute in minor details regarding these provinces and +their numerous small streams and rivers, they add little to the +information given by Bruce. Still his journey, when given to the world, +may supply us with some interesting particulars regarding what he +actually saw. + +Dr Beke travelled individually for information; but, in aid of his +laudable enterprise, received some pecuniary assistance from the African +Civilization Society and the Royal Geographical Society. Being a member +of the former society, and while engaged in constructing the maps for +the journals of the Church Missionary Society in the summer of last +year--not for personal gain, but solely to benefit Africa--the +communications and maps which from time to time came from Dr Beke to +that society, were readily put into my hands to use, where they could be +used, to advance the cause of Africa. Amongst the maps there was one of +the countries to the south of the Abay, including Enarea, Kaffa, and +Gingiro, constructed at and sent from Yaush in Gojam, September 6, 1842, +together with some of the authorities on which it had been made. In that +map the whole of the rivers, even to the south of Enarea and Kaffa, the +Gojob, (as the Doctor writes it,) the Omo, the Kibbee or Gibe, the +Dedhasa, and Baro, are all made, though rising beyond, that is, to the +south of Gingiro and to the south and south-east of Kaffa and Woreta, +(Woreta is placed to the south of Kaffa,) to run north-westward into the +Abay. In fact, the Gojob is represented on that map to be the parent +stream of the Bahr-el-Azreek or Blue River, and quite a distinct stream +from the Abay, which it is made to join by the Toumat, having from the +south-east received in its middle course the Geba, the Gibe, the +Dedhasa, and the Baro, and from the south-west the Omo or Abo. The whole +delineation, a copy of which I preserved, presented a mass so contrary +to all other authorities, ancient and modern, that to rectify or reduce +it to order was found impracticable, or where attempted only tended to +lead into error. + +The error of bringing such an influx of water as the rivers mentioned, +and so delineated, would bring to the Blue Nile, is evident from the +fact, that this river at Senaar in the dry season is, according to +Bruce, only about the size of the Thames at Richmond. His words are +specific and emphatic, (Vol. vii. App. p. 89)--"The Nile at Babosch is +like, or greater than the Thames at Richmond"--"has fine white sand on +its banks"--"the water is clear, and in some places not more than two +feet deep." Dumbaro (or Tzamburo, as the Doctor calls it in the map +alluded to) is laid down between eight degrees and nine degrees north +latitude, and west of Wallega; Tuftee is placed more to the north on the +river designated the Blue River, and Gobo still further north upon it, +in fact adjoining to its junction with the Abay. Doko is not noticed on +the map. + +The intelligent native Abyssinian Gregorius, without referring to +numerous other credible, early, and also modern authorities, determines +this important point quite differently and accurately; for he assured +Ludolf, (A. D. 1650, see _Ludolf_, p. 38,) that all those rivers that +are upon the borders of Ethiopia, in the countries of "Cambat, Gurague, +Enarea, Zandera, Wed, Waci, Gaci, and some others," do not flow into the +Nile or any of his tributaries, but "enter the sea, every one in his +distinct region," that is, the Indian ocean. + +Since his return to England Dr Beke has, I have reason to believe, found +out his great error; and will alter the course of all these rivers in +Enarea and Kaffa, and bend their courses to the south-east and south.{B} + +With these observations I proceed to a more important portion of my +subject; namely, the position and capabilities of Africa, as these +connect themselves with the present position and prospects of the +British Tropical possessions, and the position and prospects of the +Tropical possessions of other powers. + +The support of the power and the maintenance of the political +preponderance of Great Britain in the scale of nations, depend upon +colonial possessions. To render colonies most efficient, and most +advantageous for her general interests, it is indispensably necessary +that these should be planted in the Tropical world, the productions of +which ever have been, are, and ever will be, eagerly sought after by the +civilized nations of the temperate zones. + +One of the greatest modern French statesmen, Talleyrand, understood and +recommended this fact to his master. In his celebrated memorial +addressed to Bonaparte in 1801, speaking specially of England and her +colonies, he says:-- + + "Her navy and her commerce are at present all her trust. France may + add Italy and Germany to her dominions with less detriment to Great + Britain then will follow the acquisition of a navy and the + extension of her trade. Whatever gives colonies to France supplies + her with ships, sailors, manufactures, and husbandmen. Victories by + land can only give her mutinous subjects, who, instead of + augmenting the national force by their riches or numbers, + contribute only to disperse and enfeeble that force; but the growth + of colonies supplies her with zealous citizens, and the increase of + real wealth; and increase of effective numbers is the certain + consequence." + + "What could Germany, Italy, Spain, and France, combining their + strength, do against England? They might assemble in millions on + the shores of the Channel, but THERE would be the limits of their + enmity. Without ships to carry them over, and without experienced + mariners to navigate these ships, Britain would only deride the + pompous preparation. The moment we leave the shore her fleets are + ready to pounce upon us, to disperse and to destroy our ineffectual + armaments. There lies her security; in her insular situation and + her navy consists her impregnable defence. Her navy is in every + respect the offspring of her trade. To rob her of that, therefore, + is to BEAT DOWN her LAST WALL, AND TO FILL UP HER LAST + MOAT. To gain it to ourselves is to enable us to take advantage of + her deserted and defenceless borders, and to complete the + humiliation of our only remaining competitor." + +These are correct opinions, and merit the constant and most serious +attention of every British statesman. The increased cultivation and +prosperity of foreign Tropical possessions is become so great, and is +advancing so rapidly the power and the resources of other nations, that +these are embarrassing this country in all her commercial relations, in +her pecuniary resources, and in all her political relations and +negotiations. + +During the fearful struggle of a quarter of a century, for her existence +as a nation, against the power and resources of Europe, directed by the +most intelligent but remorseless military ambition against her, the +command of the productions of the torrid zone, and the advantageous +commerce which that afforded, gave to Great Britain the power and the +resources which enabled her to meet, to combat, and to overcome, her +numerous and reckless enemies in every battle-field, whether by sea or +by land, throughout the world. In her the world saw realized the fabled +giant of antiquity. With her hundred hands she grasped her foes in every +region under heaven, and crushed them with resistless energy. + +Who, it may be asked, manned those fleets which bore the flag, and the +fame, and the power, of England over every sea and into every land--who +swept fleets from the sea, as at Aboukir, and navies from the ocean, as +at Trafalgar? + +It may pointedly and safely be stated--the seamen supplied by the +colonial trade, and chiefly by the West Indian colonial trade of Great +Britain. About 2000 seamen, for example, were every year drawn into the +West Indian trade of the Clyde from the herring fisheries on the west +coast of Scotland, and just as regularly transferred from that colonial +trade into British men-of-war, such men being the best seamen that they +had, because they were men accustomed to every climate from the arctic +circle to the equator. + +In the event of any future war, men of this description will more than +ever be wanted; because the torrid regions are become more populous and +more powerful, either in themselves or as connected with great nations +in the temperate zones, and consequently the sphere of European +conflicts will be more extended in them. + +The world, especially Europe and America, is vastly improved since 1815. +Great Britain must look at and attend to this. She must march and act +accordingly. The world will not wait for her if she chooses to stand +still; on the contrary, other nations will "go ahead," and leave her +behind to repent of her folly. + +"England," said her greatest warrior, "cannot have a little war;" +neither can she exist as a little nation. + +The natives of the torrid zone can only labour in the cultivation of the +soil of that zone. In no other zone can the special productions of the +torrid zone be produced in perfection. + +There now remains no portion of the tropical world where _labour can be +had on the spot_, and whereon Great Britain can so conveniently and +safely plant her foot, in order to accomplish the desirable +object--extensive Tropical cultivation--but Tropical Africa. Every other +part is occupied by independent nations, or by people that may and will +soon become independent. + +British capital and knowledge will abundantly furnish the means to +cultivate her rich fields. This is the only rational and lasting way to +instruct and to enlighten her people, and to keep them enlightened, +civilized, and industrious. By adopting this course also, that British +capital, both commercial and manufacturing, which in one way or other +finds its way, and which will continue to find its way, especially while +money is so cheap in this country, into foreign possessions to assist +the slave trade and to support slavery--will be turned to support the +cause of freedom in Africa, and at the same time to increase instead of +tending to diminish the trade and the power of this country. + +The principle which Great Britain has adopted in her future agricultural +relations with the Tropical world is, that colonial produce must be +produced, and that it can be produced in that region cheaper by free +African and East Indian labour than by slave labour. This great +principle she cannot deviate from, nor attempt to revoke. + +If the foreign slave trade be not extinguished, and the cultivation of +the Tropical territories of other powers opposed and checked by British +Tropical cultivation, then the interests and the power of such states +will rise into a preponderance over those of Great Britain; and the +power and influence of the latter will cease to be felt, feared, and +respected, amongst the civilized and powerful nations of this world. + +Civilization and peace can only be brought round in Africa by the +extension of cultivation, accompanied by the introduction of true +religion. Commerce will doubtless prove a powerful auxiliary; but to +render it so, and to raise commerce to any permanent or beneficial +extent, cultivation upon an extensive scale must precede commerce in +Africa. + +It is, therefore, _within_ Africa, and by African hands and African +exertions chiefly, that the slave trade can be destroyed. It is IN +Africa, not OUT of Africa, that Africans, generally speaking, can and +must be enlightened and civilized. Teach and show her rulers and her +people, that they can obtain, and that white men will give them, more +for the productions of their soil than for the hands which can produce +these--and the work is done. All other steps are futile, can only be +mischievous and delusive, and terminate in disappointment and defeat. To +eradicate the slave trade will not eradicate the passions which gave it +birth. + +In attempting to extinguish the African slave trade and to benefit +Africa, Great Britain has, in one shape or other, expended during the +last thirty-six years above £20,000,000; yet, instead of that traffic +being destroyed, it has, as regards the possessions of foreign powers, +been trebled, and is now as great as ever, while Africa has received no +advantage whatever. Since 1808, about 3,500,000 slaves have been +transported from Africa to the Brazils and Cuba. The productions of what +is technically denominated colonial Tropical produce has, in +consequence, been increased from £15,000,000 to £60,000,000 annually, +augmented in part, it is true, from the natural increase of nearly one +million slaves more in the United States of America. + +In abolishing slavery in the West Indies, Great Britain has besides +expended above £20,000,000; still that measure has hitherto been so +little successful, that £100,000,000 of fixed capital additional, +invested in these colonies, stand on the brink of destruction; while, in +addition to the former sums, the people of Great Britain have, from the +enhanced price of produce, paid during the last six or seven years +£10,000,00 more, and which has gone chiefly, if not wholly, into the +pockets of the negro labourers in excessive high wages, the giant evil +which afflicts the West Indies. + +When the emancipation of the slaves in the West Indies was carried +amidst feeling without judgment, the nation was so ready to pay +£20,000,000, and the West Indians, especially those in England, so +anxious to receive it, each considering that act all that was requisite +to be done, that neither party ever thought for a moment of what foreign +nations had done, were doing, and would do, in consequence. The warnings +and advice of local knowledge were scouted in England, till these evils, +which prudence might and ought to have prevented, now stare all parties +in the face with a strength that puzzles the wisest and appals the +boldest. + +Instead of supplying her own wants with Tropical produce, and next +nearly all Europe, as she formerly did, it is the fact that, in some of +the most important articles, she has barely sufficient to supply her own +wants; while the whole of her colonial possessions, east, west, north, +and south, are at this moment supplied with--and, as regards the article +of sugar, are consuming--foreign slave produce, brought direct, or, +refined in bond, exported and sold in the colonies at a rate as cheap, +if not really cheaper, than British muscovado, the produce of these +colonies. + +Such a state of things cannot continue, nor ought it any longer to be +permitted to continue, without adopting an effectual remedy. + +The extent of the power and the interests which are arrayed against each +other, in this serious conflict, must be minutely considered to be +properly understood in a commercial and in a political point of view. +Unless this is done the magnitude of the danger, and the assistance +which is necessary to be given, and the exertions which are requisite in +order to bring the contest to a successful issue, cannot be properly +appreciated or correctly understood. + +The value of what is technically called colonial produce at present +produced in the British colonial possessions, the East Indies included, +is about £10,000,000 yearly, from a capital invested to the extent of +£150,000,000. The trade thus created employs 800 ships, 300,000 tons, +and 17,000 seamen yearly. This is the yearly value of the property and +produce of the British Tropical agricultural trade, now dependent upon +free labour. + +Against this we have opposed, in the western world alone, nearly +£60,000,000 of agricultural produce, exportable and exported yearly, +requiring a trade in returns equal to £56,000,000, and a proportionate +number of ships' tonnage and seamen. In the trade with Cuba and Port +Rico alone, the United States have 1600 vessels employed yearly, +(230,000 tons of shipping,) making numerous and speedy voyages, and from +which trade only, these states, in case of emergency, could man and +maintain from twenty to thirty sail of the line. + +On the part of foreign nations there has, since 1808, been £800,000,000 +of fixed capital created in slaves, and in cultivation wholly dependent +upon the labour of slaves. On the other hand, there stands on the part +of Great Britain, altogether and only, about £130,000,000 (deducting the +value paid for the slaves) vested in Tropical cultivation, and formerly +dependent upon slave labour, and which has in part been swept away, +while the remainder is in danger of being so. + +Let us have recourse to a few returns and figures, in order to show what +is going on, especially by slave-labour in other countries, as compared +with British possessions, in three articles of colonial produce, namely, +sugar, (reducing the foreign clayed sugar into muscovado to make the +comparison just,) coffee, and cotton; and as regards a few foreign +countries only, nearly three-fourths of which produce, be it observed, +has been created within the last thirty years. + + +SUGAR--1842. + + _British possessions._ _Foreign possessions._ + + cwts. cwts. + West Indies, 2,508,552 Cuba, 5,800,000 + East Indies, 940,452 Brazils, 2,400,000 + Mauritius, (1841,) 544,767 Java, 1,105,757 + --------- Louisiana, 1,400,000 + Total, 3,993,771 ---------- + Total, 10,705,757 + + +COFFEE--1842. + + lbs. lbs. + West Indies, 9,186,555 Java, 134,842,715 + East Indies, 18,206,448 Brazils, 135,000,800 + ---------- Cuba, 33,589,325 + Total, 27,393,003 Venezuela, 34,000,000 + ----------- + Total, 337,432,840 + + +COTTON--1840. + + lbs. lbs. + West Indies, 427,529 United States, 790,479,275 + East Indies, 77,015,917 Java, 165,504,800 + To China from do., 60,000,000 Brazils, 25,222,828 + ----------- ----------- + Total, 137,443,446 Total, 981,206,903 + +The above figures require only to be glanced at, to learn the increased +wealth and productions of foreign nations, in comparison with the +portion which England has in the trade and value of such articles, now +become absolutely necessary for the manufactures, the luxuries, and the +necessaries of life amongst the civilized nations of the world. + +In the enormous property and traffic thus created in foreign +possessions, by the continuance and extension of the slave trade, +British merchants and manufacturers are interested in the cause of their +lawful trade to a great extent. The remainder is divided amongst the +great civilized nations of the world, maintaining in each very +extensive, very wealthy, very powerful, and, as opposed to Great +Britain, very formidable commercial and political rival interests. + +Further, it is the very extensive and profitable markets which the +above-mentioned yearly creation of property gives to the manufacturers +of foreign countries, that have raised foreign manufactures to their +present importance, and which enables these, in numerous instances, to +oppose and to rival our own. + +The odds, therefore, in agricultural and commercial capital and +interest, and consequently in political power and influence, arrayed +against the British Tropical possessions are very fearful--SIX TO ONE. + +This is a most serious but correct state of things. Alarming as it is to +contemplate, still it must be looked at, and looked at with firmness; +for even yet it may be considered without terror or alarm. + +The struggle, both national and colonial, is clearly therefore most +important, and the stake at issue incalculably great. + +It is by the assistance of African free labour, and by the judicious and +just application thereof, both in Africa and in the West Indian +colonies, that the victory of free labour over slave labour, freedom +over slavery, can be achieved and maintained. + +The abundant population of Africa, properly directed, and a small +portion gradually taken from judiciously selected districts of that +continent, and under proper regulations, will be found sufficient to +cultivate, not only her own fertile fields, but also to supply in +adequate numbers free labourers to maintain the cultivation of the +British West Indian colonies. It must always be borne in mind, that in +the maintenance of cultivation, civilization, and industry, in those +possessions, the cultivation, industry, and civilization of Africa +depend. _The cause of both is henceforth the same, and cannot, and ought +not, and must not be separated._ Whatever sources the West Indian +colonies may and must look to for immediate relief, it is in civilized +and enlightened Africa that they can only depend for a future and +permanent support. Abandon this principle and this course, and the error +committed will, at an early day, be fatal and final. + +Yet if the labour of Africa is continued to be abstracted to any +considerable extent by Europeans, and from any points except from free +European settlements in Africa, in order to cultivate other quarters of +the world, all hope of improving the condition of Africa is at an end; +because the abstraction of such labour can only be obtained by the +continuation of internal slavery and a slave trade within Africa; +because labour, if generally abstracted from Africa as heretofore, +whether in freemen or slaves, will tend to enhance the cost of that +which remains to such an extent, as will render it all but impossible +for any industrious capitalist, whether European or native, to extend +and maintain successfully cultivation in Africa. + +Had the 9,000,000 of slaves which, from first to last, have been torn +from Africa to cultivate America, been employed in their native land, +supported by European (British) capital, and guided by British +intelligence, how much more beneficial and secure than it is, would +every thing have been to Africa, to England, and to the world? + +Europe has been acting wrong: let her not continue in error; and, at the +same time, let England meet and grapple with the question with enlarged +and liberal views--views that look to future times and future +circumstances--views such as England ought to entertain, and such as +Great Britain only can yet see carried into effect. + +We first established cultivation in the West Indies by a population not +natives of the soil, but which required to be imported from another and +distant quarter of the globe. This, politically and commercially +speaking, was a great error; but it has been committed, and it would be +a greater error to leave those people, now free British subjects, and +the large British capital there vested, to decay, misery, and general +deterioration. They must be supported, and it is fortunate that they can +be supported, through their present difficulties, without inflicting a +grievous wrong on Africa, by taking her children from her by wholesale +to cultivate distant and foreign lands. + +If European nations generally adopt the system of transporting labourers +as freemen from Africa, then Africa would continue to be as much +distressed, tortured, and oppressed, as ever she has been; while with +the great strength of slave labour which those vast and fertile +countries, Brazils, Cuba, &c., possess, they would, by the unlimited +introduction of people called free from Africa, but which, once got +into their power, they could coerce to labour for stated hire, overwhelm +by increased production all the British colonies both in the west and in +the east. + +Such abstraction of the African population from their country, would +give a fearful impulse to an internal slave trade in Africa. The +unfeeling chiefs on the coast, the most profligate, debased, and +ferocious of mankind, would by fraud, force, or purchase, in the +character of emigration agents, drag as many to the coast as they +pleased and might be wanted; and while they did not actually sell, nor +the European, technically speaking, buy, the people so brought from +interior parts, these chiefs, by simply fixing high port charges and +fiscal regulations for revenue purposes, would obtain from the transfer +of the people--a transfer which these people could not resist or +oppose--a much higher income than they before received from the _bona +fide_ sale of slaves; and with which income they could, and they would, +purchase European articles from European traders, to enable them to +furnish additional and future supplies. + +In this way, millions after millions of Africans--for millions after +millions would most unquestionably be demanded--would certainly be +carried away. The poor creatures, unable to pay their own passage, would +no more be their own masters from the moment they got on board the +foreign ship, than if they were really slaves. + +Such a traffic as this on the part of foreign nations, Great Britain +could neither denounce nor oppose while she herself resorted to a +similar course. In one way only she could reasonably resist and oppose +it; namely, by urging that she only took people from her own African +settlements, which are free, to her West Indian settlements, which are +free also; while foreign nations, such as Brazils, had no possessions of +any kind on the coast of Africa, and at the same time retained slavery +in their dominions. Great Britain could only urge this plea in +opposition to such proceedings on the part of other powers; but would +such reasoning, however proper and just, be admitted or listened to? I +do not think that it would. The consequences of the adoption of such a +course by the nation alluded to, or by any other European power which +has Tropical colonies, (France, Spain, Denmark, and Holland have,) will +prove fatal to the best interests of Great Britain. + +Already the people in the Brazils have begun to moot the question--that +they ought in sincerity to put an end to the African slave trade, and in +lieu thereof to bring labourers from Africa as free people. The supply +of such that will be required, both to maintain the present numbers of +the black population and to extend cultivation in that country, will +certainly be great and lasting. The disparity of the sexes in Brazils is +undoubtedly great. In Cuba it is in the proportion of 275,000 males to +150,000 females, and, amongst the whole, the number of young persons is +small. To keep up the population only in these countries will probably +require 130,000 people from Africa yearly; while interest will lead the +agricultural capitalist in those countries to bring only effective +labourers, and these as a matter of course chiefly males; which will +tend to perpetuate the evils arising from the inequality of the sexes, +and thus continue, to a period the most remote, the demand from Africa, +and consequently a continued expense, equal perhaps to £30 each, for +every effective free labourer brought from that continent. + +It is thus obvious that African immigration in any shape, and to any +nation, is a most serious matter. Unless the subject is considered in +all its bearings, with reference not only to the present but to future +times, and above all with reference to the steps which France, Portugal, +or any other European power, may take in Africa, and also with reference +to the steps which Great Britain may or may not take with regard to that +great continent--most embarrassing results must follow; while, on the +steps which may be taken by other nations, the British colonial +interests henceforward depend. + +There remains but one certain and efficient way to prevent fatal evils +and destructive results, and that is the simple, and ready, and rational +course; namely, to oppose free labour _within_ Africa, and the West +Indies and the East Indies, to African labour, whether free or bond, +abstracted from her soil and carried by foreign nations to distant parts +of the globe. In Africa, where the soil, the climate, the productions +are equal and the same, _one-sixth_ part of the capital in labour would +obtain labour equally efficient, nay more efficient, because removing +Africans from their own country, either as slaves or freemen, even to +other Tropical climates, must be attended with considerable risk and +loss. + +Produce, supplied cheaper from Africa than it can be obtained from the +places above alluded to, would speedily and completely terminate, not +only the foreign African slave trade, but the slave trade and slavery in +Africa itself. This is the only safe, secure, and certain way to +accomplish the great object. It is safe because it is just; it is secure +because it is profitable to all concerned, the giver as well as the +receiver of the boon. + +It is neither prudent, patriotic, nor safe, to attempt to confine the +productions of colonial commodities to the present British Tropical +possessions; while the production of these in other countries and places +will be increased by the capital and industry of other nations, and even +by British capital and skill, more especially while capital cannot find +room for profitable employment in England. During the war, Great Britain +exported to the continent of Europe colonial produce to the extent of +five millions yearly; and which in every case, but especially in bad +seasons, when large supplies of continental grain were necessary for the +food of her population, always secured a large balance of trade in her +favour, and which would again be the case if she adopts the course here +pointed out. + +Adopting the course recommended, Great Britain at an early day would be +able to supply, not only her own extensive markets, both home and +colonial, with sugar, coffee, cotton, and dye-stuffs, &c. &c., but, in +every other market of the world, she would come in for a large share of +the external traffic. Her ships and her seamen would carry, both to her +own and to foreign markets, the productions raised by British subjects +and British capital, instead of carrying from foreign port to foreign +port, as her ships and her seamen do at this moment, the productions +raised by foreign people, capital, and industry. Great additional wealth +would thus be drawn to this country; Tropical produce of every +description would be obtained at a reasonable, yet remunerating rate; +now, extensive, and profitable markets would be opened up to our +manufactures. They would become and remain prosperous; and all classes +of the community would be benefited and relieved. Prosperity would +increase the power of the people to consume; increased consumption would +produce increased revenue; and the government would be relieved from +unceasing applications for relief, which, under existing circumstances, +they have it not in their power to give. + +The point under consideration also, important as it is, becomes still +more important when the fact is considered, that if Great Britain does +not set about the work to raise that produce in Africa, and command the +trade proceeding from it, other nations most assuredly will; when she +will lose, not only the advantages which that cultivation and trade +would give her, but that trade also which she at present holds with her +own colonies; for it is plain that the proceedings of foreign countries, +such as have been adverted to, both in Africa, America, and other +places, would cover the British colonies with poverty and ruin. + +The geographical position of Africa is peculiarly favourable for +commerce with all other countries, and especially with Great Britain and +her vast and varied possessions. Africa, or rather Tropical Africa, is +equally distant from America, and Europe, and the most civilized parts +of Asia, besides her proximity to Arabia, and, by means of the Red Sea, +with Egypt and the Mediterranean. Africa, whether we look to the Cape of +Good Hope or the Red Sea, is the impregnable halfway house to India--the +quarter to make good the loss of an Indian empire. She has numerous good +harbours, many navigable rivers, a most fruitful soil, valuable +productions of every kind, known in every other quarter of the Tropical +world, besides some peculiarly her own; and a climate and a country, +take it all in all, equal, if not superior, to any other Tropical +quarter of the world in point of salubrity. Her population are indeed +ignorant and debased; but generally speaking, and especially over large +portions of her surface, they are even more active, and intelligent, and +industrious, than the Indians of America, or the people in some parts of +Asia are, or than the population of Europe was, before the arms of Rome +coerced and civilized them. Why, then, is Africa overlooked and +neglected? + +Let us attend to the following facts. They are, both in a political and +commercial point of view, of great importance, as showing the progress +of the opinions and efforts of foreign nations as directed towards +Africa. + +The great energies of France are, it is well known, at present strongly +directed to the more important points of Tropical Africa, for the +purpose of extending colonization, cultivation, and commerce therein, in +order that she may thereby obtain supplies of colonial produce from the +application of her own capital, and at the same time, and by this +measure, to raise up a more extensive commercial marine, and +consequently a more powerful and commanding navy. + +Under such circumstances, the real question to be solved is--Shall Great +Britain secure and keep, as she may do, the superiority in Tropical +cultivation, commerce, and influence? or, Shall foreign countries be +suffered to acquire this supremacy, not only as regards themselves +specifically, but even to the extent of supplying British markets with +the produce of their fields, their labour, and their capital, to the +abandonment and destruction of her own? + +This is the true state of the case; and the result is a vital question +as regards the future power and resources of Great Britain. + +France is already securely placed at the mouth of the Senegal, and at +Goree, extending her influence eastward and north-eastward from both +places. She has a settlement at Albreda, on the Gambia, a short distance +above St Mary's, and which commands that river. She has just formed a +settlement close by Cape Palmas, and another at the mouth of the Gaboon, +and a third by this time near the chief mouth of the Niger, in the Bight +of Benin. She has fixed herself at Massuah and Buro, on the west shore +of the Red Sea, commanding the inlets into Abyssinia. She is +endeavouring to fix her flag at Brava and the mouth of the Jub; and she +has just taken permanent possession of the important island of Johanna, +situated in the centre of the northern outlet of the Mozambique channel, +by which she acquires the command of that important channel. Her active +agents are placed in Southern Abyssinia, and are traversing the borders +of the Great Bahr-el-Abiad; while the northern shores of Africa will +speedily be her own. + +Spain has planted herself in the island of Fernando Po, which commands +all the outlets of the Niger, and the rivers from Cameroons to the +equator; and from which she can readily obtain at any time any number of +people from the adjacent coasts for her West Indian possessions, either +as slaves or freemen. + +About six years ago, the government of Portugal appointed a commission +to enquire into the state and condition of her once fine and still +important colonies in Tropical Africa, and to report upon the best +course to adopt to render them beneficial to the mother country. They +have reported and wisely recommended, that Portuguese knowledge and +capital should, as far as possible, be again sent to Africa, in order to +instruct, enlighten, and cultivate these valuable possessions; and +instead of allowing, as heretofore, labour in slaves to be abstracted +from Africa, that native labourers should be retained and employed in +Africa itself; and further, that it should to the utmost be aided and +directed by European skill, capital, and labour. Thus, fourteen degrees +of latitude on the east coast, and twenty degrees of latitude on the +west coast, will, at an early day, be set free from the slave trade. +From these points the Brazil markets were chiefly supplied with slaves; +but Brazils being now separated from Portugal, the latter has and can +have no interest in allowing the former to carry on the slave trade from +her African dominions, but quite the reverse. + +The discovery of the route to India by the Cape of Good Hope changed the +course of eastern commerce. The exertions of Portugal in the manner +proposed, will now, and most certainly and severely, affect Tropical +productions and commerce in every market. In this case, England ought to +encourage and support Portugal, and, by following her footsteps in other +eligible parts of Africa, share in the advantages which such a state of +things, and the cultivation and improvement of Africa, is certain to +produce. + +The Iman of Muscat, the sovereign of Zanzibar, has lately put an end to +the slave trade in his dominions in Africa, extending northwards from +the Portuguese boundary eight degrees of latitude on the eastern coast. +His envoy, who was lately in England, was so delighted with the +treatment which he received, and with all that he heard and saw here, +that he has influenced his master to carry out sincerely the views and +objects recommended by England. I have in my possession a most +interesting account of the country, extending into the interior of +Africa, from the coast opposite Zanzibar all the way to the great lake +Maravi. The country is intersected with noble rivers, one especially +which issues out of the lake; is generally healthy and well cultivated, +especially as the lake is approached. The population are generally of +Arabian descent, industrious, and clothed. A wide field, therefore, for +commercial operations is open in this quarter. + +The powerful sovereign of Dahomey has agreed to abolish the slave trade. +Independent of his considerable dominions, his fine country was one of +the greatest high-roads for the slave caravans from the interior. He has +received, welcomed, and encouraged the Wesleyan missionaries lately sent +to that quarter. The missionaries from this society, and also one from +the Church Missionary Society, have penetrated to Abekuta, a town +containing 40,000 inhabitants, and about 106 miles north-east of Lagos, +and north of Benin. The country, immediately after quitting the coast, +becomes most fertile, pleasant, and healthy, as all that country to the +north of the Formosa is well known to be. The population are eager for +instruction; they are comparatively industrious and civilized; they +manufacture all their necessary agricultural implements, bits for +bridles, hoes, &c., from their own iron; they tan their own leather, and +manufacture therefrom saddles, bridles, shoes, &c. + +The great sovereign of Ashantee has also received with royal honours, +and welcomed, the ministers of the gospel, encouraged them, and listened +to them in the most gratifying manner. The Almamy of Teembo--a state +which commands the fine districts around the Niger in its early course, +and the roads from populous interior parts on the east to the western +coast--has lately evinced the strongest desire to extend cultivation and +commerce in lieu of the slave trade, and to have a ready communication +with Europeans, and especially with the English. In other portions of +Africa important movements are also going on, most gratifying to the +friends of humanity and religion. + +The United States of America, as a nation, is about to incorporate with +her dominions the whole coast of Africa on Cape Palmas to the borders of +the Gallinas--a fertile and healthy part of that continent, and wherein +several settlements have of late years been made by the free people of +colour from those states. This effected, there will hardly remain a spot +of any consequence in Tropical Africa worth looking after for Great +Britain to plant her foot, either for the purpose of obtaining labourers +for her West Indian colonies, or to extend agriculture and commerce with +Africa. The present British Tropical African possessions have been, and +are, very badly selected for any one of the purposes alluded to, or for +extending political power and influence in Africa. Still much more may +be made of them than has ever hitherto been done. + +But there is a still higher and more important consideration as regards +Africa alone--the eternal salvation of her people. This consideration is +addressed to the rulers of a Christian nation. The appeal cannot fall on +deaf ears. The debt which Great Britain owes to Africa, it is +undeniable, is incalculably great. The sooner it is put in course of +liquidation the better. To spread Christianity throughout Africa can +only atone for the past. Our duty as Christians, and our interests as +men, call on us to undertake the work. It is the cause, the safety, the +improvement, and the salvation of a large portion of the human race; it +is the cause of our country, the cause of our colonies, the cause of +truth, the cause of justice, the cause of Christianity, the cause and +the pleading of a Christian nation--and a cause like this cannot plead +in vain. + +To secure these important objects no great or immediate expenditure is +necessary; nay, if properly gone about, a saving in the present African +expenditure may be effected. + + JAMES MACQUEEN. + LONDON, _3d May 1844_. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} This bend is represented in a map constructed in Paris, and said to +be from information obtained in a second voyage; but no such bend is +indicated in the journal of the original voyage by Captain Selim. + +{B} Under date Yaush, September 21, 1842, Dr Beke states the curious and +important fact, that the people of Enarea and Kaffa communicate with the +west coast of Africa, and that one of the articles of merchandise +brought from that coast to these places was salt. + + + + +NARRATION OF CERTAIN UNCOMMON THINGS THAT DID FORMERLY HAPPEN TO ME, +HERBERT WILLIS, B.D. + + +It had pleased Heaven in the year 1672, when I had finished my studies +in Magdalen College, Oxford, whereof I was a Demy, and had taken my +degree of bachelor of arts in the preceding term, to visit me with so +severe an affliction of fever, which many took at first for the +commencement of the small-pox, that I was recommended by the physicians, +when the malady had abated, to return to my father's house and recover +my strength by diet and exercise. This I was fain to do; and having +hired a small horse of Master John Nayler in the corn market, to take me +as far as to the mansion of a gentleman, an ancient friend of my +father's, who had a house near unto Reading in Berkshire, and in those +troubled times, when no man knew whereunto things might turn from day to +day, did keep himself much retired. I bade adieu to the university with +a light heart but a weakened habit of body, and turned my horse's head +to the south. I performed the journey without accident in one day; but +the exertion thereof had so exhausted my strength, that Mr Waller, +(which was the name of my father's friend, and of kin to the famous poet +Edmund Waller, Esquire, who hath been ever in such favour with our +governors and kings,) perceiving I was nigh discomfited, did press me to +go to my chamber without delay. He was otherwise very gracious in his +reception of me, and professed great amity to me, as being the son of +his fast friend and companion; but yet I marked, as it were, a cloud +that lay obscure behind his external professions, as if he was uneasy in +his mind, and was not altogether pleased with having a stranger within +his gates. Howbeit I thanked him very heartily for his hospitality, and +betook myself to the chamber that was assigned for my repose. It was a +pretty, small room, whereof I greatly admired the fashion; and the +furnishing thereof was extreme gay, for the bed hangings were of bright +crimson silk, and on a table was placed a mirror of true Venetian glass. +Also, there were chests of mahogany wood, and other luxurious devices, +which my weariness did not hinder me from observing; but finally I was +overcome by my weakness, and I threw myself on the bed without removing +my apparel, and sustained as I believe, though I have no certain +warranty thereof, an access of deliquium or fainting. When I did recover +my senses after this interval of suspended faculty, (whether proceeding +from sleep or the other cause above designated,) I lay for many minutes +revolving various circumstances in my mind. I resolved, if by any means +my bodily powers were thereunto sufficient, to depart on the morrow, and +borrow one of Mr Waller's horses to convey me on my way, for I was +uneasy to be thought an intruder; but when I had settled upon this in my +mind, a new incident occurred which altered the current of my thoughts, +for I perceived a slight noise at the door of my chamber as of one +stealthily turning the handle, and I lay, without making any motion, to +watch whereunto this proceeding would tend. The door was put gently +open, and a figure did enter the room, so disguised with fantastical +apparel, that I was much put to it to guess what the issue would be. It +was of a woman, tall and majestical, with a red turbaund round her head, +and over her shoulders a shawl much bedizened with needlework. Her gown +was of green cloth, and I was made aware by the sound, as she passed +along the floor, that the heels of her shoes were more than commonly +high. With this apparition, of which I took only a very rapid +observation through my half-closed eyelids, I was greatly astonished; +for she was an exact resemblance to those bold Egyptian queans who were +at first called Bohemians, but are nothing better than thieves and +vagabonds, if indeed they be not the chosen people of the prince of +darkness himself. She looked carefully all round the room, and after +opening one of the drawers of mahogany wood, and taking something +therefrom which I could not discern, she approached to the side of my +bed, and looked earnestly upon me as I lay. I could not keep up the +delusion any longer, and opened my eyes. She continued gazing +steadfastly upon me without alteration of her countenance or uttering +any word, whether of apology or explanation; and I was so held in by the +lustre of her large eyes, and the fixed rigidity of her features, that +for some time I was unable to give utterance to my thoughts. + +"Woman," I said at last, "what want you with me?" + +"Your help, if you will be gracious to poor mourners such as we." + +I interrogated her much and curiously as to what service she required at +my hands; for I had a scrupulosity to promise any thing to one whose +external made me think her a disciple of Mahomet, as those gipsies are +said to be. After much hesitating, she could not conceal from me that +she was in this disguise for some special and extraordinary purpose; +nevertheless, she condescended on no particulars of her state or +condition; but when I finally promised to satisfy her demand, if it +might be done by a Christian gentleman, and a poor candidate for the +holy ministry, she cautioned me not to be startled by whatever I should +see, and beckoned me to follow her--the which I did in no easy frame of +mind. Opening a little door which I had not seen when I took observation +of the apartment, she disappeared down two or three steps, where I +pursued the slight sound of her footfall; for there was great darkness, +so that I could see nothing. We went, as I conjectured, through several +passages of some length, till finally she paused; and knocked very +gently three times at a door. The door was speedily opened; and in +answer to a question of my guide, whether godly Mr Lees was yet arrived, +a voice answered that he was there, and expecting us with impatience. +When I passed through the door, I found myself in a small chamber, dimly +lighted by one small lamp, which was placed upon a table by the side of +a bed; and when I looked more fixedly I thought I perceived the figure +of a person stretched on the bed, but lying so fixed and still, that I +marvelled whether it was alive or dead. At the foot of the bed stood a +venerable old man, in the dress of a clergyman of our holy church, with +a book open in his hand, and my strange guide led me up to where he was +standing, and whispered to him, but so that I could hear her words, +"This gentleman hath promised to assist us in this matter." + +But hereupon I interposed with a few words to the same revered divine. +"Sir," I said, "I would be informed wherefore I am summoned hither, and +in what my assistance is needful?" + +"He hath not then been previously informed?" he said to the Egyptian; +and receiving some sign of negation from her, he closed the book, and +leading me apart into a corner of the apartment, discovered the matter +in a very pious and edifying manner. + +"It is to be godfather in the holy rite of baptism, to one whom it is +our duty, as Christian men, to rescue from the dangerous condition of +worse than unregenerate heathenism." + +"The child of that Egyptian woman?" I asked; but he said, "No. She who +is now disguised in that attire is no Egyptian, but a true Samaritan, +who hath been the means of working much good in the evil times past, and +is likely to be a useful instrument in the troubled times yet to come. +If this dissolute court, and Popish heir-presumptive, do proceed in +their attempts to overthrow our pure Reformed church, depend on it, +young man, that that woman will not be found wanting in the hour of +trial. But for the matter in hand, will you be godfather to the person +now to be received into the ark?" + +I told him I could not burden my conscience with so great and important +duties, without some assurance that I should be able to fulfil them. +Whereto he replied, that such scrupulosities, however praiseworthy in +calmer tines, ought now to yield to the paramount consideration of +saving a soul alive. + +A faint voice, proceeding from the bed, was here heard mournfully asking +if the ceremony was now to begin, for death was near at hand. + +I went up to the bed and saw the face of a pale dying woman, whose +eyes, albeit they encountered mine, had no sense of sight in them, for +the shadows of the Great King were already settled upon her countenance. +"Begin then," I said to the clergyman; and on a motion from him, the +woman who had conducted me went out, and shortly returned, leading by +the hand a child of two, or haply three years of age, exceeding +beautiful to look on, and dressed in the same style of outlandish +apparel as her conductor. I had little time to look attentively at her, +for her hand was put into mine, while the other was held by the +Egyptian, (as I still call her, notwithstanding I knew she was a devout +woman,) and another person, whom I guessed to be an attendant on the +sick lady, stationed herself near; whereupon the clergyman commenced +from our book of common prayer the form of baptism. The lady seemed to +acquire strength at the sound of his low solemn voice, and half raised +herself in the bed, and looked anxiously towards where we were; when the +name was given, which was Lucy Hesseltine, she stretched herself back on +her pillow with a faint smile. The ceremony was soon over, and the +Egyptian took the new Christian to the side of the bed, and whispered in +the lady's ear, "Jessica, the child is now one of the Christian flock; +she prays your blessing." She waited for an answer, during which time +the clergyman took me apart, and had again entered into discourse. But +the Egyptian came to us. "Hush!" she said, "the ways of God are +inscrutable; our friend is gone to her account." Hereupon she hurried me +through the same passages by which we had come, and bidding me God-speed +at the hidden door of my chamber, told me to keep what I had seen a +secret from all men, yea, if possible, to forget it myself, as there +might be danger in having it spread abroad. + +Tormented with many thoughts, and uneasy at the great risk I ran of +bringing guilt on my own soul by having made sponsorial promises which I +could not execute, I rested but indifferently that night. The next day I +pursued my journey home in the manner I had proposed, and was glad to +avoid the chance of being interrogated by Mr Waller as to what had +occurred. In a short time my good constitution and home restored me to +my former strength, and the memory of that strange incident grew more +faint as other things came to pass which made deeper impressions on my +heart and mind. Among these is not to be forgotten the death of my +father, which happened on the 14th of June in the following year, +_videlicet_ 1673; and the goodness of the lord bishop of Oxford in +giving me priests' orders on my college Demyship, whereby I was enabled +to present myself to this living, and hold it, having at that time +attained the canonical age. My courtship also and marriage, which befell +in the year 1674, had great effect in obliterating past transactions. I +was married on Thursday, the 24th day of June. + + * * * * * + +(Here several pages are omitted as irrelevant, containing family +incidents for some years.) + +Howbeit things did not prosper with us so much as we did expect; for the +payers of tithes were a stiff-necked generation, as were the Jews of +old, and withheld their offerings from the priest at the very time when +Providence sent a plentiful supply of mouths to which the offerings +would have been of use. Charles was our only son, and was now in his +third year--the two girls, Henrietta and Sophia, were six and seven--my +eldest girl was nine years past, and I had named her, in commemoration +of my father's ancient friend, by the prenomen of Waller. It hath been +remarked by many wise men of old, and also by our present good bishop, +that industry and honesty are the two Herculeses that will push the +heaviest waggon through the mire; and more particularly so, if the +waggoner aids also by putting his shoulder to the wheel. And easy was it +to see, that the wheel of the domestic plaustrum--wherein, after the +manner of that ancient Parthians, I included all my family, from the +full beauty of my excellent wife to the sun-lighted hair of my prattling +little Charles, (the which reminds me of those beautiful lines which are +contained in a translation of the _Iliad_ of Homer by Mr Hobbes, +descriptive of the young Astyanax in his mother Andromache's arm-- + + "And like a star upon her bosom lay + His beautiful and shining golden head")-- + +It was easy, I say, to see, that with such an additional number of +passengers, the domestic plaustrum would sink deeper and deeper in the +miry ways of the world. And consultations many and long did my excellent +wife and I hold over the darkening prospect of our future life. At last +she bethought her of going to take counsel of her near friend and most +kind godfather, Mr William Snowton of Wilts, which was a managing man +for many of the nobility, and much renowned for probity and skilful +discernment. He was steward on many great estates, and gave plentiful +satisfaction to his employers, without neglecting his own interest, +which is a thing that does always go with the other, namely, a care for +your master's affairs; for how shall a man pretend to devote his time +and services to another man's estate, and take no heed for himself? The +thing is contra the nature of man, and the assertion thereof is fit only +for false patriots and other evil men. It was with much weariness of +heart and anxious tribulation that I parted from that excellent woman, +even for so short a period of time; but Master George Sprowles of this +parish having it in mind to travel into the village where the said Mr +William Snowton kept his abode, I availed myself of his friendly offer +to conduct my wife thither upon a pillion; and thereupon having sent +forward her luggage two days before by a heavy waggon which journeyeth +through Sarum, I took leave of the excellent woman, commending her +heartily unto the care of Providence and Master George, which +(Providence I mean) will not let a sparrow fall to the ground, much less +the mother of a family, which moreover was riding on a strong +sure-footed horse, which also was bred in our parish, and did sometimes +pasture on the glebe. It was the first time we had been separated since +our wedding-day. I took little Charles into my room that night, and did +carefully survey the other children before I went to rest. They did all +sleep soundly, and some indeed did wear a smile upon their innocent +faces as I looked upon them, and I thought it was, perhaps, the +reflection of the prayers which their mother, I well knew, was pouring +out for them at that hour. That was on a Tuesday, and as the distance +was nearly sixty miles, I could not hear of her safe arrival till the +return of Master George, which could not be till the following Monday; +not being minded, (for he was a devout man, and had imbibed his father's +likings in his youth, which was a champion for the late Man,) and would +rather have done a murder on a Thursday than have travelled on the +Sabbath-day. "Better break heads," he was used to say, "than break the +Sabbath." I did always find him, the father I mean, a sour hand at a +bargain; and when he was used to drive me hard upon his tithes and +agistments, I could fancy he took me for one of the Amalekites, or one +of the Egyptians, whom he thought it a meritorious Christian deed to +spoil. The Monday came at last, and Master George Sprowles, before he +rode to his own home, trotted his horse up our church avenue, and +delivered into my hands a packet of writing carefully sealed with a +seal, whereof the device was a true-love knot. Great was my delight and +great my anxiety to read what was written therein, and all that evening +I pored over the manuscript, on which she had bestowed great pains, and +crossed all the t's without missing one. But it is never an easy task to +decipher a woman's meaning, particularly when not addicted to +penmanship; and although my excellent wife had attended a penman's +instructions, and had acquired the reputation, in her native place, of +being an accomplished clerk, still, since her marriage, she had applied +her genius to the making of tarts and other confections, rather than to +the parts of scholarship, and it was difficult for me to make out the +significance of her epistle in its whole extent. Howbeit, it was a +wonderful effort of calligraphy, considering she had only had two days +wherein to compose and write it, and she had been so little used to this +manner of communication, and it consisted of three whole sides of a +large sheet of paper. She said therein that Mr Snowton was a father unto +her in his affection and urbanity, and that he highly approved the +motion for us to make provision of the meat that perishes, seeing it is +indispensable for young children and also for adults; and that he had +already bethought him of a way wherein he might be serviceable to +us--viz. in procuring for me certain youth of the upper kinds, to be by +me instructed in the learned tongues, and such other branches as I had +proficiency in; and, in addition thereto, he said, that peradventure he +might obtain a similar charge for my excellent wife in superintending +the perfectionment of certain young ladies of his acquaintance in +samplers, and millinery, and cookery, and such other of the fine and +useful arts as she was known to excel in; and he subjoined thereto, that +the charges for each pupil would be so large, being only those of +consideration which he recommended unto me, that a few years would be +sufficient wherein to consolidate portions for all my children. Such, +with some misgivings touching my own interpretation, did I make out to +be the substance of my excellent wife's letter; and I rejoiced greatly +that such an opening was made for me, by the which I might attain to +such eminence of estate that I might place my Charles in the first ranks +of the law, yea, might live to see him raised to the fulness of temporal +grandeur, and sitting, as Lord High Keeper, among the peers and princes +of the land, with a crown of pure gold upon his head. But there was no +crown but a heavenly one, that fadeth not nor groweth dim, that could +have added a fresh beauty to the fair head of my Charles. But the +sweetest part of her missive was contained in the _post scriptum_. +Therein she said, and in this I could not be wrong, that Mr Snowton had +undertaken to forward her in his light wheeled cart, by reason of the +conveniency it would be of to her in the transportation of herself and +luggage, and also of Miss Alice Snowton, of Mr Snowton's kindred, a +young lady which he had adopted, (being the only child of his only +brother, Mr Richard Snowton, deceased,) and advised my wife to accept +the care of her as a beginning, and for the charges of the same he would +be answerable for fifty golden Caroluses at Ladyday and Michaelmas. A +hundred Caroluses each year! My heart bounded with joy. Great were my +preparations for the reception of my new inmate, and busy were we all +from my busy Waller down to Charles. He with much riotousness did +superintend all, and rejoiced greatly at the noise caused by the +hammering, and taking down and putting up of bed-hangings, and did in no +slight measure add thereto by strange outbreaks of riotous mirth, such +as whooping and screaming; causing confusion, at the same time, by +various demonstrations of his enjoyments, such as throwing nails against +the windows, beating on the floor with the poker, and occasionally +interrupting our operations by tumbling down stairs, and causing us for +a moment to believe him killed outright, or at least maimed for life. +But there is a special providence over happy children; and save that he +fell on one occasion into the bucket of soap and water, wherewith a +domestic was scowering the chintz room floor, and suffered some +inconvenience from the hotness thereof, he escaped in a manner truly +miraculous from any accident affecting life or limb. When the time drew +near in the which I expected the return of my excellent wife, I took all +the children to the upper part of the church field which faces the +high-road, upon which the large stones have recently been laid down, in +the manner of a causeway, but which, at that period, was left to the +natural hardness, or rather softness, of the soil, and was, in +consequence thereof, dangerous to travel on by reason of the ruts and +hollows; to that portion, I say, of the church field I conveyed all my +little ones, to give the gratulations necessary on such an occasion to +their excellent mother. The spot whereon we were stationed commanded a +view of the hill which superimpends our village, and we were therefore +gratified to think that we should have an early view of the expected +travellers; and many quarrels and soft reconcilements did take place +between my younger ones, upon the point of who would be the first to +see their approach. In the midst of these sweet contentions, whilst I +was in the undignified and scarcely clerical act of carrying little +Charles upon my shoulder, having decorated his head with my +broad-brimmed hat, in order to enable him--vain imagination, which +pleased the boy's heart--to see over and beyond the hill, there did +pass, in all her wonted state and dignity, with two outriders in the +Mallerden livery, two palfreniers at her side, and four mounted +serving-men behind, the ancient Lady Mallerden, which was so famous an +upholder of our venerated church in the evil days through which it so +happily passed; and with no little perturbation of mind, and great +confusion of face, did I see the look of astonishment, not to say +disdain, with which she regarded my position; more particularly as +little Charles, elevated, as I have said, upon my shoulders, with his +legs on each side of my neck, did lift up the professional hat, which +did entirely absorb his countenance, with great courtesy, and made a +most grave and ceremonious obeisance unto the lofty lady. She pursued +her path, returning the salutation with a kind of smile, and at the same +easy ambling pace as was her wont, proceeded up the hill. Just as she +reached the summit thereof our eyes were gladdened with the sight, so +long desired, of the light equipage on two wheels of the kind Mr +Snowton, containing my excellent wife and her young charge, and also +various boxes of uncommon size, in which were laid great store of bodily +adornment for both the ladies; as was more fully seen thereafter, on the +opening of the boxes, by reason of Mr Snowton having privily conveyed +into them various changes of apparel for the use of my excellent wife, +as also for each of the three girls. To Charles he also sent the image +of an ass, which, by touching a certain string, did open its mouth and +wave its ears in a manner most curious to behold, wherewith the infant +was infinitely delighted, as was I, without enquiring at that time into +the exquisite mechanism whereby the extraordinary demonstrations were +produced. But in the course of little more than a month he was led, by +his enquiring turn of mind, to pry into the mystery; and in the pursuit +of knowledge--laudable surely in a person of his years, and +demonstrative of astonishing sagacity and research--he did take the +animal entirely to pieces, and saw the inward parts thereof. The great +lady, with all the retinue, stopped short as she encountered with my +excellent wife at the top of the hill, and did most courteously make +tender enquiries of her state of health, and also of her plans--whereof +she seemed some little instructed--and expressed her satisfaction +therein, and did make many sweet speeches to her, and also to the pupil, +and trusted that she would be good and dutiful, and an earnest and +affectionate daughter of the Church of England. To all which my +excellent wife replied in fitting terms, and Alice Snowton--so was she +named--made promise so to do, God being her helper and I her teacher; +and thereupon the great lady bended her head with smiles, and rode on. +When they got down to where we stood in the church field, the flush of +modesty, and perhaps of pride, at being spoken to in such friendly guise +by the haughty Lady Mallerden, had not yet left the cheek of my +excellent wife, upon which I impressed a kiss of true love, and held up +little Charles as high as I could, to enable him to do likewise, which +he did, with a pretty set speech which I had taught him, in gratulation +of her return. Alice Snowton also did blush, and held out her cheek, +whereon I pressed my lip, with fervent prayers for her advance in +holiness and virtue, and also in useful learning, under my excellent +wife's instructions. She was a short girl, not much taller than my +Waller, though she seemed to be three or even four years more advanced +in age. She was a sweet engaging child of thirteen, and I loved her as +one of my flock from the moment I saw her, as in duty bound. My children +were divided between joy at seeing their excellent mother, and wonder at +the stranger. But a short period wore off both these sentiments of the +human mind, or rather the outward manifestation of them; and I will +venture to assert that the quietude of night, and the clearness of the +starry heavens, fell on no happier household on that evening than the +parsonage of Welding. And next day it was the same; and next, and next, +and a great succession of happy, useful days. Alice was a dear girl, and +we loved her as our own; and she loved Charles above all, and was his +friend, his nurse, his playfellow. Their gambols were beautiful to +behold; and, to complete the good work which was so well begun, good Mr +Snowton did send to my care, at the same remuneration, two young +gentlemen of tender years, Master Walter Mannering and Master John +Carey--the elder of them being eight and the other seven; and, as if +fortune never tired of raining down on us her golden favours, the great +Lady Mallerden herself did use her interest on my behalf, and obtained +for me the charge of a relative of her noble house--the honourable +Master Fitzoswald, of illustrious lineage in the north, of the age of +nine years. But doubtless, as the philosopher has remarked, there is no +sweet without its bitter, or, as the poet has said, "no rose without its +thorn," or, better perhaps, as another great poet of antiquity has +clothed the sentiment-- + + ----"Medio de fonte leporum + Surgit amari aliquid;" + +for it was made an express stipulation of the latter office--namely, the +charge of the honourable young gentleman, being the second son of the +noble Earl Fitzoswald, in Yorkshire--that the great Lady Mallerden +should have joint superintendence of his studies with me, and the +direction of his conduct, and also his religious education. And this was +a sore drawback to the pleasure I experienced, for I knew her to be +proud and haughty beyond most women, or even men; and also that she was +of so active and inquisitive a turn of mind, that she would endeavour to +obtain all power and authority unto herself, whereto I determined by no +means to submit. Two hundred golden guineas was the _honorarium_ per +annum for his education; and my excellent wife, who was addicted, like +the most of her sex, to dreams and omens, did very often have a vision +in the night, of the Right Hon. the Earl Fitzoswald presenting me to a +great office in the church--yea, even a seat among the right reverend +the lord bishops of the Upper House of Parliament. Nor were portents and +auguries wanting, such as this--which made an uncommon impression on my +excellent wife's mind--_videlicet_, it chanced that Alice Snowton did +make a hat of paper, to be placed on Charles's head when he was more +than usually naughty, to be called the fool's-cap out of derision; but +this same paper hat, which was of a fantastic shape, being conical and +high, the boy with scissors did dexterously mutilate and nearly destroy, +and, coming quietly behind me when I was meditating the future with my +excellent wife, he placed it on my head; and, to all our eyes, there was +no mistaking the shape into which, fortuitously, and with no view or +knowledge of such emblems, he had cut the paper-cap. It was evidently a +mitre, and nothing else! But this, and various other concurring +incidents, I pass over, having frequently rebuked my excellent wife for +thinking more highly of such matters than she ought to think. + +The course pursued in our studies was the following, which I +particularly write down, having had great experience in that sort, and +considering it may be useful, if perchance this account should fall into +the hands of any who follow the honourable and noble calling of +educating the rising generation. The _Colloquies_ of Corderius, as also +the _Fables_ of Ęsopus, with those also of Phędrus his Roman +continuator.... + + * * * * * + +(Many pages are here omitted as irrelevant.) + +... And my excellent wife, after much entreaty, consented thereto. +Accordingly, on the very next Sunday, the great Lady Mallerden attended +at my house after church, and did closely question, not only the young +gentlemen on the principles of their faith, but also Alice Snowton, and +did, above all, clearly and emphatically point out to them the +iniquities of the great Popish delusion; and exhorted them, whatever +might be their future fate or condition, to hold fast by the pure +Reformed church. And so much did my eldest daughter, who was now a great +tall girl of twelve years of age, win upon the heart of the great lady, +that she invited her to come up for several days and reside with her at +Mallerden Court, which was a great honour to my daughter, invitations +not being extended to any to enter that noble mansion under the degree +of nobility. Nor did her beneficence end here; for she did ask Alice +Snowton, who was now a fine young woman of fifteen or thereby, to be her +guest at the same time. Alice was not so stout in proportion to her +years as my Waller; but there was a certain gracefulness about her when +she moved, and a sweet smile when she spoke, which was very gainful on +the affections, as Charles could testify; for he loved her, and made no +secret thereof, better than any of his sisters, and also, I really and +unfeignedly believe, better than that excellent woman his mother. And so +great was the impression made on the great lady by my Waller's +cleverness and excellent manner of conducting herself, that, on her +return at the end of three days, a letter, in the noble lady's own land, +bore testimony to her satisfaction, and a request, or rather a command, +was laid on me, to send her, under charge as she expressed it, of Alice +Snowton, to the Court for a longer period the following week. And such +was the mutual happiness of the noble lady, and of that young girl, (my +Waller, I mean,) who could now write a beautiful flowing hand, and spell +with uncommon accuracy and expedition, that erelong it was an arranged +thing, that three days in each week were spent by the two children at +Mallerden Court; and a horse at last, on every Wednesday, was in waiting +to convey them, on a double pillion, to the stately mansion. + +I have not alluded to the state of public affairs, of which I was far +from cognizant, saving that the writhings and strugglings which this +tortured realm did make, shook also the little parsonage of Welding. We +heard, at remote intervals of time, rumours of dangers and difficulties +hanging over this church and nation; but were little alarmed thereat, +putting faith in the bill of exclusion, and the honour of our most +gracious and religious lord the king. Nor did I anticipate great harm +even if the Duke of York, in the absence of lawful posterity of his +brother, should get upon the throne, trusting in the truth of his royal +word, and the manifold declarations of favour and amicableness to the +church, which he from time to time put forth. But Ęsopus hath it, when +bulls fight in a marsh the frogs are crushed to death. It was on the +tenth day of February, in the year of our Lord 1685, I was busy with my +dear friends, the youths under my charge, in the Campus Martius, (which +was a level space of ground in one of the glebe fields by the side of +the river, whereon we performed our exercises of running, jumping, +wrestling, and other athletic exercitations,) when we were startled by +the hearing the sound of many horses galloping up the hill above the +village; and looking over the hedge on to the road, we saw a cavalier +going very fast on a fine black horse, which had fire in its eyes and +nostrils, as the poet says, followed by a goodly train of serving-men, +all well mounted, and proceeding at the same rate. We went on with our +games for an hour or two, when all at once I was peremptorily sent for +to go to my house without delay; and accordingly I hurried homewards, +much marvelling what the summons could portend. I went into my study, +and sitting in my arm-chair I saw the great Lady Mallerden; but she was +so deep in thought, that for some minutes she kept me standing, and +waiting her commands. At last she started to herself, and ordered me to +be seated, and in her rapid glancing manner began to speak-- + +"I have been visited by my son, who rode post haste from London to tell +me the king was dead. He has been dead four days." + +I was astonished and much saddened at the news. + +"Sorry--yes--but there is no time for sorrow," said the noble lady; "we +must be up and doing. We are betrayed." + +"Did your son, the noble Viscount Mallerden, tell you this?" + +"He is one of the betrayers--know you not what manner of man he +is?--Then I will tell you." And here a strange light flashed from her +eyes, and her lips became compressed till all the colour +disappeared--"He is a viper that stung me once--and would sting me +again if I took him to my bosom, and laid it open for his poisonous +tooth. I tell you the Lord Mallerden is a godless, hopeless, faithless, +man--bound hand and foot to the footstool of the despotic, cruel +monster--the Jesuit who has now his foot upon the English throne. He is +a Papist, fiercer, bitterer, crueller, because he has no belief neither +in priest nor pope--but he is ambitious, reckless, base, a courtier. He +prideth himself in his shame, and says he has openly professed. It is to +please the hypocritical master he serves. And he boasts that our late +king--defender of the faith--was shrived on his deathbed by a Popish +friar." + +"I cannot believe it, my lady." + +"You are a good man--a good simple man, Master Willis," she said; and +although the words of her designation were above my deserts, seeing that +simplicity and goodness are the great ornaments of the Christian +character, still the tone in which she spoke did not pertake of the +nature of a compliment, and I bowed, but made no observation in reply. + +"But it needs men of other minds in these awful times which I see +approaching--men of firmness, men of boldness--yea, who can shed blood +and shudder not; for great things are at stake." + +"I trust not, my lady--albeit the shedding of blood"---- + +"I know, is generally condemned; yet be there texts which make it +imperative, and I think I foresee that the occasion for giving them +forth is at hand. All means in their power they will try; yes, though +James of York has been but four days a king, he had already made +perquisition for such as may be useful to him, not in settling the crown +upon his head, but in carrying off this people and kingdom, a bound +sacrifice to the blind idol which he worshippeth at Rome. You know not +the history of that man; no, nor of my son. Alas! that a mother's lips +should utter such words about her own flesh and blood! The one of them I +tell you is a bigot, a pursuer, a persecutor--the other a sensualist, a +Gallio, a tool. For many years he has never beheld his mother's face; he +married in his youth; he injured, deserted, yea, he killed his wife--not +with his own hand or with the dagger, but by the surer weapons of +hatred, neglect, unkindness. And she died. He has but one child; that +child was left in charge of my honoured and loving daughter, the Lady +Pevensey of Notts, and hath been brought up in a Christian manner; but +now, he--this man of Belial--wishes to get this infant in his own hands; +nay, he boldly has made a demand of her custody both on me and Pevensey, +my daughter. We will not surrender her; he is now great and powerful. +The king will back his efforts with all the weight of the crown; and we +have considered, if we could confide the persecuted dove to the hands of +some assured friend--some true son of our holy church--some steady, +firm-hearted, strong-nerved man, who in such cause would set lord and +king at defiance"---- + +Here she paused, and looked upon me with her eyes dilated, and her +nostrils panting with some great thought which was within her; and I +availed myself of the pause to say-- + +"Oh, my lady! if you did mean me for such charge, I confess my +deficiency for such a lofty office; for I do feel in me no stirrings of +an ambitious spirit. Sufficient is it for me to take care of the +innocent flock committed to my care, in the performance of which charge +I have the approbation of my own heart, and also, I make bold to hope +it, of your ladyship, seeing that I have instructed them in the true +principles both of faith and practice; and although there are +shortcomings in them all, by reason the answers in the Catechism are not +adapted to the capacities of the younger ones, especially of Charles, +(who, notwithstanding, has abilities and apprehensions above his years,) +yet are they all embued with faithful doctrine, from Alice Snowton, +which is the most advanced in stature, to the honourable Master +Fitzoswald, which is somewhat deficient in growth, being only three +inches taller than my little Charles." + +The great lady looked at me while I spoke, and made no answer for long +time. At last she said with a sort of smile, which at the same time was +not hilarious or jocular in its nature-- + +"Perhaps 'tis better as it is. There is a providence in all things, and +our plans and proposals are all overruled for the best--for which may +God be praised! Therefore I will press you no more on the subject of the +guardianship of my grandchild. But Mallerden will move heaven and earth +to get her into his power--yes, though he has neglected her so long, +never caring to see her since her childhood; yet now, when he sees +'twill gain him the treasurership of the royal household to sell the +greatest heiress and noblest blood in England to the Papists, he will +make traffic of his own child, and marry her to some prayer-mumbler to a +wooden doll. Let us save her, good sir--but I forgot. No--I will save +her myself. I, that have steered her through so many quicksands, will +not let her make shipwreck at last. I will guard her like the apple of +my eye, and possess my soul in patience until this tyranny be overpast." +And so ended the interview, during which my heart was tossed to and fro +with the utmost agitation, and my whole frame so troubled that I various +times lost all mastery of myself, and only saw before me a great black +gulf of ruin, into which some invisible power was pushing me and all my +little ones. Great, therefore, was my delight, and sweet the relief to +my soul, when the great lady left me unconnected with her quarrels. For, +in the crash of such contending powers, there was no chance of escape +for such a weak instrument as I was; and fervent were my hopes, and deep +my prayers, that the perils and evils prognosticated by the religious +fears of my great protectress might be turned aside, and all good +subject and sincere churchmen left each under his own vine and his own +fig-tree, with nobody to make them afraid. But vain are the hopes of +men. We read in no long time in all men's looks the fate we were +condemned to; for it seemed as if a great cloud, filled with God's +wrath, was spread out over this realm of England, and the faces of all +men grew dark. We heard the name of Jeffreys whispered in corners, and +trembled as if it had been a witch's spell to make our blood into water. +The great lady kept herself much in solitude in the ancient Court, and +saw not even her favourite companion, my daughter Waller, for many +months; but did ever write affectionate letters to her, and sent +presents of rich fruits, and other delectations in which the young take +pleasure. There was much riding to and fro of couriers, but whither, or +whence, she did never tell, and it was not my province to enquire; but +at last an order came for me to send up my Waller and her friend to the +mansion. And at evening they were conveyed on horseback as before; but +on this occasion their escort was not Master Wilkinson the under butler, +but no less a person than my lady's kinsman, the senior brother of my +honourable pupil, the honourable Master Fitzoswald of Yorkshire, a +stately young cavalier as could be seen, strong and tall, and his style +and title was the Lord Viscount Lessingholm--being the eldest son and +heir to that ancient earldom. He was an amiable and pleasant gentleman, +full of courtesies and kindness, and particularly pleased with the +newfangled fashion of a handsome cap which formed the headpiece of my +excellent wife. He said also many handsome things about the brightness +of my Waller's eyes, and assured my excellent wife that he saw so +promising an outsprout of talent in my Charles, that he doubted not to +see him one of the judges of the realm, if so be he applied his +intellectuals to the bar. He was also extreme civil to Alice Snowton, +which answered his civilities in like manner; and seldom in so short a +space as half an hour has any person made so favourable an impression as +he did, particularly on his brother, by reason of his bestowing on him a +large Spanish doubloon, and promising him a delicate coloured maneged +horse immediately on his return to Yorkshire. It is a pleasant sight to +see (and reflected some credit on my ministration of the moralities in +this particular instance) the disinterested love of brethren, one +towards another, and I failed not to ascertain that the Lord Lessingholm +had been boarded in the house of an exemplary divine, to wit, Mr Savage +of Corpus Christi College, Oxford--a fact which I think it proper to +mention to the honour of that eloquent member of our church--inasmuch +as any man might be proud of having had the training up in the way he +should go, of so excellent and praiseworthy a youth. + +It was many days before my young ones came back, (I would be understood +to include in this Alice Snowton, whom I looked upon with the tenderness +of a father and the pride of a teacher all in one;) and when they +returned to me, I thought I perceived that they were both more sorrowful +than of wont. Alice (and my Waller also) looked oppressed with some +secret that weight upon their hearts, and I was fearful the great lady +had made them partakers of her cares in the matter of her son and her +grandchild. Yet did I not think such a thing possible as that either of +them should have been taken into her confidence on so high and momentous +a concernment, by reason of my Waller being so young, though thoughtful +and considerate, and also fuller grown than persons much more advanced +in life; and Alice Snowton was of so playful and gentle a disposition, +that she seemed unfitted for the depository of any secret, unless those +more strictly appertaining to her youth and sex, and moreover was a +stranger to this part of the country, being of a respectable family, as +I have observed, in Wilts--namely, a brother of Mr Snowton, my kind +patron and friend. I called them into my study, after my labours were +over with the other pupils, and I said to them-- + +"Dear children, ill would it become me to pry into the secrets of my +honoured lady, the Lady Mallerden; yet may there arise occasions wherein +it is needful for one in my situation, (parent to the one of you, and +_in loco parentis_ to the other,) to make perquisition into matters of +weight and importance to your well-being, even at the risk of appearing +inquisitive into other peoples' affairs. Answer me, therefore, Alice, my +dear child, has the Lady Mallerden instructed you in any portion of her +family story?" + +"She has in some degree, Sir," said Alice Snowton, "but not deeply." + +"You know of her disagreement on certain weighty points with her son, +the Lord Viscount, and how that he is a wicked man, seeking to break +into the pasture of the Lord, and tear down the hedges and destroy the +boundaries thereof; and that in this view he is minded to get his +daughter into his power, to use her as an instrument towards his +temporal elevation?" + +"Something of all this we have heard, but not much," said Alice Snowton. + +"And furthermore, I must tell you that overtures were made to me to aid +and assist in the resistance to be offered to this man of sin, and I +did, for deep and wholesome reasons, refuse my assent thereto, and in +this refusal I meant you, my children, to be included; therefore, +whatever propositions may be made to you, to hear, or know, or receive, +or in any manner aid, in the concealment of the Lord Viscount's +daughter--which is at present in charge of an honourable lady in the +north--I charge you, refuse them; they may bring ruin on an unambitious +and humble household, and in no case can do good. We must fear God ever, +and honour the king while he is entrusted with the sword of power; and +family arrangements we must leave to the strong hands and able head of +the great Lady Mallerden herself. In this caution I know I fulfil the +intentions of my honoured friend, your esteemed uncle, Mr William +Snowton, which is concerned with too many noble families to desire to +get into enmity with any--and therefore be grateful for all the kindness +you experience from my honoured lady; but if perchance she brings her +grandchild to the Court, and wishes to make you of her intimates, inform +me thereof; and greatly as it would be to be regretted, I would break +off the custom of your visits to the noble house, for even that honour +may be too dearly purchased by the enmity of powerful and unscrupulous +men--if with sceptres in their hands, so much the more to be held in +awe." And I ended with Ęsopus his fable of the frogs and bulls. This +discourse (whereof I had prepared the heads in the course of the +morning) I delivered with the full force of my elocution, and afterwards +I dismissed them, leaving to my excellent wife the duty of enlarging on +the same topic, and also of giving such advice to Alice, which was now +a full grown young woman, and very fair to look on, in respect of the +young cavaliers she might see at the great house, particularly the noble +lord, the Lord Lessingholm. Such advice I considered useless in regard +to my Waller, she being only about fourteen years of age, but in other +respects a fair and womanly creature to see; for her waist was nearly +twice as large as Alice Snowton's, and her shoulders also, and in weight +she would have been greatly an overmatch; and certes, putting aside all +parental fondness, which we know to be such a beautifier of one's own +kindred as to make the crow a more lovely animal than the dove, (in the +eyes of the parent crow,) I will confess that in my estimation, and also +in that of my excellent wife, there was no comparison between the two +fair maidens, either in respect of fulness of growth or redness of +complexion, the advantage being, in both these respects, on the side of +the junior. Some sentiment of this sort I saw at the time must have +possessed the honourable breast of the Viscount Lessingholm; for +although he made much profession of visiting at the parsonage for the +sake of seeing his juvenile brother, still there were certain looks and +tokens whereby I was clearly persuaded that the magnet was of a +different kind; and whereas it would have been vain and ambitious in me +to lift my eyes so high, in view of matrimonial proposals, as to nearly +the topmost branch in the peerage of England, (the Earls Fitzoswald +being known to have been barons of renown at the period of the Norman +Conquest;) still it would ill have become me to prevent my daughter from +gathering golden apples if they fell at her feet, because they had grown +on such a lofty bough of the tree; and I will therefore confess, that it +was with no little gratification I saw the unfoldings of a pure and +virtuous disposition in the honourable young nobleman. And I will +further state, that it seemed as if his presence when he came, (and that +was often, nay, sometimes twice in one day,) did make holiday in the +whole house; and Charles was by no means backward in his +friendship--receiving the fishing-rods presented unto him by the right +honourable with so winning an eagerness, and pressing Alice (his +constant friend) to go with him and the noble donor with so much zeal to +the brook, therein to try the virtues of the gift, that I found it +impossible to refuse permission; and therefore did those three often +consume valuable hours, (yet also I hope not altogether +wasted)--_videlicet_, Alice and Charles, and the honourable Viscount--in +endeavouring to catch the finny tribe, yet seldom with much success. But +whatever was the result of their industry--yea, though it was but a +minnow--it was brought and presented to my Waller by the honourable +hands of the young man, with so loving an air, that it was easy to +behold how gladly he would have consented, if she had been the companion +of their sports, if by any means Charles could have been persuaded to +have exchanged Alice Snowton for her. But the very mention of such an +idea did throw the child into such wrathful indignation, that the right +honourable was fain to bestow on him whole handfuls of sugar-plums, and +promise that Alice should not be left behind. So fared the time away; +and at last I began to hope that the fears of the great lady were +unfounded, and that nothing would occur to trouble her repose. The +manner of living had been resumed again, with the difference that, on +the days the young maidens did not visit the noble mansion, the +honourable viscount was, as it were, domiciled in the parsonage; and I +perceived that, by this arrangement, the great lady was highly pleased; +perhaps because the presence of a kinsman, a courageous gentleman, gave +her some security against the rudenesses she seemed to be afraid of on +the part of her own son--a grievous state of human affairs when the +fifth commandment is not held in honour, and reducing us below the level +of puppy-dogs and kittens, to whom that commandment, along with the rest +of the decalogue, is totally unknown. Sundry times I did observe +symptoms of alarm; and care did write a sad story of mental suffering on +the brow of the great lady, which was a person of the magnanimity of an +ancient matron, and bore up in a manner surprising to behold in one who +stood, as it were, with one hand upon her coffin, while her other +stretched backward through the shadow of fourscore years to touch her +cradle. And ever, from time to time, couriers came to the noble mansion, +while others flew in various directions on swift horses at utmost speed; +and looking up into that lofty atmosphere, we saw clouds and ominous +signs of coming storms, before we could hear the voice of the thunder. +And once a royal messenger (called a pursuivant-at-arms) came down in +person, and carried the great lady to London, and there she stayed many +days, and was threatened with many things and great punishments, yea, +even to be tried by the Lord Jeffreys for high treason, in resisting the +king's order to deliver up her grandchild to its natural guardian--which +was its father, the Viscount Mallerden, now created by royal favour +Marquis of Danfield. But even this last danger she scorned; and after +months of confinement near the royal court, her enemies gave up +persecuting her for that season, and at last she came back to Mallerden +Court. In the meanwhile, we went on in a quiet and comfortable manner in +the parsonage--the Viscount Lessingholm frequently with us, (almost as +if he were a pupil of the house;) and on one or two occasions we had a +visit for an evening from my honoured friend, Mr William Snowton of +Wilts. He was pleased to use great commendations, both of my excellent +wife and me, for the mode in which we attended to the mind and manners +of his niece, the culinary and other accomplishments, and the rational +education wherein he saw her advanced. He never stayed later than +day-dawn on the following morning, and kept himself reserved, as one +used to the intimacy of the great, and not liking to make his news +patent to humble people such as we; and he would on no account open his +mouth on the quarrels of our great lady and her son, the new Marquis of +Danfield, but kept the conversation in equable channels of everyday +matters, and expounded how my glebe lands might be made to yield a +greater store of provision by newer modes of cultivation--the which I +considered, however, a tampering with Providence, which gives to every +field its increase, and no more. But by this time my glebe was not the +only land on which I could plant my foot and say, Lo, thou art mine! for +I had so prospered in the five years during which I had held a ladder +for my pupils to the tree of knowledge, that much golden fruit had +fallen to my share, (being kicked down, as it were, by their climbing +among the branches;) so that I had purchased the fee simple of the +estate of my friend, Master George Sprowles, who had taken some alarm at +the state of public affairs, and gone away over the seas to the +plantation called, I think, Massachusets, in the great American +continent. + +It was in the beginning of October 1688, that another call was made on +the great lady to make her appearance within a month from that time in +the city of London, to give a final answer for her contumacy in refusing +obedience to the King and the lord high Treasurer. I felt in hopes the +object of their search (namely, the young maiden his daughter, for it +was bruited they rummaged to find her out in all directions) was safe +with some foreign friends which the great lady possessed in the republic +of Holland, where the Prince of Orange was then the chief magistrate; +but of this I had no certain assurance. For some days no preparations +were made at the noble mansion for so momentous a journey; but at length +there were great signs of something being in prospect. First of all, the +Viscount Lessingholm rode up from Yorkshire, whither he had been gone +three weeks, attended by near a score of fine dressed serving-men, and +took up his abode at Mallerden Court; then came sundry others of the +great lady's kinsfolk, attended also by their servants in stately +liveries; and we did expect that the proud imperial-minded lady was to +go up with such great escort as should impress the king with a just +estimate of her power and dignity. With this expectation we kept to +ourselves ready to see the noble procession when it should start on its +way; but far other things were in store for me, and an instrument called +a pea-spitter, wherewith Charles had provided himself for the purpose +of saluting various of the serving-men as they passed, was rendered +useless. It was on the first day of November that the Lord Viscount +Lessingholm, (who had conveyed the young maidens, _videlicet_ Alice +Snowton and my Waller, to the Court on the previous day,) did ride post +haste up to my door, making his large grey horse jump over the gate at +the end of the walk, as if he had been Perseus flying on his winged +steed to the rescue of Andromede, (as the same is so elegantly described +in the ancient poet,) and did summon me to go that moment to the noble +mansion on matter of the highest import. Much marvelling, and greatly +out of breath, I followed the noble gentleman's motions as rapidly as +was beseeming one of my responsible situation, in regard to the +spiritual ministrations in the parish, while in sight of any of my +flock; for nothing detracts more from the dignity of the apostolical +character than rapid motions--such as running, or jumping, or an +unordered style of apparel, without hatband or cassock. When out of the +village street, I put (as the vulgar phrase expresses it) my best foot +foremost, and enacted the part of a running serving-man in the track of +my noble conductor; and finally I arrived, in such state as may be +conceived, at the entrance-hall of the noble mansion. In the court-yard +were numerous serving-men mounted in silent gravity, and ranged around +the wall. Each man was wrapped up in a dark-coloured cloak; and +underneath it I saw, depending from each, the clear polished extremity +of a steel sword-sheath. They did bear their reins tightened, and their +heels ornamented with spurs, as if ready to spring forth at a word, and +great tribulation came over my soul. Howbeit I mounted the grand +staircase, and, following the western corridor, I opened the door of the +green-damask withdrawing-room, and found myself in the middle of a large +and silent company. There were, perhaps, a dozen persons there +assembled--motionless in their chairs; and at the further end of the +apartment sat the great lady in whispered conversation with a tall dark +gentleman of mature years, say fifty or thereabouts, and with a wave of +her hand, having instructed me to be seated, she pursued her colloquies +in the same under tones as before. When I had placed myself in a chair, +and was in somewhat recovering my breath, which much hurrying and the +surprising scene I saw had greatly impaired, a hand was laid upon my +shoulder, and I turned round, and, sitting in the next chair to me, I +beheld my honoured friend Mr William Snowton of Wilts. + +"Good Master Willis," he said, "you little expected to see me here, I do +well believe; but it was but lately I was summoned." + +"And know you wherefore we are here assembled?" I enquired. + +"Somewhat I know, but not all. The persons here be men of great power, +some of them being those by whom I am employed in managing their worldly +affairs, and shortly we shall hear what is determined on." + +"On what subject do they mean to consult us? I shall be ready," said I, +"to give what advice may be needed, if peradventure it suits with my +sacred calling." + +"I fear they will hardly consult a person of your holy profession," said +Mr Snowton with a sober kind of smile. "It is of life or death we are +now to take our choice." + +A great fear fell upon me, as a great shadow falls upon the earth before +a thunder storm. "What mean ye?" I whispered. "There is no shedding of +blood." + +"There will be _much_ shedding of blood, good Master Willis; yea, the +rivers in England will run red with the same, unless some higher power +interferes to deliver us." + +"And wherefore am I summoned to such fearful conference? I am no man of +blood. I meddle not with lofty matters. I"---- + +But here I was interrupted by Mr Snowton in a low grave tone. "Then you +have not heard that the wicked man of sin, the false Papist, the Marquis +of Danfield, hath discovered his child?" + +"No, I have not been informed thereof. And hath he gained possession of +her?" + +"No, nor shall not!" and hereupon he frowned a great frown, and let his +sword-sheath strike heavily upon the floor. All the company looked +sharply round; but seeing it was by hazard, they took no notice of what +occurred. + +"And where, then, is the maiden bestowed?" I demanded. + +"In this house; you shall see her soon." + +"And what have I to do with these matters? They are above my +concernment!" I exclaimed, in great anguish of mind. + +"You have to unite her in the holy bands of wedlock." + +"Nay, that is clearly impossible! Where, I pray thee, is the license?" + +"All that has been cared for by means of a true bishop of our church. +There can be no scruple on canonical grounds; and if there be hesitation +in obeying the Lady Mallerden's orders, (provided she finally takes up +her mind to deliver the same,) I would not answer for the recusant's +life, no, not for an hour." + +"But wherefore in such secrecy, with such haste?" I said, in dreadful +sort. + +"Because we know that the father slept at Oxford last night with store +of troops, and that he will be here this night with a royal warrant to +enforce his right to the bestowal of his child; and he hath already +promised her to the leader of the malignant Papists." + +"And are we here to resist the king's soldiers and the mandate of the +king?" + +"Yea, to the death!" he said, and sank into gloomy thoughts and said no +more. + +I looked around among the assembly, and recognized no other faces that I +knew, and in a short space the great lady, having finished her colloquy +with her next neighbour, rose up and said--"My lords, I believe ye be +all of kin to this house, and the other gentlemen be its friends--a +falling house, as represented by a feeble woman of fourscore years and +five. Yet in the greatness of the cause, may we securely expect a gift +of strength even to so frail an instrument as I am. I have consulted +with you all, and finally have taken counsel with my kind cousin and +sweet friend, the Earl of Fitzoswald, now at my side, and he hath agreed +to what I have proposed. It now, then, but remains to carry our project +into effect; and for that purpose I have summoned hither a good man and +excellent divine, Master Willis of this neighbourhood, to be efficacious +in that behalf." + +I started up, and said in great agitation--"Oh, my lady!"--but had not +proceeded further when I was broken in upon by a voice of thunder-- + +"Silence, I say! What, is it for the frailness of a reed like you that +such noble enterprise must perish? Make no remonstrance, sir, but do +what is needed, or"---- + +Although the great lady did not finish her words, I felt an assurance +steal like ice over my soul that my hours were numbered if I hesitated, +and I bowed low, while Mr William Snowton did privily pull me down into +my seat by the hinder parts of my cassock. + +"You--you, Master Willis, of all men, should least oppose this godly +step. For the noise thereof will sound unto the ends of the earth, and +make the old Antichrist on his seven hills quake and tremble, and shake +the pitiful spirit of the apostate of Whitehall. Say I not well, my +lords?" + +"You say well," ran round the room in a murmur of consent. + +"And you--you, Master Willis," she went on, "least of all, should object +to keep a lamb within the true fold--yea, a lamb which you did see with +your own eyes introduced into the same. Remember you nought of godly +Master Waller's in Berkshire, or of the scene you saw in a certain +chamber, where the baptismal waters were poured forth, and murmured like +a pleasant fountain in the dying ears of a devout Christian woman?" + +I was so held back with awe that I said not a word, and she went on-- + +"Oh, if good Master Lees had yet been spared, we should not have asked +for the ministry of trembling and unwilling hands like yours! And now, +my lords--and you, kind gentlemen, my plan as arranged with good Lord +Fitzoswald is this:--I give my grandchild's hand where her heart has +long been bestowed; I then go with her through lanes and byways; under +good escort, to the city of Exeter, where erelong we shall cast in our +lot with certain friends. The bridegroom shall see nought of his bride +till happier days arrive, except at this altar; and you shall go +directly to your respective stations, and be ready at the first blowing +of the horns before which the walls of this Jericho are to fall. In the +next chamber I have made preparation for the ceremony, and in a few +minutes, when I have arranged me for the journey, I will summon you." + +Something of this I heard--the sense namely forced its way into my +brain; but I was confused and panic-stricken. The whole sad scene +enacted so many years before, at the house of good Master Waller, on my +way home from Oxford, came back upon my heart, and I marvelled at the +method whereby the great lady had acquired a knowledge of the secret. I +was deep sunk in these cogitations when the door of the inner library +was at last thrown open, and such light flashed upon us from the +multitude of candles, which were illuminated in all parts of the +chamber, that my eyes were for some time dazzled. When I came to myself +I looked, and at a table under the eastern window, on which was spread +out a golden-clasped prayer-book, opened at the form of solemnization of +matrimony, I saw, along with two young men of about his own age, (all +girt with swords, and booted and spurred,) the right honourable the +Viscount Lessingholm, which I at once concluded was acting as +bridegroom's man to one of the other youths. The company, which had been +assembled in the withdrawing-room, placed themselves gravely, as if some +solemn matter was in hand, at the side of the table; and I took my place +by a motion from the Earl Fitzoswald, and laid my hand upon the +prayer-book, as ready to begin. The door at the other end of the room, +which leadeth to the outer staircase, was opened, and there came +noiselessly in a tall woman, dressed in the same fantastical apparel, +like the apparel of the Bohemians or gipsies, which I remembered so well +on the fatal night of the christening; and, when she cast her eyes on +me, I could not have thought an hour had passed since that time, and I +recognised in her, with awe and wonderment, the features of the great +lady, the Lady Mallerden herself. In each hand she led a young person, +in her left my daughter Waller, and I will not deny that at the sight my +heart leapt up with strange but not unpleasing emotion, as, remembering +the habitudes of the noble Viscount Lessingholm, I thought there was a +possibility of a double wedding; and in her other hand, dressed as for a +journey, with close fitting riding-coat, and a round hat with sable +feathers upon her head, she conducted Alice Snowton, the which looked +uncommon lovely, though by no means so healthy or stout-looking as her +other companion--_videlicet_, my Waller. They walked up to the place +whereat we stood, and the Lord Viscount springing forward, did give his +hand to Alice Snowton, and did not let it go for some time; but looked +upon her with such soft endearing looks that she held down her head, and +a red blush appeared upon her cheek, as if thereupon there had been +reflected the shadow of a rose. For it was not of the deep tinge which +formed the ornament of the complexion of my Waller. + +"This is no time for useless dalliance," said the great lady; "let us to +work. By no other means can we root out for ever the hopes of our +enemies." + +"Where then, madam," I said, "is the bride?--and who, I pray you, is the +bridegroom?" + +"The bridegroom is the Viscount Lessingholm. This maiden is the bride." + +"But Alice Snowton, my lady. I did think it was your honourable +grandchild who was to be united to this noble gentleman." + +"And so it is--and so it is! She is Alice Snowton no longer. Our good +friend, Master Snowton, the steward on my daughter Pevensey's Wiltshire +manor, was good enough to adopt her as his niece; and for her better +concealment we placed her in the charge of a person whose character for +meekness and simplicity was too notorious to raise suspicion of his +being concerned in such a plot. Even to herself, till lately, her +parentage was unknown, as Master Snowton kept well the secret." + +"And one other question," I said; "the child to whom I became bound as +godfather?" + +"'Tis the same. This is the poor Lucy Hesseltine, whose orphanship you +witnessed in that lone and yet comfortable death." + +The lady Lucy Hesseltine, or rather Alice Snowton, for by that name I +loved her best, did throw her arms about my neck, and kissed my cheek, +and said I had been a kind godfather to her, yea, had been a father to +her, and my excellent wife a mother. At this my heart was much moved, +and I saw tears come to the eyes of several of the bystanders, but no +tear came to the eyes of the great lady herself. + +"Let this be enough," she said. "Let us finish what we have yet to do." + +And thereupon, all being ready and in their due places, I began; but +when I came to the question--"Lucy Hesseltine, wilt thou have this man +to be thy lawful husband?"--a sudden noise in the court-yard under the +window made me pause; but the great lady commanded me with a frown to go +on, and I concluded the question, and received in reply a sweet but +audible "yes." But the noise was again repeated, and the assistants +sprang to their feet, for it was the sound of the sharp shooting off of +pistols. + +"Stir not for your lives till the ceremony is over!" cried the great +lady; and I hurried with trembling lips over the remainder of the +service. A loud voice in the yard was heard amid the trampling of much +horse. "In the king's name, surrender!" the voice said. "We have a +warrant here, and soldiers!" + +"For as much as Frederick and Lucy Hesseltine," (I said as calmly as I +could, though with my heart quaking within me) "have consented together +in holy wedlock, and have witnessed the same before God and this +company, and thereto have given and pledged their troth either to other, +and have declared the same by giving and receiving of a ring, and by +joining of hands--I pronounce that they be man and wife together!" + +"Now then, my lords and gentlemen," cried the great lady, springing to +her feet, "to the defence! We are witnesses of this marriage, and +clashing swords must play the wedding peel. If need be, fear not in such +quarrel to do your best; yea, to the shedding of blood! Though the blood +were my son's, it were well shed in such a holy cause. Now then, Lucy, +come! Guard the front entrance but an hour, and we shall be beyond +pursuit." + +And so saying she glided rapidly, with the nearly fainting bride, +towards the hidden stairs, while Viscount Lessingholm rushed rapidly +with drawn sword down the grand flight, and sprang on his grey horse. In +the confusion my Waller had disappeared, and in great agonies of fear I +slipped into the court-yard. Oh, what a sight met my eyes! There were +several men lying dead, which had been shot or otherwise killed, and +their horses were galloping hither and thither with loose reins and +stirrups flapping; other men were groaning, and writhing in great pains, +tearing the ground with bleeding hands, and dragging themselves, if such +were possible, away from the _mźlée_. Meanwhile, horsemen drawn up on +either side were doing battle with sword and pistol; and the trampling +and noise of the shouting, the groans and deep execrations, all +resounding at once in that atmosphere of smoke and approaching night, +were fearful to listen to, and I bethought me of some way of escape. I +slipped within the piazza of the servants' court, and made my way +towards the gate; but here the battle raged the fiercest, the noble +Viscount Lessingholm being determined to keep it closed, and the furious +Marquis resolute to force it open, whereby an accession of men might +come to him which were shut out on the other side--the warder of the +door having only admitted the marquis himself, and about fifty of the +king's dragoons. The retainers which I had seen on my entrance amounted +to seventy or more; and seeing they had most of them been soldiers, yea, +some which had grizzled locks, having been among the shouters at Dunbar, +and on many fields besides, under the cruel eye of the ferocious Oliver +himself, they did cry "Ha, ha! at the spear of the rider, and smelt the +battle afar off." The Marquis of Danfield did spur his black war-horse, +with his sword poised high in air towards the noble Viscount of +Lessingholm, and with fierce cries the noble viscount raised also his +sword, and was in act to strike the undefended head of his assailant. +"Stop, Frederick!" cried a voice, which proceeded from the Earl +Fitzoswald; "it is Danfield himself!" whereupon the young gentleman did +ward off the blow aimed at him by the marquis, and passed on. All this I +saw ere I gave up hopes of getting out by the gate; but seeing this was +hopeless, I pursued my way back again, with intent to get out by one of +the postern windows, and hurry homeward across the fields; and having +opened a window near unto the buttery, I hung by my hands, and then +shutting my eyes and commending my soul to Heaven, I let go, and dropt +safely down upon the greensward. But ere I could recover myself +sufficiently, I was set upon as if I had been an armed enemy, by a large +number of mounted men, which were of the company of the marquis, whereby +I saw that the house was surrounded, and feared the great lady and Alice +(I would say the Viscountess Lessingholm) were intercepted in their +retreat. Howbeit, I gave myself up prisoner, by reason of various blows +with the flats of sabres, and sundry monitions to surrender or die. I +was led in great fear to the front of the court, and brought before a +proud, fierce-browed commander, which interrogated me "of all that was +going on, and whether the Lady Lucy Mallerden was in the Court?" Whereto +I answered, that I was so overcome with terror that I knew little of +what I had seen, and, with regard to the noble lady, I was persuaded she +was not within the walls. "If you answer me," he said, "truly, and tell +me what road she has taken, I will send you away in safety, and secure +you his majesty's pardon for any thing you may have done against his +crown and dignity; but if you refuse, I will assuredly hang you on the +court-yard gate the moment we gain possession thereof. Now, say which +way went they?" I was sore put to it, for it was like betraying innocent +blood to tell these savage men the course my godchild pursued in her +escape; and yet to tell an untruth was repugnant to my nature, and I +said to the captain, "It is a hard matter for me to point out where my +friends are fleeing unto." + +"Then you'll be hung as high as Haman at daybreak; so you can take your +choice," said he. + +"If I direct you unto the place whereunto she is gone," I said, "it will +be a hard matter to find her." + +"That's our business, not yours. Tell us where it is." + +"For, suppose she were in hiding in a city, a large busy place like +Bristol, and waited for a conveyance to a foreign land"---- + +"In Bristol! Oho, say no more! Ensign Morley, take ten of the best +mounted of the troop and scour the northern roads towards Bristol. You +will overtake them ere they are far advanced." + +"I pray you, captain," I said, "to observe--I have not told you she is +gone towards Bristol." + +"I know you haven't," he said smiling, "I will bear witness you have +kept her secret well; but here we are about to enter the Court, for the +firing is finished. The rebels will be on gibbets within twenty-four +hours, every one." + +But there was no sign of the gate being opened. Contrariwise there did +appear, in the dimness of the evening-sky, certain dark caps above the +outside wall, which I did recognize as being worn by the serving-men of +the great lady's friends; and while we were yet talking a flight of +bullets passed close over our heads, and three or four of the troopers +fell off dead men, leaving their saddles empty and their horses +masterless. + +"Draw close my men," cried the captain, "right wheel;" and setting his +men an example, he did gallop with what speed he might from the +propinquity of the wall. As for myself, I was in some sort relieved by +the knowledge that the noble mansion still continued in possession of +the Viscount Lessingholm; and comforting myself with the assurance that +no evil could befall my daughter Waller while under his protection, I +did contrive to seize by the bridle one of the dragoons' horses, (a +stout black horse, which, being never claimed, did do my farming work +for fifteen years,) and, climbing up into the saddle, betook me home to +inform my excellent wife of all these dreadful events. All next day, and +all the next--yea, for three whole days--I stayed in my quiet home, +receiving information quietly by means of a note brought to me by my +servants, that the mansion still held out, that Waller was quite safe, +and that, provided no artillery was brought to bear against them, that +they could hold out _till the time came_. What was the meaning of the +latter phraseology, I did not know; but considering it desirable at that +period to cut down certain trees on my recently purchased estate, I +proceeded with Thomas Hodge the carpenter, and various other artificers +of my parishioners, (all being friends and dependents of the great +lady,) and with saws and other instruments did level the whole row of +very large oaks and elm trees which bordered the only high-road from +Oxford; and, by some strange accident, all the trees did fall exactly +across the same, and made it utterly impossible to move thereupon with +cart or waggon; so that it was much to be suspected that the guns, which +we heard were ordered to come up from Wallingford, could by no means get +over the obstruction. It is also to be observed that Master George +Railsworth, the mason, who had contracted to repair the strong bridge +over our stream, did take this opportunity of taking down two of the +arches of the same, and could find no sufficient assistance to enable +him to restore them, which made the road impassable for horse or man. On +the following day, namely, the fifth day of November, we heard that all +the king's soldiers were suddenly ordered from all parts up to London, +and that the Marquis of Danfield had been left to his imprisonment in +Mallerden Court. Whereupon I bethought me it would be safe to venture up +once more, and bring my daughter Waller to the securer custody of my +excellent wife. Next morning, at early dawn, I accordingly did go up, +and was admitted, after a short parley, by the gate-keeper, which had a +helmet on his head and a sword in his hand. Speedily I was in the arms +of my daughter Waller, who looked as happy as if none of these scenes +had been transacted before her eyes; and moreover did refuse, in very +positive terms, to leave the Court till her dear friend Alice--I would +say the Lady Lucy--returned. I reasoned with her, and reprimanded her, +and showed her in what a fearful state of danger we all were, by reason +of the rebellion we had been guilty of against his majesty the king. +Whereupon the child did only laugh, and told me, "Here she would abide +until the time came." And with this enigmatical expression I was fain to +be content; for she would vouchsafe me no other. And, corroborative of +all which, she said, she relied on the assurances made unto her to that +effect by Sir Walter Ouseley, one of the young gentlemen which had acted +as bridegroom's man to the noble Viscount Lessingholm, and was now in +the Court as his lieutenant in the defence of the same. A goodly young +gentleman he was, and fair to look upon, and extraordinary kind to me, +soothing my fears, and encouraging me to hope for better things than +those my terrors made me anticipate. I enquired of the behavings of the +Marquis of Danfield, and learned to my surprise that it was expected +that before this day was over, if he did receive a courier, as was +thought, from the Lord Churchill, one of the king's favourite officers, +he would withdraw all his objections to the marriage, and rather be an +encourager and advocate of the same. In these discourses the time passed +away, and about three of the clock, after we had dined in the great +hall, we were looking out from the battlements and saw a dust on the +western road. + +"It is Churchill's letter," said the noble Viscount Lessingholm, "and he +has kept his promise for once." + +"There is too much dust for only one courier's heels--there be twenty in +company at least," replied Sir Walter Ouseley, which had the arm of my +Waller closely locked in his. + +"There may be a surprise intended," cried the noble viscount. "Hoist the +flag, man the walls, treble the watchers, and sound for the men into the +yard." + +We of the peaceful professions--_videlicet_, my daughter Waller and +I--did descend from the bartizan, and betook ourselves to the great +withdrawing room, to wait for the result of the approach. We had not +waited long when the door opened, and no other than the great lady +herself, and my loved and lovely godchild, the Viscountess Lessingholm, +came into the apartment. The great lady was now appareled as became her +rank, having discarded those Bohemian habiliments which were her +disguise in times of danger. Oh! it was a great sight to behold, the +meeting between the Lady Lucy and my daughter Waller; but when hurried +steps sounded on the stairs, and the door opened, and the noble viscount +rushed into her arms, it was impossible to keep from tears. My feeble +pen can venture on no such lofty flights of description, and therefore I +will not attempt it. Meanwhile, in the outer court, great shouting was +heard. Sir Walter Ouseley came up to us, and announced that the Marquis +of Danfield "presented his respects to his noble mother, and +congratulated her on the glorious news." + +"I knew how it would be," she said, "with base natures such as his and +Churchill's. We accept their assistance, but despise the instrument. He +will now be fierce against his benefactor, (who, though a bad king, was +tender to his friends,) and bitterer against his faith than if he had +never been either a courtier or a bigot. I receive his congratulations, +Sir Walter Ouseley, but I decline an interview for some time to come." + +"He desired me also, my lady," said Sir Walter, "to convey his blessing +to the bride, and his tender love to his new son, the Viscount +Lessingholm." + +"Well, let them not reject it. The blessing even of such a father has +its value. But we must now make preparation, for the celebration of the +happy nuptials, in a style fitting the rank of the parties. The prince +is pleased with what we have done"---- + +The young man, Sir Walter Ouseley, who had been whispering in my ear, +here broke in on the great lady's speech. + +"If it would please you, madam, at the same time, to permit two others +to be happy, I have obtained Master Willis's consent thereto, and also +the consent of this fair maiden." + +The viscountess took Waller in her arms, and kissed her cheek, and the +great lady smiled. + +"I knew not, Sir Walter Ouseley, that you were so perfect a soldier as +to sustain an attack and lay siege at the same time; but since in both +you have been successful, I give you my hearty good wishes. And so, dear +friends and true supporters, let us be thankful for the great +deliverance wrought for this land and nation, as well as for ourselves. +Our defender, the noble William, landed three days ago at Torbay, and is +now in Hampton Court. The king has taken flight, never to be restored. +Therefore, God save the Prince of Orange and the Lady Mary, the props +and ornaments of a true Protestant throne!" + + + + +BEAU BRUMMELL.{A} + + +All things change; ours is the age of masses and classes, the last was +the age of individuals. Half a dozen remarkable men then represented the +London world, in politics, poetry, bon-mots, dining out, and gaming. +Pitt and Fox, the Dukes of Queensberry and Norfolk, Sheridan and General +Scott, were the substitutes for mankind in the great metropolis. George +Brummell was the last of the beaus. The flame of beauism was expiring; +but it flamed in its socket brighter than ever, and Beau Brummell made a +more conspicuous figure in the supreme _bon-ton_ of elegant absurdity, +than any or all his predecessors. The only permanent beau on earth is +the American savage. The Indians, who have been lately exhibiting their +back-wood deformities in our island at shilling a-head, were prodigious +dressers; Greek taste might probably have dissented from their +principles of costume, but there could be no doubt of the study of their +decoration. Their _coiffeur_ might not altogether supersede either the +Titus or the Brutus in the eye of a Parisian, but it had evidently been +twisted on system; and if their drapery in general might startle Baron +Stulz, it evidently cost as dexterous cutting out, and as ambitious +tailoring, as the most _recherché_ suit that ever turned a "middling +man" into a figure for Bond Street. + +But the charm which is the very soul of European fashion, is scorned by +the Indian. Change--the "Cynthia of the minute," the morning thought and +midnight dream of the dilettanti in human drapery--has no captivation +for the red man. He may like variety in his scalps or his squaws; but +not a feather, not a stripe of yellow on one cheek, or of green on +another, exhibits a sign of the common mutabilities of man. He struts in +the plumes which his fathers wore, is attired in the same nether +garments, exhibits the same head-gear, and decorates his physiognomy +with the sane proportion of white-wash, red-lead, bear's-grease, and +Prussian blue. + +Beauism, in England, scarcely goes farther back than the days of Charles +II. It may be said that Elizabeth had her beaux; but the true beau being +an existence of which no man living can discover the use, and which is, +in fact, wholly useless except to his tailor and the caricaturists, the +chevaliers of the time of Queen Bess are not entitled to the honour of +the name. Raleigh, no doubt, was a good dresser; but then he could write +and fight, and was good for something. Leicester is recorded as a superb +dresser; but then he dabbled in statesmanship, war, and love-making, and +of course had not much time on his hands. The Sedleys, Rochesters, and +their compeers, had too much actual occupation, good and bad, to be +fairly ranked among those gossamery ornaments of mankind; they were idle +enough in their hearts for the purpose, but their lives were _not_ +shadows, their sole object was _not_ self. They were more nice about +swords than snuff-boxes and, if they were spendthrifts, their profusion +was not limited to a diamond ring or a Perigord pie. They loved, hated, +read, wrote, frolicked and fought; they could frown as well as smile, +and see the eccentricity of their own follies as well as enjoy them. But +the true beau is a _beau-ideal_, an abstraction substantialized only by +the scissors, a concentrated essence of frivolity, infinitely sensitive +to his own indulgence, chill as the poles to the indulgence of all +others; prodigal to his own appetites, never suffering a shilling to +escape for the behoof of others; magnanimously mean, ridiculously wise, +and contemptibly clever; selfishness is the secret, the spring, and the +principle of, _par excellence_, the beau. + +In the brief introduction prefixed to the "Life," some of those +individuals who approached closest to perfection of old times are +mentioned. One of those was Sir George Hewitt, on whom Etheridge, the +comic writer, sketched his Sir Fopling Flutter. This beau found a place +in poetry as well as in prose, + + "Had it not better been than thus to roam, + To stay, and tie the cravat-string at home? + To strut, look big, strike pantaloon, and swear + With Hewitt--D----me, There's no action here?" + +Wilson followed. He was a personage who first established the fashion of +living by one's wits. Returning from the army in Flanders with forty +shillings in his pocket, he suddenly started into high life in the most +dashing style, eclipsed every body by his equipage, stud, table, and +dress. As he was not known at the gaming-table, conjecture was busy on +the subject of his finances; and he was charitably supposed to have +commenced his career by robbing a Dutch mail of a package of diamonds. +Still he glittered, until involved in a duel with Mississippi Law; the +latter financier, probably jealous of so eminent a rival, ran a rapier +through his body. + +The next on the list is Beau Fielding. He was intended for the bar, but +intending himself for nothing, his pursuit was fashion. He set up a +showy equipage, went to court, and led the life of "a man about town." +He was remarkably handsome, attracted the notice of Charles II., and +reigned as the monarch of beauism. He was rapidly ruined, but repaired +his fortune by marrying an heiress. She died; and the beau was duped by +an Englishwoman, whom he married under the idea that she was a Madame +Delaune, a widow of great wealth. Finding out the deception, he cast her +off, and married the Duchess of Cleveland, though in her sixty-first +year. For this marriage he was prosecuted, and found guilty of bigamy. +He then became reconciled to his former wife, and died, in 1712, at the +age of sixty-one. He was the Orlando of the _Tatler_. + +Beau Edgeworth lives only in the record of Steele, in the 246th number +of the _Tatler_, as a "very handsome youth who frequented the +coffeehouses about Charing-Cross, and wore a very pretty ribbon with a +cross of jewels on his breast." Beau Nash completes the list of the +ancient heroes, dying in 1761, at the age of eighty-eight--a man of +singular success in his frivolous style; made for a master of the +ceremonies, the model of all sovereigns of water-drinking places; absurd +and ingenious, silly and shrewd, avaricious and extravagant. He +_created_ Bath; he taught decency to "bucks," civility to card-players, +care to prodigals, and caution to Irishmen! Bath has never seen his like +again. In English high life, birth is every thing or nothing. Men of the +lowest extraction generally start up, and range the streets arm-in-arm +with the highest. Middle life alone is prohibited to make its approach; +the line of demarcation there is like the gulf of Curtius, not to be +filled up, and is growing wider and wider every day. The line of George +Brummell is like that of the Gothic kings--without a pedigree; like that +of the Indian rajahs--is lost in the clouds of antiquity; and like that +of Romulus--puzzles the sagacious with rumours of original irregularity +of descent. But the most probable existing conjecture is, that his +grandfather was a confectioner in Bury Street, St James's. We care not a +straw about the matter, though the biographer is evidently uneasy on the +subject, doubts the trade, and seems to think that he has thrown a shade +of suspicion, a sort of exculpatory veil over this fatal rumour, by +proving that this grandfather and his wife were both buried, as is shown +by a stone, still to be seen by the curious, in St James's church-yard. +We were not before aware that Christian burial was forbidden to +confectioners. The biographer further adds the convincing evidence of +gentility, that this grandfather was buried within a few feet of the +well-known ribald, Tom Durfey. Scepticism must now hang down its head, +and fly the field. + +We come to a less misty and remote period. In the house of this +ancestor, who (_proh dedecus!_) let lodgings, lived Charles Jenkinson, +then holding some nondescript office under government. We still want a +history of that singularly dexterous, shy, silent, and successful man; +who, like Jupiter in Homer, did more by a nod than others by a +harangue--made more as a scene-shifter than any actor on the stage of +Westminster--continually crept on, while whole generations of highfliers +dropped and died; and at length, like a worm at the bottom of a pool, +started up to the surface, put on wings, and fluttered in the sunshine, +Earl of Liverpool! The loss of such a biography is a positive injury to +all students of the art of rising. Jenkinson was struck by the neatness +of the autograph in which "Apartments to be Let" was displayed on the +door; and probably, conscious that the "art of letting" was the true +test of talents, made the young writer his amanuensis, and finally +obtained for him a clerkship in the treasury. He was next in connexion +with Lord North for the twelve years of that witty and blundering +nobleman's unhappy administration, and enjoyed no less than _three +offices_, by which he netted L.2500 a-year. He was abused a good deal by +the party-ink of his time; but the salary enabled him to bear spattering +to any amount, and probably only increased Lord North's sympathy for his +fellow-sufferer, until that noble lord was suffocated in the public +mire. + +But after the crush of the minister, the man felt that his day was done; +and he retired to "domestic virtue" as it is termed, took a good house +in the country, enjoyed himself, and in 1794 died, leaving two sons and +a daughter, and L.65,000 among them. + +George Bryan Brummell, the second son, was born in June 1778. The +biographer observes characteristically, that the beau avoided the topic +of his genealogical tree with a sacred mystery. It appears that he +avoided with equal caution all mention of the startling fact, that one +of his Christian names was _Bryan_. It never escaped his lips; it never +slipped into his signature; it was never suffered to "come between the +wind and his nobility." If it had by any unhappy chance transpired, he +must have fainted on the spot, have fled from society, and hid his +discomfiture in + + "Deserts where no men abide." + +Brummell was a dandy by instinct, a good dresser by the force of +original genius; a first-rate tyer of cravats on the _in_voluntary +principle. When a boy at Eton, in 1790, he acquired his first +distinction not by "longs and shorts," but by the singular nicety of his +stock with a gold buckle, the smart cut of his coat, and his finished +study of manners. Others might see glory only through hexameters and +pentameters; renown might await others only through boating or cricket; +with him the colour of his coat and the cut of his waistcoat were the +materials of fame. Fellows and provosts of Eton might seem to others the +"magnificoes" of mankind--the colossal figures which overtopped the age +by their elevation, or eclipsed it by their splendour--the "dii majorum +gentium," who sat on the pinnacle of the modern Olympus; but Brummell +saw nothing great but his tailor--nothing worthy of respect among the +human arts but the art of cutting out a coat--and nothing fit to ensure +human fame with posterity but the power to create and to bequeath a new +fashion. + +But the name of dandy was of later date; the age had not attained +sufficient elegance for so polished a title; it was still buck or +macaroni; the latter having been the legacy of the semi-barbarian age +which preceded the eighteenth century. Brummell was called Buck Brummell +when an urchin at Eton--a preliminary evidence of the honours which +awaited him in a generation fitter to reward his skill and acknowledge +his superiority. Dandy was a thing yet to come, but which, in his +instance, was sure to come. + + "The force of title could no further go-- + The 'dandy was the heirloom of the beau.'" + +Yet even in boyhood the sly and subtle style, the Brummellism of his +after years, began to exhibit itself. A party of the boys having +quarreled with the boatmen of the Thames, had fallen on one who had +rendered himself obnoxious, and were about to throw him into the river. +Brummell, who never took part in those affrays, but happened to pass by +at the time, said, "My good fellows, don't throw him into the river; +for, as the man is in a high state of perspiration, it amounts to a +certainty that he will catch cold." The boys burst into laughter, and +let their enemy run for his life. + +At Eton, however, he was a general favourite for his pleasantry, the +gentleness of his manner, and the smartness of his repartee. He had +attained tolerable scholarship, was in the fifth form in 1793, the year +in which he left Eton, and wrote good Latin verses, an accomplishment +which he partially retained to his last days. From Eton he went to +Oriel, and there commenced that cutting system of which he so soon +became the acknowledged master. He cut an old Eton acquaintance simply +because he had entered at an inferior college, and discontinued visiting +another because he had invited him to meet two students of a hall which +he was pleased to consider obnoxious. In his studies he affected to +despise college distinctions, but yet wrote for the Newdigate prize, and +produced the second best poem. But his violation of college rules was +systematic and contemptuous. He always ordered his horse at hall time, +was the author of half the squibs, turned a tame jack-daw with a band on +into the quadrangle to burlesque the master, and treated all proctors' +and other penalties with contempt. Such, at least, is the character +given him by Mr Lister in Granby. + +But he was now to commence a new career. In 1794 he was gazetted to a +cornetcy in the Tenth Hussars, the gift of its colonel the Prince of +Wales. Brummell's own account of this origin of his court connexions is, +that when a boy at Eton he had been presented to the Prince, and that +his subsequent intimacy grew out of the Prince's notice on that +occasion. But a friend of his told the biographer that the Prince, +hearing of the young Etonian as a second Selwyn, had asked him to his +table, and given him the commission to attach him to his service. This +was a remarkable distinction, and in any other hands would have been a +card of fortune. He was then but sixteen; he was introduced at once into +the highest society of fashion; and he was the favourite companion of a +prince who required to be amused, delighted in originality, and was fond +of having the handsomest and pleasantest men of the age in his regiment. + +Brummell, though an elegant appendage to the corps, was too much about +the person of the Prince to be a diligent officer. The result was, that +he was often late on parade, and did not always know his own troop. +However, he evaded the latter difficulty in general, by a contrivance +peculiarly his own. One of his men had a large blue-tinged nose. +Whenever Brummell arrived late, he galloped between the squadrons till +he saw the blue nose. There he reined up, and felt secure. Once, +however, it happened unfortunately that during his absence there was +some change made in the squadrons, and the place of the blue nose was +shifted. Brummel, on coming up late as usual, galloped in search of his +beacon, and having found his old friend he reined up. "Mr Brummell," +cried the colonel, "you are with the wrong troop." "No, no," said +Brummell, confirming himself by the sight of the blue nose, and adding +in a lower tone--"I know better than that; a pretty thing, indeed, if I +did not know my own troop!" + +His promotion was rapid; for he obtained a troop within three years, +being captain in 1796. Yet within two years he threw up his commission. +The ground of this singular absurdity is scarcely worth enquiring into. +He was evidently too idle for any thing which required any degree of +regularity. The command of a troop requires some degree of attention +from the idlest. He had the prospect of competence from his father's +wealth; and his absolute abhorrence of all exertion was probably his +chief prompter in throwing away the remarkable advantages of his +position--a position from which the exertion of a moderate degree of +intellectual vigour, or even of physical activity, might have raised him +to high rank in either the state or the army. + +Of course, various readings of his resignation have been given; some +referred it to his being obliged to wear hair-powder, which was then +ceasing to be fashionable; others, more probably, to an original love +for doing nothing. The reason which he himself assigned, was comic and +characteristic. It was his disgust at the idea of being quartered, for +however short a time, in a manufacturing town. An order arrived one +evening for the hussars to move to Manchester. Next morning early he +waited on the Prince, who, expressing surprise at a visit at such an +hour from him, was answered--"The fact is, your royal highness, I have +heard that we are ordered to Manchester. Now, you must be aware how +disagreeable this would be to _me_; I really could not go. _Think! +Manchester!_ Besides, you would not be there. I have therefore, with +your permission, determined to sell out."--"Oh, by all means, Brummell!" +said the Prince; "do as you please." And thus he stripped himself of the +highest opportunity in the most showy of all professions before he was +twenty-one. + +He now commenced what is called the bachelor life of England; he took a +house in Chesterfield Street, May Fair; gave small but exquisite +dinners; invited men of rank, and even the Prince, to his table; and +avoiding extravagance--for he seldom played, and kept only a pair of +horses--established himself as a refined voluptuary. + +Yet for this condition his means, though considerable, if aided by a +profession, were obviously inadequate. His fortune amounted only to +L.30,000, though to this something must be added for the sale of his +troop. His only resources thenceforth must be play, or an opulent +marriage. + +Nature and art had been favourable to him; his exterior, though not +distinguished, was graceful, and his countenance, though not handsome, +was intelligent. He possessed in a certain degree the general +accomplishments, and exactly in the degree, which produce a flattering +reception in society. He was a tolerable musician, he used his pencil +with tolerable skill, and he wrote tolerable verses; more would have +been worse than useless. He dressed admirably, and, as his _cheval de +battaile_, he talked with a keenness of observation and a dexterity of +language, scarcely less rare than wit, and still more exciting among the +exhausted minds, and in the vapid phraseology, of fashion. + +His person was well formed, and his dress was a matter of extreme study. +But it is rather libellous on the memory of this man of taste to +suppose, that he at all resembled in this important matter the strutting +display which we have seen in later times, and which irresistibly +strikes the beholder with surprise, that any man capable of seeing +himself in the glass could exhibit so strong a temptation to laughter; +while to the more knowing in the affairs of costume, it betrays +instantly the secret that the exhibitor is simply a walking placard for +a tailor struggling for employment, and supplying the performer on the +occasion with a wardrobe for the purpose. Brummell's dress was finished +with perfect skill, but without the slightest attempt at exaggeration. +Plain Hessian boots and pantaloons, or top boots and buckskins, which +were then more the fashion than they are now; a blue coat, and a buff +coloured waistcoat--for he somewhat leaned to Foxite politics for +form's-sake, however he despised all politics as unworthy of a man born +to give the tone to fashion--was his morning dress. In the evening, he +appeared in a blue coat and white waistcoat, black pantaloons closely +fitting, and buttoning tight to the ankle, striped silk stockings, and +opera hat. We may thus observe how much Brummell went _before_ his age; +for while he thus originated a dress which no modern refinement has yet +exceeded, and which contained all that is _de bon ton_ in modern +equipment, he was living in the midst of a generation almost studiously +barbarian--the Foxite imitators of the French republicans--where every +man's principle was measured by the closeness of his approach to +savagery; and nothing but the War interposed to prevent the +_sans-culottism_ alike of the body and the mind. + +Brummell, though not possessing the patronage of a secretary of state, +had the power of making men's fortunes. His principal tailors were +Schweitzer and Davidson of Cork street, Weston, and Meyer of Conduit +street. Those names have since disappeared, but their memory is dear to +dandyism; and many a superannuated man of elegance will give "the +passing tribute of a sigh" to the incomparable neatness of their "fit," +and the unrivaled taste of their scissors. Schweitzer and Meyer worked +for the Prince, and the latter was in some degree a royal favourite, and +one of the household. He was a man of genius at his needle; an inventor, +who even occasionally disputed the palm of originality with Brummell +himself. The point is not yet settled to whom was due the happy +conception of the trouser opening at the ankle and closed by buttons. +Brummell laid his claim openly, at least to its improvement; while +Meyer, admitting the elegance given to it by the tact of Brummell, +persisted in asserting his right to the invention. Yet if, as was said +of gunpowder and printing, the true inventor is the man who first brings +the discovery into renown, the honour is here Brummell's, for he was the +first who _established_ the trouser in the Bond street world. + +The Prince, at this period, cultivated dress with an ardour which +threatened to dethrone Brummell himself, and his wardrobe was calculated +to have cost L.100,000. But his royal highness had one obstacle to +encounter which ultimately drove him from the field, and restricted all +his future chances of distinction to wigs; he began to grow corpulent. A +scarcely less formidable evil arose in his quarreling with Brummell. In +the course of hostilities, the Prince pronounced the beau a tailor's +block, fit for nothing but to hang clothes on; while the retaliation +came in the shape of a caricature, in which a pair of leather breeches +is exhibited lashed up between the bed-posts, and an enormously fat man, +lifted up to them, is making a desperate struggle to get his limbs +properly seated in their capacity: another operation of a still more +difficult nature, the making the waistband meet, still threatening to +defy all exertion. + +Brummell's style was in fact simplicity, but simplicity of the most +studied kind. Lord Byron defined it, "a certain exquisite propriety of +dress." "_No_ perfumes," the Beau used to say, "but fine linen, plenty +of it, and _country_ washing." His opinion on this subject, however, +changed considerably in after time; for he used perfumes, and attributed +a characteristic importance to their use. Meeting a gentleman at a ball +with whom he conversed for a while, some of the party enquired the +stranger's name. "Can't possibly tell," was the Beau's answer. "But he +is evidently a gentleman--his perfumes are good." He objected to country +gentlemen being introduced into Watier's, on the ground "that their +boots always smelt of horse-dung and bad blacking." + +His taste in matters of _virtu_ was one of the sources of his profusion; +but it always had a reference to himself. He evidently preferred a +snuff-box which he could display in his hand, to a Raphael which he +could exhibit only on his wall. His snuff-boxes were numerous and +costly. But even in taking snuff he had his style: he always opened the +box with _one_ hand, the left. The Prince imitated him in this _tour de +grace_. + +A fashion always becomes more fashionable as it becomes more ridiculous. +People cling to it as they pet a monkey, for its deformity. The high +head-dresses of France, which must have been a burden, made the tour of +Europe, and endured through a century. The high heels, which almost +wholly precluded safe walking, lasted their century. The use of powder +was universal until it was driven out of France by republicanism, and +out of England by famine. The flour used by the British army alone for +whitening their heads was calculated to amount to the annual provision +for 50,000 people. Snuff had been universally in use from the middle of +the seventeenth century; and the sums spent on this filthy and foolish +indulgence, the time wasted on it, and the injury done to health, if +they could all have been thrown into the common form of money, would +have paid the national debt of England. The common people have their +full share in this general absurdity. The gin drunk in England and Wales +annually amounts to nearly twenty millions of pounds sterling; a sum +which would pay all the poor rates three times over, and, turned to any +public purpose, might cover the land with great institutions--the +principal result of this enormous expenditure now being to fill the +population with vice, misery, and madness. + +In the matter of coats Brummell had but one rival, the Prince, whose +rank of course gave him a general advantage, yet whose taste was clearly +held as inferior by the royal _artistes_ themselves. A baronet, who went +to Schweitzer's to get himself equipped in the first style, asked him +what cloth he recommended. "Why, sir," was the answer, "the Prince wears +superfine, and Mr Brummell the Bath coating. Suppose, sir, we say Bath +coating; I think Mr Brummell has a trifle the preference." Brummell's +connexion with the Prince, his former rank in the hussars, and his own +agreeable manners, introduced him to the intercourse of the principal +nobility. In the intervals of his visits to the Prince at Brighton, he +visited Belvoir, Chatsworth, Woburn, &c. But he was absolutely _once_ in +town in the month of November, as is proved by the following note from +Woburn:-- + + MY DEAR BRUMMELL,--By some accident, which I am unable to account + for, your letter of Wednesday did not reach me till Wednesday. I + make it a rule never to lend my box; but you have the _entrée + libre_ whenever you wish to go there, as I informed the boxkeeper + last year. I hope Beauvais and you will do great execution at + Up-Park. I shall probably be there shortly after you.--Ever yours + sincerely, + + "BEDFORD." + +At Belvoir he was _l'ami de la famille_, and at Cheveley, another seat +of the Duke of Rutland's, his rooms were as sacred as the Duke of +York's, who was a frequent visitor there. On the Duke of Rutland's +coming of age, in 1799, great rejoicings took place at Belvoir, and +Brummell was one of the distinguished party there, among whom were the +Prince of Wales, the late Duke of Argyll, the Marquis of Lorn, and the +other chief fashionable people of the day. This _fźte_ was memorable, +for it was said to have cost L.60,000. Brummell was not altogether +effeminate; he could both shoot and ride, but he liked neither: he was +never a Melton man. He said that he could not bear to have his tops and +leathers splashed by the greasy galloping farmers. The Duke of Rutland +raised a corps of volunteers on the renewal of the war in 1803; and as +Brummell had been a soldier the duke gave him a majority. In the course +of the general inspections of the volunteer corps, an officer was sent +from the Horse Guards to review the duke's regiment, the major being in +command. On the day of the inspection every one was on parade except the +major-commandant. Where is Major Brummell, was the indignant enquiry? He +was not to be found. The inspection went on. When it was near its close, +Brummell was soon coming full gallop across the country in the uniform +of the Belvoir Hunt, terribly splashed. He apologized for himself by +saying, that having left Belvoir quite early, he had expected to be on +the parade in time, the meet being close at hand. However, his favourite +hunter had landed him in a ditch, where, having been dreadfully shaken +by the fall, he had been lying for an hour. But the general was +inexorable, and Brummell used to give the worthy officer's speech in the +following style--"Sir, this conduct is wholly inexcusable. If I remember +right, sir, you once had the honour of holding a captain's commission +under his royal highness the Prince of Wales, the heir-apparent himself, +sir! Now, sir, I tell you; I tell you sir, that I should be wanting in a +proper zeal for the honour of the service; I should be wanting, sir, if +I did not this very evening report this disgraceful neglect of orders to +the commander-in-chief, as well as the state in which you present +yourself in front of your regiment; and this shall be done, sir. You may +retire, sir." + +All this was very solemn and astounding; but Brummell's presence of mind +was not often astounded. He had scarcely walked his horse a few paces +from the spot, when he returned, and said in a subdued tone--"Excuse me, +general; but, in my anxiety to explain this most unfortunate business, I +forgot to deliver a message from the Duke of Rutland. It was to request +the honour of your company at dinner." The culprit and the +disciplinarian grinned together; the general coughed, and cleared his +throat sufficiently to express his thanks in these words--"Ah! why, +really I feel and am very much obliged to his grace. Pray, Major +Brummell, tell the duke I shall be most happy;" and melodiously raising +his voice, (for the Beau had turned his horse once more towards +Belvoir,) "Major Brummell, as to this little affair, I am sure no man +can regret it more than you do. Assure his grace that I shall have great +pleasure in accepting his very kind invitation;" and they parted amid a +shower of smiles. But Brummell had yet but half completed his +performance; for the invitation was extempore, and he must gallop to +Belvoir to acquaint the duke of the guest he was to receive on that day. + +Brummell always appeared at the cover side, admirably dressed in a white +cravat and white tops, which latter either he, or Robinson his valet, +introduced, and which eventually superseded the brown ones. The subtlety +of Brummell's sneers, which made him so highly amusing to the first rank +of society, made him an object of alarm if not of respect to others. "Do +you see that gentleman near the door?" said a woman of rank to her +daughter, who had been brought for the first time to Almack's. "Yes! Who +is he?" replied the young lady. "A person, my dear, who will probably +come and speak to us; and if he enters into conversation, be careful to +give him a favourable impression of you, for he is the celebrated Mr +Brummell." The _debutante_ was the daughter of a duke. It has been said +that Madame de Stael considered herself as having failed to attract his +approval, and that she spoke of it as the greatest _malheur_ which had +occurred to her during her stay in London, the next in point of calamity +being that the Prince had not called on her in person. The Beau +perfectly knew his own value. In reply to a nobleman who charged him +with involving his son in a gaming transaction, he said--"Really I did +my best for the young man; I gave him my arm all the way from White's to +Watier's." However, there can be no doubt that he was very often +intolerably impudent; and, as impudence is always vulgar, he was guilty +of vulgarity. Dining at a gentleman's house in Hampshire, where the +champagne did not happen to suit his taste, he refused his glass when +the servant came to help him a second time, with--"No, thank you, I +don't drink cider!" The following anecdote is rather better known. +"Where were you yesterday, Brummell?" said one of his club friends. "I +think," said he, "I dined in the city." "What! you dined in the city?" +said his friend. "Yes, the man wished me to bring him into notice, and I +desired him to give a dinner, to which I invited Alvanley, Mills, +Pierrepoint, and some others." "All went off well, of course?" said the +friend. "Oh yes! perfectly, except one _mal-ą-apropos_: the fellow who +gave the dinner had actually the assurance to seat himself at the +table." + +Dining at a large party at the house of an opulent but young member of +London society, he asked the loan of his carriage to take him to Lady +Jersey's that evening. "I am going there," said his entertainer, "and +will be happy to take you." "Still, there is a difficulty," said +Brummell in his most delicate tone. "You do not mean to get up behind, +that would not be quite right in your own carriage; and yet, how would +it do for me to be seen in the same carriage with you?" Brummell's +manner probably laughed off impertinences of this order; for, given +without their colouring from nature, they would have justified an angry +reply. But he seems never to have involved himself in personal quarrel. +He was intact and intangible. Yet he, too, had his mortifications. One +night, in going to Lady Dungannon's, he was actually obliged to make use +of a hackney coach. He got out of it at an unobserved distance from the +door, and made his way up her ladyship's crowded staircase, conceiving +that he had escaped all evidence of his humiliation; however, this was +not to be. As he was entering the drawing-room a servant touched his +arm, and to his amazement and horror whispered--"Beg pardon, sir, +perhaps you are not aware of it, that there is a straw sticking to your +shoe." His style found imitations in the public prints, and one +sufficiently characteristic thus set forth the merits of a new patent +carriage step:--"There is an art in every thing; and whatever is worthy +of being learned, cannot be unworthy of a teacher." Such was the logical +argument of the professor of the art of stepping in and out of a +carriage, who represented himself as much patronised by the sublime +Beau Brummell, whose deprecation of those horrid coach steps he would +repeat with great delight:-- + + "Mr Brummell," he used to say, "considered the sedan was the only + vehicle for a gentleman, it having no steps; and he invariably had + his own chair, which was lined with white satin quilted, had down + squabs, and a white sheepskin rug at the bottom, brought to the + door of his dressing-room, on that account always on the + ground-floor, from whence it was transferred with its owner to the + foot of the staircase of the house that he condescended to visit. + Mr Brummell has told me," continued the professor, "that to enter a + coach was torture to him. 'Conceive,' said he, 'the horror of + sitting in a carriage with an iron apparatus, afflicted with the + dreadful thought, the cruel apprehension, of having one's leg + crushed by the machinery. Why are not the steps made to fold + _outside_? The only detraction from the luxury of a _vis ą vis_, is + the double distress! for _both_ legs--excruciating idea!'" + +Brummell's first reform was the neckcloth. Even his reform has passed +away; such is the transitory nature of all human achievements. But the +art of neckcloths was once more than a dubious title to renown in the +world of Bond Street. The politics of the time were disorderly; and the +dress of politicians had become as disorderly as their principles. The +fortunes of Whiggism, too, had run low; and the velvet coat and +embroidered waistcoat, the costly buckles and gold buttons of better +days, were heavier drains on the decreasing revenues of the party than +could be long sustained with impunity. Fox had already assumed the +sloven--the whole faction followed; and the ghosts of the old +oppositionists, in their tie wigs and silver-laced coats, would have +been horrified by the sight of the shock-headed, leather-breeched, and +booted generation who howled and harangued on the left side of the +Speaker's chair from 1789 to 1806. All was _canaille_. Fox could +scarcely have been more shabby, had he been the representative of a +population of bankrupts. The remainder of the party might have been +supposed, without any remarkable stretch of imagination, to have emerged +from the workhouse. All was sincere squalidness, patriotic +pauperism--the _un_washing principle. One of the cleverest caricatures +of that cleverest of caricaturists, the Scotchman Gilray, was his sketch +of the Whigs preparing for their first levee after the Foxite accession +on the death of Pitt. The title was, "_Making decent!_" The whole of the +new ministry were exhibited in all the confusion of throwing off their +rags, and putting on their new clothing. There stood Sheridan, +half-smothered in the novel attempt to put on a clean shirt. In another +corner Fox, Grey, and Lord Moira, straining to peep into the same +shaving-glass, were all three making awkward efforts to use the +long-forgotten razor. Others were gazing at themselves in a sort of +savage wonder at the strangeness of new washed faces. Some _sans +culottes_ were struggling to get into breeches; and others, whose feet +were accustomed to the ventilation of shoes which let their toes +through, were pondering over the embarrassment of shoes impervious to +the air. The minor apparatus of court costume scattered round on the +chairs, the bags and swords, the buckles and gloves, were stared at by +the groups with the wonder and perplexity of an American Indian. + +Into this irregular state of things Brummell made his first stride in +the spirit of a renovator. The prevailing cravat of the time was +certainly deplorable. Let us give it in the words of history:--"It was +without stiffening of any kind, and bagged out in front, _rucking_ up to +the front in a roll." (We do not precisely comprehend this expression, +whose _precision_, however, we by no means venture to doubt.) Brummell +boldly met this calamity, by slightly starching the too flexible +material--a change in which, as his biographer with due seriousness and +truth observes--"a reasoning mind must acknowledge there is not much +objectionable." + +Imitators, of course, always exceed their model, and the cravat adopted +by the dandies soon became _excessively_ starched; the test being that +of raising three parts of their length by one corner without bending. +Yet Brummell, though he adhered to the happy medium, and was moderate in +his starch, was rigorous in his tie. If his cravat did not correspond to +his wishes in its first arrangement, it was instantly cast aside. His +valet was seen one morning leaving his chamber with an armful of tumbled +cravats, and on being asked the cause, solemnly replied, "These are our +_failures_." + +Perfection is slow in all instances; but talent and diligence are sure +to advance. Brummell's "tie" became speedily the admiration of the _beau +monde_. The manner in which this dexterous operation was accomplished +was perfectly his own, and deserves to be recorded for the benefit of +posterity. + +The collar, which was always fixed to his shirt, was so large, that, +before being folded down, it completely hid his head and face, and the +neckcloth was at least a foot in height. The first _coup d'archet_ was +made with the shirt-collar, which he folded down to its proper size; but +the delicate part of the performance was still to come. Brummell +"standing before the glass, with his chin raised towards the ceiling, +now, by the gentle and gradual declension of his lower jaw, creased the +cravat to reasonable dimensions; the form of each succeeding crease +being perfected with the shirt which he had just discarded." We were not +aware of the nicety which was demanded to complete the folds of this +superior swathing; but, after this development, who shall pronounce a +dandy idle? + +Brummell was as critical on the dress of others as he was _recherché_ in +his own, and this care he extended to all ranks. He was once walking up +St James's Street, arm-in-arm with a young nobleman whom he condescended +to patronize. The Beau suddenly asked him, "what he called _those +things_ on his feet."--"Why, shoes."--"Shoes are they?" said Brummell +doubtfully, and stooping to look at them; "I thought they were +slippers?" + +The late Duke of Bedford asked him his opinion of a new coat. "Turn +round," said Mr Beau. When the examination was concluded in front and +rear, the Beau, feeling the lapel delicately with his finger and thumb, +asked in a most pathetic manner, "Bedford, do you call this _thing_ a +coat?" + +Somebody told him, among a knot of loungers at White's, "Brummell, your +brother William is in town. Is he not coming here?"--"Yes," was the +reply, "in a day or two; but I have recommended him to walk the _back +streets_ till his new clothes come home." + +Practical jokes are essentially vulgar, and apt to be hazardous besides; +two reasons which should have prevented their performance by an +individual whose object was to be the standard of elegance, and whose +object at no time was to expose himself to the rougher remonstrances of +mankind; but the following piece of sportiveness was at least amusing. + +Meeting an old _emigré_ marquis at the seat of some noble friend, and +probably finding the Frenchman a bore, he revenged himself by mixing +some finely powdered sugar in his hair-powder. On the old Frenchman's +coming into the breakfast-room next morning, highly powdered as usual, +the flies, attracted by the scent of the sugar, instantly gathered round +him. He had scarcely begun his breakfast, when every fly in the room was +busy on his head. The unfortunate marquis was forced to lay down his +knife and fork, and take out his pocket-handkerchief to repel these +troublesome assailants, but they came thicker and thicker. The victim +now rose from his seat and changed his position; but all was in +vain--the flies followed in fresh clusters. In despair he hurried to the +window; but every fly lingering there was instantly buzzing and +tickling. The marquis, feverish with vexation and surprise, threw up the +window. This unlucky measure produced only a general invasion by all the +host of flies sunning themselves on the lawn. The astonishment and +amusement of the guests were excessive. Brummell alone never smiled. At +last M. le Marquis gave way in agony, and, clapping his hands on his +head, and followed by a cloud of flies, rushed out of the room. The +secret was then divulged, and all was laughter. + +"Poodle B--g," so well known in the world of fashion, owed his +_soubriquet_ to Brummell. B--g was fond of letting his hair, which was +light-coloured, curl round his forehead. He was one day driving in his +curricle, with a poodle by his side. The Beau hailed him with--"Ah, +B--g, how do you do?--A _family_ vehicle, I see." + +Some of those oddities of expression are almost too well known now for +effect; but they must have sparkled prodigiously among the exhausted +circles of his West-end day. + +"You seem to have caught cold, Brummell," said a lounging visitor on +hearing him cough. "Yes--I got out of my carriage yesterday, coming from +the Pavilion, and the wretch of an innkeeper put me into the coffee-room +with a damp stranger." + +In a stormy August--"Brummell, did any one ever see such a summer +day?"--"Yes, _I_ did, last winter." + +On returning from a country mansion, of which he happened to disapprove, +he defined it "An exceedingly good house for stopping a _single_ night +in." + +On the whole, the biographer has given a tolerable selection of +Brummell's _hits_, some of which, however, were so intolerably +impertinent, that he must have either thoroughly "known his man," or he +must have smoothed down their severity by some remarkable tone of voice +or pleasantry of visage. Without those palliations, it is not easy to +comprehend his occasional rudeness even to friends. One day, standing +and speaking at the carriage-door of a lady, she expressed her surprise +at his throwing away his time on so quiet and unfashionable a +person.--"My dear friend, don't mention it: there is _no one to see +us_." + +But his admiration for the sex must have often brought him close on the +edge of serious inconvenience. Once, at the house of a nobleman, he +requested a moment's interview in the library, and then and there +communicated the formidable intelligence, "that he must immediately +leave the house--on that day." + +"Why, you intended to stay a month," said his hospitable entertainer. + +"True--but I must be gone--I feel I am in love with your countess." + +"Well, my dear sir, I can't help that. I was in love with her myself +twenty years ago," said the good-humoured husband. "But is she in love +with you?" + +The Beau cast down his eyes, and, in all the modesty of impudence, said +faintly, "I believe she is." + +"Oh! that alters the case. I shall send for your post-horses. Good +morning." + +His life was flirtation, a matter which could not be indulged in +matrimony, and he therefore never married. Yet once he went so far as to +elope with a young person of rank from a ball: the pair were, however, +immediately overtaken. The affair was, of course, the talk of the clubs. +But Brummell had his own way of wearing the willow. "On the whole," said +he, "I consider I have reason to congratulate myself. I lately heard +from her favourite maid that her ladyship had been seen--_to drink +beer_!" + +Some of the Beau's letters at this period are given; but they are not +fortunate specimens of his taste: even in writing to women they are +quaint, affected, and approaching to that unpardonable crime, dulness. +His letters written in his wane of life, and under the realities of +suffering, are much more striking, contain some pathetic and even some +powerful language, and show that fashion and his own follies had +obscured a mind of natural talent, if not of original tenderness. + +The following letter we look upon as quite sufficient to have excluded +him from the recollections of any Lady Jane on earth, if she happened to +know the difference between coxcombry and common feeling:-- + + "MY DEAR LADY JANE,--With the miniature, it seems, I am not to be + trusted even for two _pitiful_ hours. My own memory must be then my + only _disconsolate_ expedient to obtain a resemblance. + + "As I am unwilling to merit the imputation of committing myself by + too flagrant a liberty in retaining your glove, which you + charitably sent at my head yesterday, as you would have extended an + _eleemosynary sixpence_ to the _supplicating hat_ of a mendicant, I + restore it to you. And, allow me to assure you, that I have too + much regard and respect for you, and too little practical vanity + myself, (whatever appearances may be against me,) to have + entertained, for one _treacherous_ instant, the impertinent + intention to defraud you of it. You are angry, perhaps irreparably + incensed against me for this _petty larceny_. I have no defence to + offer in mitigation but that of _frenzy_. But you know that you are + an _angel_ visiting these sublunary spheres, and therefore your + first quality should be that of mercy. Yet you are sometimes + wayward and volatile in your _seraphic_ disposition. Though you + have no wings yet you have weapons, and those are resentment and + estrangement from me.--With sentiments of the deepest + _compunction_, I am always your _miserable slave_, + + "GEORGE BRUMMELL." + +We have not a doubt that he perused this toilsome performance a dozen +times before he folded it up, advanced to his mirror to see how so +brilliant a correspondent must look after so astonishing a production, +moved round the room in a minuet step; and, when he sent it away at +last, followed it with a sigh at the burial of so much renown in a +woman's escritoire, and a regret that it could not be stereotyped to +make its progress round the world. And yet, as it appeared that the lady +had thrown the glove at him, and even lent him her miniature, it would +be difficult to discover any ground for her wrath or his compunction. +Both were evidently equally imaginary. + +The Beau always regarded the city as a _terra incognita_. A merchant +once asked him to dine there. Brummell gave him a look of intense +enquiry. The merchant pressed him. "Well," said the Beau, (who probably +had excellent reasons for non-resistance to the man of money;) "well, if +it _must_ be--but you must first promise faithfully _never_ to say a +word on the subject." + +A visitor, full of the importance of a tour in the north of England, +asked him which of the lakes he preferred. "I can't possibly remember," +was the reply; "they are a great way from St James's Street, and I don't +think they are spoken of in the clubs." The visitor urged the question. +"Robinson," said the Beau, turning in obvious distress to his valet, +"Robinson, pray tell this gentleman which of the lakes I +preferred."--"Windermere, sir, I think it was," said the valet. "Well," +added Brummell, "probably you are in the right, Robinson. It may have +been. Pray, sir, will Windermere do?" + +"I wonder, Brummell, you take the trouble of driving to the barracks of +the 10th with four horses. It certainly looks rather superb," said one +of the officers. "Why, I dare say it does; but that is not _the_ point. +What could I do, when my French valet, the best dresser of hair in the +universe, gave me warning that he must leave me to myself, unless I gave +up the vulgarity of posting with _two_?" + +We come, in the course of this goodly history, to the second great event +of the Beau's life--the first being his introduction to Carlton House. +The second was his being turned out of it. Brummell always denied, and +with some indignation, the story of "Wales, ring the bell!"--a version +which he justly declared to be "positively vulgar," and therefore, with +due respect for his own sense of elegance, absolutely impossible for +_him_. He gave the more rational explanation, that he had taken the part +of lady who was presumed to be the rival of Mrs Fitzherbert, and had +been rash enough even to make some remarks on Mrs Fitzherbert's _en bon +point_, a matter of course never to be forgiven by a belle. This +extended to a "declining love" between him and the Prince, whose foible +was a horror of growing corpulent, and whom Brummell therefore +denominated "Big Ben," the nickname of a gigantic porter at Carlton +House; adding the sting of calling Mrs Fitzherbert Benina. Moore, in one +of his satires on the Prince's letter of February the 13th, 1812, to the +Duke of York, in which he _cut_ the Whigs, thus parodies that celebrated +"sentence of banishment:"-- + + "Neither have I resentments, nor wish there should come ill + To mortal, except, now I think on't, Beau Brummell, + Who threaten'd, last year, in a super-fine passion, + To cut _me_, and bring the old king into fashion." + +Brummell now, since the sword was drawn, resolved to throw away the +sheath, and his hits were keen and "damaging," as those things are now +termed. In this style he said to little Colonel M'Mahon, the Prince's +secretary--"I made him, and I shall unmake him." + +The "fat friend" hit was more pungent in reality than in its usual form. +The Prince, walking down St James's Street with Lord Moira, and seeing +Brummell approaching arm-in-arm with a man of rank, determined to show +the openness of the quarrel, stopped and spoke to the noble lord with an +apparent unconsciousness of ever having seen the Beau before. The +moment he was turning away, Brummell asked, in his most distinct voice, +"Pray, _who_ is your _fat_ friend?" Nothing could be more dexterously +impudent; for it repaid the Prince's pretended want of recognition +precisely in his own coin, and besides stung him in the very spot where +he was known to be most thin-skinned. + +It is sufficiently remarkable, that the alienation of the Prince from +Brummell scarcely affected his popularity with the patrician world, or +his reception by the Duke and Duchess of York. He was a frequent guest +at Oatlands, and seems to have amused the duke by his pleasantry, and +cultivated the taste of the duchess by writing her epigrams, and making +her presents of little dogs. The Duke of York, though not much gifted +with the faculty of making jests, greatly enjoyed them in others. He was +a good-humoured, easy-mannered man, wholly without affectation of any +kind; well-intentioned, with some sagacity--mingled, however, with a +good deal of that abruptness which belonged to all the Brunswicks; and +though unfortunate in his domestic conduct, a matter on which it would +do no service to the reader to enlarge, yet a brave soldier, and a +zealous and most useful commander-in-chief at the Horse Guards. He, too, +could say good things now and then. One day at Oatlands, as he was +mounting his horse to ride to town, seeing a poor woman driven from the +door, he asked the servant what she was. "A beggar, your royal highness: +nothing but a soldier's wife."--"Nothing but a soldier's wife! And pray, +sir, what is your mistress?" Of course, the poor woman was called back +and relieved. + +Still Brummell continued in high life, and was one of the four who gave +the memorable _fźte_ at the Argyll Rooms in July 1813, in consequence of +having won a considerable sum at hazard. The other three were, Sir Henry +Mildmay, Pierrepoint, and Lord Alvanley. The difficulty was, whether or +not to invite the Prince, who had quarrelled with Mildmay as well as +with Brummell. In this solemn affair Pierrepoint sounded the Prince, and +ascertained that he would accept the invitation if it were proposed to +him. When the Prince arrived, and was of course received by the four +givers of the _fźte_, he shook hands with Alvanley and Pierrepoint, but +took no notice whatever of the others. Brummell was indignant, and, at +the close of the night, would not attend the Prince to his carriage. +This was observed, and the Prince's remark on it next day was--"Had +Brummell taken the cut I gave him last night good-humouredly, I should +have renewed my intimacy with him." How that was to be done, however, +without lying down to be kicked, it would be difficult to discover. +Brummell however, on this occasion, was undoubtedly as much in the right +as the Prince was in the wrong. + +Brummell, in conformity to the habits of the time, and the proprieties +of his caste, was of course a gambler, and of course was rapidly ruined; +but we have no knowledge that he went through the whole career, and +turned swindler. One night he was playing with Combe, who united the +three characters of a lover of play, a brewer, and an alderman. It was +at Brookes's, and in the year of his mayoralty. "Come, Mash Tub, what do +you set?" said the Beau. "Twenty-five guineas," was the answer. The Beau +won, and won the same sum twelve times running. Then, putting the cash +in his pocket, said with a low bow, "Thank you, alderman; for this, I'll +always patronize your porter."--"Very well, sir," said Combe dryly, "I +only wish every other blackguard in London would do the same." + +At this time play ran high at the clubs. A baronet now living was said +to have lost at Watier's L.10,000 at one sitting, at _ecarté_. In 1814, +Brummell lost not only all his winnings, but "an unfortunate L.10,000," +as he expressed it, the last that he had at his bankers. Brummell was +now ruined; and, to prevent the possibility of his recovery at any +future period, he raised money at ruinous interest, and finally made his +escape to Calais. Still, when every thing else forsook him, his odd way +of telling his own story remained. "He said," observed one of his +friends at Caen, when talking about his altered circumstances, "that, up +to a particular period of his life, every thing prospered with him, and +that he attributed this good luck to the possession of a silver sixpence +with a hole in it, which somebody had given him some years before, with +an injunction to take good care of it, as every thing would go well with +him so long as he kept it, and everything the contrary if he happened to +lose it." And so it turned out; for having at length, in an evil hour, +given it by mistake to a hackney coachman, a complete reverse of his +affairs took place, and one misfortune followed another until he was +obliged to fly. On his being asked why he did not advertise a reward for +it, he answered--"I did; and twenty people came with sixpences with +holes in them for the reward, but not _my_ sixpence." "And you never +heard any more of it?" "No," he replied; "no doubt that rascal +Rothschild, or some of that set, have got hold of it." But the Beau's +retreat from London was still to be characteristic. As it had become +expedient that he must make his escape without _eclat_, on the day of +his intended retreat he dined coolly at his club, and finished his +London performances by sending from the table a note to his friend +Scrope Davies, couched in the following prompt and expressive form:-- + + "MY DEAR SCROPE,--Lend me two hundred pounds: the banks are shut, + and all my money is in the 3 per cents. It shall be repaid + to-morrow morning.--Yours, GEORGE BRUMMELL." + +The answer was equally prompt and expressive-- + + "MY DEAR GEORGE,--It is very unfortunate, but all _my_ money is in + the 3 per cents.--Yours, S. DAVIES." + +Such is the story; + + "I cannot tell how the truth may be, + I tell the tale as 'twas told to me." + +Nothing daunted, the Beau went to the opera, allowed himself to be seen +about the house, then quickly retiring, stepped into a friend's chaise +and met his own carriage, which waited for him a short distance from +town. Travelling all night with four horses, he reached Dover by +morning, hired a vessel to carry him over, and soon left England and his +creditors behind. He was instantly pursued; but the chase stopped on +reaching the sea. Debtors could not then be followed to France, and +Brummell was secure. + +The little, rude, and thoroughly comfortless town of Calais was now to +be the place of residence, for nearly the rest of his life, to a man +accustomed to the highest luxuries of London life, trained to the +keenest sensibility of London enjoyment, and utterly absorbed in London +objects of every kind. Ovid's banishment among the Thracians could +scarcely be a more formidable change of position. Yet Brummell's +pleasantry did not desert him even in Calais. On some passing friend's +remark on the annoyance of living in such a place--"Pray," said the +Beau, "is it not a general opinion that a gentleman might manage to +spend his time pleasantly enough _between_ London and Paris?" + +At Calais he took apartments at the house of one Leleux, an old +bookseller, which he fitted up to his own taste; and on which, as if +adversity had no power to teach him common prudence, he expended the +greater part of the 25,000 francs which, by some still problematical +means, he had contrived to carry away with him. This was little short of +madness; but it was a madness which he had been practising for the last +dozen years, and habit had now rendered ruin familiar to him. At length +a little gleam of hope shone across his fortunes. George IV. arrived at +Calais on his way to Hanover. The Duke d'Angoulźme came from Paris to +receive his Majesty, and Calais was all in a tumult of loyalty. The +reports of Brummell's conduct on this important arrival, of the King's +notice of him, and of the royal liberality in consequence, were of every +shape and shade of invention. But all of them, except the mere +circumstance of the King's pronouncing his name, seem to have been +utterly false. Brummell, mingling in the crowd which cheered his Majesty +in his progress, was observed by the King, who audibly said, "Good +heavens, Brummell!" But the recognition proceeded no further. The Beau +sent his valet, who was a renowned maker of punch, to exhibit his talent +in that art at the royal entertainment, and also sent a present of some +excellent maraschino. But no result followed. The King was said to have +transmitted to him a hundred pound note; but even this is unluckily +apocryphal. Leleux, his landlord, thus gives the version. The English +consul at Calais came to Mr Brummell late one evening, and intimated +that the King was out of snuff, saying, as he took up one of the boxes +lying on his table, "Give me one of yours."--"With all my heart," was +the reply; "but not that box, for if the King saw it I should never have +it again"--implying that there was some story attached to it. On +reaching the theatre the consul presented the snuff, and the King +turning, said, "Why, sir, where did you get your snuff? There is only +one person that I know that can mix snuff in this way!"--"It is some of +Mr Brummell's, your Majesty," replied the consul. The next day the King +left Calais; and, as he seated himself in the carriage, he said to Sir +Arthur Paget, who commanded the yacht that brought him over, "I leave +Calais, and have not seen Brummell." From this his biographer infers +that he had received neither money nor message, and his landlord is of +the same opinion. But slight as those circumstances are, it seems +obvious that George IV. had a forgiving heart towards the Beau +notwithstanding all his impertinences, that he would have been glad to +forgive him, and that he would, in all probability, have made some +provision for his old favourite if Brummell had exhibited any signs of +repentance. On the other hand, Brummell was a man of spirit, and no man +ought to put himself in the way of being treated contemptuously even by +royalty; but it seems strange that, with all his adroitness, he should +not have hit upon a middle way. There could have been no great +difficulty in ascertaining whether the King would receive him, in +sending a respectful message, in offering his loyal congratulations on +the King's arrival, or even in expressing his regret at his long +alienation from a Prince to whom he had been once indebted for so many +favours, and who certainly never harboured resentment against man. +Brummell evidently repented his tardiness on this occasion; for he made +up his mind to make a more direct experiment when the King should visit +the town-hall on his return. But opportunities once thrown away are +seldom regained. The king on his return did not visit the town-hall, but +hurried on board, and the last chance of reconciliation was gone. + +Yet during his long residence in Calais, the liberality of his own +connexions in England enabled him to show a good face to poverty. He +paid his bills punctually whenever the remittance came, and was +charitable to the mendicants who, probably for the last thousand years, +have made Calais their headquarters. The general name for him was the +_Roi de Calais_. An anecdote of his pleasantry in almsgiving reached the +public ear. A French beggar asked him for a two-sous piece. "I don't +know the coin," said Brummell, "never having had one; but I suppose you +mean a franc. There, take it." His former celebrity had also spread far +and wide among the population. A couple of English workmen in one of the +factories of the town, one day followed a gentleman who had a +considerable resemblance to Brummell. He heard one of them say to the +other, "Now, I'll bet you a pot that's him." Shortly after, one of them +strolled up to him, with, "Beg pardon, sir--hope no offence, but we two +have got a bet--now, a'n't you George Ring the Bell?" Brummell's habits +of flirtation did not desert him in France; and in one instance he paid +such marked attention to a young English lady, that a friend was deputed +to enquire his purposes. Here Brummell's knowledge of every body did him +good service. The deputy on this occasion having once figured as the +head of a veterinary hospital, or some such thing, but being then in the +commissariat,--"Why, Vulcan!" exclaimed Brummell, "what a humbug you +must be to come and lecture me on such a subject! You, who were for two +years at hide-and-seek to save yourself from being shot by Sir T. S. for +running off with one of his daughters." "Dear me," said the astonished +friend, "you have touched a painful chord; I will have no more to do +with this business." The business died a natural death. + +His dressing-table was _recherché_. Its _batterie de toilette_ was +curious, complete, and of silver; one part of it being a spitting-dish, +he always declaring that "it was impossible to _spit in clay_." His +"making up" every morning occupied two hours. When he first arrived in +Caen he carried a cane, but often exchanged it for a brown silk +umbrella, which was always protected by a silk case of remarkable +accuracy of fit--the handle surmounted by an ivory head of George the +Fourth, in well-curled wig and gracious smile. In the street he _never_ +took off his hat to any one, not even to a lady; for it would have been +difficult to replace it in the same position, it having been put on with +peculiar care. We finish by stating, that he always had the _soles_ of +his boots blackened as well as the upper leathers; his reason for this +being, that, in the usual negligence of human nature, he never could be +sure that the polish on the _edge_ of the sole would be accurately +produced, unless the whole underwent the operation. He occasionally +polished a single boot himself, to show how perfection on this point was +to be obtained. Clogs, so indispensable in the dirt of an unpaved French +street, he always abhorred; yet, under cover of night, he _could_, now +and then, condescend to wear them. "Theft," as the biographer observes, +"in Sparta was a crime--but only when it was _discovered_." + +But after this life of fantasy and frivolity, on which so much +cleverness was thrown away, the unfortunate Beau finished his career +miserably. On his application to the Foreign Office, representing his +wish to be removed to any other consulate where he might serve more +effectually, and of course with a better income; the former part of his +letter was made the ground of abolishing the consulate, while the latter +received no answer. We say nothing of this measure, any further than +that it had the effect of utter ruin on poor Brummell. The total loss of +his intellect followed; he was reduced to absolute beggary, and finally +spent his last miserable hours in an hospital for lunatic mendicants. +Surely it could not have been difficult, in the enormous patronage of +office, to have found some relief for the necessities of a man whose +official character was unimpeached; who had been expressly put into +government employ by ministers for the sake of preserving him from +penury; who had been the companion, the _friend_ of princes and nobles; +and whose faults were not an atom more flagrant than those of every man +of fashion in his time. But he was now utterly ruined and wretched. Some +strong applications were made to his former friends by a Mr Armstrong, a +merchant of Caen, who seems to have constantly acted a most humane part +to him, and occasional donations were sent. A couple of hundred pounds +were even remitted from the Foreign Office; and, by the exertions of +Lord Alvanley and the present Duke of Beaufort, who never deserted him, +and this is much to the honour of both, a kind of small annuity was paid +to him. But he was already overwhelmed with debt, for his income from +the consulate netted him but L.80 a-year, the other L.320 being in the +hands of the banker, his creditor; and it seems probable that his +destitution deprived him of his senses after a period of wretchedness +and even of rags. Broken-hearted and in despair, concluding with +hopeless imbecility, this man of taste and talent, for he possessed both +in no common degree, was left to die in the hands of strangers--no +slight reproach to the cruel insensibility of those who, wallowing in +wealth, and fluttering from year to year through the round of fashion, +suffered their former associate, nay their envied example, to perish in +his living charnel. He was buried in the Protestant cemetery of Caen, +under a stone with this inscription:-- + + In + Memory of + GEORGE BRUMMELL, ESQ., + who departed this life + On the 29th of March 1840. + Aged 62 years. + +Mr Jesse deserves credit for his two volumes. There is a good deal in +them which has no direct reference to Brummell; but he has collected +probably all that could be known. The books are _very_ readable, the +anecdotes pleasantly told, the style is lively, and frequently shows +that the biographer could adopt the thought as well as the language of +his hero. At all events he has given us the detail of a character of +whom every body had heard something, and every body wished to hear more. + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} _The Life of George Brummell, Esq._ By Captain Jesse. 2 volumes. + + + + +THE ACTUAL CONDITION OF THE GREEK STATE. + + "Say why + That ancient story of Prometheus chain'd? + The vulture--the inexhaustible repast + Drawn from his vitals? Say what meant the woes + By Tantalus entail'd upon his race, + And the dark sorrows of the line of Thebes? + Fictions in form, but in their substance truths-- + Tremendous truths!--familiar to the men + Of long past times; nor obsolete in ours."--_Excursion._ + + +In an article on the bankruptcy of the Greek kingdom, (No. CCCXXXV., +September 1843,) we gave an account of the financial condition of the +new state; and we ventured to suggest that a revolution was unavoidable. +That revolution occurred even sooner than we expected; for our number +had hardly reached Athens ere King Otho was compelled to summon a +national assembly to aid him in framing the long promised constitution. + +As our former number explained the immediate causes of the discontent in +Greece, we shall now furnish our readers with a description of the +revolution, of its results, and of the great difficulties which still +oppose serious barriers to the formation of an independent _kingdom_ in +Greece. The late revolution was distinguished by an open rebellion of +the army; and as a rebellion, in which the troops have been covered with +decorations, and have received a gratification of some months' pay, is +not the era from which we should wish to date the civil liberty and +national prosperity of a monarchy founded by Great Britain, France, and +Russia, we shall use great delicacy in describing the movement, and +record no fact which we cannot substantiate by legal or documentary +evidence. + +It is not to be supposed when we in Edinburgh were informed of the +approaching storm in Greece, that the people of the country were without +anxiety. The _Morning Post_, (23d September 1843,) which has generally +contained very accurate information from Athens, published a letter +written from that city on the 5th September. This Athenian correspondent +declared "that the Greeks have so fully made up their minds to put an +end to the Bavarian dynasty, as to be resolved not even to accept a +constitution at the hands of the king. They declare that they will +abstain from all outrage and personal violence; and that they only +desire the embarkation of King Otho and his German followers, who shall +be free to leave the country without the slightest injury." + +We solicit the attention of her majesty's ministers to these memorable +words, written before the revolution. + +The danger, in short, was visible to every body but King Otho, his +German camarilla, and his renegade Greek ministers. At this time Kalergy +was inspector of the cavalry. He had always expressed his +dissatisfaction with the system of Bavarian favouritism in the army; and +his gallant and disinterested conduct during the war against the Turks, +rendered him universally popular. Infinitely more of a gentleman and a +man of the world than any of the court faction, it is said that he was +viewed with feelings of personal as well as political aversion. It +happened that, about a week before the revolution, the king reviewed the +garrison of Athens, and in the order of the day which followed this +review, General Kalergy was noticed in such a way that he felt himself +deeply insulted. A Bavarian, Captain Hess, then marshal of the palace, +was supposed to be the author of this document. As the attack on Kalergy +was evidently caused by his political conduct, the whole Greek army took +his part, and the cry was raised that the Bavarians must be driven out +of Greece. + +The prominent part which General Kalergy has taken in the late +revolution, and the romantic incidents of his life, induce us to offer +our readers a short sketch of his earlier career. We have known him in +circumstances when intercourse ensures intimacy; for we have sat +together round the same watch-fires, on the mountains of Argolis and +Attica. To parody the words of Anastasius, we saw him achieve his first +deed of prowess, and we were present when he heard his first praises. +Hastings's lips have long been silenced by death, but the music of his +applause still rings in our ears. + +Demetrius Kalergy is descended from a Cretan family, whose name is +famous in the annals of Candia. He was born in Russia, and was studying +in Germany when the Greeks took up arms against the Turks. His elder +brothers, Nicolas and Manolis, having resolved to join the cause of +their countrymen, repaired to Marseilles, where, with the assistance of +their uncle, a man of great wealth in Russia, they freighted a vessel, +and purchased a small train of artillery, consisting of sixteen guns, +and a considerable supply of muskets and ammunition. Demetrius, though +then only fifteen years of age, could not be restrained from joining +them, and the three brothers arrived in Greece together. The young +Kalergy soon gave proofs of courage and military talents. His second +brother, Manolis, was killed during the siege of Athens; but the eldest, +Nicolas, a man who unites the accomplishments of a court to the +sincerest feelings of patriotism, still resides in Greece, universally +respected. During the Bavarian sway he took no part in political +affairs; but he was elected a member of the national assembly, which has +just terminated its labours in preparing the constitution. + +Demetrius Kalergy was first entrusted with an independent command in +1824, when the Peloponnesian chiefs and primates, Kolokotroni, Londos, +Notaras, Deliyani, Zaimi, and Sessini, endeavoured to divide the Morea +into a number of small principalities, of which they expected to secure +the revenues for themselves. In spite of Kalergy's youth, he was ordered +to take the field against the first corps of the rebels that had acted +in open hostility to the existing government. With his usual promptitude +and decision, he attacked Panos Kolokotroni, the son of the old Klepht, +and Staļkos, a Moreote captain of some reputation, in the plain of +Tripolitza, where they were posted for the despicable purpose of +intercepting the trains of mules laden with merchandise for the supply +of the shops of Tripolitza, then the great market of all the central +parts of the Morea. + +The affair was really brilliant. The rebels were encamped on a low hill, +and, not expecting that Kalergy would depart from the usual practice of +carrying on a long series of skirmishes, they had paid no attention to +their position. The attack opened in the usual way by a fierce fire at a +very long distance; but Kalergy, on perceiving the careless arrangements +of his enemy, soon induced his troops to creep up pretty close to the +Moreotes, when he suddenly jumped up, and shouted to his followers, "The +shortest way is the best. Follow me!" and rushed forward. His whole band +was within the hostile lines in an instant. The manoeuvre was so +unexpected, that few of the rebels fired; many were loading their +muskets, and none had time to draw their swords or yatagans. About 170 +were slain, and, if report may be trusted, one of the rebel chiefs was +struck down by Kalergy, and the other taken prisoner after receiving a +wound in personal combat with the young hero. The faction of the Moreote +barons, as these greedy plunderers of the Greek shopkeepers would fain +have been called, was dissolved by this unexpected victory. Many laid +down their arms, and made peace with the government. + +General Kalergy was afterwards present in the town of Navarin when it +was besieged by Ibrahim Pasha, and marched out with his band when the +place capitulated. This defeat, though he had only held a subordinate +command, afflicted him greatly, and he looked round for some means of +avenging his country's loss on the Turks. He resolved at last to +endeavour to make a diversion by recommencing the war in Crete; but +without a strong fortress to secure the ammunition and supplies +necessary for prosecuting a series of irregular attacks, it was evident +that nothing important could be effected. In this difficulty, Kalergy +determined to attack the impregnable island-fortress of Grabusa, as it +was known that the strength of the place had induced the Turks to leave +it with a very small garrison. Kalergy having learned that the greater +part of this garrison was absent during the day, disguised a few of his +men in Turkish dresses, and appeared on the beach at the point from +which the soldiers of the garrison crossed to this island Gibraltar. The +commander of Grabusa ordered the boat to transport them over as usual, +and the Greeks entered the fort before the mistake was discovered. The +place was in vain attacked by all the forces of Mohammed Ali; the Greeks +kept possession of it to the end of the war. The sagacity and courage +displayed by Kalergy in this affair placed him in the rank of the ablest +of the Greek chiefs. + +When General Gordon (whose excellent history of the Greek revolution we +recommend to our readers{A}) attempted to relieve Athens, then besieged +by Kutayhi, (Reschid Pasha,) Kalergy and Makriyani commanded divisions +of the troops which occupied the Piręus. Subsequently, when Lord +Cochrane and General Church endeavoured to force the Turkish lines, +Kalergy was one of the officers who commanded the advanced division. In +the engagement which ensued, his adventures afford an illustration of +the singular vicissitudes of Eastern warfare. The Greek troops landed at +Cape Kolias during the night, and pushed forward to within a mile and a +half of the Turkish lines, where they formed a slight intrenchment on +some undulating hills. They threw up some ill-constructed tambouria, (as +the redoubts used in Turkish warfare are termed,) and of these some +remains are still visible. A ravine descending from the lower slopes of +Hymettus ran in front of this position, deep enough to shelter the +Turkish cavalry, and enable them to approach without exposing themselves +to the Greek artillery. This movement of the Turks was distinctly seen +from the Greek camp at the Piręus, and the approaching attack on the +advanced posts of the army was waited for in breathless anxiety. The map +of the plain of Athens is sufficiently familiar to most of our readers +to enable then to picture to themselves the scene which ensued with +perfect accuracy. + +The Greek troops destined for the relief of Athens amounted to about +3000 men, and of these about 600 were posted far in advance of their +companions, in three small redoubts. The main body drawn up in a long +line remained inactive with the artillery, and a smaller corps as a +rear-guard seemed destined to communicate with the fleet of Lord +Cochrane at Cape Kolias. At the Piręus, about 700 men were scattered +about in all the disorder of an Eastern encampment, without making the +slightest attempt to distract the attention of the Turkish troops. The +French General Gueheneuc and the Bavarian General Heideck, both +witnessed the battle. + +The Turkish cavalry, to the number of about 700, having formed in the +ravine, rode slowly up towards the brow of the hill on which the +tambouria of the Cretans, the Suliots, and the regular regiment were +placed. As soon as their appearance on the crest of the ridge exposed +them to the fire of the Greeks, they galloped forward. The fire of the +Greeks, however, seemed almost without effect, yet the Turks turned and +galloped down the hill into the shelter of the ravine. In a short time +they repeated their attack with a determination, which showed that the +preceding attempt had been only a feint to enable them to examine the +ground. As they approached this time very near the intrenchments, the +fire of the Greeks proved more effectual than on the former occasion, +and several of the Delhis, horse and man, rolled on the ground. Again +the Turks fled to conceal themselves in the ravine, and prepared for +another attack by dividing their force into three divisions, one of +which ascended and another descended the ravine, while the third +prepared to renew the assault in the old direction. The vizier Kutayhi +himself moved forward to encourage his troops, and it became evident +that a desperate struggle would now be made to carry the Greek +position, where the few troops who held it were left unsupported. + +The Turkish cavalry soon rushed on the Greeks, assailing their position +in front and flanks; and, in spite of their fire, forced the horses over +the low intrenchments into the midst of the enemy.{B} For the space of +hardly three minutes pistol shots and sabre cuts fell so thick, that +friends and foes were in equal danger. Of the Greeks engaged not one had +turned to flee, and but few were taken alive. The loss of the Turks was, +however, but trifling--about a dozen men and from fifteen to twenty +horses. + +The centre of the Greek army, on beholding the destruction of the +advanced guard, showed little determination; it wavered for a minute, +and then turned and fled towards the shore in utter confusion, +abandoning all its artillery to the Turks. The Delhis soon overtook +their flying enemies, and riding amongst them, coolly shot down and +sabred those whose splendid arms and dresses excited their cupidity. The +artillery itself was turned on the fugitives, who had left the +ammunition undestroyed as well as the guns unspiked. But our concern +with the battle of the 6th May 1827, is at present confined to following +the fortunes of Kalergy. He was one of the prisoners. His leg had been +broken by a rifle-ball as the Turks entered the tambouri of the Cretans, +and as he received an additional sabre cut on the arm, he lay helpless +on the ground, where his youthful appearance and splendid arms caught +the eye of an Albanian bey, who ordered him to be secured and taken care +of as his own prisoner. + +On the morning after the battle, the prisoners were all brought out +before the tent of Kutayhi, who was encamped at Patissia, very near the +site of the house subsequently built by Sir Pulteney Malcolm. George +Drakos, a Suliot chief, had killed himself during the night; and the +Pasha, in consequence, ordered all the survivors to be beheaded, +wishing, probably, to afford Europe a specimen of Ottoman economy and +humanity, by thus saving the lives of these Greeks from themselves. Two +hundred and fifty were executed, when Kalergy, unable to walk, was +carried into the circle of Turkish officers witnessing the execution, on +the back of a sturdy Albanian baker. Kutayhi calmly ordered his instant +execution; but the prisoner having informed his captor that he would pay +100,000 piastres for his ransom; the Albanian bey stepped forward and +maintained his right to his prisoner so stoutly, that the Pasha, whose +army was in arrears, and whose military chest was empty, found himself +compelled to yield. As a memento of their meeting, however, he ordered +one of Kalergy's ears to be cut off. The ransom was quickly paid, and +Kalergy returned to Poros, where it was some time before he recovered +from his wounds. + +Capodistrias on his arrival in Greece named Kalergy his aide-de-camp, +and as he was much attached to the president, he was entrusted with the +command of the cavalry sent against Poros and Nisi, when those places +took up arms against the arbitrary and tyrannical conduct of +Capodistrias. We are not inclined to apologize for the disorders which +the Greek cavalry then committed; they were unpardonable even during the +excitement of a civil war. + +The marriage of Kalergy was as romantic as the rest of his career. Two +chiefs, both of the family of Notaras, (one of the few Greek families +which can boast of territorial influence dating from the times of the +Byzantine empire,) had involved the province of Corinth in civil war, in +order to secure the hand of a young heiress. The lady, however, having +escaped from the scene of action, conferred her hand on Kalergy, whose +fame as a soldier far eclipsed that of the two rivals. + +As soon as the Bavarians arrived in Greece, they commenced persecuting +Kalergy. An unfounded charge of treason was brought against him; but he +was honourably acquitted by a court-martial, of which our country-man, +General Gordon of Cairness, was the president; and from that period +down to the publication of the order of the day, last September, he has +been constantly an object of Bavarian hatred. + +About twenty-four hours before the revolution of the 15th of September +broke out, the court of Greece received some information concerning the +extent and nature of the plot, and orders were given by King Otho to +hold a council of his trusted advisers. The Bavarians Hess and Graff, +and the Greeks Rizos, Privilegios, Dzinos, and John the son of Philip, +(for one of the courtly councillors of the house of Wittelspach rejoices +in this primitive cognomen,) met, and decided on the establishment of a +court-martial to try and shoot every man taken in arms. Orders were +immediately prepared for the arrest of upwards of forty persons. + +A good deal has been said about the revolution as having been a mere +military movement. This, however, is not a correct view of the matter, +either with reference to the state of parties, or to the intensity of +the national feeling at the time. Sir Robert Inglis most justly observed +in Parliament--"That revolution in Greece had been prepared during years +of intolerable despotism, and the soldiery merely shared in, and did not +by any means lead, the proceedings of the great body of the nation." The +fact is, that a plot for seizing the king and sending him to Trieste, +had been formed by the Philorthodox or Russian party, in the early part +of 1843; but the party, from some distrust of its own strength, and from +the increasing unpopularity of King Otho, was induced to admit a few of +the most determined of the constitutionalists into the plot, without +intending to entrust them with the whole of the plan. The rising was at +last fixed for the month of September. This occurred in consequence of +the universal outcry raised by the Greeks, on finding that the +representations of Great Britain in favour of the long-promised +constitution, and the warnings which Sir Robert Peel threw out on the +discussion of Greek affairs on Mr Cochrane's motion, were utterly +neglected by King Otho. This indignation was reduced to despair when it +was known that Mr Tricoupis, on his recall from London, had assured the +king that the English cabinet was so determined to maintain the _statu +quo_, that the constitutional party would meet with no countenance from +England. Every party in Greece then prepared for action, and entered +into negotiations, in which the opinions of the constitutionalists +prevailed, because they were actively supported by the great body of the +people. + +In order to prevent the country from becoming a scene of anarchy, in +case a civil war proved unavoidable, it was necessary to employ all the +regular authorities who could be induced to join the national cause, in +their actual functions, without any reference to party feelings. This +was done; and the fact that it was so, proves the intenseness of the +public feeling. The constitutional party decided that the recognition of +Greece as a constitutional state, and the immediate convocation of a +national assembly, were to be the demands made on King Otho. The Russian +party allowed these two questions to be first mooted in the firm +persuasion that the king would be induced by his own pride, his despotic +principles, and the mistaken views of several of the foreign ministers +at Athens, to refuse these demands; and, in that case, the throne would +infallibly have been declared vacant. + +About midnight, on the 14th of September, the _gendarmes_ were ordered +to surround the house of General Makriyani, an officer of irregulars on +half-pay, and to arrest him on a charge of treason. On approaching the +house they were warned off; but pressing forward they were fired on, and +one _gendarme_ was killed and one or two wounded. In consequence of the +alarm given by the minister of war, for the purpose of supporting the +arrests to be made, the garrison was all in readiness. In the mean time +the greater part of the officers had been admitted into the secret, that +a general movement of all Greece was to be made that night, and that +their duty would be to maintain the strictest order and enforce the +severest discipline. + +Kalergy, therefore, as soon as he was informed that the movement had +been made to arrest Makriyani, assembled all the officers, and, in a few +words, declared to them that the moment for saving their country from +the Bavarian yoke had arrived; and that they must now, if they wished to +be free, call on the king to adopt a constitutional system of +government. The importance of this step, which Kalergy adopted with his +usual decision, can only be understood when it is recollected, that +there existed a strong party determined to avail itself of every +opportunity of driving King Otho from the throne. Had Kalergy, +therefore, delayed pledging the officers and the army to the +constitution, or allowed them to march out of their barracks before +making the constitution the rallying word of the revolution, there can +be no doubt that the agents of the Russian and Philorthodox parties +would have raised the cry of "Death to the Bavarians! down with the +tyrant!" Kalergy, however, put the garrison in motion amidst shouts of +_Long live the constitution_; and as the cavalry moved from their +barracks, these shouts were echoed enthusiastically by the citizens who +were waiting anxiously without. + +As soon as Kalergy had taken the command he marched all the troops to +the square before the palace. Two squadrons of cavalry, two battalions +of infantry, a company of Greek irregulars, and a number of half-pay +officers and pensioners, were soon drawn up under King Otho's windows. +His monstrous palace had begun to produce its effects. Strong patrols +were detached to preserve order in the town, and to compel the +_gendarmes_ to retire to their quarters. Makriyani, on being relieved +from his blockade, repaired to the square, collecting on the way as +large a body of armed citizens as he was able. + +The king had been waiting at one of the windows of the palace in great +anxiety to witness the arrest of Makriyani; and on seeing the shots +fired from the house, and the suspension of the attack by the +_gendarmes_, he had dispatched a Bavarian aide-de-camp, named +Steinsdorff, to order the artillery to the palace. The young and +inexperienced Bavarian returned without the guns; but assured his +Majesty that they would soon arrive. In the mean time, the whole +garrison appeared in the square, and was ranged opposite the palace: the +king, however, expected that the arrival of the artillery would change +their disposition. In a short time, the guns came galloping up; but to +the utter dismay of King Otho, they were ranged in battery against the +palace, while the artillerymen, as soon as the manoeuvre was executed, +gave a loud shout of "long live the constitution." + +His Majesty, after a long period of profound silence, appeared at a +window of the lower story of the palace, attended by the Bavarian +captain, Hess--the most unpopular man in Greece, unless Dzinos, the +agent in the celebrated cases of judicial torture, could dispute with +him that "bad eminence." One of the servants of the court called for +General Kalergy in a loud voice; and when he approached the window the +king asked--"What is the meaning of this disturbance? What am I to +understand by this parade of the garrison?" To this Kalergy replied, in +a loud and clear voice, "The people of Greece and the army desire that +your Majesty will redeem the promise that the country should be governed +constitutionally." King Otho then said, "Retire to your quarters; I +shall consult with my ministers, with the council of state, and the +ambassadors of the three protecting powers, and inform you of my +determination." This appeared to the audience to be acting the absolute +sovereign rather too strongly under the circumstances, and a slight +movement of the officers, who overheard the king's words, was conveyed +like lightning to the troops, so that the king received a distinct reply +from the whole army in a sudden clang of sabres and noise of arms. +Kalergy, however, immediately replied in the same distinct tone in which +he had before spoken--"Sire, neither the garrison of Athens, nor the +people will quit this spot, until your Majesty's decisions on the +proposals of the council of state, which will be immediately laid before +you, is known." At this moment Captain Hess put himself forward beside +the king, and said--"Colonel Kalergy; that is not the way in which it +becomes you to speak to his Majesty." But to this ill-timed lesson in +politeness Kalergy replied sharply--"Draw your head back, sir: you and +such as you have brought the king and the country into their present +unfortunate circumstances. You ought to be ashamed of your conduct." The +Bavarian hero at these words disappeared; and this was the last occasion +in which this champion of Bavarianism appeared in a public character. + +At this time, Count Metaxas, Lieutenant-General Sir Richard Church, and +Major-General Londos, members of the council of state, who had been in +the square with the troops, were engaged preparing the council for its +share in the revolution. At the meeting which took place, Spiro Milios, +the commandant of the military school, and an active member of the +Russian party, was present as a representative of the army. It was +evident that the council of state comprised three parties. One was +willing to support King Otho and the actual system. This party included +Kondouriotis, the president; Tricoupis, the late minister in London; and +a German Greek named Theocharis. Another party was eager to drive King +Otho from the throne, in order to proceed to the nomination of a regency +preparatory to the choice of an orthodox prince. We are not sure that +any individual is now anxious to identify his name with this party. The +third party made the demand for a constitution their primary object; and +as this party was led by Metaxas, Londos, Church, Palamidhis, and +Mansolas, it was soon joined by the majority. + +The meeting was long, and it is said that the conduct of the members was +much more disorderly than that of the people and the troops in the +square; but at last, a proclamation and an oath were drawn up, by which +the council of state, the army, and the people, all pledged themselves +to support the constitution. A committee consisting of Metaxas, Londos, +and Palamidhis, was also charged to prepare an address to the king, +recommending his majesty to convoke a national assembly, in order to +prepare a constitution for the state; at the same time they invited his +majesty to appoint new ministers, and in the list presented they of +course took care to insert their own names. As soon as this business was +terminated, the council dispatched a deputation to wait on his majesty, +consisting of the president and five members, who were to obtain the +king's consent. + +The conduct of King Otho on receiving this deputation was neither wise +nor firm. He delayed returning any answer for two hours, and attempted +to open a negotiation with the council of state, by means of one of the +members of the camarilla. The delay excited some distrust even among the +best disposed in the square, and the report was spread that the king was +endeavouring to communicate with the _corps diplomatique_, in order to +create a diversion. At this very time a train of carriages suddenly +appeared at the gates of the palace, and the ministers of the three +protecting powers--Sir Edmund Lyons, Mr Katakazy, and Mr Piscatory, +accompanied by General Prokesch d'Osten, and Mr Brassier de St Simon, +the representatives of Austria and Prussia--requested to be admitted to +see the king. General Kalergy, however, declared that he had orders to +refuse all entry to the palace, until his majesty had terminated his +conference with the deputation of the council of state; and repeated, in +the presence of the ministers of Austria and Prussia, the assurance he +had given at an early hour of the morning to Sir Edmund Lyons, Mr +Katakazy, and Mr Piscatory, that the greatest respect would be shown to +the person of his majesty. Mr Katakazy, the _doyen_ of the _corps +diplomatique_, satisfied that any parade of foreign interference could +only increase the difficulties of the king's position, accepted the +answer of Kalergy and began to withdraw. The representatives of the +powers which had never protected Greece, deemed the moment favourable +for a display of a little independent diplomacy, and accordingly the +Prussian minister asked Kalergy in a tone, neither mild nor low, if he +durst refuse to admit him to see his majesty. To this Kalergy, who was +extremely anxious to avoid any dispute with the foreign ministers at +such a moment, politely replied that he was compelled to refuse even +the minister of Prussia. Mr Brassier, however, returned to the charge +aided by his Austrian colleague; but as the Greeks place all Germans in +the category of Bavarians, they gave some manifestations of their +dislike to any German interference, which could not be otherwise than +displeasing to the Prussian, who addressed Kalergy in a very rough tone. +His words were lost to the spectators, but they were supported by +General Prokesch d'Osten with a good deal of gesticulation. The patience +of Kalergy gave way under these repeated attacks, and he turned to Mr +Brassier, saying--"Monsieur le ministre, you are generally unlucky in +your advice, and I am afraid his majesty has heard too much of it +lately." + +The thrust was a home one, and the Prussian minister, rather +discomposed, addressed himself to Sir Edmund Lyons, who, while waiting +till his carriage drew up, had been quietly contemplating the scene, and +said--"Colonel Kalergy is insolent; but he only repeats what he has +heard in the drawing-rooms of Athens." Sir Edmund Lyons replied--"I do +not see, Mr Brassier, how that makes your case better," and withdrew to +his carriage, leaving Austria and Prussia to battle out their dispute +with Greece in the presence of the mob. The spectators considered the +scene a very amusing one, for they laughed heartily as the _corps +diplomatique_ retired; but, if all the reports current in diplomatic +circles be true, Mr Katakazy, the _doyen_ of the Athenian diplomatists, +was made to suffer severely for his prudent conduct; for it is said that +his recall took place because he did not support with energy the foolish +attempt of his enterprising colleagues. It is certain that any very +violent support given to any feeling, in direct hostility to the +national cause at the time, could hardly have failed to vacate the +throne, or at least to push the people on to commit some disorders, of +which the Russian court, and the friends of despotism at Vienna and +Berlin, might have taken advantage. + +The king, finding at last that there was no hope of his deriving any +assistance from without, signed the ordinances appointing a new +ministery, and convoking a national assembly. The troops, after having +remained more than thirteen hours under arms, were marched back to their +barracks, as if from a review; and every thing at Athens followed its +usual course. Thus was a revolution effected in the form of government +in Greece without any interruption in the civil government--without the +tribunals' ceasing to administer justice for a single day--without the +shops' remaining closed beyond the usual hours, or the mercantile +affairs of the country undergoing the slightest suspension. Such a +people must surely be fit for a constitution. + +The national assembly has now met, and terminated its labours; and +Greece is in possession of a constitution made by Greeks. In three +months the first representative chamber will meet. It will consist of +about 120 members. The senate, which is to consist of members named by +the king for life, cannot exceed one-half the number of the +representatives elected by the people. Faults may be found with some of +the details of the constitution; but, on the whole, it must be regarded +as a very favourable specimen of the political knowledge of the Greeks; +and the manner in which the different articles were discussed, and the +care with which every proposal and amendment were examined, gave all +those who witnessed the debates a very high opinion of the legislative +capacity of the people. + +The form of the Greek government, as a constitutional monarchy, may now +be considered as settled. We shall therefore proceed to examine the +difficulties, of a social and political nature, which still obstruct the +advancement of the nation, and render its prosperity problematical. Some +of our statements may appear almost paradoxical to travellers, whose +hasty glance at distant countries enables them to come to rather more +positive conclusions than those who devote years to study the same +subject. We shall, however, strive to expose our facts in such a way as +to show that we state the plain truth, nothing but the truth, and, as +far as our subject carries us, the whole truth. + +That Greece has not hitherto improved, either in her wealth, population, +or civilization, as fast as the energy of her people led her friends to +expect would be the case after she was freed from the Turks, is +universally admitted. The great bar to improvement exists in an evil +rooted in the present frame of social life, but fortunately one which +good and just government would gradually remove. In Greece there is no +clear and definite idea of the sacred right of property in land. The god +Terminus is held in no respect. No Greek, from the highest to the +lowest, understands the meaning of that absolute right of property +"which," as Blackstone says, "consists in the free use, enjoyment, and +disposal by every Englishman of all his acquisitions, without control or +diminution, save only by the laws of the land." + +The appropriation of Mr Finlay's land by King Otho, without measurement, +valuation, or payment, to make a garden for his palace--the formation of +a great road leading to the French minister's house, by the municipality +of Athens, without indemnifying the owners of the land, though a road +sufficiently good already existed--and the confiscation of half the +estates purchased by foreigners from the Turks by Maurocordatos, when +Minister of Finance under the Bavarian Regency, in a ministerial +circular deciding on rights of property, are mere trifling examples of +the universal spirit. When Maurocordatos wrote his memorable +declaration, "that every spot where wild herbs, fit for the pasturage of +cattle, grow, is national property, and that the Greek government +recognises no individual property in the soil except the exclusive right +of cultivation," he only, in deference to the Bavarian policy of the +time, which wished to copy Mohammed Ali's administration in Egypt, +caricatured a misconception of the right of property equally strong in +every Greek, whether he be the oppressor or the oppressed. Even the late +National Assembly has not thought it necessary to correct any of the +invasions of private property by the preceding despotism. Individuals, +almost ruined by the plunder of their land, have not even received the +offer of an indemnity, though the justice of their claims is not +denied.{C} + +The origin of this national obtuseness of mind on a question of +interest, is to be found in the system of taxing the land. A Greek +really views land somewhat as English labourers view game. The owner of +the soil is absolute proprietor only during those months in which he is +engaged in the labours of preparing the land and sowing the seed. As +soon as the harvest time arrives, he ceases to be master of his estate, +and sinks into the condition of a serf of the revenue officer, or of the +farmer of the land revenue. It is true, that the government tax only +amounts to a tenth of the gross produce of the soil; but, in virtue of +this right to a tenth, government assumes the entire direction of all +the agricultural operations relating to the crops, and the cultivator's +nine-tenths (for it is really a misnomer to call him proprietor) become +a mere adjunct of the government tenth. + +Many of our readers, who are unacquainted with Eastern life, may suppose +that we colour our picture too strongly. In order, therefore, to divest +our statement of all ornament, we shall describe the whole of the events +of an agricultural year. Our classic readers will then comprehend +practically how the vulture could feast on the perpetually growing heart +of Prometheus--why Tantalus tempted the gods by murdering Pelops--and +they will see that the calamities of the Theban race are an allegorical +representation of the inevitable fate which awaits a people groaning +under the system of taxation now in force in Greece. + +The tenths in Greece are usually farmed to speculators, and, as the +collection is a matter of difficulty, extraordinary powers are conferred +on the farmers; hence it happens, that the social position of the +cultivators and the farmers is one of constant hostility. If the +cultivator has it in his power, he cheats the farmer of the revenue, +and if the farmer is able to do so he cheats the cultivator. The result +is, that probably not one individual in the Greek kingdom really pays +the exact tenth of the produce of his land. A few of the most active +rogues contrive to cheat the farmers of the revenue; but these +gentlemen, in virtue of the great powers with which the law invests +them, contrive to cheat the greater part of the proprietors. As soon as +the grain is ripe, the cultivator is compelled to address himself to the +tax-farmer for permission to cut his crop; but as the farmer must keep a +very sharp look-out after his interest, he only grants such permissions +as accord with the arrangements he may have established for watching the +cultivators at the smallest possible expense to himself, making the +over-ripeness of the crop of the majority a very secondary +consideration. It happens, consequently, that in Greece two-thirds of +the grain are not gathered until it is over-ripe, and the loss is +consequently very great. + +When the grain is cut, it must be carried to a certain number of +authorized threshing-floors collected together, in order that the tax +farmer may take every possible care to secure his tenth. To these +threshing-floors the whole grain of a district must be transported from +the fields in the straw, though the straw may be wanted as fodder for +cattle at the very spot from which it is taken, and will require to be +carried back a very great distance. An immense loss of grain and labour +is sustained by this regulation; but it is a glorious season for the +donkeys;--long trains of these animals, lively under their heavy loads +of sheaves, may be seen galloping one after the other, each endeavouring +to seize a mouthful from his neighbour. The roads are strewed with grain +and the broken-hearted cultivators follow, cursing man and beast. + +The grain is at last collected in immense stacks round the +threshing-floors--a cultivator perched on the top of each stack, +defending it from the attacks of man and beast; and a tax-gatherer, +seated with his pipe cross-legged in the middle of the circle, is +watching the manoeuvres of the cultivators. No person who has not +examined the subject with attention can imagine the scenes of fraud and +violence which a Greek harvest produces. The grain is usually kept piled +round the threshing-floors under various pretexts, for at least two +months, unless the cultivator pay the farmer an additional sum, to +facilitate the housing of his crops. Even in the vicinity of Athens, the +operations of the wheat and barley harvest generally occupy the +exclusive attention of the agricultural population for three months. The +grain is trodden out by cattle; and a Greek who bought a winnowing +machine at Athens, was not allowed to make use of it, as the farmers of +the revenue contended that the introduction of such instruments would +facilitate frauds. + +The farmers of the tenths likewise increase the evils of this ruinous +system, by throwing every difficulty in the way of the cultivators, in +order to compel them to consent to pay for each facility they may +require. We have known regular contracts entered into with the +peasantry, by which they agreed to pay from 3 to 5 per cent more than +the legal tenth. We believe no honest man ever paid less than from 12 to +13 per cent on his crop, even in the neighbourhood of the capital. It +may be supposed that some redress can be obtained, in cases of gross +oppression, by applying to the courts of law; but this is not the case. +A special tribunal, consisting of administrative officers of the Crown, +and municipal authorities, and from which lawyers have been always +carefully excluded, is appointed to judge summarily all cases relating +to the tenths. The infamous conduct of these administrative tribunals +excited general discontent, and an article has been inserted in the +constitution abolishing them, and sending all the pending cases to the +ordinary courts of law. Government, however, defended them to the last, +and even pressed for decisions down to the very hour in which King Otho +took his oath to the constitution. There is here, however, some ground +for consolation; for it is clear that the Greek ministers fear the +ordinary administration of justice as being above their control. + +It is needless to say, that under such laws the improvement of +agriculture in Greece is impossible. No green crops can be grown with +profit at any distance from a large town. The tenth of garden produce +and green crops being generally valued and paid for in money, the +disputes concerning the valuation, and the impossibility of obtaining +any redress, in case of injustice, have induced the cultivators to give +up such cultivation. We have known proprietors pay half the value of a +crop of potatoes as the value of the tenth; and in one case, on our +asking the farmer of the tenths, who after all was not a bad fellow at +heart, though he wished to make his farming of the revenues turn out a +good speculation in his hands, what he would recommend a proprietor to +do in order not to lose money by cultivating potatoes; he looked grave, +and after a few moments' thought, candidly replied--"Never to plant them +as long as the present law remains in force!" Vineyards which have been +planted with care, and cultivated for eight years, have been lately +abandoned, as the high valuation of their produce renders them +unprofitable. The only agriculture which can be pursued in Greece +without loss, is that in which only the simplest and rudest methods of +cultivation are followed. The land only yields a rent when it is in the +immediate vicinity of a large market, or when it is of the richest +quality; the employment of capital in improvements only opens new +channels for the extortions of the farmers of the revenue. No money can +be safely invested on mortgage in such a country, and no loans by the +Three Allied powers to the Government, no national bank, no manufactory +of beet-root sugar, no model farms, and no schools of agriculture can +introduce prosperity into a country taxed in such a manner. + +We do not intend to discuss any plan for ameliorating the condition of +the Greeks; but we can easily point out what it is necessary for them to +do before they can, by any possibility, better their condition. The +system of selling the tenths must be abolished; for a government so +inefficient as to be unable to collect them by its own officers, is +incompetent to perform the functions for which it was created, and ought +to be destroyed. The owners of the land must be rendered the real +masters of their property. They must be allowed to reap their crops when +they are ripe, and to thresh their grain when and where they please. +Until this is the case, we can assure the Three Protecting Powers, they +count without the people if they suppose that they have established a +permanent monarchy in Greece. We do not hesitate to say that the royal +dignity, even with the support of England and France, is not worth ten +years' purchase until this is accomplished. + +Every traveller who visits Greece declaims against the number of +coffee-houses throughout the country, and the hosts of idle people with +which they are filled. But nothing else can be expected in a country +where the system of agriculture keeps the cultivators idle for three +months annually, and deprives the proprietor of all profit from his +land. Under such circumstances the demand for labour becomes extremely +irregular. Many of the lower classes turn brigands and plunder their +neighbours; the educated and higher classes turn government _employés_ +and plunder the country. This evil has arrived at an alarming pitch; the +Greek army contains almost as many officers as privates; the navy has +officers enough to man a fleet twice as large as that which Greece +possesses, for she has three admirals, a hundred and fifty captains, and +two hundred and seventy commanders. It has been in vain pressed on every +successive administration, that a list of the army, navy, and civil +_employés_ ought to be published, in order to put an end to the shameful +system of jobbing which has always existed. No minister would, however, +adopt a principle which would so effectually have put an end to his own +arbitrary power of quartering his friends and relations on the public. +The loans of the three powers might be doubled to-morrow, and it is +evident that, unless all the population of Greece were made pensioners, +no surplus would be found to employ for any public improvement. + +Indeed the national revenues of the Greek kingdom, as of old those of +Athens and Rome, seem to be considered the property of that body of +citizens who pursue no useful occupation, and possess no taxable +property; while the unlucky proprietors are viewed as a species of +serfs, existing to supply a revenue to the state. This political +principle has been exemplified in a decree of the late national +assembly, excluding every Greek or foreigner from public employment who +happens not to be a born subject of the new kingdom, or who did not take +part in the war against the Turks before the end of 1827, and perhaps +even more strongly in a very unconstitutional private vote of a +committee of the whole house, giving 800 drachmas to each member--this +vote being in direct violation of one of the articles of the +constitution, which requires that all grants of money should originate +from the crown. We do not deny the necessity of allowing the deputies +this small grant; many of them were poor, and their conduct had been +disinterested; but we are bound to complain of the slightest infraction +of constitutional principles by those who frame a constitution. + +The length of this article compels us to leave a few observations we +desire to make on the municipal government of the Greeks, and on the +state of education, and of their judicial and ecclesiastical affairs, to +another opportunity. The late debates in the House of Commons, and the +able statement which Sir Robert Peel gave of the principles of our +policy with regard to Greece, render it unnecessary for us to say one +word on that subject. We can assure our readers that the policy of our +present ministers has been applauded by every party in Greece, except +the Philorthodox; and they, as they could find no fault, remained +silent. We believe that no two governments ever acted more +disinterestedly to a third than Great Britain end France have lately +done to Greece, and that no ministers ever acted more fairly, in any +international question, than Lord Aberdeen and M. Guizot have done on +the subject of the Greek revolution; but for this very reason we feel +inclined to warn our countrymen against the leaven of old principles, +which still exists in the palace at Athens. Let us judge of the new +government of Greece by its acts, and let Great Britain and France +remember that they are not looked on without some suspicion. + + +Enesti gar pōs touto tź tyrannidi + Nosźma, tois philoisi mź pepoithenai+. + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} 2 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1832. + +{B} The tambouria are always constructed with the ditch in the inside, +in order that they may afford a better cover from artillery. + +{C} One English sufferer has for several years vainly attacked the king +for justice, even with the assistance of the English Minister in Greece +and the Foreign Office at home. + + + + +INDEX TO VOL. LV. + + +Aborigines of New Holland, the, 193. + +Achilles Tatius, account of his romance of Clitophon and Leucippe, 33. + +Actual condition of the Greek state, the, 785. + +Aden, the British position of, 272. + +Adventures in Texas.--No. III. the Struggle, 18. + +Adventures of Clitophon and Leucippe, the, 33. + +Africa, ignorance of the interior of, 269. + +Africa--the Slave Trade--and Tropical Colonies, 730 + various expeditions to explore, 731 + its principal rivers, and countries watered by them, 734. + +Agriculture, causes of the decline of, in the Roman empire, 391. + +Ameer Ali, a Thug, account of, 326. + +Ameers of Scinde, case of the, 580. + +Anti-corn-law League, measures of the, 121. + +Ancient Greek romances--Clitophon and Leucippe, 33. + +Arabs of Cordova, sketch of the history of the, 431. + +Australia, statistics of the various colonies of, 184. + + +Banking in Australia, on, 186. + +Banking-House, the, a history in three part. Part III. Chap. I., Symptoms + of rottenness, 50 + Chap. II., A meeting, 56 + Chap. III., A chapter of loans, 61 + Chap. IV., A dissolution of partnership, 65 + Chap. V., The crisis, 69 + Chap. VI., The crash, 75 + Chap. VII., The vicarage, 79. + +Beau Brummell, Jesse's memoirs of, reviewed, 769. + +Beauclerk, Topham, 182. + +Beke, Dr. T. C., his travels in Africa, 740. + +Belfront castle, a retrospective review, 334. + +Benton, Mr, on the treaty of Washington, 112. + +Bewailment from Bath, a, or Poor Old Maids, 199. + +Bristol, the Earl of, 180. + +British fleet, the, 462. + +Brummell, Jesse's memoirs of, reviewed, 769. + +Bumbo Khan, sketch of, 223. + +Bundelcund, Colonel Davidson's travels in, 325. + + +Canadian insurgents, trials of the, 3. + +Catholicism, effects of in Ireland, 520. + +Chartists, state trials of the, in 1842, 5. + +Cheap labour and cheap bread, connection of, 125. + +Chudleigh, Miss, career of, 180. + +Church of Scotland, the secession from the, 221. + +Churkaree, town of, 327. + +Circulating libraries, on, 556. + +Circulating medium of Great Britain, amount of the, 388. + +Clitophon and Leucippe, account of the romance of, 33. + +Cobden, Mr, on the effects of corn-law repeal, 125. + +Colonies, importance of, to England, 740. + +Columbus, a poem, by B. Simmons, 687. + +Conservatism, advance of, since the passing of the reform bill, 103 + as exhibited by the general elections, 104. + +Cordova, history of the Moorish kingdom of, 431. + +Corn-law, the new, and its effects, 116. + +Corn-laws, on the, 385 + viewed in connexion with the manufacturing distress, 105 + effects of their repeal on wages, &c., 125. + +Corn question, letter from Lemuel Gulliver on the, 98 + Sir Robert Peel on the, 106. + +Crime, the increase of, 533 + table of it since 1805, 534 + not attributable to its surer detection by a more efficient police, 535 + nor to defects in the law, 540 + nor to deficiency in education, 541 + its diminution in India and France, 538. + +Cry from Ireland, review of the, 638. + +Customs revenue, improvement of the, since the new tariff, 114. + + +Davidson's travels in India, review of, 321. + +Delta, lines by, on the snow, 617. + +Dhacca, account of the city of, 331. + +Difficulties of the present government on its accession, the, 108. + +Diligence, the, a leaf on a journal, 692. + +Disruption of the Scottish church, the, 221. + +Dublin state trials, the, 1. + +Duelling in Germany, 555. + +Dumas, Alexander; thrush-hunting, a tale by, 150 + extracts from his work on Italy, 347 + and from his Rhine and Rhinelanders, 546. + + +Education, statistics of, with reference to crime, 541. + +Elections, results of the, since 1832, 104. + +Ellenborough, Lord, his Indian policy, 113. + +Emigration to Australia, letter on, 184 + from Africa, on, 745. + +England, efforts made by, in favour of free trade, 261. + +Ethiopia, Harris's Highlands of, reviewed, 269. + +Europe, diminution of, British exports to, 263. + +Eusebius, letter to, on sitting for a portrait, 243. + +Exports, diminution of, to Europe, 263. + + +Fairies' Sabbath, the, a tradition of Upper Lusatia, 665. + +Fireman's Song, the, 101. + +Foreign policy of the government, the, 111. + +France, increased commercial restrictions of, 261 + statistics of crime in, 538. + +Freethinker, the, a tale, 593. + +Free trade and protection, on, 259 + efforts made by England to introduce free trade, 261 + protective system pursued by France, Germany, &c., _ib._ + true principles of, 268. No. II. + The corn-laws, 385 + failure of the reciprocity system, _ib._ + comparison of a young and old state as to manufacturing and agricultural + productiveness, 386 + effects of free trade on the Roman empire, 391 + impracticability of that system, 396 + and its inexpediency, 397. + +Frost and others, the trials of, 4. + + +Gama, circumnavigation of Africa, by, 271. + +General elections, results of the, since 1832, 104. + +Germany Customs League, the, 262. + +Germany, Dumas in, 546. + +Gil Blas, on the authorship of, 698. + +Glum, Tabitha, letter from, 199. + +Goethe, lines to, 380. + +Gopal, a Hindu robber, account of, 326. + +Government, position and prospects of the, 103. + +Greece, the actual condition of, 785. + +Greek romances, the ancient: Clitophon and Leucippe, 33. + +Gulliver, letter from, on the corn question, 98. + +Gunnings, career of the, 176. + +Gwalior, history and present state of, 579. + + +Hackman, murder of Miss Ray, by, 178. + +Harris's Highlands of Ethiopia, review of, 269 + notices of it, 730. + +Hawash river, the, 277. + +Henley, orator, notices of, 171. + +Heretic, the, a novel translated from the Russian of Lajétchnikoff, review + of, 133. + +Hervey, Captain, 180. + +High life in the last century, 164. + +Hill's Fifty days on board a Slave vessel, review of, 425. + +Home policy of the government, the, 110. + +Hurdwar, account of the fair of, 324. + +Huskisson, Mr, first attempts to introduce the free trade system, 262. + +Hydrabad, battle at, 580. + +Hymn of a hermit, the, 382. + + +Imprisonment and transportation--No. I.; the increase of crime, 533. + +Increase of crime, the, since 1808, 534 + not attributable to greater number of detections, 535 + nor to defect in the law, 540 + nor to deficiency of education, 541. + +India, Colonel Davidson's travels in, review of, 321 + diminution of crime in, 538. + +Indian affairs, Gwalior, 579. + +Ireland, its present position, and effects of the government measures + on, 127 + its present state, and policy of ministers, 518 + objections brought against the ministerial measures, 519 + defence of them, 524 + the landlord and tenant question, 638. + +Irish state trials, the, 1. + + +J. S., poems by; the Olympic Jupiter, 378 + a Roman idyl, 379 + Goethe, 380 + hymn of a hermit, 382 + the luckless lover, 383. + +Jervis, Sir John, career of, 465. + +Jesse's Memoirs and Correspondence of George Selwyn, review of, 164 + of George Brummell, 769. + + +Kalergy, General, sketch of the life of, 785. + +Kieff, a poem, translated from the Russian of Ivįn Kozlóff, by T. B. + Shaw, 80. + +Kingston, the Duchess of, 180. + +Krapf, Mr, notices of his mission to Africa, 730. + + +Labour, gradual reduction in the cost of, in Great Britain, 125. + +Lahore, revolution at, 581. + +Lajétchnikoff, the Heretic by, reviewed, 133. + +Lanarkshire, statistics of crime in, and its police, 537, 539. + +Land of slaves, the, a poem, 257. + +Landlord and tenant question in Ireland, the, 638. + +Larresse on Portrait Painting, extracts from, 246. + +Law, administration of the, in India, 333. + +Lazzaroni of Naples, anecdotes of the, 354. + +League, measures of the, 121. + +Lemuel Gulliver, letter from, to the editor, 98. + +Le Sage not the author of Gil Blas, 698. + +Letter from an exiled contributor, 184. + +Literature, the monster misery of, 556. + +Llorente, M. on the authorship of Gil Blas, 698. + +Lorgnon; a word or two of the opera-tive classes by, 292. + +Love in the wilderness. Chap. I., 621 + Chap. II., 624 + Chap. III., 627 + Chap. IV., 631 + Chap. V., 635. + +Luckless lover, the, a poem, 383. + +Lusatia, traditions and tales of; No. I., the Fairies' Sabbath, 665. + + +Mahratta war, origin, &c., of the, 584. + +Manufacturing distress, Sir Robert Peel on the causes of the, 105. + +Marston, or, Memoirs of a Statesman. Part VII., 81 + Part VIII., 202 + Part IX., 362 + Part X., 483 + Part XI., 561. + +Meeanee, battle of, 580. + +Melbourne in Australia, letter from, with account of the colony, &c., 184. + +Memoirs of a Statesman--_see_ Marston. + +Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, review of, 462. + +Mexico, two nights in, 449. + +Michael Kalliphournas, a tale, 725. + +Monster misery of literature, the, 556. + +Monmouthshire rioters, trial of the, 4. + +Moslem histories of Spain; the Arabs of Cordova, 431. + +My friend; a poem, 256. + + +Naples, account of, by Dumas, 347. + +Narration of certain uncommon things that did formerly happen to me, + Herbert Willis, B. D., 749. + +Nelson, notices of the early services of, 477. + +New art of printing, by a designing devil, 45. + +News from an exiled contributor, a letter from New Holland, 184. + +Non-intrusionists, secession of the, from church of Scotland, 221. + + +O'Connell and others, trial of, 1 + his trial in 1831, 3 + his present trial and demeanour during it, 7 + his probable policy in agitating for Repeal, 128. + +O'Connor, Fergus, state prosecutions of, 6. + +Olympic Jupiter, the, a poem, 378. + +Opera-tive classes, a word or two of the, 292. + +Oude, a sporting excursion to, 329. + +Oxford, trial of, 5. + + +Peel, Sir Robert, on the progress of Conservatism, 103, 104 + on the causes of the manufacturing distress, 105 + defence of his conduct on the corn-law question, 107. + +Phenicians, circumnavigation of Africa by the, 271. + +Pirates of Segna, the, a tale of Venice and the Adriatic. Part I. Chap. I., + The Studio, 299 + Chap. II., The Cavern, 303 + Chap. III., The Jewels, 310 + Chap. IV., The Ball, 316. + Part II. Chap. I., The Battle of the Bridge, 401 + Chap. II., The Picture, 409 + Chap. III., The Pirates, 415 + Chap. IV., The Recognition, 421. + +Poetry:--Kieff, from the Russian of Kozlóff, 80 + The Proclamation, 100 + the Fireman's Song, 101 + The Prophecy of the Twelve Tribes, 196 + My Friend, 256 + The Land of Slaves, 257 + the Priest's Burial, _ib._ + Prudence, 258 + The Olympic Jupiter, 378 + A Roman Idyl, 379 + Goethe, 380 + Hymn of a Hermit, 382 + The Luckless Lover, 383 + The Snow, by Delta, 617 + Columbus, by B. Simmons, 687 + To Swallows on the eve of departure, by the same, 690. + +Police, repugnance to assessment for, 536. + +Poor old maids, a bewailment from Bath, 199. + +Porter, Mr, on the decrease of our European exports, 263. + +Portrait painting, in a letter to Eusebius, 213. + +Portugal, restrictive commercial system adopted by, 262. + +Portuguese, circumnavigation of Africa by the, 271. + +Position and Prospects of the government, on the: its position on the + secession of the Whigs, 103 + advance of Conservatism since the passing of the Reform Bill, _ib._ + the manufacturing distress, 105 + the sugar and corn question, 106 + difficulties with which it had to contend, 108 + its home policy, and what it has done, 110 + its foreign policy, 111 + the new tariff and corn-law, 113 + results of its measures in the revival of trade, tranquillity, &c., 120 + its measures with reference to Ireland, 127. + +Priest's burial, the, a poem, 257. + +Printing, the new art of, by a designing devil, 45. + +Proclamation, the, 100. + +Prophecy of the twelve tribes, the, poem, 196. + +Prosecution, the State, 1. + +Prudence, a poem, 258. + + +Rampore, city of, 322. + +Ray, Miss, murder of, by Hackman, 178, + +Rebeccaites, trials of the, 6. + +Reciprocity system, effect of, in diminishing the exports to Europe, 263 + failure of the, 385. + +Repeal agitation, the, 128. + +Revenue, improvement of the, 114. + +Reviews: the Heretic, 133 + George Selwyn and his contemporaries, 164 + Harris's Highlands of Ethiopia, 269 + Davidson's Travels in India, 321 + Hill's Fifty days on board a Slave Ship, 425 + Tucker's Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, 462 + Cry from Ireland, 638 + Jesse's memoirs of Beau Brummell, 769. + +Rhine, the, and Rhinelanders, 546. + +Rigby, Richard, notices of, 172. + +Roman empire, effects of free trade on the, 391. + +Roman Idyl, a, 379. + + +Sahela Selassee, King of Abyssinia, British mission to, 282. + +St Vincent, Earl, Tucker's Memoirs of, reviewed, 462. + +Sandwich, Lord, notices of, 177. + +Scinde, subjugation of, by the British, 580. + +Segna, Pirates of--_see_ Pirates. + +Selim, Captain, expedition under, to explore Central Africa, 731. + +Selwyn and his contemporaries, review of, 164. + +Shaw, T. B., translation of Kieff, a poem, from the Russian by, 80 + review of his translation of the Heretic, 133. + +Shoa, mission to the kingdom of, 275. + +Simmons, B., poems by:--Columbus, 687 + To swallows on the eve of departure, 690. + +Sindiah, history of the house of, 582. + +Sitting for a portrait, on, in a letter to Eusebius, 243. + +Slave trade, the, 425, 730, 741. + +Sliding scale, effects of the, 119. + +Snow, the, a poem by Delta, 617. + +Song of the Fireman, the, 101. + +Southern Mexico, two nights in, 449. + +Spain, condition of, under the Arabs of Cordova, 431. + +Speculation in grain, diminution of, under the new corn law, 118. + +State prosecutions, comparison of, in ancient and modern times, 1 + that of O'Connell in 1831, 3 + those of the Canadian insurgents, _ib._ + of the Monmouthshire rioters, 4 + of Oxford, 5 + of the Chartists in 1842, _ib._ + of the Welsh rioters, 6 + the present, of O'Connell and others, for conspiracy, 7. + +Statesman, memoirs of a--_see_ Marston. + +Struggle in Texas, the, 18. + +Sugar question, Sir Robert Peel on the, 106. + +Swallows on the eve of departure, address to, by B. Simmons, 690. + + +Tariff, the new, and its results, 113. + +Tatius, Achilles, account of his romance, Clitophon and Leucippe, 33. + +Texas, adventures in. No. III.; the struggle, 18. + +Thrush-hunting, a tale; by Alexander Dumas, 150. + +Traditions and tales of Upper Lusatia. No. I., The Fairies' Sabbath, 665. + +Tropical colonies, on, 730, 741. + +Tucker's Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, review of, 462. + +Twelve tribes, prophecy of the, a poem, 196. + +Two nights in Southern Mexico, a fragment from the journal of an American + traveller, 449. + +Two patrons, the, a tale. Chapter I., 500 + Chap. II., 503 + Chap. III., 505 + Chap. IV., 509 + Chap. V., 511 + Chap. VI., 514 + Chap. VII., 515. + + +Vardarelli, account of the, 358. + + +Wages, gradual reduction of, in Great Britain, 125. + +Washington, the treaty of, 112. + +Welsh rioters, trial of the, 6. + +Who wrote Gil Blas? 698. + +Wiggins' Cry from Ireland, review of, 638 + +William, John, letter from, to the editor, 184. + +Williams, Sir Charles Hanbury, 174 + Gilly, 175. + +Willis, Herbert, B. D., narration of, 749. + +Word or two of the opera-tive classes, a, 292. + + +END OF VOL. LV. + + * * * * * + +_Edinburgh: Printed by Ballantyne and Hughes, Paul's Work._ + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - +Volume 55, No. 344, June, 1844, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH *** + +***** This file should be named 23529-8.txt or 23529-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/3/5/2/23529/ + +Produced by Brendan OConnor, Jonathan Ingram, Louise Pryor +and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by The Internet Library of Early +Journals.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/23529-8.zip b/23529-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9986ff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-8.zip diff --git a/23529-h.zip b/23529-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..286c43a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-h.zip diff --git a/23529-h/23529-h.htm b/23529-h/23529-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2f0f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-h/23529-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10861 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - Volume 55 No. 344, June, 1844 by Various + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- +/***************************************************** + basics +******************************************************/ +body { margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } +p { margin-top: .75em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: .75em; line-height: 1.5; } +h1,h2,h3,h4 { text-align: center; clear: both; } +h1,h2 { margin-top: 5em; } +h4 {font-variant: small-caps; font-weight: normal;} +hr { width: 33%; clear: both; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } +hr.narrow {width: 20%;} + +/* this requires all <a name="blah"> anchors to be empty. It fixes + a problem in Opera 8, which means that otherwise internal links at the + end of a file don't always work. */ +a[name] {position:absolute;} +a {text-decoration: none; } +a:hover {text-decoration: underline; } +.figcenter { margin: auto; text-align: center;} + +.rspace {padding-right: 10%;} +.lspace {padding-left: 10%;} +.btbb {border-top: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black; padding: 6px 0 6px 0;} +.bt {border-top: 1px solid black;} +.blockquot {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; } +.blockquot p {line-height: 1.2;} +.center {text-align: center;} +.toright {text-align: right;} +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} +.little {font-size: 80%;} +.littler {font-size: 70%;} +.gap {margin-top: 4em;} +.biggap {margin-top: 6em;} +.together {white-space: nowrap;} +.hanging {margin-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em;} +.indent2 {margin-left: 2em;} +.indent10 {margin-right: 50%;} +.gilblaslist {margin-top:0; margin-bottom: 0; margin-left: 9em; text-indent: -9em;} +.gilblasdash {padding-left: 2em; padding-right: 4em;} +/************************************************************** + page numbers +***************************************************************/ +.pagebreak {right:90%; font-size:x-small; text-indent:0em; font-style:normal; + font-variant:normal; font-weight:normal; text-align:right; + padding:1px 3px; position: absolute; letter-spacing:normal;} +span[title].pagebreak:after { content: "[Pg " attr(title) "] ";} +/************************************************************** + footnotes etc +***************************************************************/ +.footnotes { border-top: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid; margin: 2em 5% 3em 5%; font-size: 85%;} +.footnote p {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 1em; line-height: 1.2; } +.footnote .label {float:left; width: 1em; margin: 0 0 0 -1.5em; text-align: right;} +.footnote .label a, .fnnum {font-size: 70%; vertical-align: super; } +.transnote { border: 1px dotted black; background-color: #EEE; color: inherit; margin: 2em 10% 1em 10%; font-size: 80%; padding: 0.5em 1em 0.5em 1em;} +.transnote p { text-align: left;} +.translit {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: thin dotted blue; color: inherit; background-color: inherit;} +/**************************************************************** + poetry +*****************************************************************/ +.poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} +.poem br {display: none;} +.poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} +.poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.i1 {display: block; margin-left: 1em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.i3 {display: block; margin-left: 3em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.i5 {display: block; margin-left: 5em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.i8 {display: block; margin-left: 8em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.i9 {display: block; margin-left: 9em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.i15 {display: block; margin-left: 15em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} +.poem span.attrib {display: block; text-align: right; margin-right: 6em;} +/******************************************************** + index +**********************************************************/ +div.index {font-size: 90%; } +ul.IX { list-style-type: none; font-size:inherit; } +.IX li { margin-top: 0; } +.index p { margin-left: 3em;} +.index .pagenum { font-size: 80%; } +/********************************************************* + tables +**********************************************************/ +table { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: left; empty-cells: show; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top:1em;} +td { padding-right: 2em; text-align: left; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top;} +td.number {padding-right: 0; text-align: right;} +td.tocpage {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;} +td.toc {text-align: left; vertical-align: top; margin-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; font-variant: small-caps;} +/************************************************************* + correspondence and journals +**************************************************************/ +.signature { text-align: right; margin-right: 2em; margin-top: 0.5em;} +.datelineleft {margin-left: 2em; margin-top: 0;} +/*********************************************************** + end +************************************************************/ + + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - Volume 55, +No. 344, June, 1844, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - Volume 55, No. 344, June, 1844 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: November 17, 2007 [EBook #23529] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH *** + + + + +Produced by Brendan OConnor, Jonathan Ingram, Louise Pryor +and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by The Internet Library of Early +Journals.) + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div class="transnote"> +<h4>Transcriber's Note</h4> +<p>Spellings are sometimes erratic. A few obvious +misprints have been corrected, but in general the original spelling has +been retained. Accents in the French and Spanish passages are +inconsistent, and have not been standardised. </p> +</div> + +<h1>BLACKWOODāS<br /> +EDINBURGH MAGAZINE.</h1> + +<h3><span class="rspace">No CCCXLIV.</span> +<span class="btbb">JUNE, 1844.</span> +<span class="lspace">VOL. LV.</span></h3> + + +<h2>CONTENTS.</h2> + +<div class="center"> +<table summary="Table of contents"> +<tr><td class="toc">Traditions and Tales of Upper Lusatia. No. I. the Fairiesā + Sabbath,</td><td class="tocpage"> <a href="#Page_665">665</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">Columbus. (A Print After a Picture by Parmeggiano.) + By B. Simmons,</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_687">687</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">To Swallows on the Eve of Departure. By the Same,</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_690">690</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">The Diligence. A Leaf from a Journal,</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_692">692</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">Who wrote Gil Blas?</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_698">698</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">Michael Kalliphournas,</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_725">725</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">Africa—Slave Trade—Tropical Colonies,</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_731">731</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">Narration of certain Uncommon Things that did + formerly happen to me, Herbert Willis, B.D.</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_749">749</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">Beau Brummell, </td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_769">769</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">The Actual Condition of the Greek State,</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_785">785</a> +</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toc">Index,</td><td class="tocpage"><a href="#Page_797">797</a> +</td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<hr /> + +<p class="center"> +EDINBURGH:<br /> + +<span class="little">WILLIAM BLACKWOOD AND SONS, 45, GEORGE STREET;<br /> +AND 22, PALL-MALL, LONDON.<br /> + +<i>To whom all Communications (post paid) must be addressed.</i></span><br /> + +<span class="littler">SOLD BY ALL THE BOOKSELLERS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM.</span> +</p> + +<p class="littler center">PRINTED BY BALLANTYNE AND HUGHES, EDINBURGH.</p> + + + + +<h1> +<span class="pagebreak" title="665"> </span><a name="Page_665" id="Page_665"></a> +BLACKWOODāS<br /> +EDINBURGH MAGAZINE.</h1> + +<h3><span class="rspace">No CCCXLIV.</span> +<span class="btbb">JUNE, 1844.</span> +<span class="lspace">VOL. LV.</span></h3> + + + + +<h2>TRADITIONS AND TALES OF UPPER LUSATIA.</h2> + +<h3>No. I.<br /> + +<span class="smcap">The Fairiesā Sabbath.</span></h3> + + +<p><span class="smcap">What</span> is a fairy?</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Read</span>!</p> + +<p>[ā<i>A Wood near Athens.—Enter a Fairy on one side, and Puck on the +other.</i><a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnnum">A</a>]</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">ā<i>Puck.</i> How now, Spirit! whither wander you?<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2"><i>Fairy.</i> Over hill, over dale,<br /></span> +<span class="i5">Thorough bush, thorough brier,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Over park, over pale,<br /></span> +<span class="i5">Thorough flood, thorough fire,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">I do wander ever where,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Swifter than the moones sphere;<br /></span> +<span class="i2">And I serve the Fairy Queen,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">To dew her orbs upon the green:<br /></span> +<span class="i2">The cowslips tall her pensioners be;<br /></span> +<span class="i2">In their gold coats spots you see;<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Those be rubies, fairy favours,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">In those freckles live their savours:<br /></span> +<span class="i0">I must go seek some dewdrops here,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And hang a pearl in every cowslipās ear.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Farewell, thou lob of spirits, Iāll begone;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Our queen and all our elves come here anon.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0"><i>Puck.</i> The King doth keep his revels here to-night;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Take heed, the queen come not within his sight.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">For Oberon is passing fell and wrath,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Because that she, as her attendant, hath<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A lovely boy, stolen from an Indian king;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">She never had so sweet a changeling.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And jealous Oberon would have the child<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Knight of his train, to trace the forests wild:<br /></span> +<span class="i0">But she, perforce, withholds the loved boy:<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Crowns him with flowers, and makes him all her joy:<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And now they never meet in grove, or green,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">By fountain clear, or spangled starlight sheen,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">But they do square; that all their elves, for fear,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Creep into acorn cups, and hide them there.ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>And there, then, they are!—The blithe and lithe, bright and fine +darlings of your early-bewitched and for ever-enamoured fancy! There +they are! The King and the Queen, and the Two royal Courts of shadowy, +<span class="pagebreak" title="666"> </span><a name="Page_666" id="Page_666"></a> +gorgeous, remote, and cloud-walled Elf-land: The fairies of the vision +once wafted, āby moon or star light,ā upon the ācreeping murmurā of the +Avon!—<span class="smcap">The Fairies in England</span>! <span class="smcap">Your</span> fairies!</p> + +<p>Nevertheless you, from of old, are discreet. And you mistrust +information which discountenances itself, by borrowing the magical robe +of verse! Or you misdoubt this medley of our English blood, which in the +lapse of ages must, as you deem, have confounded, upon the soil, the +confluent streams of primitively distinct superstitions! Or your +suspicious inquisition rebels against this insular banishment of ours, +which, sequestering us from the common mind of the world, may, as you +augur, have perverted, into an excessive individuality of growth, our +mythological beliefs: Or—Southwards then!</p> + +<p>One good stride over salt water lands you amongst a people, who, from +the old, have kept <span class="smcap">themselves to themselves</span>; whose warm, bold, +<i>thorough</i>-loyal hearts hereditarily believe, after the love and +reverence owed from the childrenās children to the fathersā fathers. +Here are—for good and for ill—and from a sure hand:—ā<span class="smcap">The Fairies in +Lower Britanny</span>; <i>alio nomine</i>—<span class="smcap">The Korrigans</span>.ā</p> + +<p>āLike these holy virgins, (the Gallicenæ or Barrigenæ of Mela,) our +Korrigans predict the future. They know the skill of healing incurable +maladies with particular charms; which they impart, it is affirmed, to +magicians that are their friends. Ingenious Proteuses, they take the +shape of any animal at their pleasure. In the twinkling of an eye they +whisk from one end of the world to the other. Annually, with returning +spring, they celebrate a high nocturnal festivity. A tablecloth, white +as the driven snow, is spread upon the greensward, by the margin of a +fountain. It is covered with the most delicious viands; in the midst +sparkles a crystal goblet, which sheds such a splendour as serves in the +stead of torches. At the close of the repast, this goblet goes round +from hand to hand; it holds a miraculous beverage, one drop of which, it +is averred, would make omniscient, like the Almighty. At any least +breath or stir of human kind, all vanishes.</p> + +<p>āIn truth, it is near fountains that the Korrigans are oftenest met +with; especially near such as rise in the neighbourhood of <i>dolmens</i>.<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_2" class="fnnum">B</a> +For in the sequestered spots whence the Virgin Mary, who is held for +their chief foe, has not yet driven them, they still preside over the +fountains. Our traditions bestow upon them a strong passion for music, +with sweet voices; but do not, like those of the Germanic nations, make +dancers of them. The popular songs of all countries frequently depict +them combing their fine fair hair, which they seem daintily to cherish. +Their stature is that of the other European fairies: they are not above +two feet in height. Their shape, exquisitely proportioned, is as airy, +slight, and pellucid as that of the wasp. They have no other dress than +a white veil, which they wrap around their body. Seen by night, they are +very beautiful: in the daytime, you perceive that their hair is +grey—that their eyes are red—that their face is wrinkled. Accordingly, +they begin to show themselves only at the shut of eve; and they loathe +the light. <i>Every thing about them denotes fallen intelligences.</i> The +Breton peasants maintain that <i>they are high princesses, who, because +they would not embrace Christianity when the apostles came to preach in +Armorica, were stricken by the curse of God</i>. The Welsh recognise in +them, souls of Druids doomed to penance. This coincidence is remarkable.</p> + +<p>āThey are universally believed to +<span class="pagebreak" title="667"> </span><a name="Page_667" id="Page_667"></a> +feel a vehement hatred for the +clergy, and for our holy religion, which has confounded them with the +spirits of darkness—a grand motive, as it appears, of displeasure and +offence to them. The sight of a surplice, <i>the sound of bells</i>, scares +them away. The popular tales of all Europe would, meanwhile, tend to +support the church, in viewing them as maleficent genii. As in Britanny; +the blast of their breath is mortal in Wales, in Ireland, in Scotland, +and in Prussia. They cast weirds.<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_3" class="fnnum">C</a> Whosoever has muddied the waters of +their spring, or caught them combing their hair, or counting their +treasures beside their <i>dolmen</i>, (for they there keep, it is believed, +concealed mines of gold and of diamonds,) almost inevitably dies; +especially should the misencounter fall upon a Saturday, which day, holy +to the Virgin Mother, is inauspicious for their kind,ā<a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_D_4" class="fnnum">D</a> &c. &c. &c.</p> + +<p>Here, in the stead of the joyously-sociable monarchal hive, you behold a +republic of solitarily-dwelling, and not unconditionally beautiful, +naiads! No dancing! And a stature, prodigiously disqualifying for the +asylum of an acorn cup! You are unsatisfied. Shakspeare has indeed +vividly portrayed one curiously-featured species, and M. De la +Villemarqué another, of the air-made inscrutable beings evoked by your +question; but your question, from the beginning, struck at the <span class="smcap">Generic</span> +notion in its purified logical shape—at the definition, then—of the +thing, a fairy.</p> + +<p>Sir <i>Walter Scott</i>,<a name="FNanchor_E_5" id="FNanchor_E_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_E_5" class="fnnum">E</a> writing—the first in time of all men who have +written—at large and scientifically upon the fairies of Western Europe, +steps into disquisition by a description, duly loose for leaving his own +foot unentangled. āThe general idea of <span class="smcap">Spirits</span>, of <span class="smcap">a limited power and +subordinate nature, dwelling among the woods and mountains</span>, is perhaps +common to all nations.ā</p> + +<p>A little <i>too</i> loose, peradventure!</p> + +<p>Dr James Grimm, heroically bent upon rescuing from the throat of +oblivion and from the tooth of scepticism, to his own <span class="smcap">Teutons</span>—yet +heathen—a faith outreaching and outsoaring the gross definite +cognisances of this fleshly eye and hand, sets apart one—profoundly +read and thought—chapter, to <span class="smcap">Wights and Elves</span>.<a name="FNanchor_F_6" id="FNanchor_F_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_F_6" class="fnnum">F</a></p> + +<p>These terms, <span class="smcap">Wight</span> and <span class="smcap">Elf</span>, are presented by Dr Grimm as being, after a +rough way, synonymous; and you have above seen another Germanic +writer—a native of Warwickshire—take <span class="smcap">Elf</span> for equivalent, or nearly so, +with <span class="smcap">Fairy</span>.</p> + +<p>Of his many-natured Teutonic <i>wights and elves</i>, then, but with glances +darted around, northwards and westwards, and southwards and eastwards, +Dr Grimm begins with speaking thus:—</p> + +<p>āFrom the <i>deified</i> and <i>half-divine</i> natures [investigated by this +author in several of his antecedent chapters] <i>a whole order of other +beings</i> is especially herein distinguished, that whilst the former +either proceed of mankind, +<span class="pagebreak" title="668"> </span><a name="Page_668" id="Page_668"></a> +or seek human intercourse, these form a +segregated society—one might say, a peculiar kingdom of their own—and +are only, by accident or the pressure of circumstances, moved to +converse with men. Something superhuman, approximating them to the gods, +is mingled up in them: they possess power to help and to hurt man. They +are however, at the same time, afraid of him, because they are not his +bodily match. They appear either far below the human stature, or +misshapen. Almost all of them enjoy the faculty of rendering themselves +invisible.ā</p> + +<p>You turn away your head, exclaiming that the weighty words of our +puissant teacher are, for your proficiency, somewhat bewildering, and +for your exigency by much too—<span class="smcap">Teutonic</span>.</p> + +<p>Have a care!</p> + +<p>However, āWestward Hoe!ā Put the old Rhine between the master of living +mythologists and yourself, and listen to Baron Walckenaer unlocking the +fountains of the fairy belief, and showing how it streams, primarily +through France, and secondarily through all remaining Western Europe. +āIf there is a specifically characterized superstition, it is that which +regards <i>the fairies</i>: those <i>female genii</i>,<a name="FNanchor_G_7" id="FNanchor_G_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_G_7" class="fnnum">G</a> most frequently <i>without +name</i>, without descent, without kin, who are incessantly busied +subverting the order of nature, for the weal or the woe of mortals whom +they love and favour <i>without a motive</i>, or, as causelessly, hate and +persecute.ā<a name="FNanchor_H_8" id="FNanchor_H_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_H_8" class="fnnum">H</a></p> + +<p>What, <i>female</i> only? Where are Oberon and Puck? <i>Without a name?</i> Where +Titania?—Mab? <i>Without a motive?</i> Where the godmother of the +sweet-faced and sweet-hearted Cinderella? Partial, and without a +distinct type in your own recollections, you guessingly pronounce the +characterization of the perpetual secretary too——<i>French</i>. Driven +back, disappointed on all sides, you turn round upon your difficulties, +and manfully project beating out <i>a definition of your own</i>; to which +end, glancing your eye back affectionately, and now, needle-like, +northwards across the Channel, you āat one slight boundā once more find +yourself at your own fireside, and on your table <i>The Midsummer Nightās +Dream</i>, open at the second scene of the first act.</p> + +<p>Inquirer whosoever! A problem lies large before us—complicated, +abstruse even, yet—suitably to the subject—a delicate one! To hunt +down an elusive word, and a more elusive notion! It is to find a set of +determinings which, laid together, shall form a circle fitted to confine +that inconfinable spirit—a Fairy; or, if you better like plain English, +to find the terms needed for signifying, describing, expounding the +Thought which, lurking as at the bottom of your mind, under a crowd of +thoughts, rises up, in all circumstances, to meet and answer the +name——a fairy; the Thought, which when all accidental and unessential +attributes liable to be attracted to the fairy essence have been +stripped away, remains; the <i>substrate</i>, absolute, essential, <i>generic</i> +notion, therefore—a fairy; that Thought, which whencesoever acquired, +and held howsoever, enables you to deal to your satisfaction with +proposed fairies, acknowledging <span class="smcap">this</span> one frankly;—<span class="smcap">this</span>, but for a +half-sister; shutting the door upon <span class="smcap">another</span>. You may distinguish these +terms at your pleasure, by sundry denominations: for example, you may +call them Elements of the notion—a fairy—or circumscriptive Lines of +such a notion, or indispensable Fairy-marks, or elfin Criteria, or by +any other name which you may happen to like as well or better; but when +found, call them as you will, they must reveal in essence, the thing +which we look for—the answer to the question with which we first +started, and to which we have as yet found no satisfactory solution.</p> + +<p>As for the process of the finding. +<span class="pagebreak" title="669"> </span><a name="Page_669" id="Page_669"></a> +This notion is to be tracked after +widely, and in intimate recesses; more hopefully, therefore, according +to a planned campaign than a merely wild chance expatiation. The chase +ranges over a material and an intellectual ground. Of either—a word.</p> + +<p>I. The <i>material</i>—is a <i>geographical</i>—region, and may be called, +summarily—<i>The western half of Europe</i>. Let us regard it as laid out by +languages at this day spoken. Here is a map, roughly sketched:—</p> + +<h4>A.—Aboriginal.</h4> + +<p class="hanging indent2">1. <span class="smcap">North-Western CELTS</span>.—Ireland, Highlands of Scotland, and + the interjacent Isle of Man.</p> + +<p class="hanging indent2">2. <span class="smcap">South-Western CELTS</span>.—Wales, Britanny, and the, till lately, + Celtic-speaking Cornwall.</p> + +<p class="hanging indent2">3. <span class="smcap">Northern GERMANS</span>, or <span class="smcap">Germans beyond the Eider</span>, or + <span class="smcap">Scandinavians</span>.—Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Iceland.</p> + +<p class="hanging indent2">4. <span class="smcap">Southern GERMANS</span>, or <span class="smcap">Germans below the Eider</span>, or + <span class="smcap">Teutons</span>.—Netherlands, the German empire, Switzerland.</p> + +<h4>B.—Latin speaking.</h4> + + <p class="hanging indent2">1. <span class="smcap">Italy</span>.—Sicily.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">2. <span class="smcap">Spain</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">3. <span class="smcap">Portugal</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">4. Latin-speaking <span class="smcap">France</span>, distinguishing Normandy.</p> + + <h4>C.—German and Latin mixed.</h4> + + <p class="hanging indent2">1. <span class="smcap">England</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">2. <span class="smcap">Scottish Lowlands.</span></p> + + +<p>II. From all this tangible territory, we are to sweep up—what? An +overlying <i>intellectual</i> kingdom, <i>videlicet</i>—<span class="smcap">The Kinds of the Fairies</span>, +rudely marked out, perhaps, as follows:—</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">1. The <i>community</i> of the Fairies, monarchal or republican:—The + Fairy folk; Fairies proper.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">2. The <i>solitary</i> domestic serviceable Fairy.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">3. In the mines, under the water; a Fairy folk.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">4. The solitary water Fairy.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">5. The Fairy-ancestress.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">6. The Fairy, tutelary or persecuting, of the chivalrous metrical romance.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">7. The Fairy, tutelary or persecuting, now giving and now turning + destinies, of the fairy tale proper.</p> + + +<p>We have then to ask what are the terms, marks, common traits, or by +whatsoever name they are to be called, which are yielded by a comparison +of such seven kinds. Something like the following eight will possibly +arise:—</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">First, <span class="smcap">A Fairy is a subordinate spirit</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">Secondly, <span class="smcap">Is attracted to the surface of our planet</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">Thirdly, <span class="smcap">At once seeks and shuns mankind</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">Fourthly, <span class="smcap">Has a body</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">Fifthly, <span class="smcap">Is attenuate</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">Sixthly, <span class="smcap">Is without proper station and function in the general economy + of the universe; or is mythologically displaced</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">Seventhly, <span class="smcap">Is endowed with powers of intelligence and of agency excelling + human</span>.</p> + + <p class="hanging indent2">Eighthly, <span class="smcap">Stands under a doom</span>.</p> + +<p>To these eight criteria, taken <i>in the nature of the thing enquired</i>, +the reflective inquirer will perchance find himself led on to add two +furnished from within himself, as that—</p> + +<p>First, Acknowledging, as in these latter days our more delicate +psychologists have called upon us to do, the names <span class="smcap">fancy</span> and <span class="smcap">imagination</span> +as designating <span class="smcap">two</span> faculties, the fairies belong rather to the <span class="smcap">fancy</span>.</p> + +<p>Secondly, Accepting for a legitimate thought, legitimately and cogently +signified, the High Marriage +<span class="pagebreak" title="670"> </span><a name="Page_670" id="Page_670"></a> +which one of these finer +Metaphysicians<a name="FNanchor_I_9" id="FNanchor_I_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_I_9" class="fnnum">I</a>—instructed no doubt by his personal +experience—prophesies to his kind, between the āintellect of manā and +āthis goodly universe,ā we may say that, regularly, this marriage must +have its antecedent possessing and agitating Love; that this love must, +like all possessing agitated love, have its attendant Reverie. Now, +might one venture to surmise that <i>this</i> <span class="smcap">reverie</span> breathes into the +creating of a fairy?</p> + +<p>Does the jealous reader perchance miss in the above proposed eight +several elements the <span class="smcap">unity of notion</span>, which he has all along seemed to +feel in his own spirit and understanding? Let him at once conceive, as +intensely joined, the two permanent characters of <i>tenuity</i> and +<i>mythological displacement</i>, and take this compound for the nucleus of +the unity he seeks. About these two every other element will easily +place itself. For a <i>soul</i>, he shall infuse into the whole, after in +like manner inseparably blending them—<span class="smcap">fancy</span>, and that love-inspired +<span class="smcap">reverie</span> which won its way to us from Grassmere.</p> + +<p>And so take, reader, our answer to your question, ā<i>What is a fairy?</i>ā +<span class="smcap">THIS is a Fairy</span>. Are you still unsatisfied? Good. The field of +investigation lies open before you, free and inviting. On, in your own +strength, and Heaven speed you!</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>The eight or nine tales of sundry length, and exceedingly diversified +matter, contained in the two little volumes of Herr Ernst Willkomm,<a name="FNanchor_J_10" id="FNanchor_J_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_J_10" class="fnnum">J</a> +which have put us a-journeying to Fairy-land, have begun to produce +before the literary world the living popular superstitions of a small +and hidden mountainous district, by which <i>Cis Eidoran</i> Germany leans +upon Sclavonia: hidden, it would seem, for any thing like interesting +knowledge, until this author began to write, from the visiting eye of +even learned curiosity. Nor this without a sufficient reason; since the +mountains do, of themselves, shut in their inhabitants, and, for a +stranger, the temper of the rugged mountaineer, at once shy and mailing +himself in defiance, is, like the soil, inaccessible. To Ernst Willkomm +this hinderance was none. He discloses to us the heart of the country, +and that of the people which have born him, which have bred him up; and +he will, if he is encouraged, write on. Three of these tales, or of +these traditions—for the titles, with this writer, appear to us +exchangeable—regard the fairies properly so called. They are, ā<i>The +Priestās Well</i>,ā ā<i>The Fairiesā Sabbath</i>,ā here given, and ā<i>The Fairy +Tutor</i>,ā being the first, the third, and the seventh, of the entire +present series. Upon these three tales the foregoing attempt at fixing +the generic notion of a fairy was intended to bear. Should pretty Maud, +the stone-masonās daughter, our heroine for to-day, find the favour in +English eyes which her personal merit may well claim, the remaining two +are not likely to be long withheld.</p> + +<p>The illustrations which shall now follow, drawn from distinguished +authorities, aim at showing the consonancy of Herr Willkommās pictures +with authentic representations of Elfin superstition already known to +the +<span class="pagebreak" title="671"> </span><a name="Page_671" id="Page_671"></a> +world. If, however, the criteria which have been proposed, have +been rightfully deduced, the illustrations should as materially serve us +in justifying these by proof.</p> + +<p>Amongst the numerous points of analogy which strikingly connect our tale +with popular tales and traditions innumerable, <i>three</i> are main to the +structure of the tale itself. They may be very briefly described as—</p> + +<p class="hanging indent2">I. The Heathenism of the Fairies.</p> + <p class="hanging indent2">II. Their need, thence arising.</p> + <p class="hanging indent2">III. Maudās ability to help them.</p> + + +<hr /> + +<p>I. The opinion, which sets the fairies in opposition to the established +faith of all Christendom, is widely diffused. To the <i>Breton</i> peasant, +as M. de la Villemarqué has above informed us, his Korrigan is a heathen +princess, doomed to a long sorrow for obstinately refusing the message +of salvation.</p> + +<p>The brothers Grimm, speaking of the fairies in <i>Ireland</i>, say that āthey +are angels cast out from heaven, who have not fallen as low as hell; but +in great fear and uncertainty about their future state, doubt, +themselves, whether they shall obtain mercy at the last day.ā<a name="FNanchor_K_11" id="FNanchor_K_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_K_11" class="fnnum">K</a></p> + +<p>Of the fairies in <i>Scotland</i>, it is averred by the same learned and +exact writers, that āthey were originally angels dwelling in bliss, but +who, because they suffered themselves to be seduced by the archfiend, +were hurled down from heaven in innumerable multitudes. They shall +wander till the last day over mountains and lakes. They know not how +their sentence will run—whether they shall be saved or damned; but +dread the worst.ā</p> + +<p>Tales, in many parts of Europe, which represent the fairies as +exceedingly solicitous about their salvation, and as <i>inquiring of +priests</i> and others concerning their own spiritual prospects, for the +most part with an unfavourable answer, tend to fix upon them a +reproachful affinity with the spirits of darkness.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>II. That the powerful fairies, who have appeared to us, from childhood +upwards, as irresistible dispensers of good and evil to our kind, should +<i>need aid</i> of any sort from us, is an unexpected feature of the fairy +lore, which breaks by degrees upon the zealous and advancing inquirer.</p> + +<p>The two excellent brothers Grimm, in the most elaborate and +comprehensive collection,<a name="FNanchor_L_12" id="FNanchor_L_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_L_12" class="fnnum">L</a> probably, of national traditions that +Europe possesses, have furnished us with various instances. We select a +very few. In the following graceful Alpine pastoral, the need of human +help attaches to an exigency of life or death:—</p> + + +<h4>GERMAN TRADITIONS.</h4> + +<h4>No. CCXX. <i>The Queen of the Snakes.</i></h4> + +<p>āA herd maiden found upon the fell a sick snake lying and almost +famished. Compassionately she held down to it her pitcher of milk. The +snake licked greedily, and was visibly revived. The girl went on her +way; and it presently happened that her lover sued for her, but was too +poor for the proud wealthy father, who tauntingly dismissed him till the +day when he too should be master of as large herds as the old herdsman. +From this time forwards had the old herdsman no luck more, but sheer +misfortune. Report ran that a fiery dragon was seen passing oā nights +over his grounds; and his substance decayed. The poor swain was now as +rich, and again sued for his beloved, whom he obtained. Upon the +wedding-day a snake came gliding into the room, upon whose coiled tail +there sat a beautiful damsel, who said that it was she to whom formerly +the kind +<span class="pagebreak" title="672"> </span><a name="Page_672" id="Page_672"></a> +herd maid had, in strait of hunger, given her milk, and, out +of gratitude, she took her brilliant crown from her head, and cast it +into the brideās lap. Thereupon she vanished; but the young couple +throve in their housekeeping greatly, and were soon well at ease in the +world.ā</p> + +<p>Since fairies, like ourselves, are mortal, <span class="smcap">two lives</span> may be understood +as at stake in the following:—</p> + + +<h4>No. LXVIII. <i>The Lady of Alvensleben.</i></h4> + +<p>āSome hundred years ago, there lived at Calb, in the Werder, an aged +lady of the house of Alvensleben, who feared God, was gracious to the +people, and willingly disposed to render any one a service: especially +she did assist the burgessesā wives in difficult travail of childbirth, +and was, in such cases, of all desired and highly esteemed. Now, +therefore, there did happen in wise following:—</p> + +<p>āIn the night season there came a damsel to the castle gate, who knocked +and distressfully called, beseeching that it should not mislike her, if +possible, forthwith to arise, and to accompany her from the town, where +there lay a good woman in travail of child, because the last hour and +uttermost peril was already upon her, and her mistress wist no help for +her life. The noblewoman said, āIt is very midnight; all the town gates +be shut and well barred: how shall we make us forth?ā The damsel +rejoined that the gate was ready open, she should come forth only, (but +beware, as do some add, in the place whither she should be conducted, to +eat or to drink any thing, or to touch that should be proffered her.) +Thereupon did the lady rise from her bed, dressed her, came down, and +went along with the damsel which had knocked. The town gate she found +open, and as they came further into a field was there a fair way which +led right into a hillside. The hill stood open, and although she did +well perceive that the thing was darksome, she resolved to go still on, +unalarmed, until she arrived at last where was a <i>little wifikin</i> that +lay on the bed, in great pains of travail. But the noble lady gave her +succour, (by the report of some, <i>she needed no more than lay her hand +upon her body</i>,) and a little baby was born to the light of day.</p> + +<p>āWhen she had yielded her aid, desire took her to return from out the +hill, home; she took leave of the sick woman, (without having any thing +touched of the meats and liquors that were offered her,) and the former +damsel anew joined her, and brought her back unharmed to the castle. At +the gateway the damsel stood still, thanked her highly in her mistressās +name, and drew off from her finger a golden ring, which she presented to +the noblewoman with these words, āHave this dear pledge in right heedful +keeping, and let it not part from you and from your house. They of +Alvensleben will flourish so long as they possess this ring. Should it +ever leave them, the whole race must become extinct.ā Herewith vanished +the damsel.</p> + +<p>āIt is said that the ring, at this day, is rightly and properly kept in +the lineage, and for good assurance deposited at Lubeck. But others, +that it was, at the dividing of the house into two branches, diligently +parted in two. Others yet, that the one half has been melted, since when +it goes ill with that branch: the other half stays with the other branch +at Zichtow. The story moreover goes, that the benevolent lady was a +married woman. When she upon the morrow told her husband the tale of +that had betid her in the night, he would not believe her, until she +said, āForsooth, then, anā ye will not trow me, take only the key of yon +room from the table: there lieth, I dare warrant, the ring.ā Which was +exactly so. It is marvellous the gifts that men have received of the +fairies.ā</p> + +<p>The most touching by far of the traditions at our disposal for +illustrating at once the dependence of the fairies upon man, and their +anxiety concerning their soulsā welfare, is one in which the +all-important hope which we have said that they sometimes solicit from +the grave and authorized lips of priests, appears as floating on the +lightest breath of children. Our immediate author is James Grimm, +speaking in his German <i>Mythology</i> of the water spirit. The tradition +itself is from Sweden, where this mythological +<span class="pagebreak" title="673"> </span><a name="Page_673" id="Page_673"></a> +being, the solitary +water fairy, bears the name of āThe <i>Neck</i>.ā</p> + +<p>āTwo lads were at play by the river side. The <i>Neck</i> sate and touched +his harp. The children called to him—</p> + +<p>āāWhy sittest thou here, <i>Neck</i>, and playest? Thou wilt not go to +heaven.ā Then the <i>Neck</i> began bitterly weeping, flung his harp away, +and sank in the deep water. When the boys came home they told their +father, who was a priest, what had happened. The father said—</p> + +<p>āāYe have sinned towards the <i>Neck</i>. Go ye back, and give him promise of +salvation.ā</p> + +<p>āWhen they returned to the river, the <i>Neck</i> sate upon the shore, +mourning and weeping. The children said—</p> + +<p>āāWeep not so, thou <i>Neck</i>. Our father hath said, that thy Redeemer too +liveth.ā</p> + +<p>āThen the <i>Neck</i> took joyfully his harp, and played sweetly until long +after sundown.ā</p> + +<p>āI do not know,ā tenderly and profoundly suggests Dr Grimm, āthat any +where else in our traditions is as significantly expressed how <span class="smcap">needy</span> of +the Christian belief the <span class="smcap">Heathen</span> are, and how <span class="smcap">mildly</span> it should approach +them.ā</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>III. A few words shall here satisfy the claims of a widely-stretching +subject. Is there <i>one</i> order of spirits which, as the Baron Walckenaer +has assured us, lavishes on chosen human heads love unattracted, and +hate unprovoked? We must look well about us ere fixing the imputation. +Spirits, upon the other hand, undoubtedly there are, and those of not a +few orders, fairies of one or another description being amongst them, +who exert, in the choice of their human favourites, a discrimination +challenging no light regard.</p> + +<p>A host of traditions, liberally scattered over a field, of which, +perhaps, Ireland is one extremity and China the other, now plainly and +emphatically declare, and now, after a venturous interpretation, may be +understood to point out, <i>simplicity of will</i> and <i>kindness of heart</i> as +titles in the human being to the favour of the spirits. At times a +brighter beam irradiates such titles, to which holiness, purity, and +innocence, are seen to set their seal. We cull a few instances, warning +the reader, that, although of our best, he will possibly find them a +mere working upwards to the most perfect which we have it in our power +to bring before him in the beautiful tale of Maud.</p> + +<p>Amongst the searchers who seem to have been roused into activity by the +German traditions of the brothers Grimm, Ludwig Bechstein takes +distinguished place for the diligence with which he has collected +different districts of Germany. Our inquiry shall owe him the two +following</p> + + +<h4>TRADITIONS OF THE GRABFELD.</h4> + +<h4>No. LVII. <i>The little Cherry-Tree upon Castle Raueneck.</i></h4> + +<p>āThere prevails, concerning the ruins of the old hill-castle Raueneck, a +quite similar tradition to that which holds of the like named ruined +strength near Baden, in Austria. There lies yet buried here a vast +treasure, over which a spirit, debarred from repose, keeps watch, +anxiously awaiting deliverance. But who is he that can and shall +actually lift this treasure and free the spirit? Upon the wall there +grows a cherry seedling that shall one day become a tree; and the tree +shall be cut down, and out of it a cradle made. He that, being a +Sundayās child, is rocked in this cradle, will grow up, but only +provided that he have kept himself virginally pure and chaste, <i>at some +noontide hour</i> set free the spirit, lift the treasure, and become +immeasurably rich; so as he shall be able to rebuild Castle Raueneck and +all the demolished castles in the neighbourhood round. If the plant +wither, or if a storm break it, then must the spirit again wait until +once more a cherry stone, brought by a bird to the top of the lofty +wall, shoot and put forth leaves, and haply grow to a tree.ā</p> + + +<h4>No. LXII. <i>The Hollow Stone.</i></h4> + +<p>āIn the wood near Altenstein there stands a high rock. The inhabitants +<span class="pagebreak" title="674"> </span><a name="Page_674" id="Page_674"></a> +of the neighbourhood say that this rock is hollow within, and filled +with treasure in great store from the olden time. At certain seasons and +hours, it is given <i>to Sunday children</i> to find the rock doors open, or +to open them with <i>the lucky flower</i>.ā</p> + +<p>The singular superstition of spiritual favour fixing itself upon the +human child, consecrated, as it were, by the hallowed light upon which +the eyes first open, will shortly return upon us in <i>The Fairiesā +Sabbath</i>.</p> + +<p>Lo! where, from the bountiful hand of the Brothers Grimm, fall two +bright dewdrop of tradition upon the pure opening flower of childhood.</p> + + +<h4>GERMAN TRADITIONS.</h4> + +<h4>NO. CLIX. <i>The Treasure at Soest.</i></h4> + +<p>āIn the time of the Thirty Yearsā war, there was to be seen standing not +far from the town of Soest, in Westphalia, an old ruin, of which the +tradition ran that there was an iron trunk there, full of money, kept by +a black dog and a bewitched maiden. The grandfathers and grandmothers +Who are gone, used to tell that a strange nobleman shall one day arrive +in the country, deliver the maiden, and open the chest with a fiery key. +They said that divers itinerant scholars and exorcists had, within the +memory of man, betaken themselves thither to dig, but been in so strange +sort received and dismissed, that no one since further had list to the +adventure, especially after their publishing that the treasure might be +lifted of none who had once taken womanās milk. It was not long since a +little girl from their village had led her few goats to feed about the +very spot; one of which straying amongst the ruins, she had followed it. +Within, in the castle court, was a damsel who questioned her what she +did there: and when she was informed, pointing to a little basket of +cherries, further said, āIt is good; therefore take of that thou seeāst +before thee, with thy goat and all, and go; and come not again, neither +look behind, that a harm befall thee not.ā Upon this the frightened +child caught up seven cherries, and made her way in alarm out of the +ruins. The cherries turned, in her hand, to money.ā</p> + + +<h4>NO. CLX. <i>The Welling Silver.</i></h4> + +<p>āIn February of the year 1605, in the reign of Henry Julius, Duke of +Brunswick, at a mileās distance from Quedlinburg, where it is called <i>at +the Dale</i>, it happened that a poor peasant sent his daughter into the +next shaw to pick up sticks for fuel. The girl took for this use a +larger basket upon her head, and a smaller in her hand; and when she had +filled them both and was going home, a mannikin clad all in white came +towards her, and asked:—</p> + +<p>āāWhat art carrying there?ā</p> + +<p>āāGathered sticks,ā the girl made answer, āfor heating and cooking.ā</p> + +<p>āāEmpty the wood out,ā said further the little manling, ātake thy basket +and follow me. I shall show thee something that is better and more +profitable than thy sticks.ā</p> + +<p>āHe then took her by the hand, and led her back again to a knoll, and +showed her a place which might be of two ordinary tablesā breadth of a +fair pure silver, being smaller and larger coins of a moderate +thickness, with a image stamped like a Virgin Mary, and all round an +impress of exceedingly old writing. As the silver <i>welled up</i>, as it +were, abundantly out of the ground, the little girl was terrified and +drew back, neither would she empty out the sticks from her small +hand-basket. Accordingly, the little man in white himself did so, filled +the basket with the money, and gave it back to the little damsel with +saying, āThat shall be better for thee than thy sticks.ā She was +confounded and took it; but upon the mannikinās requiring that she +should likewise empty out her larger basket and take silver therein, she +refused and said—āThat she must carry fuel home too; for there were +little children at home who must have a warm room, and there must be +wood ready likewise for cooking.ā This contented the manling, who said, +āWell, then, go; take it all home,ā and thereupon disappeared.</p> + +<p> +<span class="pagebreak" title="675"> </span><a name="Page_675" id="Page_675"></a> +āThe girl carried the basket of silver home, and told what had happened +to her. The boors now ran flocking with pickaxes and other tools, and +would have their share of the treasure, but none of them was able to +find the spot where the silver had welled out.</p> + +<p>āThe Prince of Brunswick had a pound of the coined silver brought him, +as did moreover a burgess of Halberstadt, N. Everkan, purchase the +like.ā</p> + +<p>The quick-sighted reader will not easily have missed detecting the +sudden effect produced upon the two spirits by <span class="smcap">the truthful +right-mindedness of the two little girls</span>.</p> + +<p>Correspondingly, James Grimm, from surveying collectively the Teutonic +traditions of bewitched or mysteriously hidden treasure, says—</p> + +<p>āTo the lifting of the treasure is required <i>silence</i> and <i>innocence</i>. +<span class="together">* * *</span> Innocent childrenās hands are able to lay hold upon it, as to draw +the lot. <span class="together">* * *</span> Who has viciously stained himself cannot approach it.ā<a name="FNanchor_M_13" id="FNanchor_M_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_M_13" class="fnnum">M</a></p> + +<p>Two short instances more from the copious fraternal collection, and we +have done. With a temper of pure childlike antiquity, they express in +the persons of the dwarfs—<i>Teutonic approximative, fairies</i>—the +sympathy of the spirits with unstained and innocent human manners; and +may, if the traditions which exhibit the fairies under a cloud of sin +and sorrow should have been felt by the reader as at all grating upon +his old love of them, help to soothe and reconcile him by a soft gleam +of illumination, here lingering as in a newly revealed Golden Age of his +own.</p> + + +<h4>GERMAN TRADITIONS.</h4> + +<h4>No. CXLVII. <i>The Dwarfs upon the Tree.</i></h4> + +<p>āIn the summer, the dwarfs often came trooping from the cliffs down into +the valley, and joined either with help, or as lookers-on at least, the +human inhabitants at their work, especially the mowers, in hay-harvest. +They, then and there, seated themselves at their ease and pleasantly, +upon the long and thick arm of a maple in the embowering shade. But once +there came certain evil-disposed persons, who, in the night, sawed the +bough through, so that it held but weakly on to the trunk; and when the +unsuspecting creatures, upon the morrow, settled themselves down upon +it, the bough cracked in two, the dwarfs tumbled to the ground, were +heartily laughed at, fell into violent anger, and cried aloud—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āO, how is the heaven high and long!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And falsehood waxen on earth so strong!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Here to-day, and for ever away!ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>They kept their word, and never again made their appearance in the +country.ā</p> + + +<h4>No. CXLVIII. <i>The Dwarfs upon the Crag Stone.</i></h4> + +<p>āIt was the wont of the dwarflings to seat themselves upon a great crag +stone, and from thence to watch the haymakers; but a few mischievous +fellows kindled a fire upon the stone, made it red-hot, and swept away +embers and ashes. Morning came, and with it the tiny folk, who burned +themselves pitiably. They exclaimed in high anger—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āO wicked world! O wicked world!ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>cried vengeance, and vanished for evermore!ā</p> + +<p>We have shown,—1. The Anti-christian character imputed by tradition to +the fairies. 2. The occasional dependence of the more powerful spirits +upon the less powerful human beings; and, 3. The strong affectionate +leaning in the will of the spirits towards moral human excellence. Of +the <i>ability</i> which, in virtue of this excellence, the human creature +possesses <i>to help</i>, Maud must, for the present, be permitted to stand +for the +<span class="pagebreak" title="676"> </span><a name="Page_676" id="Page_676"></a> +sole, as she is beyond all comparison our best, example.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>The book of Ernst Willkomm takes a position in strong contrast to the +corresponding works due to the Brothers Grimm, and other great gatherers +of legendary lore. He has a personal poetic interest in the tales which +they have not. He presents himself as the expositor, not only of his +native superstitions, but also, zealously, of the Upper Lusatian +manners. Himself cradled amongst the mountains, he has drawn with +infinite pains, and by slow degrees, as he best could, from the deep +interior life of the people, their jealously withheld credences, and the +traditions which are sacredly associated with every nook of their craggy +district.</p> + +<p>āThe tract of country,ā says Willkomm in his Preface, āthe true +Highlands of Upper Lusatia, called by the inhabitants themselves the +Upper Country, to which the tales are native, is one very narrowly +circumscribed. It amounts to scarcely ten square (German) miles. I have, +however, selected it for my undertaking,ā he continues, ābecause it is +intimately familiar to me; because the innermost character of the small +population who inhabit it is confidentially known to me; because there +is hardly a road or a path in the country which, on the darkest night, I +could not find. Interesting, romantic, magnificent is the piece of earth +which, at the confines of Bohemia, runs over hilly heights and lofty +hill, tops on to the high mountain-chain. But still more interesting, I +maintain with confidence, is the race of people.ā</p> + +<p>It may seem strange at first, that the wise and profound explorers whom +we have so often had occasion to cite, the brothers Grimm, should have +failed to present us with any traditions from a corner of ground around +which they have so successfully laboured. We have hinted already at the +sufficient reason of the blank. Willkomm tells us, that the rest of the +world, which āthe cabinād cribbādā Lusatian has himself learned to call +ā<i>oā thā outside</i>,ā has taken no cognisance of his beautiful hill +country. Lusatia has a literature of her own, and no one is acquainted +with it. āShe had, and partly still has, her own, similar to the +Imperial cities, exceeding free and energetic municipal constitution.ā +But no one cares about it. Celebrated and learned historians, questioned +by Willkomm on the subject, have acknowledged their ignorance in regard +to the character and laws of its small people. A more cogent reason, +however, lies nearer home, in the impenetrable reserve and +self-insulation of the mountaineers themselves. Willkomm confesses that +their coldness towards strangers is unparalleled; they have no +confidence whatever in foreigners; āand let a Lusatian but suspect,ā he +says, āthat you come a-fishing to him, and to listen out his privacies; +then may you,ā as we may render the Lusatian proverb, āāLose yourself +before you find his mushroom.āā He will communicate to strangers little +of his manners and customs; of his superstitious practices, his sacredly +guarded traditions, absolutely nothing. āHe is unpliant, +self-sequestered, coarse-grained; beyond all conception easy and +phlegmatic.ā</p> + +<p>Every genuine people, however, is rough-handed; and Willkomm proceeds, +after an ingenuous description of their defects, to vindicate the +natural heart of his brother highlanders. āLet him amongst the gentle,ā +he proudly exclaims, āwho desire to hear for once something novel, +something right vigorous, sit down beside me. He need not fear that +morals and decency will be cast out of doors. No, no! The people are +thoroughly moral and chaste at heart, if they are somewhat coarse in +expression;—ay, and tender withal. Their imagination glides as +delighted along fragrant threads of gold, as it eagerly descends amongst +the powers of darkness, amidst the dance of will-oā-the-wisps and +horrible ghost-reels. They are, at once, a blunt, good-hearted, +aboriginal stamp of men, with all the advantages and deficiencies +appurtenant.ā</p> + +<p>The Lusatian traditions, brought to light in Germany by Ernst Willkomm, +and now first made known to Englishmen in these pages, were collected by +our author, as we have already observed, with difficulty and labour. A +native only of the mountain district +<span class="pagebreak" title="677"> </span><a name="Page_677" id="Page_677"></a> +could obtain from the lips of the +people their sacred and well-preserved lore, and even he not easily. The +tales were narrated from time to time in the spinning-room, or in the +so-called ā<i>Hell</i>ā of the boor or weaver, without any determinate +connexion. The listener gathered mere fragments, and these not fully, +when, thrown off his guard, he ventured to interrupt the speaker. Each +narrator conceives his tale differently, and one individual is apt to +garnish the experience of many, or what he has heard from others, with a +little spice of his own invention. Further, the details of ten or twelve +occurrences are associated with one single spot; all of which appear +externally different, and yet internally are connected closely, āso that +when comprehended in one whole picture, and not till then, they form +what, in a strict and literary sense, we are accustomed to call a +<span class="smcap">Tradition</span> or <span class="smcap">Tale</span>. I, at least,ā adds Ernst Willkomm, āin such an +upgathering of these disjointed tones of tradition, could only +accomplish something that satisfied me by searching out the profound +hidden meaning of the peopleās poesy: and I have at last gone no further +than attempting to compose these detached fragments of tradition, +Lusatianwise and popularwise, from the peopleās own telling, into a +whole. Upon this scheme only could alike the poetical worth of the +tales, and the portraiture of the race, be rescued and rightly secured.ā</p> + +<p>That the traditions have been rescued and maintained in their purity and +truth; coloured, no doubt, in the telling, and that unavoidably, under +the pencil of their educated renderer—we have every reason to believe +from internal evidences. Maintaining their own originality, they +correspond in the main to the traditions which come to us from almost +every known country on the globe, concurring to attest the intimate and +necessary relation of the human soul with what would seem to be the +remnants of an ancient and universal mythology. They bear upon their +front the minute impress of reality, not to be mistaken, and beyond the +mere invention of the poet. They are a valuable addition to the common +stock. The style of Willkomm is clear, and to the point; almost always, +as he says, in characterizing the speech of his own Upper Lusatians, +āhitting the nail upon the head.ā It breathes of his own mountain air, +and possesses a charm, a vigour, and freshness, which we fear that we +shall endeavour in vain to transfer to the following version:—</p> + + +<h4>THE FAIRIESā SABBATH.</h4> + +<p>āChildren born of a Sunday, and bastards, inherit the gift, denied to +other human beings, of beholding spirits, of talking with them, and, if +opportunity befriend, of right intimately communing with them. This was +a truth experienced by pretty Maud, the stone-masonās only daughter, +who, a hundred years ago or so, led, at the foot of the mountain-ridge +yonder, a quiet home-loving life. Maud was born, of all days in the +year, upon Easter Sunday, which is said to be a truly lucky day for a +mortal not otherwise heavily burdened with earthly blessings. In this +last respect, Maud had no reasonable cause of complaint; for her father, +by the labour of his hands, painfully earned just as much as went to a +frugal housekeeping, and the mother kept the little family in order; so +that things looked always neat and clean enough in the abode of the +stone-mason.</p> + +<p>āAll Sundayās children are very wise, and, if they are maidens, always +uncommonly beautiful. Maud was, as a child, admired by every body; nay, +it once went so far, as that a rich and beautiful, but very +sickly-looking, lady of quality, who was travelling over the mountain in +a fine carriage, tried hard to coax the poor mother out of her pretty +Maud with a large sum of gold. When the maiden had fairly stepped out of +childās shoes, and was obliged to seek employment away from home, there +was a mighty ado. It was for all the world as if a fairy was going +through the place, when Maud, early in the morning, strolled along the +banks of the murmuring stream on her road to a wealthy weaverās. The +young fellows saluted the fair one as they greeted no other. +<span class="pagebreak" title="678"> </span><a name="Page_678" id="Page_678"></a> +No one +ventured, however, to accost her with unseemly speeches—a kind of +thing, by the way, that young men at all times are very prone to. Maud +was treated by every one like a saint. Maidens even, her equals in +years, prized her highly; and in no way envied her the general +admiration. This might be founded in the behaviour itself of Maud. More +forward to oblige, to do good offices, more sweetly behaved, was no one. +And then she had such a grace with it all, so innocent an eye, that when +you looked into it, heaven itself seemed to shine out upon you. In +short, whoever spoke with Maud, or might walk a few steps with her, that +man was for the whole day another and a happier creature, and whatever +he undertook prospered with him.</p> + +<p>āIt would have been strange indeed had such a maiden lacked suitors, or +not very early found a sympathizing heart. Now, as for the suitors, +there was no dearth of them, Heaven knows! for there were youngsters of +the queerest fashion. Many without manners, though right well to look +at; others wealthy, but without heart or soul; and others again ready to +burst with rage, if any one but touched his hat to the beautiful +Matilda. To all such, the innocent child had not a word to say; for she +knew well enough, that scant blessing waits on marriages of such a make. +There was but one young fellow who could be said to please her +thoroughly, and he was neither rich nor singularly handsome. She had +become acquainted with him at the weaverās, where he, like herself, went +daily to work. Albert was industrious, well-behaved, and spoke so +sensibly and right-heartedly, that Maud ever listened to him with +delight. Truth to tell, he simply put her own feelings into words. A +very little time passed, before she engaged herself secretly to Albert; +and all would have gone on happily and well with them, had the two +lovers but possessed just money enough to scrape a few matters together, +and to set up housekeeping. But both were poor—poor as church mice; +and, just for that reason, the father of Maud did not look very +favourably upon the settled love-affair of his daughter. He would have +been better satisfied if the silly thing, as he called her, had given +her hand to one of the rich suitors, who would have given their ears to +please her. Since, however, once for all, the mischief was done, he, +like a good man, determined to cause his only child no heartache, and +let matters get on as they might. One condition only he insisted +upon—which was, that Maud should for the future work under her fatherās +roof; Albert, meanwhile, having leave every evening to pay his visits +there. In this arrangement the two lovers cordially acquiesced; for, +young as they were, they could well afford a little waiting. Meantime, +it must be their endeavour, by incessant labour and careful economy, to +save up as much as they needed for setting themselves up in their humble +dwelling. So they lived on from day to day in quiet content. And so, no +doubt, many days, and many, would have glided by, had not a singular +occurrence disturbed the profound tranquillity. This was the way of +it:—</p> + +<p>āMaudās father, the stone-mason, found it too much for him, with his +heavy work and all, when, at noon, he had the long journey to make +between the stone quarry and his own home. Besides, the fine stone-dust +had brought on an inflammation of the eyes, so that he was obliged to +avoid the glare of the sun: no easy thing for him to do, since his road +homeward lay over a green high hill, upon which the sun beat +scorchingly: wherefore, also, the people have given it the name of the +Sunās hill. It was made, in consequence, Maudās duty to take daily her +fatherās homely dinner to the stone quarry—a road which, although +toilsome, was by no means disagreeable to her; inasmuch as Albert often +found means to get leave of absence, and then always escorted her a part +of the way.</p> + +<p>āOver the Sunās hill nobody went willingly alone, either by day or by +night; for the tale ran, that to many persons wondrous things had +happened. Some had even caught, they said, their death-sickness there. +True it is, any more definite report was not easily obtained. Only so +much had Maud heard from her mother, that the <span class="smcap">Good People</span> were said, a +very, very long time ago, to have vanished +<span class="pagebreak" title="679"> </span><a name="Page_679" id="Page_679"></a> +into the green hill; just +when, in all the places around, so many churches had sprung up, and the +sound of bells rang over mountain and wood. These reports +notwithstanding, Maud, unconscious of evil, took her daily walk over the +Sunās hill, where indeed no one ever encountered her; so that the +splendid landscape looked often desolate and awful in the hot middayās +glow.<a name="FNanchor_N_14" id="FNanchor_N_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_N_14" class="fnnum">N</a> For this reason it was always a great relief to her, when, from +the top of the steep hill, she saw Albert ascending towards her. She +then felt herself more secure, and went with better spirits forward. It +was near Whitsuntide—the father sickly and more peevish than ever, and +work bringing in no supply; for provisions had risen fearfully in price +in consequence of the previous unusually hard winter. Now, as often as +Maud brought the dinner to her father, he complained bitterly, and +reproached her harshly for her folly; so that the poor child was almost +heartbroken, pined, and led a melancholy life.</p> + +<p>āShe most deeply felt her trouble, when at noon she took her lonely +journey along the desolate path that led to the quarry. Then she often +shed the bitterest tears, and prayed to God to show her an outlet, and +to have pity on their poverty.</p> + +<p>āOne day—it was just a week to Whitsun-eve—it happened that as she +went upon her way, silently and in sorrow, and in vain looked for the +beloved figure of Albert, she suddenly heard such a marvellously clear +sound of a bell that she stood still to hearken. It was upon the mid +summit of the Sunās hill; the air perfectly calm, and around, far and +near, not a creature to be seen. From the distant hamlet in the valley +clinked only the sharp tones of the whetting scythe. Maud believed that +she had had a ringing in her ears, and walked on. The singular sound was +repeated, resembling the tone exactly of a small silver bell.</p> + +<p>āāHow strange it is!ā said the maiden to herself, casting her eyes upon +the ground; and in the soft moss, right at her feet, she perceived +something glistening like a fragment of blue glass. She stooped and +picked up what in colour and shape resembled a blue harebell, or, as it +is called, <i>Fairyās hat</i>; only, where the stalk should have been, there +was a so small and elegantly-wrought little silver bell, that Maud could +not help laughing outright.</p> + +<p>āāBless me!ā she exclaimed, āwho can have made that comical thing?ā and +thereupon she shook the flower, and the wee little bell began to sound +so prodigiously clear, that the poor damsel let it fall, affrighted.</p> + +<p>āāWhat are thy commands?ā asked immediately a slender bright voice. +Before her stood a delicate creature, not higher than her hand; but of a +symmetry of person that was perfectly astonishing. His small expressive +head, round which a grove of curls, like crisped sunbeams, played, was +just of a size, that the flower with the wondrous bell served it for a +covering. For Maud saw how he put on the sparkling hat with much +gravity, and at the same time, very knowingly, giving himself a right +bold and dandy appearance.</p> + +<p>āāWhat are you then?ā asked Maud trembling.</p> + +<p>āThe little fellow made a smart bow, āThy servant, with thy good leave,ā +replied the strange being. āI and my people have known thee a long time. +We have heard thy complainings; and because thou hast a kind heart, and +lovest the flowers, and dost not wantonly pull them to pieces, am I +charged to do thee a pleasure, provided thou wilt do the like for me and +my people.ā</p> + +<p>āāIndeed! you pretty little original!ā answered Maud, āwho are thy +people? Iā——</p> + +<p>āāHush!ā interrupted the little one, with a repelling gesture of the +hand and a very impressive contraction of the brow. āThese are questions +which I cannot answer, and, what is more, cannot suffer. It is not civil +to put questions of the <span class="smcap">whence</span> and the <span class="smcap">what</span>. If thou wilt trust me, and +I +<span class="pagebreak" title="680"> </span><a name="Page_680" id="Page_680"></a> +should think that I have the air of a proper gentleman, then resolve +without delay whether thou wilt do me a pleasure for a reasonable +compensation.ā</p> + +<p>āāDear little sir!ā replied Maud, overcome, āI am not mistrustful, but +so beset and afflicted that I really do not know how I am to understand +this strange business. Do not make sport of me, good child; or, if thou +art a spirit, I beseech thee have compassion on me, and let me go my way +in peace. My father is waiting for me. His little bit of dinner is +drying in the heat of the sun.ā</p> + +<p>āāSilly prattle!ā interrupted the little one. āThy old father lies under +the rock side, and snores till the fern leaves waggle over him. The good +manās dinner will not take much harm. However, that thou mayest see how +good and honourable my intentions are, take thou my little cap. Be it +the pledge which I shall redeem from thee with a compensation. Only +resolve quickly now whether thou wilt trust me. My time is short.ā</p> + +<p>āMaud hesitated still. She held the miraculous cap with its silver bell +in her hand. The desire to get rid of the <i>uncanny</i> creature the sooner +the better, and also, perhaps, a particle of female curiosity wrung from +her her consent.</p> + +<p>āāGood!ā said the little one in great glee. āNow, hear me! This day +week, upon Whitsun-eve, as ye call it, do thou come here in the evening, +as soon as the moon has mounted this green hill. Be not afraid; for only +good will befall thee. As soon as thou hast reached this spot, ring with +the little bell which I have given thee; and thou wilt not repent having +been serviceable to the good people.ā</p> + +<p>āScarcely had the little man given Maud her direction, when the +astonished maiden remarked that the ground before her feet flashed like +molten gold, sunk deeper and deeper, and in this glowing gulf the +extraordinary being vanished, like a silver star. The whole phenomenon +lasted only a few seconds, then every thing was again at rest as before. +The little bell-flower only assured Matilda that she did not dream, and +that something unusual had really taken place.</p> + +<p>āPossessed with her feelings, she took her father his meal; and found +him, in sooth, fast asleep under the wall of rock. Of her adventure she +said nothing, but carried the pledge of the little man well secured in +her bosom. And yet how was it possible for her to persevere in her +silence? It is true, Maud knew not if the communication of the incident +was permitted her. She put her trust, however, in the pledge; and, since +she had not been commanded to silence, she hoped to be justified in +making Albert acquainted with what had happened.</p> + +<p>āShe did it with fear and trembling, and produced to her astonished +lover, as witness, the flower which had withered in the warmth of her +bosom. Singularly enough, let her shake it as often as she would, the +little bell could not be made to ring.</p> + +<p>āāAnd you really mean to go?ā asked Albert, when he had a little +recovered from his surprise. āI should like to see you! To get flirting +with ghosts and hobgoblins, or whatever else the devils may be. No! go +you donāt. You will throw that stupid thing into the running stream. +<i>There</i> it wonāt hurt you; and upon that confounded Sunās hill you will +please never to set foot more.ā</p> + +<p>āāI have given my word, Albert; and I must keep my word let what will +happen.ā</p> + +<p>āāVery well,ā said the youngster, āthatās enough! Then every thingās at +an end between us—clean at an end!ā</p> + +<p>āāHow you take on now! For whom else, but for you, have I accepted this +pledge? For whom else have I so long endured—so long borne my fatherās +upbraidings? Dost thou think that, had I wished it, I could not long +since have wedded? And is it my fault that I am a Sundayās child? Is it +not said that all Sundayās children are born to good-luck? If you hinder +me from keeping my word with this miraculous being—and the luck that is +decreed me is meanwhile scattered to all the four winds—you may settle +it with the spirit and face his anger; for I wash my hands in +innocency.ā</p> + +<p>āMaud began to cry, kissed the shrunken leaf, and hid it again in her +bosom. Albert was not at ease. He was annoyed at the untoward encounter, +<span class="pagebreak" title="681"> </span><a name="Page_681" id="Page_681"></a> +a touch of jealousy disquieted and distressed his soul, and yet he +could not say that the girl was in the wrong. At length he said, +dispiritedly—</p> + +<p>āāGo through with your folly then. I will, however, be near you, and if +the moon-spun rascal takes improper liberties, I will snap his neck, +though mine too should crack for it.ā</p> + +<p>āFor the first time in his life, Albert parted with Maud in an +ill-humour, and the poor girl herself passed a bad and restless night.</p> + +<hr class="narrow" /> + +<p>āāMother,ā said Maud a few days afterwards, whilst she was getting the +fatherās dinner ready for her, ādid you ever see a fairy?ā</p> + +<p>āāGod forbid, girl!ā cried the worthy and somewhat timid woman, crossing +herself. āHow came that into thy head? What hast thou to do with fairies +and elves, dwarfs and wights? A good Christian has no business with such +things of nothing, or worse.ā</p> + +<p>āāWhy, aunt Nelly was telling the other day such surprising stories of +the people!ā Matilda replied; ābut she did not drop a hint of our having +reason to fear any harm from them. She even called them the <span class="smcap">good +people</span>.ā</p> + +<p>āāDaughter!ā the mother seriously rejoined, āwe call them so that they +may do us no mischief. It is safer for us to leave them quite alone.ā</p> + +<p>āāCan it be true, mother, that they have buried themselves under the +Sunās hill, and keep house and home there? Aunt Nelly would have it that +in the still of the night, by bright moonlight, you may hear them +singing wonderful tunes.ā</p> + +<p>āThe mother fixed her eyes upon Maud, set the old manās morsel of food +upon the hearth stone, and, taking her daughter by the hand, led her to +the stove, and seated her upon the family bench.</p> + +<p>āāListen!ā she said, āand take thou heed to my words. The good people, +or the fairies, which is their proper name, although they do not like to +be called so, do indeed live, though few have the gift of beholding +them, in all the mountains and valleys round about. Very, very seldom, +and only upon the most extraordinary occasions, do they ever show +themselves. When they do, it betokens luck to him that sees them, and +brings it, if he quietly fulfill their wishes. These are certainly often +out of the way, just like the people, who are strange and +incomprehensible enough. Thank Goodness, they never crossed my path! but +your godmother Helen, she had many, many years ago, a curious adventure +with the fairies.ā</p> + +<p>āāReally, mother! Aunt Nelly spoken to the fairies! O pray, dear mother, +tell me quickly and fully the whole story!ā</p> + +<p>āāFirst run to the quarry, and take your father his dinner,ā said the +mother. āI will try in the meanwhile to remember all about it; and if +you will promise me to say not a word to any one—not even to your +godmother, you shall hear what your aunt told me at that time.ā</p> + +<p>āMaud very naturally promised every thing, took herself off, and was +back again as quickly as possible. She did not loiter for a moment upon +the road, did not even notice the signals which her Albert made as he +came towards her from the distance. She could think only of her motherās +story.</p> + +<p>āāHere I am again, mother!ā she said breathless. āI call that running! I +should say that the kingās trained runners could do no better. But now +begin, dear mother. I will listen to you as if you were saying mass.ā</p> + +<p>āāAs well as I can remember,ā proceeded the mother, āthe case of the +fairies is a very singular one. Your godmother Helen disclosed to me, it +is true, just the chief particulars only; but they were quite enough to +let you understand something of the good people. They told her that, +once in every fifty or a hundred years, they have a kind of church +meeting, which from old time they call a Sabbath. For you must know, +child, that the fairies are properly Jews,<a name="FNanchor_O_15" id="FNanchor_O_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_O_15" class="fnnum">O</a> right down +<span class="pagebreak" title="682"> </span><a name="Page_682" id="Page_682"></a> +old chaffering +Jews, from <i>Olimās</i> time.ā<a name="FNanchor_P_16" id="FNanchor_P_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_P_16" class="fnnum">P</a></p> + +<p>āāO bless me! Jews!ā cried Maud, frightened out of her wits.</p> + +<p>āāYes, yes, Jews and nothing else,ā repeated the mother warmly; āand +thatās the very reason why, up to this day, they are so given to +trafficking in precious stones, pearls, gold, silver, and artful +jewellery. And when they give themselves a holiday, they go running +about above-ground, making presents to new-born babies if they are very +lovely, and playing all kinds of odd pranks. According to your godmother +Helen, the history of the fairies runs thus:—The whole people, and +their name is <span class="smcap">legion</span>, were formerly in heaven.ā</p> + +<p>āāIn heaven!ā cried Maud, interrupting her mother, āthen why didnāt the +silly creatures stay there? Where else do they hope to be more snug and +comfortable than in heaven! seated under the fur-cap of father Abraham!ā</p> + +<p>āāHow you prate!ā said the mother, checking her. āIf you do not +instantly tie up your tongue, and think more respectfully of the good +people, I shall not tell you another syllable.ā</p> + +<p>āāO pray! I will be quite quiet!ā</p> + +<p>āāVery well. Then the fairies were a long while ago in heaven,ā +continued the mother. āAt that time they were part of the angelic host, +were fine handsome people, went about in glittering robes, and sat at +Godās right hand. Now, it befell that the chief angel of all got +dissatisfied with the old management of affairs in heaven, stirred up +discontent, tampered with the half of all the angels, and tried, with +their help, to thrust out the old rightful Master of heaven and earth +from his bright throne. But it fared with him as it does with most +rebels, and rightly should with all. Our Father, in his glory, got the +better of Satan, took him by the hair of his head, and pitched him +head-foremost out of heaven into the pit of darkness, and his whole +sharkish band of retainers after him. Amongst these, however, a good +many had given ear to his fine tales, and had followed him +thoughtlessly, although they were not properly wicked at heart. They +repented their hasty work, even whilst they were falling deeper and +deeper into gloom. They put up a prayer of repentance to their Lord, and +implored his forgiveness; and because God saw that they were not rotten +at the core, he hearkened to their petition, and rescued them out of the +claws of Satan. But since they were not worthy to be received into +heaven again, the Lord banished them back to the earth, with leave given +them to dwell either within it, or in upper air, upon the hills and +rocks. You must know that, during their fall, a surprising change had +gone on in the transgressors. They had kept their forms of +light—dwindled in size, however, immensely. And since they could not +now become men,<a name="FNanchor_Q_17" id="FNanchor_Q_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_Q_17" class="fnnum">Q</a> and had fooled away their celestial bliss, the Lord +granted them a clear field, with power, until the last day, to make +themselves worthy by good deeds of being re-admitted into heaven. And +thus they have their abodes all about the open hills and the meadow +flats; and only once in every fifty or a hundred years, upon +Whitsun-eve, are they permitted, in their own way, to keep the Sabbath. +And then they can only do it by loading a truly good human being with +the blessings of fortune. For thus only can they hope to expiate their +great offence in the sight of Heaven.ā</p> + +<p>āāAnd did godmother Helen hear this from the good people themselves?ā +asked Maud, as her mother ceased. āWas she, then, lucky?ā</p> + +<p>āāNo,ā said the mother, āNelly was not lucky, because she did not +observe the commandment of the fairies.ā</p> + +<p>āāWell, if one of the creatures came to me, and should lay a command +upon me, I would keep a quiet tongue within my head, and do readily what +he wished.ā</p> + +<p>āāFoolish chatter!ā said the mother chidingly. āThou dost offend the +quiet people with thy empty babbling +<span class="pagebreak" title="683"> </span><a name="Page_683" id="Page_683"></a> +for they can hear every thing that +human lips utter.ā</p> + +<p>āMaud went singing to her work, and long mused upon her timid motherās +narrative. What she had heard filled her with so eager a curiosity that +she could scarcely wait for Whitsun-eve, although she took care to let +no one observe it. From time to time she stole a glance at her +bell-flower, tried to make it ring with shaking, but failed to bring, by +any means, one sound from the delicate little bell.</p> + +<p>āWith a longing dread, Maud saw the promised Whitsun-eve draw near. It +was not easy to leave the parental roof at nightfall. The enamoured +maiden, however, found a becoming excuse which placed a few hours at her +disposal. She went her way with the fairy cap in her bosom, ascended the +green summit of the Sunās hill, now glimmering in the moonlight, and +drew from its hiding-place the pledge that had been entrusted to her. As +if by a miracle, the little flower, touched by the moonās silvery glow, +expanded in an instant. Almost spontaneously it began to oscillate in +her hand, and shrill and clear the little bell rang, so that it +resounded into the adjacent wood, whence a soft echo melodiously +responded.</p> + +<p>āThe voice of Albert, who with vigorous strides was ascending the hill +to look close after the adventure of his beloved, reached her ear. But +the senses of Matilda were engrossed by the fairies, and to his repeated +calls she gave no answer. And she had good reason. For scarcely had the +little bell rung, when a flash, like a sparkling snake, darted here and +there upon the grass, and out of the quivering light there arose a small +and exceedingly beautiful creature, whom Maud immediately recognised for +the lord of the bell-flower. The little fellow was in Spanish costume. +He wore a doublet of sky-blue butterfliesā wings, over which dropped a +magnificent lace collar woven of the gossamer. The delicate feet were +covered with transparent shoes, made of dew-drops.</p> + +<p>āMaud stood mute with astonishment, as well at the tiny smallness of the +fairy, as at his truly classical beauty. The little creature was, in his +way, a perfect Adonis.</p> + +<p>āāNow, my trembler, art thou resolute to follow me?ā whispered the fairy +in a note that came to her like a note of the harmonicon. āRestore me +the pledge, for we have no time to lose.ā</p> + +<p>āMaud gave back the bell-flower; the elf seized it in his little +diaphanous alabaster floral hands, waved it three times round his +dazzling head, so that the little bell sent a peal round the hills, and +then threw it upon the ground. It dilated immediately, took the shape of +a galley with masts and yards, although no larger than the moonās disk +as we see it from the earth. In the same instant the elf sat in the +little vessel, which trembled at every step, drew a rush from his +girdle, and steered with it in the air.</p> + +<p>āāNow, come, step in!ā he called to Maud.</p> + +<p>āāIn that!ā exclaimed the maiden astounded. āHeaven love you, thereās +hardly room for my two feet! Besides, it will tear under me like a +poppy-leaf, for I verily believe it is made of mere air.ā</p> + +<p>āāSpare your remarks, Miss Pert!ā returned the fairy, āand step in. I +pledge my honour, and will give up my hope of salvation, if this bark of +our masterās do not carry thee safely over half the earth ball in less +than no time.ā</p> + +<p>āIt might be that Maud now stood under the mysterious power of a spell, +or that she was urged by an invincible curiosity. Enough: she placed her +feet in the quaking gondola, which swelled aloft like an air-balloon +until it reached the maidenās shoulders. Now the ground sank away, and +Matildaās senses failed her in the dizzy speed with which she was +hurried down into the bowels of the earth. At this precise moment Albert +reached the top of the hill. He had only the pleasure of looking after +them, and hardly that; for it appeared to him as if every thing about +him was immersed in a sea of azure so resplendently clear, that he was +for several minutes robbed of his sight.</p> + +<p>āFrom the magical slumber into which the child had fallen during her +descent into the kingdom of the fairies, she was awakened by a witching +harmony of sounds. She opened her eyes, and observed, with not a little +wonder, that she was lying upon a bed or mat, or whatsoever else it +<span class="pagebreak" title="684"> </span><a name="Page_684" id="Page_684"></a> +might be called, of costly emerald. Over her head nodded marvellous +flowers of the most glowing colours; butterflies, of unseen splendour, +flitted on cooling pinions around her couch, and fanned her with an air +so sweet, so invigorating, that the maiden had never breathed before +with such delight. But with all the magnificence, all the spirit and +splendour, every thing was quite other than upon the sunny earth above. +The flowers and herbs glittered indeed; but they seemed to be juiceless, +and looked as if formed of crystal. Even the butterflies had a peculiar +motion, like that of an involuntary sleepwalker. Only the harmonious +strains, which now rang louder and louder, more and more ravishing, were +so ecstatic, so inviting to joyous devotion, that Maud would fain have +shouted aloud for joy; but she felt that she could not speak, could not +cry out, and sight, touch, and hearing, were more alive than ever.</p> + +<p>āThus she lay for some time motionless, pleasingly intent upon the +nodding flowers, the swarming butterflies. At length the winged +multitude dispersed, and two slender fairy-forms approached her bed and +beckoned her to arise and follow them.</p> + +<p>āMaud arose; and the fairies, who hardly reached up to her knee, taking +her between them, conducted her through a gate of mother-of-pearl into +an illimitable space, through which throng of countless millions of +elves confusedly moved. The converse of these semi-spirits sounded in +the distance harmonious, like perfect music. Notwithstanding the immense +multitude, there was nothing of tumult, nothing of uproar. They stood +all in the finest concord, and bent, waving their flower-caps +gracefully, towards the abashed, astonished maiden. It bewildered Maud +to see that not only overhead arched a star-bespangled sky, but likewise +underneath her feet the same solemn starry splendour was revealed, as if +the slight fairy people walked, between two heavens, upon the milkwhite +vapour which rolled on under them like clouds. Every fairy had on glass +or crystal shoes, if that which they wore on their feet might be so +called. It is, however, possible that the exquisitely made limbs of +these perplexing beings only deluded the eyes of the poor girl with such +an appearance.</p> + +<p>āNearly in the middle of the immeasurable arena rose a temple of gold, +silver, and precious stones, which, with its lofty pillars reaching to +the sky, was emblazoned in so wondrous a light, that, notwithstanding +the extreme refulgence, it did not dazzle. Within this, upon a +ceaselessly revolving sun-orb, stood the most beautiful and tallest of +the fairies. In her golden hair gleamed stars. Joy and ecstasy radiated +like a glory from her lovely pale face, and vapoury raiment concealed, +but as with a breath, her incomparable figure. Towards her pressed the +innumerable host; for the sublime creature might be the priestess of the +united elfin race. Maud was carried forwards with them, that she might +be a witness of the singular worship that was here solemnized. Not a +word was spoken, no hymn was sung; there was but a looking-up of +supplication, of trustfulness, in which all the fairies, turning round +upon their sparkling little feet, took part. After a few minutes a +joyful expression in the countenance of the worshippers proclaimed the +happy issue of the Sabbath. The stars of the upper sky shot down like +silver spangles, and hung suspended in the luminous hair of the fairies, +giving them the appearance of carrying dancing lights on their heads. A +loud, melodious, strain of rejoicing thrilled through the vast room. The +radiant structure heaved and sank. Overhead a verdurous canopy of leaves +vaulted itself; the elves, entwining arms and legs, flew in a lightning +whirl around the high priestess and the dazzled Maud, who, unawares, had +come close upon the lovely fairy.</p> + +<p>āIn a little while the slender body-chain of elves gave way; they +grouped themselves into numberless rows; every one took off the star +from his head, and, tripping up, deposited it at the feet of the +priestess, where they at length all united in composing themselves into +a great gold-bright sphere, exactly resembling that upon which the high, +officiating fairy had been borne round in the temple.</p> + +<p>āThe elfin now extended her hand to Maud and said—</p> + +<p>āāWe thank thee for the readiness +<span class="pagebreak" title="685"> </span><a name="Page_685" id="Page_685"></a> +with which thou hast followed my +messenger into this our hidden kingdom. Thou hast, by thy presence, +prospered our Sabbath festival. Receive, for thy reward, the gratitude +of all the fairies; and bear with thee this gift in remembrance of this +day.ā</p> + +<p>āSo speaking, she plucked the coronal of stars from her hair, stretched +it out with both her hands, and hung it upon the head and neck of +Matilda.</p> + +<p>āāWhenever thou art in trouble,ā she continued, āthink of the good +people; pull one of these stars, throw it in the air by the light of the +moon, and whatsoever thou wishest, provided it be lawful, shall be +granted thee.ā</p> + +<p>āMaud would have stammered forth her thanks, but she felt herself still +powerless to speak. A kiss of the fairy upon her forehead was the signal +for breaking up. The good people once more waved their caps. The gondola +floated by, Maud mounted it, and, as quickly as she had descended, was +lifted up upon the earth again.</p> + +<p>āāThere!ā said the little pilot fairy, tying the supple rudder about the +wrist of Maud, āthat is my wedding gift to you and Albert. Give him the +half of it if he pouts; and—have a care—no blabbing!ā</p> + +<p>āWith that the gondola dissolved like a cloud in the air. The fairy +vanished; and Maud lay alone upon the fragrant dewy grass of the Sunās +hill.</p> + +<p>āStill all-amazed at what had happened, and not yet come rightly to +herself, she slowly rose, intending to go home. It was then she +perceived Albert, who, with folded arms, was staring wildly and savagely +into the wood below. Matilda coughed.</p> + +<p>āāWhy where, in the name of all that is holy, have you been dancing to?ā +was the not very tender greeting of her lover. āI saw you standing there +as I came up the hill; and then lightning and streams of fire were all +about me, and here I have been full five minutes, running about in all +directions, without being able to find a trace of you.ā</p> + +<p>āāOnly five minutes!ā exclaimed Maud; āthat is extraordinary!ā</p> + +<p>āāYes; and, no offence to you, not altogether right,ā answered Albert. +āDid I not beg of you to wait for me?ā</p> + +<p>āāThat you might wring the fairyās neck for him?ā said the maiden, +laughing. āSet yourself at ease, Albert; it is much better as it is.ā</p> + +<p>āāWhat is?ā screamed the youngster.</p> + +<p>āāNever mind! It is all done now; and indeed, dear boy, we shall neither +of us repent it. Come, let us go home.ā</p> + +<p>āāO ho!—<i>dear boy!</i>—Mighty wise and patronizing truly!ā</p> + +<p>āāWell, then, good Albert,ā said Matilda coaxingly; āonly come away, and +donāt be angry. In four weeks we shall be married.ā</p> + +<p>āāIn fo—ur wee—eeks!ā stuttered Albert.</p> + +<p>āāYes, and in three, if you like it better,ā prated the overjoyed Maud. +āThe good people,ā she added, almost inaudibly, āhave enabled us to +marry. Therefore behave pretty, be quiet, and donāt quarrel—or +else—ā<i>every thing is at an end between us—clean at an end!</i>ā Donāt +you know that I am a Sundayās child, and am under the especial +protection of these kind, little, powerful creatures?ā</p> + +<p>āThe jealous youth followed the maiden with reluctance. Whilst he +walked, murmuring in an under-tone at her side, he noticed by the light +of the full moon something flickering in Matildaās hair. He examined it +more closely, and then stood still.</p> + +<p>āāWhat new fashion do you call that?ā he asked in a voice of chagrin. +āThe idea of hanging dried mushrooms in oneās hair! If you will only +walk with that finery by daylight down to the brook, the children will +run after you, and point at you with their finger.ā</p> + +<p>āāMushrooms!ā replied Maud. āWhy, where are your eyes again?ā</p> + +<p>āāWell, I suppose you donāt mean to call them silver crowns? Thank +Heaven, my eyes are good enough yet to see the difference between dried +funguses and coined money!ā</p> + +<p>āāThey are glittering stars, sir,ā said Maud, short and decided.</p> + +<p>āāO indeed!ā returned Albert. āWell, then, the next time I would +recommend you to select some that shine rather brighter.ā</p> + +<p>āThe lovers had, in the meanwhile, reached the hut of the stone-mason. +Albert entered with Matilda. The father lay asleep by the stove. The +mother turned her spinning-wheel.</p> + +<p> +<span class="pagebreak" title="686"> </span><a name="Page_686" id="Page_686"></a> +āāGood-evening, mother!ā said Albert. āHave the goodness to tell that +conceited girl there, that her headgear is the most miserable that ever +was seen.ā</p> + +<p>āāWhat!ā said the old lady wondering, and with a shake of the head. +āMaud has no other gear that I see, but her own beautiful hair, which +may God long preserve to her!ā</p> + +<p>āInstead of giving any answer, Albert would have set the daughter before +her motherās eyes. But Maud had already, in the doorway, pulled off the +fairyās gift, and turned pale as she saw that she had actually worn +dried mushrooms on a string, twisted of withered rushes. Albert observed +her perplexity, and laughed. He bantered her, and snatched two or three +mushrooms from the chain, to hoard up for future sport. This was the +token of their reconciliation. Maud, although very calmly, assured her +lover, over and over again, that within a month their nuptials should +take place. That the tired old man might not be disturbed, Albert went +home early; and Maud hastened to put carefully away, for a while, the +very meagre-looking fairy gifts.</p> + +<p>āOn the following morning, Albert was off betimes to his work. Putting +on his jacket, he heard something chinking within. His surprise was +naturally great, knowing that he had no money there. He dived at once +into his pocket, and drew out two large old gold pieces. Then he +suddenly remembered, that the evening before he had pocketed the +mushrooms which he had snatched away from Maud, and the most extravagant +joy possessed him. He forgot his work and every thing else; started off, +and ran, as fast as his legs could carry him, to the house of the +stone-mason.</p> + +<p>āMaud stood at the brook, before the door, washing her small white hands +in the clear stream.</p> + +<p>āāGood-morrow, dear Maud, and a thousand blessings on thy sweet head!ā +cried Albert to her, as he came running. āLook, look, how thy mushrooms +have changed! If the others turn out as well, I am afraid that, after +all, I must forgive that little shrimp that was so killingly polite to +you!ā</p> + +<p>āāDelightful! delightful!ā exclaimed Matilda, gazing at the gold pieces. +āMine have not changed yet—but that doesnāt matter; for in the night, a +little rush band, with which the fairy steered me into his kingdom of +wonders, has bloomed into precious pearls and brilliants, and two +sparkling wreaths are now lying upstairs in my drawer.ā</p> + +<p>āJoyful surprise choked Albertās words in his throat; but Maud drew him +on, and displayed to him her glories from the fairy world.</p> + +<p>āāLet us leave nothing undone that may help our luck. Do you take the +little wreath for the present. Such is the wish of the mysterious being, +who required my attendance at the Fairiesā Sabbath.ā</p> + +<p>āAlbert received the gift with a softened heart. He begged Maudās +forgiveness of his fault; she granted it willingly, and before four +weeks had passed by, the lovers were man and wife.</p> + +<p>āOf her adventure on Whitsun-eve, Maud never spoke. So much the more had +her godmother Helen to say about it; for it was not difficult to guess +that the fairies had had their prospering hand in the marriage of her +godchild. The stone-mason now gave up his laborious calling. Albert +became the master of a moderate property, which he diligently cultivated +with his beloved Maud; and, as fair child after child was born to them, +the happy mother laid upon the breast of each a shriveled leaf from the +elfin chain, for so had her little guide counseled her, when she once, +in a doubtful hour, had summoned him to her aid. Albert and Matilda +reached a good old age; their children throve, and carefully preserved, +like their parents, the gifts received from the subterranean folk, who +continued their favour to them and to all their posterity.ā</p> + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_A_1">A</a></span> Midsummer Nightās Dream.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_B_2">B</a></span> <span class="smcap">Dolmen</span>; literally, <i>stone table</i>. Remarkable structures, +learnedly ascribed to the Druids; unlearnedly, to the dwarfs and +fairies; and numerous throughout Western Britanny. One or more large and +massive flat stones, overlaying great slabs planted edgeways in the +ground, form a rude and sometimes very capacious chamber, or grotto. The +superstition which cleaves to these relics of a forgotten antiquity, +stamps itself in the names given to many of them by the +peasantry:—<i>Grotte aux fées</i>, <i>Roche aux fées</i>, &c.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_C_3">C</a></span> <span class="smcap">Weirds</span>. The French has—<span class="smcap">Lots</span>. ā<i>Elles jettent des <span class="smcap">sorts</span>.</i>ā +For justifying the translation, see the fine old Scottish ballad of +<span class="smcap">Kempion</span>; or <span class="smcap">Kemp Owayne</span>, at the beginning:— +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āCome here, come here, ye <i>freely fede</i>, (i. e. <i>nobly born</i>,)<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And lay your head low on my knee,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A heavier <span class="smcap">weird</span> I shall ye read<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Than ever was read to gay ladye.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āI <span class="smcap">weird</span> ye to a fiery beast:<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And released shall ye never be,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Till Kempion the kinges son<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Come to the crag and thrice kiss thee!ā<br /></span> +</div></div> +</div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_D_4">D</a></span> From the preface to the exceedingly interesting collection +by M. Th. de la Villemarqué, of the transmitted songs that are current +amongst his Bas Breton countrymen.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_E_5" id="Footnote_E_5"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_E_5">E</a></span> Essay on <i>The Fairies of Popular Superstition</i>, in āThe +Minstrelsy of the Scottish Border.ā</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_F_6" id="Footnote_F_6"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_F_6">F</a></span> Deutsche Mythologie, von Jacob Grimm. Chap. xiii. Ed. 1. +1835, and xvii. Ed. 2. 1843.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_G_7" id="Footnote_G_7"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_G_7">G</a></span> ā<i>Ces génies femelles.</i>ā</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_H_8" id="Footnote_H_8"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_H_8">H</a></span> From Walckenaerās Dissertation on the Origin of the Fairy +Belief; last printed, in an abridged form, by Jacob, in his edition of +the <i>Contes des Fées, par Perrault</i>, (Paris, 1842.)</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_I_9" id="Footnote_I_9"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_I_9">I</a></span> +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i9">āParadise and groves<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Elysian, fortunate fields—like those of old<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Sought in the Atlantic main, why should they be<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A history only of departed things,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Or a mere fiction of what never was?<br /></span> +<span class="i0">For the discerning <i>Intellect of man,</i><br /></span> +<span class="i0"><i>When wedded to this goodly Universe</i><br /></span> +<span class="i0"><i>In love and holy passion</i>, shall find these<br /></span> +<span class="i0"><i>A simple produce of the common day.</i><br /></span> +<span class="i0"><i>I long before the blissful hour arrives</i><br /></span> +<span class="i0"><i>Would chant, in lonely peace, the spousal verse</i><br /></span> +<span class="i0"><i>Of this great consummation.ā</i><br /></span> +<span class="attrib"><span class="smcap">Wordsworth.</span> <i>Preface to the Excursion.</i></span> +</div></div> +</div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_J_10" id="Footnote_J_10"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_J_10">J</a></span> <i><span class="smcap">Sagen und Mahrchen</span> aus der Oberlausitz</i>. Nacherzahlt von +<i>Ernst Willkomm</i>, Hanover, 1843.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_K_11" id="Footnote_K_11"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_K_11">K</a></span> <span class="smcap">Irische Elfenmarchen</span>: Uebersetzt von den Brüdern Grimm. +Leipzig, 1826. <i>Introduction.</i></p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_L_12" id="Footnote_L_12"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_L_12">L</a></span> <span class="smcap">Deutsche Sagen</span>: Herausgegeben von den Brüdern Grimm. +Berlin, 1816 and 1818.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_M_13" id="Footnote_M_13"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_M_13">M</a></span> Grimmās German Mythology, p. 544.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_N_14" id="Footnote_N_14"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_N_14">N</a></span> +</p> +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i15">ā——his look<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Drew audience and attention, <span class="smcap">still as</span> night<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Or <span class="smcap">Summerās noontide air</span>.ā—<i>Paradise Lost. Book II.</i><br /></span> +</div></div> +</div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_O_15" id="Footnote_O_15"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_O_15">O</a></span> The fairies themselves hardly can have imparted to +godmother Helen the two irreconcilable derivations of their order: that +they were Jews, and that they were fallen angels. But the poet +<span class="smcap">dramatically</span> joins, upon the motherās lip, the two current traditions. +With her, fallen angel and Jew are synonymous, as being both opposed to +the faith of the cross.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_P_16" id="Footnote_P_16"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_P_16">P</a></span> Who is this unknown <span class="smcap">Olim</span>? Our old friend perchance, the +Latin adverb, ā<i>Olim</i>,ā <i>of yore</i>—gradually slipped from the mouths of +scholars into the peopleās, and risen in dignity as it descended.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_Q_17" id="Footnote_Q_17"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_Q_17">Q</a></span> <i>Sic.</i></p></div> +</div> + + + +<h2><span class="pagebreak" title="687"> </span><a name="Page_687" id="Page_687"></a> +COLUMBUS.</h2> + +<h3>(<i>A Print after a Picture by Parmeggiano.</i>)<br /> + +<span class="smcap">BY B. Simmons.</span></h3> + + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">I.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0"><span class="smcap">Rise, Victor</span>, from the festive board<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Flushād with triumphal wine,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And lifting high thy beaming sword,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Fired by the flattering Harperās chord,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Who hymns thee half divine.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Vow at the glutted shrine of Fate<br /></span> +<span class="i0">That dark-red brand to consecrate!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Long, dread, and doubtful was the fray<br /></span> +<span class="i0">That gives the stars thy name to-day.<br /></span> +<span class="i0">But all is over; round thee now<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Fame shouts, spoil pours, and captives bow,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">No stormier joy can Earth impart,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Than thrills in lightning through thy heart.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">II.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">Gay <span class="smcap">Lover</span>, with the soft guitar,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Hie to the olive-woods afar,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And to thy friend, the listening brook,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Alone reveal that raptured look;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The maid so long in secret loved—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A parentās angry will removed—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">This morning saw betrothèd thine,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">That Sire the pledge, consenting, blest,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Life bright as motes in golden wine,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Is dancing in thy breast.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">III.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0"><span class="smcap">Statesman</span> astute, the final hour<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Arrives of long-contested Power;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Each crafty wile thine ends to aid,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Party and principle betrayād;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The subtle speech, the plan profound,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Pursued for years, success has crownād;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To-night the Vote upon whose tongue,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The nicely-poised Division hung,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Was thine—beneath that placid brow<br /></span> +<span class="i0">What feelings throb exulting now!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Thy rival falls;—on grandeurās base<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Go shake the nations in his place!<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">IV.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0"><span class="smcap">Fame, Love, Ambition</span>! what are Ye,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">With all your wasting passionsā war,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To the great Strife that, like a sea,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Oāerswept His soul tumultuously,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Whose face gleams on me like a star—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A star that gleams through murky clouds—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">As here begirt by struggling crowds<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A spell-bound Loiterer I stand,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Before a print-shop in the Strand?<br /></span> +<span class="i0">What are your eager hopes and fears<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Whose minutes wither men like years—<br /></span> + +<span class="pagebreak" title="688"> </span><a name="Page_688" id="Page_688"></a> +<span class="i0">Your schemes defeated or fulfillād,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To the emotions dread that thrillād<br /></span> +<span class="i0"><i>His</i> frame on that October night,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">When, watching by the lonely mast,<br /></span> +<span class="i0"><i>He saw on shore the moving light</i>,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And felt, though darkness veilād the sight,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">The long-sought World was his at last?<a name="FNanchor_A_18" id="FNanchor_A_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_18" class="fnnum">A</a><br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">V.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">How Fancyās boldest glances fail,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Contemplating each hurrying mood<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Of thought that to that aspect pale<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Sent up the heartās oāerboiling flood<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Through that vast vigil, while his eyes<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Watchād till the slow reluctant skies<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Should kindle, and the vision dread,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Of all his livelong years be read!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">In youth, his faith-led spirit doomād<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Still to be baffled and betrayād,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">His manhoodās vigorous noon consumed<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Ere Power bestowād its niggard aid;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">That morn of summer, dawning grey,<a name="FNanchor_B_19" id="FNanchor_B_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_19" class="fnnum">B</a><br /></span> +<span class="i0">When, from Huelvaās humble bay,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">He full of hope, before the gale<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Turnād on the hopeless World his sail,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And steerād for seas untrackād, unknown,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And westward still sailād on—sailād on—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Sailād on till Ocean seemād to be<br /></span> +<span class="i0">All shoreless as Eternity,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Till, from its long-loved Star estranged,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">At last the constant Needle changed,<a name="FNanchor_C_20" id="FNanchor_C_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_20" class="fnnum">C</a><br /></span> + +<span class="pagebreak" title="689"> </span><a name="Page_689" id="Page_689"></a> +<span class="i0">And fierce amid his murmuring crew<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Prone terror into treason grew;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">While on his tortured spirit rose,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">More dire than portents, toils, or foes,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The awaiting Worldās loud jeers and scorn<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Yellād oāer his profitless Return;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">No—none through that dark watch may trace<br /></span> +<span class="i2">The feelings wild beneath whose swell,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">As heaves the bark the billowsā race,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">His Being rose and fell!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Yet over doubt, and pride, and pain,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Oāer all that flashād through breast and brain,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">As with those grand, immortal eyes<br /></span> +<span class="i2">He stood—his heart on fire to know<br /></span> +<span class="i0">When morning next illumed the skies,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">What wonders in its light should glow—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Oāer all one thought must, in that hour,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Have swayād supreme—Power, conscious Power—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The lofty sense that Truths conceived,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">And born of his own starry mind,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And fosterād into might, achieved<br /></span> +<span class="i2">A new Creation for mankind!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And when from off that ocean calm<br /></span> +<span class="i2">The Tropicās dusky curtain clearād,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">All those green shores and banks of balm<br /></span> +<span class="i2">And rosy-tinted hills appearād<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Silent and bright as Eden, ere<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Earthās breezes shook one blossom there—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Against that hourās proud tumult weighād,<br /></span> +<span class="i0"><span class="smcap">Love, Fame, Ambition</span>, how ye fade!<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">VI.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">Thou <span class="smcap">Luther</span> of the darkenād Deep!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Nor less intrepid, too, than He<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Whose courage broke <span class="smcap">Earthās</span> bigot sleep<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Whilst thine unbarrād the <span class="smcap">Sea</span>—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Like his, ātwas thy predestined fate<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Against your grin benighted age,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">With all its fiends of Fear and Hate,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">War, single-handed war, to wage,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And live a conqueror, too, like him,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Till Timeās expiring lights grow dim!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">O, Hero of my boyish heart!<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Ere from thy pictured looks I part,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">My mindās maturer reverence now<br /></span> +<span class="i0">In thoughts of thankfulness would bow<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To the <span class="smcap">Omniscient Will</span> that sent<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Thee forth, its chosen instrument,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To teach us hope, when sin and care,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">And the vile soilings that degrade<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Our dust, would bid us most despair—<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Hope, from each varied deed displayād<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Along thy bold and wondrous story,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">That shows how far one steadfast mind,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Serene in suffering as in glory,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">May go to deify our kind.<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_18" id="Footnote_A_18"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_A_18">A</a></span> October 11, 1492.—āAs the evening darkened, Columbus took +his station on the top of the castle or cabin, on the high poop of his +vessel. However he might carry a cheerful and confident countenance +during the day, it was to him a time of the most painful anxiety; and +now, when he was wrapped from observation by the shades of night, he +maintained an intense and unremitting watch, ranging his eye along the +dusky horizon in search of the most vague indications of land. Suddenly, +about ten oāclock, <i>he thought he beheld a light glimmering at a +distance</i>. Fearing that his eager hopes might deceive him, he called to +Pedro Gutierrez, gentleman of the kingās bedchamber, and enquired +whether he saw a light in that direction; the latter replied in the +affirmative. Columbus, yet doubtful whether it might not be some +delusion of the fancy, called Rodrigo Sanchez of Segovia, and made the +same enquiry. By the time the latter had ascended the roundhouse, the +light had disappeared. They saw it once or twice afterwards in sudden +and passing gleams, as if it were a torch in the bark of a fisherman +rising and sinking with the waves, or in the hand of some person on +shore, borne up and down as he walked from house to house. So transient +and uncertain were these gleams, that few attached any importance to +them; Columbus, however, considered them as certain signs of land, and, +moreover, that the land was inhabited.ā—<span class="smcap">Irvingās</span> <i>Columbus</i>, vol. i.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_B_19" id="Footnote_B_19"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_B_19">B</a></span> āIt was on Friday, the 3d of August 1492, early in the +morning, that Columbus set sail on his first voyage of discovery. He +departed from the bar of Saltes, a small island in front of the town of +Huelva, steering in a south-westerly direction,ā &c.—<span class="smcap">Irving</span>. He was +about fifty-seven years old the year of the Discovery.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_C_20" id="Footnote_C_20"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_C_20">C</a></span> āOn the 13th September, in the evening, being about two +hundred leagues from the island of Ferro, he, for the first time, +noticed the variation of the needle, a phenomenon which had never before +been remarked. Struck with the circumstance, he observed it attentively +for three days, and found that the variation increased as he advanced. +It soon attracted the attention of the pilots, and filled them with +consternation. It seemed as if the very laws of nature were changing as +they advanced, and that they were entering another world subject to +unknown influences.ā—<i>Ibid.</i></p></div> +</div> + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="690"> </span><a name="Page_690" id="Page_690"></a> +TO SWALLOWS ON THE EVE OF DEPARTURE.</h2> + +<h3>BY THE SAME.</h3> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āThe day before V——ās departure for the last time from the +country—it was the 4th of August, one of the hottest days of the +season—as evening fell, he strolled with an old school-fellow +through the cool green avenues and leafy arcades of the +neighbouring park, where his friend amused him by pointing out to +his attention vast multitudes of Swallows that came swarming from +all directions to settle on the roofs and gables of the +manor-house. This they do for several days preparatory to their +departing, in one collected body, to more genial climates.ā—<i>MS. +Memoir.</i></p></div> + + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">I.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Joyous Birds! preparing<br /></span> +<span class="i3">In the clear evening light<br /></span> +<span class="i2">To leave our dwindled summer day<br /></span> +<span class="i3">For latitudes more bright!<br /></span> +<span class="i4">How gay must be your greeting,<br /></span> +<span class="i4">By southern fountains meeting,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To miss no faithful wing of all that started in your flight!<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">II.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Every clime and season<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Fresh gladness brings to you,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Howeāer remote your social throngs<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Their varied path pursue;<br /></span> +<span class="i4">No winds nor waves dissever—<br /></span> +<span class="i4">No dusky veilād <span class="smcap">for ever</span>,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Frowneth across your fearless way in the empyrean blue.<a name="FNanchor_A_21" id="FNanchor_A_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_21" class="fnnum">A</a><br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">III.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Mates and merry brothers<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Were ye in Arctic hours,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Mottling the evening beam that sloped<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Adown old Gothic towers!<br /></span> +<span class="i4">As blythe that sunlight dancing<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Will see your pinionsā glancing<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Scattering afar through Tropic groves the spicy bloom in showers!<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">IV.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Haunters of palaced wastes!<a name="FNanchor_B_22" id="FNanchor_B_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_22" class="fnnum">B</a><br /></span> +<span class="i3">From king-forlorn Versailles<br /></span> +<span class="i2">To where, round gateless Thebes, the winds<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Like monarch voices wail,<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Your tribe capricious ranges,<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Reckless of gloryās changes;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Love makes for ye a merry home amid the ruins pale.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">V.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Another day, and ye<br /></span> +<span class="i3">From knosp and turretās brow<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Shall, with your fleet of crowding wings,<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Airās viewless billows plough,<br /></span> +<span class="i4">With no keen-fangād regretting<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Our darkenād hill-sides quitting,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">—Away in fond companionship as cheerily as now!<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> + +<span class="pagebreak" title="691"> </span><a name="Page_691" id="Page_691"></a> +<span class="i8">VI.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Woe for the Soul-endued—<br /></span> +<span class="i3">The clay-enthrallèd Mind—<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Leaving, unlike you, favourād birds!<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Its all—its all behind.<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Woe for the exile mourning,<br /></span> +<span class="i4">To banishment returning—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A mateless bird wide torn apart from country and from kind!<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">VII.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">This moment blest as ye,<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Beneath his own home-trees,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">With friends and fellows girt around,<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Up springs the western breeze,<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Bringing the parting weather—<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Shall all depart together?<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Ah, no!—he goes a wretch alone upon the lonely seas.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">VIII.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">To him the mouldering tower—<br /></span> +<span class="i3">The pillarād waste, to him<br /></span> +<span class="i2">A broken-hearted music make<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Until his eyelids swim.<br /></span> +<span class="i4">None heeds when he complaineth,<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Nor where that brow he leaneth<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A motherās lips shall bless no more sinking to slumber dim.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">IX.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Winter shall wake to spring,<br /></span> +<span class="i3">And āmid the fragrant grass<br /></span> +<span class="i2">The daffodil shall watch the rill<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Like Beauty by her glass<br /></span> +<span class="i4">But woe for him who pineth<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Where the clear water shineth,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">With no voice near to say—How sweet those April evenings pass!<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">X.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Then while through Natureās heart<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Love freshly burns again,<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Hither shall ye, plumed travellers,<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Come trooping oāer the main;<br /></span> +<span class="i4">The selfsame nook disclosing<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Its nest for your reposing<br /></span> +<span class="i0">That saw you revel years ago as you shall revel then.<a name="FNanchor_C_23" id="FNanchor_C_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_23" class="fnnum">C</a><br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">XI.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">—Your human brotherās lot!<br /></span> +<span class="i3">A few short years are gone—<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Back, back like you to early scenes—<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Lo! at the threshold-stone,<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Where ever in the gloaming<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Homeās angels watchād his coming,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A stranger stands, and stares at him who sighing passes on.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i8">XII.<br /></span> +</div><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">Joy to the Travail-worn!<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Omnific purpose lies<br /></span> +<span class="i2">Even in his bale as in your bliss,<br /></span> +<span class="i3">Careerers of the skies!<br /></span> +<span class="i4">When sun and earth, that cherishād<br /></span> +<span class="i4">Your tribes, with you have perishād,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">A home is his where partings more shall never dim the eyes.<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_21" id="Footnote_A_21"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_A_21">A</a></span> āThey all quit together; and fly for a time east or west, +possibly in wait for stragglers not yet arrived from the interior—they +then take directly to the south, and are soon lost sight of altogether +for the allotted period of their absence. Their rapidity of flight is +well known, and the āmurder-aiming eyeā of the most experienced +sportsman will seldom avail against the swallow; hence they themselves +seldom fall a prey to the raptorial birds.ā—<span class="smcap">Cuvier</span>, <i>edited by +Griffiths</i>. Swallows are long-lived; they have been known to live a +number of years in cages.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_B_22" id="Footnote_B_22"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_B_22">B</a></span> In the fanciful language of Chateaubriand, āThis daughter +of a king (the swallow) still seems attached to grandeur; she passes the +summer amid the ruins of Versailles, and the winter among those of +Thebes.ā</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_C_23" id="Footnote_C_23"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_C_23">C</a></span> āHowever difficult to be credited, it seems to be +ascertained beyond doubt, that the same pair which quitted their nest +and the limited circle of their residence here, return to the very same +nest again, and this for several successive years; in all probability +for their whole livesā—<i>Griffithsā</i> <span class="smcap">Cuvier</span>.</p></div> +</div> + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="692"> </span><a name="Page_692" id="Page_692"></a> +THE DILIGENCE.</h2> + +<h3 class="smcap">A Leaf from a Journal.</h3> + + +<p>A diligence is as familiar to our countrymen as a stage-coach; and, as +railroads flourish more amongst us than with our less commercial and +enterprising neighbours, it is probable that, to many English +travellers, it is even more familiar. There is no need, therefore, to +describe the portentous vehicle. Suffice it to say, that, of the three +compartments into which it is divided, I found myself lodged—not in the +<i>coupée</i> which looks out in front, and which has the appearance of a +narrow post-chaise that has been flattened and compressed in the effort +to incorporate it with the rest of the machine—nor in the <i>rotunde</i> +behind, where one rides omnibus-fashion—but in the central compartment, +the <i>interieur</i>, which answers to the veritable old English stage-coach, +and carries six. I was one of the central occupants of this central +division; for I had not been so fortunate as to secure a corner seat. +Now, for the convenience of the luckless person who occupies this +position, there depends from the roof of the coach, and hangs just +before his face, a broad leathern strap, with a loop through which he +can, if so disposed, place his arms; and, when his arms are thus slung +up, he can further rest his head upon them or upon the strap, and so +seek repose. Whether he finds the repose he seeks, is another matter. +One half of the traveller swings like a parrot on his perch, the other +half jolts on stationary—jolts over the eternal stones which pave the +roads in France. Perhaps there are who can go to roost in this fashion. +And if it is recorded of any one that he ever slept in this state of +demi-suspension—all swing above, all shake below—I should like very +much to know, in the next place, what sort of dreams he had. Did he +fancy himself a griffin, or huge dragon, beating the air with his wings, +and at the same time trotting furiously upon the ground? Or, in order to +picture out his sensations, was he compelled to divide himself into two +several creatures, and be at once the captured and half-strangled goose, +with all its feathers outstretched in the air, and the wicked fox who is +running away with it, at full speed, upon its back? As to myself, in no +vain expectation of slumber, but merely for the sake of change of +position, I frequently slung my arms in this loop, and leaning my head +against the broad leathern strap, I listened to the gossip of my +fellow-travellers, if there was any conversation stirring; or, if all +was still, gave myself up to meditations upon my own schemes and +projects.</p> + +<p>And here let me observe, that I have always found that a journey in a +stage-coach is remarkably favourable to the production of good +resolution and sage designs for the future; which I account for partly +on the ground that they cannot, under such circumstances, demand to be +carried into immediate execution, and therefore may be indulged in the +more freely; and partly on this other ground, that one who has become a +traveller has loosened himself from his old customary moorings, and so +gives himself, as it were, a new starting-point in life, from which he +may, if the spirit of delusion is still happily strong within him, draw +a mathematically straight line in the given direction A B, to be the +faithful index of his future career.</p> + +<p>What a generous sample of humanity it is that a well filled diligence +carries out of the gates of Paris! The mountain of luggage upon the +roof, consisting of boxes of all shapes and sizes, does not contain in +its numerous <i>strata</i> of stuffs, and implements, and garments, rags and +fine linen, a greater variety of dead material, than does the threefold +interior, with its complement of human beings, of living character and +sentiment. As to the observation not unfrequently made, that Frenchmen +have less variety of character than ourselves, it is one which seems to +me to have little or no foundation. Something there doubtless is of +national character, which pervades all classes and all classifications +of men; and this colouring, seen diffused over the mass, makes us +apprehend, at first view, that there is +<span class="pagebreak" title="693"> </span><a name="Page_693" id="Page_693"></a> +in the several parts a radical +similarity which, in fact, does not exist. We have only to become a +little more intimate with the men themselves, and this national +colouring fades away; while the strong peculiarities resulting from +social position, or individual temperament, stand out in sharp relief. +And, in general, I will venture to say of national character—whatever +people may be spoken of—that one may compare it to the colour which the +sea bears at different times, or which different seas are said to be +distinguished by: view the great surface at a distance, it is blue, or +green, or grey; but take up a handful of the common element, and it is +an undistinguishable portion of brackish water. It is French, or +Flemish, or Spanish nature in the mass, and at a distance; looked at +closer, and in the individual, there is little else than plain human +nature to be seen.</p> + +<p>But I did not open my journal to philosophize upon national character; +but to record, while it is still fresh in my memory, some part of the +conversation to which I was, as I travelled along, of necessity, and +whether willingly or unwillingly, a listener. To the left of me the +corner seats were occupied by two Englishmen—would it be possible to +enter into a diligence without meeting at least two of our dear +compatriots? They were both men in the prime of life, in the full flush +of health, and apparently of wealth, who, from allusions which they +dropt, could evidently boast of being of good family, and what follows +of course—of having received an university education; and whom some one +of our northern counties probably reckoned amongst its most famous +fox-hunters. All which hindered not, but that they proved themselves to +belong to that class of English travellers who scamper about the +Continent like so many big, boisterous, presumptuous school-boys, much +to the annoyance of every one who meets them, and to the especial +vexation of their fellow-countrymen, who are not, in general, whatever +may be said to the contrary, an offensive or conceited race, and are by +no means pleased that the name of Englishmen should be made a by-word +and a term of contempt. Opposite to me sat a Frenchman, of rather formal +and grave demeanour, and dressed somewhat precisely. He was placed in a +similar position in the diligence to myself; he had, however, curled up +his leathern strap, and fastened it to the roof. Apparently he did not +think the posture to which it invited one of sufficient dignity; for +during the whole journey, and even when asleep, I observed that he +maintained a certain becomingness of posture. Beside me, to the right, +sat a little lively Frenchwoman, not very young, and opposite to her, +and consequently in front also of myself, was another lady, a person of +extreme interest, who at once riveted the eye, and set the imagination +at work. She was so young, so pale, so beautiful, so sad, and withal so +exceeding gentle in her demeanour, that an artist who wished to portray +Our Lady in her virgin purity and celestial beauty, would have been +ravished with the model. She had taken off her bonnet for the +convenience of travelling, and her dark brown hair hung curled round her +neck in the same simple fashion it must have done when she was a child. +She was dressed in mourning, and this enhanced the pallor of her +countenance; ill-health and sorrow were also evidently portrayed upon +her features; but there was so much of lustre in the complexion, and so +much of light and intelligence in the eye, that the sense of beauty +predominated over all. You could not have wished her more cheerful than +she was. Her face was a melody which you cannot quarrel with for being +sad—which you could not desire to be otherwise than sad—whose very +charm it is that it has made the tone of sorrow ineffably sweet.</p> + +<p>Much I mused and conjectured what her history might be, and frequently I +felt tempted to address myself in conversation to her; but still there +was a tranquillity and repose in those long eyelashes which I feared to +disturb. It was probable that she preferred her own reflections, +melancholy as they might be, to any intercourse with others, and out of +respect to this wish I remained silent. Not so, however, my +fellow-traveller of her own sex, who, far from practising this +forbearance, felt that she acted the kind and social part by engaging +her in conversation. And so perhaps she did. For certainly, after some +time, the beautiful +<span class="pagebreak" title="694"> </span><a name="Page_694" id="Page_694"></a> +and pensive girl became communicative, and I +overheard the brief history of her sufferings, which I had felt so +curious to know. It was indeed brief—it is not a three-volumed novel +that one overhears in a stage-coach—but it had the charm of truth to +recommend it. I had been lately reading Eugene Sueās romance, <i>The +Mysteries of Paris</i>, and it gave an additional interest to remark, that +the simple tale I was listening to from the lips of the living sufferer +bore a resemblance to one of its most striking episodes.</p> + +<p>The shades of evening were closing round us, and the rest of the +passengers seemed to be preparing themselves for slumber, as, leaning +forward on my leathern supporter, I listened to the low sweet voice of +the young stranger.</p> + +<p>āYou are surprised,ā she said in answer to some remark made by her +companion, āthat one of our sex, so young and of so delicate health, +should travel alone in the diligence; but I have no relative in Paris, +and no friend on whose protection I could make a claim. I have lived +there alone, or in something worse than solitude.ā</p> + +<p>Her companion, with a womanās quickness of eye, glanced at the rich +toilette of the speaker. It was mourning, but mourning of the most +costly description.</p> + +<p>āYou think,ā she continued, replying to this glance, āthat one whose +toilette is costly ought not to be without friends; but mine has been +for some time a singular condition. Wealth and a complete isolation from +the world have been in my fate strangely combined. They married meā——</p> + +<p>āWhat! are you a married woman and so young?ā exclaimed the lady who was +addressed.</p> + +<p>āI have been; I am now a widow. It is for my husband that I wear this +mourning. They took me from the convent where I was educated, and +married me to a man whom I was permitted to see only once before the +alliance was concluded. As I had been brought up with the idea that my +father was to choose a husband for me, and as the Count D—— was both +handsome and of agreeable manners, the only qualities on which I was +supposed to have an opinion, there was no room for objection on my part. +The marriage was speedily celebrated. My husband was wealthy. Of that my +father had taken care to satisfy himself; perhaps it was the only point +on which he was very solicitous. For I should tell you that my father, +the only parent I have surviving, is one of those restless unquiet men +who have no permanent abode, who delight in travelling from place to +place, and who regard their children, if they have any, in the light +only of cares and encumbrances. There is not a capital in Europe in +which he has not resided, and scarcely a spot of any celebrity which he +has not visited. It was therefore at the house of a maiden aunt—to whom +I am now about to return—that I was married.</p> + +<p>āI spent the first years of my marriage, as young brides I believe +generally do, in a sort of trouble of felicity. I did not know how to be +sufficiently thankful to Heaven for the treasure I found myself the +possessor of; such a sweetness of temper and such a tenderness of +affection did my husband continually manifest towards me. After a short +season of festivity, spent at the house of my aunt, we travelled +together without any other companion towards Paris, where the Count had +a residence elegantly fitted up to receive us. The journey itself was a +new source of delight to one who had been hitherto shut up, with her +instructress, in a convent. Never shall I forget the hilarity, the +almost insupportable joy, with which the first part of this journey was +performed. The sun shone out upon a beautiful landscape, and there was +I, travelling alone with the one individual who had suddenly awoke and +possessed himself of all my affections—travelling, too, with gay +anticipations to the glorious city of Paris, of which I had heard so +much, and in which I was to appear with all the envied advantages of +wealth.</p> + +<p>āAs we approached towards Paris, I noticed that my husband became more +quiet and reserved. I attributed it to the fatigue of travelling, to +which my own spirits began to succumb; and as the day was drawing to a +close, I proposed, at the next stage we reached, that we should rest +there, and resume our journey the next morning. But in an irritable and +impetuous manner, of which I had never seen the +<span class="pagebreak" title="695"> </span><a name="Page_695" id="Page_695"></a> +least symptom before, +he ordered fresh horses, and bade the postilion drive on with all the +speed he could. Still as we travelled he grew more sullen, became +restless, incommunicative, and muttered occasionally to himself. It was +now night. Leaning back in the carriage, and fixing my eye upon the full +moon that was shining brightly upon us, I tried to quiet my own spirit, +somewhat ruffled by this unexpected behaviour of my husband. I observed, +after a short time, that <i>his</i> eye also had become riveted on the same +bright object; but not with any tranquillizing effect, for his +countenance grew every minute more and more sombre. On a sudden he +called aloud to the postilion to stop—threw open the carriage-door, and +walked in a rapid pace down towards a river that for some time had +accompanied our course. I sprang after him. I overtook, and grasped him +as he was in the very act of plunging into the river. O my God! how I +prayed, and wept, and struggled to prevent him from rushing into the +stream. At length he sat down upon the bank of the river; he turned to +me his wild and frenzied eye—he laughed—O Heaven! he was mad!</p> + +<p>āThey had married me to a madman. Cured, or presumed to be cured, of +his disorder, he had been permitted to return to society; and now his +malady had broken out again. He who was to be my guide and protector, +who was my only support, who took the place of parent, friend, +instructor—he was a lunatic!</p> + +<p>āFor three dreadful hours did I sit beside him on that bank—at +night—with none to help me—restraining him by all means I could devise +from renewed attempts to precipitate himself into the river. At last I +succeeded in bringing him back to the carriage. For the rest of the +journey he was quiet; but he was imbecile—his reason had deserted him.</p> + +<p>āWe arrived at his house in Paris. A domestic assisted me in conducting +him to his chamber; and from that time I, the young wife, who the other +morning had conceived herself the happiest of beings, was transformed +into the keeper of a maniac—of a helpless or a raving lunatic. I wrote +to my father. He was on the point of setting out upon one of his +rambling expeditions, and contented himself with appealing to the +relatives of my husband, who, he maintained, were the proper persons to +take charge of the lunatic. They, on the other hand, left him to the +care of the new relations he had formed by a marriage, which had +interfered with their expectations and claims upon his property. Thus +was I left alone—a stranger in this great city of Paris, which was to +have welcomed me with all its splendours, and festivities, and its +brilliant society—my sole task to soothe and control a maniac husband. +It was frightful. Scarcely could I venture to sleep an hour +together—night or day—lest he should commit some outrage upon himself +or on me. My health is irretrievably ruined. I should have utterly sunk +under it; but, by Godās good providence, the malady of my husband took a +new direction. It appeared to prey less upon the brain, and more upon +other vital parts of the constitution. He wasted away and died. I indeed +live; but I, too, have wasted away, body and soul, for I have no health +and no joy within me.ā</p> + +<p>Just at this time a low murmuring conversation between my two +fellow-countrymen, at my left, broke out, much to my annoyance, into +sudden exclamation.</p> + +<p>āBy God! sir,ā cried one of them, āI thrashed him in the <i>Grande Place</i>, +right before the hotel there—whatās its name?—the first hotel in +Petersburg. Yes, I had told the lout of a postilion, who had grazed my +britska against the curbstone of every corner we had turned, that if he +did it again I would <i>punish</i> him; that is, I did not exactly <i>tell</i> +him—for he understood no language but his miserable Russian, of which I +could not speak a word—but I held out my fist in a significant manner, +which neither man nor brute could mistake. Well, just as we turned into +the <i>Grande Place</i>, the lubber grazed my wheel again. I jumped out of +the carriage—I pulled him—boots and all—off his horse, and how I +cuffed him! My friend Lord L—— was standing at the window of the +hotel, looking out for my arrival, and was witness to this exploit. He +was most dead with laughter when I came up to him.ā</p> + +<p>āI once,ā said his interlocutor, +<span class="pagebreak" title="696"> </span><a name="Page_696" id="Page_696"></a> + āthrashed an English postilion after +the same fashion; but your Russian, with his enormous boots, must have +afforded capital sport. When I travel I always look out for <i>fun</i>. What +else is the use of travelling? I and young B——, whom you may remember +at Oxford, were at a ball together at Brussels, and what do you think we +did? We strewed cayenne pepper on the floor, and no sooner did the girls +begin to dance than they began incontinently to sneeze. Ladies and +gentlemen were curtsying, and bowing, and sneezing to one another in the +most ludicrous manner conceivable.ā</p> + +<p>āHa! ha! ha! Excellent! By the way,ā rejoined the other, ātalking of +Brussels, do you know who has the glory of that famous joke practised +there upon the statues in the park? They give the credit of it to the +English, but on what ground, except the celebrity they have acquired in +such feats, I could never learn.ā</p> + +<p>āI know nothing of it. What was it?ā</p> + +<p>āWhy, you see, amongst the statues in the little park at Brussels are a +number of those busts without arms or shoulders. I cannot call to mind +their technical name. First you have the head of a man, then a sort of +decorated pillar instead of a body, and then again, at the bottom of the +pillar, there protrude a couple of naked feet. They look part pillar and +part man, with a touch of the mummy. Now, it is impossible to +contemplate such a figure without being struck with the idea, how +completely at the mercy of every passer-by are both its nose—which has +no hand to defend it—and its naked toes, which cannot possibly move +from their fixed position. One may tweak the one, and tread upon the +other, with such manifest impunity. Some one in whom this idea, no +doubt, wrought very powerfully, took hammer and chisel, and shied off +the noses and the great toes of several of these mummy-statues. And +pitiful enough they looked next morning.ā</p> + +<p>āWell, that was capital!ā</p> + +<p>āAnd the best of it is, that even now, when the noses have been put on +again, the figures look as odd as if they had none at all. The join is +so manifest, and speaks so plainly of past mutilation, that no one can +give to these creatures, let them exist as long as they will, the credit +of wearing their own noses. The jest is immortal.ā</p> + +<p>The recital of this excellent piece of <i>fun</i> was followed by another +explosion of laughter. The Frenchman who sat opposite to me—a man, as I +have said, of grave but urbane deportment, became curious to know what +it was that our neighbours had been conversing about, and which had +occasioned so much hilarity. He very politely expressed this wish to me. +If it was not an indiscretion, he should like to partake, he said, in +the wit that was flowing round him; adding, perhaps superfluously, that +he did not understand English.</p> + +<p>āMonsieur, I am glad of it,ā I replied.</p> + +<p>Monsieur, who concluded from my answer that I was in a similar +predicament with respect to the French language, bowed and remained +silent.</p> + +<p>Here the conversation to my left ceased to flow, or subsided into its +former murmuring channel, and I was again able to listen to my fair +neighbours to the right. The lively dame who sat by my side had now the +word; she was administering consolations and philosophy to the young +widow.</p> + +<p>āAt your age health,ā said she, āis not irretrievable, and, sweet madam, +your good looks are left you. A touch of rouge upon your cheek, and you +are quite an angel. And then you are free—you will one day travel back +again to Paris with a better escort than you had before.ā</p> + +<p>And here she gave a sigh which prepared the hearer for the disclosure +that was to follow.</p> + +<p>āNow I,ā she continued, āhave been married, but, alas! am <i>not</i> a widow. +I have a husband standing out against me somewhere in the world. In the +commercial language of my father, I wish I could cancel him.ā</p> + +<p>āWhat! he has deserted you?ā said her fair companion, in a sympathizing +tone.</p> + +<p>āYou shall hear, my dear madam. My father, you must know, is a plain +citizen. He did not charge himself with the task of looking out a +husband for his girls; he followed what he called the English plan—let +the girls look out for themselves, and contented +<span class="pagebreak" title="697"> </span><a name="Page_697" id="Page_697"></a> +himself with a <i>veto</i> +upon the choice, if it should displease him. Now, Monsieur Lemaire was a +perfect Adonis; he dressed, and danced, and talked to admiration; no man +dressed, danced, or talked better; his mirth was inexhaustible—his +good-humour unfailing.ā</p> + +<p>Well, thought I to myself, what is coming now? This lady, at all events, +chose with her own eyes, and had her own time to choose in. Is her +experience to prove, that the chance of securing a good husband is much +the same, let him be chosen how he may?</p> + +<p>āNo wonder, then,ā continued the lady, āthat I accepted his proposal. +The very thought of marrying him as paradise; and I <i>did</i> marry him.ā</p> + +<p>āAnd so were really in paradise?ā said the widow, with a gentle smile.</p> + +<p>āYes, yes! it <i>was</i> a paradise. It was a constant succession of +amusements; theatre, balls, excursions—all enjoyed with the charming +Lemaire. And he so happy, too! I thought he would have devoured me. We +were verily in paradise for three months. At the end of which time he +came one morning into the room swinging an empty purse in the air—āNow, +I think,ā said he with the same cheerful countenance that he usually +wore, āthat I have proved my devotion to you in a remarkable manner. +Another man would have thought it much if he had made some sacrifice to +gain possession of you for life; I have spent every farthing I had in +the world to possess you for three months. Oh, that those three months +were to live over again! But every thing has its end.ā And he tossed the +empty purse in his hand.</p> + +<p>āI laughed at what I considered a very pleasant jest; for who did not +know that M. Lemaire was a man of ample property? I laughed still more +heartily as he went on to say, that a coach stood at the door to take me +back to my father, and begged me not to keep the coachman waiting, as in +that case the fellow would charge for time, and it had taken his last +sou to pay his fare by distance. I clapped my hands in applause of my +excellent comedian. But, gracious Heavens! it was all true! There stood +the coach at the door, the fare paid to my fatherās house, and an empty +purse was literally all that I now had to participate with the gay, +wealthy, accomplished Lemaire.ā</p> + +<p>āWhat!ā I exclaimed with rage and agony, as the truth broke upon me, ādo +you desert your wife?ā</p> + +<p>āDesert my charming wife!ā he replied. āAsk the hungry pauper, who turns +his back upon the fragrant <i>restaurant</i>, if he deserts his dinner. You +are as beautiful, as bright, as lovely as ever—you cannot think with +what a sigh I quit you!ā</p> + +<p>āButā——and I began a torrent of recrimination.</p> + +<p>āāBut,ā said he, interrupting me, āI have not a sou. For you,ā he +continued, āyou are as charming as ever—you will win your way only the +better in the world for this little experience. And as for me—I have +been in Elysium for three months; and that is more than a host of your +excellent prudent men can boast of, who plod on day after day only that +they may continue plodding to the end of their lives. Adieu! my +adorable—my angel that will now vanish from my sight!ā And here, in +spite of my struggles, he embraced me with the greatest ardour, and +then, tearing himself away as if he only were the sufferer, he rushed +out of the room. I have never seen him since.ā</p> + +<p>āAnd such men really exist!ā said the young widow, moved to indignation. +āFor so short a season of pleasure he could deliberately compromise the +whole of your future life.ā</p> + +<p>āIs it not horrible? His father, it seems, had left him a certain sum of +money, and this was the scheme he had devised to draw from it the +greatest advantage. <i>Mais, mon Dieu!</i>ā added the lively Frenchwoman, āof +what avail to afflict oneās-self? Only if he would but die before I am +an old woman! And then those three monthsā——</p> + +<p>Here the diligence suddenly stopped, and the conductor opening the door, +invited us to step out and take some refreshment, and so put an end for +the present to this medley conversation.</p> + + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="698"> </span><a name="Page_698" id="Page_698"></a> +WHO WROTE GIL BLAS?</h2> + + +<p>In the year 1783, Joseph Francisco De Isla, one of the most eminent of +modern Spanish writers, published a Spanish translation of Gil Blas. In +this work some events were suppressed, others altered, the diction was +greatly modified, the topographical and chronological errors with which +the French version abounded were allowed to remain, and the Spanish +origin of that celebrated work was asserted on such slender grounds, and +vindicated by such trifling arguments, as to throw considerable doubt on +the fact in the opinion of all impartial judges. The French were not +slow to seize upon so favourable an occasion to gratify their national +vanity; and in 1818, M. le Comte François de Neufchateau, a member of +the French Institute and an Ex-minister of the Interior, published a +dissertation, in which, after a modest insinuation that the +extraordinary merit of Gil Blas was a sufficient proof of its French +origin, the feeble arguments of Padre Isla were triumphantly refuted, +and the claims of Le Sage to the original conception of Gil Blas were +asserted, to the complete satisfaction of all patriotic Frenchmen. Here +the matter rested, till, in 1820, Don Juan Antonio Llorente drew up his +reasons for holding the opinion of which Isla had been the unsuccessful +advocate, and, with even punctilious courtesy, transmitted them before +publication to M. Le Montey, by whose judgment in the matter he +expressed his determination to abide. M. Le Montey referred the matter +to two commissioners—one being M. Raynouard, a well-known and useful +writer, the other M. Neufchateau, the author whom Llorenteās work was +intended to refute.</p> + +<p>This literary commission seems to have produced as little benefit to the +public as if each of the members had been chosen by a political party, +had received a salary varying from £1500 to £2000 a-year, and been sent +into Ireland to report upon the condition of the people, or into Canada +to discover why French republicans dislike the institutions of a Saxon +monarchy. To be sure, the advantage is on the side of the French +academicians; for, instead of sending forth a mass of confused, +contradictory, and ill-written reports, based upon imperfect evidence, +and leading to no definite conclusion, the literary commission, as +Llorente informs us, was silent altogether; whereupon Llorente +attributing, not unnaturally, this preternatural silence on the part of +the three French <i>savans</i>, to the impossibility of finding any thing to +say, after the lapse of a year and a half publishes his arguments, and +appeals to literary Europe as the judge āen dernier ressortā of this +important controversy. Llorente, however, was too precipitate; for on +the 8th of January 1822, M. de Neufchateau presented to the French +Academy an answer to Llorenteās observations, on which we shall +presently remark.</p> + +<p>It is maintained by the ingenious writer, Llorente—whose arguments, +with such additions and remarks as have occurred to us upon the subject, +we propose to lay before our readers,</p> + +<p>1st, That Gil Blas and the Bachiller de Salamanca were originally one +and the same romance.</p> + +<p>2dly, That the author of this romance was at any rate a Spaniard.</p> + +<p>3dly, That his name was Don Antonio de Solis y Ribadeneira, author of +<i>Historia de la Conquista de Méjico</i>.</p> + +<p>4thly, That Le Sage turned the single romance into two; repeating in +both the same stories slightly modified, and mixing them up with other +translations from Spanish novels.</p> + +<p>As the main argument turns upon the originality of Le Sage considered as +the author of Gil Blas, we shall first dispose in a very few words of +the third proposition; and for this purpose we must beg our readers to +take for granted, during a few moments, that Gil Blas was the work of a +Spaniard, and to enquire, supposing that truth sufficiently established, +who that Spaniard was.</p> + +<p>Llorente enumerates thirty-six eminent writers who flourished in 1655, +the period when, as we shall presently see, the romance in question was +written. Of these Don Louis de +<span class="pagebreak" title="699"> </span><a name="Page_699" id="Page_699"></a> +Guevarra, author of the Diablo Cojuelo, +Francisco de Santos, José Pellicer, and Solis, are among the most +distinguished. Llorente, however, puts all aside—and all, except +Pellicer perhaps, for very sufficient reasons—determining that Solis +alone united all the attributes and circumstances belonging to the +writer of Gil Blas. The writer of Gil Blas was a Castilian—this may be +inferred from his panegyric on Castilian wit, which he declares equal to +that of Athens; he must have been a dramatic writer, from his repeated +criticisms on the drama, and the keenness with which he sifts the merit +of contemporary dramatic authors; he must have been a great master of +narrative, and thoroughly acquainted with the habits and institutions of +his age and country; he must have possessed the art of enlivening his +story with caustic allusions, and with repartees; he must have been +perfectly conversant with the intrigues of courtiers, and have acquired +from his own experience, or the relation of others, an intimate +knowledge of the private life of Olivarez, and the details of Philip +IV.ās court. All these requisites are united in Solis:—he was born at +Alcalá de Henares, a city of Castile; he was one of the best dramatic +writers of his day, the day of Calderon de la Barca. That he was a great +historical writer, is proved by his <i>Conquista de Méjico</i>; his comedies +prove his thorough knowledge of Spanish habits; and the retorts and +quiddities of his Graciosos flash with as much wit as any that were ever +uttered by those brilliant and fantastic denizens of the Spanish stage. +He was a courtier; he was secretary to Oropezo, viceroy successively of +Navarre and of Valencia, and was afterwards promoted by Philip IV. to be +āOficial de la Secretariaā of the first minister Don Louis de Haro, and +was allowed, as an especial mark of royal favour, to dispose of his +place in favour of his relation. This happened about the year +1654—corresponding, as we shall see, exactly with the mission of the +Marquis de Lionne. Afterwards he was appointed Cronista Mayor de las +Indias, and wrote his famous history. These are the arguments in favour +of Solis, which cannot be offered in behalf of any of his thirty-six +competitors. It is therefore the opinion of Llorente that the honour of +being the author of Gil Blas is due to him; and in this opinion, +supposing the fact which we now proceed to investigate, that a Spaniard, +and not Le Sage, was the author of the work, is made out to their +satisfaction, our readers will probably acquiesce.</p> + +<p>The steps by which the argument that Gil Blas is taken from a Spanish +manuscript proceeds, are few and direct. It abounds in facts and +allusions which none but a Spaniard could know: this is the first step. +It abounds in errors that no Spaniard could make—(by the way, this is +much insisted upon by M. de Neufchateau, who does not seem to perceive +that, taken together with the preceding proposition, it is fatal to his +argument:) this is the second step, and leads us to the conclusion that +the true theory of its origin must reconcile these apparent +contradictions.</p> + +<p>A Spanish manuscript does account for this inconsistency, as it would +furnish the transcriber with the most intimate knowledge of local +habits, names, and usages; while at the same time it would not guard him +against mistakes which negligence or haste, or the difficulty of +deciphering a manuscript in a language with which the transcriber was by +no means critically acquainted, must occasion. Still less would it guard +him against errors which would almost inevitably arise from the +insertion of other Spanish novels, or the endeavour to give the work a +false claim to originality, by alluding to topics fashionable in the +city and age when the work was copied.</p> + +<p>The method we propose to follow, is to place before the reader each +division of the argument. We shall show a most intimate knowledge with +Spanish life, clearly proving that the writer, whoever he is, is +unconscious of any merit in painting scenes with which he was habitually +familiar. Let any reader compare the facility of these unstudied +allusions with the descriptions of a different age or time, even by the +best writers of a different epoch and country, however accurate and +dramatic they may be—with <i>Quentin Durward</i> or <i>Ivanhoe</i>, for instance; +or with Baranteās <i>Histoire des Ducs de Bourgogne</i>, and they will see +<span class="pagebreak" title="700"> </span><a name="Page_700" id="Page_700"></a> +the force of this remark. In spite of art, and ability, and antiquarian +knowledge, it is evident that a resemblance is industriously sought in +one case, and is spontaneous in the other; that it is looked upon as a +matter of course, and not as a title to praise, by the first class of +writers, while it is elaborately wrought out, as an artistās pretension +to eminence, in the second. If Le Sage had been the original author of +Gil Blas, he would have avoided the multiplication of circumstances, +names, and dates; or if he had thought it necessary to intersperse his +composition with them, he would have contented himself with such as were +most general and notorious; the minute, circuitous, and oblique +allusions, which it required patient examination to detect, and vast +local knowledge to appreciate, could not have fallen within his plan.</p> + +<p>Secondly—We shall point out the mistakes, some of them really +surprising even in a foreign writer, with regard to names, dates, and +circumstances, oversetting every congruity which it was manifestly Le +Sageās object to establish. We shall show that the Spanish novels +inserted by him do not mix with the body of the work; and moreover we +shall show that in one instance, where Le Sage hazarded an allusion to +Parisian gossip, he betrayed the most profound ignorance of those very +customs which, in other parts of the work passing under his name, are +delineated with such truth of colouring, and Dutch minuteness of +observation.</p> + +<p>If these two propositions be clearly established, we have a right to +infer from them the existence of a Spanish manuscript, as on any other +hypothesis the claims of an original writer would be clashing and +contradictory.</p> + +<p>M. Neufchateau, as we have observed, reiterates the assertion that the +errors of Gil Blas are such as no Spaniard could commit, leaving +altogether unguarded against the goring horn of the dilemma which can +only be parried by an answer to the question—how came it to pass that +Le Sage could enumerate the names of upwards of twenty inconsiderable +towns and villages, upwards of twenty families not of the first class; +and in every page of his work represent, with the most punctilious +fidelity, the manners of a country he never saw? Nay, how came it to +pass that, instead of avoiding minute details, local circumstances, and +the mention of particular facts, as he might easily have done, he +accumulates all these opportunities of mistake and contradiction, +descends to the most trifling facts, and interweaves them with the web +of his narrative (conscious of ignorance, as, according to M. +Neufchateau, he must have been) without effort and without design.</p> + +<p>Let us begin by laying before the readers the <i>pièces du procès</i>. First, +we insert the description of Le Sage given by two French writers.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āVoici ce que disoit Voltaire à lāarticle de Le Sage, dans la +première édition du Siècle de Louis XIV.:—</p> + +<p>āāSon roman de Gil Blas est demeuré, parcequāil y a du naturel.ā</p> + +<p>āDans les editions suivantes du Siècle de Louis XIV., Voltaire +ajoute un fait quāil se contente dāénoncer simplement, comme une +chose hors de doute; cāest que Gil Blas est pris entièrement dāun +livre écrit en Espagnol, et dont il cite ainsi le tître—La vidad +de lo Escudero Dom Marco dāObrego—sans indiquer aucunement la +date, lāauteur, ni lāobjet de cette vie de lāécuyer Dom Marco +dāObrego.ā</p> + +<p>āExtrait du Nouveau Porte-feuille historique, poetique, et +litteraire de Bruzen de La Martinière.</p> + +<p>āāBaillet nāentendoit pas lāEspagnol. Au sujet de Louis Velés de +Guevarra, auteur Espagnol, dans ses jugements des savants sur les +poètes modernes, § 1461, il dit: On a de lui plusieurs comedies qui +ont été imprimées en diverses villes dāEspagne, et une pièce +facétieuse, sous le tître El Diabolo Cojuelo, novella de la otra +vida: sur quoi M. de La Monnoye fait cette note. Comment un homme +qui fait tant le modeste et le reservé a-t-il pu écrire un mot tel +que celui-la? Cette note nāest pas juste. Il semble que M. de La +Monnoye veuille taxer Baillet de nāavoir pas sontenu le caractère +de modestie, quāil affectoit. Baillet ne faisoit pas le modeste, il +lāétoit véritablement par état et par principe; et sāil eût entendu +le mot immodeste, ce mot lui auroit été suspect; il eut eu recours +à lāoriginal, où il auroit trouvé Diablo, et non Diabolo, Cojuelo +et non Cojudo, et auroit bien vîte corrigé la faute. Mais comme il +nāentendoit ni lāun ni lāautre de ces derniers mots, il lui fut +aisé, en copiant ses extraits, de +<span class="pagebreak" title="701"> </span><a name="Page_701" id="Page_701"></a> +prendre un <i>el</i> pour un <i>d</i>, et +de changer par cette légère différence Cojuelo, qui veut dire +boiteux, en Cojudo, qui signifie quelquāun qui a de gros +testicules, et sobrino lāexprime encore plus grossièrement en +François. M. de La Monnoye devoit moins sāarrêter à lāimmodestie de +lāépithète, quāà la corruption du vrai tître le Guevarra.ā</p> + +<p>āAu reste, cāest le même ouvrage que M. La Sage nous a fait +connoître sous le tître du Diable Boiteux; il lāa tourné, à sa +manière, mais avec des différences si grandes que Guevarra ne se +reconnoîtroit quāà peine dans cette pretendue traduction. Par +exemple, le chapitre xix de la seconde partie contient une aventure +de D. Pablas, qui se trouve en original dans un livre imprimé à +Madrid en 1729, (sic.) Lāauteur des lectures amusantes, qui ne +sāest pas souvenu que M. Le Sage, en avoit inséré une partie dans +son Diable Boiteux, lāa traduite de nouveau avec assez de liberté, +mais pourtant en sāécartant moins de lāoriginal, et lāa insérée +dans sa première partie à peu près telle quāelle se lit dans +lāoriginal Espagnol. Mais M. Le Sage lāa traitée avec de grands +changements, cāest sa manière dāembellir extrêmement tout ce quāil +emprunte des Espagnols. Cāest ainsi quāil en a usé envers Gil Blas, +dont il a fait un chef-dāÅuvre inimitable.ā—(Pages 336-339, +édition de 1757, dans les <i>Passetemps Politiques, Historiques, et +Critiques</i>, tome 11, in 12.)</p></div> + +<p>As an example of the accuracy with which Le Sage has imitated his +originals, we quote the annexed passages from Marcos de Obregon—Page 3.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āEn leyendo el villete, dixo al que le traia: Dezilde a vuestro +amo, que di goyo, que para cosas, que me inportan mucho gusto no me +suelo leuantar hasta las doze del dia: que porque quiere, que pare +matarme me leuante tan demañana? y boluiendose del otro lado, se +tornô a dormir.ā</p> + +<p>āDon Mathias prit le billet, lāouvrit, et, après lāavoir lu, dit +an valet de Don Lope. āMon enfant, je ne me leverois jamais avant +midi, quelque partie de plaisir quāon me pût proposer; juge si je +me leverai à six heures du matin pour me battre. Tu peux dire à +ton maître que, sāil est encore à midi et demi dans lāendroit où +il māattend, nous nous y verons: va, lui porter cette réponse.ā A +ces mots il sāenfonça dans son lit, et ne tarda guère à se +rendormir.ā</p> + +<p>āNo quereys que siéta ofensa hecha a un corderillo, como este? a +una paloma sin hiel, a un mocito tan humilde, y apazible que, aun +quexarse no sabe de una cosa tan mal hecha? cierto y quisiera ser +hombre en este punto para végarle.ā</p> + +<p>āāPourquoi,ā sāécria-t-elle avec emportement—pourquoi ne +voulez-vous pas que je ressente vivement lāoffense quāon a fait à +ce petit agneau, à cette colombe sans fiel, qui ne se plaint +seulement pas de lāoutrage quāil a reçu? Ah! que ne suis-je homme +en ce moment pour le venger!ā</p></div> + +<p>After this we think we are fairly entitled to affirm, that Le Sage was +not considered by his contemporaries as a man of original and creative +genius; although he possessed, in an eminent degree, the power of +appropriating and embellishing the works of others, that his style was +graceful, his allusions happy, and his wit keen and spontaneous. If any +one assert that this is to underrate Le Sage, and that he is entitled to +the credit of an inventor, let him cite any single work written by Le +Sage, except <i>Gil Blas</i>, in proof of his assertion. Of course <i>Gil Blas</i> +is out of the question. Nothing could be more circular than an argument +that Le Sage, because he possessed an inventive genius, might have +written <i>Gil Blas</i>; and that because he might have written <i>Gil Blas</i>, +he possessed an inventive genius. This being the case, let us examine +his biography. Le Sage was born in 1668 at Sargan, a small town near +Vannes in Bretagne; at twenty-seven he published a translation of +AristÅnætus; and declining, from his love of literature, the hopes of +advancement, which, had he taken orders, were within his reach, he came +to Paris, where he contracted an intimate friendship with the Abbé de +Lyonne, who settled a pension on him, taught him Spanish, and bequeathed +to him his library—consisting, +<span class="pagebreak" title="702"> </span><a name="Page_702" id="Page_702"></a> +among other works, of several Spanish +manuscripts—at his death. His generous benefactor was the third son of +Hugo, Marquis de Lyonne, one of the most accomplished and intelligent +men in France. In 1656 he was set on a secret mission to Madrid; the +object of this mission was soon discovered in the peace of the Pyrenees +1650, and the marriage of Maria Theresa of Austria, eldest daughter of +Philip IV., with Louis XIV. During his residence in Spain the Marquis de +Lyonne lived in great intimacy with Louis de Haro, Duke of Montoro. The +Marquis de Lyonne was passionately fond of Spanish literature; he not +only purchased all the printed Spanish works he could procure, but a +vast quantity of unprinted manuscripts in the same language, all which, +together with the rest of his library, became at his death the property +of his son, the Abbé de Lyonne—the friend, patron, and testator of Le +Sage. To these facts must be added another very important circumstance, +that Le Sage never entered Spain. Of this fact, fatal as it is to Le +Sageās claims, Padre Isla was ignorant; but it is stated with an air of +triumph by M. Neufchateau, is proved by Llorente, and must be considered +incontestable. The case, then, as far as external evidence is concerned, +stands thus. Le Sage, a master of his own language, but not an inventive +writer, and who had never visited Spain, contracts a friendship which +gives him at first the opportunity of perusing, and afterwards the +absolute possession of, a number of Spanish manuscripts. Having +published several elegant paraphrases and translations of printed +Spanish works, he published <i>Gil Blas</i> in several volumes, at long +intervals, as an original work; after this, he published the <i>Bachelier +de Salamanque</i>, which he calls himself a translation from a Spanish +manuscript, of which he never produces the original. Did the matter rest +here, much suspicion would be thrown upon Le Sageās claims to the +authorship of <i>Gil Blas</i>; but we come now to the evidence arising, āex +visceribus causæ,ā from the work itself, and the manner of its +publication.</p> + +<p>The chief points of resemblance between Gil Blas and the Bachelier de +Salamanque, are the following:—</p> + +<p>1. The Bachelier de Salamanque is remarkable for his logical +subtilty—so is Gil Blas.</p> + +<p>2. The doctor of Salamanque, by whom the bachelor is supported after his +fatherās death, is avaricious—so is Gil Blasās uncle, the canon of +Oviedo, Gil Perez.</p> + +<p>3. The doctor recommends the bachelor of Salamanca to obtain a situation +as tutor—the canon gives similar advice to Gil Blas.</p> + +<p>4. The bachelor is dissuaded from becoming a tutor—Fabricio dissuades +Gil Blas from taking the same situation.</p> + +<p>5. A friar of Madrid makes it his business to find vacant places for +tutors—a friar of Cordova, in Gil Blas, does the same.</p> + +<p>6. The bachelor is obliged to leave Madrid because he is the favoured +lover of Donna Lucia de Padilla—Gil Blas is obliged to leave the +Marquise de Chaves for the same reason.</p> + +<p>7. Bartolome, the comedian, encourages his wifeās intrigues—Melchier +Zapata does the same.</p> + +<p>8. The lover of Donna Francisca, in Granada, is a foreign nobleman kept +there by important business—the situation of the Marquis de Marialva is +the same.</p> + +<p>9. The comedian abandons an old and liberal lover, for Fonseca, who is +young and poor—Laura prefers Louis de Alaga to his rival, for the same +reason.</p> + +<p>10. Bartolome, to deceive Francisca, assumes the name of Don Pompeio de +la Cueva—to deceive Laura, Gil Blas pretends to be Don Fernando de +Ribera.</p> + +<p>11. <i>Le Bachelier</i> contains repeated allusions to Dominican friars, and +particularly to Cirilo Carambola—similar allusions abound in <i>Gil +Blas</i>, where Louis de Aliaga, confessor of Philip III., is particularly +mentioned.</p> + +<p>12. The character of Diego Cintillo, in the <i>Bachelier de Salamanque</i>, +is identical with that of Manuel Ordoñez in <i>Gil Blas</i>.</p> + +<p>13. An aunt of the Duke of Uzeda obtains for the bachelor the place of +secretary in the ministerās office—Gil Blas obtains the same post by +means of an uncle of the Count of Olivarez.</p> + +<p>14. The bachelor, whilst secretary at Uzeda, assists in bringing about +<span class="pagebreak" title="703"> </span><a name="Page_703" id="Page_703"></a> +his patronās daughterās marriage—Gil Blas does the same whilst +secretary of the Duke of Olivarez.</p> + +<p>15. Francisca, the actress, is shut up in a convent at Carthagena, +because the corregidorās son falls in love with her—Laura, in <i>Gil +Blas</i>, is shut up in a convent, because the corregidorās only son falls +in love with her.</p> + +<p>16. The adventures of Francisca and Laura resemble each other.</p> + +<p>17. So do those of Toston and Scipio.</p> + +<p>18. Toston and Scipio both lose their wives; and both disbelieve in +reality, though they think proper to accept, the excuses they make on +their return.</p> + +<p>19. <i>Finally</i>, in <i>Gil Blas</i> we find a vivid description of the habits +and manners prevalent in the European dominions of Spain during the +reigns of Philip III. and Philip IV. But in no part of <i>Gil Blas</i> do we +find any allusion to the habits and manners of the viceroyās canons, +nuns, and monks of America; and yet Scipio is dispatched with a +lucrative commission to New Spain. It may fairly be inferred, therefore, +that so vast a portion of the Spanish monarchy did not escape the notice +of the attentive critic who wrote <i>Gil Blas</i>; and the silence can only +be accounted for by the fact, that the principal anecdotes relating to +America, were reserved to make out the <i>Bachelier de Salamanque</i>, from +the remainder of which <i>Gil Blas</i> was taken.</p> + +<p>Now, the dates of <i>Gil Blas</i> and the Bachelier de Salamanque were +these:—the two first volumes of <i>Gil Blas</i> were published in 1715, the +third volume in 1724, which, it is clear, he intended to be the last. +First, from the Latin verses with which it closes; and secondly, from +the remark of the anachronism of Don Pompeyo de Castro, which he +promises to correct if his work gets to a new edition. In 1735 he +published a fourth volume of <i>Gil Blas</i>, and, in 1738, the two volumes +of the <i>Bachelier de Salamanque</i> as a translation. Will it be said that +Le Sageās other works prove him to have been capable of inventing <i>Gil +Blas</i>? It will be still without foundation. All his critics agree, that, +though well qualified to embellish the ideas of others, and master of a +flowing and agreeable style, he was not an inventive or original writer. +Such is the language of Voltaire, M. de la Martinière, and of Chardin, +and even of M. Neufchateau himself; and yet, it is to a person of this +description that the authorship of <i>Gil Blas</i>, second only to <i>Don +Quixote</i> in prose works of fiction, has been attributed.</p> + +<p>Among the topics insisted upon by the Comte de Neufchateau as most +clearly establishing the French origin of <i>Gil Blas</i>, an intimate +acquaintance with the court of Louis XIV., and frequent allusions to the +most remarkable characters in it, are very conspicuous. But to him who +really endeavours to discover the country of an anonymous writer, such +an argument, unless reduced to very minute details, and contracted into +a very narrow compass, will not appear satisfactory. He will recollect +that the extremes of society are very uniform, that courts resemble each +other as well as prisons; and that, as was once observed, if King +Christopheās courtiers were examined, the great features of their +character would be found to correspond with those of their whiter +brethren in Europe. The abuses of government, the wrong distribution of +patronage, the effects of clandestine influence, the solicitations and +intrigues of male and female favourites, the treachery of confidants, +the petty jealousies and insignificant struggles of place-hunters, are +the same, or nearly so, in every country; and it requires no great +acuteness to detect, or courage to expose, their consequences—the name +of Choiseul, or Uzeda, or Buckingham, or Bruhl, or Kaunitz, may be +applied to such descriptions with equal probability and equal justice. +But when the Tiers Etat are portrayed, when the satirist enters into +detail, when he enumerates circumstances, when local manners, national +habits, and individual peculiarities fall under his notice; when he +describes the specific disease engendered in the atmosphere by which his +characters are surrounded; when, to borrow a lawyerās phrase, he +condescends to particulars, then it is that close and intimate +acquaintance with the scenes and persons he describes is requisite; and +that a superficial critic falls, at every step into errors the most +glaring +<span class="pagebreak" title="704"> </span><a name="Page_704" id="Page_704"></a> +and ridiculous. There are many passages of this description in +<i>Gil Blas</i> to which we shall presently allude; in the mean time let us +follow the advice of Count Hamilton, and begin with the beginning—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āMe voila donc hors dāOviédo, sur le chemin de Peñaflor, au milieu +de la campagne, maître de mes actions, dāune mauvaise mule, et de +quarante bons ducats, sans compter quelques réaux que jāavois volés +à mon très-honoré oncle.</p> + +<p>āLa première chose que je fis, fut de laisser ma mule aller à +discrétion, cāest-à-dire au petit pas. Je lui mis la bride sur le +cou, et, tirant mes ducats de ma poche, je commençai à les compter +et recompter dans mon chapeau. Je nāétois pas maître de ma joie; je +nāavois jamais vu tant dāargent; je ne pouvois me lasser de le +regarder et de le manier. Je la comptois peut-être pour la +vingtième fois, quand tout-à-coup ma mule, levant la tête et les +oreilles, sāarrêta au milieu du grand chemin. Je jugeai que quelque +chose lāeffrayoit; je regardai ce que ce pouvoit être. Jāaperçus +sur la terre un chapeau renversé sur lequel il y avoit un rosaire à +gros grains, et en meme temps jāentendis une voix lamentable qui +prononça ces paroles: Seigneur passant, ayez pitié, de grace, dāun +pauvre soldat estropié: jetez, sāil vous plait, quelques pièces +dāargent dans ce chapeau; vous en serez recompensé dans lāautre +monde. Je tournai aussitôt les yeux du côté dāoù partoit la voix. +Je vis au pied dāun buisson, à vingt ou trente pas de moi, une +espèce de soldat qui, sur deux batons croisés, appuyoit le bout +dāune escopette, qui me parut plus longue quāune pique, et avec +laquelle il me couchoit en joue. A cette vue, qui me fit trembler +pour le bien de lāéglise, je māarretai tout court; je serrai +promptement mes ducats; je tirai quelques reaux, et, māapprochant +du chapeau, disposé à recevoir la charité des fidèles effrayés, je +les jetai dedans lāun après lāautre, pour montrer au soldat que +jāen usois noblement. Il fut satisfait de ma generosité, et me +donna autant de bénédictions que je donnia de coups de pieds dans +les flancs de ma mule, pour māeloigner promptement de lui; mais la +maudite bête, trompant mon impatience, nāen alla pas plus vite; la +longue habitude quāelle avoit de marcher pas à pas sous mon oncle +lui avoit fait perdre lāusage du galop.ā</p></div> + +<p>In France, the custom of travelling on mules was unknown, so was the +coin ducats, so was that of begging with a rosary, and of extorting +money in the manner in which Gil Blas describes. In fact, the āuseful +magnificence,ā as Mr Burke terms it, of the spacious roads in France, +and the traffic carried on upon them, would render such a manner of +robbing impossible. How then could Le Sage, who had never set his foot +in Spain, hit upon so accurate a description? Again, Rolando explains to +Gil Blas the origin of the subterraneous passages, to which an allusion +is also made by Raphael; now such are in France utterly unknown.</p> + +<p>Rolando, giving an account of his proceedings, says, that his +grandfather, who could only ā<i>dire son rosaire</i>,ā ā<i>rezar su rosario</i>.ā +This is as foreign to the habits of a āvieux militaire François,ā as any +thing that can be imagined; and, on the other hand, exactly conformable +to those of a Spanish veteran:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āNous demeurâmes dans le bois la plus grande partie de la journée, +sans apercevoir aucun voyageur qui pût payer pour le religieux. +Enfin nous en sortîmes pour retourner an souterrain, bornant nos +exploits à ce risible événement, qui faisoit encore le sujet de +notre entretien, lorsque nous decouvrîmes de loin un carrosse à +quatre mules. Il venoit à nous au grand trot, et il étoit +accompagné de trois hommes à cheval qui nous parurent bien armés.ā</p></div> + +<p>In this statement are many circumstances irreconcilable with French +habits. 1st, A whole day passing without meeting a traveller on the +high-road of Leon, an event common enough in Spain, but in France almost +impossible; 2d, the escort of the coach, a common precaution of the +Spanish ladies against violence—the fact that the coach is drawn by +mules, not horses, of which national trait six other instances may be +found in the same story:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āPlusieurs personnes me voulurent voir par curiosité. Ils venoient +lāun après lāautre se présenter à une petite fenêtre par où le jour +entroit dans ma prison; et lorsquāils māavoient considéré quelque +temps, ils sāen alloient. Je fus surpris de cette nouveauté: depuis +que jāétois prisonnier, je nāavois +<span class="pagebreak" title="705"> </span><a name="Page_705" id="Page_705"></a> +pas vu un seul homme se montrer +à cette fenêtre, qui donnoit sur une cour où regnoient le silence +et lāhorreur. Je compris par là que je faisois du bruit dans la +ville, mais je ne savois si jāen devois concevoir un bon ou mauvais +presage.ā ... āLà dessus le juge se retira, en disant quāil alloit +ordonner au concierge de māouvrir les portes. En effet, un moment +après, le geolier vint dans mon cachot avec un de ses guichetiers +qui portoit un paquet de toile. Ils māotèrent tous deux, dāun air +grave et sans me dire un seul mot, mon pourpoint et mon +haut-de-chausses, qui étoit dāun drap fin et presque neuf; puis, +māayant revêtu dāune vieille souquenille, ils me mirent dehors par +les épaules.ā</p></div> + +<p>This is an exact description of the manner in which prisoners were +treated in Spain, but bears not the slightest resemblance to any abuse +that prevailed at that time in France:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āUne fille de dix ans, que la gouvernante faisoit passer pour sa +nièce, en depit de la médisance, vint ouvrir; et comme nous lui +demandions si lāon pouvoit parler au chanoine, la dame Jacinte +parut. Cāétoit une personne deja parvenue à lāâge de discretion, +mais belle encore; et jāadmirai particulièrement la fraîcheur de +son teint. Elle portoit une longue robe dāun étoffe de laine la +plus commune, avec une large ceinture de cuir, dāoù pendoit d un +côté un trousseau de clefs, et de lāautre un chapelet à gros +grainsā—āRosario de cuentas gordas.ā—<i>Lib. II.</i> <i>c.</i> 1.</p></div> + +<p>This is an exact description of a class of women well known in Spain by +the name Beata, but utterly unknown in France till the SÅurs de +Charité were instituted:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āPendant quāils étoient ensemble jāentendis sonner midi. Comme je +savois que les secretaires et les commis quittoient à cette heure +la leurs bureaux, pour aller diner où il leur plaisoit, je laissai +là mon chef-dāÅuvre, et sortis pour me rendre, non chez +Monteser, parcequāil māavoit payé mes appointemens, et que jāavois +pris congé de lui, mais chez le plus fameux traiteur du quartier de +la cour.ā-<i>Lib. III.</i></p></div> + +<p>During the reign of Philip III. and Philip IV., and even till the time +of Charles IV., twelve was the common hour of dinner, and all the public +offices were closed: this is very unlike the state of things in Paris +during the reign of Louis XV., when this romance was published.</p> + +<p>In Spain, owing in part to the hospitality natural to unsettled times +and a simple people, in part to the few strangers who visited the +Peninsula, inns were for a long time almost unknown, and the occupation +of an innkeeper, who sold what his countrymen were delighted to give, +was considered degrading: so dishonourable indeed was it looked upon, +that where an executioner could not be found to carry the sentence of +the law into effect upon a criminal, the innkeeper was compelled to +perform his functions: therefore the innkeepers, like usurers and other +persons, who follow a pursuit hostile to public opinion, were profligate +and rapacious. Don Quixote teems with instances to this effect; and +there are other allusions to the same circumstance in <i>Gil Blas</i>. It +must be observed that if M. Le Sage stumbled by accident upon so great a +peculiarity, he was fortunate; and if it was suggested to him by his own +enquiries, they were more profound in this than in most other instances. +The Barber, describing his visit to his uncleās, (1, 2, 7,) mentions the +narrow staircase by which he ascended to his relationās abode. Here, +again, is a proof of an intimate acquaintance with the structure of the +hotels of the Spanish grandees: in all of them are to be found a large +and spacious staircase leading to the apartments of the master, and a +small one leading to those of his dependents. So the hotel in which +Fabricio lives, (3, 7, 13,) and that inhabited by Count Olivarez, are +severally described as possessing this appurtenance. It is singular that +Le Sage, who seems to have been almost as fond of Paris as Socrates was +of Athens, should have picked up this intimate knowledge of the hotels +of Madrid. The knowledge of music and habit of playing upon the guitar +in the front of their houses, is another stroke of Spanish manners which +no Frenchman is likely to have thought of adding to his work (1, 2, 7.) +Marcelina puts on her mantle to go to mass. This custom prevailed in +Spain till the +<span class="pagebreak" title="706"> </span><a name="Page_706" id="Page_706"></a> +sceptre passed to the Bourbons—in many towns till the +time of Charles III., and in small villages till the reign of Charles +IV. Gil Blas joins a muleteer, (1, 3, 1,) with four mules which had +transported merchandise to Valladolid—this method of carrying goods is +not known in France. The same observation applies to 3, 3, 7. Rolando +informs Gil Blas, (1, 3, 2,) āLorsquāil eut parlé de cette sorte, il +nous fit enfermer dans un cachot, où il ne laissa pas languir mes +compagnons; ils en sortirent au bout de trois jours pour aller jouer un +rôle tragique dans la grande place.ā</p> + +<p>This exactly corresponds with the Spanish custom, which was to allow +prisoners, capitally convicted, three days to prepare for a Christian +death. Rolando continues, āOh! je regrette mon premier metier, jāavoue +quāil y a plus de sûreté dans le nouveau; mais il y a plus dāagrément +dans lāautre, et jāaime la liberté. Jāai bien la mine de me defaire de +ma charge, et de partir un beau matin pour aller gagner les montagnes +qui sont aux sources du Tage. Je sais quāil y a dans cet endroit une +retraite habitée par une troupe nombreuse, et remplie de sujets +Catalans: cāest faire son éloge en un mot. Si tu veux māaccompagner, +nous irons grosser le nombre de ces grands hommes. Je serai dans leur +compagnie capitaine en second; et pour tāy faire recevoir avec agrément, +jāassurerai que je tāai vu dix fois combattre à mes côtés.ā</p> + +<p>The chain of mountains of Cuença Requena Aragon y Abaracin, in which the +Tagus rises, does contain such excavations as Rolando employed for such +purposes as Rolando mentions, (1, 3, 11.) The grace of Carlos Alfonso de +la Ventolera in managing his cloak, was an Andalusian accomplishment, +and an accomplishment which ceased to prevail when the Bourbons entered +Spain. It could not have been applied to describe a Castilian, as it was +confined to the inhabitants of Murcia, Andalusia, Valencia, and la +Mancha. How could Le Sage have known this? When the Count Azumar dines +with Don Gonzalo Pacheco, the conversation turns on bull-fights, (2, 4, +7.)</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āLeur conversation roula dāabord sur une course de taureaux qui +sāétoit faite depuis peu de jours. Ils parlèrent des cavaliers qui +y avoient montré le plus dāadresse et de vigueur; et la-dessus le +vieux comte, tel que Nestor, à qui toutes les choses presentes +donnoient occasion de louer les choses passées, dit en +soupirant—Hélas! je ne vois point aujourdāhui dāhommes comparables +à ceux que jāai vus autrefois, ni les tournois ne se font pas avec +autant de magnificence quāon les faisoit dans ma jeunesse.ā</p></div> + +<p>This alludes to the āCaballeros de Plaza,ā as they were called, +gentlemen by birth animated by the love of glory, very different from +the hired Picadors. This custom of the Spanish gentlemen, which many of +our fox-hunting and pheasant-shooting squires will condemn for its +cruelty, was very common during the reigns of Philip III. and IV., but +gradually declined, and was at last only prevalent at the <i>Fiestas +Reales</i>. The last example was known in 1789, to celebrate the <i>jura</i> of +the Prince of Asturia, afterwards the pious and exemplary Ferdinand VII. +This must have been before his attempted parricide. Ambrosio de Lamela, +in order to accomplish his designs on Simon, (2, 6, 1,) purchases +articles at Chelva in Valencia, among others—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āIl nous fit voir un manteau et une robe noire fort longue, deux +pourpoints avec leurs hauts-de-chausses, une de ces écritoires +composées de deux pièces liées par un cordon, et dont le cornet est +séparé de lāetui où lāon met les plumes; une main de beau papier +blanc un cadenas avec un gros cachet, et de la cire verte; et +lorsquāil nous eut enfin exhibé toutes ses emplettes, Don Raphael +lui dit en plaisantant: Vive Dieu! Monsieur Ambroise, il faut +avouer que vous avez fait là un bon achat.ā</p></div> + +<p>Now this is a faithful portrait of the inkstand, called Tintero de +Escribano, which the Spanish scriveners always carry about with them, +and which it is most improbable that M. Le Sage should ever have seen in +his life, or indeed have heard of but through the medium of a Spanish +manuscript. The account proceeds; and the distinction, which the reader +will find taken with so much accuracy, between the inquisitor and +<span class="pagebreak" title="707"> </span><a name="Page_707" id="Page_707"></a> +familiar of the holy office, is one which, however familiar to every +Spaniard, it is not likely a Frenchman should be acquainted with. In +France the inquisitor was confounded with the commissary, and all were +supposed to be Dominican friars.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āLà, mon garçon barbier étala ses vivres, qui consistoient das cinq +ou six oignons, avec quelques morceaux de pain et de fromage: mais +ce quāil produisit comme la meilleure pièce du sac, fut une petite +outre, remplie, disoit-il, dāun vin delicat et friand,ā (2, 6.)</p></div> + +<p>This custom of carrying wine in a leathern bag, is a peculiar trait of +Spanish manners.</p> + +<p>Catalena, the chambermaid of Guevarra, nurse of Philip IV., obtains from +her mistress, for Ignatio, the archdeaconry of Granada, which, as āpais +de conquista,ā was subject to the crownās disposal:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āCette soubrette, qui est la même dont je me suis servi depuis pour +tirer de la tour de Segovie le seigneur de Santillane, ayant envie +de rendre service à Don Ignacio, engagea sa maîtresse à demander +pour lui un bénéfice an Duc de Lerme. Ce ministre le fit nommer à +lāarchidiaconat de Granade, lequel étant en pays conquis; est à la +nomination du roi.ā</p></div> + +<p>Now, that Le Sage should have been acquainted with this fact, for fact +it unquestionably is, does appear astonishing. Till the concordat of +1753, the kings of Spain could only present to dignities in churches +subject to the royal privilege, among which was this of Granada, by +virtue of particular bulls issued at the time of its conquest. This is a +fact, however, with which very few Spaniards were acquainted. Antonio de +Pulgar, in his <i>Cronica de Los Reyes Catholicos</i>, c. 22, tells us that +Isabella, āEn el proueer de las yglesias que vacaron en su tiempo, ouo +respecto tan recto, que pospuesta toda afficion siempre supplico al Papa +por hombres generosos, y grandes letrados, y de vida honesta; lo que no +se lee que con tanta diligencia ouiesse guardado ningun rey de los +passados.ā Another remarkable passage, and to us almost conclusive, is +the following—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āJe le menai au comte-duc, qui le reçut très poliment, et lui dit +quāil sāétoit si bien conduit dans son gouvernement de la ville de +Valence, que le roi, le jugeant propre à remplir une plus grande +place, lāavoit nommé à la viceroyauté dāAragon. Dāailleurs, +ajouta-t-il, cette dignité nāest point au-dessus de votre +naissance, et la noblesse Aragonoise ne sauroit murmurer contre le +choix de la cour.ā</p></div> + +<p>This alludes to a dispute between the Spanish government and the +Aragonese, which had continued from the days of Charles V. The Aragonese +claimed either that the king himself should reside among them, or be +represented by some person of the royal blood. Charles V. appointed, as +viceroy of Aragon, his uncle, the Archbishop of Zaragoza, and then Don +Fernando de Aragon, his cousin. Philip II. appointed a Castilian to that +dignity. This produced great disturbances in Aragon, and the dispute +lasted till 1692, when the Aragonese settled the matter by putting the +Castilian viceroy, Inigo de Mendoza, to death. His successor was an +Aragonese, Don Miguel de Luna, Conde de Morata, and he was succeeded by +Don John of Austria, his brother. It is most improbable that M. Le Sage, +whose knowledge of Spanish literature was very superficial, and whose +ignorance of Spanish history was complete, should have understood this +allusion. This, therefore, leads to the conclusion that it must have +been taken from a Spanish manuscript.</p> + +<p>In conformity with this we find Mariana saying, in the days of Ferdinand +and Isabella—āLos Aragoneses no querian recebir por Virrey a D. Ramon +Folch, Conde de Cardona, que el rey tenia señalado para este cargo; +decian era contra sus fueros poner en el gobierno de su reyno hombre +extrangero. Hobo demandas y respuestas, mas al fin el rey temporizo con +ellos, y nombro por Virrey a su hijo D. Alonso de Aragon, Arzobispo de +Zaragoza.ā</p> + +<p>Can any one doubt that the writer of the following passage had seen the +spot he describes?</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āIl me fit traverser une cour, et monter par un escalier fort +étroit à une petite chambre qui étoit tout an haut de la tour. Je +ne fus pas peu surpris, en entrant dans cette chambre, de voir sur +<span class="pagebreak" title="708"> </span><a name="Page_708" id="Page_708"></a> +une table deux chandelles, qui bruloient dans des flambeaux de +cuivre, et deux couverts assez propres. Dans un moment, me dit +Tordesillas, on va nous apporter à manger: nous allons souper ici +tous deux. Cāest ce reduit que je vous ai destiné pour logement. +Vous y serez mieux que dans votre cachot; vous verrez de votre +fenêtre les bords fleuris de lāErêma, et la vallée delicieuse qui, +du pied des montagnes qui separent les deux Castilles, sāétend +jusquāà Coca. Je suis bien que vous serez dāabord peu sensible à +une si belle vue, mais quand le temps aura fait succeder une douce +mélancolie à la vivacité de votre douleur, vous prendrez plaisir à +promener vos regards sur des objets si agréables.ā</p></div> + +<p>These notices of reference, taken at random, are all adapted to the +places at which they are found—the narrative leads to them by regular +approximation, or they are suggested by the subject and occasion which +it draws forth. To introduce a given story into the body of a writing +without abruptness, or marks of unnatural transition,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i2">āUt per læve moventes,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Effundat junctura ungues.ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>is, as Paley observes, one of the most difficult artifices of +composition; and here are upwards of a hundred Spanish names, +circumstances, and allusions, incorporated with the story written, as M. +Neufchateau assures us, by a Frenchman concerning the court of Louis +XIV. A line touching on truth in so many points, could never have been +drawn accidentally; it is the pencil thrown luckily full upon the +horseās mouth, and expressing the foam which the painter, with all his +skill, could not represent without it. Let the reader observe how +difficult Le Sage has found the task of connecting the anecdotes taken +from Marcos de Obregon, and put into the mouth of Diego, with the main +story. How awkward is this transition? āLe <i>seigneur</i> Diego de La Fuente +me raconta dāautres aventures encore, qui lui étoient arrivées depuis; +mais elles me semblent si peu dignes dāêtre rapportées, que je les +passerai sous silence.ā</p> + +<p>The next branch of the argument which we are called upon to consider, +relates to the Spanish words in <i>Gil Blas</i>, which imply the existence of +a Spanish manuscript. The names Juan, Pedro, often occur in Le Sageās +work, and Pierre, Jean, are sometimes used in their stead. The word +<i>Don</i> is prefixed by the Spaniards to the Christian, and never to the +surname, as Don Juan, Don Antonio, not Don Mariana, Don Cervantes. In +France, <i>Dom</i>, its synonyme, is, on the contrary, prefixed to the +surname—as Dom Mabillon, Don Calmet. Le Sage always adheres to the +Spanish custom. The robber who introduces Gil Blas to the cavern, says, +āTenez, Dame Leonarde, voici un jeune garçon,ā &c. Again, āOn dressa +dans le salon une grande table, et lāon me renvoya dans la cuisine, où +la <i>Dame</i> Leonarde māinstruisit de ce que jāavais a faire.... Et comme +depuis sa mort cāétoit la <i>Senora Leonarda</i> qui avoit lāhonneur de +présenter le nectar à ces dieux infernaux,ā &c. This expression āSeñora +Leonarda,ā is much in favour of a Spanish original; why should not Le +Sage have repeated the expression āDame Leonarde,ā on which we have a +few observations to offer, had it not been that he thought the word +under his eyes at the moment would lend grace and vivacity to the +narrative. A French writer would have said, āTenez, Leonarde,ā or +perhaps, āTenez, Madame Leonarde;ā but such a phrase as āTenez, Dame +Leonarde,ā in a French writer, can be accounted for only by the +translation of āseñora.ā So we have āla Señora Catalena,ā (7, 12)—āla +Señora Sirena,ā (9, 7)—and āla Señora Mencia,ā (8, 10) of the French +version, and instead of āune demoiselle,ā āune jeune dame,ā which is a +translation of āseñorita.ā In giving an account of his projected +marriage with the daughter of Gabriel Salero, Gil Blas says, (9, +1)—āCāétoit un bon bourgeois qui étoit comme nous disons poli hasta +porfiar. Il me présenta la Señora Eugenia, sa femme, et la jeune +Gabriela, sa fille.ā Here are three Spanish idioms—āhasta porfiar,ā +which Le Sage thinks it necessary to explain, āla Señora Eugenia,ā +āGabriela.ā Diego de la Fuente tells his friend, āJāavois pour maître de +cet instrument un vieux āseñor escudero,ā à qui je faisois la barbe. Il +se nommoit Marcos Dôbregon.ā A +<span class="pagebreak" title="709"> </span><a name="Page_709" id="Page_709"></a> +French author, instead of āseñor +escudero,ā would have said, āvieux ecuyer;ā a Spanish transcriber would +have written āMarcos de Obregon.ā We have (x. 3, 11) āSeñor Caballero +des plus lestes,ā āromancesā instead of āromans,ā (1, 5,) āpradoā +instead of āpré,ā twice, (4, 10; 7, 13.)</p> + +<p>Laura says—āUn jour il nous vint en fantaisie à Dorothée et à moi +dāaller voir joner les comédiens de Seville. Ils avaient affiché quāils +representaient <i>la famosa comedia</i>, et Embajador de si mismo, de Lope de +Vega Carpio.... En fin le moment que jāattendais étant arrivé, +cāest-à-dire, la fin de <i>la famosa comedia</i>, nous nous en allâmes.ā We +have āhidalgoā instead of āgentilhommeā three times; ācontador mayorā +twice, once used by Chinchillo, again by the innkeeper at Suescas, +āoidorā instead of ājugeā or āmembre de la cour royale,ā āescribanoā +instead of ānotaire,ā (8, 9.) āHospital de niñosā instead of āhospice +des enfans orphelins,ā āolla podridaā three times āmarmalada de +berengaria,ā (9, 4,) and āpicaroā instead of āfripon,ā (4, 10, 12.) +Scipio says, āun jour comme je passois auprès de lāéglise de los reyes.ā +There is at Toledo a church named āSan Juan de los Reyes.ā How could Le +Sage, who never had been in Spain, know this fact? Gil Blas thus relates +an event at Valencia—āJe māen approchai pour apprendre pourquoi je +voyois là un si grand concours dāhommes et de femmes, et bientôt je fus +au fait, en lisant ces paroles écrites en lettres dāor sur une table de +marbre noir, quāil-y avait audessus de la porte, ā<i>La posada de los +representantes</i>,ā et les comédiens marquaient dans leur affiche quāils +joueraient ce jour-là pour la première fois une tragédie nouvelle de Don +Gabriel Triaguero.ā This passage is an attestation of the fact, that +during the reign of Philip IV. the buildings of the Spanish provinces in +which dramatic performances were represented were at the same time the +residence, āposada,ā of the actors—a custom even now not altogether +extinguished; but which Le Sage could only know through the medium of a +Spanish manuscript. Gil Blas, imprisoned in the tower of Segovia, hears +Don Gaston de Cavallos sing the following verses—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āAyde nie un año <i>felice</i><br /></span> +<span class="i0">Parece un soplo ligero<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Pero sin duda un instante<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Es un siglo de tormento.ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>Where did Le Sage find these verses, sweet, gracious, and idiomatic as +they are? The use of the word āfeliceā for āfelizā is a poetical +license, and displays more than a strangerās knowledge of Spanish +composition. It has been said that Smollett has left many French words +in his translation of Gil Blas, and that too strong an inference ought +not to be drawn from the employment of Spanish phrases by Le Sage. But +what are the words? Are they words in the mouth of every one, and such +as a superficial dilettante might easily pick up; or do they, either of +themselves or from the conjunctures in which they are employed, exhibit +a consummate acquaintance with the dialect and habits of the people to +which they refer? Besides, it should be remembered that French is a +language far more familiar to well-educated people in England, than +Spanish ever was to the French, and that Smollett had lived much in +France; whereas Le Sage knew from books alone the language which he has +employed with so much colloquial elegance and facility. We now turn to +the phrases and expressions in French which Le Sage has manifestly +translated.</p> + +<p>The first word which occurs in dealing with this part of the subject is +āseigneurā as a translation for āseñor;ā āseigneurā in France was not a +substitute for āmonsieur,ā which is the proper meaning of āseñor.ā On +the use of the word ādameā we have already commented. Instead of Dame +Leonarde and Dame Lorenzo Sephora, a French writer would have put +āMadameā or āla cuisinière,ā or āla femme de chambre,ā as the case might +be. So the exclamation of the highwayman, āSeigneur passant,ā &c., must +be a translation of āSeñor passagero.ā Describing the parasite at +Peñaflor, Gil Blas says, āle cavalier portait une longue rapière, et il +sāapprocha de moi dāun air empressé, <i>Seigneur</i> écolier, me dit-il, je +viens dāapprendre que vous êtes le <i>seigneur</i> +<span class="pagebreak" title="710"> </span><a name="Page_710" id="Page_710"></a> +Gil Blas de Santillane. +Je lui dis, <i>seigneur</i> cavalier, je ne croyois pas que mon nom fût connu +à Penáflor.ā āLe cavalierā means a man on horseback, which is not a +description applicable to the parasite; āchevalierā is the French word +for the member of a military order. āCet homme,ā or āce monsieur,ā would +have been the expression of Le Sage if āeste caballeroā had not been in +the manuscript to be copied. āCarilloā for āCamillo,ā ābetancosā for +ābetangos,ā ārodillasā for ārevilla;ā and yet M. Le Sage is not +satisfied with making his hero walk towards the Prado of Madrid, but +goes further, and describes it as the āpré de Saint Jeromeā—Prado de +S^te Geronimo, which is certainly more accurate. Again he speaks of āla +Rue des Infantesā at Madrid, (8, 1)—āDe los Infantos is the name of a +street in that city—and in the same sentence names āune vieille dame +Inesile Cantarille.ā Inesilla is the Spanish diminutive of Ines, and +Cantarilla of Cantaro. The last word alludes to the expression āmozas de +Cantaro,ā for women of inferior degree. Philip III. shuts up Sirena +ādans la maison des repenties.ā This is also the name of a convent at +Madrid, called ācasa de las arrepentidas.ā But a still stronger argument +in favour of the existence of a Spanish manuscript, is to be found in +the passage which says that Lucretia, the repentant mistress of Philip +IV., āquitte tout à coup le monde, et se ferme dans le monastère de la +<i>Incarnacion</i>;ā that having been founded by Philip III. in compliance +with the will of Doña Margarita, his wife, it was reserved expressly for +nuns connected in some way with the royal family of Spain; and that +therefore Lucretia, having been the mistress of Philip IV., was entitled +to become a member of it.</p> + +<p>āNous aperçumes <i>un réligieux de lāordre de Saint Domingue</i>, monté, +<i>contre lāordinaire de ces bons pères, sur une mauvaise mule</i>.<a name="FNanchor_A_24" id="FNanchor_A_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_24" class="fnnum">A</a> <i>Dieu +soit loué</i>, sāécria le capitaine.ā In this sentence all the passages in +Italics are of Spanish origin. ā<i>Seigneur cavalier</i>, vous êtes bien +heureux quāon se soit adressé à moi plutôt quāà un autre: je ne veux +point décrier mes confrères: à <i>Dieu ne plaise</i> que je fasse le moindre +tort à leur réputation: mais, entre nous, il nāy en a pas un qui ait de +la conscience—<i>ils sont tous plus durs que des Juifs</i>. Je suis le seul +fripier qui ait de la morale: je ne borne à un prix raisonable; je me +contente de la livre pour sou—je veux dire du sou pour livre. <i>Grâces +au ciel</i>, jāexerce rondement ma profession.ā Here we find āSeigneur +cavalier,ā āà Dieu ne plaise,ā which is the common Spanish phrase, āno +permita Dios,ā āGrâces an ciel,ā instead of āDieu merci,ā from āGracias +a Dios.ā A little further we find the phrase ā<i>Seigneur gentilhomme</i>,ā +which can only be accounted for as a translation of āSeñor hidalgo;ā +āgarçon de famille,ā (1, 17,) ābénéfice simple,ā (11, 17) are neither of +them French expressions. āThe virtuous Jacintha,ā says Fabricio, āmérite +dāêtre la gouvernante du patriarche des Indes.ā Now, it is impossible +that the existence of such a dignity as this should have been known at +Paris. It was of recent creation, and had been the subject of much +conversation at Madrid. āGarçon de bien et dāhonneur,ā (1, 2, 1,) āun +mozo, hombre de bien y de honor.ā āJe servis un potage quāon auroit pu +présenter <i>au plus fameux directeur de Madrid</i>, et deux entrées qui +auroient eu de quoi piquer la sensualité <i>dāun viceroi</i>.ā It is +impossible not to see that the first of the phrases in italics is a +translation ādel director mas famoso de Madrid;ā first, because a +Frenchman would have used ācélèbre,ā and secondly, because the word +ādirectorā in a different sense from that of confessor was unknown at +Madrid. The allusion to the Viceroy, a functionary unknown to the French +government, also deserves notice. The notaire, hastening to Cedillo, +takes up hastily āson manteau et son chapeau.ā This infers a knowledge +on +<span class="pagebreak" title="711"> </span><a name="Page_711" id="Page_711"></a> +the part of the writer that the Spanish scrivener never appeared, +however urgent the occasion, without his ācapa.ā We have the word +ālaboureursā applied to substantial farmers, (1, 2, 7.) This is a +translation of ālabradores,ā to which the French word does not +correspond, as it means properly, men dependent on daily labour for +their daily bread. āJāai fait éléver,ā says the schoolmaster of Olmedo, +āun théatre, sur lequel, Dieu aidant, je ferai réprésenter par mes +<i>disciples</i> une pièce que jāai composée. Elle a pour titre les jeunes +amours de Muley Bergentuf Roi de Moroi.ā ā<i>Disciples</i>ā is a translation +of ādiscipulos.ā A French writer would have said āélèves.ā Again, the +title of the Pedantās play is thoroughly Spanish. It was intended to +ridicule the habit which prevailed in Spain, after the expulsion of the +Moriscoes in 1610, of adapting for the stage Moorish habits and +amusements, by making a stupid pedant in an obscure village, select them +as the subject of his tragedy.</p> + +<p>Describing the insolence of the actors, Gil Blas says, āBien loin de +traiter dāexcellence les seigneurs, elles ne leur donnoient pas même <i>de +la seigneurie</i>.ā This would hardly be applicable to the manners of the +French. The principal of Lucindeās creditors, āse nommoit Bernard +Astuto, qui meritoit bien son nom.ā The signification of the name is +clear in Spanish; but in French the allusion is totally without meaning. +This probably escaped Le Sage in the hurry of composition, or it would +have been easy to have removed so clear a mark of translation. The +following mark is still stronger. Speaking of Simon, the bourgeois of +Chelva, he says—āCertain Juif, qui sāest fait Catholique, mais dans le +fond de lāâme il est encore <i>Juif comme Pilate</i>.ā Now, the lower classes +of Spain perpetually fall into this error of calling Pilate a Jew; and +this is a trait which could hardly have occurred to a foreign writer, +however well acquainted with Spain, much less to a writer who had never +set his foot in that country. Here we cannot help observing, that the +whole scene from which this passage is taken is eminently Spanish. In +Spain only was such a proceeding possible as the scheme for deprecating +Simon, executed by Lucinda and Raphael. The character of the victim, the +nature of the fraud, the absence of all suspicion which such proceedings +would necessarily provoke in any other country, are as conclusive proofs +of Spanish origin as moral evidence can supply. Count Guliano is found +playing with an ape, āpour dormir <i>la siesta</i>.ā Lucretia says to Gil +Blas, āJe vous rends de très humbles grâces,ā ādoy a usted muy umildes +gracias.ā A French writer would have said, āJe vous remercie +infiniment.ā Melendez is described as living āà la Porte du Soleil du +coin de la Rue des Balustrées,ā āesquina de la Calle de Cofreros.ā There +is such an alley as this, but it is unknown to ninety-nine Spaniards in +a hundred. Beltran Moscada tells Gil Blas, āJe vous reconnois bien, +moi—nous avons joué mille fois tous deux <i>à la Gallina ciega</i>.ā This Le +Sage thinks it necessary to explain by a note, to inform his readers +that it is the same as āColin Maillard.ā From all these various phrases +and expressions, scattered about in different passages of Gil Blas, and +taken almost at random from different parts of the work, the conclusion +that it was copied from a Spanish manuscript appears inevitable.</p> + +<p>Le Sage has named Sacedon, Buendia, Fuencarrat, Madrid, Campillo, +Aragon, Penaflor, Castropot, Asturias; Salcedo, Alava; Villaflor, +Cebreros, Avila; Tardajos, Kevilla, Puentedura, Burgos; Villar-de-saz; +Almodovar, Cuença; Almoharin, Monroy, Estremadura; Adria, Gavia, Vera, +Granada; Mondejar, Gualalajara; Vierzo, Ponferrada, Cacabelos, Leon; +Calatrava, Castilblanco, Mancha; Chinchilla, Lorque, Murcia; Duenas, +Palencia; Colmenar, Coca, Segovia; Carmona, Mairena, Sevilla; Cobisa, +Galvez, Illescas, Loeches, Maqueda, Kodillas, Villarejo, Villarrubia, +Toledo; Bunol, Chelva, Chiva; Gerica, Liria Paterna, Valencia; +Ataquines, Benavente, Mansilla, Mojados, Olmedo, Penafiel, Puente de +Duero, Valdestillas, Valladolid.</p> + +<p>The story of <i>Gil Blas</i> contains the names of no less than one hundred +and three Spanish villages and towns of inferior importance, many of +them are unknown out of Spain—such as +<span class="pagebreak" title="712"> </span><a name="Page_712" id="Page_712"></a> +Albarracin, Antequera, Betanzos, +Ciudad Real, Coria, Lucena, Molina, Mondonedo, Monzon, Solsona, +Trujillo, Ubeda.</p> + +<p>There are also cited the names of thirteen dukes—Alba, Almeida, +Braganza, Frias (condestable de Castilia,) Lerma, Medina-celi, Medina de +Rioseco, (almirante de Castilia,) Medina-Sidonia, Medina de las Tarres +(Marques de Toral,) Mantua, Osuna, Sanlucar la Mayor y Uceda. Eleven +marquises—De Almenara, Carpia, Chaves, Laguardia, Leganes, Priego, +Santacruz, Toral, Velez, Villa-real y Zenete. Eight condes—De Azumar, +Galiano, Lemos, Montanos, Niebla, Olivares, Pedrosa y Polan. Of these +four only are fictitious. It is remarkable also, that one title cited in +<i>Gil Blas</i>, that of Admirante de Castilia, did not exist when Le Sage +published his romance—Felipe V. having abolished it, to punish the +holder of that dignity for having embraced the cause of the house of +Austria. Nor are there wanting the names of persons celebrated in their +day among the inhabitants of the Peninsula. Such are Fray Luis Aliago, +confessor of Philip III., Archimandrite of Sicily, and +inquisitor-general, Don Rodrigo Calderon, secretary of the king, +Calderon de la Barca, Antonio Carnero, secretary of the king, Philip +IV., Cervantes, Geronimo de Florencia, Jesuit preacher of Philip IV., +Fernando de Gamboa, one of the gentlemen of his bedchamber, Luis de +Gongora, Aña de Guevarra, his nurse, Maria de Guzman, only daughter of +Olivarez, Henry Philip de Guzman, his adopted son, Baltasar de Zuniga, +uncle of Olivarez, Lope de Vega Carpio, Luis Velez de Guevarra, Juana de +Velasco, making in all nineteen persons. There are the names of not only +thirty-one families of the highest class in Spain, as Guzman, Herrera, +Mendoza, Acuna, Avila, Silva, &c., but twenty-five names belonging to +less illustrious, but still distinguished families; and twenty-nine +names really Spanish, but applied to imaginary characters. This makes a +list of eighty-five names, which it seems impossible for any writer +acquainted only with the lighter parts of Spanish literature to have +accumulated. Nor should it be forgotten that there are forty-five names, +intended to explain the character of those to whom they are given, like +Mrs Slipslop and Parson Trulliber, retained by Gil Blas, notwithstanding +the loss of their original signification. Doctor Andros don Añibal de +Chinchilla, Alcacer, Apuntador, Astuto, Azarini, Padre Alejos y Don +Abel, Buenagarra, Brutandof, Campanario Chilindron, Chinchilla, Clarin, +Colifichini, Cordel, Coscolina, Padre Crisostomo, Doctor Cuchillo, +Descomulgado, Deslenguado, Escipion, Forero, Guyomar, Ligero, Majuelo, +Mascarini, Melancia, Mogicon, Montalban, Muscada, Nisana, Doctor +Oloroso, Doctor Oquetos, Penafiel, Pinares, Doctor Sangrado, Stheimbach, +Samuel Simon, Salero, Talego, Touto, Toribio, Triaquero, Ventolera, +Villaviciosa, are all names of this sort. Who but a Spaniard, then, was +likely to invent them? Were there no other argument, the case for Spain +might almost safely be rested on this issue. But this is not all, since +the mistakes, orthographical and geographical, which abound in the +French edition of <i>Gil Blas</i>, carry the argument still further, and +place it beyond the reach of reasonable contradiction. The reader will +observe, that much of the question depends upon the fact, admitted on +all sides, that Le Sage did not transcribe his version from any printed +work, but from a manuscript. Had Le Sage merely inserted stories here +and there taken from Spanish romances, his claims as an original writer +would hardly be much shaken by their discovery, supposing the plot, with +which they were skilfully interwoven, and the main bulk and stamina of +the story, to be his own. But where the errors are such as can only be +accounted for by mistakes, not of the press, but of the copies of a +manuscript, and are fully accounted for in that manner—where they are +so thickly sown, as to show that they were not errors made by a person +with a printed volume before his eyes, but by a person deciphering a +manuscript written in a language of which he had only a superficial +acquaintance, no candid enquirer will hesitate as to the inference to +which such facts lead, and by which alone they can be reconciled with +the profound and intimate +<span class="pagebreak" title="713"> </span><a name="Page_713" id="Page_713"></a> +knowledge of Spanish literature, habits, and +manners, to which we have before adverted. The innkeeper of Peñaflor is +named <i>Corcuelo</i> in the French version, an appellation utterly without +meaning. The real word was <i>Corzuelo</i>, a diminutive from <i>corzo</i>, which +carries a very pointed allusion to the character of the person. It was +usual to write instead of the <i>z</i>—<i>c</i> with a cedilla, and this was +probably the origin of the mistake. The innkeeper of Burgos is called in +the French text <i>Manjuelo</i>, which is not Spanish, and is equally +unmeaning. The original undoubtedly was <i>Majuelo</i>, the diminutive of +<i>Majo</i>, which is very significant of the class to which the person +bearing the name belonged. The person to whom Gil Blas applies for a +situation at Valladolid, is called in the French text <i>Londona</i>. The +real word is Londoño, the name of a village near Orduña, in Biscay. +<i>Inesile</i> is the name given to the niece of Jacinta. This is instead of +<i>Inesilla</i>, and corresponds with the French Agnés. Castel Blargo is used +for Castel Blanco. Rodriguez says to his master, āJe ne touche pas un +maravé<i>dis</i> de vos finances.ā The word in the manuscript was <i>marivedi</i>. +Le Sage has used the plural for the singular. āSeguier,ā a proper name, +is used for āSeguiar.ā āDe la Ventileriaā is the unmeaning name given to +a frivolous coxcomb, instead of āDe la Ventilera.ā Le Sage, speaking of +the same person, sometimes calls her āDoña <i>K</i>imena de Guzman,ā and +sometimes āDoña <i>Ch</i>imena,ā a manifest proof that āDoña <i>X</i>imenaā was +written in the work from which he transcribed; as the French substitute +sometimes <i>k</i> and sometimes <i>ch</i>, for the Spanish <i>x</i>.<br /> + Pedros is used for Pedroga, (the name of a noble family.)<br /> + Moyades for Miagades, (a village.)<br /> + Zendero for Zenzano, (do.)<br /> + Salceda for Salcedo, (do.)<br /> + Calderone for Calderon.<br /> + Oliguera for Lahiguera.<br /> + Niebles for Niebla.<br /> + Jutella for Antella.<br /> + Leiva for Chiva.<br /> +</p> + +<p>After Gil Blasās promotion, he says that his haughty colleague treated +him with more respect; and this is expressed in such a way as to show +that Le Sage was ignorant of Spanish etiquette, and did not understand +thoroughly the meaning of what he transcribed. āIl Don Rodrigo de +Calderone ne māappela plus que Seigneur de Santillane, lui qui +jusquāalors ne māavoit traité que de <i>vous</i>, sans jamais se servir du +terme de seigneurie,ā supposing the meaning equivalent—whereas, in +fact, though Gil Blas might complain of not being addressed in the third +person, which would draw with it the use of señor, and was a common form +of civility—it would have been ridiculous to represent him as addressed +by a name, señoria, to which none but people of high station and +illustrious rank were entitled. But Le Sage supposed that every one +addressed as señor, might also be spoken of by the term señoria; a +mistake against which a very moderate knowledge of Spanish usages would +have guarded him. We may illustrate this by a quotation from Navarete:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āEn este estado enviaron a decir a Magallanes.... Que si se queria +avenir a lo que cumpliese, al servicio de S. M. estarian a lo que +les mandase, y que si hasta entonces le dieron tratamiento de +merced, <i>en adelante se lo darian de senoria</i>, y le besarian pies y +manos.ā</p></div> + +<p>This was intended as a proof of the greatest reverence by the mutineers, +whom, notwithstanding this submission, Magallanes took an early +opportunity to destroy.</p> + +<p>Gil Blas relates the absurd resolution of the Conde Duque DāOlivarez, to +adopt the son of a person with whom he, among others, had intrigued as +his own. This anecdote was well known in Spain. The supposed father of +this youth was an alcalde de corte, called Valcancel; and <i>he</i> had been +rivaled by an alguazil. The son was called in the early part of his life +Julian Valcancel. When adopted by Olivarez, he took the name of Eurique +Felipe de Guzman, which the people said ought to be exchanged for that +of Del Alguazil del Alcalde de Corte. Olivarez divorced him from the +woman to whom he was certainly married, and obliged him to marry the +daughter of the Duca de Frias. He was called by the people of Madrid a +man with two names, the son of three +<span class="pagebreak" title="714"> </span><a name="Page_714" id="Page_714"></a> +fathers, and the husband of two +wives. Le Sage, by substituting the name of Valdeasar for that of +Valcancel, proves that he was ignorant of the whole transaction. In the +<i>auto da fé</i> which Gil Blas sees at Toledo, and in which his old friends +terminate their adventures in so tragical a manner—some of the guilty +are represented as wearing <i>carochas</i> on their heads. This is a word +altogether without meaning; the real word was <i>corozas</i>, a cap worn by +criminals as a badge of degradation.</p> + +<p>Another mistake deserves attention, as supplying the strongest proof of +an inaccurate transcriber. āJāespère,ā says Maître Joachim to his +master, āque je vous servirai tantôt un ragout digne dāun <i>can</i>tador +mayor.ā The word was not ā<i>can</i>tador,ā but ā<i>con</i>tador mayor,ā the +āministro de hacienda,ā or chancellor of the exchequer; a situation +under a despotic government of the highest dignity and opulence. So Don +Annibal de Chinchilla exclaims—āMe croit-elle un contador mayor,ā when +repelling a demand of a rapacious prostitute. But Le Sage mistook the +<i>o</i> of his manuscript for an <i>a</i>, and turned a phrase very intelligible +into nonsense. We now come to the passage which M. Neufchateau quotes as +decisive in favour of Le Sageās claims. It certainly was to be found in +no Spanish manuscript.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āDon Louis nous mena chez un jeune gentilhomme de ses amis, quāon +appeloit don Gabriel de Pedros. Nous y passâmes le reste de la +journée; nous y soupâmes même, et nous nāen sortîmes que sur les +deux heures après minuit pour nous en retourner au logis. Nous +avions peut-être fait la moitié du chemin, lorsque nous +rencontrâmes sous nos pieds dans la rue deux hommes étendus par +terre. Nous jugeâmes que cāétoient des malheureux quāon venoit +dāassassiner, et nous nous arretâmes pour les secourir, sāil en +étoit encore temps. Comme nous cherchions à nous instruire, autant +que lāobscurité de la nuit nous le pouvoit permettre, de lāétat où +ils se trouvoient, la patrouille arriva. Le commandant nous prit +dāabord pour des assassins, et nous fit environner par ses gens; +mais il eut meilleure opinion de nous lorsquāil nous eut entendus +parler, et quāà la faveur dāune lanterne sourde, il vit les traits +de Mendoce et de Pacheco. Ses archers, par son ordre, examinèrent +les deux hommes que nous nous imaginions avoir été tués; et il se +trouva que cāétoit un gros licencie avec son valet, tous deux pris +de vin, ou plutôt ivres-morts. āMessieurs,ā sāécria un des archers, +āje reconnois ce gros vivant. Eh! cāest le seigneur licencie +Guyomar, recteur de notre université. Tel que vous le voyez, cāest +un grand personnage, un génie superieur. Il nāy a point de +philosophe quāil ne terrasse dans une dispute; il a un flux de +bouche sans pareil. Cāest dommage quāil aime un peu trop de vin, le +procès, et la grisette. Il revient de souper de chez son Isabella, +où, par malheur, son guide sāest enivre comme lui. Ils sont tombes +lāun et lāautre dans le ruisseau. Avant que le bon licencie fut +recteur, cela lui arrivoit assez souvent. Les honneurs, comme vous +voyez, ne changent pas toujours les mÅurs.ā Nous laissâmes ces +ivrognes entre les mains de la patrouille, qui eut soin de les +porter chez eux. Nous regagnâmes notre hôtel, et chacun ne songea +quāà se reposer.ā</p></div> + +<p>Now this story pierces to the heart the theory which M. Neufchateau +cites it in order to establish. It is an anecdote incorporated by Le +Sage with the rest of the work; and how well it tallies with a Spanish +story, and the delineation of Spanish manners, let the reader judge. The +rector of the university of Salamanca was required to unite a great +variety of qualifications. In the first place, his birth must have been +noble for several generations; not perhaps as many as a canon of +Strasburg was required to trace, but more than it was possible for the +great majority even of well born gentlemen to produce. The situation, +indeed, was generally conferred upon the members of the second class of +nobility, and very often upon those of the first. He was a judge, with +royal and pontifical privileges, exempt from the authority of the bishop +in ecclesiastical, and from the royal tribunals in secular, matters. His +morals were sifted with the strictest scrutiny; and yet this dignified +ecclesiastic is the person whom Le Sage represents as lying in the +streets stupefied with intoxication, and this not from accident, but +from habitual indulgence in a vice which, throughout Spain, is +considered infamous, and +<span class="pagebreak" title="715"> </span><a name="Page_715" id="Page_715"></a> +which none but those who are below the +influence of public opinion, and even those but in rare instances, are +ever known to practise. To call a man a drunkard in Spain, is considered +a worse insult than to call him a thief; and the effect of the story is +the same as if a person, pretending to describe English manners, were to +represent the Lord Chancellor as often in custody on a charge of +shoplifting, and permitted, in consideration of his abilities, still to +remain in office and exercise the duties of his station.</p> + +<p>The principal topographical errors are the following:—Doña Mencia names +to Gil Blas two places on the road near Burgos—these she calls Gofal +and Rodillas; the real names are Tardagal and Revilla, (1, 11;) Ponte de +Mula is put for Puenta Duro, (1, 13;) Luceno for Luyego; Villardera for +Villar del Sa, (5, 1;) Almerim for Almoharia, (5, 1;) Sliva for Chiva, +(7, 1;) Obisa for Cobisa, (10, 10;) Sinas for Linas; Mililla for +Melilla; Arragon for Aragon. Describing his journey from Madrid to +Oviedo, Gil Blas says they slept the first night at Alcala of Henares, +and the second at Segovia. Now Alcala is not on the road from Madrid to +Segovia, nor is it possible to travel in one day from one of these +cities to the other—probably Galapagar was the word mistaken. Penafiel +is mentioned as lying on the road from Segovia to Valladolid, (10, 1;) +this is for Portillo. Now, if Le Sage had invented the story, and +clothed it with names of Spanish cities and villages, taken from +<i>printed</i> books, can any one suppose that he could have fallen into all +these errors?</p> + +<p>A thread of Spanish history winds through the whole story of <i>Gil Blas</i>, +and keeps every circumstance in its place; therefore the date of the +heroās birth may be fixed with the greatest precision. He tells us he +was fifty-eight at the death of the Count Duke of Olivarez, that is, +1646; Gil Blas was therefore born 1588, and this corresponds altogether +with different allusions, which show that when the romance was written +the war between Spain and Portugal was present to the authorās mind, and +the subject of his constant animadversion. Portugal, as our readers may +recollect, became subject to the Spanish yoke in 1580, the Duke of +Braganza was raised to the throne of that kingdom in 1640; and the war +to which that event gave rise was not terminated till 1668; when Charles +II. acknowledged Alphonso VI. as the legitimate ruler of Portugal. That +when the work was written the war between Spain and Portugal continued, +may be inferred from the fact, that the mention of Portugal is +perpetually accompanied with some allusion to hostilities which were +then carried on between the two countries. The romance must therefore +have been written between the disgrace of the Count Duke, 1646, and the +recognition of Portuguese independence, 1668. But we may contract the +date of the work within still narrower limits. It could not have been +written before 1654, as the works of Don Augustini Moreto, none of which +were published before 1654, are cited in it—it is not of later date, +because there is no allusion in any part of the work to the death of +Philip IV., to the peace of the Pyrenees, or to any other ministers but +Lerma, Uzeda, and Olivarez. Don Louis de Haro, Marquis of Carpio, and +Duke of Montora, is not mentioned moreover. Gil Blas, describing himself +to Laura, says that he is the only son of Fernando de Ribera, who fell +in a battle on the frontiers of Portugal fifteen years before. This is a +prolepsis; for the battle was fought in 1640. But this manifest +anachronism, which entirely escaped Le Sage, was intended by the author +as an autograph, a sort of āchien de Bassano,ā to point out the real +date of the work. Bearing in mind, then, that Gil Blas was born in 1588; +that Portugal was annexed to Spain in 1580 without a struggle; and +remained subject to its dominion till 1640; let us consider the +anachronisms in which Le Sage has plunged himself, partly through his +ignorance of Spanish history, partly from the attempt to interpolate +other Spanish novels with the main body of the work he has translated. +One of these is confessed by Le Sage himself, and occurs in the story of +Don Pompeio de Castro, inserted in the first volume. Don Pompeio is +supposed to relate this story at Madrid +<span class="pagebreak" title="716"> </span><a name="Page_716" id="Page_716"></a> +in 1607; in it a king of +Portugal is spoken of at that time as being an independent sovereign. +Now in the third volume of the seventh book, in the year 1608, Pedro +Zamora tells Laura, with whom he has eloped, that they were in security +in Portugal, a foreign kingdom, though actually subject to the crown of +Spain. Now this is quite correct, and here Le Sageās attention was +called to the anachronism above cited in his preceding volume, which he +undertakes to correct in another edition—a promise which he fulfilled +by the clumsy expedient of transferring the scene from Portugal to +Poland. But how comes it to pass that Le Sage, who singles out with such +painful anxiety the error to which we have adverted, suffers others of +equal importance to pass altogether unnoticed? For instance, in the +twelfth book, eighth chapter, Olivarez speaks of a journey of Philip IV. +to Zaragoza; which took place indeed, but not until two years after the +disgrace of Olivarez. Cogollos, speaking in 1616, alludes to a +circumstance connected with the revolt of Portugal in 1640; Olivarez, +sixteen months afterwards, mentions the same circumstance, saying to +Cogollos—āYour patron, though related to the Duke of Braganza, had, I +am well assured, no share in his revolt.ā In 1607, Gil Blas, being the +servant of Don Bernardo de Castel Blanco, says, that some suppose his +master to be a spy of the king of Portugal, a personage who at that time +did not exist. Now, if Le Sage intended to leave to posterity a lasting +and unequivocal proof of his plagiarism, how could he do so more +effectually than by dwelling on one anachronism as an error which he +intended to correct, in a work swarming in every part with others +equally flagrant, of which he takes no notice? We have mentioned these +mistakes, particularly as being mistakes into which the original author +had fallen, and which, as his object was not to give an exact relation +of facts, he probably disregarded altogether. And here again we must +repeat our remark, that these perpetual allusions indicate a writer not +afraid of exposing himself by irretrievable blunders, and certain of +being understood by those whom he addressed. A Spaniard writing for +Spaniards, would of course take it for granted that his countrymen were +acquainted with those very facts and allusions which Le Sage sometimes +formally endeavours to explain, and sometimes is unable to detect; while +a writer conscious, as the French author was, of a very imperfect +acquaintance with the language and usages of Spain, would never indulge +in those little circumstantial touches which a Spaniard could not help +inserting.</p> + +<p>We now come to errors of Le Sage himself. Doña Mencia speaks of her +first husband dying in the service of the king of Portugal, five or six +years after the beginning of the seventeenth century. Events are +described as taking place in the time of Philip II., under the title of +Le Mariage de Vengeance, which happened three hundred years before, at +the time of the Sicilian Vespers, 1283. Gil Blas, after his release from +the tower of Segovia, tells his patron, Alonzo de Leyva, that four +months before he held an important office under the Spanish crown; while +he tells Philip IV. that he was six months in prison at Segovia. But the +following very remarkable error almost determines the question, as it +discovers demonstrably the mistake of a transcriber. Scipio, returning +to his master in April 1621, informs Gil Blas that Philip III. is dead; +and proceeds to say that it is rumoured that the Cardinal Duke of Lerma +has lost his office, is forbidden to appear at court, and that Gaspar de +Guzman, Count of Olivarez, is prime minister. Now, the Cardinal Duke of +Lerma had lost his office since the 4th October 1618, three years before +the death of Philip III. How is this mistake explained? By the +transcriberās omission of the words āDuke of Uzeda, son of,ā which +should precede the cardinal duke, &c., and which makes the sentence +historically correct; for the Duke of Uzeda was the son of the Cardinal +Duke of Lerma, did succeed his father, and was turned out of office at +the death of Philip III., when he was succeeded by Olivarez. If there +was no other argument but this, it would serve materially to invalidate +Le Sage +<span class="pagebreak" title="717"> </span><a name="Page_717" id="Page_717"></a> +ās claims to originality; as the omission of these words makes +nonsense of a sentence perfectly intelligible when corrected, and causes +the writer, in the very act of alluding to a most notorious fact in +Spanish history, with which, even in its least details, he appears in +other places familiar, to display the most unaccountable ignorance of +the very fact he makes the basis of his narrative. Surely if plagiarism +can ever be said ādigito monstrari et dicier hic est,ā it is here.</p> + +<p>If we consider the effect of all these accumulated circumstances—the +travelling on mules, the mode of extorting money, the plunder of the +prisoners by the jailer, the rosary with its large beads carried by the +Spanish Tartuffe, instead of the āhaire and the disciplineā mentioned by +Molière, the description of the hotels of Madrid, the inferior condition +of surgeons, the graceful bearing of the cloak, the notaryās inkstand, +the posada in which the actors slept as well as acted, the convent in +which Philipās mistress is placed with such minute propriety, the +Gallina Ciega, the lane in Madrid, the dinner hour of the clerks in the +ministerās office, the knowledge of the ecclesiastical rights of the +crown over Granada, and of the Aragonese resistance to a foreign +viceroy, the number of words left in the original Spanish, and of others +which betray a Spanish origin, the names of cities, villages, and +families, that rise spontaneously to the hand of the writer, and the +perpetual mistakes which their enumeration occasions, among which we +will only here specify that of C<i>a</i>ntador for C<i>o</i>ntador, and the +omission of the words āDuc dāUzeda,ā which can alone set right a +flagrant anachronism—if we consider the effect of all these +circumstances, we shall look in vain for any reason to doubt the result +which such a complication of probabilities conspires to fortify.</p> + +<p>The objections stated by M. Neufchateau to this overwhelming mass of +evidence, utterly destructive as it is to the hypothesis of which he was +the advocate, are so feeble and captious, that they hardly deserve the +examination which Llorente, in the anxiety of his patriotism, has +condescended to bestow on then. M. Neufchateau objects to the minute +references on which many of Llorenteās arguments are built; but he +should remember that, in an examination of this sort, it is āone thing +to be minute, and another to be precarious;ā one thing to be oblique, +and another to be fantastical. On such occasions the more powerful the +microscope is that the critic can employ, the better; not only because +all suspicion of contrivance or design is thereby further removed, but +because proofs, separately trifling, are, when united, irresistible; and +the circumstantial evidence to which courts of justice are compelled, by +the necessity of human affairs, to recur, in matters where the lives and +fortunes of individuals are at stake, is not only legitimate, but +indispensable, before tribunals which have not the same means of +investigation at their command. In this, however, the evidence is as +full, positive, and satisfactory as any evidence not appealing to the +senses or mathematical demonstration for its truth, can possibly be; and +any one in active life who was to forbear from acting upon it, would +deserve to be treated as a lunatic. Let us, however, consider the +admissions of M. Neufchateau. He admits, 1st, That Le Sage was never in +Spain. 2dly, Le Sage, in 1735, acknowledged the chronological error into +which he had fallen, from inserting the story of Don Pompeyo de Castro, +and announced his intention to correct it. 3dly, He allows, in 1724, +when the third volume of <i>Gil Blas</i> was published, Le Sage annexed to it +the Latin distich, implying that the work was at an end—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āInveni portum, spes et fortuna, valete;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Sat me lusistis, ludite nunc alios.ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>He allows, therefore, that the publication of the fourth volume, eleven +years after the third volume of <i>Gil Blas</i> was published, was as far +from the original intention of the author as it was on the expectation +of the public. 4thly, That, from the introduction of the Duke of Lerma +on the stage at the close of the work, the history of Spain is adhered +to with exact fidelity. 5thly, He allows that the description of Spanish +inns, (10, 12,) is taken from the āVida del Escudero Marcos de Obregon.ā +6thly, He allows that the novel of āLe Mariage de +<span class="pagebreak" title="718"> </span><a name="Page_718" id="Page_718"></a> +Vengeance,ā related +by Doña Elvira, is inconsistent with all the rest of the story of <i>Gil +Blas</i>. The anachronisms in which Le Sage is entangled, by applying a +story to the seventeenth century that relates to the thirteenth, prove +his ignorance of Spanish history. On this M. Neufchateau remarks as +usual, that no Spaniard would have fallen into such an error. True; but +how does it happen that the person making it is so intimately acquainted +with the topography and habits of Spain? and how can this contradiction +be solved, but by supposing that Le Sage incorporated a Spanish story +which caught his fancy with the manuscript before him? 7thly, He allows +that the story of Doña Laura de Guzman is taken from a Spanish comedy +entitled, āTodo es enredos amor y el diablo son las mugeres.ā 8thly, He +allows that the expression, āet je promets de vous faire tirer pied ou +aile du premier ministre,ā<a name="FNanchor_B_25" id="FNanchor_B_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_25" class="fnnum">B</a> is not French; it is in fact the +translation of a Spanish proverb, āAgarrar pata o alon.ā 9thly, He +admits that the intimate acquaintance with the personal history of the +Count Duke, displayed by Le Sage, is astonishing. 10thly, He admits that +the stories of—</p> + +<p>Doña Mencia de Mosquera, contained in 1st book, 11th, 12th, 13th, and +14th chapters,</p> + +<p class="gilblaslist"> + Of the story of Diego de la Fuente, contained in the 2d book, + 7th chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Don Bernardo de Castelblanco, contained in the 2d book, + 1st chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Don Pompeyo de Castro, contained in the 2d book, 7th + chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Doña Aurora de Guzman, contained in the 4th book, 2d, 3d, + 5th, and 6th chapters,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Matrimonio por Venganza, contained in the 4th book, 4th + chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Doña Serafina de Polan and Don Alfonso de Leiva, + contained in 10th book,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Rafael and Lucinda, contained in 5th book, 1st chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Samuel Simon en Chelva, contained in 6th book, 1st + chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Laura, contained in 7th book, 7th chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Don Añibal de Chinchilla, contained in 7th book, 12th + chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Valerio de Luna and Inesilla Cantarilla, contained in + 8th book, 1st chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Andres de Tordesillas, Gaston de Cogollos, and Elena de + Galisteo, contained in 9th book, 4th, 11th, and 13th + chapters,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Scipio, contained in 10th book, 10th, 11th, and 12th + chapters,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>Laura and Lucrecia, contained in 12th book, 1st chapter,</p> +<p class="gilblaslist"><span class="gilblasdash">—</span>And the Histories of Lerma and Olivarez, contained in + 11th book, 5th, 6th, 8th, 9th, 11th, 12th, 13th; and + 2d book, 3d, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, + 12th, and 13th chapters.</p> + + +<p>Composing more than two-thirds of <i>Gil Blas</i>—are taken from the +Spanish. Such are the admissions of Le Sageās advocates.</p> + +<p>Even after these important deductions, there remains enough to found a +brilliant reputation. To this remainder, however, Le Sage is not +entitled. It is, we trust, proved to every candid reader, that, with the +exception of one anecdote, entertaining in itself, but betraying the +greatest +<span class="pagebreak" title="719"> </span><a name="Page_719" id="Page_719"></a> +ignorance of Spanish manners, two or three allusions to the +current scandal and topics of the day, and the insertion of several +novels avowedly translated from other Spanish writers; all the merit of +Le Sage consists in dividing a manuscript placed by his friend, the Abbé +de Lyonne, in his possession, into two stories—one of which was <i>Gil +Blas</i>, and the other, confessed by himself to be a translation and +published long after the former, was the <i>Bachelier de Salamanque</i>. To +the argument of chronological error, the sole answer which M. +Neufchateau condescends to give is, that they are incomprehensible; and +on his hypothesis he is right. As to the Spanish words and phrases +employed in <i>Gil Blas</i>, the names of villages, towns, and families which +occur in it, he observes that these are petty circumstances—so they +are, and for that very reason the argument they imply is irresistible. +The story of the examination of Gaspar, the servant of Simon, in the +Inquisition scene, is gravely urged by M. Neufchateau as a proof that +the writer was a Frenchman, as no Spaniard would dare to attack the +Inquisition. This is strange confusion. Not a word is uttered against +the Inquisition in the scene. Some impostors disguise themselves in the +dress of inquisitors to perpetrate a fraud. If a French novel describe +two or three swindlers, assuming the garb of members of the old +Parliament of Paris in execution of their design, is this an attack on +the Parliament of Paris? Is the āBeauxā Stratagemā an attack on our army +and peerage? The argument, however, may be retorted; for had a Frenchman +been the author of the story, it is more than probable that he would +have introduced some attack upon the Inquisition, and quite certain that +the characters brought forward would have deviated from the strict +propriety they now preserve. Some confusion would have been made among +them—an error which M. Neufchateau, in the few lines he has written +upon the subject, has not been able to avoid. We may add that this whole +scene was printed in Spanish, under the eye of the Inquisition, without +any interference on the part of that venerable body, who, though +tolerably quick-sighted in such matters, were not, it should seem, aware +of the attack upon them which M. Neufchateau has been sagacious enough +to discover. To the argument drawn from the geographical blunders, M. +Neufchateau mutters that they are excusable in a writer who had never +been in Spain. The question, how such a writer came wantonly to incur +them, he leaves unanswered. M. Neufchateau asserts, that there is in +Spanish no proverb that corresponds to the French saying, āA quelque +chose le malheur est bon.ā But a comedy was written in the time of +Philip IV., entitled, āNo hay man que por bien no venga.ā He argues that +<i>Gil Blas</i> is not the work of a Spaniard, because it does not, like <i>Don +Quixote</i>, abound with proverbs; by a parity of reasoning, he might infer +<i>The Silent Lady</i> was not written by an Englishman; as there is no +allusion to Falstaff in it.</p> + +<p>But it may be said, if Le Sage was so unscrupulous as to appropriate to +himself the works of another writer in <i>Gil Blas</i>, how came he to +acknowledge the <i>Bachelier de Salamanque</i> as a translation?</p> + +<p>This is a fair question, but the answer we can give is satisfactory. The +originals of all his translations, except <i>Gil Blas</i> and the <i>Bachelier +de Salamanque</i>, were printed; and therefore any attempt at wholesale +plagiarism must have been immediately detected. The <i>Bachelier de +Salamanque</i>, it is true, was in manuscript; but it had been long in the +possession of the Marquis de Lerma and his son, before it became the +property of Le Sage; and although tolerably certain that it had never +been diligently perused, Le Sage could not be sure that it had not +attracted superficial notice, and that the name was not known to many +people. Now, by eviscerating the <i>Bachelier de Salamanque</i> of its most +entertaining anecdotes, and giving them a different title, and then +publishing the mutilated copy of a work, the name of which, with the +outline of its story, was known to many people as an acknowledged +translation, he took the most obvious means of disarming all suspicion +of plagiarism, and setting, as it seems he did, on +<span class="pagebreak" title="720"> </span><a name="Page_720" id="Page_720"></a> +a wrong track the +curiosity of enquirers. How came the original manuscript not to be +printed by its author? Because it could not be printed with impunity +within the jurisdiction of the Spanish monarchy: the allusions to the +abuses of the court and the favourites of the day are so obvious—the +satire upon the imbecility of the Spanish government so keen and +biting—the personal descriptions of Philip III. and Philip IV. so +exact—the corruption of its ministers of justice, and the abuses +practised in its prisons, branded in terms so lively and vehement—the +attacks upon the influence of the clergy, their hypocrisy, their +ambition, and their avarice, so frequent and severe—that while Philip +IV. and Don John of Austria, the fruit of his intrigue with the actress +Marie Calderon, so carefully pointed out, were still alive, and before +the generation to which it alludes had passed away, its publication, in +Spain at least, was impossible. The <i>Bachelier de Salamanque</i> was not +published for the same reason; and for the same reason, even in a +country with perhaps more pretensions to freedom than Spain possessed, +no one has yet acknowledged himself the writer of <i>Junius</i>. But why do +you not produce the Spanish manuscript, and set the question at rest? +exclaims with much <i>naïveté</i> M. Neufchateau. Does such an argument +deserve serious refutation? That is, why do not you Spaniards produce a +manuscript given to one Frenchman by another at Paris, in the 18th +century, which of course, if our theory be true, he had the strongest +temptation to destroy? Rather may the Spaniards ask, why do not <i>you</i> +produce the original manuscript of the <i>Bachelier de Salamanque</i>, which +would overthrow at least one portion of our hypothesis?</p> + +<p>The object of <i>Gil Blas</i> is to exhibit a vivid representation of the +follies and vices of the successive administrations of Lerma, Uzeda, and +Olivarez; to point out the actual state of the drama in Spain under the +reign of Philip IV., who, indolent as he was, possessed the taste of a +true Spaniard for dramatic representation; to criticise the absurd +system pursued by the physicians, abuses of subordinate officers of +justice, the follies of false pretenders to philosophy, the disorders +and corruptions which swarm in every department of a despotic and +inefficient government, the multitude of sharpers and robbers in the +towns and highways, the subterranean habitations in which they found +shelter and security, the ingenuity of their frauds, and daring outrages +of their violence—in short, to hold up every species of national error, +and every weakness of national folly, to public obloquy and derision. In +dwelling upon such topics the writer will, of course, describe scenes +and characters common to every state of civilized society. The broad and +general features of the time-serving courtier, of the servile coxcomb, +of the rapacious mistress, of the expecting legatee, the frivolous man +of fashion, and the still more frivolous pedant, will be the same, +whatever be the country in which the scene is laid, and by whatever +names they happen to be distinguished. France had, no doubt, her +Sangrados and Ochetos, her Matthias de Silva and Rodrigo, her Lauras and +her Archbishops of Granada.</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āPictures like these, dear madam, to design,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Asks no firm hand, and no unerring line;<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Some wandering touches, some reflected light,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Some flying stroke, alone can hit āem right.ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>Where the touches are more exact and delicate, where the strokes are +laid on with the painful labour of a Flemish pencil, where the business +and the bosoms of men are addressed more directly, there it is we shall +find proofs of the view and purpose of the author; such traits are the +key with the leather strap that verified the judgment of Sanchoās +kinsmen. To what purpose should a Frenchman, writing in the time of +Louis XIV., censure the rapacity of innkeepers, and the wretchedness of +their extorted accommodation, when France, from the time of Chaucer to +the present hour, has been famous for the civility of the one and the +convenience of the other? To what purpose, if the French government were +to be criticised, enumerate the danger of high-roads, and the caverns +unexplored by a negligent administration, +<span class="pagebreak" title="721"> </span><a name="Page_721" id="Page_721"></a> +in which bandits found a +refuge? If France was aimed at, how does it happen that the literature +of its golden age is the subject of attack, and a perverted and +fantastic style of writing assigned to an epoch remarkable for the +severity and precision of its taste? If Spain is meant, the attack is +perfectly intelligible, as the epoch is exactly that when Spanish taste +began to degenerate, and the style of Spanish writers to become vicious, +inflated, and fantastic, in imitation of Gongora, who did so much to +ruin the literature of his country; as other writers of much less +ability, but who addressed themselves to a public far inferior in point +of taste to that of Gongora, have recently done in England. Nothing +could be worse chosen than such a topic. As well might England be +attacked now for its disregard of commerce and its enthusiastic love of +genius, or France for its contempt of military glory. When <i>Gil Blas</i> +was published, France was undoubtedly the model of civilized Europe, the +fountain from whence other stars drew light. To ridicule the bad taste +of the age of Malebranche, the master of Addison, and of Boileau, the +master of Pope, will appear ridiculous to an Englishman. To accuse the +vicious style which prevailed in the age of Bossuet, Fénélon, and +Pascal, will appear monstrous to every one with the least tincture of +European literature.</p> + +<p>Let us apply this mode of reasoning to some instance in which national +prejudice and interest cannot be concerned. Let us suppose that some one +were to affirm that the <i>Adelphi</i> of Terence was not a translation from +Menander; among the incorrigible pedants who think Niebuhr a greater +authority on Roman history than Cicero, he would not want for +proselytes. Let us see what he might allege—he might urge that Terence +had acknowledged obligations to Menander on other occasions, and that on +this he seemed rather studiously to disclaim it, pointing out Diphilus +as his original—he might insist that Syrus could only have been the +slave of a Roman master, that Sannio corresponded exactly with our +notions of a Roman pander, that Æschinus was the picture of a dissolute +young patrician—in short, that through the transparent veil of Grecian +drapery it was easy to detect the sterner features of Roman manners and +society; nay more, he might insist on the marriage of Micio at the close +of the drama, as Neufchateau does upon the drunkenness of Guyomar, as +alluding to some anecdote of the day, and at any rate as the admitted +invention of Terence himself. He might challenge the advocates of +Menander to produce the Greek original from which the play was borrowed; +he might reject the Greek idioms which abound in that masterpiece of the +Roman stage with contempt, as beneath his notice; and disregard the +names which betray a Grecian origin, the allusions to the habits of +Grecian women, to the state of popular feeling at Athens, and the +administration of Athenian law, with supercilious indifference. All this +such a reasoner might do, and all this M. Neufchateau has done. But +would such a tissue of cobweb fallacies disguise the truth from any man +of ordinary taste and understanding? Such a man would appeal to the +whole history of Terence; he would show that he was a diligent +translator of the Greek writers of the middle comedy, that his language +in every other line betrayed a Grecian origin, that the plot was not +Roman, that the scene was not Roman, that the customs were not Roman; he +would say, if he had patience to reason with his antagonist, that a +fashionable rake, a grasping father, an indulgent uncle, a knavish +servant, an impudent ruffian, and a timid clown, were the same at Rome, +at Thebes, and at Athens, in London, Paris, or Madrid. He would ask, of +what value were such broad and general features common to a species, +when the fidelity of an individual likeness was in question? He would +say, that the incident quoted as a proof of originality, served only, by +its repugnance to Grecian manners, and its inferiority to the work in +which it was inserted, to prove that the rest was the production of +another writer. He would quote the translations from fragments still +extant, which the work, exquisite as it is, contains, as proofs of a +still more beautiful original. Lastly, he would cite the āDimidiate +Menanderā of Cæsar, as a proof of the opinion +<span class="pagebreak" title="722"> </span><a name="Page_722" id="Page_722"></a> +entertained of his genius +by the great writers of his own country; and when he had done this, he +might enquire with confidence whether any one existed capable of forming +a judgment upon style, or of distinguishing one author from another, who +would dispute the position for which he contended.</p> + +<p>The sum and substance of all M. Neufchateauās argument is the slight +assumption, that every allusion to a man eminent for wit and genius, +must be intended for a Frenchman. Of this nature is the affirmation that +Triaquero is meant for Voltaire; and the still more intrepid +declaration, that Lope de Vega and Calderon de la Barca are cited, not +as Spanish authors, but as types by which Corneille and Racine are +shadowed out. It is true that the passage is exactly applicable to +Calderon and Lope de Vega; and for that reason, as they are great comic +writers, can hardly apply equally well to Corneille and Racine. But such +trifling difficulties are as dust when placed in the balance with the +inveterate opinion to which we have already alluded.</p> + +<p>According to the principles adopted by M. Neufchateau, <i>Gil Blas</i> might +be adapted to any court, or age, or country. For instance, if Triaquero, +meaning a charlatan, (which, by the way, it does not,) refers of +necessity to Voltaire, might not any Englishman, if the work had been +published recently, insist that the work must have been written by an +Englishman, as the allusion could apply to no one so well as him, who, +having been a judge without law, and a translator of Demosthenes without +Greek, had, to his other titles to public esteem, added that of being an +historian without research?</p> + +<p>The difference between Dr Sangrado and our hydropathists is merely that +between hot and cold water, by no means excluding an allusion to the +latter, under the veil, as M. Neufchateau has it, of Spanish manners. +Would it be quite impossible to find in St Jamesās Street, or in certain +buildings at no great distance from the Thames, the exact counterparts +of Don Matthias de Silva and his companions? Gongora, indeed, in spite +of his detestable taste, was a man of genius; and therefore to find his +type among us would be difficult, if not impossible, unless an excess of +the former quality, for which he was conspicuous, might counterbalance a +deficiency in the latter. Are our <i>employés</i> less pompous and empty than +Gil Blas and his companions? our squires less absurd and ignorant than +the hidalgoes of Valencia? Let any one read some of the pamphlets on +Archbishop Whatelyās Logic, or attend an examination in the schools at +Oxford, and then say if the race of those who plume themselves on the +discovery, that Greek children cried when they were whipped is extinct? +To be sure, as the purseproud insolence of a <i>nouveau riche</i>, and indeed +of <i>parvenus</i> generally, is quite unknown among us, nobody could rely on +those points of resemblance. But with regard to the other topics, would +it not be fair to say, in answer to such an argument—All this is mere +commonplace generality; such are the characters of every country where +European institutions exist, or European habits are to be found? +Something more tangible and specific is requisite to support your claim. +You are to prove that the picture is a portrait of a particular +person—and you say it has eyes and a nose; so have all portraits. But +where are the strokes that constitute identity, and determine the +original?—There is no mention of Crockfordās or of the Missionary +Society, of the Old Bailey or the Foundling Hospital; and if Ordonez is +named, who gets rich by managing the affairs of the poor, this can never +be meant for a satire on the blundering pedantry of your Somerset-house +commissioners.—Here is no hint that can be tortured into a glance at +fox-hunters, or game-preservers, of the society for promoting rural +deans, at your double system of contradictory law, at special pleading +at quarter-sessions,<a name="FNanchor_C_26" id="FNanchor_C_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_26" class="fnnum">C</a> at the technical rigour +<span class="pagebreak" title="723"> </span><a name="Page_723" id="Page_723"></a> +of your institutions, +at the delay, chicanery, and expense of your judicial proceedings, at +the refinement, ease, wit, gayety, and disinterested respect for merit, +which, as every body knows, distinguish your social character; nothing +is said of the annual meeting of chemists, geologists, and +mathematicians, so beneficial to the real interests of science, by +making a turn for tumid metaphor and the love of display necessary +ingredients in the character of its votaries, extirpating from among +them that simplicity which was so fatal an obstacle to the progress of +Newton,—and turning the newly discovered joint of an antediluvian +reptile into a theme of perennial and ambitious declamation; nothing is +said about those discussions on baptismal fonts, those discoveries of +trochees for iambics, or the invention of new potatoe boilers, which in +the days of Hegel, Berryer, Schlosser, Savigny, and Cousin, are the +glory and delight of England; in short, there is nothing to fix the +allusions on which you rely on to distinguish them from those which +might be applicable to Paris, Vienna, or Madrid.</p> + +<p>There are no people less disposed than ourselves to detract from the +merit of eminent French writers; they are always clear, elegant, and +judicious; often acute, eloquent, and profound. There is no department +of prose literature in which they do not equal us; there are many in +which they are unquestionably our superiors. Unlike our authors, who, on +those subjects which address the heart and reason jointly, adopt the +style of a treatise on the differential calculus; and when pure science +is their topic, lead us to suppose (if it were not for their disgusting +pomposity) they had chosen for their model the florid confusion of a +tenth-rate novel;—the French write on scientific subjects with +simplicity and precision, and on moral, æsthetic, and theoretical +questions with spirit, earnestness, and sensibility. Having said so +much, we must however add, that a liberal and ingenious acknowledgment +of error is not among the shining qualities of our neighbours. When a +question is at issue in which they imagine the literary reputation of +their country to be at stake, it is the dexterity of the advocate, +rather than the candour of the judge, that we must look for in their +dissertations. He who has argued on the guilt of Mary with a Scotchman, +or the authenticity of the three witnesses with a newly made archdeacon, +and with a squire smarting under an increasing poor-rate or the +corn-laws, may form a just conception of the task he will undertake in +endeavouring to persuade a French critic that his countrymen are in the +wrong. The patient, if he does not, as it has sometimes happened in the +cases to which we have referred, become āpugil et medicum urget,ā is +sure, as in those instances, to triumph over all the proofs which reason +can suggest, or that the hellebore of nine Anticyras could furnish him +with capacity to understand. Of this the work of M. Neufchateau is a +striking proof. Truth is on one side, Le Sageās claim to originality on +the other; and he supports the latter: we do not say that he is willing, +rather than abandon his client, to assert a falsehood; but we are sure +that, in order to defend him, he is ready to believe absurdities.</p> + +<p>The degree of moral guilt annexed to such conduct as that which we +attribute to Le Sage, is an invidious topic, not necessarily connected +with our subject, and upon which we enter with regret.</p> + +<p>Lessing accused Wieland of having destroyed a palace, that he might +build a cottage with its materials. However highly we may think of the +original, we can hardly suppose such an expression applicable to <i>Gil +Blas</i>. Of the name of the author whose toil Le Sage thus appropriated, +charity +<span class="pagebreak" title="724"> </span><a name="Page_724" id="Page_724"></a> +obliges us to suppose that he was ignorant; but we should not +forget that the case of Le Sage is not precisely that of a person who +publishes, as an original, a translation from a printed work, as Wieland +did with his copy of Roweās Lady Jane Grey, and Lord Byron with his copy +of the most musical lines in Goethe. The offence of Le Sage more +resembles that imputed (we sincerely believe without foundation) to +Raphael; namely, that after the diligent study of some ancient frescoes, +he suffered them to perish, in order to conceal his imitation. But we +hasten to close these reflections, which tenderness to the friend and +companion of our boyhood, and gratitude to him who has enlivened many an +hour, and added so much to our stock of intellectual happiness, forbid +us to prolong. Let those who feel that they could spurn the temptation, +in comparison with which every other that besets our miserable nature is +as dross—the praise yielded by a polished and fastidious nation to rare +and acknowledged genius—denounce as they will the infirmity of Le Sage. +But let them be quite sure, that instead of being above a motive to +which none but minds of some refinement are accessible, they are not +below it. Let them be sure that they do not take dulness for integrity, +and that the virtue, proof to intellectual triumphs, and disdaining āthe +last infirmity of noble minds,ā would not sink if exposed to the ordeal +of a service of plate, or admission in some frivolous coterie. For +ourselves we will only say, āAmicus Plato sed magis amica veritas.ā</p> + +<p>For these reasons, then, which depend on the nature of the thing, and +which no testimony can alter—reasons which we cannot reject without +abandoning all those principles which carry with them the most certain +instruction, and are the surest guides of human life—we think the main +fact contended for by M. Llorente, that is, the Spanish origin of <i>Gil +Blas</i>, undeniable; and the subordinate and collateral points of his +system invested with a high degree of probability; the falsehood of a +conclusion fairly drawn from such premises as we have pointed out would +be nearer akin to a metaphysical impossibility; and so long as the light +of every other gem that glitters in a nationās diadem is faint and +feeble when compared with the splendour of intellectual glory, Spain +will owe a debt of gratitude to him among her sons who has placed upon +her brow the jewel which France (as if aggression for more material +objects could not fill up the measure of her injustice towards that +unhappy land) has kept so long, and worn so ostentatiously.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_24" id="Footnote_A_24"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_A_24">A</a></span> So in Don Quixote the friars are described āEstando en +estas razones, aslomaron por el camino dos Frayles de la Orden de san +Benito, Cavalleros <i>sobre dos Dromedarios, que no eran mas pequneas dos +mulas en que venian</i>.ā</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_B_25" id="Footnote_B_25"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_B_25">B</a></span> It occurs, however, in Madame de Sevignéās letters. But +that most charming of letter-writers understood Spanish, which Anne of +Austria had probably made a fashionable accomplishment at the court of +France. The intrigue for which Vardes was exiled, shows, that to write +in Spanish was an attainment common among the courtiers of Louis XIV.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_C_26" id="Footnote_C_26"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_C_26">C</a></span> We call ourselves a <i>practical</i> people! A man incurred, a +<i>few months</i> ago, an expense of £70, for saying that he was āready,ā +instead of saying that he was āready and <i>willing</i>ā to do a certain act. +The manās name was Granger. Another unfortunate creature incurred costs +to the amount of £3000, by one of the most ordinary proceedings in our +courts, called a motion, of course, and usually settled for a guinea. A +clergyman libelled two of his parishioners in a Bishopās Court. The +matter never came to be heard, and the expense of the <i>written</i> +proceedings was upwards of £800! Can any system be more abominable than +one which leads to such results?</p></div> +</div> + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="725"> </span><a name="Page_725" id="Page_725"></a> +MICHAEL KALLIPHOURNAS.</h2> + + +<p>Few of the events of our life afford us greater pride than revisiting a +well-known and celebrated city after many yearsā absence. The pleasure +derived from the hope of enjoyment, the self-satisfaction flowing from +the presumption of our profound knowledge of the place, and the feeling +of mental superiority attached to our discernment in returning to the +spot, which, at the moment, appears to us the particular region of the +earth peculiarly worthy of a second visit—or a third, as the case may +be—all combine to stuff the lining of the diligence, the packsaddle of +the Turkish post-horse, or the encumbrance on the back of the camel +which may happen to convey us, with something softer than swandown. Time +soon brings the demon of discontent to our society. The city and its +inhabitants appear changed—rarely for the better, always less to our +taste. Ameliorations and improvements seem to us positive evils; we sigh +for the good old times, for the dirty streets of Paris, the villanous +odours of Rome, the banditti of Naples, the obsequiousness of Greece, +and the contempt, with the casual satisfaction of being spit upon, of +Turkey. In short, we feel the want of our youth every where.</p> + +<p>I enjoyed all the delights and regrets which mere local associations can +call up, a few months ago, on revisiting Athens after many yearsā +absence. On the 6th of May 1827, I had witnessed the complete defeat of +the Greek army. I had beheld the delhis of Kutayia sabring the flying +troops of Lord Cochrane and General Church, and seen 1500 men slain by +the sword in less than half an hour, amidst the roll of an ill-sustained +and scattered fire of musketry. The sight was heartbreaking, but grand. +The Turkish cavalry came sweeping down to the beach, until arrested by +the fire of the ships. Lord Cochrane and his aide-de-camp, Dr Goss, +themselves had been compelled to plunge more than knee-deep in the Ægean +ere they could gain their boat. On the hill of the Phalerum I had heard +General Gueheneuc criticise the manÅuvres of the commander-in-chief, +and General Heideck disparage the quality of his coffee. As the Austrian +steamer which conveyed me entered the Piræus, my mind reverted to the +innumerable events which had been crowded into my life in Greece. A new +town rose out of the water before my eyes as if by enchantment; but I +felt indignant that the lines of Colonel Gordon, and the tambouria of +Karaiskaki, should be effaced by modern houses and a dusty road. As soon +as I landed, I resolved to climb the Phalerum, and brood over visions of +the past. But I had not proceeded many steps from the quay, lost in my +sentimental reverie, ere I found that reflection ought not to begin too +soon at the Piræus. I was suddenly surrounded by about a dozen +individuals who seemed determined to prevent me from continuing my walk. +On surveying them, they appeared dressed for a costume ball of +ragamuffins. Europe, Asia, and Africa had furnished their wardrobe. The +most prominent figure among them was a tall Arab, in the nizam of +Mehemet Ali, terminated with a Maltese straw hat. His companions +exhibited as singular a taste in dress as himself. Some wore sallow +Albanian petticoats, carelessly tied over the wide and dusky nether +garments of Hydriots, their upper man adorned by sailorsā jackets and +glazed hats; others were tightly buttoned up in European garments, with +their heads lost in the enormous fez of Constantinople. This antiquarian +society of garments, fit representatives to a stranger of the +Bavaro-Hellenic kingdom of Otho the gleaner, and the three donative +powers, informed me that it consisted of charioteers. Each member of the +society speaking on his own account, and all at the same time—a +circumstance I afterwards found not uncommon in other antiquarian and +literary societies at Athens—asked me if I was going to Athens: +<span class="translit" title="eis Athênas">Īµį¼°Ļ į¼Īøį½µĪ½Ī±Ļ</span> was the phrase. The Arab and a couple of Maltese alone said +āEes teen Atheena.ā Entrapped into +<span class="pagebreak" title="726"> </span><a name="Page_726" id="Page_726"></a> +a reply by the classic sound, I +unwittingly exclaimed āMalista—Verily I am.ā</p> + +<p>The shouts my new friends uttered on hearing me speak Greek cannot be +described. Their volubility was suddenly increased a hundredfold; and +had all the various owners of the multitudinous garments before me +arisen to reclaim their respective habiliments, it could hardly have +been greater. I could not have believed it possible that nine Greeks, +aided by two Maltese and a single Arab, could have created such a din. +The speakers soon perceived that it was utterly impossible for me to +hear their eloquent addresses, as they could no longer distinguish the +sounds of their own voices; so with one accord they disappeared, and ere +I had proceeded many steps again surrounded me, rushing forward with +their respective vehicles, into which they eagerly invited me to mount. +If their habiliments consisted of costumes run mad, their chariots were +not less varied, and afforded an historical study in locomotion. Distant +capitals and a portion of the last century must have contributed their +representatives to the motley assemblage. The tall Arab drove a superb +fiacre of the days of hoops, a vehicle for six insides; phaetons, +chariots, droschkies, and britskas, Strongās omnibus, and Rudhartās +stuhlwagen, gigs, cars, tilburies, cabriolets, and dogcarts, were all +there, and each pushing to get exactly before me. Lord Palmerstonās +kingdom is doubtless a Whig satire on monarchy; the scene before me +appeared a Romaic satire on the Olympic games. I forgot my melancholy +sentiment, and resolved to join the fun, by attempting to dodge my +persecutors round the corners of the isolated houses and deep lime-pits +which King Otho courteously terms streets. I forgot that barbarians were +excluded from the Olympic games, not on account of the jealousy of the +Greeks, but because no barbarian could display the requisite skill. The +charioteers and their horses knew the ground so much better than I did, +that they blockaded me at every turn; so, in order to gain the rocky +ground, I started off towards the hill of the Phalerum pursued by the +<i>pancosmium</i> of vehicles. On the first precipitous elevation I turned to +laugh at my pursuers, when, to my horror, I saw Strongās omnibus +lumbering along in the distance, surrounded by a considerable crowd, and +I distinguished the loud shouts of the +mob:—<span class="translit" title="Pou einai ho trelos ho Anglos?">Ποῦ +εἶναι į½ ĻĻĪµĪ»į½¹Ļ į½ į¼Ī³Ī³Ī»ĪæĻ;</span> +āWhere is the mad Englishman?ā So my melancholy was +conducting me to madness.</p> + +<p>My alarm dispelled all my reminiscences of Lord Cochrane, and my visions +of the Olympic games. I sprang into the droschky of a Greek sailor, who +drove over the rocks as if he only expected his new profession to endure +for a single day. We were soon on the Piræus road, which I well knew +runs along the foundations of one of the long walls; but I was too glad +to escape, like Lord Palmerston and M. Thiers, unscathed from the +imbroglio I had created, to honour even Themistocles with a single +thought. My charioteer was a far better specimen of the present, than +foundations of long walls, ruined temples, and statues without noses, +can possibly be of the past. He informed me he was a sailor: by so +doing, he did not prove to me that he estimated my discernment very +highly, for that fact required no announcement. He added, however, what +was more instructive; <i>to wit</i>, that he had received the droschky with +the horses, that morning, from a Russian captain, in payment of a bad +debt. He had resolved to improviso the coachman, though he had never +driven a horse before in his life—<span class="translit" title="eukolon einai">εį½ĪŗĪæĪ»ĪæĪ½ +εἶναι</span>—āit is an +easy matter;ā and he drove like Jehu, shouted like Stentor, and laughed +like the Afrite of Caliph Vathek. He ran over nobody, in spite of his +vehemence. Perhaps his horses were wiser than himself: indeed I have +remarked, that the populace of Greece is universally more sagacious than +its rulers. In taking leave of this worthy tar at the Hotel de Londres, +I asked him gravely if he thought that, in case Russia, England, or +France should one day take Greece in payment of a bad debt, they would +act wisely to drive her as hard as he drove his horses? He opened his +eyes at me as if he was about to unskin his head, and began to reflect +in silence; so, perceiving that he entertained a very high opinion of my +wisdom, I availed myself of the opportunity +<span class="pagebreak" title="727"> </span><a name="Page_727" id="Page_727"></a> +to advise him to moderate +his pace a little in future, if he wished his horses to survive the +week.</p> + +<p>During my stay at Athens, King Otho was absent from his capital; so +that, though I lost the pleasure of beholding the beautiful and graceful +queen, I escaped the misfortune of being dishonoured by receiving the +cross of an officer of the order of the Redeemer. His Hellenic majesty +takes a peculiar satisfaction in hanging this decoration at the +buttonholes of those who served Greece during the revolutionary war; +while he suspends the cross of Commander round the necks, or ornaments +with the star of the order the breasts, of all the Bavarians who have +assisted him in relieving Greece of the Palmerstonian plethora of cash +gleaned from the three powers. For my own part, I am not sure but that I +should have made up my mind to return the cross, with a letter full of +polite expressions of contempt for the supposed honour, and a few hints +of pity for the donor; as a very able and distinguished friend of +Greece, whose services authorized him so to act, did a few days before +my arrival.</p> + +<p>On attempting to find my way through Bavarian Athens, I was as much at a +loss as Lady Francis Egerton, and could not help exclaiming, āVoila des +rues qui ont bien peu de logique!ā After returning two or three times to +the church Kamkarea, against whose walls half the leading streets of the +new city appear to run bolt up, I was compelled to seek the assistance +of a guide. At length I found out the dwelling once inhabited by my +friend Michael Kalliphournas. A neat white villa, with green Venetian +blinds, smiling in a court full of ruins and rubbish, had replaced the +picturesque but rickety old Turkish kouak of my former recollections. I +enquired for the owner in vain; the property, it was said, belonged to +his sister; of the brother nobody had heard, and I was referred for +information to the patriotic and enterprising Demarch, or mayor, who +bears the same name.</p> + +<p>In the end my enquiries were successful, and their result seemed +miraculous. To my utter astonishment I learned that Michael had become a +monk, and dwelt in the monastery of Pentelicus; but I could obtain no +explanation of the mystery. His relations referred me to the monk +himself—strangers had never heard of his existence. How often does a +revolution like that of Greece, when the very organization of society is +shaken, compress the progress of a century within a few years! There +remained nothing for me but to visit the monastery, and seek a solution +of the singular enigma from my friendās own mouth; so, joining a party +of travellers who were about to visit the marble quarries of Pentelicus, +and continue their excursion to the plain of Marathon, I set out on such +a morning as can only be witnessed under the pure sky of Attica.</p> + +<p>The scenery of our ride is now familiar to tourists. Parnes or Parnethus +with its double top,<a name="FNanchor_A_27" id="FNanchor_A_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_27" class="fnnum">A</a> Brilessus or Pentelicus with its numerous rills +and fountains, and Hymettus with its balmy odours, have been āhymned by +loftier harps than mine.ā My companions proved gay and agreeable young +men. They knew every body at Athens, and every thing, and willingly +communicated their stores of knowledge. I cannot resist recounting some +of the anecdotes I heard, as they do no discredit to the noble princes +to whom they relate.</p> + +<p>When an English prince visited Athens, King Otho, who it seems is his +own minister, and conducts business quite in a royal way, learned that +he was no Whig, and instantly conceived the sublime idea of making use +of his royal highnessās services to obtain Lord Palmerstonās dismissal +from office. The monarch himself arranged the plan of his campaign. The +prince was invited to a <i>fête champêtre</i> at Phyle, and when the party +was distributed in the various carriages, he found himself planted in a +large barouche opposite the king and queen. King Otho then opened his +<span class="pagebreak" title="728"> </span><a name="Page_728" id="Page_728"></a> +intrigue; he told the prince of the notes in favour of constitutional +government and economical administration which Lord Palmerston had +written, and Sir Edmund Lyons had presented; and he exclaimed, āI assure +you, my dear prince, all this is done merely to vex me, because I would +not keep that speculating charlatan Armansperg! Lord Palmerston cares no +more about a constitution, nor about economy, than Queen Victoria, or +you and I. When the Duc de Broglie, who has really more conscience than +our friend the Viscount, proposed that Greece should be pestered with a +constitution and such stuff, Palmerston answered very judiciously, +āGreece—bah!—Greece is not fit for a constitution, nor indeed for any +other government but that of my nabob!ā Now, my dear prince, Queen +Victoria can never mean to offend me, the sovereign of Greece, when the +Ottoman empire is so evidently on the eve of dismemberment; and,ā quoth +Otho the gleaner, āI am deeply offended, at which her British majesty +must feel grievously distressed.ā The prince doubtless thought her +majestyās distress was not inconsolable; but he only assured his +Hellenic majesty that he could be of no possible use to him in his +delicate intrigue at the court of St Jamesās. He tried to get a view of +the scenery, and to turn the conversation on the state of the country; +but Otho was not so easily repulsed. He insisted that the prince should +communicate his sentiments to Queen Victoria; and, in spite of all the +assurances he received of the impossibility of meddling with diplomatic +business in such a way, his Hellenic majesty, to this very day, feels +satisfied that Lord Palmerston was sent to the right-about for offending +him; and he is firmly persuaded that, unless Lord Aberdeen furnish him +with as many millions as he demands to secure his opposition to Russia, +the noble earl will not have a long tenor of office.</p> + +<p>A young Austrian of our party shouted, āAh, it requires to be truly <i>bon +garçon</i>, like the English prince, to submit to be so bored, even by a +king! But,ā added he, āour gallant Fritz managed matters much better. +The Archduke Frederick, who behaved so bravely at Acre, and so amiably +lately in London, heard, it seems, of the treatment the prince had met +with, and resolved to cure his majesty of using his guests in such +style. Being invited to a party at Pentelicus, he was aware that he +would be placed alone on the seat, with his back to the horses, and +deprived of every chance of seeing the country, if it were only that the +diplomatic intrigue at the court of Queen Victoria might remain +concealed from the lynx-eyed suspicion of the <i>corps diplomatique</i> of +Athens; for King Otho fancies his intrigues always remain the +profoundest secrets. When the archduke handed the lovely queen into the +carriage, politeness compelled King Otho to make a cold offer to the +young sailor to follow; the archduke bowed profoundly, sprang into the +carriage, and seated himself beside her majesty. The successor of +Agamemnon followed, looking more grim than Hercules Furens: he stood for +a moment bolt upright in the carriage, hoping his guest would rise and +vacate his seat; but the young man was already actively engaged in +conversation. The Emperor of the East—in expectancy—was compelled to +sit down with his back to the horses, and study the landscape in that +engaging manner of viewing scenery. Never was a fête given by a sulkier +host than King Otho that day proved to be. In returning, the archduke +had a carriage to himself. When questioned on the subject of his ride, +he only remarked that he always suffered dreadfully from sickness when +he rode with his back to the horses. He was sure, therefore, that King +Otho had placed him beside the queen to avoid that horrible +inconvenience.ā</p> + +<p>Other anecdotes were recounted during our ride, and our opinion of his +Hellenic majestyās tact and taste did not become more favourable, when +it was discovered that his proceedings had utterly ruined the immense +quarries of Pentelicus—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āStill in its beam Penteleās marbles glow,ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>can now only be said of the ruins, not of the quarries. In order to +obtain the few thousand blocks required for the royal palace at Athens, +millions of square feet of the purest statuary marble have been shivered +to atoms +<span class="pagebreak" title="729"> </span><a name="Page_729" id="Page_729"></a> +by the random process of springing mines with gunpowder. If +King Otho had done nothing worse in Greece than converting the marble +quarries of Pentelicus into a chaos of rubbish, when he found them +capable of supplying all Europe for ages with the most beautiful +material for the sculptor, he would have merited the reputation he so +justly bears, of caring as little about the real welfare of Greece as +Lord Palmerston himself. My companions quitted me at the quarries, +making pasquinades on the royal palace and its royal master; while I put +up my horse and walked slowly on to the ancient monastery of Pentele, +not Mendele, as Lord Byron has it.</p> + +<p>I was soon sitting alone in the cell of Michael, and shall now recount +his history as I had it from his own mouth. Michael Kalliphournas was +left an orphan the year the Greek revolution broke out. He was hardly +fourteen years old, and yet he had to act as the guardian and protector +of a sister four years younger than himself. The storm of war soon +compelled him to fly to Ægina with the little Euphrosyne. The trinkets +and gold which his relations had taught him to conceal, enabled him to +place his sister in a Catholic monastery at Naxos, where she received +the education of a European lady. Michael himself served under Colonel +Gordon and General Fabvier with great distinction. In 1831, when the +Turks were about to cede Attica to Greece, Michael and Euphrosyne +returned to Athens, to take possession of their family property, which +promised to become of very great value. At that time I had very often +seen Phróssa, as she was generally called; indeed, from my intimacy with +her brother, I was a constant visitor in the house. Her appearance is +deeply impressed on my memory. I have rarely beheld greater beauty, +never a more elegant figure, nor a more graceful and dignified manner. +She was regarded as a fortune, and began to be sought in marriage by all +the young aristocracy of Greece. It was at last conjectured that a young +Athenian, named Nerio, the last descendant of the Frank dukes of Athens, +had made some impression on her heart. He was a gay and spirited young +man, who had behaved very bravely when shut up with the troops in the +Acropolis during the last siege of Athens, and he was an intimate friend +of her brother. I had left Athens about this time, and my travels in the +East had prevented my hearing any thing of my friends in Greece for +years.</p> + +<p>There is a good deal of society among the Greek families at Athens for a +few weeks before the Carnival. They meet together in the evenings, and +amuse themselves in a very agreeable way. At one of these parties the +discourse fell on the existence of ghosts and spirits; Michael, who was +present, declared that he had no faith in their existence. With what +groans did he assure me his opinion was changed, and conjured me never +to express a doubt on the subject. All the party present exclaimed +against what they called his free-masonry; and even his sister, who was +not given to superstition, begged him to be silent lest he should offend +the <i>neraiïdhes</i>, who might punish him when he least expected it. He +laughed and ridiculed Phróssa, offering to do any thing to dare those +redoubted spirits which the company could suggest. Nerio, a far greater +sceptic than Michael, suddenly affected great respect for the invisible +world, and by exciting Michael, gradually engaged him, amidst the +laughing of his companions, to undertake to fry a dozen of eggs on the +tomb of a Turkish <i>santon</i>, a short distance beyond the Patissia +gate—to leave a pot of charcoal, to be seen next morning, as a proof of +his valour, and return to the party with the dish of eggs.</p> + +<p>The expedition was arranged, in spite of the opposition of the ladies; +four or five of the young men promised to follow at a little distance, +unknown to Michael, to be ready lest any thing should happen. Michael +himself, with a <i>zembil</i> containing a pot of charcoal, a few eggs and a +flask of oil in one hand, and a frying-pan and small lantern in the +other, closely enveloped in his dusky capote, proceeded smiling to his +task. The tomb of the Turk consisted of a marble cover taken from some +ancient sarcophagus, and sustained at the corners by four small pillars +of masonry—the top was not higher than an ordinary table, and below the +marble slab there was an empty space between the columns. +<span class="pagebreak" title="730"> </span><a name="Page_730" id="Page_730"></a> +It has long +since disappeared; but that is not wonderful, since King Otho and his +subjects have contrived to destroy almost every picturesque monument of +the past in the new kingdom. The thousands of Turkish tombs which not +many years ago gave a historic character to the desert environs of +Negrepont, and the splendid <i>sérail</i> of Zeitouni, with its magnificent +marble fountains and baths, have almost disappeared—the storks have bid +adieu to Greece—nightly bonfires, caused by absurd laws, destroy the +few trees that remain; and in short, unless travellers make haste and +visit Greece quickly, they will see nothing but the ruins which King +Otho cannot destroy nor Pittaki deface, and the curiosities which Ross +cannot give to Prince Pückler, added to the pleasure they will derive +from beholding King Othoās own face and the façade of his new palace.</p> + +<p>The night was extremely dark and cold, so that the friends of Michael, +familiar as they were with their native city, found some difficulty in +following him without a lantern through the mass of ruins Athens then +presented. As they approached the tomb, they perceived that he had +already lighted his charcoal, and was engaged in blowing it vigorously, +as much to warm his hands as to prepare for his cooking operations. +Creeping as near to him as possible without risking a discovery, they +heard, to their amazement, a deep voice apparently proceeding from the +tomb, which exclaimed, āBou gedje kek sohuk der adamlera.—It must be a +cold night for mankind.ā āTo pisevo effendi,ā said Michael in a careless +tone, but nervously proceeded to pour a whole bottle of oil into the +frying-pan. As soon as the oil was boiling and bubbling, the voice from +the tomb again exclaimed, āGaiour ne apayorsun, mangama +pisheriorsun—yuckle buradam—aiyer yiklemassun ben seni kibab +ederem, tahamun yerine seni yerim,ā signifying pretty nearly, +āInfidel, what are you doing here? You appear to be cooking; fly hence, +or I will eat my supper of thy carrion.ā And at the instant a head +covered by an enormous white turban protruded itself from under the +tombstone with open mouth. Michael, either alarmed at the words and the +apparition, or angry at the suspicion of a premeditated trick on the +part of his companions, seized the panful of boiling oil, and poured the +whole contents into the gaping mouth of the spectre, exclaiming, āAn +echeis toson orexin, na to ladhi, Scheitan oglou!—If you are so hungry, +take the oil, son of Satan!ā A shriek which might have awakened the dead +proceeded from the figure, followed by a succession of hideous groans. +The friends of Michael rushed forward, but the lamp had fallen to the +ground and was extinguished in the confusion. Some time elapsed ere it +was found and lighted. The unfortunate figure was dragged from the tomb, +suffocated by the oil, and evidently in a dying state, if indeed life +was not already extinct. Slowly the horrible truth became apparent. +Nerio had separated himself from the rest of the party unperceived, +disguised himself, and gained the tomb before the arrival of Michael, +who thus became the murderer of his sisterās lover. I shall not attempt +to describe the feelings of Michael in recounting this dreadful scene.</p> + +<p>The affair never made much noise. The Turks did not consider themselves +authorized to meddle in the affairs of the Greeks. Indeed, the infamous +murder of the Greek <i>bakalbashi</i>, a short time before by Jussuf-bey, +with his own hand, had so compromised their authority, that they were in +fear of a revolution. The truth was slowly communicated to Euphrosyne by +Michael himself—she bore it better than he had anticipated. She +consoled her brother and herself by devoting her life to religious and +charitable exercises; but she never entered a monastery nor publicly +took the veil. She still lives at Athens, where her charity is +experienced by many, though few ever see her. When I left Greece on a +visit to Mount Athos, my friend Michael insisted on accompanying me; +and, after our arrival on the holy mountain, he exacted from me a +promise that I would never discover to any one the monastery into which +he had retired, nor even should we by chance meet again, address him as +an acquaintance, unless he should speak to me. His sister alone is +entrusted with his secret.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_27" id="Footnote_A_27"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_A_27">A</a></span> The <i>par</i>, which indicates the double or equal summit, is +only found in Latin, though unquestionably Æolic; the other two +derivations are classic Greek. Parnes, Parnettus, Parnassus. The name of +the two mountains is precisely the same.</p></div> +</div> + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="731"> </span><a name="Page_731" id="Page_731"></a> +AFRICA—SLAVE TRADE—TROPICAL COLONIES.</h2> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> +<a href="images/map.png"><img src="images/thumbnail_map.png" width="200" height="126" alt="Map" title="Click for larger image" /></a> +</div> + +<p>The readers of this magazine will readily remember the part which it +took, at an early period, in discussing and in delineating the +geographical features of Africa. In the number for June 1826 there is an +article, accompanied by a map, showing from undoubted authorities the +course and termination of the great river Niger in the sea in the Bight +of Benin, where, from similar authorities, it was placed by me in 1820 +and 1821, and where actual observation by Englishmen has lately clearly +established the fact that it does terminate. In the upper and middle +parts of its course the longitudes were erroneous, having adopted Major +Rennellās delineation of Western Africa as a guide; but in 1839 the +whole of that quarter of Africa was narrowly examined, and the courses +of the western rivers reduced to their proper positions, as delineated +in my large map of Africa constructed in that year, to which, with the +āGeographical Survey of Africa,ā for which it was made, the reader is +referred for further and particular information on all these subjects.</p> + +<p>With these observations, I proceed to bring before the reader +geographical information concerning eastern and central Africa of the +highest and most gratifying importance, and obtained by the researches +of different voyagers and travellers within the last four years. +Foremost amongst these ranks, the expedition sent by the present Viceroy +of Egypt to explore the Bahr-el-Abiad, or White River, above its +junction with the Blue River, from Khartoum upwards and southwards; +after it, the interesting travels of Messrs Krapf and Isenberg, two +missionaries from the Church Missionary Society, from Tajura to Ankobar, +from Ankobar south-west to the neighbourhood of the sources of the +Hawash; and after that, Mr Krapfās journey from Ankobar north by Lake +Haik, through Lasta to Antalow, and thence to Massouah on the Red Sea. +Next, the interesting accounts collected by M. Lefebvre and M. +DāAbbadie, concerning the countries in some parts of the more eastern +horn of Africa; and last, and the most specific and important of the +whole, the accounts received of the country of Adel, and the countries +and rivers in and south of Shoa, and those from the Blue Nile in Gojam +and Damot to the sea at the mouth of the Jub, under the equator, by +Major Harris, late British ambassador to the King of Shoa.</p> + +<p>As the present article is accompanied by a map, constructed after great +labour, and engraved most carefully by Mr Arrowsmith, the general +outline of the whole may here be deemed sufficient, without lengthened +discussion and observation.</p> + +<p>The Egyptian expedition alluded to started from Khartoum (now become a +fine town) at the close of the wet season in 1839. It consisted of four +or five small sailing vessels, some passage boats, and four hundred men +from the garrison of Senaar, the whole commanded by an able officer, +<span class="smcap">Captain Selim</span>. They completed their undertaking, and returned to +Khartoum at the end of 135 days, during which time, in obedience to the +commands of their master, they explored the Bahr-el-Abiad to the +distance southwards of 1300 miles, (turnings and windings included,) to +three degrees thirty minutes north latitude, and thirty-one east +longitude, from Greenwich, where it divided into two streams; the +smaller, and it is very small, coming from the south-west, and the +larger, still even at the close of the dry season a very considerable +river, which came from the south-east, upwards from the east, and still +more upwards from the north-east. A subsequent voyage in 1841 gained the +information that the stream descended past Barry, and there can be no +doubt that another, if not the chief branch, comes from the south-east, +in the bearing which Ptolemy gave it, and, as he states, from amongst +mountains covered with perpetual snow, of which Bruce also heard, and +which we now learn from Major Harris really stand in that quarter of +Africa.</p> + +<p>The longitude of the river at the bifurcation is exactly the same as +Ptolemy has given it, which is very +<span class="pagebreak" title="732"> </span><a name="Page_732" id="Page_732"></a> +remarkable. The sources of the +White River will therefore be found where Ptolemy and Bruce have placed +them. The latter, in his notes, states expressly that the Bahr-el-Abiad +rose to the south of Enarea, not far from the equator, and that it had +no great western branch, nor was any necessary to give the river its +magnitude. (Vol. vii. App. p. 92.)</p> + +<p>The expedition in question found no very large affluents from the west +side; but they found two of very considerable magnitude on the east +side—one the Blue River, and the other the Red River, or Bahr-Seboth, +which latter they navigated upwards of 150 miles in a direct line, and +left it a considerable stream, nearly as large as the eastern branch of +the White River, where they had left it. The banks of the Bahr-Seboth +were precipitous and high, whereas those of the Bahr-el-Abiad were low, +and on both sides covered with lakes, the remains probably of the +preceding inundation. Scarcely a hill or mountain was in sight from the +river till approaching the bifurcation, when the country became +mountainous, the climate more cool, and the vegetation and trees around +those of the temperate zone. The country on both sides is a high +table-land, the scenery every where very beautiful, well peopled by +different tribes, copper-coloured, and some of them even fair. Every +where the banks are covered and ornamented with beautiful trees, and +cattle, sheep, goats, elephants, &c., are numerous and abundant. Amongst +the Bhours, they found Indian goods brought from the shores of the +Indian ocean. Day by day, the breadth, depth, and current of the river +were observed and marked. For a considerable distance above Khartoum, +the breadth was from one and a half to one and a quarter mile, the depth +three or four fathoms, and the current about one and a half mile per +hour. Above the parallel of nine degrees, the river takes a remarkable +bend due west for about 90 miles, when it passes through a large lake, +the waters of which emitted an offensive smell, which might proceed from +marshy shores.<a name="FNanchor_A_28" id="FNanchor_A_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_28" class="fnnum">A</a> Above the lake, the breadth decreases to one-third or +one-fourth of a mile, the depth to twelve or thirteen feet, with a +current of one and a half mile per hour, the bottom every where sand, +with numerous islands interspersed in the stream. The mountainous +country around the upper part abounds with iron mines.</p> + +<p>Going eastward, we come to the elevated mountainous ranges which give +birth to the Bahr-el-Abiad to the south, the Gochob, the Kibbee, and +their numerous tributary streams to the east and south-east, and the +Toumat, the Yabous, the Maleg, and other rivers which flow north into +the Abay. This vast chain is very elevated, and in many places very +cold, especially to the west of Enarea, and to the west and south of +Kaffa. From the sources of the Kibbee and the Yabous, it stretches +eastwards to Gurague, and thence, still eastward, by the Aroosi, Galla, +and Hurrur or Harrar, to Cape Guardafui, approaching in some places to +within sixty miles or less of the sea of Babel-Mandeb; the elevation to +the east of Berbera decreases to about 5000 feet, and from which +numerous streams flow both to the north and to the south. Eastward of +the meridian of Gurague, a branch from the chain strikes off due north +through Shoa, by Ankobar and Lake Haik, to the northward of which it +separates, and runs one branch N.N.W. to Samen, and another by Angot, +N.E. by east, to the Red Sea, at Assab, and the entrance of the straits +of Babel-mandeb. The whole of this chain is very elevated; near Ankobar +some peaks being 14,000 feet high, and constantly white with snow or +hail; and round the sources of the Tacazzè and the Bashilo, near the +territory of the Edjow Galla, the mountains are covered with snow. Mr +Krapf, in his journey more to the east, found the cold exceedingly keen, +the elevation exceeding 10,000 feet; and still more eastward, near the +little Assanghe lake, Pearce found hoar frost in the +<span class="pagebreak" title="733"> </span><a name="Page_733" id="Page_733"></a> +mornings in the +month of October. From the ranges mentioned, numerous other ranges +branch off in different directions, forming the divisions between tribes +and rivers, the latter of which are very rapid, and their borders or +banks very high and precipitous, and rugged.</p> + +<p>From the province of Bulga or Fattygar, this chain, running +northwards, rises to a great height, springing like the walls of a +fortification from the western bank of the Hawash, from whence numerous +small streams descend to increase that river. All to the eastward of +that river is comparatively low, (called Kôlla, or the low hot country,) +and to the sea-shore is one continued sheet of volcanic strata and +extinct volcanoes, dry and poor, especially during the dry season, when +travelling is difficult and dangerous owing to the want of water. It is +inhabited chiefly by wild beasts and by fierce tribes of the wandering +Dancali, and, more to the south-east, by the Mohammedan Somauli. In +early times this country, however, was rich and powerful, from being the +channel of commerce between Abyssinia when powerful, and the countries +to the east, Arabia, Persia, and India. From Zeila and Erur southward, +the country improves, and becomes fertile and well watered.</p> + +<p>Before turning our attention to the interesting countries round the +sources of the Gochob and its tributary streams, and those through which +it subsequently flows, so clearly brought to our knowledge by Major +Harris, (he is certainly the first who has done so,) and the survey of +the coast near its mouth by Lieutenant Christopher of the Indian navy, +and by him given to the gallant major—it is necessary, for the better +understanding of our subject, to turn our attention to the explanation +of the names of some countries and places given so differently by +different informants, and which, thus given and not sufficiently +attended to, create great confusion and great errors in African +geography.</p> + +<p>By the aid of Mr Bruce, Mr Krapf, Major Harris, and information +collected from native travellers, (see <i>Geographical Bulletins of +Paris</i>, Nos. 78 and 98,) we are enabled to rectify these points, and +clear away heaps of inaccuracies and confusion.</p> + +<p>First, then, Enarea and Limmu are the same. The country is called Enarea +by the Abyssinians, and Limmu by the Gallas, having been conquered by a +Galla tribe of that name, which tribe came originally from the +south-west. There is another Limmu, probably so named from another +portion of the same tribe. It is near or the same as Sibou, which, +according to Bruce, is ten daysā journey from the capital of Enarea, +and, according to the French Geographical Bulletin, (No. 114,) not far +from Horro and Fazoglo. But the first Limmu is the Limmu of Jomardās +Galla Oware, because he states distinctly that Sobitche was its capital; +that, in marching northwards from it, he crossed the Wouelmae river; and +that Gingiro, to which he had been, lay to the right, or east, of his +early route; and further, that the river which passed near Sobitche ran +to the south. Enarea is not very extensive, but a high table-land, on +every side surrounded by high mountain ranges, and is situated (see +<i>Geographical Bulletin</i>, 1839) at the confluence of two rivers, the Gibe +and the Dibe.</p> + +<p>Kaffa, in its restricted sense, is a state on the upper Gochob; but, in +its ancient and extended meaning, it is a large country, extending from +north to south a journey of one month, and includes in it several states +known by separate names, although the whole of these are often referred +to in the name Kaffa by native travellers. It is known also by the names +of Sidama and Susa, and the people of Dauro call it Gomara; but the +Christians in Southern Abyssinia call it Kaffa, and Sidama or Susa, +which latter, properly speaking, forms its southern parts.</p> + +<p>Dawro, Dauro, or Woreta, are the same; it is a large country, and +divided into three states—namely, Metzo or Metcho, Kulloo, and Goba; +and is a low and hot, but fertile country, situated to the east of +Kaffa, and to the west of the Gochob.</p> + +<p>Major Harris is the only individual who has given us the bearings and +distances connected with this portion of Africa, and without which the +geographical +<span class="pagebreak" title="734"> </span><a name="Page_734" id="Page_734"></a> +features of the country could not have been fixed with any +precision; but which, having been obtained, act as pivots from which the +correct positions of other places are ascertained and fixed with +considerable accuracy.</p> + +<p>Let us now attend to the sources and the courses of the principal +rivers. The Kibbee, or Gibe, has three sources. The chief branch springs +to the west of Ligamara, and southwards of that place it runs east, +(<i>Geographical Bulletin</i>, No. 105, <i>and also</i> No. 78,) when suddenly +turning upon itself; as it were, it bends its course westward to Limmu, +having below Leka received the Gwadab, coming from the west and passing +to the south of Lofe. The Kibbee waters the small but elevated country +of Nono, and passes very near Sakka. Westward of Sakka it is joined by +two other branches coming from the north-west and west, one called +Wouelmae, the Wouelmae of Oware, and the other Dibe. From thence it +flows eastward, and bounds Gingiro on the north. The early Portuguese +travellers expressly state, that six daysā journey due east from Sakka, +and at one dayās journey from the capital of Gingiro, having first +crossed a very high mountain, they crossed the Kibbee, a rapid rocky +stream, and as large as the Blue River where they had crossed it in the +country of the Gongas. On the third day after leaving the capital of +Gingiro, pursuing their course due east to the capital of Cambat, they +again crossed the Zebee, or Kibbee, <i>larger</i> than it was to the westward +of Gingiro, but less rapid and rocky; its waters resembling <i>melted +butter</i>, (hence its name,) owing, no doubt, to the calcareous ridges +through which it flowed. From thence it bends its course to the +southward, and is soon after joined by the Gochob, which bounds the +empire of Gingiro to the south. Bruce particularly and emphatically +mentions the extraordinary angle which the Kibbee here makes.</p> + +<p>To the north of Gingiro the Kibbee is joined by the Dedhasa, (pronounced +Nassal,) and which is considered to be the same as Daneza or Danesa, +which, according to Lieutenant Christopher, is a Galla name for the Jub +or Gochob. This river is passed (see <i>Geographical Bulletin of 1839</i>) +before coming to Ligamara and Chelea, and one and a half dayās journey +from Gouma, in the route from Gooderoo to Enarea. In its lower course it +abounds with crocodiles. Below the junction with the Dedhasa, the Kibbee +receives the Gala river, coming from the north-east, and from the +confines of Gurague and Kortshassie.</p> + +<p>The separation of the waters in these parts takes place to the north of +Gonea and Djimma, or Gouma. The rivers that flow to the Blue Nile or +Abay, with the exception of the Yabous, which is, according to Bruce, a +considerable stream descending from the south and south-east, are all +small streams. Shat, the province where the tea-plant is produced, is +situated to the north of Enarea, and is watered by the river called +Giba, the fish of which are said to be poisonous, (<i>Bruce</i>, vol. iii. p. +254.) Bruce states most pointedly that the capital of Enarea is fifty +leagues distant from the passage of the Abay at Mine, ādue south, a +little inclining to the west,ā (Vol. iii. page 324;) and which bearing +and distance corresponds very correctly with several very clear and +satisfactory itineraries lately obtained. Without any high peaks or +mountains, the country round the sources of these rivers is very +elevated, and from the grain and fruits which they produce, cannot be +less than 7500 feet above the level of the sea.</p> + +<p>The Toumat is a small stream. Above Cassan, says the <i>Geographical +Bulletin</i>, No. 110, it has water all the year, thus indicating that +below that place the water fails in the dry season. It runs between two +high chains of mountains; the east Bank, that chain being known as the +country called Bertat. The rains, according to Bruce, (the <i>Geographical +Bulletin</i> agrees in this,) commence in April; but they do not fall heavy +at that time, and but little affect the rivers. Beyond the chain, on the +western bank of the Toumat, the country is level to Denka and the banks +of the White River, which is stated to be eleven daysā journey due west +from Fazoglo. Iron is very abundant in the countries round +<span class="pagebreak" title="735"> </span><a name="Page_735" id="Page_735"></a> +the Toumat +and the Yabous, and caravans of Arabian merchants regularly traverse the +country from Ganjar near Kuara, and two daysā journey south of +Kas-el-Fael, by Fazoglo and Fadessi, to Kaffa and Bany; the road, as the +latter places are approached, being described as hilly and very woody, +with numerous small streams.</p> + +<p>The Gochob rises in Gamvou, a high, wild, and woody country, part of +Limmu; and bending its course south-east, next east, and then +south-east, it forms the lake Tchocha, and afterwards rolls over the +great cataract Dumbaro, soon after which it joins the Kibbee, when the +united stream tales the name of the Gochob, or Jub, by which it is known +till it enters the sea. Where crossed in the road from Sakka to Bonga, +it is described as larger than any other stream which flows to join it +from the country more to the south; much larger, indeed, than either the +Gitche or Omo, its subsequent tributaries. These are the principal +rivers of Kaffa, which is described as a high, cold country, as cold as +Samen, or Simien, as Major Harris writes it, in Abyssinia. Bonga, the +capital of Kaffa, or Susa, is one of the largest cities in these parts, +and coffee of superior quality is produced every where, both in Kaffa +and Enarea, in the greatest abundance. So also is civet and ivory.</p> + +<p>The Omo, where crossed in the road to Tuftee, is passed by a bridge of +wood sixty yards in length, which shows that it is not a very large +river, nor can it be, this place being so near the district where its +sources must lie. In the dry season it is described as a very small +stream. The mountains in the south of Kaffa or Susa, are covered with +snow, and to the south of this place they are said to rise to a +stupendous height, āto reach the skies,ā and are clothed with eternal +snow!</p> + +<p>Malo, or Malee, (as Major Harris spells it,) is westward from Koocha, +and not far from Jajo, (certainly the Jedo of Salt,) and which is at a +considerable distance from the sea, (<i>Geographical Bulletin</i>, No. 114.) +Malee touches upon both Goba and Doko, and the latter again touches upon +Kulloo. It is in Malee that the Omo, now a considerable stream, joins +the Gochob, after having received from the mountains of Souro and +valleys of Sasa the Toreesh or Gotze, a considerable stream. Doko and +Malee, like Dauro or Woreta, are very hot low countries, abounding in +cotton. In Doko, bamboo forests are frequent and extensive. The +population are represented to be of a diminutive stature, exceedingly +rude and ignorant, and are a prey to all their surrounding neighbours, +who invade their country at pleasure, and carry off the wretched people +into slavery. In this portion of Africa, or very near it, the early Arab +writers and Portuguese navigators placed a nation of pigmies; and in +this it would appear that they were correct. After the junction of the +Omo, the Gochob pursues its way by Ganana to the sea at Juba, a few +miles to the south of the equator. The western bank is inhabited by +Galla tribes, and the eastern by Somauli. In this part of its course it +is called Jub by the Arabians, Gowend or Govend by the Somauli, Yumbu by +the Souahilis, and Danesa by the Gallas.</p> + +<p>The Gochob below Wolama is joined on the east side by a considerable +stream called the Una, which rises to the south of Gurague; and in +Koocha and on the same side by a still larger stream, which comes from +the country of the Ara or Ala Galla to the east of Gurague, and near the +western sources of the Wabbe or Webbe. Koocha is thirty daysā navigation +upwards and fifteen downwards from the sea, with which it has a +considerable trade; white or fair people coming up the river to that +place; but these are not allowed to proceed further inland. The +inhabitants of Koocha carry on a great trade by means of the Gochob with +Dauro in slaves, ivory, coffee, &c.; the Galla of Dauro bringing these +down the Gochob in rafts with high gunwales, which indicates that the +Gochob is a river of considerable magnitude, and may become of great +importance in the future communications with Africa; the soil and +climate around it being very fine, particularly in the lower parts near +the sea, where the land is level, and the soil a fine deep red mould.</p> + +<p> +<span class="pagebreak" title="736"> </span><a name="Page_736" id="Page_736"></a> +After Bruce, Salt had delineated with considerable accuracy the source +of the Webbe and the countries around it; but, except his map, we had no +further particulars. These are, however, supplied by Major Harris and Mr +Krapf in the countries south-east of Shoa, about Harrar and its sources; +and further by accounts collected by DāAbbadie at Berbera from +intelligent natives, travellers regarding the countries more to the +south, and over the remainder of the north-eastern coast of Africa.</p> + +<p>The principal source of the Webbe is to the east of the Aroosi +mountains, and in the country of the Ala Galla; whence, running +eastward, it passes Imi and Karanle, (the Karain of Krapf;) it runs +south-east and afterwards south in a winding course towards the Indian +ocean. To the north of six degrees of latitude, it is joined by several +streams from the neighbourhood of Harrar and places more to the east; +and in about six degrees of latitude, by a large stream which rises near +Lake Souaie, and runs through the country of Bergama or Bahr Gama. The +various countries through which the Webbe and his tributaries flow, are +distinctly marked on the map. The country around its sources is very +hilly and cold, the mountains resembling in height and appearance the +boldest in Abyssinia; and to the eastward of its middle course, the +mountains in Howea are very high and cold. In these springs the river +Doaro, which flows into the sea, a considerable river during the rains; +but at other times its mouth is nearly blocked up with sand, which is +the case with some streams more to the northward.</p> + +<p>North of Mount Anot the country is fine and well watered, and during the +rains a very large river, according to Christopher, flows through it, +descending from the range to the south-east of Berbera, and entering the +sea in about eight degrees thirty minutes north latitude. Around Capes +Halfoon and Guardafui the country is fine and well watered with small +streams, and the climate delicious, as is the coast from Cape Guardafui +westward to Berbera.</p> + +<p>Harrar stands in a beautiful, fertile, and well-watered valley, +surrounded with hills, the soil rich, and producing fine coffee +abundantly. It is strictly Mahommedan, and, comparatively speaking, a +considerable place, though much shorn of its dominion and power from +those days when it had become the capital of that portion of eastern +Africa ruled by the Mahommedans; and when under Mahommed <i>Gragne</i>, +(left-handed,) it overran and desolated the whole Abyssinian empire, +then under that unfortunate sovereign King David. In the county south of +Berbera there is abundance of fine wells of excellent water. Waggadeyn +is a very beautiful country, and produces abundance of myrrh and +frankincense, as in fact every portion of the eastern horn, from Enarea +inclusive, also does. It is the great myrrh and frankincense country, +from which Arabia, Egypt, Judea, Syria, and Tyre were supplied in early +days of Scripture history. The Webbe is only six fathoms broad and five +feet deep in the dry season in Waggadeyn; but in the rainy season the +depth is increased to five fathoms. It is navigated by rafts lower down. +Incense, gum, and coffee, are every where abundant around the Webbe and +its tributary streams. Harrar contains about 14,000 inhabitants, and +Berbera 10,000; Sakka about 12,000.</p> + +<p>All the early Arabian writers pointedly state, and so also do the +Portuguese discoverers, that the Webbe entered the sea <i>near Mukdishu</i> +or Magadoxo. This was no doubt the fact; but from what cause we know +not, the river, after approaching within a short distance of Magadoxo to +the north, turns south-west, and approaching in several places very near +the sea, from which it is only separated by sandhills, it terminates in +a lake about halfway between Brava and the Jub. This is Christopherās +account; but my opinion is, that this lake communicates with the sea +during the rainy season, and even in a small stream in the dry season +also. Christopher pointedly states, that besides filtrating through the +sandhills, it communicates with the sea in two places, between Merka and +Brava; and that this is correct, is proved from the fact, that while the +river near Merka is 175 feet broad, it is reduced to seventy-five feet +near Brava; while the <i>Geographical Bull.</i>, No. 98, p. 96, +<span class="pagebreak" title="737"> </span><a name="Page_737" id="Page_737"></a> +states, that +a small river enters the sea to the south of Brava, a branch +unquestionably from the Webbe.</p> + +<p>The country between Magadoxo and the Jub is called Ber-el-Banader, and +north of Magadoxo, and situated between the Webbe and the Doaro, is the +considerable province called Hamer. Christopher describes the Somauli +inhabiting the lower Webbe as civil and obliging, the soil fine and +fruitful, and the climate the most delicious he had ever visited. The +inhabitants offered to conduct him in safety to Abyssinia, and into very +remote districts in the interior. The name of England is beginning to be +well known, respected, and feared in this fine portion of Africa; and it +is not a little to be regretted and lamented that this has not been the +case at a much earlier period.</p> + +<p>The early Arabian writers, such as Batouta, write Magadoxo, Mukdishu; +Christopher states that it is now divided into two parts, in a state of +hostilities with each other, and that the southern part is called +Mukutshu, and the northern Mukkudeesha.</p> + +<p>According to the <i>Geographical Bulletin</i>, No. 98, p. 98, the word +<i>ganana</i> signifies <i>queue</i>, or tail, which explains at once the river +which Christopher makes enter the Webbe near Galwen, coming from the +north-westward, to be in reality a branch flowing off from the Jub at +that place. It is a thing unknown to find a river rising in a low +alluvial country.</p> + +<p>To the east of the Webbe the country is inhabited by Somauli tribes, who +are Mahommedans and considerable traders. The country seems every where +to have a considerable population; and instead of being a blank and a +waste, as hitherto supposed and represented on maps, it is found to be +one of the finest portions of Africa, or of the world. Grain of every +kind known in the temperate zones, especially wheat of superior +qualities, is most abundant, and so cheap that the value of a dollar can +purchase as much as will maintain a man for a whole year!</p> + +<p>The sources of the Hawash approach within about thirty miles of the +Abay. The lake Souaie in Gurague is about thirty miles in circumference, +and contains numerous islands. In these are lodged some ancient and +valuable Abyssinian records. It is fed by five small rivers, and empties +itself into the Hawash, (see <i>Ludolf</i>.) Gurague is a Christian state, +but reduced to great misery and poverty by the Galla tribes which +surround it on every side. The elevation of Ankobar above the sea is +8200 feet, and of Augollalla about 200 more; so that the climate is very +moderate. The country is every where very mountainous; but at the same +time is in many places well cultivated. The rivers run in deep valleys +or dells, and are very rocky and rapid. The present kingdom of Shoa +contains about 2,500,000 of inhabitants, chiefly Christians of the +Alexandrian Church.</p> + +<p>In March 1842, Mr Krapf set out from Ankobar, to proceed to Egypt, by +way of Gondar and Massuah; but, after traversing the mountainous parts +of Northern Shoa, and the countries of the Woollo-Galla, and reaching a +short distance beyond the Bashilo, (then only five daysā journey from +Gondar,) he was compelled, from hostilities prevailing among the chiefs +in that quarter, to retrace his steps to Gatera. In the journey which he +had so far accomplished, Mr Krapf traversed the country near the sources +of the numerous rivers which flow to form the Jimma and the Bashilo. The +mountains were high and cold, (especially in the province of Mans,) and +exceedingly precipitous, ascending and descending 3000 feet in the +course of a few hours. The soil in the valleys was good, and tolerably +well cultivated. Sheep, with long black wool, were numerous; the +population in general rude and ignorant. From Gatera he took his course +to Lake Haik, and from thence, pursuing his route north-eastward, he +crossed the numerous streams which rise in the mountainous range to the +westward, and pursue their course to the country of Adel, north of +Aussa. Crossing the very elevated range on the western frontier of +modern Angot, he pursued his journey to Antalon, leaving at Lat the +Tacazzè four daysā journey to the west, and crossing in his course the +numerous streams, such as the Tarir, the Ghebia, Sumshato, and the +Tyana, (this last a considerable river,) which flow northward from the +mountains +<span class="pagebreak" title="738"> </span><a name="Page_738" id="Page_738"></a> +of Angot and Woggerat to form the Areequa, a large tributary +to the Tacazzè. Mr Krapfās route lay a little to the westward of Lake +Assanghe, and considerably in this portion thereof to the west of the +route of Alvaraez, who passed on the south side of Mount Ginnamora, from +whence the streams descended to the south-east.</p> + +<p>Lake Haik is a fine sheet of water about forty-five miles in +circumference, with an island near the north-west corner, and an outlet +in the west, which runs to the Berkona. On the east and the south sides +it is surrounded with high mountains. Mount Ambassel or Amba Israel, the +celebrated mountain in Geshen where the younger branches of the royal +family of Abyssinia were imprisoned in early times, is a little to the +north of Lake Haik, and beyond the Mille. It runs north and south, in +length about twelve or thirteen miles, and is exceedingly high and +steep, the sides thereof being almost perpendicular. Mr Krapf, amongst +the most considerable rivers which he passed in this quarter, mentions +the Ala, which he states runs to, and is lost in, the deserts of the +country of Adel. This is important, and this river is no doubt the Wali +of Bruce, which he mentions (vol. iii. p. 248) as the scene of a +remarkable engagement between the sovereigns of Abyssinia and Adel in +1576, during the reign of the Abyssinian king Sertza Denghel. The +Abyssinian army descended from Angot, and crossing the Wali, a +considerable river, cut off the army of Adel from Aussa, drove a portion +thereof into the stream, where they were drowned, while the remainder +flying crossed the stream lower down, and thus effected their escape to +Aussa. This confirms in a remarkable manner the position of this river, +and would almost go to establish the fact that it cannot unite with Lake +Aussa, the termination of the Hawash.</p> + +<p>At the Ala Mr Krapf states that he was then seven daysā journey from +Aussa. Aussa, according to Bruce, or rather the capital of Aussa, was in +former times situated on a rock on the bank of the river Hawash. It is +called Aussa Gurel in the old Portuguese maps, and is no doubt the Aussa +Guraiel of Major Harris, laid down on the Arabic map which he obtained +from a native of that place. When low, the termination of the Hawash may +be said to form three lakes; but during the rainy season the land is +flooded round to a great extent, the circumference of the lake then +extending to 120 geographical miles. When the waters retire they leave, +like the Nile in Egypt, a quantity of fine mud or slime, which, +cultivated as it immediately is, produces abundant crops, and on this +account the valley of Aussa is, and always has been, the granary of +Adel. From the southern boundary of the lake to the place where the +Hawash finally extricates itself from the mountainous ranges, the +distance is about five daysā journey, or from sixty to seventy miles. +The length of the fine valley of Aussa is about one hundred miles.</p> + +<p>From the summit of the chain which separates the waters which flow +south-east to Adel, and north-west to the Tacazzè, Mr Krapf says, that +looking over Lasta to the towering snow-clad peaks of Samen or Simien, +the whole country had the appearance of the raging waves of the sea in a +terrible tempest. The soil around the upper branches of the Tacazzè is +very good, especially in Wofila, Boora, and Enderta, adjoining the fine +river Tyana; but it is only indifferently cultivated, owing to the +perpetual wars and feuds amongst the chieftains and tribes in these +parts, and the bad and unsettled governments which now exist in Tigre, +and, in fact, in all Abyssinia. Travelling in these parts is difficult +and insecure, owing to the plundering dispositions of the people, and +the rapacity of the chiefs, who live beyond the control of any +commanding or great sovereign power. At Gatera Mr Krapf was robbed of +every thing that he had by the ferocious Woollo-Galla chief, <i>Adara +Bille</i>, from whose clutches he escaped with some difficulty.</p> + +<p>But time and space forbids me going more at length into the interesting +journeys of these late eastern travellers, amongst which those of Major +Harris is certainly the most important. He has accurately determined, +and been the first to determine, the longitude and latitude of Tajoura, +Lake Assal or the Salt Lake, and Ankobar, +<span class="pagebreak" title="739"> </span><a name="Page_739" id="Page_739"></a> +&c., and thus given correct +starting points from which to regulate the bearings and distances of the +other very interesting places in the interior. The bay of Tajoura +affords good anchorage; but the best point to start for the interior is +Zeila, the route thence to Shoa running along the edges of the watered +and more cultivated districts.</p> + +<p>Amongst the travellers who visited this quarter of Africa lately is Dr +T. C. Beke. He, however, went over the same ground as the others in his +journey from Tajoura to Ankobar, (Messrs Krapf and Isenberg had preceded +him a considerable time;) therefore his letters and communications, so +far as yet known, contain little that is new. The only portion connected +with Shoa which the others had not visited, is about thirty-five miles +of the lower course of the Jimma, near its junction with the Abay, where +the latter stream is about 600 feet broad, and from three to five feet +deep. His subsequent travels in this part of Africa were confined to +Gojam, Damot, and part of Agow Medre, and to the source of the Nile; but +except being more minute in minor details regarding these provinces and +their numerous small streams and rivers, they add little to the +information given by Bruce. Still his journey, when given to the world, +may supply us with some interesting particulars regarding what he +actually saw.</p> + +<p>Dr Beke travelled individually for information; but, in aid of his +laudable enterprise, received some pecuniary assistance from the African +Civilization Society and the Royal Geographical Society. Being a member +of the former society, and while engaged in constructing the maps for +the journals of the Church Missionary Society in the summer of last +year—not for personal gain, but solely to benefit Africa—the +communications and maps which from time to time came from Dr Beke to +that society, were readily put into my hands to use, where they could be +used, to advance the cause of Africa. Amongst the maps there was one of +the countries to the south of the Abay, including Enarea, Kaffa, and +Gingiro, constructed at and sent from Yaush in Gojam, September 6, 1842, +together with some of the authorities on which it had been made. In that +map the whole of the rivers, even to the south of Enarea and Kaffa, the +Gojob, (as the Doctor writes it,) the Omo, the Kibbee or Gibe, the +Dedhasa, and Baro, are all made, though rising beyond, that is, to the +south of Gingiro and to the south and south-east of Kaffa and Woreta, +(Woreta is placed to the south of Kaffa,) to run north-westward into the +Abay. In fact, the Gojob is represented on that map to be the parent +stream of the Bahr-el-Azreek or Blue River, and quite a distinct stream +from the Abay, which it is made to join by the Toumat, having from the +south-east received in its middle course the Geba, the Gibe, the +Dedhasa, and the Baro, and from the south-west the Omo or Abo. The whole +delineation, a copy of which I preserved, presented a mass so contrary +to all other authorities, ancient and modern, that to rectify or reduce +it to order was found impracticable, or where attempted only tended to +lead into error.</p> + +<p>The error of bringing such an influx of water as the rivers mentioned, +and so delineated, would bring to the Blue Nile, is evident from the +fact, that this river at Senaar in the dry season is, according to +Bruce, only about the size of the Thames at Richmond. His words are +specific and emphatic, (Vol. vii. App. p. 89)—āThe Nile at Babosch is +like, or greater than the Thames at Richmondā—āhas fine white sand on +its banksā—āthe water is clear, and in some places not more than two +feet deep.ā Dumbaro (or Tzamburo, as the Doctor calls it in the map +alluded to) is laid down between eight degrees and nine degrees north +latitude, and west of Wallega; Tuftee is placed more to the north on the +river designated the Blue River, and Gobo still further north upon it, +in fact adjoining to its junction with the Abay. Doko is not noticed on +the map.</p> + +<p>The intelligent native Abyssinian Gregorius, without referring to +numerous other credible, early, and also modern authorities, determines +this important point quite differently and accurately; for he assured +Ludolf, (<span class="smcap">A. D.</span> 1650, see <i>Ludolf</i>, p. 38,) that all those rivers that +are upon the borders of Ethiopia, in the countries of +<span class="pagebreak" title="740"> </span><a name="Page_740" id="Page_740"></a> + āCambat, Gurague, +Enarea, Zandera, Wed, Waci, Gaci, and some others,ā do not flow into the +Nile or any of his tributaries, but āenter the sea, every one in his +distinct region,ā that is, the Indian ocean.</p> + +<p>Since his return to England Dr Beke has, I have reason to believe, found +out his great error; and will alter the course of all these rivers in +Enarea and Kaffa, and bend their courses to the south-east and south.<a name="FNanchor_B_29" id="FNanchor_B_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_29" class="fnnum">B</a></p> + +<p>With these observations I proceed to a more important portion of my +subject; namely, the position and capabilities of Africa, as these +connect themselves with the present position and prospects of the +British Tropical possessions, and the position and prospects of the +Tropical possessions of other powers.</p> + +<p>The support of the power and the maintenance of the political +preponderance of Great Britain in the scale of nations, depend upon +colonial possessions. To render colonies most efficient, and most +advantageous for her general interests, it is indispensably necessary +that these should be planted in the Tropical world, the productions of +which ever have been, are, and ever will be, eagerly sought after by the +civilized nations of the temperate zones.</p> + +<p>One of the greatest modern French statesmen, Talleyrand, understood and +recommended this fact to his master. In his celebrated memorial +addressed to Bonaparte in 1801, speaking specially of England and her +colonies, he says:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āHer navy and her commerce are at present all her trust. France may +add Italy and Germany to her dominions with less detriment to Great +Britain then will follow the acquisition of a navy and the +extension of her trade. Whatever gives colonies to France supplies +her with ships, sailors, manufactures, and husbandmen. Victories by +land can only give her mutinous subjects, who, instead of +augmenting the national force by their riches or numbers, +contribute only to disperse and enfeeble that force; but the growth +of colonies supplies her with zealous citizens, and the increase of +real wealth; and increase of effective numbers is the certain +consequence.ā</p> + +<p>āWhat could Germany, Italy, Spain, and France, combining their +strength, do against England? They might assemble in millions on +the shores of the Channel, but <span class="smcap">there</span> would be the limits of their +enmity. Without ships to carry them over, and without experienced +mariners to navigate these ships, Britain would only deride the +pompous preparation. The moment we leave the shore her fleets are +ready to pounce upon us, to disperse and to destroy our ineffectual +armaments. There lies her security; in her insular situation and +her navy consists her impregnable defence. Her navy is in every +respect the offspring of her trade. To rob her of that, therefore, +is to <span class="smcap">beat down</span> her <span class="smcap">last wall, and to fill up her last +moat</span>. To gain it to ourselves is to enable us to take advantage of +her deserted and defenceless borders, and to complete the +humiliation of our only remaining competitor.ā</p></div> + +<p>These are correct opinions, and merit the constant and most serious +attention of every British statesman. The increased cultivation and +prosperity of foreign Tropical possessions is become so great, and is +advancing so rapidly the power and the resources of other nations, that +these are embarrassing this country in all her commercial relations, in +her pecuniary resources, and in all her political relations and +negotiations.</p> + +<p>During the fearful struggle of a quarter of a century, for her existence +as a nation, against the power and resources of Europe, directed by the +most intelligent but remorseless military ambition against her, the +command of the productions of the torrid zone, and the advantageous +commerce which that afforded, gave to Great Britain the power and the +resources which enabled her to meet, to combat, and to overcome, her +numerous and reckless enemies in every battle-field, +<span class="pagebreak" title="741"> </span><a name="Page_741" id="Page_741"></a> +whether by sea or +by land, throughout the world. In her the world saw realized the fabled +giant of antiquity. With her hundred hands she grasped her foes in every +region under heaven, and crushed them with resistless energy.</p> + +<p>Who, it may be asked, manned those fleets which bore the flag, and the +fame, and the power, of England over every sea and into every land—who +swept fleets from the sea, as at Aboukir, and navies from the ocean, as +at Trafalgar?</p> + +<p>It may pointedly and safely be stated—the seamen supplied by the +colonial trade, and chiefly by the West Indian colonial trade of Great +Britain. About 2000 seamen, for example, were every year drawn into the +West Indian trade of the Clyde from the herring fisheries on the west +coast of Scotland, and just as regularly transferred from that colonial +trade into British men-of-war, such men being the best seamen that they +had, because they were men accustomed to every climate from the arctic +circle to the equator.</p> + +<p>In the event of any future war, men of this description will more than +ever be wanted; because the torrid regions are become more populous and +more powerful, either in themselves or as connected with great nations +in the temperate zones, and consequently the sphere of European +conflicts will be more extended in them.</p> + +<p>The world, especially Europe and America, is vastly improved since 1815. +Great Britain must look at and attend to this. She must march and act +accordingly. The world will not wait for her if she chooses to stand +still; on the contrary, other nations will āgo ahead,ā and leave her +behind to repent of her folly.</p> + +<p>āEngland,ā said her greatest warrior, ācannot have a little war;ā +neither can she exist as a little nation.</p> + +<p>The natives of the torrid zone can only labour in the cultivation of the +soil of that zone. In no other zone can the special productions of the +torrid zone be produced in perfection.</p> + +<p>There now remains no portion of the tropical world where <i>labour can be +had on the spot</i>, and whereon Great Britain can so conveniently and +safely plant her foot, in order to accomplish the desirable +object—extensive Tropical cultivation—but Tropical Africa. Every other +part is occupied by independent nations, or by people that may and will +soon become independent.</p> + +<p>British capital and knowledge will abundantly furnish the means to +cultivate her rich fields. This is the only rational and lasting way to +instruct and to enlighten her people, and to keep them enlightened, +civilized, and industrious. By adopting this course also, that British +capital, both commercial and manufacturing, which in one way or other +finds its way, and which will continue to find its way, especially while +money is so cheap in this country, into foreign possessions to assist +the slave trade and to support slavery—will be turned to support the +cause of freedom in Africa, and at the same time to increase instead of +tending to diminish the trade and the power of this country.</p> + +<p>The principle which Great Britain has adopted in her future agricultural +relations with the Tropical world is, that colonial produce must be +produced, and that it can be produced in that region cheaper by free +African and East Indian labour than by slave labour. This great +principle she cannot deviate from, nor attempt to revoke.</p> + +<p>If the foreign slave trade be not extinguished, and the cultivation of +the Tropical territories of other powers opposed and checked by British +Tropical cultivation, then the interests and the power of such states +will rise into a preponderance over those of Great Britain; and the +power and influence of the latter will cease to be felt, feared, and +respected, amongst the civilized and powerful nations of this world.</p> + +<p>Civilization and peace can only be brought round in Africa by the +extension of cultivation, accompanied by the introduction of true +religion. Commerce will doubtless prove a powerful auxiliary; but to +render it so, and to raise commerce to any permanent or beneficial +extent, cultivation upon an extensive scale must precede commerce in +Africa.</p> + +<p>It is, therefore, <i>within</i> Africa, and by African hands and African +exertions chiefly, that the slave trade can +<span class="pagebreak" title="742"> </span><a name="Page_742" id="Page_742"></a> +be destroyed. It is <span class="smcap">in</span> +Africa, not <span class="smcap">out</span> of Africa, that Africans, generally speaking, can and +must be enlightened and civilized. Teach and show her rulers and her +people, that they can obtain, and that white men will give them, more +for the productions of their soil than for the hands which can produce +these—and the work is done. All other steps are futile, can only be +mischievous and delusive, and terminate in disappointment and defeat. To +eradicate the slave trade will not eradicate the passions which gave it +birth.</p> + +<p>In attempting to extinguish the African slave trade and to benefit +Africa, Great Britain has, in one shape or other, expended during the +last thirty-six years above £20,000,000; yet, instead of that traffic +being destroyed, it has, as regards the possessions of foreign powers, +been trebled, and is now as great as ever, while Africa has received no +advantage whatever. Since 1808, about 3,500,000 slaves have been +transported from Africa to the Brazils and Cuba. The productions of what +is technically denominated colonial Tropical produce has, in +consequence, been increased from £15,000,000 to £60,000,000 annually, +augmented in part, it is true, from the natural increase of nearly one +million slaves more in the United States of America.</p> + +<p>In abolishing slavery in the West Indies, Great Britain has besides +expended above £20,000,000; still that measure has hitherto been so +little successful, that £100,000,000 of fixed capital additional, +invested in these colonies, stand on the brink of destruction; while, in +addition to the former sums, the people of Great Britain have, from the +enhanced price of produce, paid during the last six or seven years +£10,000,00 more, and which has gone chiefly, if not wholly, into the +pockets of the negro labourers in excessive high wages, the giant evil +which afflicts the West Indies.</p> + +<p>When the emancipation of the slaves in the West Indies was carried +amidst feeling without judgment, the nation was so ready to pay +£20,000,000, and the West Indians, especially those in England, so +anxious to receive it, each considering that act all that was requisite +to be done, that neither party ever thought for a moment of what foreign +nations had done, were doing, and would do, in consequence. The warnings +and advice of local knowledge were scouted in England, till these evils, +which prudence might and ought to have prevented, now stare all parties +in the face with a strength that puzzles the wisest and appals the +boldest.</p> + +<p>Instead of supplying her own wants with Tropical produce, and next +nearly all Europe, as she formerly did, it is the fact that, in some of +the most important articles, she has barely sufficient to supply her own +wants; while the whole of her colonial possessions, east, west, north, +and south, are at this moment supplied with—and, as regards the article +of sugar, are consuming—foreign slave produce, brought direct, or, +refined in bond, exported and sold in the colonies at a rate as cheap, +if not really cheaper, than British muscovado, the produce of these +colonies.</p> + +<p>Such a state of things cannot continue, nor ought it any longer to be +permitted to continue, without adopting an effectual remedy.</p> + +<p>The extent of the power and the interests which are arrayed against each +other, in this serious conflict, must be minutely considered to be +properly understood in a commercial and in a political point of view. +Unless this is done the magnitude of the danger, and the assistance +which is necessary to be given, and the exertions which are requisite in +order to bring the contest to a successful issue, cannot be properly +appreciated or correctly understood.</p> + +<p>The value of what is technically called colonial produce at present +produced in the British colonial possessions, the East Indies included, +is about £10,000,000 yearly, from a capital invested to the extent of +£150,000,000. The trade thus created employs 800 ships, 300,000 tons, +and 17,000 seamen yearly. This is the yearly value of the property and +produce of the British Tropical agricultural trade, now dependent upon +free labour.</p> + +<p>Against this we have opposed, in the western world alone, nearly +£60,000,000 of agricultural produce, exportable and exported yearly, +requiring a trade in returns equal to +<span class="pagebreak" title="743"> </span><a name="Page_743" id="Page_743"></a> +£56,000,000, and a proportionate +number of shipsā tonnage and seamen. In the trade with Cuba and Port +Rico alone, the United States have 1600 vessels employed yearly, +(230,000 tons of shipping,) making numerous and speedy voyages, and from +which trade only, these states, in case of emergency, could man and +maintain from twenty to thirty sail of the line.</p> + +<p>On the part of foreign nations there has, since 1808, been £800,000,000 +of fixed capital created in slaves, and in cultivation wholly dependent +upon the labour of slaves. On the other hand, there stands on the part +of Great Britain, altogether and only, about £130,000,000 (deducting the +value paid for the slaves) vested in Tropical cultivation, and formerly +dependent upon slave labour, and which has in part been swept away, +while the remainder is in danger of being so.</p> + +<p>Let us have recourse to a few returns and figures, in order to show what +is going on, especially by slave-labour in other countries, as compared +with British possessions, in three articles of colonial produce, namely, +sugar, (reducing the foreign clayed sugar into muscovado to make the +comparison just,) coffee, and cotton; and as regards a few foreign +countries only, nearly three-fourths of which produce, be it observed, +has been created within the last thirty years.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table summary="Figures for sugar in 1842, coffee in 1842 and cotton in 1840"> +<tr><td colspan="5" class="smcap center">Sugar—1842.</td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2" class="center"><i>British possessions.</i></td> + <td> </td> + <td colspan="2" class="center"><i>Foreign possessions.</i></td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2" class="toright">cwts.</td> + <td> </td> + <td colspan="2" class="toright">cwts.</td></tr> + +<tr><td>West Indies,</td><td class="number">2,508,552</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Cuba,</td><td class="number">5,800,000</td></tr> + +<tr><td>East Indies,</td><td class="number">940,452</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Brazils,</td><td class="number">2,400,000</td></tr> +<tr><td>Mauritius, (1841,)</td><td class="number">544,767</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Java,</td><td class="number">1,105,757</td></tr> +<tr><td class="toright">Total,</td><td class="number bt" >3,993,771</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Louisiana,</td><td class="number">1,400,000</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td class="number"> </td> + <td> </td> + <td class="toright">Total,</td><td class="number bt" >10,705,757</td></tr> + + +<tr><td> </td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="5" class="smcap center">Coffee—1842.</td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2" class="toright">lbs.</td> + <td> </td> + <td colspan="2" class="toright">lbs.</td></tr> + +<tr><td>West Indies,</td><td class="number">9,186,555</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Java,</td><td class="number">134,842,715</td></tr> +<tr><td>East Indies,</td><td class="number">18,206,448</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Brazils,</td><td class="number">135,000,800</td></tr> +<tr><td class="toright">Total,</td><td class="number bt" >27,393,003</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Cuba,</td><td class="number">33,589,325</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td class="number"></td> + <td> </td> + <td>Venezuela,</td><td class="number">34,000,000</td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td class="number"></td> + <td> </td> + <td class="toright">Total,</td><td class="number bt" >337,432,840</td></tr> + + + + +<tr><td> </td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="5" class="smcap center">Cotton—1840.</td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2" class="toright">lbs.</td> + <td> </td> + <td colspan="2" class="toright">lbs.</td></tr> + +<tr><td>West Indies,</td><td class="number">427,529</td> + <td> </td> + <td>United States,</td><td class="number">790,479,275</td></tr> + +<tr><td>East Indies,</td><td class="number">77,015,917</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Java,</td><td class="number">165,504,800</td></tr> + +<tr><td>To China from do.,</td><td class="number">60,000,000</td> + <td> </td> + <td>Brazils,</td><td class="number">25,222,828</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="toright">Total,</td><td class="number bt" >137,443,446</td> + <td> </td> + <td class="toright">Total,</td><td class="number bt" >981,206,903</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The above figures require only to be glanced at, to learn the increased +wealth and productions of foreign nations, in comparison with the +portion which England has in the trade and value of such articles, now +become absolutely necessary for the manufactures, the luxuries, and the +necessaries of life amongst the civilized nations of the world.</p> + +<p>In the enormous property and traffic thus created in foreign +possessions, by the continuance and extension of the slave trade, +British merchants and manufacturers are interested in the cause of their +lawful trade to a great extent. The remainder is divided amongst the +great civilized nations of the world, maintaining in each very +extensive, very wealthy, very powerful, and, as opposed to Great +Britain, very formidable commercial and political rival interests.</p> + +<p>Further, it is the very extensive and profitable markets which the +above-mentioned yearly creation of property gives to the manufacturers +of foreign countries, that have raised foreign manufactures to their +present importance, and which enables these, +<span class="pagebreak" title="744"> </span><a name="Page_744" id="Page_744"></a> +in numerous instances, to +oppose and to rival our own.</p> + +<p>The odds, therefore, in agricultural and commercial capital and +interest, and consequently in political power and influence, arrayed +against the British Tropical possessions are very fearful—<span class="smcap">six to one</span>.</p> + +<p>This is a most serious but correct state of things. Alarming as it is to +contemplate, still it must be looked at, and looked at with firmness; +for even yet it may be considered without terror or alarm.</p> + +<p>The struggle, both national and colonial, is clearly therefore most +important, and the stake at issue incalculably great.</p> + +<p>It is by the assistance of African free labour, and by the judicious and +just application thereof, both in Africa and in the West Indian +colonies, that the victory of free labour over slave labour, freedom +over slavery, can be achieved and maintained.</p> + +<p>The abundant population of Africa, properly directed, and a small +portion gradually taken from judiciously selected districts of that +continent, and under proper regulations, will be found sufficient to +cultivate, not only her own fertile fields, but also to supply in +adequate numbers free labourers to maintain the cultivation of the +British West Indian colonies. It must always be borne in mind, that in +the maintenance of cultivation, civilization, and industry, in those +possessions, the cultivation, industry, and civilization of Africa +depend. <i>The cause of both is henceforth the same, and cannot, and ought +not, and must not be separated.</i> Whatever sources the West Indian +colonies may and must look to for immediate relief, it is in civilized +and enlightened Africa that they can only depend for a future and +permanent support. Abandon this principle and this course, and the error +committed will, at an early day, be fatal and final.</p> + +<p>Yet if the labour of Africa is continued to be abstracted to any +considerable extent by Europeans, and from any points except from free +European settlements in Africa, in order to cultivate other quarters of +the world, all hope of improving the condition of Africa is at an end; +because the abstraction of such labour can only be obtained by the +continuation of internal slavery and a slave trade within Africa; +because labour, if generally abstracted from Africa as heretofore, +whether in freemen or slaves, will tend to enhance the cost of that +which remains to such an extent, as will render it all but impossible +for any industrious capitalist, whether European or native, to extend +and maintain successfully cultivation in Africa.</p> + +<p>Had the 9,000,000 of slaves which, from first to last, have been torn +from Africa to cultivate America, been employed in their native land, +supported by European (British) capital, and guided by British +intelligence, how much more beneficial and secure than it is, would +every thing have been to Africa, to England, and to the world?</p> + +<p>Europe has been acting wrong: let her not continue in error; and, at the +same time, let England meet and grapple with the question with enlarged +and liberal views—views that look to future times and future +circumstances—views such as England ought to entertain, and such as +Great Britain only can yet see carried into effect.</p> + +<p>We first established cultivation in the West Indies by a population not +natives of the soil, but which required to be imported from another and +distant quarter of the globe. This, politically and commercially +speaking, was a great error; but it has been committed, and it would be +a greater error to leave those people, now free British subjects, and +the large British capital there vested, to decay, misery, and general +deterioration. They must be supported, and it is fortunate that they can +be supported, through their present difficulties, without inflicting a +grievous wrong on Africa, by taking her children from her by wholesale +to cultivate distant and foreign lands.</p> + +<p>If European nations generally adopt the system of transporting labourers +as freemen from Africa, then Africa would continue to be as much +distressed, tortured, and oppressed, as ever she has been; while with +the great strength of slave labour which those vast and fertile +countries, Brazils, Cuba, &c., possess, they would, by the unlimited +introduction of +<span class="pagebreak" title="745"> </span><a name="Page_745" id="Page_745"></a> +people called free from Africa, but which, once got +into their power, they could coerce to labour for stated hire, overwhelm +by increased production all the British colonies both in the west and in +the east.</p> + +<p>Such abstraction of the African population from their country, would +give a fearful impulse to an internal slave trade in Africa. The +unfeeling chiefs on the coast, the most profligate, debased, and +ferocious of mankind, would by fraud, force, or purchase, in the +character of emigration agents, drag as many to the coast as they +pleased and might be wanted; and while they did not actually sell, nor +the European, technically speaking, buy, the people so brought from +interior parts, these chiefs, by simply fixing high port charges and +fiscal regulations for revenue purposes, would obtain from the transfer +of the people—a transfer which these people could not resist or +oppose—a much higher income than they before received from the <i>bona +fide</i> sale of slaves; and with which income they could, and they would, +purchase European articles from European traders, to enable them to +furnish additional and future supplies.</p> + +<p>In this way, millions after millions of Africans—for millions after +millions would most unquestionably be demanded—would certainly be +carried away. The poor creatures, unable to pay their own passage, would +no more be their own masters from the moment they got on board the +foreign ship, than if they were really slaves.</p> + +<p>Such a traffic as this on the part of foreign nations, Great Britain +could neither denounce nor oppose while she herself resorted to a +similar course. In one way only she could reasonably resist and oppose +it; namely, by urging that she only took people from her own African +settlements, which are free, to her West Indian settlements, which are +free also; while foreign nations, such as Brazils, had no possessions of +any kind on the coast of Africa, and at the same time retained slavery +in their dominions. Great Britain could only urge this plea in +opposition to such proceedings on the part of other powers; but would +such reasoning, however proper and just, be admitted or listened to? I +do not think that it would. The consequences of the adoption of such a +course by the nation alluded to, or by any other European power which +has Tropical colonies, (France, Spain, Denmark, and Holland have,) will +prove fatal to the best interests of Great Britain.</p> + +<p>Already the people in the Brazils have begun to moot the question—that +they ought in sincerity to put an end to the African slave trade, and in +lieu thereof to bring labourers from Africa as free people. The supply +of such that will be required, both to maintain the present numbers of +the black population and to extend cultivation in that country, will +certainly be great and lasting. The disparity of the sexes in Brazils is +undoubtedly great. In Cuba it is in the proportion of 275,000 males to +150,000 females, and, amongst the whole, the number of young persons is +small. To keep up the population only in these countries will probably +require 130,000 people from Africa yearly; while interest will lead the +agricultural capitalist in those countries to bring only effective +labourers, and these as a matter of course chiefly males; which will +tend to perpetuate the evils arising from the inequality of the sexes, +and thus continue, to a period the most remote, the demand from Africa, +and consequently a continued expense, equal perhaps to £30 each, for +every effective free labourer brought from that continent.</p> + +<p>It is thus obvious that African immigration in any shape, and to any +nation, is a most serious matter. Unless the subject is considered in +all its bearings, with reference not only to the present but to future +times, and above all with reference to the steps which France, Portugal, +or any other European power, may take in Africa, and also with reference +to the steps which Great Britain may or may not take with regard to that +great continent—most embarrassing results must follow; while, on the +steps which may be taken by other nations, the British colonial +interests henceforward depend.</p> + +<p>There remains but one certain and efficient way to prevent fatal evils +and destructive results, and that is the simple, and ready, and rational +course; namely, to oppose free labour <i>within</i> Africa, and the West +Indies and the East Indies, to African labour, whether free or bond, +abstracted from her soil and carried by foreign nations to distant parts +of the globe. In +<span class="pagebreak" title="746"> </span><a name="Page_746" id="Page_746"></a> +Africa, where the soil, the climate, the productions +are equal and the same, <i>one-sixth</i> part of the capital in labour would +obtain labour equally efficient, nay more efficient, because removing +Africans from their own country, either as slaves or freemen, even to +other Tropical climates, must be attended with considerable risk and +loss.</p> + +<p>Produce, supplied cheaper from Africa than it can be obtained from the +places above alluded to, would speedily and completely terminate, not +only the foreign African slave trade, but the slave trade and slavery in +Africa itself. This is the only safe, secure, and certain way to +accomplish the great object. It is safe because it is just; it is secure +because it is profitable to all concerned, the giver as well as the +receiver of the boon.</p> + +<p>It is neither prudent, patriotic, nor safe, to attempt to confine the +productions of colonial commodities to the present British Tropical +possessions; while the production of these in other countries and places +will be increased by the capital and industry of other nations, and even +by British capital and skill, more especially while capital cannot find +room for profitable employment in England. During the war, Great Britain +exported to the continent of Europe colonial produce to the extent of +five millions yearly; and which in every case, but especially in bad +seasons, when large supplies of continental grain were necessary for the +food of her population, always secured a large balance of trade in her +favour, and which would again be the case if she adopts the course here +pointed out.</p> + +<p>Adopting the course recommended, Great Britain at an early day would be +able to supply, not only her own extensive markets, both home and +colonial, with sugar, coffee, cotton, and dye-stuffs, &c. &c., but, in +every other market of the world, she would come in for a large share of +the external traffic. Her ships and her seamen would carry, both to her +own and to foreign markets, the productions raised by British subjects +and British capital, instead of carrying from foreign port to foreign +port, as her ships and her seamen do at this moment, the productions +raised by foreign people, capital, and industry. Great additional wealth +would thus be drawn to this country; Tropical produce of every +description would be obtained at a reasonable, yet remunerating rate; +now, extensive, and profitable markets would be opened up to our +manufactures. They would become and remain prosperous; and all classes +of the community would be benefited and relieved. Prosperity would +increase the power of the people to consume; increased consumption would +produce increased revenue; and the government would be relieved from +unceasing applications for relief, which, under existing circumstances, +they have it not in their power to give.</p> + +<p>The point under consideration also, important as it is, becomes still +more important when the fact is considered, that if Great Britain does +not set about the work to raise that produce in Africa, and command the +trade proceeding from it, other nations most assuredly will; when she +will lose, not only the advantages which that cultivation and trade +would give her, but that trade also which she at present holds with her +own colonies; for it is plain that the proceedings of foreign countries, +such as have been adverted to, both in Africa, America, and other +places, would cover the British colonies with poverty and ruin.</p> + +<p>The geographical position of Africa is peculiarly favourable for +commerce with all other countries, and especially with Great Britain and +her vast and varied possessions. Africa, or rather Tropical Africa, is +equally distant from America, and Europe, and the most civilized parts +of Asia, besides her proximity to Arabia, and, by means of the Red Sea, +with Egypt and the Mediterranean. Africa, whether we look to the Cape of +Good Hope or the Red Sea, is the impregnable halfway house to India—the +quarter to make good the loss of an Indian empire. She has numerous good +harbours, many navigable rivers, a most fruitful soil, valuable +productions of every kind, known in every other quarter of the Tropical +world, besides some peculiarly her own; and a climate and a country, +take it all in all, equal, if not superior, to any other Tropical +quarter of the world in point of salubrity. Her population are indeed +ignorant and debased; but generally speaking, and especially over large +portions of her surface, they are even more active, and intelligent, and +industrious, than the Indians of America, or the people in some parts of +<span class="pagebreak" title="747"> </span><a name="Page_747" id="Page_747"></a> +Asia are, or than the population of Europe was, before the arms of Rome +coerced and civilized them. Why, then, is Africa overlooked and +neglected?</p> + +<p>Let us attend to the following facts. They are, both in a political and +commercial point of view, of great importance, as showing the progress +of the opinions and efforts of foreign nations as directed towards +Africa.</p> + +<p>The great energies of France are, it is well known, at present strongly +directed to the more important points of Tropical Africa, for the +purpose of extending colonization, cultivation, and commerce therein, in +order that she may thereby obtain supplies of colonial produce from the +application of her own capital, and at the same time, and by this +measure, to raise up a more extensive commercial marine, and +consequently a more powerful and commanding navy.</p> + +<p>Under such circumstances, the real question to be solved is—Shall Great +Britain secure and keep, as she may do, the superiority in Tropical +cultivation, commerce, and influence? or, Shall foreign countries be +suffered to acquire this supremacy, not only as regards themselves +specifically, but even to the extent of supplying British markets with +the produce of their fields, their labour, and their capital, to the +abandonment and destruction of her own?</p> + +<p>This is the true state of the case; and the result is a vital question +as regards the future power and resources of Great Britain.</p> + +<p>France is already securely placed at the mouth of the Senegal, and at +Goree, extending her influence eastward and north-eastward from both +places. She has a settlement at Albreda, on the Gambia, a short distance +above St Maryās, and which commands that river. She has just formed a +settlement close by Cape Palmas, and another at the mouth of the Gaboon, +and a third by this time near the chief mouth of the Niger, in the Bight +of Benin. She has fixed herself at Massuah and Buro, on the west shore +of the Red Sea, commanding the inlets into Abyssinia. She is +endeavouring to fix her flag at Brava and the mouth of the Jub; and she +has just taken permanent possession of the important island of Johanna, +situated in the centre of the northern outlet of the Mozambique channel, +by which she acquires the command of that important channel. Her active +agents are placed in Southern Abyssinia, and are traversing the borders +of the Great Bahr-el-Abiad; while the northern shores of Africa will +speedily be her own.</p> + +<p>Spain has planted herself in the island of Fernando Po, which commands +all the outlets of the Niger, and the rivers from Cameroons to the +equator; and from which she can readily obtain at any time any number of +people from the adjacent coasts for her West Indian possessions, either +as slaves or freemen.</p> + +<p>About six years ago, the government of Portugal appointed a commission +to enquire into the state and condition of her once fine and still +important colonies in Tropical Africa, and to report upon the best +course to adopt to render them beneficial to the mother country. They +have reported and wisely recommended, that Portuguese knowledge and +capital should, as far as possible, be again sent to Africa, in order to +instruct, enlighten, and cultivate these valuable possessions; and +instead of allowing, as heretofore, labour in slaves to be abstracted +from Africa, that native labourers should be retained and employed in +Africa itself; and further, that it should to the utmost be aided and +directed by European skill, capital, and labour. Thus, fourteen degrees +of latitude on the east coast, and twenty degrees of latitude on the +west coast, will, at an early day, be set free from the slave trade. +From these points the Brazil markets were chiefly supplied with slaves; +but Brazils being now separated from Portugal, the latter has and can +have no interest in allowing the former to carry on the slave trade from +her African dominions, but quite the reverse.</p> + +<p>The discovery of the route to India by the Cape of Good Hope changed the +course of eastern commerce. The exertions of Portugal in the manner +proposed, will now, and most certainly and severely, affect Tropical +productions and commerce in every market. In this case, England ought to +encourage and support Portugal, and, by following her footsteps in other +eligible parts of Africa, share in the advantages which such a state of +things, and the cultivation and improvement of Africa, is certain to +produce.</p> + +<p>The Iman of Muscat, the sovereign +<span class="pagebreak" title="748"> </span><a name="Page_748" id="Page_748"></a> +of Zanzibar, has lately put an end to +the slave trade in his dominions in Africa, extending northwards from +the Portuguese boundary eight degrees of latitude on the eastern coast. +His envoy, who was lately in England, was so delighted with the +treatment which he received, and with all that he heard and saw here, +that he has influenced his master to carry out sincerely the views and +objects recommended by England. I have in my possession a most +interesting account of the country, extending into the interior of +Africa, from the coast opposite Zanzibar all the way to the great lake +Maravi. The country is intersected with noble rivers, one especially +which issues out of the lake; is generally healthy and well cultivated, +especially as the lake is approached. The population are generally of +Arabian descent, industrious, and clothed. A wide field, therefore, for +commercial operations is open in this quarter.</p> + +<p>The powerful sovereign of Dahomey has agreed to abolish the slave trade. +Independent of his considerable dominions, his fine country was one of +the greatest high-roads for the slave caravans from the interior. He has +received, welcomed, and encouraged the Wesleyan missionaries lately sent +to that quarter. The missionaries from this society, and also one from +the Church Missionary Society, have penetrated to Abekuta, a town +containing 40,000 inhabitants, and about 106 miles north-east of Lagos, +and north of Benin. The country, immediately after quitting the coast, +becomes most fertile, pleasant, and healthy, as all that country to the +north of the Formosa is well known to be. The population are eager for +instruction; they are comparatively industrious and civilized; they +manufacture all their necessary agricultural implements, bits for +bridles, hoes, &c., from their own iron; they tan their own leather, and +manufacture therefrom saddles, bridles, shoes, &c.</p> + +<p>The great sovereign of Ashantee has also received with royal honours, +and welcomed, the ministers of the gospel, encouraged them, and listened +to them in the most gratifying manner. The Almamy of Teembo—a state +which commands the fine districts around the Niger in its early course, +and the roads from populous interior parts on the east to the western +coast—has lately evinced the strongest desire to extend cultivation and +commerce in lieu of the slave trade, and to have a ready communication +with Europeans, and especially with the English. In other portions of +Africa important movements are also going on, most gratifying to the +friends of humanity and religion.</p> + +<p>The United States of America, as a nation, is about to incorporate with +her dominions the whole coast of Africa on Cape Palmas to the borders of +the Gallinas—a fertile and healthy part of that continent, and wherein +several settlements have of late years been made by the free people of +colour from those states. This effected, there will hardly remain a spot +of any consequence in Tropical Africa worth looking after for Great +Britain to plant her foot, either for the purpose of obtaining labourers +for her West Indian colonies, or to extend agriculture and commerce with +Africa. The present British Tropical African possessions have been, and +are, very badly selected for any one of the purposes alluded to, or for +extending political power and influence in Africa. Still much more may +be made of them than has ever hitherto been done.</p> + +<p>But there is a still higher and more important consideration as regards +Africa alone—the eternal salvation of her people. This consideration is +addressed to the rulers of a Christian nation. The appeal cannot fall on +deaf ears. The debt which Great Britain owes to Africa, it is +undeniable, is incalculably great. The sooner it is put in course of +liquidation the better. To spread Christianity throughout Africa can +only atone for the past. Our duty as Christians, and our interests as +men, call on us to undertake the work. It is the cause, the safety, the +improvement, and the salvation of a large portion of the human race; it +is the cause of our country, the cause of our colonies, the cause of +truth, the cause of justice, the cause of Christianity, the cause and +the pleading of a Christian nation—and a cause like this cannot plead +in vain.</p> + +<p>To secure these important objects no great or immediate expenditure is +necessary; nay, if properly gone about, a saving in the present African +expenditure may be effected.</p> + +<p class="smcap signature">James Macqueen.</p> +<p class="datelineleft"><span class="smcap">London</span>, <i>3d May 1844</i>. +</p> + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_28" id="Footnote_A_28"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_A_28">A</a></span> This bend is represented in a map constructed in Paris, and +said to be from information obtained in a second voyage; but no such +bend is indicated in the journal of the original voyage by Captain +Selim.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_B_29" id="Footnote_B_29"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_B_29">B</a></span> Under date Yaush, September 21, 1842, Dr Beke states the +curious and important fact, that the people of Enarea and Kaffa +communicate with the west coast of Africa, and that one of the articles +of merchandise brought from that coast to these places was salt.</p></div> +</div> + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="749"> </span><a name="Page_749" id="Page_749"></a> + +NARRATION OF CERTAIN UNCOMMON THINGS THAT DID FORMERLY HAPPEN TO ME,<br /> +HERBERT WILLIS, B.D.</h2> + + +<p>It had pleased Heaven in the year 1672, when I had finished my studies +in Magdalen College, Oxford, whereof I was a Demy, and had taken my +degree of bachelor of arts in the preceding term, to visit me with so +severe an affliction of fever, which many took at first for the +commencement of the small-pox, that I was recommended by the physicians, +when the malady had abated, to return to my fatherās house and recover +my strength by diet and exercise. This I was fain to do; and having +hired a small horse of Master John Nayler in the corn market, to take me +as far as to the mansion of a gentleman, an ancient friend of my +fatherās, who had a house near unto Reading in Berkshire, and in those +troubled times, when no man knew whereunto things might turn from day to +day, did keep himself much retired. I bade adieu to the university with +a light heart but a weakened habit of body, and turned my horseās head +to the south. I performed the journey without accident in one day; but +the exertion thereof had so exhausted my strength, that Mr Waller, +(which was the name of my fatherās friend, and of kin to the famous poet +Edmund Waller, Esquire, who hath been ever in such favour with our +governors and kings,) perceiving I was nigh discomfited, did press me to +go to my chamber without delay. He was otherwise very gracious in his +reception of me, and professed great amity to me, as being the son of +his fast friend and companion; but yet I marked, as it were, a cloud +that lay obscure behind his external professions, as if he was uneasy in +his mind, and was not altogether pleased with having a stranger within +his gates. Howbeit I thanked him very heartily for his hospitality, and +betook myself to the chamber that was assigned for my repose. It was a +pretty, small room, whereof I greatly admired the fashion; and the +furnishing thereof was extreme gay, for the bed hangings were of bright +crimson silk, and on a table was placed a mirror of true Venetian glass. +Also, there were chests of mahogany wood, and other luxurious devices, +which my weariness did not hinder me from observing; but finally I was +overcome by my weakness, and I threw myself on the bed without removing +my apparel, and sustained as I believe, though I have no certain +warranty thereof, an access of deliquium or fainting. When I did recover +my senses after this interval of suspended faculty, (whether proceeding +from sleep or the other cause above designated,) I lay for many minutes +revolving various circumstances in my mind. I resolved, if by any means +my bodily powers were thereunto sufficient, to depart on the morrow, and +borrow one of Mr Wallerās horses to convey me on my way, for I was +uneasy to be thought an intruder; but when I had settled upon this in my +mind, a new incident occurred which altered the current of my thoughts, +for I perceived a slight noise at the door of my chamber as of one +stealthily turning the handle, and I lay, without making any motion, to +watch whereunto this proceeding would tend. The door was put gently +open, and a figure did enter the room, so disguised with fantastical +apparel, that I was much put to it to guess what the issue would be. It +was of a woman, tall and majestical, with a red turbaund round her head, +and over her shoulders a shawl much bedizened with needlework. Her gown +was of green cloth, and I was made aware by the sound, as she passed +along the floor, that the heels of her shoes were more than commonly +high. With this apparition, of which I took only a very rapid +observation through my half-closed eyelids, I was greatly astonished; +for she was an exact resemblance to those bold Egyptian queans who were +at first called Bohemians, but are nothing better than thieves and +vagabonds, if indeed they be not the chosen people of the prince of +darkness himself. She looked carefully all round the room, and after +opening one of the drawers of mahogany wood, and taking something +<span class="pagebreak" title="750"> </span><a name="Page_750" id="Page_750"></a> +therefrom which I could not discern, she approached to the side of my +bed, and looked earnestly upon me as I lay. I could not keep up the +delusion any longer, and opened my eyes. She continued gazing +steadfastly upon me without alteration of her countenance or uttering +any word, whether of apology or explanation; and I was so held in by the +lustre of her large eyes, and the fixed rigidity of her features, that +for some time I was unable to give utterance to my thoughts.</p> + +<p>āWoman,ā I said at last, āwhat want you with me?ā</p> + +<p>āYour help, if you will be gracious to poor mourners such as we.ā</p> + +<p>I interrogated her much and curiously as to what service she required at +my hands; for I had a scrupulosity to promise any thing to one whose +external made me think her a disciple of Mahomet, as those gipsies are +said to be. After much hesitating, she could not conceal from me that +she was in this disguise for some special and extraordinary purpose; +nevertheless, she condescended on no particulars of her state or +condition; but when I finally promised to satisfy her demand, if it +might be done by a Christian gentleman, and a poor candidate for the +holy ministry, she cautioned me not to be startled by whatever I should +see, and beckoned me to follow her—the which I did in no easy frame of +mind. Opening a little door which I had not seen when I took observation +of the apartment, she disappeared down two or three steps, where I +pursued the slight sound of her footfall; for there was great darkness, +so that I could see nothing. We went, as I conjectured, through several +passages of some length, till finally she paused; and knocked very +gently three times at a door. The door was speedily opened; and in +answer to a question of my guide, whether godly Mr Lees was yet arrived, +a voice answered that he was there, and expecting us with impatience. +When I passed through the door, I found myself in a small chamber, dimly +lighted by one small lamp, which was placed upon a table by the side of +a bed; and when I looked more fixedly I thought I perceived the figure +of a person stretched on the bed, but lying so fixed and still, that I +marvelled whether it was alive or dead. At the foot of the bed stood a +venerable old man, in the dress of a clergyman of our holy church, with +a book open in his hand, and my strange guide led me up to where he was +standing, and whispered to him, but so that I could hear her words, +āThis gentleman hath promised to assist us in this matter.ā</p> + +<p>But hereupon I interposed with a few words to the same revered divine. +āSir,ā I said, āI would be informed wherefore I am summoned hither, and +in what my assistance is needful?ā</p> + +<p>āHe hath not then been previously informed?ā he said to the Egyptian; +and receiving some sign of negation from her, he closed the book, and +leading me apart into a corner of the apartment, discovered the matter +in a very pious and edifying manner.</p> + +<p>āIt is to be godfather in the holy rite of baptism, to one whom it is +our duty, as Christian men, to rescue from the dangerous condition of +worse than unregenerate heathenism.ā</p> + +<p>āThe child of that Egyptian woman?ā I asked; but he said, āNo. She who +is now disguised in that attire is no Egyptian, but a true Samaritan, +who hath been the means of working much good in the evil times past, and +is likely to be a useful instrument in the troubled times yet to come. +If this dissolute court, and Popish heir-presumptive, do proceed in +their attempts to overthrow our pure Reformed church, depend on it, +young man, that that woman will not be found wanting in the hour of +trial. But for the matter in hand, will you be godfather to the person +now to be received into the ark?ā</p> + +<p>I told him I could not burden my conscience with so great and important +duties, without some assurance that I should be able to fulfil them. +Whereto he replied, that such scrupulosities, however praiseworthy in +calmer tines, ought now to yield to the paramount consideration of +saving a soul alive.</p> + +<p>A faint voice, proceeding from the bed, was here heard mournfully asking +if the ceremony was now to begin, for death was near at hand.</p> + +<p> +<span class="pagebreak" title="751"> </span><a name="Page_751" id="Page_751"></a> +I went up to the bed and saw the face of a pale dying woman, whose +eyes, albeit they encountered mine, had no sense of sight in them, for +the shadows of the Great King were already settled upon her countenance. +āBegin then,ā I said to the clergyman; and on a motion from him, the +woman who had conducted me went out, and shortly returned, leading by +the hand a child of two, or haply three years of age, exceeding +beautiful to look on, and dressed in the same style of outlandish +apparel as her conductor. I had little time to look attentively at her, +for her hand was put into mine, while the other was held by the +Egyptian, (as I still call her, notwithstanding I knew she was a devout +woman,) and another person, whom I guessed to be an attendant on the +sick lady, stationed herself near; whereupon the clergyman commenced +from our book of common prayer the form of baptism. The lady seemed to +acquire strength at the sound of his low solemn voice, and half raised +herself in the bed, and looked anxiously towards where we were; when the +name was given, which was Lucy Hesseltine, she stretched herself back on +her pillow with a faint smile. The ceremony was soon over, and the +Egyptian took the new Christian to the side of the bed, and whispered in +the ladyās ear, āJessica, the child is now one of the Christian flock; +she prays your blessing.ā She waited for an answer, during which time +the clergyman took me apart, and had again entered into discourse. But +the Egyptian came to us. āHush!ā she said, āthe ways of God are +inscrutable; our friend is gone to her account.ā Hereupon she hurried me +through the same passages by which we had come, and bidding me God-speed +at the hidden door of my chamber, told me to keep what I had seen a +secret from all men, yea, if possible, to forget it myself, as there +might be danger in having it spread abroad.</p> + +<p>Tormented with many thoughts, and uneasy at the great risk I ran of +bringing guilt on my own soul by having made sponsorial promises which I +could not execute, I rested but indifferently that night. The next day I +pursued my journey home in the manner I had proposed, and was glad to +avoid the chance of being interrogated by Mr Waller as to what had +occurred. In a short time my good constitution and home restored me to +my former strength, and the memory of that strange incident grew more +faint as other things came to pass which made deeper impressions on my +heart and mind. Among these is not to be forgotten the death of my +father, which happened on the 14th of June in the following year, +<i>videlicet</i> 1673; and the goodness of the lord bishop of Oxford in +giving me priestsā orders on my college Demyship, whereby I was enabled +to present myself to this living, and hold it, having at that time +attained the canonical age. My courtship also and marriage, which befell +in the year 1674, had great effect in obliterating past transactions. I +was married on Thursday, the 24th day of June.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>(Here several pages are omitted as irrelevant, containing family +incidents for some years.)</p> + +<p>Howbeit things did not prosper with us so much as we did expect; for the +payers of tithes were a stiff-necked generation, as were the Jews of +old, and withheld their offerings from the priest at the very time when +Providence sent a plentiful supply of mouths to which the offerings +would have been of use. Charles was our only son, and was now in his +third year—the two girls, Henrietta and Sophia, were six and seven—my +eldest girl was nine years past, and I had named her, in commemoration +of my fatherās ancient friend, by the prenomen of Waller. It hath been +remarked by many wise men of old, and also by our present good bishop, +that industry and honesty are the two Herculeses that will push the +heaviest waggon through the mire; and more particularly so, if the +waggoner aids also by putting his shoulder to the wheel. And easy was it +to see, that the wheel of the domestic plaustrum—wherein, after the +manner of that ancient Parthians, I included all my family, from the +full beauty of my excellent wife to the sun-lighted hair of my prattling +little Charles, (the which reminds me of those beautiful lines which are +contained in a translation of the <i>Iliad</i> of +<span class="pagebreak" title="752"> </span><a name="Page_752" id="Page_752"></a> +Homer by Mr Hobbes, +descriptive of the young Astyanax in his mother Andromacheās arm—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āAnd like a star upon her bosom lay<br /></span> +<span class="i1">His beautiful and shining golden headā)—<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>It was easy, I say, to see, that with such an additional number of +passengers, the domestic plaustrum would sink deeper and deeper in the +miry ways of the world. And consultations many and long did my excellent +wife and I hold over the darkening prospect of our future life. At last +she bethought her of going to take counsel of her near friend and most +kind godfather, Mr William Snowton of Wilts, which was a managing man +for many of the nobility, and much renowned for probity and skilful +discernment. He was steward on many great estates, and gave plentiful +satisfaction to his employers, without neglecting his own interest, +which is a thing that does always go with the other, namely, a care for +your masterās affairs; for how shall a man pretend to devote his time +and services to another manās estate, and take no heed for himself? The +thing is contra the nature of man, and the assertion thereof is fit only +for false patriots and other evil men. It was with much weariness of +heart and anxious tribulation that I parted from that excellent woman, +even for so short a period of time; but Master George Sprowles of this +parish having it in mind to travel into the village where the said Mr +William Snowton kept his abode, I availed myself of his friendly offer +to conduct my wife thither upon a pillion; and thereupon having sent +forward her luggage two days before by a heavy waggon which journeyeth +through Sarum, I took leave of the excellent woman, commending her +heartily unto the care of Providence and Master George, which +(Providence I mean) will not let a sparrow fall to the ground, much less +the mother of a family, which moreover was riding on a strong +sure-footed horse, which also was bred in our parish, and did sometimes +pasture on the glebe. It was the first time we had been separated since +our wedding-day. I took little Charles into my room that night, and did +carefully survey the other children before I went to rest. They did all +sleep soundly, and some indeed did wear a smile upon their innocent +faces as I looked upon them, and I thought it was, perhaps, the +reflection of the prayers which their mother, I well knew, was pouring +out for them at that hour. That was on a Tuesday, and as the distance +was nearly sixty miles, I could not hear of her safe arrival till the +return of Master George, which could not be till the following Monday; +not being minded, (for he was a devout man, and had imbibed his fatherās +likings in his youth, which was a champion for the late Man,) and would +rather have done a murder on a Thursday than have travelled on the +Sabbath-day. āBetter break heads,ā he was used to say, āthan break the +Sabbath.ā I did always find him, the father I mean, a sour hand at a +bargain; and when he was used to drive me hard upon his tithes and +agistments, I could fancy he took me for one of the Amalekites, or one +of the Egyptians, whom he thought it a meritorious Christian deed to +spoil. The Monday came at last, and Master George Sprowles, before he +rode to his own home, trotted his horse up our church avenue, and +delivered into my hands a packet of writing carefully sealed with a +seal, whereof the device was a true-love knot. Great was my delight and +great my anxiety to read what was written therein, and all that evening +I pored over the manuscript, on which she had bestowed great pains, and +crossed all the tās without missing one. But it is never an easy task to +decipher a womanās meaning, particularly when not addicted to +penmanship; and although my excellent wife had attended a penmanās +instructions, and had acquired the reputation, in her native place, of +being an accomplished clerk, still, since her marriage, she had applied +her genius to the making of tarts and other confections, rather than to +the parts of scholarship, and it was difficult for me to make out the +significance of her epistle in its whole extent. Howbeit, it was a +wonderful effort of calligraphy, considering she had only had two days +wherein to compose and write it, and she had been so little used to this +manner of communication, +<span class="pagebreak" title="753"> </span><a name="Page_753" id="Page_753"></a> +and it consisted of three whole sides of a +large sheet of paper. She said therein that Mr Snowton was a father unto +her in his affection and urbanity, and that he highly approved the +motion for us to make provision of the meat that perishes, seeing it is +indispensable for young children and also for adults; and that he had +already bethought him of a way wherein he might be serviceable to +us—viz. in procuring for me certain youth of the upper kinds, to be by +me instructed in the learned tongues, and such other branches as I had +proficiency in; and, in addition thereto, he said, that peradventure he +might obtain a similar charge for my excellent wife in superintending +the perfectionment of certain young ladies of his acquaintance in +samplers, and millinery, and cookery, and such other of the fine and +useful arts as she was known to excel in; and he subjoined thereto, that +the charges for each pupil would be so large, being only those of +consideration which he recommended unto me, that a few years would be +sufficient wherein to consolidate portions for all my children. Such, +with some misgivings touching my own interpretation, did I make out to +be the substance of my excellent wifeās letter; and I rejoiced greatly +that such an opening was made for me, by the which I might attain to +such eminence of estate that I might place my Charles in the first ranks +of the law, yea, might live to see him raised to the fulness of temporal +grandeur, and sitting, as Lord High Keeper, among the peers and princes +of the land, with a crown of pure gold upon his head. But there was no +crown but a heavenly one, that fadeth not nor groweth dim, that could +have added a fresh beauty to the fair head of my Charles. But the +sweetest part of her missive was contained in the <i>post scriptum</i>. +Therein she said, and in this I could not be wrong, that Mr Snowton had +undertaken to forward her in his light wheeled cart, by reason of the +conveniency it would be of to her in the transportation of herself and +luggage, and also of Miss Alice Snowton, of Mr Snowtonās kindred, a +young lady which he had adopted, (being the only child of his only +brother, Mr Richard Snowton, deceased,) and advised my wife to accept +the care of her as a beginning, and for the charges of the same he would +be answerable for fifty golden Caroluses at Ladyday and Michaelmas. A +hundred Caroluses each year! My heart bounded with joy. Great were my +preparations for the reception of my new inmate, and busy were we all +from my busy Waller down to Charles. He with much riotousness did +superintend all, and rejoiced greatly at the noise caused by the +hammering, and taking down and putting up of bed-hangings, and did in no +slight measure add thereto by strange outbreaks of riotous mirth, such +as whooping and screaming; causing confusion, at the same time, by +various demonstrations of his enjoyments, such as throwing nails against +the windows, beating on the floor with the poker, and occasionally +interrupting our operations by tumbling down stairs, and causing us for +a moment to believe him killed outright, or at least maimed for life. +But there is a special providence over happy children; and save that he +fell on one occasion into the bucket of soap and water, wherewith a +domestic was scowering the chintz room floor, and suffered some +inconvenience from the hotness thereof, he escaped in a manner truly +miraculous from any accident affecting life or limb. When the time drew +near in the which I expected the return of my excellent wife, I took all +the children to the upper part of the church field which faces the +high-road, upon which the large stones have recently been laid down, in +the manner of a causeway, but which, at that period, was left to the +natural hardness, or rather softness, of the soil, and was, in +consequence thereof, dangerous to travel on by reason of the ruts and +hollows; to that portion, I say, of the church field I conveyed all my +little ones, to give the gratulations necessary on such an occasion to +their excellent mother. The spot whereon we were stationed commanded a +view of the hill which superimpends our village, and we were therefore +gratified to think that we should have an early view of the expected +travellers; and many quarrels and soft reconcilements did take place +between my younger ones, upon +<span class="pagebreak" title="754"> </span><a name="Page_754" id="Page_754"></a> +the point of who would be the first to +see their approach. In the midst of these sweet contentions, whilst I +was in the undignified and scarcely clerical act of carrying little +Charles upon my shoulder, having decorated his head with my +broad-brimmed hat, in order to enable him—vain imagination, which +pleased the boyās heart—to see over and beyond the hill, there did +pass, in all her wonted state and dignity, with two outriders in the +Mallerden livery, two palfreniers at her side, and four mounted +serving-men behind, the ancient Lady Mallerden, which was so famous an +upholder of our venerated church in the evil days through which it so +happily passed; and with no little perturbation of mind, and great +confusion of face, did I see the look of astonishment, not to say +disdain, with which she regarded my position; more particularly as +little Charles, elevated, as I have said, upon my shoulders, with his +legs on each side of my neck, did lift up the professional hat, which +did entirely absorb his countenance, with great courtesy, and made a +most grave and ceremonious obeisance unto the lofty lady. She pursued +her path, returning the salutation with a kind of smile, and at the same +easy ambling pace as was her wont, proceeded up the hill. Just as she +reached the summit thereof our eyes were gladdened with the sight, so +long desired, of the light equipage on two wheels of the kind Mr +Snowton, containing my excellent wife and her young charge, and also +various boxes of uncommon size, in which were laid great store of bodily +adornment for both the ladies; as was more fully seen thereafter, on the +opening of the boxes, by reason of Mr Snowton having privily conveyed +into them various changes of apparel for the use of my excellent wife, +as also for each of the three girls. To Charles he also sent the image +of an ass, which, by touching a certain string, did open its mouth and +wave its ears in a manner most curious to behold, wherewith the infant +was infinitely delighted, as was I, without enquiring at that time into +the exquisite mechanism whereby the extraordinary demonstrations were +produced. But in the course of little more than a month he was led, by +his enquiring turn of mind, to pry into the mystery; and in the pursuit +of knowledge—laudable surely in a person of his years, and +demonstrative of astonishing sagacity and research—he did take the +animal entirely to pieces, and saw the inward parts thereof. The great +lady, with all the retinue, stopped short as she encountered with my +excellent wife at the top of the hill, and did most courteously make +tender enquiries of her state of health, and also of her plans—whereof +she seemed some little instructed—and expressed her satisfaction +therein, and did make many sweet speeches to her, and also to the pupil, +and trusted that she would be good and dutiful, and an earnest and +affectionate daughter of the Church of England. To all which my +excellent wife replied in fitting terms, and Alice Snowton—so was she +named—made promise so to do, God being her helper and I her teacher; +and thereupon the great lady bended her head with smiles, and rode on. +When they got down to where we stood in the church field, the flush of +modesty, and perhaps of pride, at being spoken to in such friendly guise +by the haughty Lady Mallerden, had not yet left the cheek of my +excellent wife, upon which I impressed a kiss of true love, and held up +little Charles as high as I could, to enable him to do likewise, which +he did, with a pretty set speech which I had taught him, in gratulation +of her return. Alice Snowton also did blush, and held out her cheek, +whereon I pressed my lip, with fervent prayers for her advance in +holiness and virtue, and also in useful learning, under my excellent +wifeās instructions. She was a short girl, not much taller than my +Waller, though she seemed to be three or even four years more advanced +in age. She was a sweet engaging child of thirteen, and I loved her as +one of my flock from the moment I saw her, as in duty bound. My children +were divided between joy at seeing their excellent mother, and wonder at +the stranger. But a short period wore off both these sentiments of the +human mind, or rather the outward manifestation of them; and I will +venture to assert that the quietude of night, and the clearness of the +starry heavens, +<span class="pagebreak" title="755"> </span><a name="Page_755" id="Page_755"></a> +fell on no happier household on that evening than the +parsonage of Welding. And next day it was the same; and next, and next, +and a great succession of happy, useful days. Alice was a dear girl, and +we loved her as our own; and she loved Charles above all, and was his +friend, his nurse, his playfellow. Their gambols were beautiful to +behold; and, to complete the good work which was so well begun, good Mr +Snowton did send to my care, at the same remuneration, two young +gentlemen of tender years, Master Walter Mannering and Master John +Carey—the elder of them being eight and the other seven; and, as if +fortune never tired of raining down on us her golden favours, the great +Lady Mallerden herself did use her interest on my behalf, and obtained +for me the charge of a relative of her noble house—the honourable +Master Fitzoswald, of illustrious lineage in the north, of the age of +nine years. But doubtless, as the philosopher has remarked, there is no +sweet without its bitter, or, as the poet has said, āno rose without its +thorn,ā or, better perhaps, as another great poet of antiquity has +clothed the sentiment—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">——āMedio de fonte leporum<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Surgit amari aliquid;ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>for it was made an express stipulation of the latter office—namely, the +charge of the honourable young gentleman, being the second son of the +noble Earl Fitzoswald, in Yorkshire—that the great Lady Mallerden +should have joint superintendence of his studies with me, and the +direction of his conduct, and also his religious education. And this was +a sore drawback to the pleasure I experienced, for I knew her to be +proud and haughty beyond most women, or even men; and also that she was +of so active and inquisitive a turn of mind, that she would endeavour to +obtain all power and authority unto herself, whereto I determined by no +means to submit. Two hundred golden guineas was the <i>honorarium</i> per +annum for his education; and my excellent wife, who was addicted, like +the most of her sex, to dreams and omens, did very often have a vision +in the night, of the Right Hon. the Earl Fitzoswald presenting me to a +great office in the church—yea, even a seat among the right reverend +the lord bishops of the Upper House of Parliament. Nor were portents and +auguries wanting, such as this—which made an uncommon impression on my +excellent wifeās mind—<i>videlicet</i>, it chanced that Alice Snowton did +make a hat of paper, to be placed on Charlesās head when he was more +than usually naughty, to be called the foolās-cap out of derision; but +this same paper hat, which was of a fantastic shape, being conical and +high, the boy with scissors did dexterously mutilate and nearly destroy, +and, coming quietly behind me when I was meditating the future with my +excellent wife, he placed it on my head; and, to all our eyes, there was +no mistaking the shape into which, fortuitously, and with no view or +knowledge of such emblems, he had cut the paper-cap. It was evidently a +mitre, and nothing else! But this, and various other concurring +incidents, I pass over, having frequently rebuked my excellent wife for +thinking more highly of such matters than she ought to think.</p> + +<p>The course pursued in our studies was the following, which I +particularly write down, having had great experience in that sort, and +considering it may be useful, if perchance this account should fall into +the hands of any who follow the honourable and noble calling of +educating the rising generation. The <i>Colloquies</i> of Corderius, as also +the <i>Fables</i> of Æsopus, with those also of Phædrus his Roman +continuator....</p> + +<hr /> + +<p>(Many pages are here omitted as irrelevant.)</p> + +<p>... And my excellent wife, after much entreaty, consented thereto. +Accordingly, on the very next Sunday, the great Lady Mallerden attended +at my house after church, and did closely question, not only the young +gentlemen on the principles of their faith, but also Alice Snowton, and +did, above all, clearly and emphatically point out to them the +iniquities of the great Popish delusion; and exhorted them, whatever +might be their future fate or condition, to hold fast by the pure +Reformed church. And so much did my eldest daughter, who was now a great +tall girl of twelve +<span class="pagebreak" title="756"> </span><a name="Page_756" id="Page_756"></a> +years of age, win upon the heart of the great lady, +that she invited her to come up for several days and reside with her at +Mallerden Court, which was a great honour to my daughter, invitations +not being extended to any to enter that noble mansion under the degree +of nobility. Nor did her beneficence end here; for she did ask Alice +Snowton, who was now a fine young woman of fifteen or thereby, to be her +guest at the same time. Alice was not so stout in proportion to her +years as my Waller; but there was a certain gracefulness about her when +she moved, and a sweet smile when she spoke, which was very gainful on +the affections, as Charles could testify; for he loved her, and made no +secret thereof, better than any of his sisters, and also, I really and +unfeignedly believe, better than that excellent woman his mother. And so +great was the impression made on the great lady by my Wallerās +cleverness and excellent manner of conducting herself, that, on her +return at the end of three days, a letter, in the noble ladyās own land, +bore testimony to her satisfaction, and a request, or rather a command, +was laid on me, to send her, under charge as she expressed it, of Alice +Snowton, to the Court for a longer period the following week. And such +was the mutual happiness of the noble lady, and of that young girl, (my +Waller, I mean,) who could now write a beautiful flowing hand, and spell +with uncommon accuracy and expedition, that erelong it was an arranged +thing, that three days in each week were spent by the two children at +Mallerden Court; and a horse at last, on every Wednesday, was in waiting +to convey them, on a double pillion, to the stately mansion.</p> + +<p>I have not alluded to the state of public affairs, of which I was far +from cognizant, saving that the writhings and strugglings which this +tortured realm did make, shook also the little parsonage of Welding. We +heard, at remote intervals of time, rumours of dangers and difficulties +hanging over this church and nation; but were little alarmed thereat, +putting faith in the bill of exclusion, and the honour of our most +gracious and religious lord the king. Nor did I anticipate great harm +even if the Duke of York, in the absence of lawful posterity of his +brother, should get upon the throne, trusting in the truth of his royal +word, and the manifold declarations of favour and amicableness to the +church, which he from time to time put forth. But Æsopus hath it, when +bulls fight in a marsh the frogs are crushed to death. It was on the +tenth day of February, in the year of our Lord 1685, I was busy with my +dear friends, the youths under my charge, in the Campus Martius, (which +was a level space of ground in one of the glebe fields by the side of +the river, whereon we performed our exercises of running, jumping, +wrestling, and other athletic exercitations,) when we were startled by +the hearing the sound of many horses galloping up the hill above the +village; and looking over the hedge on to the road, we saw a cavalier +going very fast on a fine black horse, which had fire in its eyes and +nostrils, as the poet says, followed by a goodly train of serving-men, +all well mounted, and proceeding at the same rate. We went on with our +games for an hour or two, when all at once I was peremptorily sent for +to go to my house without delay; and accordingly I hurried homewards, +much marvelling what the summons could portend. I went into my study, +and sitting in my arm-chair I saw the great Lady Mallerden; but she was +so deep in thought, that for some minutes she kept me standing, and +waiting her commands. At last she started to herself, and ordered me to +be seated, and in her rapid glancing manner began to speak—</p> + +<p>āI have been visited by my son, who rode post haste from London to tell +me the king was dead. He has been dead four days.ā</p> + +<p>I was astonished and much saddened at the news.</p> + +<p>āSorry—yes—but there is no time for sorrow,ā said the noble lady; āwe +must be up and doing. We are betrayed.ā</p> + +<p>āDid your son, the noble Viscount Mallerden, tell you this?ā</p> + +<p>āHe is one of the betrayers—know you not what manner of man he +is?—Then I will tell you.ā And here a strange light flashed from her +eyes, and her lips became compressed till all the colour +disappeared—āHe is a +<span class="pagebreak" title="757"> </span><a name="Page_757" id="Page_757"></a> +viper that stung me once—and would sting me +again if I took him to my bosom, and laid it open for his poisonous +tooth. I tell you the Lord Mallerden is a godless, hopeless, faithless, +man—bound hand and foot to the footstool of the despotic, cruel +monster—the Jesuit who has now his foot upon the English throne. He is +a Papist, fiercer, bitterer, crueller, because he has no belief neither +in priest nor pope—but he is ambitious, reckless, base, a courtier. He +prideth himself in his shame, and says he has openly professed. It is to +please the hypocritical master he serves. And he boasts that our late +king—defender of the faith—was shrived on his deathbed by a Popish +friar.ā</p> + +<p>āI cannot believe it, my lady.ā</p> + +<p>āYou are a good man—a good simple man, Master Willis,ā she said; and +although the words of her designation were above my deserts, seeing that +simplicity and goodness are the great ornaments of the Christian +character, still the tone in which she spoke did not pertake of the +nature of a compliment, and I bowed, but made no observation in reply.</p> + +<p>āBut it needs men of other minds in these awful times which I see +approaching—men of firmness, men of boldness—yea, who can shed blood +and shudder not; for great things are at stake.ā</p> + +<p>āI trust not, my lady—albeit the shedding of bloodā——</p> + +<p>āI know, is generally condemned; yet be there texts which make it +imperative, and I think I foresee that the occasion for giving them +forth is at hand. All means in their power they will try; yes, though +James of York has been but four days a king, he had already made +perquisition for such as may be useful to him, not in settling the crown +upon his head, but in carrying off this people and kingdom, a bound +sacrifice to the blind idol which he worshippeth at Rome. You know not +the history of that man; no, nor of my son. Alas! that a motherās lips +should utter such words about her own flesh and blood! The one of them I +tell you is a bigot, a pursuer, a persecutor—the other a sensualist, a +Gallio, a tool. For many years he has never beheld his motherās face; he +married in his youth; he injured, deserted, yea, he killed his wife—not +with his own hand or with the dagger, but by the surer weapons of +hatred, neglect, unkindness. And she died. He has but one child; that +child was left in charge of my honoured and loving daughter, the Lady +Pevensey of Notts, and hath been brought up in a Christian manner; but +now, he—this man of Belial—wishes to get this infant in his own hands; +nay, he boldly has made a demand of her custody both on me and Pevensey, +my daughter. We will not surrender her; he is now great and powerful. +The king will back his efforts with all the weight of the crown; and we +have considered, if we could confide the persecuted dove to the hands of +some assured friend—some true son of our holy church—some steady, +firm-hearted, strong-nerved man, who in such cause would set lord and +king at defianceā——</p> + +<p>Here she paused, and looked upon me with her eyes dilated, and her +nostrils panting with some great thought which was within her; and I +availed myself of the pause to say—</p> + +<p>āOh, my lady! if you did mean me for such charge, I confess my +deficiency for such a lofty office; for I do feel in me no stirrings of +an ambitious spirit. Sufficient is it for me to take care of the +innocent flock committed to my care, in the performance of which charge +I have the approbation of my own heart, and also, I make bold to hope +it, of your ladyship, seeing that I have instructed them in the true +principles both of faith and practice; and although there are +shortcomings in them all, by reason the answers in the Catechism are not +adapted to the capacities of the younger ones, especially of Charles, +(who, notwithstanding, has abilities and apprehensions above his years,) +yet are they all embued with faithful doctrine, from Alice Snowton, +which is the most advanced in stature, to the honourable Master +Fitzoswald, which is somewhat deficient in growth, being only three +inches taller than my little Charles.ā</p> + +<p>The great lady looked at me while I spoke, and made no answer for long +time. At last she said with a sort of smile, which at the same +<span class="pagebreak" title="758"> </span><a name="Page_758" id="Page_758"></a> +time was +not hilarious or jocular in its nature—</p> + +<p>āPerhaps ātis better as it is. There is a providence in all things, and +our plans and proposals are all overruled for the best—for which may +God be praised! Therefore I will press you no more on the subject of the +guardianship of my grandchild. But Mallerden will move heaven and earth +to get her into his power—yes, though he has neglected her so long, +never caring to see her since her childhood; yet now, when he sees +ātwill gain him the treasurership of the royal household to sell the +greatest heiress and noblest blood in England to the Papists, he will +make traffic of his own child, and marry her to some prayer-mumbler to a +wooden doll. Let us save her, good sir—but I forgot. No—I will save +her myself. I, that have steered her through so many quicksands, will +not let her make shipwreck at last. I will guard her like the apple of +my eye, and possess my soul in patience until this tyranny be overpast.ā +And so ended the interview, during which my heart was tossed to and fro +with the utmost agitation, and my whole frame so troubled that I various +times lost all mastery of myself, and only saw before me a great black +gulf of ruin, into which some invisible power was pushing me and all my +little ones. Great, therefore, was my delight, and sweet the relief to +my soul, when the great lady left me unconnected with her quarrels. For, +in the crash of such contending powers, there was no chance of escape +for such a weak instrument as I was; and fervent were my hopes, and deep +my prayers, that the perils and evils prognosticated by the religious +fears of my great protectress might be turned aside, and all good +subject and sincere churchmen left each under his own vine and his own +fig-tree, with nobody to make them afraid. But vain are the hopes of +men. We read in no long time in all menās looks the fate we were +condemned to; for it seemed as if a great cloud, filled with Godās +wrath, was spread out over this realm of England, and the faces of all +men grew dark. We heard the name of Jeffreys whispered in corners, and +trembled as if it had been a witchās spell to make our blood into water. +The great lady kept herself much in solitude in the ancient Court, and +saw not even her favourite companion, my daughter Waller, for many +months; but did ever write affectionate letters to her, and sent +presents of rich fruits, and other delectations in which the young take +pleasure. There was much riding to and fro of couriers, but whither, or +whence, she did never tell, and it was not my province to enquire; but +at last an order came for me to send up my Waller and her friend to the +mansion. And at evening they were conveyed on horseback as before; but +on this occasion their escort was not Master Wilkinson the under butler, +but no less a person than my ladyās kinsman, the senior brother of my +honourable pupil, the honourable Master Fitzoswald of Yorkshire, a +stately young cavalier as could be seen, strong and tall, and his style +and title was the Lord Viscount Lessingholm—being the eldest son and +heir to that ancient earldom. He was an amiable and pleasant gentleman, +full of courtesies and kindness, and particularly pleased with the +newfangled fashion of a handsome cap which formed the headpiece of my +excellent wife. He said also many handsome things about the brightness +of my Wallerās eyes, and assured my excellent wife that he saw so +promising an outsprout of talent in my Charles, that he doubted not to +see him one of the judges of the realm, if so be he applied his +intellectuals to the bar. He was also extreme civil to Alice Snowton, +which answered his civilities in like manner; and seldom in so short a +space as half an hour has any person made so favourable an impression as +he did, particularly on his brother, by reason of his bestowing on him a +large Spanish doubloon, and promising him a delicate coloured maneged +horse immediately on his return to Yorkshire. It is a pleasant sight to +see (and reflected some credit on my ministration of the moralities in +this particular instance) the disinterested love of brethren, one +towards another, and I failed not to ascertain that the Lord Lessingholm +had been boarded in the house of an exemplary divine, to wit, Mr Savage +of Corpus Christi College, Oxford—a fact which I think it proper to +mention +<span class="pagebreak" title="759"> </span><a name="Page_759" id="Page_759"></a> +to the honour of that eloquent member of our church—inasmuch +as any man might be proud of having had the training up in the way he +should go, of so excellent and praiseworthy a youth.</p> + +<p>It was many days before my young ones came back, (I would be understood +to include in this Alice Snowton, whom I looked upon with the tenderness +of a father and the pride of a teacher all in one;) and when they +returned to me, I thought I perceived that they were both more sorrowful +than of wont. Alice (and my Waller also) looked oppressed with some +secret that weight upon their hearts, and I was fearful the great lady +had made them partakers of her cares in the matter of her son and her +grandchild. Yet did I not think such a thing possible as that either of +them should have been taken into her confidence on so high and momentous +a concernment, by reason of my Waller being so young, though thoughtful +and considerate, and also fuller grown than persons much more advanced +in life; and Alice Snowton was of so playful and gentle a disposition, +that she seemed unfitted for the depository of any secret, unless those +more strictly appertaining to her youth and sex, and moreover was a +stranger to this part of the country, being of a respectable family, as +I have observed, in Wilts—namely, a brother of Mr Snowton, my kind +patron and friend. I called them into my study, after my labours were +over with the other pupils, and I said to them—</p> + +<p>āDear children, ill would it become me to pry into the secrets of my +honoured lady, the Lady Mallerden; yet may there arise occasions wherein +it is needful for one in my situation, (parent to the one of you, and +<i>in loco parentis</i> to the other,) to make perquisition into matters of +weight and importance to your well-being, even at the risk of appearing +inquisitive into other peoplesā affairs. Answer me, therefore, Alice, my +dear child, has the Lady Mallerden instructed you in any portion of her +family story?ā</p> + +<p>āShe has in some degree, Sir,ā said Alice Snowton, ābut not deeply.ā</p> + +<p>āYou know of her disagreement on certain weighty points with her son, +the Lord Viscount, and how that he is a wicked man, seeking to break +into the pasture of the Lord, and tear down the hedges and destroy the +boundaries thereof; and that in this view he is minded to get his +daughter into his power, to use her as an instrument towards his +temporal elevation?ā</p> + +<p>āSomething of all this we have heard, but not much,ā said Alice Snowton.</p> + +<p>āAnd furthermore, I must tell you that overtures were made to me to aid +and assist in the resistance to be offered to this man of sin, and I +did, for deep and wholesome reasons, refuse my assent thereto, and in +this refusal I meant you, my children, to be included; therefore, +whatever propositions may be made to you, to hear, or know, or receive, +or in any manner aid, in the concealment of the Lord Viscountās +daughter—which is at present in charge of an honourable lady in the +north—I charge you, refuse them; they may bring ruin on an unambitious +and humble household, and in no case can do good. We must fear God ever, +and honour the king while he is entrusted with the sword of power; and +family arrangements we must leave to the strong hands and able head of +the great Lady Mallerden herself. In this caution I know I fulfil the +intentions of my honoured friend, your esteemed uncle, Mr William +Snowton, which is concerned with too many noble families to desire to +get into enmity with any—and therefore be grateful for all the kindness +you experience from my honoured lady; but if perchance she brings her +grandchild to the Court, and wishes to make you of her intimates, inform +me thereof; and greatly as it would be to be regretted, I would break +off the custom of your visits to the noble house, for even that honour +may be too dearly purchased by the enmity of powerful and unscrupulous +men—if with sceptres in their hands, so much the more to be held in +awe.ā And I ended with Æsopus his fable of the frogs and bulls. This +discourse (whereof I had prepared the heads in the course of the +morning) I delivered with the full force of my elocution, and afterwards +I dismissed them, leaving to my excellent wife the duty of enlarging on +the same topic, and also of giving such advice to Alice, which +<span class="pagebreak" title="760"> </span><a name="Page_760" id="Page_760"></a> +was now +a full grown young woman, and very fair to look on, in respect of the +young cavaliers she might see at the great house, particularly the noble +lord, the Lord Lessingholm. Such advice I considered useless in regard +to my Waller, she being only about fourteen years of age, but in other +respects a fair and womanly creature to see; for her waist was nearly +twice as large as Alice Snowtonās, and her shoulders also, and in weight +she would have been greatly an overmatch; and certes, putting aside all +parental fondness, which we know to be such a beautifier of oneās own +kindred as to make the crow a more lovely animal than the dove, (in the +eyes of the parent crow,) I will confess that in my estimation, and also +in that of my excellent wife, there was no comparison between the two +fair maidens, either in respect of fulness of growth or redness of +complexion, the advantage being, in both these respects, on the side of +the junior. Some sentiment of this sort I saw at the time must have +possessed the honourable breast of the Viscount Lessingholm; for +although he made much profession of visiting at the parsonage for the +sake of seeing his juvenile brother, still there were certain looks and +tokens whereby I was clearly persuaded that the magnet was of a +different kind; and whereas it would have been vain and ambitious in me +to lift my eyes so high, in view of matrimonial proposals, as to nearly +the topmost branch in the peerage of England, (the Earls Fitzoswald +being known to have been barons of renown at the period of the Norman +Conquest;) still it would ill have become me to prevent my daughter from +gathering golden apples if they fell at her feet, because they had grown +on such a lofty bough of the tree; and I will therefore confess, that it +was with no little gratification I saw the unfoldings of a pure and +virtuous disposition in the honourable young nobleman. And I will +further state, that it seemed as if his presence when he came, (and that +was often, nay, sometimes twice in one day,) did make holiday in the +whole house; and Charles was by no means backward in his +friendship—receiving the fishing-rods presented unto him by the right +honourable with so winning an eagerness, and pressing Alice (his +constant friend) to go with him and the noble donor with so much zeal to +the brook, therein to try the virtues of the gift, that I found it +impossible to refuse permission; and therefore did those three often +consume valuable hours, (yet also I hope not altogether +wasted)—<i>videlicet</i>, Alice and Charles, and the honourable Viscount—in +endeavouring to catch the finny tribe, yet seldom with much success. But +whatever was the result of their industry—yea, though it was but a +minnow—it was brought and presented to my Waller by the honourable +hands of the young man, with so loving an air, that it was easy to +behold how gladly he would have consented, if she had been the companion +of their sports, if by any means Charles could have been persuaded to +have exchanged Alice Snowton for her. But the very mention of such an +idea did throw the child into such wrathful indignation, that the right +honourable was fain to bestow on him whole handfuls of sugar-plums, and +promise that Alice should not be left behind. So fared the time away; +and at last I began to hope that the fears of the great lady were +unfounded, and that nothing would occur to trouble her repose. The +manner of living had been resumed again, with the difference that, on +the days the young maidens did not visit the noble mansion, the +honourable viscount was, as it were, domiciled in the parsonage; and I +perceived that, by this arrangement, the great lady was highly pleased; +perhaps because the presence of a kinsman, a courageous gentleman, gave +her some security against the rudenesses she seemed to be afraid of on +the part of her own son—a grievous state of human affairs when the +fifth commandment is not held in honour, and reducing us below the level +of puppy-dogs and kittens, to whom that commandment, along with the rest +of the decalogue, is totally unknown. Sundry times I did observe +symptoms of alarm; and care did write a sad story of mental suffering on +the brow of the great lady, which was a person of the magnanimity of an +ancient matron, and bore up in a +<span class="pagebreak" title="761"> </span><a name="Page_761" id="Page_761"></a> +manner surprising to behold in one who +stood, as it were, with one hand upon her coffin, while her other +stretched backward through the shadow of fourscore years to touch her +cradle. And ever, from time to time, couriers came to the noble mansion, +while others flew in various directions on swift horses at utmost speed; +and looking up into that lofty atmosphere, we saw clouds and ominous +signs of coming storms, before we could hear the voice of the thunder. +And once a royal messenger (called a pursuivant-at-arms) came down in +person, and carried the great lady to London, and there she stayed many +days, and was threatened with many things and great punishments, yea, +even to be tried by the Lord Jeffreys for high treason, in resisting the +kingās order to deliver up her grandchild to its natural guardian—which +was its father, the Viscount Mallerden, now created by royal favour +Marquis of Danfield. But even this last danger she scorned; and after +months of confinement near the royal court, her enemies gave up +persecuting her for that season, and at last she came back to Mallerden +Court. In the meanwhile, we went on in a quiet and comfortable manner in +the parsonage—the Viscount Lessingholm frequently with us, (almost as +if he were a pupil of the house;) and on one or two occasions we had a +visit for an evening from my honoured friend, Mr William Snowton of +Wilts. He was pleased to use great commendations, both of my excellent +wife and me, for the mode in which we attended to the mind and manners +of his niece, the culinary and other accomplishments, and the rational +education wherein he saw her advanced. He never stayed later than +day-dawn on the following morning, and kept himself reserved, as one +used to the intimacy of the great, and not liking to make his news +patent to humble people such as we; and he would on no account open his +mouth on the quarrels of our great lady and her son, the new Marquis of +Danfield, but kept the conversation in equable channels of everyday +matters, and expounded how my glebe lands might be made to yield a +greater store of provision by newer modes of cultivation—the which I +considered, however, a tampering with Providence, which gives to every +field its increase, and no more. But by this time my glebe was not the +only land on which I could plant my foot and say, Lo, thou art mine! for +I had so prospered in the five years during which I had held a ladder +for my pupils to the tree of knowledge, that much golden fruit had +fallen to my share, (being kicked down, as it were, by their climbing +among the branches;) so that I had purchased the fee simple of the +estate of my friend, Master George Sprowles, who had taken some alarm at +the state of public affairs, and gone away over the seas to the +plantation called, I think, Massachusets, in the great American +continent.</p> + +<p>It was in the beginning of October 1688, that another call was made on +the great lady to make her appearance within a month from that time in +the city of London, to give a final answer for her contumacy in refusing +obedience to the King and the lord high Treasurer. I felt in hopes the +object of their search (namely, the young maiden his daughter, for it +was bruited they rummaged to find her out in all directions) was safe +with some foreign friends which the great lady possessed in the republic +of Holland, where the Prince of Orange was then the chief magistrate; +but of this I had no certain assurance. For some days no preparations +were made at the noble mansion for so momentous a journey; but at length +there were great signs of something being in prospect. First of all, the +Viscount Lessingholm rode up from Yorkshire, whither he had been gone +three weeks, attended by near a score of fine dressed serving-men, and +took up his abode at Mallerden Court; then came sundry others of the +great ladyās kinsfolk, attended also by their servants in stately +liveries; and we did expect that the proud imperial-minded lady was to +go up with such great escort as should impress the king with a just +estimate of her power and dignity. With this expectation we kept to +ourselves ready to see the noble procession when it should start on its +way; but far other things were in store for me, and an instrument called +a pea-spitter, +<span class="pagebreak" title="762"> </span><a name="Page_762" id="Page_762"></a> +wherewith Charles had provided himself for the purpose +of saluting various of the serving-men as they passed, was rendered +useless. It was on the first day of November that the Lord Viscount +Lessingholm, (who had conveyed the young maidens, <i>videlicet</i> Alice +Snowton and my Waller, to the Court on the previous day,) did ride post +haste up to my door, making his large grey horse jump over the gate at +the end of the walk, as if he had been Perseus flying on his winged +steed to the rescue of Andromede, (as the same is so elegantly described +in the ancient poet,) and did summon me to go that moment to the noble +mansion on matter of the highest import. Much marvelling, and greatly +out of breath, I followed the noble gentlemanās motions as rapidly as +was beseeming one of my responsible situation, in regard to the +spiritual ministrations in the parish, while in sight of any of my +flock; for nothing detracts more from the dignity of the apostolical +character than rapid motions—such as running, or jumping, or an +unordered style of apparel, without hatband or cassock. When out of the +village street, I put (as the vulgar phrase expresses it) my best foot +foremost, and enacted the part of a running serving-man in the track of +my noble conductor; and finally I arrived, in such state as may be +conceived, at the entrance-hall of the noble mansion. In the court-yard +were numerous serving-men mounted in silent gravity, and ranged around +the wall. Each man was wrapped up in a dark-coloured cloak; and +underneath it I saw, depending from each, the clear polished extremity +of a steel sword-sheath. They did bear their reins tightened, and their +heels ornamented with spurs, as if ready to spring forth at a word, and +great tribulation came over my soul. Howbeit I mounted the grand +staircase, and, following the western corridor, I opened the door of the +green-damask withdrawing-room, and found myself in the middle of a large +and silent company. There were, perhaps, a dozen persons there +assembled—motionless in their chairs; and at the further end of the +apartment sat the great lady in whispered conversation with a tall dark +gentleman of mature years, say fifty or thereabouts, and with a wave of +her hand, having instructed me to be seated, she pursued her colloquies +in the same under tones as before. When I had placed myself in a chair, +and was in somewhat recovering my breath, which much hurrying and the +surprising scene I saw had greatly impaired, a hand was laid upon my +shoulder, and I turned round, and, sitting in the next chair to me, I +beheld my honoured friend Mr William Snowton of Wilts.</p> + +<p>āGood Master Willis,ā he said, āyou little expected to see me here, I do +well believe; but it was but lately I was summoned.ā</p> + +<p>āAnd know you wherefore we are here assembled?ā I enquired.</p> + +<p>āSomewhat I know, but not all. The persons here be men of great power, +some of them being those by whom I am employed in managing their worldly +affairs, and shortly we shall hear what is determined on.ā</p> + +<p>āOn what subject do they mean to consult us? I shall be ready,ā said I, +āto give what advice may be needed, if peradventure it suits with my +sacred calling.ā</p> + +<p>āI fear they will hardly consult a person of your holy profession,ā said +Mr Snowton with a sober kind of smile. āIt is of life or death we are +now to take our choice.ā</p> + +<p>A great fear fell upon me, as a great shadow falls upon the earth before +a thunder storm. āWhat mean ye?ā I whispered. āThere is no shedding of +blood.ā</p> + +<p>āThere will be <i>much</i> shedding of blood, good Master Willis; yea, the +rivers in England will run red with the same, unless some higher power +interferes to deliver us.ā</p> + +<p>āAnd wherefore am I summoned to such fearful conference? I am no man of +blood. I meddle not with lofty matters. Iā——</p> + +<p>But here I was interrupted by Mr Snowton in a low grave tone. āThen you +have not heard that the wicked man of sin, the false Papist, the Marquis +of Danfield, hath discovered his child?ā</p> + +<p>āNo, I have not been informed thereof. And hath he gained possession of +her?ā</p> + +<p>āNo, nor shall not!ā and hereupon he frowned a great frown, and let his +<span class="pagebreak" title="763"> </span><a name="Page_763" id="Page_763"></a> +sword-sheath strike heavily upon the floor. All the company looked +sharply round; but seeing it was by hazard, they took no notice of what +occurred.</p> + +<p>āAnd where, then, is the maiden bestowed?ā I demanded.</p> + +<p>āIn this house; you shall see her soon.ā</p> + +<p>āAnd what have I to do with these matters? They are above my +concernment!ā I exclaimed, in great anguish of mind.</p> + +<p>āYou have to unite her in the holy bands of wedlock.ā</p> + +<p>āNay, that is clearly impossible! Where, I pray thee, is the license?ā</p> + +<p>āAll that has been cared for by means of a true bishop of our church. +There can be no scruple on canonical grounds; and if there be hesitation +in obeying the Lady Mallerdenās orders, (provided she finally takes up +her mind to deliver the same,) I would not answer for the recusantās +life, no, not for an hour.ā</p> + +<p>āBut wherefore in such secrecy, with such haste?ā I said, in dreadful +sort.</p> + +<p>āBecause we know that the father slept at Oxford last night with store +of troops, and that he will be here this night with a royal warrant to +enforce his right to the bestowal of his child; and he hath already +promised her to the leader of the malignant Papists.ā</p> + +<p>āAnd are we here to resist the kingās soldiers and the mandate of the +king?ā</p> + +<p>āYea, to the death!ā he said, and sank into gloomy thoughts and said no +more.</p> + +<p>I looked around among the assembly, and recognized no other faces that I +knew, and in a short space the great lady, having finished her colloquy +with her next neighbour, rose up and said—āMy lords, I believe ye be +all of kin to this house, and the other gentlemen be its friends—a +falling house, as represented by a feeble woman of fourscore years and +five. Yet in the greatness of the cause, may we securely expect a gift +of strength even to so frail an instrument as I am. I have consulted +with you all, and finally have taken counsel with my kind cousin and +sweet friend, the Earl of Fitzoswald, now at my side, and he hath agreed +to what I have proposed. It now, then, but remains to carry our project +into effect; and for that purpose I have summoned hither a good man and +excellent divine, Master Willis of this neighbourhood, to be efficacious +in that behalf.ā</p> + +<p>I started up, and said in great agitation—āOh, my lady!ā—but had not +proceeded further when I was broken in upon by a voice of thunder—</p> + +<p>āSilence, I say! What, is it for the frailness of a reed like you that +such noble enterprise must perish? Make no remonstrance, sir, but do +what is needed, orā——</p> + +<p>Although the great lady did not finish her words, I felt an assurance +steal like ice over my soul that my hours were numbered if I hesitated, +and I bowed low, while Mr William Snowton did privily pull me down into +my seat by the hinder parts of my cassock.</p> + +<p>āYou—you, Master Willis, of all men, should least oppose this godly +step. For the noise thereof will sound unto the ends of the earth, and +make the old Antichrist on his seven hills quake and tremble, and shake +the pitiful spirit of the apostate of Whitehall. Say I not well, my +lords?ā</p> + +<p>āYou say well,ā ran round the room in a murmur of consent.</p> + +<p>āAnd you—you, Master Willis,ā she went on, āleast of all, should object +to keep a lamb within the true fold—yea, a lamb which you did see with +your own eyes introduced into the same. Remember you nought of godly +Master Wallerās in Berkshire, or of the scene you saw in a certain +chamber, where the baptismal waters were poured forth, and murmured like +a pleasant fountain in the dying ears of a devout Christian woman?ā</p> + +<p>I was so held back with awe that I said not a word, and she went on—</p> + +<p>āOh, if good Master Lees had yet been spared, we should not have asked +for the ministry of trembling and unwilling hands like yours! And now, +my lords—and you, kind gentlemen, my plan as arranged with good Lord +Fitzoswald is this:—I give my grandchildās hand where her heart has +long been bestowed; I then go with her through lanes and byways; under +good escort, to the city of Exeter, where erelong we shall cast in our +lot +<span class="pagebreak" title="764"> </span><a name="Page_764" id="Page_764"></a> +with certain friends. The bridegroom shall see nought of his bride +till happier days arrive, except at this altar; and you shall go +directly to your respective stations, and be ready at the first blowing +of the horns before which the walls of this Jericho are to fall. In the +next chamber I have made preparation for the ceremony, and in a few +minutes, when I have arranged me for the journey, I will summon you.ā</p> + +<p>Something of this I heard—the sense namely forced its way into my +brain; but I was confused and panic-stricken. The whole sad scene +enacted so many years before, at the house of good Master Waller, on my +way home from Oxford, came back upon my heart, and I marvelled at the +method whereby the great lady had acquired a knowledge of the secret. I +was deep sunk in these cogitations when the door of the inner library +was at last thrown open, and such light flashed upon us from the +multitude of candles, which were illuminated in all parts of the +chamber, that my eyes were for some time dazzled. When I came to myself +I looked, and at a table under the eastern window, on which was spread +out a golden-clasped prayer-book, opened at the form of solemnization of +matrimony, I saw, along with two young men of about his own age, (all +girt with swords, and booted and spurred,) the right honourable the +Viscount Lessingholm, which I at once concluded was acting as +bridegroomās man to one of the other youths. The company, which had been +assembled in the withdrawing-room, placed themselves gravely, as if some +solemn matter was in hand, at the side of the table; and I took my place +by a motion from the Earl Fitzoswald, and laid my hand upon the +prayer-book, as ready to begin. The door at the other end of the room, +which leadeth to the outer staircase, was opened, and there came +noiselessly in a tall woman, dressed in the same fantastical apparel, +like the apparel of the Bohemians or gipsies, which I remembered so well +on the fatal night of the christening; and, when she cast her eyes on +me, I could not have thought an hour had passed since that time, and I +recognised in her, with awe and wonderment, the features of the great +lady, the Lady Mallerden herself. In each hand she led a young person, +in her left my daughter Waller, and I will not deny that at the sight my +heart leapt up with strange but not unpleasing emotion, as, remembering +the habitudes of the noble Viscount Lessingholm, I thought there was a +possibility of a double wedding; and in her other hand, dressed as for a +journey, with close fitting riding-coat, and a round hat with sable +feathers upon her head, she conducted Alice Snowton, the which looked +uncommon lovely, though by no means so healthy or stout-looking as her +other companion—<i>videlicet</i>, my Waller. They walked up to the place +whereat we stood, and the Lord Viscount springing forward, did give his +hand to Alice Snowton, and did not let it go for some time; but looked +upon her with such soft endearing looks that she held down her head, and +a red blush appeared upon her cheek, as if thereupon there had been +reflected the shadow of a rose. For it was not of the deep tinge which +formed the ornament of the complexion of my Waller.</p> + +<p>āThis is no time for useless dalliance,ā said the great lady; ālet us to +work. By no other means can we root out for ever the hopes of our +enemies.ā</p> + +<p>āWhere then, madam,ā I said, āis the bride?—and who, I pray you, is the +bridegroom?ā</p> + +<p>āThe bridegroom is the Viscount Lessingholm. This maiden is the bride.ā</p> + +<p>āBut Alice Snowton, my lady. I did think it was your honourable +grandchild who was to be united to this noble gentleman.ā</p> + +<p>āAnd so it is—and so it is! She is Alice Snowton no longer. Our good +friend, Master Snowton, the steward on my daughter Pevenseyās Wiltshire +manor, was good enough to adopt her as his niece; and for her better +concealment we placed her in the charge of a person whose character for +meekness and simplicity was too notorious to raise suspicion of his +being concerned in such a plot. Even to herself, till lately, her +parentage was unknown, as Master Snowton kept well the secret.ā</p> + +<p>āAnd one other question,ā I said; +<span class="pagebreak" title="765"> </span><a name="Page_765" id="Page_765"></a> + āthe child to whom I became bound as +godfather?ā</p> + +<p>āāTis the same. This is the poor Lucy Hesseltine, whose orphanship you +witnessed in that lone and yet comfortable death.ā</p> + +<p>The lady Lucy Hesseltine, or rather Alice Snowton, for by that name I +loved her best, did throw her arms about my neck, and kissed my cheek, +and said I had been a kind godfather to her, yea, had been a father to +her, and my excellent wife a mother. At this my heart was much moved, +and I saw tears come to the eyes of several of the bystanders, but no +tear came to the eyes of the great lady herself.</p> + +<p>āLet this be enough,ā she said. āLet us finish what we have yet to do.ā</p> + +<p>And thereupon, all being ready and in their due places, I began; but +when I came to the question—āLucy Hesseltine, wilt thou have this man +to be thy lawful husband?ā—a sudden noise in the court-yard under the +window made me pause; but the great lady commanded me with a frown to go +on, and I concluded the question, and received in reply a sweet but +audible āyes.ā But the noise was again repeated, and the assistants +sprang to their feet, for it was the sound of the sharp shooting off of +pistols.</p> + +<p>āStir not for your lives till the ceremony is over!ā cried the great +lady; and I hurried with trembling lips over the remainder of the +service. A loud voice in the yard was heard amid the trampling of much +horse. āIn the kingās name, surrender!ā the voice said. āWe have a +warrant here, and soldiers!ā</p> + +<p>āFor as much as Frederick and Lucy Hesseltine,ā (I said as calmly as I +could, though with my heart quaking within me) āhave consented together +in holy wedlock, and have witnessed the same before God and this +company, and thereto have given and pledged their troth either to other, +and have declared the same by giving and receiving of a ring, and by +joining of hands—I pronounce that they be man and wife together!ā</p> + +<p>āNow then, my lords and gentlemen,ā cried the great lady, springing to +her feet, āto the defence! We are witnesses of this marriage, and +clashing swords must play the wedding peel. If need be, fear not in such +quarrel to do your best; yea, to the shedding of blood! Though the blood +were my sonās, it were well shed in such a holy cause. Now then, Lucy, +come! Guard the front entrance but an hour, and we shall be beyond +pursuit.ā</p> + +<p>And so saying she glided rapidly, with the nearly fainting bride, +towards the hidden stairs, while Viscount Lessingholm rushed rapidly +with drawn sword down the grand flight, and sprang on his grey horse. In +the confusion my Waller had disappeared, and in great agonies of fear I +slipped into the court-yard. Oh, what a sight met my eyes! There were +several men lying dead, which had been shot or otherwise killed, and +their horses were galloping hither and thither with loose reins and +stirrups flapping; other men were groaning, and writhing in great pains, +tearing the ground with bleeding hands, and dragging themselves, if such +were possible, away from the <i>mêlée</i>. Meanwhile, horsemen drawn up on +either side were doing battle with sword and pistol; and the trampling +and noise of the shouting, the groans and deep execrations, all +resounding at once in that atmosphere of smoke and approaching night, +were fearful to listen to, and I bethought me of some way of escape. I +slipped within the piazza of the servantsā court, and made my way +towards the gate; but here the battle raged the fiercest, the noble +Viscount Lessingholm being determined to keep it closed, and the furious +Marquis resolute to force it open, whereby an accession of men might +come to him which were shut out on the other side—the warder of the +door having only admitted the marquis himself, and about fifty of the +kingās dragoons. The retainers which I had seen on my entrance amounted +to seventy or more; and seeing they had most of them been soldiers, yea, +some which had grizzled locks, having been among the shouters at Dunbar, +and on many fields besides, under the cruel eye of the ferocious Oliver +himself, they did cry āHa, ha! at the spear of the rider, and smelt the +battle afar off.ā The Marquis of Danfield did spur his black war-horse, +with his sword poised high in air +<span class="pagebreak" title="766"> </span><a name="Page_766" id="Page_766"></a> +towards the noble Viscount of +Lessingholm, and with fierce cries the noble viscount raised also his +sword, and was in act to strike the undefended head of his assailant. +āStop, Frederick!ā cried a voice, which proceeded from the Earl +Fitzoswald; āit is Danfield himself!ā whereupon the young gentleman did +ward off the blow aimed at him by the marquis, and passed on. All this I +saw ere I gave up hopes of getting out by the gate; but seeing this was +hopeless, I pursued my way back again, with intent to get out by one of +the postern windows, and hurry homeward across the fields; and having +opened a window near unto the buttery, I hung by my hands, and then +shutting my eyes and commending my soul to Heaven, I let go, and dropt +safely down upon the greensward. But ere I could recover myself +sufficiently, I was set upon as if I had been an armed enemy, by a large +number of mounted men, which were of the company of the marquis, whereby +I saw that the house was surrounded, and feared the great lady and Alice +(I would say the Viscountess Lessingholm) were intercepted in their +retreat. Howbeit, I gave myself up prisoner, by reason of various blows +with the flats of sabres, and sundry monitions to surrender or die. I +was led in great fear to the front of the court, and brought before a +proud, fierce-browed commander, which interrogated me āof all that was +going on, and whether the Lady Lucy Mallerden was in the Court?ā Whereto +I answered, that I was so overcome with terror that I knew little of +what I had seen, and, with regard to the noble lady, I was persuaded she +was not within the walls. āIf you answer me,ā he said, ātruly, and tell +me what road she has taken, I will send you away in safety, and secure +you his majestyās pardon for any thing you may have done against his +crown and dignity; but if you refuse, I will assuredly hang you on the +court-yard gate the moment we gain possession thereof. Now, say which +way went they?ā I was sore put to it, for it was like betraying innocent +blood to tell these savage men the course my godchild pursued in her +escape; and yet to tell an untruth was repugnant to my nature, and I +said to the captain, āIt is a hard matter for me to point out where my +friends are fleeing unto.ā</p> + +<p>āThen youāll be hung as high as Haman at daybreak; so you can take your +choice,ā said he.</p> + +<p>āIf I direct you unto the place whereunto she is gone,ā I said, āit will +be a hard matter to find her.ā</p> + +<p>āThatās our business, not yours. Tell us where it is.ā</p> + +<p>āFor, suppose she were in hiding in a city, a large busy place like +Bristol, and waited for a conveyance to a foreign landā——</p> + +<p>āIn Bristol! Oho, say no more! Ensign Morley, take ten of the best +mounted of the troop and scour the northern roads towards Bristol. You +will overtake them ere they are far advanced.ā</p> + +<p>āI pray you, captain,ā I said, āto observe—I have not told you she is +gone towards Bristol.ā</p> + +<p>āI know you havenāt,ā he said smiling, āI will bear witness you have +kept her secret well; but here we are about to enter the Court, for the +firing is finished. The rebels will be on gibbets within twenty-four +hours, every one.ā</p> + +<p>But there was no sign of the gate being opened. Contrariwise there did +appear, in the dimness of the evening-sky, certain dark caps above the +outside wall, which I did recognize as being worn by the serving-men of +the great ladyās friends; and while we were yet talking a flight of +bullets passed close over our heads, and three or four of the troopers +fell off dead men, leaving their saddles empty and their horses +masterless.</p> + +<p>āDraw close my men,ā cried the captain, āright wheel;ā and setting his +men an example, he did gallop with what speed he might from the +propinquity of the wall. As for myself, I was in some sort relieved by +the knowledge that the noble mansion still continued in possession of +the Viscount Lessingholm; and comforting myself with the assurance that +no evil could befall my daughter Waller while under his protection, I +did contrive to seize by the bridle one of the dragoonsā horses, (a +stout black horse, which, being never claimed, did do my farming work +for fifteen years,) and, +<span class="pagebreak" title="767"> </span><a name="Page_767" id="Page_767"></a> +climbing up into the saddle, betook me home to +inform my excellent wife of all these dreadful events. All next day, and +all the next—yea, for three whole days—I stayed in my quiet home, +receiving information quietly by means of a note brought to me by my +servants, that the mansion still held out, that Waller was quite safe, +and that, provided no artillery was brought to bear against them, that +they could hold out <i>till the time came</i>. What was the meaning of the +latter phraseology, I did not know; but considering it desirable at that +period to cut down certain trees on my recently purchased estate, I +proceeded with Thomas Hodge the carpenter, and various other artificers +of my parishioners, (all being friends and dependents of the great +lady,) and with saws and other instruments did level the whole row of +very large oaks and elm trees which bordered the only high-road from +Oxford; and, by some strange accident, all the trees did fall exactly +across the same, and made it utterly impossible to move thereupon with +cart or waggon; so that it was much to be suspected that the guns, which +we heard were ordered to come up from Wallingford, could by no means get +over the obstruction. It is also to be observed that Master George +Railsworth, the mason, who had contracted to repair the strong bridge +over our stream, did take this opportunity of taking down two of the +arches of the same, and could find no sufficient assistance to enable +him to restore them, which made the road impassable for horse or man. On +the following day, namely, the fifth day of November, we heard that all +the kingās soldiers were suddenly ordered from all parts up to London, +and that the Marquis of Danfield had been left to his imprisonment in +Mallerden Court. Whereupon I bethought me it would be safe to venture up +once more, and bring my daughter Waller to the securer custody of my +excellent wife. Next morning, at early dawn, I accordingly did go up, +and was admitted, after a short parley, by the gate-keeper, which had a +helmet on his head and a sword in his hand. Speedily I was in the arms +of my daughter Waller, who looked as happy as if none of these scenes +had been transacted before her eyes; and moreover did refuse, in very +positive terms, to leave the Court till her dear friend Alice—I would +say the Lady Lucy—returned. I reasoned with her, and reprimanded her, +and showed her in what a fearful state of danger we all were, by reason +of the rebellion we had been guilty of against his majesty the king. +Whereupon the child did only laugh, and told me, āHere she would abide +until the time came.ā And with this enigmatical expression I was fain to +be content; for she would vouchsafe me no other. And, corroborative of +all which, she said, she relied on the assurances made unto her to that +effect by Sir Walter Ouseley, one of the young gentlemen which had acted +as bridegroomās man to the noble Viscount Lessingholm, and was now in +the Court as his lieutenant in the defence of the same. A goodly young +gentleman he was, and fair to look upon, and extraordinary kind to me, +soothing my fears, and encouraging me to hope for better things than +those my terrors made me anticipate. I enquired of the behavings of the +Marquis of Danfield, and learned to my surprise that it was expected +that before this day was over, if he did receive a courier, as was +thought, from the Lord Churchill, one of the kingās favourite officers, +he would withdraw all his objections to the marriage, and rather be an +encourager and advocate of the same. In these discourses the time passed +away, and about three of the clock, after we had dined in the great +hall, we were looking out from the battlements and saw a dust on the +western road.</p> + +<p>āIt is Churchillās letter,ā said the noble Viscount Lessingholm, āand he +has kept his promise for once.ā</p> + +<p>āThere is too much dust for only one courierās heels—there be twenty in +company at least,ā replied Sir Walter Ouseley, which had the arm of my +Waller closely locked in his.</p> + +<p>āThere may be a surprise intended,ā cried the noble viscount. āHoist the +flag, man the walls, treble the watchers, and sound for the men into the +yard.ā</p> + +<p>We of the peaceful professions—<i>videlicet</i>, my daughter Waller and +I—did descend from the bartizan, and +<span class="pagebreak" title="768"> </span><a name="Page_768" id="Page_768"></a> +betook ourselves to the great +withdrawing room, to wait for the result of the approach. We had not +waited long when the door opened, and no other than the great lady +herself, and my loved and lovely godchild, the Viscountess Lessingholm, +came into the apartment. The great lady was now appareled as became her +rank, having discarded those Bohemian habiliments which were her +disguise in times of danger. Oh! it was a great sight to behold, the +meeting between the Lady Lucy and my daughter Waller; but when hurried +steps sounded on the stairs, and the door opened, and the noble viscount +rushed into her arms, it was impossible to keep from tears. My feeble +pen can venture on no such lofty flights of description, and therefore I +will not attempt it. Meanwhile, in the outer court, great shouting was +heard. Sir Walter Ouseley came up to us, and announced that the Marquis +of Danfield āpresented his respects to his noble mother, and +congratulated her on the glorious news.ā</p> + +<p>āI knew how it would be,ā she said, āwith base natures such as his and +Churchillās. We accept their assistance, but despise the instrument. He +will now be fierce against his benefactor, (who, though a bad king, was +tender to his friends,) and bitterer against his faith than if he had +never been either a courtier or a bigot. I receive his congratulations, +Sir Walter Ouseley, but I decline an interview for some time to come.ā</p> + +<p>āHe desired me also, my lady,ā said Sir Walter, āto convey his blessing +to the bride, and his tender love to his new son, the Viscount +Lessingholm.ā</p> + +<p>āWell, let them not reject it. The blessing even of such a father has +its value. But we must now make preparation, for the celebration of the +happy nuptials, in a style fitting the rank of the parties. The prince +is pleased with what we have doneā——</p> + +<p>The young man, Sir Walter Ouseley, who had been whispering in my ear, +here broke in on the great ladyās speech.</p> + +<p>āIf it would please you, madam, at the same time, to permit two others +to be happy, I have obtained Master Willisās consent thereto, and also +the consent of this fair maiden.ā</p> + +<p>The viscountess took Waller in her arms, and kissed her cheek, and the +great lady smiled.</p> + +<p>āI knew not, Sir Walter Ouseley, that you were so perfect a soldier as +to sustain an attack and lay siege at the same time; but since in both +you have been successful, I give you my hearty good wishes. And so, dear +friends and true supporters, let us be thankful for the great +deliverance wrought for this land and nation, as well as for ourselves. +Our defender, the noble William, landed three days ago at Torbay, and is +now in Hampton Court. The king has taken flight, never to be restored. +Therefore, God save the Prince of Orange and the Lady Mary, the props +and ornaments of a true Protestant throne!ā</p> + + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="769"> </span><a name="Page_769" id="Page_769"></a> +BEAU BRUMMELL.<a name="FNanchor_A_30" id="FNanchor_A_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_30" class="fnnum">A</a></h2> + + +<p>All things change; ours is the age of masses and classes, the last was +the age of individuals. Half a dozen remarkable men then represented the +London world, in politics, poetry, bon-mots, dining out, and gaming. +Pitt and Fox, the Dukes of Queensberry and Norfolk, Sheridan and General +Scott, were the substitutes for mankind in the great metropolis. George +Brummell was the last of the beaus. The flame of beauism was expiring; +but it flamed in its socket brighter than ever, and Beau Brummell made a +more conspicuous figure in the supreme <i>bon-ton</i> of elegant absurdity, +than any or all his predecessors. The only permanent beau on earth is +the American savage. The Indians, who have been lately exhibiting their +back-wood deformities in our island at shilling a-head, were prodigious +dressers; Greek taste might probably have dissented from their +principles of costume, but there could be no doubt of the study of their +decoration. Their <i>coiffeur</i> might not altogether supersede either the +Titus or the Brutus in the eye of a Parisian, but it had evidently been +twisted on system; and if their drapery in general might startle Baron +Stulz, it evidently cost as dexterous cutting out, and as ambitious +tailoring, as the most <i>recherché</i> suit that ever turned a āmiddling +manā into a figure for Bond Street.</p> + +<p>But the charm which is the very soul of European fashion, is scorned by +the Indian. Change—the āCynthia of the minute,ā the morning thought and +midnight dream of the dilettanti in human drapery—has no captivation +for the red man. He may like variety in his scalps or his squaws; but +not a feather, not a stripe of yellow on one cheek, or of green on +another, exhibits a sign of the common mutabilities of man. He struts in +the plumes which his fathers wore, is attired in the same nether +garments, exhibits the same head-gear, and decorates his physiognomy +with the sane proportion of white-wash, red-lead, bearās-grease, and +Prussian blue.</p> + +<p>Beauism, in England, scarcely goes farther back than the days of Charles +II. It may be said that Elizabeth had her beaux; but the true beau being +an existence of which no man living can discover the use, and which is, +in fact, wholly useless except to his tailor and the caricaturists, the +chevaliers of the time of Queen Bess are not entitled to the honour of +the name. Raleigh, no doubt, was a good dresser; but then he could write +and fight, and was good for something. Leicester is recorded as a superb +dresser; but then he dabbled in statesmanship, war, and love-making, and +of course had not much time on his hands. The Sedleys, Rochesters, and +their compeers, had too much actual occupation, good and bad, to be +fairly ranked among those gossamery ornaments of mankind; they were idle +enough in their hearts for the purpose, but their lives were <i>not</i> +shadows, their sole object was <i>not</i> self. They were more nice about +swords than snuff-boxes and, if they were spendthrifts, their profusion +was not limited to a diamond ring or a Perigord pie. They loved, hated, +read, wrote, frolicked and fought; they could frown as well as smile, +and see the eccentricity of their own follies as well as enjoy them. But +the true beau is a <i>beau-ideal</i>, an abstraction substantialized only by +the scissors, a concentrated essence of frivolity, infinitely sensitive +to his own indulgence, chill as the poles to the indulgence of all +others; prodigal to his own appetites, never suffering a shilling to +escape for the behoof of others; magnanimously mean, ridiculously wise, +and contemptibly clever; selfishness is the secret, the spring, and the +principle of, <i>par excellence</i>, the beau.</p> + +<p>In the brief introduction prefixed to the āLife,ā some of those +individuals who approached closest to perfection of old times are +mentioned. +<span class="pagebreak" title="770"> </span><a name="Page_770" id="Page_770"></a> +One of those was Sir George Hewitt, on whom Etheridge, the +comic writer, sketched his Sir Fopling Flutter. This beau found a place +in poetry as well as in prose,</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āHad it not better been than thus to roam,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To stay, and tie the cravat-string at home?<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To strut, look big, strike pantaloon, and swear<br /></span> +<span class="i0">With Hewitt—D——me, Thereās no action here?ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>Wilson followed. He was a personage who first established the fashion of +living by oneās wits. Returning from the army in Flanders with forty +shillings in his pocket, he suddenly started into high life in the most +dashing style, eclipsed every body by his equipage, stud, table, and +dress. As he was not known at the gaming-table, conjecture was busy on +the subject of his finances; and he was charitably supposed to have +commenced his career by robbing a Dutch mail of a package of diamonds. +Still he glittered, until involved in a duel with Mississippi Law; the +latter financier, probably jealous of so eminent a rival, ran a rapier +through his body.</p> + +<p>The next on the list is Beau Fielding. He was intended for the bar, but +intending himself for nothing, his pursuit was fashion. He set up a +showy equipage, went to court, and led the life of āa man about town.ā +He was remarkably handsome, attracted the notice of Charles II., and +reigned as the monarch of beauism. He was rapidly ruined, but repaired +his fortune by marrying an heiress. She died; and the beau was duped by +an Englishwoman, whom he married under the idea that she was a Madame +Delaune, a widow of great wealth. Finding out the deception, he cast her +off, and married the Duchess of Cleveland, though in her sixty-first +year. For this marriage he was prosecuted, and found guilty of bigamy. +He then became reconciled to his former wife, and died, in 1712, at the +age of sixty-one. He was the Orlando of the <i>Tatler</i>.</p> + +<p>Beau Edgeworth lives only in the record of Steele, in the 246th number +of the <i>Tatler</i>, as a āvery handsome youth who frequented the +coffeehouses about Charing-Cross, and wore a very pretty ribbon with a +cross of jewels on his breast.ā Beau Nash completes the list of the +ancient heroes, dying in 1761, at the age of eighty-eight—a man of +singular success in his frivolous style; made for a master of the +ceremonies, the model of all sovereigns of water-drinking places; absurd +and ingenious, silly and shrewd, avaricious and extravagant. He +<i>created</i> Bath; he taught decency to ābucks,ā civility to card-players, +care to prodigals, and caution to Irishmen! Bath has never seen his like +again. In English high life, birth is every thing or nothing. Men of the +lowest extraction generally start up, and range the streets arm-in-arm +with the highest. Middle life alone is prohibited to make its approach; +the line of demarcation there is like the gulf of Curtius, not to be +filled up, and is growing wider and wider every day. The line of George +Brummell is like that of the Gothic kings—without a pedigree; like that +of the Indian rajahs—is lost in the clouds of antiquity; and like that +of Romulus—puzzles the sagacious with rumours of original irregularity +of descent. But the most probable existing conjecture is, that his +grandfather was a confectioner in Bury Street, St Jamesās. We care not a +straw about the matter, though the biographer is evidently uneasy on the +subject, doubts the trade, and seems to think that he has thrown a shade +of suspicion, a sort of exculpatory veil over this fatal rumour, by +proving that this grandfather and his wife were both buried, as is shown +by a stone, still to be seen by the curious, in St Jamesās church-yard. +We were not before aware that Christian burial was forbidden to +confectioners. The biographer further adds the convincing evidence of +gentility, that this grandfather was buried within a few feet of the +well-known ribald, Tom Durfey. Scepticism must now hang down its head, +and fly the field.</p> + +<p>We come to a less misty and remote period. In the house of this +ancestor, who (<i>proh dedecus!</i>) let lodgings, lived Charles Jenkinson, +then holding some nondescript office under government. We still want a +history of that singularly dexterous, shy, silent, +<span class="pagebreak" title="771"> </span><a name="Page_771" id="Page_771"></a> +and successful man; +who, like Jupiter in Homer, did more by a nod than others by a +harangue—made more as a scene-shifter than any actor on the stage of +Westminster—continually crept on, while whole generations of highfliers +dropped and died; and at length, like a worm at the bottom of a pool, +started up to the surface, put on wings, and fluttered in the sunshine, +Earl of Liverpool! The loss of such a biography is a positive injury to +all students of the art of rising. Jenkinson was struck by the neatness +of the autograph in which āApartments to be Letā was displayed on the +door; and probably, conscious that the āart of lettingā was the true +test of talents, made the young writer his amanuensis, and finally +obtained for him a clerkship in the treasury. He was next in connexion +with Lord North for the twelve years of that witty and blundering +noblemanās unhappy administration, and enjoyed no less than <i>three +offices</i>, by which he netted L.2500 a-year. He was abused a good deal by +the party-ink of his time; but the salary enabled him to bear spattering +to any amount, and probably only increased Lord Northās sympathy for his +fellow-sufferer, until that noble lord was suffocated in the public +mire.</p> + +<p>But after the crush of the minister, the man felt that his day was done; +and he retired to ādomestic virtueā as it is termed, took a good house +in the country, enjoyed himself, and in 1794 died, leaving two sons and +a daughter, and L.65,000 among them.</p> + +<p>George Bryan Brummell, the second son, was born in June 1778. The +biographer observes characteristically, that the beau avoided the topic +of his genealogical tree with a sacred mystery. It appears that he +avoided with equal caution all mention of the startling fact, that one +of his Christian names was <i>Bryan</i>. It never escaped his lips; it never +slipped into his signature; it was never suffered to ācome between the +wind and his nobility.ā If it had by any unhappy chance transpired, he +must have fainted on the spot, have fled from society, and hid his +discomfiture in</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āDeserts where no men abide.ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>Brummell was a dandy by instinct, a good dresser by the force of +original genius; a first-rate tyer of cravats on the <i>in</i>voluntary +principle. When a boy at Eton, in 1790, he acquired his first +distinction not by ālongs and shorts,ā but by the singular nicety of his +stock with a gold buckle, the smart cut of his coat, and his finished +study of manners. Others might see glory only through hexameters and +pentameters; renown might await others only through boating or cricket; +with him the colour of his coat and the cut of his waistcoat were the +materials of fame. Fellows and provosts of Eton might seem to others the +āmagnificoesā of mankind—the colossal figures which overtopped the age +by their elevation, or eclipsed it by their splendour—the ādii majorum +gentium,ā who sat on the pinnacle of the modern Olympus; but Brummell +saw nothing great but his tailor—nothing worthy of respect among the +human arts but the art of cutting out a coat—and nothing fit to ensure +human fame with posterity but the power to create and to bequeath a new +fashion.</p> + +<p>But the name of dandy was of later date; the age had not attained +sufficient elegance for so polished a title; it was still buck or +macaroni; the latter having been the legacy of the semi-barbarian age +which preceded the eighteenth century. Brummell was called Buck Brummell +when an urchin at Eton—a preliminary evidence of the honours which +awaited him in a generation fitter to reward his skill and acknowledge +his superiority. Dandy was a thing yet to come, but which, in his +instance, was sure to come.</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āThe force of title could no further go—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The ādandy was the heirloom of the beau.āā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>Yet even in boyhood the sly and subtle style, the Brummellism of his +after years, began to exhibit itself. A party of the boys having +quarreled with the boatmen of the Thames, had fallen on one who had +rendered himself obnoxious, and were about to throw him into the river. +Brummell, who never took part in those affrays, but happened to pass by +at the time, said, āMy good fellows, donāt throw him into the river; +for, as the man is in +<span class="pagebreak" title="772"> </span><a name="Page_772" id="Page_772"></a> +a high state of perspiration, it amounts to a +certainty that he will catch cold.ā The boys burst into laughter, and +let their enemy run for his life.</p> + +<p>At Eton, however, he was a general favourite for his pleasantry, the +gentleness of his manner, and the smartness of his repartee. He had +attained tolerable scholarship, was in the fifth form in 1793, the year +in which he left Eton, and wrote good Latin verses, an accomplishment +which he partially retained to his last days. From Eton he went to +Oriel, and there commenced that cutting system of which he so soon +became the acknowledged master. He cut an old Eton acquaintance simply +because he had entered at an inferior college, and discontinued visiting +another because he had invited him to meet two students of a hall which +he was pleased to consider obnoxious. In his studies he affected to +despise college distinctions, but yet wrote for the Newdigate prize, and +produced the second best poem. But his violation of college rules was +systematic and contemptuous. He always ordered his horse at hall time, +was the author of half the squibs, turned a tame jack-daw with a band on +into the quadrangle to burlesque the master, and treated all proctorsā +and other penalties with contempt. Such, at least, is the character +given him by Mr Lister in Granby.</p> + +<p>But he was now to commence a new career. In 1794 he was gazetted to a +cornetcy in the Tenth Hussars, the gift of its colonel the Prince of +Wales. Brummellās own account of this origin of his court connexions is, +that when a boy at Eton he had been presented to the Prince, and that +his subsequent intimacy grew out of the Princeās notice on that +occasion. But a friend of his told the biographer that the Prince, +hearing of the young Etonian as a second Selwyn, had asked him to his +table, and given him the commission to attach him to his service. This +was a remarkable distinction, and in any other hands would have been a +card of fortune. He was then but sixteen; he was introduced at once into +the highest society of fashion; and he was the favourite companion of a +prince who required to be amused, delighted in originality, and was fond +of having the handsomest and pleasantest men of the age in his regiment.</p> + +<p>Brummell, though an elegant appendage to the corps, was too much about +the person of the Prince to be a diligent officer. The result was, that +he was often late on parade, and did not always know his own troop. +However, he evaded the latter difficulty in general, by a contrivance +peculiarly his own. One of his men had a large blue-tinged nose. +Whenever Brummell arrived late, he galloped between the squadrons till +he saw the blue nose. There he reined up, and felt secure. Once, +however, it happened unfortunately that during his absence there was +some change made in the squadrons, and the place of the blue nose was +shifted. Brummel, on coming up late as usual, galloped in search of his +beacon, and having found his old friend he reined up. āMr Brummell,ā +cried the colonel, āyou are with the wrong troop.ā āNo, no,ā said +Brummell, confirming himself by the sight of the blue nose, and adding +in a lower tone—āI know better than that; a pretty thing, indeed, if I +did not know my own troop!ā</p> + +<p>His promotion was rapid; for he obtained a troop within three years, +being captain in 1796. Yet within two years he threw up his commission. +The ground of this singular absurdity is scarcely worth enquiring into. +He was evidently too idle for any thing which required any degree of +regularity. The command of a troop requires some degree of attention +from the idlest. He had the prospect of competence from his fatherās +wealth; and his absolute abhorrence of all exertion was probably his +chief prompter in throwing away the remarkable advantages of his +position—a position from which the exertion of a moderate degree of +intellectual vigour, or even of physical activity, might have raised him +to high rank in either the state or the army.</p> + +<p>Of course, various readings of his resignation have been given; some +referred it to his being obliged to wear hair-powder, which was then +ceasing to be fashionable; others, more probably, to an original love +for doing nothing. The reason which he himself assigned, was comic and +characteristic. It was his disgust at +<span class="pagebreak" title="773"> </span><a name="Page_773" id="Page_773"></a> +the idea of being quartered, for +however short a time, in a manufacturing town. An order arrived one +evening for the hussars to move to Manchester. Next morning early he +waited on the Prince, who, expressing surprise at a visit at such an +hour from him, was answered—āThe fact is, your royal highness, I have +heard that we are ordered to Manchester. Now, you must be aware how +disagreeable this would be to <i>me</i>; I really could not go. <i>Think! +Manchester!</i> Besides, you would not be there. I have therefore, with +your permission, determined to sell out.ā—āOh, by all means, Brummell!ā +said the Prince; ādo as you please.ā And thus he stripped himself of the +highest opportunity in the most showy of all professions before he was +twenty-one.</p> + +<p>He now commenced what is called the bachelor life of England; he took a +house in Chesterfield Street, May Fair; gave small but exquisite +dinners; invited men of rank, and even the Prince, to his table; and +avoiding extravagance—for he seldom played, and kept only a pair of +horses—established himself as a refined voluptuary.</p> + +<p>Yet for this condition his means, though considerable, if aided by a +profession, were obviously inadequate. His fortune amounted only to +L.30,000, though to this something must be added for the sale of his +troop. His only resources thenceforth must be play, or an opulent +marriage.</p> + +<p>Nature and art had been favourable to him; his exterior, though not +distinguished, was graceful, and his countenance, though not handsome, +was intelligent. He possessed in a certain degree the general +accomplishments, and exactly in the degree, which produce a flattering +reception in society. He was a tolerable musician, he used his pencil +with tolerable skill, and he wrote tolerable verses; more would have +been worse than useless. He dressed admirably, and, as his <i>cheval de +battaile</i>, he talked with a keenness of observation and a dexterity of +language, scarcely less rare than wit, and still more exciting among the +exhausted minds, and in the vapid phraseology, of fashion.</p> + +<p>His person was well formed, and his dress was a matter of extreme study. +But it is rather libellous on the memory of this man of taste to +suppose, that he at all resembled in this important matter the strutting +display which we have seen in later times, and which irresistibly +strikes the beholder with surprise, that any man capable of seeing +himself in the glass could exhibit so strong a temptation to laughter; +while to the more knowing in the affairs of costume, it betrays +instantly the secret that the exhibitor is simply a walking placard for +a tailor struggling for employment, and supplying the performer on the +occasion with a wardrobe for the purpose. Brummellās dress was finished +with perfect skill, but without the slightest attempt at exaggeration. +Plain Hessian boots and pantaloons, or top boots and buckskins, which +were then more the fashion than they are now; a blue coat, and a buff +coloured waistcoat—for he somewhat leaned to Foxite politics for +formās-sake, however he despised all politics as unworthy of a man born +to give the tone to fashion—was his morning dress. In the evening, he +appeared in a blue coat and white waistcoat, black pantaloons closely +fitting, and buttoning tight to the ankle, striped silk stockings, and +opera hat. We may thus observe how much Brummell went <i>before</i> his age; +for while he thus originated a dress which no modern refinement has yet +exceeded, and which contained all that is <i>de bon ton</i> in modern +equipment, he was living in the midst of a generation almost studiously +barbarian—the Foxite imitators of the French republicans—where every +manās principle was measured by the closeness of his approach to +savagery; and nothing but the War interposed to prevent the +<i>sans-culottism</i> alike of the body and the mind.</p> + +<p>Brummell, though not possessing the patronage of a secretary of state, +had the power of making menās fortunes. His principal tailors were +Schweitzer and Davidson of Cork street, Weston, and Meyer of Conduit +street. Those names have since disappeared, but their memory is dear to +dandyism; and many a superannuated man of elegance will give āthe +passing tribute of a sighā to the incomparable neatness of their +<span class="pagebreak" title="774"> </span><a name="Page_774" id="Page_774"></a> + āfit,ā +and the unrivaled taste of their scissors. Schweitzer and Meyer worked +for the Prince, and the latter was in some degree a royal favourite, and +one of the household. He was a man of genius at his needle; an inventor, +who even occasionally disputed the palm of originality with Brummell +himself. The point is not yet settled to whom was due the happy +conception of the trouser opening at the ankle and closed by buttons. +Brummell laid his claim openly, at least to its improvement; while +Meyer, admitting the elegance given to it by the tact of Brummell, +persisted in asserting his right to the invention. Yet if, as was said +of gunpowder and printing, the true inventor is the man who first brings +the discovery into renown, the honour is here Brummellās, for he was the +first who <i>established</i> the trouser in the Bond street world.</p> + +<p>The Prince, at this period, cultivated dress with an ardour which +threatened to dethrone Brummell himself, and his wardrobe was calculated +to have cost L.100,000. But his royal highness had one obstacle to +encounter which ultimately drove him from the field, and restricted all +his future chances of distinction to wigs; he began to grow corpulent. A +scarcely less formidable evil arose in his quarreling with Brummell. In +the course of hostilities, the Prince pronounced the beau a tailorās +block, fit for nothing but to hang clothes on; while the retaliation +came in the shape of a caricature, in which a pair of leather breeches +is exhibited lashed up between the bed-posts, and an enormously fat man, +lifted up to them, is making a desperate struggle to get his limbs +properly seated in their capacity: another operation of a still more +difficult nature, the making the waistband meet, still threatening to +defy all exertion.</p> + +<p>Brummellās style was in fact simplicity, but simplicity of the most +studied kind. Lord Byron defined it, āa certain exquisite propriety of +dress.ā ā<i>No</i> perfumes,ā the Beau used to say, ābut fine linen, plenty +of it, and <i>country</i> washing.ā His opinion on this subject, however, +changed considerably in after time; for he used perfumes, and attributed +a characteristic importance to their use. Meeting a gentleman at a ball +with whom he conversed for a while, some of the party enquired the +strangerās name. āCanāt possibly tell,ā was the Beauās answer. āBut he +is evidently a gentleman—his perfumes are good.ā He objected to country +gentlemen being introduced into Watierās, on the ground āthat their +boots always smelt of horse-dung and bad blacking.ā</p> + +<p>His taste in matters of <i>virtu</i> was one of the sources of his profusion; +but it always had a reference to himself. He evidently preferred a +snuff-box which he could display in his hand, to a Raphael which he +could exhibit only on his wall. His snuff-boxes were numerous and +costly. But even in taking snuff he had his style: he always opened the +box with <i>one</i> hand, the left. The Prince imitated him in this <i>tour de +grace</i>.</p> + +<p>A fashion always becomes more fashionable as it becomes more ridiculous. +People cling to it as they pet a monkey, for its deformity. The high +head-dresses of France, which must have been a burden, made the tour of +Europe, and endured through a century. The high heels, which almost +wholly precluded safe walking, lasted their century. The use of powder +was universal until it was driven out of France by republicanism, and +out of England by famine. The flour used by the British army alone for +whitening their heads was calculated to amount to the annual provision +for 50,000 people. Snuff had been universally in use from the middle of +the seventeenth century; and the sums spent on this filthy and foolish +indulgence, the time wasted on it, and the injury done to health, if +they could all have been thrown into the common form of money, would +have paid the national debt of England. The common people have their +full share in this general absurdity. The gin drunk in England and Wales +annually amounts to nearly twenty millions of pounds sterling; a sum +which would pay all the poor rates three times over, and, turned to any +public purpose, might cover the land with great institutions—the +principal result of this enormous expenditure now being to fill the +population with vice, misery, and madness.</p> + +<p> +<span class="pagebreak" title="775"> </span><a name="Page_775" id="Page_775"></a> +In the matter of coats Brummell had but one rival, the Prince, whose +rank of course gave him a general advantage, yet whose taste was clearly +held as inferior by the royal <i>artistes</i> themselves. A baronet, who went +to Schweitzerās to get himself equipped in the first style, asked him +what cloth he recommended. āWhy, sir,ā was the answer, āthe Prince wears +superfine, and Mr Brummell the Bath coating. Suppose, sir, we say Bath +coating; I think Mr Brummell has a trifle the preference.ā Brummellās +connexion with the Prince, his former rank in the hussars, and his own +agreeable manners, introduced him to the intercourse of the principal +nobility. In the intervals of his visits to the Prince at Brighton, he +visited Belvoir, Chatsworth, Woburn, &c. But he was absolutely <i>once</i> in +town in the month of November, as is proved by the following note from +Woburn:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p><span class="smcap"> āMy dear Brummell</span>,—By some accident, which I am unable to account +for, your letter of Wednesday did not reach me till Wednesday. I +make it a rule never to lend my box; but you have the <i>entrée +libre</i> whenever you wish to go there, as I informed the boxkeeper +last year. I hope Beauvais and you will do great execution at +Up-Park. I shall probably be there shortly after you.—Ever yours +sincerely,</p> + +<p class="signature smcap"> āBedford.ā</p> +</div> + +<p>At Belvoir he was <i>lāami de la famille</i>, and at Cheveley, another seat +of the Duke of Rutlandās, his rooms were as sacred as the Duke of +Yorkās, who was a frequent visitor there. On the Duke of Rutlandās +coming of age, in 1799, great rejoicings took place at Belvoir, and +Brummell was one of the distinguished party there, among whom were the +Prince of Wales, the late Duke of Argyll, the Marquis of Lorn, and the +other chief fashionable people of the day. This <i>fête</i> was memorable, +for it was said to have cost L.60,000. Brummell was not altogether +effeminate; he could both shoot and ride, but he liked neither: he was +never a Melton man. He said that he could not bear to have his tops and +leathers splashed by the greasy galloping farmers. The Duke of Rutland +raised a corps of volunteers on the renewal of the war in 1803; and as +Brummell had been a soldier the duke gave him a majority. In the course +of the general inspections of the volunteer corps, an officer was sent +from the Horse Guards to review the dukeās regiment, the major being in +command. On the day of the inspection every one was on parade except the +major-commandant. Where is Major Brummell, was the indignant enquiry? He +was not to be found. The inspection went on. When it was near its close, +Brummell was soon coming full gallop across the country in the uniform +of the Belvoir Hunt, terribly splashed. He apologized for himself by +saying, that having left Belvoir quite early, he had expected to be on +the parade in time, the meet being close at hand. However, his favourite +hunter had landed him in a ditch, where, having been dreadfully shaken +by the fall, he had been lying for an hour. But the general was +inexorable, and Brummell used to give the worthy officerās speech in the +following style—āSir, this conduct is wholly inexcusable. If I remember +right, sir, you once had the honour of holding a captainās commission +under his royal highness the Prince of Wales, the heir-apparent himself, +sir! Now, sir, I tell you; I tell you sir, that I should be wanting in a +proper zeal for the honour of the service; I should be wanting, sir, if +I did not this very evening report this disgraceful neglect of orders to +the commander-in-chief, as well as the state in which you present +yourself in front of your regiment; and this shall be done, sir. You may +retire, sir.ā</p> + +<p>All this was very solemn and astounding; but Brummellās presence of mind +was not often astounded. He had scarcely walked his horse a few paces +from the spot, when he returned, and said in a subdued tone—āExcuse me, +general; but, in my anxiety to explain this most unfortunate business, I +forgot to deliver a message from the Duke of Rutland. It was to request +the honour of your company at dinner.ā The culprit and the +disciplinarian grinned together; the general coughed, and cleared his +throat sufficiently to express his thanks in these words—āAh! why, +really I feel and am very much obliged to his grace. Pray, Major +Brummell, tell the duke I shall be most happy;ā and melodiously +<span class="pagebreak" title="776"> </span><a name="Page_776" id="Page_776"></a> +raising +his voice, (for the Beau had turned his horse once more towards +Belvoir,) āMajor Brummell, as to this little affair, I am sure no man +can regret it more than you do. Assure his grace that I shall have great +pleasure in accepting his very kind invitation;ā and they parted amid a +shower of smiles. But Brummell had yet but half completed his +performance; for the invitation was extempore, and he must gallop to +Belvoir to acquaint the duke of the guest he was to receive on that day.</p> + +<p>Brummell always appeared at the cover side, admirably dressed in a white +cravat and white tops, which latter either he, or Robinson his valet, +introduced, and which eventually superseded the brown ones. The subtlety +of Brummellās sneers, which made him so highly amusing to the first rank +of society, made him an object of alarm if not of respect to others. āDo +you see that gentleman near the door?ā said a woman of rank to her +daughter, who had been brought for the first time to Almackās. āYes! Who +is he?ā replied the young lady. āA person, my dear, who will probably +come and speak to us; and if he enters into conversation, be careful to +give him a favourable impression of you, for he is the celebrated Mr +Brummell.ā The <i>debutante</i> was the daughter of a duke. It has been said +that Madame de Stael considered herself as having failed to attract his +approval, and that she spoke of it as the greatest <i>malheur</i> which had +occurred to her during her stay in London, the next in point of calamity +being that the Prince had not called on her in person. The Beau +perfectly knew his own value. In reply to a nobleman who charged him +with involving his son in a gaming transaction, he said—āReally I did +my best for the young man; I gave him my arm all the way from Whiteās to +Watierās.ā However, there can be no doubt that he was very often +intolerably impudent; and, as impudence is always vulgar, he was guilty +of vulgarity. Dining at a gentlemanās house in Hampshire, where the +champagne did not happen to suit his taste, he refused his glass when +the servant came to help him a second time, with—āNo, thank you, I +donāt drink cider!ā The following anecdote is rather better known. +āWhere were you yesterday, Brummell?ā said one of his club friends. āI +think,ā said he, āI dined in the city.ā āWhat! you dined in the city?ā +said his friend. āYes, the man wished me to bring him into notice, and I +desired him to give a dinner, to which I invited Alvanley, Mills, +Pierrepoint, and some others.ā āAll went off well, of course?ā said the +friend. āOh yes! perfectly, except one <i>mal-à-apropos</i>: the fellow who +gave the dinner had actually the assurance to seat himself at the +table.ā</p> + +<p>Dining at a large party at the house of an opulent but young member of +London society, he asked the loan of his carriage to take him to Lady +Jerseyās that evening. āI am going there,ā said his entertainer, āand +will be happy to take you.ā āStill, there is a difficulty,ā said +Brummell in his most delicate tone. āYou do not mean to get up behind, +that would not be quite right in your own carriage; and yet, how would +it do for me to be seen in the same carriage with you?ā Brummellās +manner probably laughed off impertinences of this order; for, given +without their colouring from nature, they would have justified an angry +reply. But he seems never to have involved himself in personal quarrel. +He was intact and intangible. Yet he, too, had his mortifications. One +night, in going to Lady Dungannonās, he was actually obliged to make use +of a hackney coach. He got out of it at an unobserved distance from the +door, and made his way up her ladyshipās crowded staircase, conceiving +that he had escaped all evidence of his humiliation; however, this was +not to be. As he was entering the drawing-room a servant touched his +arm, and to his amazement and horror whispered—āBeg pardon, sir, +perhaps you are not aware of it, that there is a straw sticking to your +shoe.ā His style found imitations in the public prints, and one +sufficiently characteristic thus set forth the merits of a new patent +carriage step:—āThere is an art in every thing; and whatever is worthy +of being learned, cannot be unworthy of a teacher.ā Such was the logical +argument of the professor of the art of stepping in and out of a +carriage, who represented himself as much +<span class="pagebreak" title="777"> </span><a name="Page_777" id="Page_777"></a> +patronised by the sublime +Beau Brummell, whose deprecation of those horrid coach steps he would +repeat with great delight:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>āMr Brummell,ā he used to say, āconsidered the sedan was the only +vehicle for a gentleman, it having no steps; and he invariably had +his own chair, which was lined with white satin quilted, had down +squabs, and a white sheepskin rug at the bottom, brought to the +door of his dressing-room, on that account always on the +ground-floor, from whence it was transferred with its owner to the +foot of the staircase of the house that he condescended to visit. +Mr Brummell has told me,ā continued the professor, āthat to enter a +coach was torture to him. āConceive,ā said he, āthe horror of +sitting in a carriage with an iron apparatus, afflicted with the +dreadful thought, the cruel apprehension, of having oneās leg +crushed by the machinery. Why are not the steps made to fold +<i>outside</i>? The only detraction from the luxury of a <i>vis à vis</i>, is +the double distress! for <i>both</i> legs—excruciating idea!āā</p></div> + +<p>Brummellās first reform was the neckcloth. Even his reform has passed +away; such is the transitory nature of all human achievements. But the +art of neckcloths was once more than a dubious title to renown in the +world of Bond Street. The politics of the time were disorderly; and the +dress of politicians had become as disorderly as their principles. The +fortunes of Whiggism, too, had run low; and the velvet coat and +embroidered waistcoat, the costly buckles and gold buttons of better +days, were heavier drains on the decreasing revenues of the party than +could be long sustained with impunity. Fox had already assumed the +sloven—the whole faction followed; and the ghosts of the old +oppositionists, in their tie wigs and silver-laced coats, would have +been horrified by the sight of the shock-headed, leather-breeched, and +booted generation who howled and harangued on the left side of the +Speakerās chair from 1789 to 1806. All was <i>canaille</i>. Fox could +scarcely have been more shabby, had he been the representative of a +population of bankrupts. The remainder of the party might have been +supposed, without any remarkable stretch of imagination, to have emerged +from the workhouse. All was sincere squalidness, patriotic +pauperism—the <i>un</i>washing principle. One of the cleverest caricatures +of that cleverest of caricaturists, the Scotchman Gilray, was his sketch +of the Whigs preparing for their first levee after the Foxite accession +on the death of Pitt. The title was, ā<i>Making decent!</i>ā The whole of the +new ministry were exhibited in all the confusion of throwing off their +rags, and putting on their new clothing. There stood Sheridan, +half-smothered in the novel attempt to put on a clean shirt. In another +corner Fox, Grey, and Lord Moira, straining to peep into the same +shaving-glass, were all three making awkward efforts to use the +long-forgotten razor. Others were gazing at themselves in a sort of +savage wonder at the strangeness of new washed faces. Some <i>sans +culottes</i> were struggling to get into breeches; and others, whose feet +were accustomed to the ventilation of shoes which let their toes +through, were pondering over the embarrassment of shoes impervious to +the air. The minor apparatus of court costume scattered round on the +chairs, the bags and swords, the buckles and gloves, were stared at by +the groups with the wonder and perplexity of an American Indian.</p> + +<p>Into this irregular state of things Brummell made his first stride in +the spirit of a renovator. The prevailing cravat of the time was +certainly deplorable. Let us give it in the words of history:—āIt was +without stiffening of any kind, and bagged out in front, <i>rucking</i> up to +the front in a roll.ā (We do not precisely comprehend this expression, +whose <i>precision</i>, however, we by no means venture to doubt.) Brummell +boldly met this calamity, by slightly starching the too flexible +material—a change in which, as his biographer with due seriousness and +truth observes—āa reasoning mind must acknowledge there is not much +objectionable.ā</p> + +<p>Imitators, of course, always exceed their model, and the cravat adopted +by the dandies soon became <i>excessively</i> starched; the test being that +of raising three parts of their length by one corner without bending. +Yet Brummell, though he adhered to the happy medium, and was moderate in +his starch, was rigorous in his tie. If his cravat did not correspond to +his +<span class="pagebreak" title="778"> </span><a name="Page_778" id="Page_778"></a> +wishes in its first arrangement, it was instantly cast aside. His +valet was seen one morning leaving his chamber with an armful of tumbled +cravats, and on being asked the cause, solemnly replied, āThese are our +<i>failures</i>.ā</p> + +<p>Perfection is slow in all instances; but talent and diligence are sure +to advance. Brummellās ātieā became speedily the admiration of the <i>beau +monde</i>. The manner in which this dexterous operation was accomplished +was perfectly his own, and deserves to be recorded for the benefit of +posterity.</p> + +<p>The collar, which was always fixed to his shirt, was so large, that, +before being folded down, it completely hid his head and face, and the +neckcloth was at least a foot in height. The first <i>coup dāarchet</i> was +made with the shirt-collar, which he folded down to its proper size; but +the delicate part of the performance was still to come. Brummell +āstanding before the glass, with his chin raised towards the ceiling, +now, by the gentle and gradual declension of his lower jaw, creased the +cravat to reasonable dimensions; the form of each succeeding crease +being perfected with the shirt which he had just discarded.ā We were not +aware of the nicety which was demanded to complete the folds of this +superior swathing; but, after this development, who shall pronounce a +dandy idle?</p> + +<p>Brummell was as critical on the dress of others as he was <i>recherché</i> in +his own, and this care he extended to all ranks. He was once walking up +St Jamesās Street, arm-in-arm with a young nobleman whom he condescended +to patronize. The Beau suddenly asked him, āwhat he called <i>those +things</i> on his feet.ā—āWhy, shoes.ā—āShoes are they?ā said Brummell +doubtfully, and stooping to look at them; āI thought they were +slippers?ā</p> + +<p>The late Duke of Bedford asked him his opinion of a new coat. āTurn +round,ā said Mr Beau. When the examination was concluded in front and +rear, the Beau, feeling the lapel delicately with his finger and thumb, +asked in a most pathetic manner, āBedford, do you call this <i>thing</i> a +coat?ā</p> + +<p>Somebody told him, among a knot of loungers at Whiteās, āBrummell, your +brother William is in town. Is he not coming here?ā—āYes,ā was the +reply, āin a day or two; but I have recommended him to walk the <i>back +streets</i> till his new clothes come home.ā</p> + +<p>Practical jokes are essentially vulgar, and apt to be hazardous besides; +two reasons which should have prevented their performance by an +individual whose object was to be the standard of elegance, and whose +object at no time was to expose himself to the rougher remonstrances of +mankind; but the following piece of sportiveness was at least amusing.</p> + +<p>Meeting an old <i>emigré</i> marquis at the seat of some noble friend, and +probably finding the Frenchman a bore, he revenged himself by mixing +some finely powdered sugar in his hair-powder. On the old Frenchmanās +coming into the breakfast-room next morning, highly powdered as usual, +the flies, attracted by the scent of the sugar, instantly gathered round +him. He had scarcely begun his breakfast, when every fly in the room was +busy on his head. The unfortunate marquis was forced to lay down his +knife and fork, and take out his pocket-handkerchief to repel these +troublesome assailants, but they came thicker and thicker. The victim +now rose from his seat and changed his position; but all was in +vain—the flies followed in fresh clusters. In despair he hurried to the +window; but every fly lingering there was instantly buzzing and +tickling. The marquis, feverish with vexation and surprise, threw up the +window. This unlucky measure produced only a general invasion by all the +host of flies sunning themselves on the lawn. The astonishment and +amusement of the guests were excessive. Brummell alone never smiled. At +last M. le Marquis gave way in agony, and, clapping his hands on his +head, and followed by a cloud of flies, rushed out of the room. The +secret was then divulged, and all was laughter.</p> + +<p>āPoodle B—g,ā so well known in the world of fashion, owed his +<i>soubriquet</i> to Brummell. B—g was fond of letting his hair, which was +light-coloured, curl round his forehead. He was one day driving in his +curricle, with a poodle by his side. The Beau hailed him with—āAh, +B—g, how do you do?—A <i>family</i> vehicle, I see.ā</p> + +<p> +<span class="pagebreak" title="779"> </span><a name="Page_779" id="Page_779"></a> +Some of those oddities of expression are almost too well known now for +effect; but they must have sparkled prodigiously among the exhausted +circles of his West-end day.</p> + +<p>āYou seem to have caught cold, Brummell,ā said a lounging visitor on +hearing him cough. āYes—I got out of my carriage yesterday, coming from +the Pavilion, and the wretch of an innkeeper put me into the coffee-room +with a damp stranger.ā</p> + +<p>In a stormy August—āBrummell, did any one ever see such a summer +day?ā—āYes, <i>I</i> did, last winter.ā</p> + +<p>On returning from a country mansion, of which he happened to disapprove, +he defined it āAn exceedingly good house for stopping a <i>single</i> night +in.ā</p> + +<p>On the whole, the biographer has given a tolerable selection of +Brummellās <i>hits</i>, some of which, however, were so intolerably +impertinent, that he must have either thoroughly āknown his man,ā or he +must have smoothed down their severity by some remarkable tone of voice +or pleasantry of visage. Without those palliations, it is not easy to +comprehend his occasional rudeness even to friends. One day, standing +and speaking at the carriage-door of a lady, she expressed her surprise +at his throwing away his time on so quiet and unfashionable a +person.—āMy dear friend, donāt mention it: there is <i>no one to see +us</i>.ā</p> + +<p>But his admiration for the sex must have often brought him close on the +edge of serious inconvenience. Once, at the house of a nobleman, he +requested a momentās interview in the library, and then and there +communicated the formidable intelligence, āthat he must immediately +leave the house—on that day.ā</p> + +<p>āWhy, you intended to stay a month,ā said his hospitable entertainer.</p> + +<p>āTrue—but I must be gone—I feel I am in love with your countess.ā</p> + +<p>āWell, my dear sir, I canāt help that. I was in love with her myself +twenty years ago,ā said the good-humoured husband. āBut is she in love +with you?ā</p> + +<p>The Beau cast down his eyes, and, in all the modesty of impudence, said +faintly, āI believe she is.ā</p> + +<p>āOh! that alters the case. I shall send for your post-horses. Good +morning.ā</p> + +<p>His life was flirtation, a matter which could not be indulged in +matrimony, and he therefore never married. Yet once he went so far as to +elope with a young person of rank from a ball: the pair were, however, +immediately overtaken. The affair was, of course, the talk of the clubs. +But Brummell had his own way of wearing the willow. āOn the whole,ā said +he, āI consider I have reason to congratulate myself. I lately heard +from her favourite maid that her ladyship had been seen—<i>to drink +beer</i>!ā</p> + +<p>Some of the Beauās letters at this period are given; but they are not +fortunate specimens of his taste: even in writing to women they are +quaint, affected, and approaching to that unpardonable crime, dulness. +His letters written in his wane of life, and under the realities of +suffering, are much more striking, contain some pathetic and even some +powerful language, and show that fashion and his own follies had +obscured a mind of natural talent, if not of original tenderness.</p> + +<p>The following letter we look upon as quite sufficient to have excluded +him from the recollections of any Lady Jane on earth, if she happened to +know the difference between coxcombry and common feeling:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>ā<span class="smcap">My dear Lady Jane</span>,—With the miniature, it seems, I am not to be +trusted even for two <i>pitiful</i> hours. My own memory must be then my +only <i>disconsolate</i> expedient to obtain a resemblance.</p> + +<p>āAs I am unwilling to merit the imputation of committing myself by +too flagrant a liberty in retaining your glove, which you +charitably sent at my head yesterday, as you would have extended an +<i>eleemosynary sixpence</i> to the <i>supplicating hat</i> of a mendicant, I +restore it to you. And, allow me to assure you, that I have too +much regard and respect for you, and too little practical vanity +myself, (whatever appearances may be against me,) to have +entertained, for one <i>treacherous</i> instant, the impertinent +intention to defraud you of it. You are angry, perhaps irreparably +incensed against me for this <i>petty larceny</i>. I have no defence to +offer in mitigation but that of <i>frenzy</i>. But you know that you are +an <i>angel</i> visiting these sublunary spheres, and therefore your +first quality should be that of mercy. Yet you are sometimes +wayward and volatile in your <i>seraphic</i> disposition. Though +<span class="pagebreak" title="780"> </span><a name="Page_780" id="Page_780"></a> +you +have no wings yet you have weapons, and those are resentment and +estrangement from me.—With sentiments of the deepest +<i>compunction</i>, I am always your <i>miserable slave</i>,</p> + +<p class="signature smcap">āGeorge Brummell.ā</p> + +</div> + +<p>We have not a doubt that he perused this toilsome performance a dozen +times before he folded it up, advanced to his mirror to see how so +brilliant a correspondent must look after so astonishing a production, +moved round the room in a minuet step; and, when he sent it away at +last, followed it with a sigh at the burial of so much renown in a +womanās escritoire, and a regret that it could not be stereotyped to +make its progress round the world. And yet, as it appeared that the lady +had thrown the glove at him, and even lent him her miniature, it would +be difficult to discover any ground for her wrath or his compunction. +Both were evidently equally imaginary.</p> + +<p>The Beau always regarded the city as a <i>terra incognita</i>. A merchant +once asked him to dine there. Brummell gave him a look of intense +enquiry. The merchant pressed him. āWell,ā said the Beau, (who probably +had excellent reasons for non-resistance to the man of money;) āwell, if +it <i>must</i> be—but you must first promise faithfully <i>never</i> to say a +word on the subject.ā</p> + +<p>A visitor, full of the importance of a tour in the north of England, +asked him which of the lakes he preferred. āI canāt possibly remember,ā +was the reply; āthey are a great way from St Jamesās Street, and I donāt +think they are spoken of in the clubs.ā The visitor urged the question. +āRobinson,ā said the Beau, turning in obvious distress to his valet, +āRobinson, pray tell this gentleman which of the lakes I +preferred.ā—āWindermere, sir, I think it was,ā said the valet. āWell,ā +added Brummell, āprobably you are in the right, Robinson. It may have +been. Pray, sir, will Windermere do?ā</p> + +<p>āI wonder, Brummell, you take the trouble of driving to the barracks of +the 10th with four horses. It certainly looks rather superb,ā said one +of the officers. āWhy, I dare say it does; but that is not <i>the</i> point. +What could I do, when my French valet, the best dresser of hair in the +universe, gave me warning that he must leave me to myself, unless I gave +up the vulgarity of posting with <i>two</i>?ā</p> + +<p>We come, in the course of this goodly history, to the second great event +of the Beauās life—the first being his introduction to Carlton House. +The second was his being turned out of it. Brummell always denied, and +with some indignation, the story of āWales, ring the bell!ā—a version +which he justly declared to be āpositively vulgar,ā and therefore, with +due respect for his own sense of elegance, absolutely impossible for +<i>him</i>. He gave the more rational explanation, that he had taken the part +of lady who was presumed to be the rival of Mrs Fitzherbert, and had +been rash enough even to make some remarks on Mrs Fitzherbertās <i>en bon +point</i>, a matter of course never to be forgiven by a belle. This +extended to a ādeclining loveā between him and the Prince, whose foible +was a horror of growing corpulent, and whom Brummell therefore +denominated āBig Ben,ā the nickname of a gigantic porter at Carlton +House; adding the sting of calling Mrs Fitzherbert Benina. Moore, in one +of his satires on the Princeās letter of February the 13th, 1812, to the +Duke of York, in which he <i>cut</i> the Whigs, thus parodies that celebrated +āsentence of banishment:ā—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āNeither have I resentments, nor wish there should come ill<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To mortal, except, now I think onāt, Beau Brummell,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Who threatenād, last year, in a super-fine passion,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">To cut <i>me</i>, and bring the old king into fashion.ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>Brummell now, since the sword was drawn, resolved to throw away the +sheath, and his hits were keen and ādamaging,ā as those things are now +termed. In this style he said to little Colonel MāMahon, the Princeās +secretary—āI made him, and I shall unmake him.ā</p> + +<p>The āfat friendā hit was more pungent in reality than in its usual form. +The Prince, walking down St Jamesās Street with Lord Moira, and seeing +Brummell approaching arm-in-arm with a man of rank, determined to show +the openness of the quarrel, stopped and spoke to the noble lord with an +apparent unconsciousness of +<span class="pagebreak" title="781"> </span><a name="Page_781" id="Page_781"></a> +ever having seen the Beau before. The +moment he was turning away, Brummell asked, in his most distinct voice, +āPray, <i>who</i> is your <i>fat</i> friend?ā Nothing could be more dexterously +impudent; for it repaid the Princeās pretended want of recognition +precisely in his own coin, and besides stung him in the very spot where +he was known to be most thin-skinned.</p> + +<p>It is sufficiently remarkable, that the alienation of the Prince from +Brummell scarcely affected his popularity with the patrician world, or +his reception by the Duke and Duchess of York. He was a frequent guest +at Oatlands, and seems to have amused the duke by his pleasantry, and +cultivated the taste of the duchess by writing her epigrams, and making +her presents of little dogs. The Duke of York, though not much gifted +with the faculty of making jests, greatly enjoyed them in others. He was +a good-humoured, easy-mannered man, wholly without affectation of any +kind; well-intentioned, with some sagacity—mingled, however, with a +good deal of that abruptness which belonged to all the Brunswicks; and +though unfortunate in his domestic conduct, a matter on which it would +do no service to the reader to enlarge, yet a brave soldier, and a +zealous and most useful commander-in-chief at the Horse Guards. He, too, +could say good things now and then. One day at Oatlands, as he was +mounting his horse to ride to town, seeing a poor woman driven from the +door, he asked the servant what she was. āA beggar, your royal highness: +nothing but a soldierās wife.ā—āNothing but a soldierās wife! And pray, +sir, what is your mistress?ā Of course, the poor woman was called back +and relieved.</p> + +<p>Still Brummell continued in high life, and was one of the four who gave +the memorable <i>fête</i> at the Argyll Rooms in July 1813, in consequence of +having won a considerable sum at hazard. The other three were, Sir Henry +Mildmay, Pierrepoint, and Lord Alvanley. The difficulty was, whether or +not to invite the Prince, who had quarrelled with Mildmay as well as +with Brummell. In this solemn affair Pierrepoint sounded the Prince, and +ascertained that he would accept the invitation if it were proposed to +him. When the Prince arrived, and was of course received by the four +givers of the <i>fête</i>, he shook hands with Alvanley and Pierrepoint, but +took no notice whatever of the others. Brummell was indignant, and, at +the close of the night, would not attend the Prince to his carriage. +This was observed, and the Princeās remark on it next day was—āHad +Brummell taken the cut I gave him last night good-humouredly, I should +have renewed my intimacy with him.ā How that was to be done, however, +without lying down to be kicked, it would be difficult to discover. +Brummell however, on this occasion, was undoubtedly as much in the right +as the Prince was in the wrong.</p> + +<p>Brummell, in conformity to the habits of the time, and the proprieties +of his caste, was of course a gambler, and of course was rapidly ruined; +but we have no knowledge that he went through the whole career, and +turned swindler. One night he was playing with Combe, who united the +three characters of a lover of play, a brewer, and an alderman. It was +at Brookesās, and in the year of his mayoralty. āCome, Mash Tub, what do +you set?ā said the Beau. āTwenty-five guineas,ā was the answer. The Beau +won, and won the same sum twelve times running. Then, putting the cash +in his pocket, said with a low bow, āThank you, alderman; for this, Iāll +always patronize your porter.ā—āVery well, sir,ā said Combe dryly, āI +only wish every other blackguard in London would do the same.ā</p> + +<p>At this time play ran high at the clubs. A baronet now living was said +to have lost at Watierās L.10,000 at one sitting, at <i>ecarté</i>. In 1814, +Brummell lost not only all his winnings, but āan unfortunate L.10,000,ā +as he expressed it, the last that he had at his bankers. Brummell was +now ruined; and, to prevent the possibility of his recovery at any +future period, he raised money at ruinous interest, and finally made his +escape to Calais. Still, when every thing else forsook him, his odd way +of telling his own story remained. āHe said,ā observed one of his +friends at Caen, when talking about his altered circumstances, āthat, up +to a particular +<span class="pagebreak" title="782"> </span><a name="Page_782" id="Page_782"></a> +period of his life, every thing prospered with him, and +that he attributed this good luck to the possession of a silver sixpence +with a hole in it, which somebody had given him some years before, with +an injunction to take good care of it, as every thing would go well with +him so long as he kept it, and everything the contrary if he happened to +lose it.ā And so it turned out; for having at length, in an evil hour, +given it by mistake to a hackney coachman, a complete reverse of his +affairs took place, and one misfortune followed another until he was +obliged to fly. On his being asked why he did not advertise a reward for +it, he answered—āI did; and twenty people came with sixpences with +holes in them for the reward, but not <i>my</i> sixpence.ā āAnd you never +heard any more of it?ā āNo,ā he replied; āno doubt that rascal +Rothschild, or some of that set, have got hold of it.ā But the Beauās +retreat from London was still to be characteristic. As it had become +expedient that he must make his escape without <i>eclat</i>, on the day of +his intended retreat he dined coolly at his club, and finished his +London performances by sending from the table a note to his friend +Scrope Davies, couched in the following prompt and expressive form:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>ā<span class="smcap">My Dear Scrope</span>,—Lend me two hundred pounds: the banks are shut, +and all my money is in the 3 per cents. It shall be repaid +to-morrow morning.—Yours, <span class="smcap">George Brummell.</span>ā</p></div> + +<p>The answer was equally prompt and expressive—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>ā<span class="smcap">My Dear George</span>,—It is very unfortunate, but all <i>my</i> money is in +the 3 per cents.—Yours, <span class="smcap">S. Davies</span>.ā</p></div> + +<p>Such is the story;</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">āI cannot tell how the truth may be,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">I tell the tale as ātwas told to me.ā<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>Nothing daunted, the Beau went to the opera, allowed himself to be seen +about the house, then quickly retiring, stepped into a friendās chaise +and met his own carriage, which waited for him a short distance from +town. Travelling all night with four horses, he reached Dover by +morning, hired a vessel to carry him over, and soon left England and his +creditors behind. He was instantly pursued; but the chase stopped on +reaching the sea. Debtors could not then be followed to France, and +Brummell was secure.</p> + +<p>The little, rude, and thoroughly comfortless town of Calais was now to +be the place of residence, for nearly the rest of his life, to a man +accustomed to the highest luxuries of London life, trained to the +keenest sensibility of London enjoyment, and utterly absorbed in London +objects of every kind. Ovidās banishment among the Thracians could +scarcely be a more formidable change of position. Yet Brummellās +pleasantry did not desert him even in Calais. On some passing friendās +remark on the annoyance of living in such a place—āPray,ā said the +Beau, āis it not a general opinion that a gentleman might manage to +spend his time pleasantly enough <i>between</i> London and Paris?ā</p> + +<p>At Calais he took apartments at the house of one Leleux, an old +bookseller, which he fitted up to his own taste; and on which, as if +adversity had no power to teach him common prudence, he expended the +greater part of the 25,000 francs which, by some still problematical +means, he had contrived to carry away with him. This was little short of +madness; but it was a madness which he had been practising for the last +dozen years, and habit had now rendered ruin familiar to him. At length +a little gleam of hope shone across his fortunes. George IV. arrived at +Calais on his way to Hanover. The Duke dāAngoulême came from Paris to +receive his Majesty, and Calais was all in a tumult of loyalty. The +reports of Brummellās conduct on this important arrival, of the Kingās +notice of him, and of the royal liberality in consequence, were of every +shape and shade of invention. But all of them, except the mere +circumstance of the Kingās pronouncing his name, seem to have been +utterly false. Brummell, mingling in the crowd which cheered his Majesty +in his progress, was observed by the King, who audibly said, āGood +heavens, Brummell!ā But the recognition proceeded no further. The Beau +sent his valet, who was a renowned maker of punch, to exhibit his talent +in that art at the royal entertainment, and also sent a present of some +excellent maraschino. But no result followed. The King was said to have +transmitted to him a +<span class="pagebreak" title="783"> </span><a name="Page_783" id="Page_783"></a> +hundred pound note; but even this is unluckily +apocryphal. Leleux, his landlord, thus gives the version. The English +consul at Calais came to Mr Brummell late one evening, and intimated +that the King was out of snuff, saying, as he took up one of the boxes +lying on his table, āGive me one of yours.ā—āWith all my heart,ā was +the reply; ābut not that box, for if the King saw it I should never have +it againā—implying that there was some story attached to it. On +reaching the theatre the consul presented the snuff, and the King +turning, said, āWhy, sir, where did you get your snuff? There is only +one person that I know that can mix snuff in this way!ā—āIt is some of +Mr Brummellās, your Majesty,ā replied the consul. The next day the King +left Calais; and, as he seated himself in the carriage, he said to Sir +Arthur Paget, who commanded the yacht that brought him over, āI leave +Calais, and have not seen Brummell.ā From this his biographer infers +that he had received neither money nor message, and his landlord is of +the same opinion. But slight as those circumstances are, it seems +obvious that George IV. had a forgiving heart towards the Beau +notwithstanding all his impertinences, that he would have been glad to +forgive him, and that he would, in all probability, have made some +provision for his old favourite if Brummell had exhibited any signs of +repentance. On the other hand, Brummell was a man of spirit, and no man +ought to put himself in the way of being treated contemptuously even by +royalty; but it seems strange that, with all his adroitness, he should +not have hit upon a middle way. There could have been no great +difficulty in ascertaining whether the King would receive him, in +sending a respectful message, in offering his loyal congratulations on +the Kingās arrival, or even in expressing his regret at his long +alienation from a Prince to whom he had been once indebted for so many +favours, and who certainly never harboured resentment against man. +Brummell evidently repented his tardiness on this occasion; for he made +up his mind to make a more direct experiment when the King should visit +the town-hall on his return. But opportunities once thrown away are +seldom regained. The king on his return did not visit the town-hall, but +hurried on board, and the last chance of reconciliation was gone.</p> + +<p>Yet during his long residence in Calais, the liberality of his own +connexions in England enabled him to show a good face to poverty. He +paid his bills punctually whenever the remittance came, and was +charitable to the mendicants who, probably for the last thousand years, +have made Calais their headquarters. The general name for him was the +<i>Roi de Calais</i>. An anecdote of his pleasantry in almsgiving reached the +public ear. A French beggar asked him for a two-sous piece. āI donāt +know the coin,ā said Brummell, ānever having had one; but I suppose you +mean a franc. There, take it.ā His former celebrity had also spread far +and wide among the population. A couple of English workmen in one of the +factories of the town, one day followed a gentleman who had a +considerable resemblance to Brummell. He heard one of them say to the +other, āNow, Iāll bet you a pot thatās him.ā Shortly after, one of them +strolled up to him, with, āBeg pardon, sir—hope no offence, but we two +have got a bet—now, aānāt you George Ring the Bell?ā Brummellās habits +of flirtation did not desert him in France; and in one instance he paid +such marked attention to a young English lady, that a friend was deputed +to enquire his purposes. Here Brummellās knowledge of every body did him +good service. The deputy on this occasion having once figured as the +head of a veterinary hospital, or some such thing, but being then in the +commissariat,—āWhy, Vulcan!ā exclaimed Brummell, āwhat a humbug you +must be to come and lecture me on such a subject! You, who were for two +years at hide-and-seek to save yourself from being shot by Sir T. S. for +running off with one of his daughters.ā āDear me,ā said the astonished +friend, āyou have touched a painful chord; I will have no more to do +with this business.ā The business died a natural death.</p> + +<p>His dressing-table was <i>recherché</i>. Its <i>batterie de toilette</i> was +curious, complete, and of silver; one part of it being a spitting-dish, +he always declaring that āit was impossible to +<span class="pagebreak" title="784"> </span><a name="Page_784" id="Page_784"></a> +<i>spit in clay</i>.ā His +āmaking upā every morning occupied two hours. When he first arrived in +Caen he carried a cane, but often exchanged it for a brown silk +umbrella, which was always protected by a silk case of remarkable +accuracy of fit—the handle surmounted by an ivory head of George the +Fourth, in well-curled wig and gracious smile. In the street he <i>never</i> +took off his hat to any one, not even to a lady; for it would have been +difficult to replace it in the same position, it having been put on with +peculiar care. We finish by stating, that he always had the <i>soles</i> of +his boots blackened as well as the upper leathers; his reason for this +being, that, in the usual negligence of human nature, he never could be +sure that the polish on the <i>edge</i> of the sole would be accurately +produced, unless the whole underwent the operation. He occasionally +polished a single boot himself, to show how perfection on this point was +to be obtained. Clogs, so indispensable in the dirt of an unpaved French +street, he always abhorred; yet, under cover of night, he <i>could</i>, now +and then, condescend to wear them. āTheft,ā as the biographer observes, +āin Sparta was a crime—but only when it was <i>discovered</i>.ā</p> + +<p>But after this life of fantasy and frivolity, on which so much +cleverness was thrown away, the unfortunate Beau finished his career +miserably. On his application to the Foreign Office, representing his +wish to be removed to any other consulate where he might serve more +effectually, and of course with a better income; the former part of his +letter was made the ground of abolishing the consulate, while the latter +received no answer. We say nothing of this measure, any further than +that it had the effect of utter ruin on poor Brummell. The total loss of +his intellect followed; he was reduced to absolute beggary, and finally +spent his last miserable hours in an hospital for lunatic mendicants. +Surely it could not have been difficult, in the enormous patronage of +office, to have found some relief for the necessities of a man whose +official character was unimpeached; who had been expressly put into +government employ by ministers for the sake of preserving him from +penury; who had been the companion, the <i>friend</i> of princes and nobles; +and whose faults were not an atom more flagrant than those of every man +of fashion in his time. But he was now utterly ruined and wretched. Some +strong applications were made to his former friends by a Mr Armstrong, a +merchant of Caen, who seems to have constantly acted a most humane part +to him, and occasional donations were sent. A couple of hundred pounds +were even remitted from the Foreign Office; and, by the exertions of +Lord Alvanley and the present Duke of Beaufort, who never deserted him, +and this is much to the honour of both, a kind of small annuity was paid +to him. But he was already overwhelmed with debt, for his income from +the consulate netted him but L.80 a-year, the other L.320 being in the +hands of the banker, his creditor; and it seems probable that his +destitution deprived him of his senses after a period of wretchedness +and even of rags. Broken-hearted and in despair, concluding with +hopeless imbecility, this man of taste and talent, for he possessed both +in no common degree, was left to die in the hands of strangers—no +slight reproach to the cruel insensibility of those who, wallowing in +wealth, and fluttering from year to year through the round of fashion, +suffered their former associate, nay their envied example, to perish in +his living charnel. He was buried in the Protestant cemetery of Caen, +under a stone with this inscription:—</p> + +<p class="center"> + In<br /> + Memory of<br /> + <span class="smcap">George Brummell, Esq</span>.,<br /> + who departed this life<br /> + On the 29th of March 1840.<br /> + Aged 62 years.<br /> +</p> + +<p>Mr Jesse deserves credit for his two volumes. There is a good deal in +them which has no direct reference to Brummell; but he has collected +probably all that could be known. The books are <i>very</i> readable, the +anecdotes pleasantly told, the style is lively, and frequently shows +that the biographer could adopt the thought as well as the language of +his hero. At all events he has given us the detail of a character of +whom every body had heard something, and every body wished to hear more.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_30" id="Footnote_A_30"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_A_30">A</a></span> <i>The Life of George Brummell, Esq.</i> By Captain Jesse. 2 +volumes.</p></div> +</div> + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="785"> </span><a name="Page_785" id="Page_785"></a> +THE ACTUAL CONDITION OF THE GREEK STATE.</h2> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i15">āSay why<br /></span> +<span class="i0">That ancient story of Prometheus chainād?<br /></span> +<span class="i0">The vulture—the inexhaustible repast<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Drawn from his vitals? Say what meant the woes<br /></span> +<span class="i0">By Tantalus entailād upon his race,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">And the dark sorrows of the line of Thebes?<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Fictions in form, but in their substance truths—<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Tremendous truths!—familiar to the men<br /></span> +<span class="i0">Of long past times; nor obsolete in ours.ā—<i>Excursion.</i><br /></span> +</div></div> + + +<p>In an article on the bankruptcy of the Greek kingdom, (No. <span class="smcap">CCCXXXV.</span>, +September 1843,) we gave an account of the financial condition of the +new state; and we ventured to suggest that a revolution was unavoidable. +That revolution occurred even sooner than we expected; for our number +had hardly reached Athens ere King Otho was compelled to summon a +national assembly to aid him in framing the long promised constitution.</p> + +<p>As our former number explained the immediate causes of the discontent in +Greece, we shall now furnish our readers with a description of the +revolution, of its results, and of the great difficulties which still +oppose serious barriers to the formation of an independent <i>kingdom</i> in +Greece. The late revolution was distinguished by an open rebellion of +the army; and as a rebellion, in which the troops have been covered with +decorations, and have received a gratification of some monthsā pay, is +not the era from which we should wish to date the civil liberty and +national prosperity of a monarchy founded by Great Britain, France, and +Russia, we shall use great delicacy in describing the movement, and +record no fact which we cannot substantiate by legal or documentary +evidence.</p> + +<p>It is not to be supposed when we in Edinburgh were informed of the +approaching storm in Greece, that the people of the country were without +anxiety. The <i>Morning Post</i>, (23d September 1843,) which has generally +contained very accurate information from Athens, published a letter +written from that city on the 5th September. This Athenian correspondent +declared āthat the Greeks have so fully made up their minds to put an +end to the Bavarian dynasty, as to be resolved not even to accept a +constitution at the hands of the king. They declare that they will +abstain from all outrage and personal violence; and that they only +desire the embarkation of King Otho and his German followers, who shall +be free to leave the country without the slightest injury.ā</p> + +<p>We solicit the attention of her majestyās ministers to these memorable +words, written before the revolution.</p> + +<p>The danger, in short, was visible to every body but King Otho, his +German camarilla, and his renegade Greek ministers. At this time Kalergy +was inspector of the cavalry. He had always expressed his +dissatisfaction with the system of Bavarian favouritism in the army; and +his gallant and disinterested conduct during the war against the Turks, +rendered him universally popular. Infinitely more of a gentleman and a +man of the world than any of the court faction, it is said that he was +viewed with feelings of personal as well as political aversion. It +happened that, about a week before the revolution, the king reviewed the +garrison of Athens, and in the order of the day which followed this +review, General Kalergy was noticed in such a way that he felt himself +deeply insulted. A Bavarian, Captain Hess, then marshal of the palace, +was supposed to be the author of this document. As the attack on Kalergy +was evidently caused by his political conduct, the whole Greek army took +his part, and the cry was raised that the Bavarians must be driven out +of Greece.</p> + +<p>The prominent part which General Kalergy has taken in the late +revolution, and the romantic incidents of his life, induce us to offer +our readers a short sketch of his earlier career. We have known him in +circumstances when intercourse ensures intimacy; for we have sat +together round the same watch-fires, on the mountains of Argolis and +Attica. To +<span class="pagebreak" title="786"> </span><a name="Page_786" id="Page_786"></a> +parody the words of Anastasius, we saw him achieve his first +deed of prowess, and we were present when he heard his first praises. +Hastingsās lips have long been silenced by death, but the music of his +applause still rings in our ears.</p> + +<p>Demetrius Kalergy is descended from a Cretan family, whose name is +famous in the annals of Candia. He was born in Russia, and was studying +in Germany when the Greeks took up arms against the Turks. His elder +brothers, Nicolas and Manolis, having resolved to join the cause of +their countrymen, repaired to Marseilles, where, with the assistance of +their uncle, a man of great wealth in Russia, they freighted a vessel, +and purchased a small train of artillery, consisting of sixteen guns, +and a considerable supply of muskets and ammunition. Demetrius, though +then only fifteen years of age, could not be restrained from joining +them, and the three brothers arrived in Greece together. The young +Kalergy soon gave proofs of courage and military talents. His second +brother, Manolis, was killed during the siege of Athens; but the eldest, +Nicolas, a man who unites the accomplishments of a court to the +sincerest feelings of patriotism, still resides in Greece, universally +respected. During the Bavarian sway he took no part in political +affairs; but he was elected a member of the national assembly, which has +just terminated its labours in preparing the constitution.</p> + +<p>Demetrius Kalergy was first entrusted with an independent command in +1824, when the Peloponnesian chiefs and primates, Kolokotroni, Londos, +Notaras, Deliyani, Zaimi, and Sessini, endeavoured to divide the Morea +into a number of small principalities, of which they expected to secure +the revenues for themselves. In spite of Kalergyās youth, he was ordered +to take the field against the first corps of the rebels that had acted +in open hostility to the existing government. With his usual promptitude +and decision, he attacked Panos Kolokotroni, the son of the old Klepht, +and Staïkos, a Moreote captain of some reputation, in the plain of +Tripolitza, where they were posted for the despicable purpose of +intercepting the trains of mules laden with merchandise for the supply +of the shops of Tripolitza, then the great market of all the central +parts of the Morea.</p> + +<p>The affair was really brilliant. The rebels were encamped on a low hill, +and, not expecting that Kalergy would depart from the usual practice of +carrying on a long series of skirmishes, they had paid no attention to +their position. The attack opened in the usual way by a fierce fire at a +very long distance; but Kalergy, on perceiving the careless arrangements +of his enemy, soon induced his troops to creep up pretty close to the +Moreotes, when he suddenly jumped up, and shouted to his followers, āThe +shortest way is the best. Follow me!ā and rushed forward. His whole band +was within the hostile lines in an instant. The manÅuvre was so +unexpected, that few of the rebels fired; many were loading their +muskets, and none had time to draw their swords or yatagans. About 170 +were slain, and, if report may be trusted, one of the rebel chiefs was +struck down by Kalergy, and the other taken prisoner after receiving a +wound in personal combat with the young hero. The faction of the Moreote +barons, as these greedy plunderers of the Greek shopkeepers would fain +have been called, was dissolved by this unexpected victory. Many laid +down their arms, and made peace with the government.</p> + +<p>General Kalergy was afterwards present in the town of Navarin when it +was besieged by Ibrahim Pasha, and marched out with his band when the +place capitulated. This defeat, though he had only held a subordinate +command, afflicted him greatly, and he looked round for some means of +avenging his countryās loss on the Turks. He resolved at last to +endeavour to make a diversion by recommencing the war in Crete; but +without a strong fortress to secure the ammunition and supplies +necessary for prosecuting a series of irregular attacks, it was evident +that nothing important could be effected. In this difficulty, Kalergy +determined to attack the impregnable island-fortress of Grabusa, as it +was known that the strength of the place had induced the Turks to leave +it with a very small garrison. Kalergy +<span class="pagebreak" title="787"> </span><a name="Page_787" id="Page_787"></a> +having learned that the greater +part of this garrison was absent during the day, disguised a few of his +men in Turkish dresses, and appeared on the beach at the point from +which the soldiers of the garrison crossed to this island Gibraltar. The +commander of Grabusa ordered the boat to transport them over as usual, +and the Greeks entered the fort before the mistake was discovered. The +place was in vain attacked by all the forces of Mohammed Ali; the Greeks +kept possession of it to the end of the war. The sagacity and courage +displayed by Kalergy in this affair placed him in the rank of the ablest +of the Greek chiefs.</p> + +<p>When General Gordon (whose excellent history of the Greek revolution we +recommend to our readers<a name="FNanchor_A_31" id="FNanchor_A_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_31" class="fnnum">A</a>) attempted to relieve Athens, then besieged +by Kutayhi, (Reschid Pasha,) Kalergy and Makriyani commanded divisions +of the troops which occupied the Piræus. Subsequently, when Lord +Cochrane and General Church endeavoured to force the Turkish lines, +Kalergy was one of the officers who commanded the advanced division. In +the engagement which ensued, his adventures afford an illustration of +the singular vicissitudes of Eastern warfare. The Greek troops landed at +Cape Kolias during the night, and pushed forward to within a mile and a +half of the Turkish lines, where they formed a slight intrenchment on +some undulating hills. They threw up some ill-constructed tambouria, (as +the redoubts used in Turkish warfare are termed,) and of these some +remains are still visible. A ravine descending from the lower slopes of +Hymettus ran in front of this position, deep enough to shelter the +Turkish cavalry, and enable them to approach without exposing themselves +to the Greek artillery. This movement of the Turks was distinctly seen +from the Greek camp at the Piræus, and the approaching attack on the +advanced posts of the army was waited for in breathless anxiety. The map +of the plain of Athens is sufficiently familiar to most of our readers +to enable then to picture to themselves the scene which ensued with +perfect accuracy.</p> + +<p>The Greek troops destined for the relief of Athens amounted to about +3000 men, and of these about 600 were posted far in advance of their +companions, in three small redoubts. The main body drawn up in a long +line remained inactive with the artillery, and a smaller corps as a +rear-guard seemed destined to communicate with the fleet of Lord +Cochrane at Cape Kolias. At the Piræus, about 700 men were scattered +about in all the disorder of an Eastern encampment, without making the +slightest attempt to distract the attention of the Turkish troops. The +French General Gueheneuc and the Bavarian General Heideck, both +witnessed the battle.</p> + +<p>The Turkish cavalry, to the number of about 700, having formed in the +ravine, rode slowly up towards the brow of the hill on which the +tambouria of the Cretans, the Suliots, and the regular regiment were +placed. As soon as their appearance on the crest of the ridge exposed +them to the fire of the Greeks, they galloped forward. The fire of the +Greeks, however, seemed almost without effect, yet the Turks turned and +galloped down the hill into the shelter of the ravine. In a short time +they repeated their attack with a determination, which showed that the +preceding attempt had been only a feint to enable them to examine the +ground. As they approached this time very near the intrenchments, the +fire of the Greeks proved more effectual than on the former occasion, +and several of the Delhis, horse and man, rolled on the ground. Again +the Turks fled to conceal themselves in the ravine, and prepared for +another attack by dividing their force into three divisions, one of +which ascended and another descended the ravine, while the third +prepared to renew the assault in the old direction. The vizier Kutayhi +himself moved forward to encourage his troops, and it became evident +that a desperate struggle would now be +<span class="pagebreak" title="788"> </span><a name="Page_788" id="Page_788"></a> +made to carry the Greek +position, where the few troops who held it were left unsupported.</p> + +<p>The Turkish cavalry soon rushed on the Greeks, assailing their position +in front and flanks; and, in spite of their fire, forced the horses over +the low intrenchments into the midst of the enemy.<a name="FNanchor_B_32" id="FNanchor_B_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_32" class="fnnum">B</a> For the space of +hardly three minutes pistol shots and sabre cuts fell so thick, that +friends and foes were in equal danger. Of the Greeks engaged not one had +turned to flee, and but few were taken alive. The loss of the Turks was, +however, but trifling—about a dozen men and from fifteen to twenty +horses.</p> + +<p>The centre of the Greek army, on beholding the destruction of the +advanced guard, showed little determination; it wavered for a minute, +and then turned and fled towards the shore in utter confusion, +abandoning all its artillery to the Turks. The Delhis soon overtook +their flying enemies, and riding amongst them, coolly shot down and +sabred those whose splendid arms and dresses excited their cupidity. The +artillery itself was turned on the fugitives, who had left the +ammunition undestroyed as well as the guns unspiked. But our concern +with the battle of the 6th May 1827, is at present confined to following +the fortunes of Kalergy. He was one of the prisoners. His leg had been +broken by a rifle-ball as the Turks entered the tambouri of the Cretans, +and as he received an additional sabre cut on the arm, he lay helpless +on the ground, where his youthful appearance and splendid arms caught +the eye of an Albanian bey, who ordered him to be secured and taken care +of as his own prisoner.</p> + +<p>On the morning after the battle, the prisoners were all brought out +before the tent of Kutayhi, who was encamped at Patissia, very near the +site of the house subsequently built by Sir Pulteney Malcolm. George +Drakos, a Suliot chief, had killed himself during the night; and the +Pasha, in consequence, ordered all the survivors to be beheaded, +wishing, probably, to afford Europe a specimen of Ottoman economy and +humanity, by thus saving the lives of these Greeks from themselves. Two +hundred and fifty were executed, when Kalergy, unable to walk, was +carried into the circle of Turkish officers witnessing the execution, on +the back of a sturdy Albanian baker. Kutayhi calmly ordered his instant +execution; but the prisoner having informed his captor that he would pay +100,000 piastres for his ransom; the Albanian bey stepped forward and +maintained his right to his prisoner so stoutly, that the Pasha, whose +army was in arrears, and whose military chest was empty, found himself +compelled to yield. As a memento of their meeting, however, he ordered +one of Kalergyās ears to be cut off. The ransom was quickly paid, and +Kalergy returned to Poros, where it was some time before he recovered +from his wounds.</p> + +<p>Capodistrias on his arrival in Greece named Kalergy his aide-de-camp, +and as he was much attached to the president, he was entrusted with the +command of the cavalry sent against Poros and Nisi, when those places +took up arms against the arbitrary and tyrannical conduct of +Capodistrias. We are not inclined to apologize for the disorders which +the Greek cavalry then committed; they were unpardonable even during the +excitement of a civil war.</p> + +<p>The marriage of Kalergy was as romantic as the rest of his career. Two +chiefs, both of the family of Notaras, (one of the few Greek families +which can boast of territorial influence dating from the times of the +Byzantine empire,) had involved the province of Corinth in civil war, in +order to secure the hand of a young heiress. The lady, however, having +escaped from the scene of action, conferred her hand on Kalergy, whose +fame as a soldier far eclipsed that of the two rivals.</p> + +<p>As soon as the Bavarians arrived in Greece, they commenced persecuting +Kalergy. An unfounded charge of treason was brought against him; but he +was honourably acquitted by a court-martial, of which our country-man, +<span class="pagebreak" title="789"> </span><a name="Page_789" id="Page_789"></a> +General Gordon of Cairness, was the president; and from that period +down to the publication of the order of the day, last September, he has +been constantly an object of Bavarian hatred.</p> + +<p>About twenty-four hours before the revolution of the 15th of September +broke out, the court of Greece received some information concerning the +extent and nature of the plot, and orders were given by King Otho to +hold a council of his trusted advisers. The Bavarians Hess and Graff, +and the Greeks Rizos, Privilegios, Dzinos, and John the son of Philip, +(for one of the courtly councillors of the house of Wittelspach rejoices +in this primitive cognomen,) met, and decided on the establishment of a +court-martial to try and shoot every man taken in arms. Orders were +immediately prepared for the arrest of upwards of forty persons.</p> + +<p>A good deal has been said about the revolution as having been a mere +military movement. This, however, is not a correct view of the matter, +either with reference to the state of parties, or to the intensity of +the national feeling at the time. Sir Robert Inglis most justly observed +in Parliament—āThat revolution in Greece had been prepared during years +of intolerable despotism, and the soldiery merely shared in, and did not +by any means lead, the proceedings of the great body of the nation.ā The +fact is, that a plot for seizing the king and sending him to Trieste, +had been formed by the Philorthodox or Russian party, in the early part +of 1843; but the party, from some distrust of its own strength, and from +the increasing unpopularity of King Otho, was induced to admit a few of +the most determined of the constitutionalists into the plot, without +intending to entrust them with the whole of the plan. The rising was at +last fixed for the month of September. This occurred in consequence of +the universal outcry raised by the Greeks, on finding that the +representations of Great Britain in favour of the long-promised +constitution, and the warnings which Sir Robert Peel threw out on the +discussion of Greek affairs on Mr Cochraneās motion, were utterly +neglected by King Otho. This indignation was reduced to despair when it +was known that Mr Tricoupis, on his recall from London, had assured the +king that the English cabinet was so determined to maintain the <i>statu +quo</i>, that the constitutional party would meet with no countenance from +England. Every party in Greece then prepared for action, and entered +into negotiations, in which the opinions of the constitutionalists +prevailed, because they were actively supported by the great body of the +people.</p> + +<p>In order to prevent the country from becoming a scene of anarchy, in +case a civil war proved unavoidable, it was necessary to employ all the +regular authorities who could be induced to join the national cause, in +their actual functions, without any reference to party feelings. This +was done; and the fact that it was so, proves the intenseness of the +public feeling. The constitutional party decided that the recognition of +Greece as a constitutional state, and the immediate convocation of a +national assembly, were to be the demands made on King Otho. The Russian +party allowed these two questions to be first mooted in the firm +persuasion that the king would be induced by his own pride, his despotic +principles, and the mistaken views of several of the foreign ministers +at Athens, to refuse these demands; and, in that case, the throne would +infallibly have been declared vacant.</p> + +<p>About midnight, on the 14th of September, the <i>gendarmes</i> were ordered +to surround the house of General Makriyani, an officer of irregulars on +half-pay, and to arrest him on a charge of treason. On approaching the +house they were warned off; but pressing forward they were fired on, and +one <i>gendarme</i> was killed and one or two wounded. In consequence of the +alarm given by the minister of war, for the purpose of supporting the +arrests to be made, the garrison was all in readiness. In the mean time +the greater part of the officers had been admitted into the secret, that +a general movement of all Greece was to be made that night, and that +their duty would be to maintain the strictest order and enforce the +severest discipline.</p> + +<p>Kalergy, therefore, as soon as he +<span class="pagebreak" title="790"> </span><a name="Page_790" id="Page_790"></a> +was informed that the movement had +been made to arrest Makriyani, assembled all the officers, and, in a few +words, declared to them that the moment for saving their country from +the Bavarian yoke had arrived; and that they must now, if they wished to +be free, call on the king to adopt a constitutional system of +government. The importance of this step, which Kalergy adopted with his +usual decision, can only be understood when it is recollected, that +there existed a strong party determined to avail itself of every +opportunity of driving King Otho from the throne. Had Kalergy, +therefore, delayed pledging the officers and the army to the +constitution, or allowed them to march out of their barracks before +making the constitution the rallying word of the revolution, there can +be no doubt that the agents of the Russian and Philorthodox parties +would have raised the cry of āDeath to the Bavarians! down with the +tyrant!ā Kalergy, however, put the garrison in motion amidst shouts of +<i>Long live the constitution</i>; and as the cavalry moved from their +barracks, these shouts were echoed enthusiastically by the citizens who +were waiting anxiously without.</p> + +<p>As soon as Kalergy had taken the command he marched all the troops to +the square before the palace. Two squadrons of cavalry, two battalions +of infantry, a company of Greek irregulars, and a number of half-pay +officers and pensioners, were soon drawn up under King Othoās windows. +His monstrous palace had begun to produce its effects. Strong patrols +were detached to preserve order in the town, and to compel the +<i>gendarmes</i> to retire to their quarters. Makriyani, on being relieved +from his blockade, repaired to the square, collecting on the way as +large a body of armed citizens as he was able.</p> + +<p>The king had been waiting at one of the windows of the palace in great +anxiety to witness the arrest of Makriyani; and on seeing the shots +fired from the house, and the suspension of the attack by the +<i>gendarmes</i>, he had dispatched a Bavarian aide-de-camp, named +Steinsdorff, to order the artillery to the palace. The young and +inexperienced Bavarian returned without the guns; but assured his +Majesty that they would soon arrive. In the mean time, the whole +garrison appeared in the square, and was ranged opposite the palace: the +king, however, expected that the arrival of the artillery would change +their disposition. In a short time, the guns came galloping up; but to +the utter dismay of King Otho, they were ranged in battery against the +palace, while the artillerymen, as soon as the manÅuvre was executed, +gave a loud shout of ālong live the constitution.ā</p> + +<p>His Majesty, after a long period of profound silence, appeared at a +window of the lower story of the palace, attended by the Bavarian +captain, Hess—the most unpopular man in Greece, unless Dzinos, the +agent in the celebrated cases of judicial torture, could dispute with +him that ābad eminence.ā One of the servants of the court called for +General Kalergy in a loud voice; and when he approached the window the +king asked—āWhat is the meaning of this disturbance? What am I to +understand by this parade of the garrison?ā To this Kalergy replied, in +a loud and clear voice, āThe people of Greece and the army desire that +your Majesty will redeem the promise that the country should be governed +constitutionally.ā King Otho then said, āRetire to your quarters; I +shall consult with my ministers, with the council of state, and the +ambassadors of the three protecting powers, and inform you of my +determination.ā This appeared to the audience to be acting the absolute +sovereign rather too strongly under the circumstances, and a slight +movement of the officers, who overheard the kingās words, was conveyed +like lightning to the troops, so that the king received a distinct reply +from the whole army in a sudden clang of sabres and noise of arms. +Kalergy, however, immediately replied in the same distinct tone in which +he had before spoken—āSire, neither the garrison of Athens, nor the +people will quit this spot, until your Majestyās decisions on the +proposals of the council of state, which will be immediately laid before +you, is known.ā At this moment Captain Hess put himself forward beside +the king, and said—āColonel Kalergy; that is not the way in which it +becomes you to +<span class="pagebreak" title="791"> </span><a name="Page_791" id="Page_791"></a> +speak to his Majesty.ā But to this ill-timed lesson in +politeness Kalergy replied sharply—āDraw your head back, sir: you and +such as you have brought the king and the country into their present +unfortunate circumstances. You ought to be ashamed of your conduct.ā The +Bavarian hero at these words disappeared; and this was the last occasion +in which this champion of Bavarianism appeared in a public character.</p> + +<p>At this time, Count Metaxas, Lieutenant-General Sir Richard Church, and +Major-General Londos, members of the council of state, who had been in +the square with the troops, were engaged preparing the council for its +share in the revolution. At the meeting which took place, Spiro Milios, +the commandant of the military school, and an active member of the +Russian party, was present as a representative of the army. It was +evident that the council of state comprised three parties. One was +willing to support King Otho and the actual system. This party included +Kondouriotis, the president; Tricoupis, the late minister in London; and +a German Greek named Theocharis. Another party was eager to drive King +Otho from the throne, in order to proceed to the nomination of a regency +preparatory to the choice of an orthodox prince. We are not sure that +any individual is now anxious to identify his name with this party. The +third party made the demand for a constitution their primary object; and +as this party was led by Metaxas, Londos, Church, Palamidhis, and +Mansolas, it was soon joined by the majority.</p> + +<p>The meeting was long, and it is said that the conduct of the members was +much more disorderly than that of the people and the troops in the +square; but at last, a proclamation and an oath were drawn up, by which +the council of state, the army, and the people, all pledged themselves +to support the constitution. A committee consisting of Metaxas, Londos, +and Palamidhis, was also charged to prepare an address to the king, +recommending his majesty to convoke a national assembly, in order to +prepare a constitution for the state; at the same time they invited his +majesty to appoint new ministers, and in the list presented they of +course took care to insert their own names. As soon as this business was +terminated, the council dispatched a deputation to wait on his majesty, +consisting of the president and five members, who were to obtain the +kingās consent.</p> + +<p>The conduct of King Otho on receiving this deputation was neither wise +nor firm. He delayed returning any answer for two hours, and attempted +to open a negotiation with the council of state, by means of one of the +members of the camarilla. The delay excited some distrust even among the +best disposed in the square, and the report was spread that the king was +endeavouring to communicate with the <i>corps diplomatique</i>, in order to +create a diversion. At this very time a train of carriages suddenly +appeared at the gates of the palace, and the ministers of the three +protecting powers—Sir Edmund Lyons, Mr Katakazy, and Mr Piscatory, +accompanied by General Prokesch dāOsten, and Mr Brassier de St Simon, +the representatives of Austria and Prussia—requested to be admitted to +see the king. General Kalergy, however, declared that he had orders to +refuse all entry to the palace, until his majesty had terminated his +conference with the deputation of the council of state; and repeated, in +the presence of the ministers of Austria and Prussia, the assurance he +had given at an early hour of the morning to Sir Edmund Lyons, Mr +Katakazy, and Mr Piscatory, that the greatest respect would be shown to +the person of his majesty. Mr Katakazy, the <i>doyen</i> of the <i>corps +diplomatique</i>, satisfied that any parade of foreign interference could +only increase the difficulties of the kingās position, accepted the +answer of Kalergy and began to withdraw. The representatives of the +powers which had never protected Greece, deemed the moment favourable +for a display of a little independent diplomacy, and accordingly the +Prussian minister asked Kalergy in a tone, neither mild nor low, if he +durst refuse to admit him to see his majesty. To this Kalergy, who was +extremely anxious to avoid any dispute with the foreign ministers at +such a moment, politely replied that he was compelled to refuse +<span class="pagebreak" title="792"> </span><a name="Page_792" id="Page_792"></a> +even +the minister of Prussia. Mr Brassier, however, returned to the charge +aided by his Austrian colleague; but as the Greeks place all Germans in +the category of Bavarians, they gave some manifestations of their +dislike to any German interference, which could not be otherwise than +displeasing to the Prussian, who addressed Kalergy in a very rough tone. +His words were lost to the spectators, but they were supported by +General Prokesch dāOsten with a good deal of gesticulation. The patience +of Kalergy gave way under these repeated attacks, and he turned to Mr +Brassier, saying—āMonsieur le ministre, you are generally unlucky in +your advice, and I am afraid his majesty has heard too much of it +lately.ā</p> + +<p>The thrust was a home one, and the Prussian minister, rather +discomposed, addressed himself to Sir Edmund Lyons, who, while waiting +till his carriage drew up, had been quietly contemplating the scene, and +said—āColonel Kalergy is insolent; but he only repeats what he has +heard in the drawing-rooms of Athens.ā Sir Edmund Lyons replied—āI do +not see, Mr Brassier, how that makes your case better,ā and withdrew to +his carriage, leaving Austria and Prussia to battle out their dispute +with Greece in the presence of the mob. The spectators considered the +scene a very amusing one, for they laughed heartily as the <i>corps +diplomatique</i> retired; but, if all the reports current in diplomatic +circles be true, Mr Katakazy, the <i>doyen</i> of the Athenian diplomatists, +was made to suffer severely for his prudent conduct; for it is said that +his recall took place because he did not support with energy the foolish +attempt of his enterprising colleagues. It is certain that any very +violent support given to any feeling, in direct hostility to the +national cause at the time, could hardly have failed to vacate the +throne, or at least to push the people on to commit some disorders, of +which the Russian court, and the friends of despotism at Vienna and +Berlin, might have taken advantage.</p> + +<p>The king, finding at last that there was no hope of his deriving any +assistance from without, signed the ordinances appointing a new +ministery, and convoking a national assembly. The troops, after having +remained more than thirteen hours under arms, were marched back to their +barracks, as if from a review; and every thing at Athens followed its +usual course. Thus was a revolution effected in the form of government +in Greece without any interruption in the civil government—without the +tribunalsā ceasing to administer justice for a single day—without the +shopsā remaining closed beyond the usual hours, or the mercantile +affairs of the country undergoing the slightest suspension. Such a +people must surely be fit for a constitution.</p> + +<p>The national assembly has now met, and terminated its labours; and +Greece is in possession of a constitution made by Greeks. In three +months the first representative chamber will meet. It will consist of +about 120 members. The senate, which is to consist of members named by +the king for life, cannot exceed one-half the number of the +representatives elected by the people. Faults may be found with some of +the details of the constitution; but, on the whole, it must be regarded +as a very favourable specimen of the political knowledge of the Greeks; +and the manner in which the different articles were discussed, and the +care with which every proposal and amendment were examined, gave all +those who witnessed the debates a very high opinion of the legislative +capacity of the people.</p> + +<p>The form of the Greek government, as a constitutional monarchy, may now +be considered as settled. We shall therefore proceed to examine the +difficulties, of a social and political nature, which still obstruct the +advancement of the nation, and render its prosperity problematical. Some +of our statements may appear almost paradoxical to travellers, whose +hasty glance at distant countries enables them to come to rather more +positive conclusions than those who devote years to study the same +subject. We shall, however, strive to expose our facts in such a way as +to show that we state the plain truth, nothing but the truth, and, as +far as our subject carries us, the whole truth.</p> + +<p>That Greece has not hitherto improved, either in her wealth, population, +<span class="pagebreak" title="793"> </span><a name="Page_793" id="Page_793"></a> +or civilization, as fast as the energy of her people led her friends to +expect would be the case after she was freed from the Turks, is +universally admitted. The great bar to improvement exists in an evil +rooted in the present frame of social life, but fortunately one which +good and just government would gradually remove. In Greece there is no +clear and definite idea of the sacred right of property in land. The god +Terminus is held in no respect. No Greek, from the highest to the +lowest, understands the meaning of that absolute right of property +āwhich,ā as Blackstone says, āconsists in the free use, enjoyment, and +disposal by every Englishman of all his acquisitions, without control or +diminution, save only by the laws of the land.ā</p> + +<p>The appropriation of Mr Finlayās land by King Otho, without measurement, +valuation, or payment, to make a garden for his palace—the formation of +a great road leading to the French ministerās house, by the municipality +of Athens, without indemnifying the owners of the land, though a road +sufficiently good already existed—and the confiscation of half the +estates purchased by foreigners from the Turks by Maurocordatos, when +Minister of Finance under the Bavarian Regency, in a ministerial +circular deciding on rights of property, are mere trifling examples of +the universal spirit. When Maurocordatos wrote his memorable +declaration, āthat every spot where wild herbs, fit for the pasturage of +cattle, grow, is national property, and that the Greek government +recognises no individual property in the soil except the exclusive right +of cultivation,ā he only, in deference to the Bavarian policy of the +time, which wished to copy Mohammed Aliās administration in Egypt, +caricatured a misconception of the right of property equally strong in +every Greek, whether he be the oppressor or the oppressed. Even the late +National Assembly has not thought it necessary to correct any of the +invasions of private property by the preceding despotism. Individuals, +almost ruined by the plunder of their land, have not even received the +offer of an indemnity, though the justice of their claims is not +denied.<a name="FNanchor_C_33" id="FNanchor_C_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_33" class="fnnum">C</a></p> + +<p>The origin of this national obtuseness of mind on a question of +interest, is to be found in the system of taxing the land. A Greek +really views land somewhat as English labourers view game. The owner of +the soil is absolute proprietor only during those months in which he is +engaged in the labours of preparing the land and sowing the seed. As +soon as the harvest time arrives, he ceases to be master of his estate, +and sinks into the condition of a serf of the revenue officer, or of the +farmer of the land revenue. It is true, that the government tax only +amounts to a tenth of the gross produce of the soil; but, in virtue of +this right to a tenth, government assumes the entire direction of all +the agricultural operations relating to the crops, and the cultivatorās +nine-tenths (for it is really a misnomer to call him proprietor) become +a mere adjunct of the government tenth.</p> + +<p>Many of our readers, who are unacquainted with Eastern life, may suppose +that we colour our picture too strongly. In order, therefore, to divest +our statement of all ornament, we shall describe the whole of the events +of an agricultural year. Our classic readers will then comprehend +practically how the vulture could feast on the perpetually growing heart +of Prometheus—why Tantalus tempted the gods by murdering Pelops—and +they will see that the calamities of the Theban race are an allegorical +representation of the inevitable fate which awaits a people groaning +under the system of taxation now in force in Greece.</p> + +<p>The tenths in Greece are usually farmed to speculators, and, as the +collection is a matter of difficulty, extraordinary powers are conferred +on the farmers; hence it happens, that the social position of the +cultivators and the farmers is one of constant hostility. If the +cultivator has it in his power, he cheats the farmer of the +<span class="pagebreak" title="794"> </span><a name="Page_794" id="Page_794"></a> +revenue, +and if the farmer is able to do so he cheats the cultivator. The result +is, that probably not one individual in the Greek kingdom really pays +the exact tenth of the produce of his land. A few of the most active +rogues contrive to cheat the farmers of the revenue; but these +gentlemen, in virtue of the great powers with which the law invests +them, contrive to cheat the greater part of the proprietors. As soon as +the grain is ripe, the cultivator is compelled to address himself to the +tax-farmer for permission to cut his crop; but as the farmer must keep a +very sharp look-out after his interest, he only grants such permissions +as accord with the arrangements he may have established for watching the +cultivators at the smallest possible expense to himself, making the +over-ripeness of the crop of the majority a very secondary +consideration. It happens, consequently, that in Greece two-thirds of +the grain are not gathered until it is over-ripe, and the loss is +consequently very great.</p> + +<p>When the grain is cut, it must be carried to a certain number of +authorized threshing-floors collected together, in order that the tax +farmer may take every possible care to secure his tenth. To these +threshing-floors the whole grain of a district must be transported from +the fields in the straw, though the straw may be wanted as fodder for +cattle at the very spot from which it is taken, and will require to be +carried back a very great distance. An immense loss of grain and labour +is sustained by this regulation; but it is a glorious season for the +donkeys;—long trains of these animals, lively under their heavy loads +of sheaves, may be seen galloping one after the other, each endeavouring +to seize a mouthful from his neighbour. The roads are strewed with grain +and the broken-hearted cultivators follow, cursing man and beast.</p> + +<p>The grain is at last collected in immense stacks round the +threshing-floors—a cultivator perched on the top of each stack, +defending it from the attacks of man and beast; and a tax-gatherer, +seated with his pipe cross-legged in the middle of the circle, is +watching the manÅuvres of the cultivators. No person who has not +examined the subject with attention can imagine the scenes of fraud and +violence which a Greek harvest produces. The grain is usually kept piled +round the threshing-floors under various pretexts, for at least two +months, unless the cultivator pay the farmer an additional sum, to +facilitate the housing of his crops. Even in the vicinity of Athens, the +operations of the wheat and barley harvest generally occupy the +exclusive attention of the agricultural population for three months. The +grain is trodden out by cattle; and a Greek who bought a winnowing +machine at Athens, was not allowed to make use of it, as the farmers of +the revenue contended that the introduction of such instruments would +facilitate frauds.</p> + +<p>The farmers of the tenths likewise increase the evils of this ruinous +system, by throwing every difficulty in the way of the cultivators, in +order to compel them to consent to pay for each facility they may +require. We have known regular contracts entered into with the +peasantry, by which they agreed to pay from 3 to 5 per cent more than +the legal tenth. We believe no honest man ever paid less than from 12 to +13 per cent on his crop, even in the neighbourhood of the capital. It +may be supposed that some redress can be obtained, in cases of gross +oppression, by applying to the courts of law; but this is not the case. +A special tribunal, consisting of administrative officers of the Crown, +and municipal authorities, and from which lawyers have been always +carefully excluded, is appointed to judge summarily all cases relating +to the tenths. The infamous conduct of these administrative tribunals +excited general discontent, and an article has been inserted in the +constitution abolishing them, and sending all the pending cases to the +ordinary courts of law. Government, however, defended them to the last, +and even pressed for decisions down to the very hour in which King Otho +took his oath to the constitution. There is here, however, some ground +for consolation; for it is clear that the Greek ministers fear the +ordinary administration of justice as being above their control.</p> + +<p>It is needless to say, that under such laws the improvement of +agriculture in Greece is impossible. No +<span class="pagebreak" title="795"> </span><a name="Page_795" id="Page_795"></a> +green crops can be grown with +profit at any distance from a large town. The tenth of garden produce +and green crops being generally valued and paid for in money, the +disputes concerning the valuation, and the impossibility of obtaining +any redress, in case of injustice, have induced the cultivators to give +up such cultivation. We have known proprietors pay half the value of a +crop of potatoes as the value of the tenth; and in one case, on our +asking the farmer of the tenths, who after all was not a bad fellow at +heart, though he wished to make his farming of the revenues turn out a +good speculation in his hands, what he would recommend a proprietor to +do in order not to lose money by cultivating potatoes; he looked grave, +and after a few momentsā thought, candidly replied—āNever to plant them +as long as the present law remains in force!ā Vineyards which have been +planted with care, and cultivated for eight years, have been lately +abandoned, as the high valuation of their produce renders them +unprofitable. The only agriculture which can be pursued in Greece +without loss, is that in which only the simplest and rudest methods of +cultivation are followed. The land only yields a rent when it is in the +immediate vicinity of a large market, or when it is of the richest +quality; the employment of capital in improvements only opens new +channels for the extortions of the farmers of the revenue. No money can +be safely invested on mortgage in such a country, and no loans by the +Three Allied powers to the Government, no national bank, no manufactory +of beet-root sugar, no model farms, and no schools of agriculture can +introduce prosperity into a country taxed in such a manner.</p> + +<p>We do not intend to discuss any plan for ameliorating the condition of +the Greeks; but we can easily point out what it is necessary for them to +do before they can, by any possibility, better their condition. The +system of selling the tenths must be abolished; for a government so +inefficient as to be unable to collect them by its own officers, is +incompetent to perform the functions for which it was created, and ought +to be destroyed. The owners of the land must be rendered the real +masters of their property. They must be allowed to reap their crops when +they are ripe, and to thresh their grain when and where they please. +Until this is the case, we can assure the Three Protecting Powers, they +count without the people if they suppose that they have established a +permanent monarchy in Greece. We do not hesitate to say that the royal +dignity, even with the support of England and France, is not worth ten +yearsā purchase until this is accomplished.</p> + +<p>Every traveller who visits Greece declaims against the number of +coffee-houses throughout the country, and the hosts of idle people with +which they are filled. But nothing else can be expected in a country +where the system of agriculture keeps the cultivators idle for three +months annually, and deprives the proprietor of all profit from his +land. Under such circumstances the demand for labour becomes extremely +irregular. Many of the lower classes turn brigands and plunder their +neighbours; the educated and higher classes turn government <i>employés</i> +and plunder the country. This evil has arrived at an alarming pitch; the +Greek army contains almost as many officers as privates; the navy has +officers enough to man a fleet twice as large as that which Greece +possesses, for she has three admirals, a hundred and fifty captains, and +two hundred and seventy commanders. It has been in vain pressed on every +successive administration, that a list of the army, navy, and civil +<i>employés</i> ought to be published, in order to put an end to the shameful +system of jobbing which has always existed. No minister would, however, +adopt a principle which would so effectually have put an end to his own +arbitrary power of quartering his friends and relations on the public. +The loans of the three powers might be doubled to-morrow, and it is +evident that, unless all the population of Greece were made pensioners, +no surplus would be found to employ for any public improvement.</p> + +<p>Indeed the national revenues of the Greek kingdom, as of old those of +Athens and Rome, seem to be considered the property of that body of +<span class="pagebreak" title="796"> </span><a name="Page_796" id="Page_796"></a> +citizens who pursue no useful occupation, and possess no taxable +property; while the unlucky proprietors are viewed as a species of +serfs, existing to supply a revenue to the state. This political +principle has been exemplified in a decree of the late national +assembly, excluding every Greek or foreigner from public employment who +happens not to be a born subject of the new kingdom, or who did not take +part in the war against the Turks before the end of 1827, and perhaps +even more strongly in a very unconstitutional private vote of a +committee of the whole house, giving 800 drachmas to each member—this +vote being in direct violation of one of the articles of the +constitution, which requires that all grants of money should originate +from the crown. We do not deny the necessity of allowing the deputies +this small grant; many of them were poor, and their conduct had been +disinterested; but we are bound to complain of the slightest infraction +of constitutional principles by those who frame a constitution.</p> + +<p>The length of this article compels us to leave a few observations we +desire to make on the municipal government of the Greeks, and on the +state of education, and of their judicial and ecclesiastical affairs, to +another opportunity. The late debates in the House of Commons, and the +able statement which Sir Robert Peel gave of the principles of our +policy with regard to Greece, render it unnecessary for us to say one +word on that subject. We can assure our readers that the policy of our +present ministers has been applauded by every party in Greece, except +the Philorthodox; and they, as they could find no fault, remained +silent. We believe that no two governments ever acted more +disinterestedly to a third than Great Britain end France have lately +done to Greece, and that no ministers ever acted more fairly, in any +international question, than Lord Aberdeen and M. Guizot have done on +the subject of the Greek revolution; but for this very reason we feel +inclined to warn our countrymen against the leaven of old principles, +which still exists in the palace at Athens. Let us judge of the new +government of Greece by its acts, and let Great Britain and France +remember that they are not looked on without some suspicion.</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0"><span class="translit" title="Enesti gar pôs touto tê tyrannidi">į¼Ī½ĪµĻĻι Ī³į½±Ļ ĻĻĻ ĻοῦĻĪæ Ļįæ ĻĻ
ĻαννίΓι</span><br /></span> +<span class="i0"><span class="translit" title="Nosêma, tois philoisi mê pepoithenai">Īį½¹Ļημα ĻĪæįæĻ ĻίλοιĻι μὓ ĻεĻοιθέναι</span>.<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<div class="footnotes"> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_31" id="Footnote_A_31"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_A_31">A</a></span> 2 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1832.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_B_32" id="Footnote_B_32"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_B_32">B</a></span> The tambouria are always constructed with the ditch in the +inside, in order that they may afford a better cover from artillery.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_C_33" id="Footnote_C_33"></a><span class="label"><a href="#FNanchor_C_33">C</a></span> One English sufferer has for several years vainly attacked +the king for justice, even with the assistance of the English Minister +in Greece and the Foreign Office at home.</p></div> +</div> + + +<h2> +<span class="pagebreak" title="797"> </span><a name="Page_797" id="Page_797"></a> +INDEX TO VOL. LV.</h2> + + + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_A" name="IX_A"></a> +Aborigines of New Holland, the, 193.</li> + +<li>Achilles Tatius, account of his romance of Clitophon and Leucippe, 33.</li> + +<li>Actual condition of the Greek state, the, <a href="#Page_785">785</a>.</li> + +<li>Aden, the British position of, 272.</li> + +<li>Adventures in Texas.—No. III. the Struggle, 18.</li> + +<li>Adventures of Clitophon and Leucippe, the, 33.</li> + +<li>Africa, ignorance of the interior of, 269.</li> + +<li>Africa—the Slave Trade—and Tropical Colonies, <a href="#Page_730">730</a> +<ul class="IX"> + + <li>various expeditions to explore, <a href="#Page_731">731</a></li> + + <li>its principal rivers, and countries watered by them, <a href="#Page_734">734</a>.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Agriculture, causes of the decline of, in the Roman empire, 391.</li> + +<li>Ameer Ali, a Thug, account of, 326.</li> + +<li>Ameers of Scinde, case of the, 580.</li> + +<li>Anti-corn-law League, measures of the, 121.</li> + +<li>Ancient Greek romances—Clitophon and Leucippe, 33.</li> + +<li>Arabs of Cordova, sketch of the history of the, 431.</li> + +<li>Australia, statistics of the various colonies of, 184.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_B" name="IX_B"></a> +Banking in Australia, on, 186.</li> + +<li>Banking-House, the, a history in three part. Part III. Chap. I., Symptoms of rottenness, 50 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>Chap. II., A meeting, 56</li> + <li>Chap. III., A chapter of loans, 61</li> + <li>Chap. IV., A dissolution of partnership, 65</li> + <li>Chap. V., The crisis, 69</li> + <li>Chap. VI., The crash, 75</li> + <li>Chap. VII., The vicarage, 79.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Beau Brummell, Jesseās memoirs of, reviewed, <a href="#Page_769">769</a>.</li> + +<li>Beauclerk, Topham, 182.</li> + +<li>Beke, Dr. T. C., his travels in Africa, <a href="#Page_740">740</a>.</li> + +<li>Belfront castle, a retrospective review, 334.</li> + +<li>Benton, Mr, on the treaty of Washington, 112.</li> + +<li>Bewailment from Bath, a, or Poor Old Maids, 199.</li> + +<li>Bristol, the Earl of, 180.</li> + +<li>British fleet, the, 462.</li> + +<li>Brummell, Jesseās memoirs of, reviewed, <a href="#Page_769">769</a>.</li> + +<li>Bumbo Khan, sketch of, 223.</li> + +<li>Bundelcund, Colonel Davidsonās travels in, 325.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_C" name="IX_C"></a> +Canadian insurgents, trials of the, 3.</li> + +<li>Catholicism, effects of in Ireland, 520.</li> + +<li>Chartists, state trials of the, in 1842, 5.</li> + +<li>Cheap labour and cheap bread, connection of, 125.</li> + +<li>Chudleigh, Miss, career of, 180.</li> + +<li>Church of Scotland, the secession from the, 221.</li> + +<li>Churkaree, town of, 327.</li> + +<li>Circulating libraries, on, 556.</li> + +<li>Circulating medium of Great Britain, amount of the, 388.</li> + +<li>Clitophon and Leucippe, account of the romance of, 33.</li> + +<li>Cobden, Mr, on the effects of corn-law repeal, 125.</li> + +<li>Colonies, importance of, to England, <a href="#Page_740">740</a>.</li> + +<li>Columbus, a poem, by B. Simmons, <a href="#Page_687">687</a>.</li> + +<li>Conservatism, advance of, since the passing of the reform bill, 103 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>as exhibited by the general elections, 104.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Cordova, history of the Moorish kingdom of, 431.</li> + +<li>Corn-law, the new, and its effects, 116.</li> + +<li>Corn-laws, on the, 385 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>viewed in connexion with the manufacturing distress, 105</li> + <li>effects of their repeal on wages, &c., 125.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Corn question, letter from Lemuel Gulliver on the, 98 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>Sir Robert Peel on the, 106.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Crime, the increase of, 533 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>table of it since 1805, 534</li> + <li>not attributable to its surer detection by a more efficient police, 535</li> + <li>nor to defects in the law, 540</li> + <li>nor to deficiency in education, 541</li> + <li>its diminution in India and France, 538.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Cry from Ireland, review of the, 638.</li> + +<li>Customs revenue, improvement of the, since the new tariff, 114.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_D" name="IX_D"></a> +Davidsonās travels in India, review of, 321.</li> + +<li>Delta, lines by, on the snow, 617.</li> + +<li>Dhacca, account of the city of, 331.</li> + +<li>Difficulties of the present government on its accession, the, 108.</li> + +<li>Diligence, the, a leaf on a journal, <a href="#Page_692">692</a>.</li> + +<li>Disruption of the Scottish church, the, 221.</li> + +<li>Dublin state trials, the, 1.</li> + +<li>Duelling in Germany, 555.</li> + +<li>Dumas, Alexander; thrush-hunting, a <span class="pagebreak" title="798"> </span><a name="Page_798" id="Page_798"></a>tale by, 150 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>extracts from his work on Italy, 347</li> + <li>and from his Rhine and Rhinelanders, 546.</li> +</ul></li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_E" name="IX_E"></a> +Education, statistics of, with reference to crime, 541.</li> + +<li>Elections, results of the, since 1832, 104.</li> + +<li>Ellenborough, Lord, his Indian policy, 113.</li> + +<li>Emigration to Australia, letter on, 184 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>from Africa, on, <a href="#Page_745">745</a>.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>England, efforts made by, in favour of free trade, 261.</li> + +<li>Ethiopia, Harrisās Highlands of, reviewed, 269.</li> + +<li>Europe, diminution of, British exports to, 263.</li> + +<li>Eusebius, letter to, on sitting for a portrait, 243.</li> + +<li>Exports, diminution of, to Europe, 263.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_F" name="IX_F"></a> +Fairiesā Sabbath, the, a tradition of Upper Lusatia, <a href="#Page_665">665</a>.</li> + +<li>Firemanās Song, the, 101.</li> + +<li>Foreign policy of the government, the, 111.</li> + +<li>France, increased commercial restrictions of, 261 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>statistics of crime in, 538.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Freethinker, the, a tale, 593.</li> + +<li>Free trade and protection, on, 259 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>efforts made by England to introduce free trade, 261</li> + <li>protective system pursued by France, Germany, &c., <i>ib.</i></li> + <li>true principles of, 268. No. II.</li> + <li>The corn-laws, 385</li> + <li>failure of the reciprocity system, <i>ib.</i></li> + <li>comparison of a young and old state as to manufacturing and agricultural productiveness, 386</li> + <li>effects of free trade on the Roman empire, 391</li> + <li>impracticability of that system, 396</li> + <li>and its inexpediency, 397.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Frost and others, the trials of, 4.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_G" name="IX_G"></a> +Gama, circumnavigation of Africa, by, 271.</li> + +<li>General elections, results of the, since 1832, 104.</li> + +<li>Germany Customs League, the, 262.</li> + +<li>Germany, Dumas in, 546.</li> + +<li>Gil Blas, on the authorship of, <a href="#Page_698">698</a>.</li> + +<li>Glum, Tabitha, letter from, 199.</li> + +<li>Goethe, lines to, 380.</li> + +<li>Gopal, a Hindu robber, account of, 326.</li> + +<li>Government, position and prospects of the, 103.</li> + +<li>Greece, the actual condition of, <a href="#Page_785">785</a>.</li> + +<li>Greek romances, the ancient: Clitophon and Leucippe, 33.</li> + +<li>Gulliver, letter from, on the corn question, 98.</li> + +<li>Gunnings, career of the, 176.</li> + +<li>Gwalior, history and present state of, 579.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_H" name="IX_H"></a> +Hackman, murder of Miss Ray, by, 178.</li> + +<li>Harrisās Highlands of Ethiopia, review of, 269 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>notices of it, <a href="#Page_730">730</a>.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Hawash river, the, 277.</li> + +<li>Henley, orator, notices of, 171.</li> + +<li>Heretic, the, a novel translated from the Russian of Lajétchnikoff, review of, 133.</li> + +<li>Hervey, Captain, 180.</li> + +<li>High life in the last century, 164.</li> + +<li>Hillās Fifty days on board a Slave vessel, review of, 425.</li> + +<li>Home policy of the government, the, 110.</li> + +<li>Hurdwar, account of the fair of, 324.</li> + +<li>Huskisson, Mr, first attempts to introduce the free trade system, 262.</li> + +<li>Hydrabad, battle at, 580.</li> + +<li>Hymn of a hermit, the, 382.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_I" name="IX_I"></a> +Imprisonment and transportation—No. I.; the increase of crime, 533.</li> + +<li>Increase of crime, the, since 1808, 534 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>not attributable to greater number of detections, 535</li> + <li>nor to defect in the law, 540</li> + <li>nor to deficiency of education, 541.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>India, Colonel Davidsonās travels in, review of, 321 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>diminution of crime in, 538.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Indian affairs, Gwalior, 579.</li> + +<li>Ireland, its present position, and effects of the government measures on, 127 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>its present state, and policy of ministers, 518</li> + <li>objections brought against the ministerial measures, 519</li> + <li>defence of them, 524</li> + <li>the landlord and tenant question, 638.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Irish state trials, the, 1.</li> +</ul> + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_J" name="IX_J"></a> +J. S., poems by; the Olympic Jupiter, 378 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>a Roman idyl, 379</li> + <li>Goethe, 380</li> + <li>hymn of a hermit, 382</li> + <li>the luckless lover, 383.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Jervis, Sir John, career of, 465.</li> + +<li>Jesseās Memoirs and Correspondence of George Selwyn, review of, 164 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>of George Brummell, <a href="#Page_769">769</a>.</li> +</ul></li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_K" name="IX_K"></a> +Kalergy, General, sketch of the life of, <a href="#Page_785">785</a>.</li> + +<li>Kieff, a poem, translated from the Russian of Iván Kozlóff, by T. B. Shaw, 80.</li> + +<li>Kingston, the Duchess of, 180.</li> + +<li>Krapf, Mr, notices of his mission to Africa, <a href="#Page_730">730</a>.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_L" name="IX_L"></a> +Labour, gradual reduction in the cost of, in Great Britain, 125.</li> + +<li>Lahore, revolution at, 581.</li> + +<li>Lajétchnikoff, the Heretic by, reviewed, 133.</li> + +<li>Lanarkshire, statistics of crime in, and its police, 537, 539.</li> + +<li>Land of slaves, the, a poem, 257.</li> + +<li>Landlord and tenant question in Ireland, the, 638.</li> + +<li>Larresse on Portrait Painting, extracts from, 246.</li> + +<li><span class="pagebreak" title="799"> </span><a name="Page_799" id="Page_799"></a>Law, administration of the, in India, 333.</li> + +<li>Lazzaroni of Naples, anecdotes of the, 354.</li> + +<li>League, measures of the, 121.</li> + +<li>Lemuel Gulliver, letter from, to the editor, 98.</li> + +<li>Le Sage not the author of Gil Blas, <a href="#Page_698">698</a>.</li> + +<li>Letter from an exiled contributor, 184.</li> + +<li>Literature, the monster misery of, 556.</li> + +<li>Llorente, M. on the authorship of Gil Blas, <a href="#Page_698">698</a>.</li> + +<li>Lorgnon; a word or two of the opera-tive classes by, 292.</li> + +<li>Love in the wilderness. Chap. I., 621 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>Chap. II., 624</li> + <li>Chap. III., 627</li> + <li>Chap. IV., 631</li> + <li>Chap. V., 635.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Luckless lover, the, a poem, 383.</li> + +<li>Lusatia, traditions and tales of; No. I., the Fairiesā Sabbath, <a href="#Page_665">665</a>.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_M" name="IX_M"></a> +Mahratta war, origin, &c., of the, 584.</li> + +<li>Manufacturing distress, Sir Robert Peel on the causes of the, 105.</li> + +<li>Marston, or, Memoirs of a Statesman. Part VII., 81 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>Part VIII., 202</li> + <li>Part IX., 362</li> + <li>Part X., 483</li> + <li>Part XI., 561.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Meeanee, battle of, 580.</li> + +<li>Melbourne in Australia, letter from, with account of the colony, &c., 184.</li> + +<li>Memoirs of a Statesman—<i>see</i> Marston.</li> + +<li>Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, review of, 462.</li> + +<li>Mexico, two nights in, 449.</li> + +<li>Michael Kalliphournas, a tale, <a href="#Page_725">725</a>.</li> + +<li>Monster misery of literature, the, 556.</li> + +<li>Monmouthshire rioters, trial of the, 4.</li> + +<li>Moslem histories of Spain; the Arabs of Cordova, 431.</li> + +<li>My friend; a poem, 256.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_N" name="IX_N"></a> +Naples, account of, by Dumas, 347.</li> + +<li>Narration of certain uncommon things that did formerly happen to me, Herbert Willis, B. D., <a href="#Page_749">749</a>.</li> + +<li>Nelson, notices of the early services of, 477.</li> + +<li>New art of printing, by a designing devil, 45.</li> + +<li>News from an exiled contributor, a letter from New Holland, 184.</li> + +<li>Non-intrusionists, secession of the, from church of Scotland, 221.</li> +</ul> + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_O" name="IX_O"></a> +OāConnell and others, trial of, 1 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>his trial in 1831, 3</li> + <li>his present trial and demeanour during it, 7</li> + <li>his probable policy in agitating for Repeal, 128.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>OāConnor, Fergus, state prosecutions of, 6.</li> + +<li>Olympic Jupiter, the, a poem, 378.</li> + +<li>Opera-tive classes, a word or two of the, 292.</li> + +<li>Oude, a sporting excursion to, 329.</li> + +<li>Oxford, trial of, 5.</li> +</ul> + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_P" name="IX_P"></a> +Peel, Sir Robert, on the progress of Conservatism, 103, 104 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>on the causes of the manufacturing distress, 105</li> + <li>defence of his conduct on the corn-law question, 107.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Phenicians, circumnavigation of Africa by the, 271.</li> + +<li>Pirates of Segna, the, a tale of Venice and the Adriatic. Part I. Chap. I., The Studio, 299 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>Chap. II., The Cavern, 303</li> + <li>Chap. III., The Jewels, 310</li> + <li>Chap. IV., The Ball, 316.</li> + <li>Part II. Chap. I., The Battle of the Bridge, 401</li> + <li>Chap. II., The Picture, 409</li> + <li>Chap. III., The Pirates, 415</li> + <li>Chap. IV., The Recognition, 421.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Poetry:—Kieff, from the Russian of Kozlóff, 80 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>The Proclamation, 100</li> + <li>the Firemanās Song, 101</li> + <li>The Prophecy of the Twelve Tribes, 196</li> + <li>My Friend, 256</li> + <li>The Land of Slaves, 257</li> + <li>the Priestās Burial, <i>ib.</i></li> + <li>Prudence, 258</li> + <li>The Olympic Jupiter, 378</li> + <li>A Roman Idyl, 379</li> + <li>Goethe, 380</li> + <li>Hymn of a Hermit, 382</li> + <li>The Luckless Lover, 383</li> + <li>The Snow, by Delta, 617</li> + <li>Columbus, by B. Simmons, <a href="#Page_687">687</a></li> + <li>To Swallows on the eve of departure, by the same, <a href="#Page_690">690</a>.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Police, repugnance to assessment for, 536.</li> + +<li>Poor old maids, a bewailment from Bath, 199.</li> + +<li>Porter, Mr, on the decrease of our European exports, 263.</li> + +<li>Portrait painting, in a letter to Eusebius, 213.</li> + +<li>Portugal, restrictive commercial system adopted by, 262.</li> + +<li>Portuguese, circumnavigation of Africa by the, 271.</li> + +<li>Position and Prospects of the government, on the: its position on the secession of the Whigs, 103 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>advance of Conservatism since the passing of the Reform Bill, <i>ib.</i></li> + <li>the manufacturing distress, 105</li> + <li>the sugar and corn question, 106</li> + <li>difficulties with which it had to contend, 108</li> + <li>its home policy, and what it has done, 110</li> + <li>its foreign policy, 111</li> + <li>the new tariff and corn-law, 113</li> + <li>results of its measures in the revival of trade, tranquillity, &c., 120</li> + <li>its measures with reference to Ireland, 127.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Priestās burial, the, a poem, 257.</li> + +<li>Printing, the new art of, by a designing devil, 45.</li> + +<li>Proclamation, the, 100.</li> + +<li>Prophecy of the twelve tribes, the, poem, 196.</li> + +<li>Prosecution, the State, 1.</li> + +<li>Prudence, a poem, 258.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_R" name="IX_R"></a> +Rampore, city of, 322.</li> + +<li>Ray, Miss, murder of, by Hackman, 178.</li> + +<li><span class="pagebreak" title="800"> </span><a name="Page_800" id="Page_800"></a>Rebeccaites, trials of the, 6.</li> + +<li>Reciprocity system, effect of, in diminishing the exports to Europe, 263 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>failure of the, 385.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Repeal agitation, the, 128.</li> + +<li>Revenue, improvement of the, 114.</li> + +<li>Reviews: the Heretic, 133 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>George Selwyn and his contemporaries, 164</li> + <li>Harrisās Highlands of Ethiopia, 269</li> + <li>Davidsonās Travels in India, 321</li> + <li>Hillās Fifty days on board a Slave Ship, 425</li> + <li>Tuckerās Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, 462</li> + <li>Cry from Ireland, 638</li> + <li>Jesseās memoirs of Beau Brummell, <a href="#Page_769">769</a>.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Rhine, the, and Rhinelanders, 546.</li> + +<li>Rigby, Richard, notices of, 172.</li> + +<li>Roman empire, effects of free trade on the, 391.</li> + +<li>Roman Idyl, a, 379.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_S" name="IX_S"></a> +Sahela Selassee, King of Abyssinia, British mission to, 282.</li> + +<li>St Vincent, Earl, Tuckerās Memoirs of, reviewed, 462.</li> + +<li>Sandwich, Lord, notices of, 177.</li> + +<li>Scinde, subjugation of, by the British, 580.</li> + +<li>Segna, Pirates of—<i>see</i> Pirates.</li> + +<li>Selim, Captain, expedition under, to explore Central Africa, <a href="#Page_731">731</a>.</li> + +<li>Selwyn and his contemporaries, review of, 164.</li> + +<li>Shaw, T. B., translation of Kieff, a poem, from the Russian by, 80 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>review of his translation of the Heretic, 133.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Shoa, mission to the kingdom of, 275.</li> + +<li>Simmons, B., poems by:—Columbus, <a href="#Page_687">687</a> +<ul class="IX"> + <li>To swallows on the eve of departure, <a href="#Page_690">690</a>.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Sindiah, history of the house of, 582.</li> + +<li>Sitting for a portrait, on, in a letter to Eusebius, 243.</li> + +<li>Slave trade, the, 425, <a href="#Page_730">730</a>, <a href="#Page_741">741</a>.</li> + +<li>Sliding scale, effects of the, 119.</li> + +<li>Snow, the, a poem by Delta, 617.</li> + +<li>Song of the Fireman, the, 101.</li> + +<li>Southern Mexico, two nights in, 449.</li> + +<li>Spain, condition of, under the Arabs of Cordova, 431.</li> + +<li>Speculation in grain, diminution of, under the new corn law, 118.</li> + +<li>State prosecutions, comparison of, in ancient and modern times, 1 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>that of OāConnell in 1831, 3</li> + <li>those of the Canadian insurgents, <i>ib.</i></li> + <li>of the Monmouthshire rioters, 4</li> + <li>of Oxford, 5</li> + <li>of the Chartists in 1842, <i>ib.</i></li> + <li>of the Welsh rioters, 6</li> + <li>the present, of OāConnell and others, for conspiracy, 7.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Statesman, memoirs of a—<i>see</i> Marston.</li> + +<li>Struggle in Texas, the, 18.</li> + +<li>Sugar question, Sir Robert Peel on the, 106.</li> + +<li>Swallows on the eve of departure, address to, by B. Simmons, <a href="#Page_690">690</a>.</li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_T" name="IX_T"></a> +Tariff, the new, and its results, 113.</li> + +<li>Tatius, Achilles, account of his romance, Clitophon and Leucippe, 33.</li> + +<li>Texas, adventures in. No. III.; the struggle, 18.</li> + +<li>Thrush-hunting, a tale; by Alexander Dumas, 150.</li> + +<li>Traditions and tales of Upper Lusatia. No. I., The Fairiesā Sabbath, <a href="#Page_665">665</a>.</li> + +<li>Tropical colonies, on, <a href="#Page_730">730</a>, <a href="#Page_741">741</a>.</li> + +<li>Tuckerās Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, review of, 462.</li> + +<li>Twelve tribes, prophecy of the, a poem, 196.</li> + +<li>Two nights in Southern Mexico, a fragment from the journal of an American + traveller, 449.</li> + +<li>Two patrons, the, a tale. Chapter I., 500 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>Chap. II., 503</li> + <li>Chap. III., 505</li> + <li>Chap. IV., 509</li> + <li>Chap. V., 511</li> + <li>Chap. VI., 514</li> + <li>Chap. VII., 515.</li> +</ul></li> +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_V" name="IX_V"></a> +Vardarelli, account of the, 358.</li> + + +</ul> + + +<ul class="IX"><li><a id="IX_W" name="IX_W"></a> +Wages, gradual reduction of, in Great Britain, 125.</li> + +<li>Washington, the treaty of, 112.</li> + +<li>Welsh rioters, trial of the, 6.</li> + +<li>Who wrote Gil Blas? <a href="#Page_698">698</a>.</li> + +<li>Wigginsā Cry from Ireland, review of, 638.</li> + +<li>William, John, letter from, to the editor, 184.</li> + +<li>Williams, Sir Charles Hanbury, 174 +<ul class="IX"> + <li>Gilly, 175.</li> +</ul></li> + +<li>Willis, Herbert, B. D., narration of, <a href="#Page_749">749</a>.</li> + +<li>Word or two of the opera-tive classes, a, 292.</li> +</ul> + + +<p class="center gap">END OF VOL. LV.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p class="center biggap"><i>Edinburgh: Printed by Ballantyne and Hughes, Paulās Work.</i></p> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - +Volume 55, No. 344, June, 1844, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH *** + +***** This file should be named 23529-h.htm or 23529-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/3/5/2/23529/ + +Produced by Brendan OConnor, Jonathan Ingram, Louise Pryor +and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by The Internet Library of Early +Journals.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/23529-h/images/map.png b/23529-h/images/map.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9351f48 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-h/images/map.png diff --git a/23529-h/images/thumbnail_map.png b/23529-h/images/thumbnail_map.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..04fffa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-h/images/thumbnail_map.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/f001.png b/23529-page-images/f001.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa7bb4f --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/f001.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p665.png b/23529-page-images/p665.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..61902d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p665.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p666.png b/23529-page-images/p666.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1a73eb --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p666.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p667.png b/23529-page-images/p667.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2f7a5b --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p667.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p668.png b/23529-page-images/p668.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..56b55f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p668.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p669.png b/23529-page-images/p669.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb77c13 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p669.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p670.png b/23529-page-images/p670.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e31b948 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p670.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p671.png b/23529-page-images/p671.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..de9af2b --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p671.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p672.png b/23529-page-images/p672.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2588a34 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p672.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p673.png b/23529-page-images/p673.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0338fe --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p673.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p674.png b/23529-page-images/p674.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5e3b07 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p674.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p675.png b/23529-page-images/p675.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f176e90 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p675.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p676.png b/23529-page-images/p676.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3da0262 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p676.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p677.png b/23529-page-images/p677.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..07bce19 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p677.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p678.png b/23529-page-images/p678.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0844ed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p678.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p679.png b/23529-page-images/p679.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b03e11 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p679.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p680.png b/23529-page-images/p680.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0de9409 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p680.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p681.png b/23529-page-images/p681.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5833f7e --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p681.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p682.png b/23529-page-images/p682.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..646e90c --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p682.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p683.png b/23529-page-images/p683.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd04eda --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p683.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p684.png b/23529-page-images/p684.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..697b623 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p684.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p685.png b/23529-page-images/p685.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a8b0ac --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p685.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p686.png b/23529-page-images/p686.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..de6c900 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p686.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p687.png b/23529-page-images/p687.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..29c8ea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p687.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p688.png b/23529-page-images/p688.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c93d9f --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p688.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p689.png b/23529-page-images/p689.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c3ca60 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p689.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p690.png b/23529-page-images/p690.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3ed09a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p690.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p691.png b/23529-page-images/p691.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7023bb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p691.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p692.png b/23529-page-images/p692.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e35b84c --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p692.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p693.png b/23529-page-images/p693.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f525a2e --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p693.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p694.png b/23529-page-images/p694.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..023008e --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p694.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p695.png b/23529-page-images/p695.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0db2ae --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p695.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p696.png b/23529-page-images/p696.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1eed3e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p696.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p697.png b/23529-page-images/p697.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..295f8f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p697.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p698.png b/23529-page-images/p698.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7925374 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p698.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p699.png b/23529-page-images/p699.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..911ae44 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p699.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p700.png b/23529-page-images/p700.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec85058 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p700.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p701.png b/23529-page-images/p701.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..17859e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p701.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p702.png b/23529-page-images/p702.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ac4598 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p702.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p703.png b/23529-page-images/p703.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c448b28 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p703.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p704.png b/23529-page-images/p704.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0ee7a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p704.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p705.png b/23529-page-images/p705.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cdbbdf --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p705.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p706.png b/23529-page-images/p706.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0050b1f --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p706.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p707.png b/23529-page-images/p707.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef1e6a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p707.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p708.png b/23529-page-images/p708.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e914dc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p708.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p709.png b/23529-page-images/p709.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2eb0b7c --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p709.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p710.png b/23529-page-images/p710.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..89f3515 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p710.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p711.png b/23529-page-images/p711.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..293a3c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p711.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p712.png b/23529-page-images/p712.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b32f55b --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p712.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p713.png b/23529-page-images/p713.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc50bfe --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p713.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p714.png b/23529-page-images/p714.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ada64d --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p714.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p715.png b/23529-page-images/p715.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb9af45 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p715.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p716.png b/23529-page-images/p716.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..27eb0ce --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p716.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p717.png b/23529-page-images/p717.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3634ea2 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p717.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p718.png b/23529-page-images/p718.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..97f94eb --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p718.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p719.png b/23529-page-images/p719.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e81ade --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p719.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p720.png b/23529-page-images/p720.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a57a77 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p720.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p721.png b/23529-page-images/p721.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e35d23 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p721.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p722.png b/23529-page-images/p722.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..297d984 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p722.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p723.png b/23529-page-images/p723.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd0132c --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p723.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p724.png b/23529-page-images/p724.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5831e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p724.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p725.png b/23529-page-images/p725.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8c4043 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p725.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p726.png b/23529-page-images/p726.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..635a4eb --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p726.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p727.png b/23529-page-images/p727.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7121031 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p727.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p728.png b/23529-page-images/p728.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b73705d --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p728.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p729.png b/23529-page-images/p729.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..97b3063 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p729.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p730.png b/23529-page-images/p730.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6411cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p730.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p731.png b/23529-page-images/p731.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf0639 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p731.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p732.png b/23529-page-images/p732.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6ec747 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p732.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p733.png b/23529-page-images/p733.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bab6157 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p733.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p734.png b/23529-page-images/p734.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..87f3368 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p734.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p735.png b/23529-page-images/p735.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ec560c --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p735.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p736.png b/23529-page-images/p736.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d19005e --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p736.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p737.png b/23529-page-images/p737.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c86f660 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p737.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p738.png b/23529-page-images/p738.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6f3aaf --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p738.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p739.png b/23529-page-images/p739.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3200e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p739.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p740.png b/23529-page-images/p740.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..20c5c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p740.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p741.png b/23529-page-images/p741.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1edb08a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p741.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p742.png b/23529-page-images/p742.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d24df68 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p742.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p743.png b/23529-page-images/p743.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fce4fb --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p743.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p744.png b/23529-page-images/p744.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6ca8fe --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p744.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p745.png b/23529-page-images/p745.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8fcd63 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p745.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p746.png b/23529-page-images/p746.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4707628 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p746.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p747.png b/23529-page-images/p747.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..67ce2f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p747.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p748.png b/23529-page-images/p748.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d2a4a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p748.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p749.png b/23529-page-images/p749.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a54f136 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p749.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p750.png b/23529-page-images/p750.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fdca00 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p750.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p751.png b/23529-page-images/p751.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84c8d28 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p751.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p752.png b/23529-page-images/p752.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..213fbfd --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p752.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p753.png b/23529-page-images/p753.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2d2e19 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p753.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p754.png b/23529-page-images/p754.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e96952a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p754.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p755.png b/23529-page-images/p755.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d43a7ca --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p755.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p756.png b/23529-page-images/p756.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..18f9e86 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p756.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p757.png b/23529-page-images/p757.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d00b0a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p757.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p758.png b/23529-page-images/p758.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..343a587 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p758.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p759.png b/23529-page-images/p759.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7f9d0a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p759.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p760.png b/23529-page-images/p760.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d10be0 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p760.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p761.png b/23529-page-images/p761.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f99828 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p761.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p762.png b/23529-page-images/p762.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ac519e --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p762.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p763.png b/23529-page-images/p763.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c42e4f --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p763.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p764.png b/23529-page-images/p764.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b892b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p764.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p765.png b/23529-page-images/p765.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0b68df --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p765.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p766.png b/23529-page-images/p766.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..25c8ea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p766.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p767.png b/23529-page-images/p767.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b961de9 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p767.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p768.png b/23529-page-images/p768.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e31b4cf --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p768.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p769.png b/23529-page-images/p769.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d0b82a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p769.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p770.png b/23529-page-images/p770.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..756306d --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p770.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p771.png b/23529-page-images/p771.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e578afd --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p771.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p772.png b/23529-page-images/p772.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2f6a19 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p772.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p773.png b/23529-page-images/p773.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0a76ad --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p773.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p774.png b/23529-page-images/p774.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa14736 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p774.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p775.png b/23529-page-images/p775.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcad3fc --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p775.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p776.png b/23529-page-images/p776.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8194662 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p776.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p777.png b/23529-page-images/p777.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d017cf --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p777.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p778.png b/23529-page-images/p778.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..72fc812 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p778.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p779.png b/23529-page-images/p779.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..400e836 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p779.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p780.png b/23529-page-images/p780.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f99033d --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p780.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p781.png b/23529-page-images/p781.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9f6d92 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p781.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p782.png b/23529-page-images/p782.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..245e7db --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p782.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p783.png b/23529-page-images/p783.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..df1024e --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p783.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p784.png b/23529-page-images/p784.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a18016d --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p784.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p785.png b/23529-page-images/p785.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..60e401a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p785.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p786.png b/23529-page-images/p786.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4583af --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p786.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p787.png b/23529-page-images/p787.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..12080e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p787.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p788.png b/23529-page-images/p788.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2214e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p788.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p789.png b/23529-page-images/p789.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f35af5e --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p789.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p790.png b/23529-page-images/p790.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..773e4b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p790.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p791.png b/23529-page-images/p791.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1079d5b --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p791.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p792.png b/23529-page-images/p792.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7096fe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p792.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p793.png b/23529-page-images/p793.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b65bbe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p793.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p794.png b/23529-page-images/p794.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cfabbc --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p794.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p795.png b/23529-page-images/p795.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1853dae --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p795.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p796.png b/23529-page-images/p796.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..68cc68d --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p796.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p797.png b/23529-page-images/p797.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e52c603 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p797.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p798.png b/23529-page-images/p798.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b477e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p798.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p799.png b/23529-page-images/p799.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9125cd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p799.png diff --git a/23529-page-images/p800.png b/23529-page-images/p800.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b1dc1b --- /dev/null +++ b/23529-page-images/p800.png diff --git a/23529.txt b/23529.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2ee217 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10256 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - Volume 55, +No. 344, June, 1844, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - Volume 55, No. 344, June, 1844 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: November 17, 2007 [EBook #23529] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH *** + + + + +Produced by Brendan OConnor, Jonathan Ingram, Louise Pryor +and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by The Internet Library of Early +Journals.) + + + + + +{Transcriber's note: Spellings are sometimes erratic. A few obvious +misprints have been corrected, but in general the original spelling has +been retained. Accents in the French and Spanish passages are +inconsistent, and have not been standardised. Greek phrases have been +transliterated, and are enclosed in + signs +eis Athenas+.} + + + + + +BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH MAGAZINE. + +NO. CCCXLIV. JUNE, 1844. VOL. LV. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + + TRADITIONS AND TALES OF UPPER LUSATIA. NO. I. THE FAIRIES' + SABBATH, 665 + + COLUMBUS. (A PRINT AFTER A PICTURE BY PARMEGGIANO.) + BY B. SIMMONS, 687 + + TO SWALLOWS ON THE EVE OF DEPARTURE. BY THE SAME, 690 + + THE DILIGENCE. A LEAF FROM A JOURNAL, 692 + + WHO WROTE GIL BLAS? 698 + + MICHAEL KALLIPHOURNAS, 725 + + AFRICA--SLAVE TRADE--TROPICAL COLONIES, 731 + + NARRATION OF CERTAIN UNCOMMON THINGS THAT DID + FORMERLY HAPPEN TO ME, HERBERT WILLIS, B.D. 749 + + BEAU BRUMMELL, 769 + + THE ACTUAL CONDITION OF THE GREEK STATE, 785 + + INDEX, 797 + + * * * * * + + EDINBURGH: + WILLIAM BLACKWOOD AND SONS, 45, GEORGE STREET; + AND 22, PALL-MALL, LONDON. + +_To whom all Communications (post paid) must be addressed._ + +SOLD BY ALL THE BOOKSELLERS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM. + +PRINTED BY BALLANTYNE AND HUGHES, EDINBURGH. + + + + +BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH MAGAZINE. + +No CCCXLIV. JUNE, 1844. VOL. LV. + + + + +TRADITIONS AND TALES OF UPPER LUSATIA. + +No. I. + +THE FAIRIES' SABBATH. + + +WHAT is a fairy? + +READ! + +["_A Wood near Athens.--Enter a Fairy on one side, and Puck on the +other._{A}] + + "_Puck._ How now, Spirit! whither wander you? + + _Fairy._ Over hill, over dale, + Thorough bush, thorough brier, + Over park, over pale, + Thorough flood, thorough fire, + I do wander ever where, + Swifter than the moones sphere; + And I serve the Fairy Queen, + To dew her orbs upon the green: + The cowslips tall her pensioners be; + In their gold coats spots you see; + Those be rubies, fairy favours, + In those freckles live their savours: + I must go seek some dewdrops here, + And hang a pearl in every cowslip's ear. + Farewell, thou lob of spirits, I'll begone; + Our queen and all our elves come here anon. + + _Puck._ The King doth keep his revels here to-night; + Take heed, the queen come not within his sight. + For Oberon is passing fell and wrath, + Because that she, as her attendant, hath + A lovely boy, stolen from an Indian king; + She never had so sweet a changeling. + And jealous Oberon would have the child + Knight of his train, to trace the forests wild: + But she, perforce, withholds the loved boy: + Crowns him with flowers, and makes him all her joy: + And now they never meet in grove, or green, + By fountain clear, or spangled starlight sheen, + But they do square; that all their elves, for fear, + Creep into acorn cups, and hide them there." + +And there, then, they are!--The blithe and lithe, bright and fine +darlings of your early-bewitched and for ever-enamoured fancy! There +they are! The King and the Queen, and the Two royal Courts of shadowy, +gorgeous, remote, and cloud-walled Elf-land: The fairies of the vision +once wafted, "by moon or star light," upon the "creeping murmur" of the +Avon!--THE FAIRIES IN ENGLAND! YOUR fairies! + +Nevertheless you, from of old, are discreet. And you mistrust +information which discountenances itself, by borrowing the magical robe +of verse! Or you misdoubt this medley of our English blood, which in the +lapse of ages must, as you deem, have confounded, upon the soil, the +confluent streams of primitively distinct superstitions! Or your +suspicious inquisition rebels against this insular banishment of ours, +which, sequestering us from the common mind of the world, may, as you +augur, have perverted, into an excessive individuality of growth, our +mythological beliefs: Or--Southwards then! + +One good stride over salt water lands you amongst a people, who, from +the old, have kept THEMSELVES TO THEMSELVES; whose warm, bold, +_thorough_-loyal hearts hereditarily believe, after the love and +reverence owed from the children's children to the fathers' fathers. +Here are--for good and for ill--and from a sure hand:--"THE FAIRIES IN +LOWER BRITANNY; _alio nomine_--THE KORRIGANS." + +"Like these holy virgins, (the Gallicenae or Barrigenae of Mela,) our +Korrigans predict the future. They know the skill of healing incurable +maladies with particular charms; which they impart, it is affirmed, to +magicians that are their friends. Ingenious Proteuses, they take the +shape of any animal at their pleasure. In the twinkling of an eye they +whisk from one end of the world to the other. Annually, with returning +spring, they celebrate a high nocturnal festivity. A tablecloth, white +as the driven snow, is spread upon the greensward, by the margin of a +fountain. It is covered with the most delicious viands; in the midst +sparkles a crystal goblet, which sheds such a splendour as serves in the +stead of torches. At the close of the repast, this goblet goes round +from hand to hand; it holds a miraculous beverage, one drop of which, it +is averred, would make omniscient, like the Almighty. At any least +breath or stir of human kind, all vanishes. + +"In truth, it is near fountains that the Korrigans are oftenest met +with; especially near such as rise in the neighbourhood of _dolmens_.{B} +For in the sequestered spots whence the Virgin Mary, who is held for +their chief foe, has not yet driven them, they still preside over the +fountains. Our traditions bestow upon them a strong passion for music, +with sweet voices; but do not, like those of the Germanic nations, make +dancers of them. The popular songs of all countries frequently depict +them combing their fine fair hair, which they seem daintily to cherish. +Their stature is that of the other European fairies: they are not above +two feet in height. Their shape, exquisitely proportioned, is as airy, +slight, and pellucid as that of the wasp. They have no other dress than +a white veil, which they wrap around their body. Seen by night, they are +very beautiful: in the daytime, you perceive that their hair is +grey--that their eyes are red--that their face is wrinkled. Accordingly, +they begin to show themselves only at the shut of eve; and they loathe +the light. _Every thing about them denotes fallen intelligences._ The +Breton peasants maintain that _they are high princesses, who, because +they would not embrace Christianity when the apostles came to preach in +Armorica, were stricken by the curse of God_. The Welsh recognise in +them, souls of Druids doomed to penance. This coincidence is remarkable. + +"They are universally believed to feel a vehement hatred for the +clergy, and for our holy religion, which has confounded them with the +spirits of darkness--a grand motive, as it appears, of displeasure and +offence to them. The sight of a surplice, _the sound of bells_, scares +them away. The popular tales of all Europe would, meanwhile, tend to +support the church, in viewing them as maleficent genii. As in Britanny; +the blast of their breath is mortal in Wales, in Ireland, in Scotland, +and in Prussia. They cast weirds.{C} Whosoever has muddied the waters of +their spring, or caught them combing their hair, or counting their +treasures beside their _dolmen_, (for they there keep, it is believed, +concealed mines of gold and of diamonds,) almost inevitably dies; +especially should the misencounter fall upon a Saturday, which day, holy +to the Virgin Mother, is inauspicious for their kind,"{D} &c. &c. &c. + +Here, in the stead of the joyously-sociable monarchal hive, you behold a +republic of solitarily-dwelling, and not unconditionally beautiful, +naiads! No dancing! And a stature, prodigiously disqualifying for the +asylum of an acorn cup! You are unsatisfied. Shakspeare has indeed +vividly portrayed one curiously-featured species, and M. De la +Villemarque another, of the air-made inscrutable beings evoked by your +question; but your question, from the beginning, struck at the GENERIC +notion in its purified logical shape--at the definition, then--of the +thing, a fairy. + +Sir _Walter Scott_,{E} writing--the first in time of all men who have +written--at large and scientifically upon the fairies of Western Europe, +steps into disquisition by a description, duly loose for leaving his own +foot unentangled. "The general idea of SPIRITS, of A LIMITED POWER AND +SUBORDINATE NATURE, DWELLING AMONG THE WOODS AND MOUNTAINS, is perhaps +common to all nations." + +A little _too_ loose, peradventure! + +Dr James Grimm, heroically bent upon rescuing from the throat of +oblivion and from the tooth of scepticism, to his own TEUTONS--yet +heathen--a faith outreaching and outsoaring the gross definite +cognisances of this fleshly eye and hand, sets apart one--profoundly +read and thought--chapter, to WIGHTS AND ELVES.{F} + +These terms, WIGHT and ELF, are presented by Dr Grimm as being, after a +rough way, synonymous; and you have above seen another Germanic +writer--a native of Warwickshire--take ELF for equivalent, or nearly so, +with FAIRY. + +Of his many-natured Teutonic _wights and elves_, then, but with glances +darted around, northwards and westwards, and southwards and eastwards, +Dr Grimm begins with speaking thus:-- + +"From the _deified_ and _half-divine_ natures [investigated by this +author in several of his antecedent chapters] _a whole order of other +beings_ is especially herein distinguished, that whilst the former +either proceed of mankind, or seek human intercourse, these form a +segregated society--one might say, a peculiar kingdom of their own--and +are only, by accident or the pressure of circumstances, moved to +converse with men. Something superhuman, approximating them to the gods, +is mingled up in them: they possess power to help and to hurt man. They +are however, at the same time, afraid of him, because they are not his +bodily match. They appear either far below the human stature, or +misshapen. Almost all of them enjoy the faculty of rendering themselves +invisible." + +You turn away your head, exclaiming that the weighty words of our +puissant teacher are, for your proficiency, somewhat bewildering, and +for your exigency by much too--TEUTONIC. + +Have a care! + +However, "Westward Hoe!" Put the old Rhine between the master of living +mythologists and yourself, and listen to Baron Walckenaer unlocking the +fountains of the fairy belief, and showing how it streams, primarily +through France, and secondarily through all remaining Western Europe. +"If there is a specifically characterized superstition, it is that which +regards _the fairies_: those _female genii_,{G} most frequently _without +name_, without descent, without kin, who are incessantly busied +subverting the order of nature, for the weal or the woe of mortals whom +they love and favour _without a motive_, or, as causelessly, hate and +persecute."{H} + +What, _female_ only? Where are Oberon and Puck? _Without a name?_ Where +Titania?--Mab? _Without a motive?_ Where the godmother of the +sweet-faced and sweet-hearted Cinderella? Partial, and without a +distinct type in your own recollections, you guessingly pronounce the +characterization of the perpetual secretary too----_French_. Driven +back, disappointed on all sides, you turn round upon your difficulties, +and manfully project beating out _a definition of your own_; to which +end, glancing your eye back affectionately, and now, needle-like, +northwards across the Channel, you "at one slight bound" once more find +yourself at your own fireside, and on your table _The Midsummer Night's +Dream_, open at the second scene of the first act. + +Inquirer whosoever! A problem lies large before us--complicated, +abstruse even, yet--suitably to the subject--a delicate one! To hunt +down an elusive word, and a more elusive notion! It is to find a set of +determinings which, laid together, shall form a circle fitted to confine +that inconfinable spirit--a Fairy; or, if you better like plain English, +to find the terms needed for signifying, describing, expounding the +Thought which, lurking as at the bottom of your mind, under a crowd of +thoughts, rises up, in all circumstances, to meet and answer the +name----a fairy; the Thought, which when all accidental and unessential +attributes liable to be attracted to the fairy essence have been +stripped away, remains; the _substrate_, absolute, essential, _generic_ +notion, therefore--a fairy; that Thought, which whencesoever acquired, +and held howsoever, enables you to deal to your satisfaction with +proposed fairies, acknowledging THIS one frankly;--THIS, but for a +half-sister; shutting the door upon ANOTHER. You may distinguish these +terms at your pleasure, by sundry denominations: for example, you may +call them Elements of the notion--a fairy--or circumscriptive Lines of +such a notion, or indispensable Fairy-marks, or elfin Criteria, or by +any other name which you may happen to like as well or better; but when +found, call them as you will, they must reveal in essence, the thing +which we look for--the answer to the question with which we first +started, and to which we have as yet found no satisfactory solution. + +As for the process of the finding. This notion is to be tracked after +widely, and in intimate recesses; more hopefully, therefore, according +to a planned campaign than a merely wild chance expatiation. The chase +ranges over a material and an intellectual ground. Of either--a word. + +I. The _material_--is a _geographical_--region, and may be called, +summarily--_The western half of Europe_. Let us regard it as laid out by +languages at this day spoken. Here is a map, roughly sketched:-- + + A.--ABORIGINAL. + + 1. NORTH-WESTERN CELTS.--Ireland, Highlands of Scotland, and + the interjacent Isle of Man. + + 2. SOUTH-WESTERN CELTS.--Wales, Britanny, and the, till lately, + Celtic-speaking Cornwall. + + 3. NORTHERN GERMANS, or GERMANS BEYOND THE EIDER, or + SCANDINAVIANS.--Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Iceland. + + 4. SOUTHERN GERMANS, or GERMANS BELOW THE EIDER, or + TEUTONS.--Netherlands, the German empire, Switzerland. + + B.--LATIN SPEAKING. + + 1. ITALY.--Sicily. + + 2. SPAIN. + + 3. PORTUGAL. + + 4. Latin-speaking FRANCE, distinguishing Normandy. + + C.--GERMAN AND LATIN MIXED. + + 1. ENGLAND. + + 2. SCOTTISH LOWLANDS. + +II. From all this tangible territory, we are to sweep up--what? An +overlying _intellectual_ kingdom, _videlicet_--THE KINDS OF THE FAIRIES, +rudely marked out, perhaps, as follows:-- + + 1. The _community_ of the Fairies, monarchal or republican:--The + Fairy folk; Fairies proper. + + 2. The _solitary_ domestic serviceable Fairy. + + 3. In the mines, under the water; a Fairy folk. + + 4. The solitary water Fairy. + + 5. The Fairy-ancestress. + + 6. The Fairy, tutelary or persecuting, of the chivalrous metrical + romance. + + 7. The Fairy, tutelary or persecuting, now giving and now turning + destinies, of the fairy tale proper. + +We have then to ask what are the terms, marks, common traits, or by +whatsoever name they are to be called, which are yielded by a comparison +of such seven kinds. Something like the following eight will possibly +arise:-- + + First, A FAIRY IS A SUBORDINATE SPIRIT. + + Secondly, IS ATTRACTED TO THE SURFACE OF OUR PLANET. + + Thirdly, AT ONCE SEEKS AND SHUNS MANKIND. + + Fourthly, HAS A BODY. + + Fifthly, IS ATTENUATE. + + Sixthly, IS WITHOUT PROPER STATION AND FUNCTION IN THE GENERAL ECONOMY + OF THE UNIVERSE; OR IS MYTHOLOGICALLY DISPLACED. + + Seventhly, IS ENDOWED WITH POWERS OF INTELLIGENCE AND OF AGENCY EXCELLING + HUMAN. + + Eighthly, STANDS UNDER A DOOM. + +To these eight criteria, taken _in the nature of the thing enquired_, +the reflective inquirer will perchance find himself led on to add two +furnished from within himself, as that-- + +First, Acknowledging, as in these latter days our more delicate +psychologists have called upon us to do, the names FANCY and IMAGINATION +as designating TWO faculties, the fairies belong rather to the FANCY. + +Secondly, Accepting for a legitimate thought, legitimately and +cogently signified, the High Marriage which one of these finer +Metaphysicians{I}--instructed no doubt by his personal +experience--prophesies to his kind, between the "intellect of man" and +"this goodly universe," we may say that, regularly, this marriage must +have its antecedent possessing and agitating Love; that this love must, +like all possessing agitated love, have its attendant Reverie. Now, +might one venture to surmise that _this_ REVERIE breathes into the +creating of a fairy? + +Does the jealous reader perchance miss in the above proposed eight +several elements the UNITY OF NOTION, which he has all along seemed to +feel in his own spirit and understanding? Let him at once conceive, as +intensely joined, the two permanent characters of _tenuity_ and +_mythological displacement_, and take this compound for the nucleus of +the unity he seeks. About these two every other element will easily +place itself. For a _soul_, he shall infuse into the whole, after in +like manner inseparably blending them--FANCY, and that love-inspired +REVERIE which won its way to us from Grassmere. + +And so take, reader, our answer to your question, "_What is a fairy?_" +THIS IS A FAIRY. Are you still unsatisfied? Good. The field of +investigation lies open before you, free and inviting. On, in your own +strength, and Heaven speed you! + + * * * * * + +The eight or nine tales of sundry length, and exceedingly diversified +matter, contained in the two little volumes of Herr Ernst Willkomm,{J} +which have put us a-journeying to Fairy-land, have begun to produce +before the literary world the living popular superstitions of a small +and hidden mountainous district, by which _Cis Eidoran_ Germany leans +upon Sclavonia: hidden, it would seem, for any thing like interesting +knowledge, until this author began to write, from the visiting eye of +even learned curiosity. Nor this without a sufficient reason; since the +mountains do, of themselves, shut in their inhabitants, and, for a +stranger, the temper of the rugged mountaineer, at once shy and mailing +himself in defiance, is, like the soil, inaccessible. To Ernst Willkomm +this hinderance was none. He discloses to us the heart of the country, +and that of the people which have born him, which have bred him up; and +he will, if he is encouraged, write on. Three of these tales, or of +these traditions--for the titles, with this writer, appear to us +exchangeable--regard the fairies properly so called. They are, "_The +Priest's Well_," "_The Fairies' Sabbath_," here given, and "_The Fairy +Tutor_," being the first, the third, and the seventh, of the entire +present series. Upon these three tales the foregoing attempt at fixing +the generic notion of a fairy was intended to bear. Should pretty Maud, +the stone-mason's daughter, our heroine for to-day, find the favour in +English eyes which her personal merit may well claim, the remaining two +are not likely to be long withheld. + +The illustrations which shall now follow, drawn from distinguished +authorities, aim at showing the consonancy of Herr Willkomm's pictures +with authentic representations of Elfin superstition already known to +the world. If, however, the criteria which have been proposed, have +been rightfully deduced, the illustrations should as materially serve us +in justifying these by proof. + +Amongst the numerous points of analogy which strikingly connect our tale +with popular tales and traditions innumerable, _three_ are main to the +structure of the tale itself. They may be very briefly described as-- + + I. The Heathenism of the Fairies. + II. Their need, thence arising. + III. Maud's ability to help them. + + * * * * * + +I. The opinion, which sets the fairies in opposition to the established +faith of all Christendom, is widely diffused. To the _Breton_ peasant, +as M. de la Villemarque has above informed us, his Korrigan is a heathen +princess, doomed to a long sorrow for obstinately refusing the message +of salvation. + +The brothers Grimm, speaking of the fairies in _Ireland_, say that "they +are angels cast out from heaven, who have not fallen as low as hell; but +in great fear and uncertainty about their future state, doubt, +themselves, whether they shall obtain mercy at the last day."{K} + +Of the fairies in _Scotland_, it is averred by the same learned and +exact writers, that "they were originally angels dwelling in bliss, but +who, because they suffered themselves to be seduced by the archfiend, +were hurled down from heaven in innumerable multitudes. They shall +wander till the last day over mountains and lakes. They know not how +their sentence will run--whether they shall be saved or damned; but +dread the worst." + +Tales, in many parts of Europe, which represent the fairies as +exceedingly solicitous about their salvation, and as _inquiring of +priests_ and others concerning their own spiritual prospects, for the +most part with an unfavourable answer, tend to fix upon them a +reproachful affinity with the spirits of darkness. + + * * * * * + +II. That the powerful fairies, who have appeared to us, from childhood +upwards, as irresistible dispensers of good and evil to our kind, should +_need aid_ of any sort from us, is an unexpected feature of the fairy +lore, which breaks by degrees upon the zealous and advancing inquirer. + +The two excellent brothers Grimm, in the most elaborate and +comprehensive collection,{L} probably, of national traditions that +Europe possesses, have furnished us with various instances. We select a +very few. In the following graceful Alpine pastoral, the need of human +help attaches to an exigency of life or death:-- + + +GERMAN TRADITIONS. + +No. CCXX. _The Queen of the Snakes._ + +"A herd maiden found upon the fell a sick snake lying and almost +famished. Compassionately she held down to it her pitcher of milk. The +snake licked greedily, and was visibly revived. The girl went on her +way; and it presently happened that her lover sued for her, but was too +poor for the proud wealthy father, who tauntingly dismissed him till the +day when he too should be master of as large herds as the old herdsman. +From this time forwards had the old herdsman no luck more, but sheer +misfortune. Report ran that a fiery dragon was seen passing o' nights +over his grounds; and his substance decayed. The poor swain was now as +rich, and again sued for his beloved, whom he obtained. Upon the +wedding-day a snake came gliding into the room, upon whose coiled tail +there sat a beautiful damsel, who said that it was she to whom formerly +the kind herd maid had, in strait of hunger, given her milk, and, out +of gratitude, she took her brilliant crown from her head, and cast it +into the bride's lap. Thereupon she vanished; but the young couple +throve in their housekeeping greatly, and were soon well at ease in the +world." + +Since fairies, like ourselves, are mortal, TWO LIVES may be understood +as at stake in the following:-- + + +No. LXVIII. _The Lady of Alvensleben._ + +"Some hundred years ago, there lived at Calb, in the Werder, an aged +lady of the house of Alvensleben, who feared God, was gracious to the +people, and willingly disposed to render any one a service: especially +she did assist the burgesses' wives in difficult travail of childbirth, +and was, in such cases, of all desired and highly esteemed. Now, +therefore, there did happen in wise following:-- + +"In the night season there came a damsel to the castle gate, who knocked +and distressfully called, beseeching that it should not mislike her, if +possible, forthwith to arise, and to accompany her from the town, where +there lay a good woman in travail of child, because the last hour and +uttermost peril was already upon her, and her mistress wist no help for +her life. The noblewoman said, 'It is very midnight; all the town gates +be shut and well barred: how shall we make us forth?' The damsel +rejoined that the gate was ready open, she should come forth only, (but +beware, as do some add, in the place whither she should be conducted, to +eat or to drink any thing, or to touch that should be proffered her.) +Thereupon did the lady rise from her bed, dressed her, came down, and +went along with the damsel which had knocked. The town gate she found +open, and as they came further into a field was there a fair way which +led right into a hillside. The hill stood open, and although she did +well perceive that the thing was darksome, she resolved to go still on, +unalarmed, until she arrived at last where was a _little wifikin_ that +lay on the bed, in great pains of travail. But the noble lady gave her +succour, (by the report of some, _she needed no more than lay her hand +upon her body_,) and a little baby was born to the light of day. + +"When she had yielded her aid, desire took her to return from out the +hill, home; she took leave of the sick woman, (without having any thing +touched of the meats and liquors that were offered her,) and the former +damsel anew joined her, and brought her back unharmed to the castle. At +the gateway the damsel stood still, thanked her highly in her mistress's +name, and drew off from her finger a golden ring, which she presented to +the noblewoman with these words, 'Have this dear pledge in right heedful +keeping, and let it not part from you and from your house. They of +Alvensleben will flourish so long as they possess this ring. Should it +ever leave them, the whole race must become extinct.' Herewith vanished +the damsel. + +"It is said that the ring, at this day, is rightly and properly kept in +the lineage, and for good assurance deposited at Lubeck. But others, +that it was, at the dividing of the house into two branches, diligently +parted in two. Others yet, that the one half has been melted, since when +it goes ill with that branch: the other half stays with the other branch +at Zichtow. The story moreover goes, that the benevolent lady was a +married woman. When she upon the morrow told her husband the tale of +that had betid her in the night, he would not believe her, until she +said, 'Forsooth, then, an' ye will not trow me, take only the key of yon +room from the table: there lieth, I dare warrant, the ring.' Which was +exactly so. It is marvellous the gifts that men have received of the +fairies." + +The most touching by far of the traditions at our disposal for +illustrating at once the dependence of the fairies upon man, and their +anxiety concerning their souls' welfare, is one in which the +all-important hope which we have said that they sometimes solicit from +the grave and authorized lips of priests, appears as floating on the +lightest breath of children. Our immediate author is James Grimm, +speaking in his German _Mythology_ of the water spirit. The tradition +itself is from Sweden, where this mythological being, the solitary +water fairy, bears the name of "The _Neck_." + +"Two lads were at play by the river side. The _Neck_ sate and touched +his harp. The children called to him-- + +"'Why sittest thou here, _Neck_, and playest? Thou wilt not go to +heaven.' Then the _Neck_ began bitterly weeping, flung his harp away, +and sank in the deep water. When the boys came home they told their +father, who was a priest, what had happened. The father said-- + +"'Ye have sinned towards the _Neck_. Go ye back, and give him promise of +salvation.' + +"When they returned to the river, the _Neck_ sate upon the shore, +mourning and weeping. The children said-- + +"'Weep not so, thou _Neck_. Our father hath said, that thy Redeemer too +liveth.' + +"Then the _Neck_ took joyfully his harp, and played sweetly until long +after sundown." + +"I do not know," tenderly and profoundly suggests Dr Grimm, "that any +where else in our traditions is as significantly expressed how NEEDY of +the Christian belief the HEATHEN are, and how MILDLY it should approach +them." + + * * * * * + +III. A few words shall here satisfy the claims of a widely-stretching +subject. Is there _one_ order of spirits which, as the Baron Walckenaer +has assured us, lavishes on chosen human heads love unattracted, and +hate unprovoked? We must look well about us ere fixing the imputation. +Spirits, upon the other hand, undoubtedly there are, and those of not a +few orders, fairies of one or another description being amongst them, +who exert, in the choice of their human favourites, a discrimination +challenging no light regard. + +A host of traditions, liberally scattered over a field, of which, +perhaps, Ireland is one extremity and China the other, now plainly and +emphatically declare, and now, after a venturous interpretation, may be +understood to point out, _simplicity of will_ and _kindness of heart_ as +titles in the human being to the favour of the spirits. At times a +brighter beam irradiates such titles, to which holiness, purity, and +innocence, are seen to set their seal. We cull a few instances, warning +the reader, that, although of our best, he will possibly find them a +mere working upwards to the most perfect which we have it in our power +to bring before him in the beautiful tale of Maud. + +Amongst the searchers who seem to have been roused into activity by the +German traditions of the brothers Grimm, Ludwig Bechstein takes +distinguished place for the diligence with which he has collected +different districts of Germany. Our inquiry shall owe him the two +following + + +TRADITIONS OF THE GRABFELD. + +No. LVII. _The little Cherry-Tree upon Castle Raueneck._ + +"There prevails, concerning the ruins of the old hill-castle Raueneck, a +quite similar tradition to that which holds of the like named ruined +strength near Baden, in Austria. There lies yet buried here a vast +treasure, over which a spirit, debarred from repose, keeps watch, +anxiously awaiting deliverance. But who is he that can and shall +actually lift this treasure and free the spirit? Upon the wall there +grows a cherry seedling that shall one day become a tree; and the tree +shall be cut down, and out of it a cradle made. He that, being a +Sunday's child, is rocked in this cradle, will grow up, but only +provided that he have kept himself virginally pure and chaste, _at some +noontide hour_ set free the spirit, lift the treasure, and become +immeasurably rich; so as he shall be able to rebuild Castle Raueneck and +all the demolished castles in the neighbourhood round. If the plant +wither, or if a storm break it, then must the spirit again wait until +once more a cherry stone, brought by a bird to the top of the lofty +wall, shoot and put forth leaves, and haply grow to a tree." + + +No. LXII. _The Hollow Stone._ + +"In the wood near Altenstein there stands a high rock. The inhabitants +of the neighbourhood say that this rock is hollow within, and filled +with treasure in great store from the olden time. At certain seasons and +hours, it is given _to Sunday children_ to find the rock doors open, or +to open them with _the lucky flower_." + +The singular superstition of spiritual favour fixing itself upon the +human child, consecrated, as it were, by the hallowed light upon which +the eyes first open, will shortly return upon us in _The Fairies' +Sabbath_. + +Lo! where, from the bountiful hand of the Brothers Grimm, fall two +bright dewdrop of tradition upon the pure opening flower of childhood. + + +GERMAN TRADITIONS. + +NO. CLIX. _The Treasure at Soest._ + +"In the time of the Thirty Years' war, there was to be seen standing not +far from the town of Soest, in Westphalia, an old ruin, of which the +tradition ran that there was an iron trunk there, full of money, kept by +a black dog and a bewitched maiden. The grandfathers and grandmothers +Who are gone, used to tell that a strange nobleman shall one day arrive +in the country, deliver the maiden, and open the chest with a fiery key. +They said that divers itinerant scholars and exorcists had, within the +memory of man, betaken themselves thither to dig, but been in so strange +sort received and dismissed, that no one since further had list to the +adventure, especially after their publishing that the treasure might be +lifted of none who had once taken woman's milk. It was not long since a +little girl from their village had led her few goats to feed about the +very spot; one of which straying amongst the ruins, she had followed it. +Within, in the castle court, was a damsel who questioned her what she +did there: and when she was informed, pointing to a little basket of +cherries, further said, 'It is good; therefore take of that thou see'st +before thee, with thy goat and all, and go; and come not again, neither +look behind, that a harm befall thee not.' Upon this the frightened +child caught up seven cherries, and made her way in alarm out of the +ruins. The cherries turned, in her hand, to money." + + +NO. CLX. _The Welling Silver._ + +"In February of the year 1605, in the reign of Henry Julius, Duke of +Brunswick, at a mile's distance from Quedlinburg, where it is called _at +the Dale_, it happened that a poor peasant sent his daughter into the +next shaw to pick up sticks for fuel. The girl took for this use a +larger basket upon her head, and a smaller in her hand; and when she had +filled them both and was going home, a mannikin clad all in white came +towards her, and asked:-- + +"'What art carrying there?' + +"'Gathered sticks,' the girl made answer, 'for heating and cooking.' + +"'Empty the wood out,' said further the little manling, 'take thy basket +and follow me. I shall show thee something that is better and more +profitable than thy sticks.' + +"He then took her by the hand, and led her back again to a knoll, and +showed her a place which might be of two ordinary tables' breadth of a +fair pure silver, being smaller and larger coins of a moderate +thickness, with a image stamped like a Virgin Mary, and all round an +impress of exceedingly old writing. As the silver _welled up_, as it +were, abundantly out of the ground, the little girl was terrified and +drew back, neither would she empty out the sticks from her small +hand-basket. Accordingly, the little man in white himself did so, filled +the basket with the money, and gave it back to the little damsel with +saying, 'That shall be better for thee than thy sticks.' She was +confounded and took it; but upon the mannikin's requiring that she +should likewise empty out her larger basket and take silver therein, she +refused and said--'That she must carry fuel home too; for there were +little children at home who must have a warm room, and there must be +wood ready likewise for cooking.' This contented the manling, who said, +'Well, then, go; take it all home,' and thereupon disappeared. + +"The girl carried the basket of silver home, and told what had happened +to her. The boors now ran flocking with pickaxes and other tools, and +would have their share of the treasure, but none of them was able to +find the spot where the silver had welled out. + +"The Prince of Brunswick had a pound of the coined silver brought him, +as did moreover a burgess of Halberstadt, N. Everkan, purchase the +like." + +The quick-sighted reader will not easily have missed detecting the +sudden effect produced upon the two spirits by THE TRUTHFUL +RIGHT-MINDEDNESS OF THE TWO LITTLE GIRLS. + +Correspondingly, James Grimm, from surveying collectively the Teutonic +traditions of bewitched or mysteriously hidden treasure, says-- + +"To the lifting of the treasure is required _silence_ and _innocence_. +* * * Innocent children's hands are able to lay hold upon it, as to draw +the lot. * * * Who has viciously stained himself cannot approach it."{M} + +Two short instances more from the copious fraternal collection, and we +have done. With a temper of pure childlike antiquity, they express in +the persons of the dwarfs--_Teutonic approximative, fairies_--the +sympathy of the spirits with unstained and innocent human manners; and +may, if the traditions which exhibit the fairies under a cloud of sin +and sorrow should have been felt by the reader as at all grating upon +his old love of them, help to soothe and reconcile him by a soft gleam +of illumination, here lingering as in a newly revealed Golden Age of his +own. + + +GERMAN TRADITIONS. + +No. CXLVII. _The Dwarfs upon the Tree._ + +"In the summer, the dwarfs often came trooping from the cliffs down into +the valley, and joined either with help, or as lookers-on at least, the +human inhabitants at their work, especially the mowers, in hay-harvest. +They, then and there, seated themselves at their ease and pleasantly, +upon the long and thick arm of a maple in the embowering shade. But once +there came certain evil-disposed persons, who, in the night, sawed the +bough through, so that it held but weakly on to the trunk; and when the +unsuspecting creatures, upon the morrow, settled themselves down upon +it, the bough cracked in two, the dwarfs tumbled to the ground, were +heartily laughed at, fell into violent anger, and cried aloud-- + + 'O, how is the heaven high and long! + And falsehood waxen on earth so strong! + Here to-day, and for ever away!' + +They kept their word, and never again made their appearance in the +country." + + +No. CXLVIII. _The Dwarfs upon the Crag Stone._ + +"It was the wont of the dwarflings to seat themselves upon a great crag +stone, and from thence to watch the haymakers; but a few mischievous +fellows kindled a fire upon the stone, made it red-hot, and swept away +embers and ashes. Morning came, and with it the tiny folk, who burned +themselves pitiably. They exclaimed in high anger-- + + 'O wicked world! O wicked world!' + +cried vengeance, and vanished for evermore!" + +We have shown,--1. The Anti-christian character imputed by tradition to +the fairies. 2. The occasional dependence of the more powerful spirits +upon the less powerful human beings; and, 3. The strong affectionate +leaning in the will of the spirits towards moral human excellence. Of +the _ability_ which, in virtue of this excellence, the human creature +possesses _to help_, Maud must, for the present, be permitted to stand +for the sole, as she is beyond all comparison our best, example. + + * * * * * + +The book of Ernst Willkomm takes a position in strong contrast to the +corresponding works due to the Brothers Grimm, and other great gatherers +of legendary lore. He has a personal poetic interest in the tales which +they have not. He presents himself as the expositor, not only of his +native superstitions, but also, zealously, of the Upper Lusatian +manners. Himself cradled amongst the mountains, he has drawn with +infinite pains, and by slow degrees, as he best could, from the deep +interior life of the people, their jealously withheld credences, and the +traditions which are sacredly associated with every nook of their craggy +district. + +"The tract of country," says Willkomm in his Preface, "the true +Highlands of Upper Lusatia, called by the inhabitants themselves the +Upper Country, to which the tales are native, is one very narrowly +circumscribed. It amounts to scarcely ten square (German) miles. I have, +however, selected it for my undertaking," he continues, "because it is +intimately familiar to me; because the innermost character of the small +population who inhabit it is confidentially known to me; because there +is hardly a road or a path in the country which, on the darkest night, I +could not find. Interesting, romantic, magnificent is the piece of earth +which, at the confines of Bohemia, runs over hilly heights and lofty +hill, tops on to the high mountain-chain. But still more interesting, I +maintain with confidence, is the race of people." + +It may seem strange at first, that the wise and profound explorers whom +we have so often had occasion to cite, the brothers Grimm, should have +failed to present us with any traditions from a corner of ground around +which they have so successfully laboured. We have hinted already at the +sufficient reason of the blank. Willkomm tells us, that the rest of the +world, which "the cabin'd cribb'd" Lusatian has himself learned to call +"_o' th' outside_," has taken no cognisance of his beautiful hill +country. Lusatia has a literature of her own, and no one is acquainted +with it. "She had, and partly still has, her own, similar to the +Imperial cities, exceeding free and energetic municipal constitution." +But no one cares about it. Celebrated and learned historians, questioned +by Willkomm on the subject, have acknowledged their ignorance in regard +to the character and laws of its small people. A more cogent reason, +however, lies nearer home, in the impenetrable reserve and +self-insulation of the mountaineers themselves. Willkomm confesses that +their coldness towards strangers is unparalleled; they have no +confidence whatever in foreigners; "and let a Lusatian but suspect," he +says, "that you come a-fishing to him, and to listen out his privacies; +then may you," as we may render the Lusatian proverb, "'Lose yourself +before you find his mushroom.'" He will communicate to strangers little +of his manners and customs; of his superstitious practices, his sacredly +guarded traditions, absolutely nothing. "He is unpliant, +self-sequestered, coarse-grained; beyond all conception easy and +phlegmatic." + +Every genuine people, however, is rough-handed; and Willkomm proceeds, +after an ingenuous description of their defects, to vindicate the +natural heart of his brother highlanders. "Let him amongst the gentle," +he proudly exclaims, "who desire to hear for once something novel, +something right vigorous, sit down beside me. He need not fear that +morals and decency will be cast out of doors. No, no! The people are +thoroughly moral and chaste at heart, if they are somewhat coarse in +expression;--ay, and tender withal. Their imagination glides as +delighted along fragrant threads of gold, as it eagerly descends amongst +the powers of darkness, amidst the dance of will-o'-the-wisps and +horrible ghost-reels. They are, at once, a blunt, good-hearted, +aboriginal stamp of men, with all the advantages and deficiencies +appurtenant." + +The Lusatian traditions, brought to light in Germany by Ernst Willkomm, +and now first made known to Englishmen in these pages, were collected by +our author, as we have already observed, with difficulty and labour. A +native only of the mountain district could obtain from the lips of the +people their sacred and well-preserved lore, and even he not easily. The +tales were narrated from time to time in the spinning-room, or in the +so-called "_Hell_" of the boor or weaver, without any determinate +connexion. The listener gathered mere fragments, and these not fully, +when, thrown off his guard, he ventured to interrupt the speaker. Each +narrator conceives his tale differently, and one individual is apt to +garnish the experience of many, or what he has heard from others, with a +little spice of his own invention. Further, the details of ten or twelve +occurrences are associated with one single spot; all of which appear +externally different, and yet internally are connected closely, "so that +when comprehended in one whole picture, and not till then, they form +what, in a strict and literary sense, we are accustomed to call a +TRADITION or TALE. I, at least," adds Ernst Willkomm, "in such an +upgathering of these disjointed tones of tradition, could only +accomplish something that satisfied me by searching out the profound +hidden meaning of the people's poesy: and I have at last gone no further +than attempting to compose these detached fragments of tradition, +Lusatianwise and popularwise, from the people's own telling, into a +whole. Upon this scheme only could alike the poetical worth of the +tales, and the portraiture of the race, be rescued and rightly secured." + +That the traditions have been rescued and maintained in their purity and +truth; coloured, no doubt, in the telling, and that unavoidably, under +the pencil of their educated renderer--we have every reason to believe +from internal evidences. Maintaining their own originality, they +correspond in the main to the traditions which come to us from almost +every known country on the globe, concurring to attest the intimate and +necessary relation of the human soul with what would seem to be the +remnants of an ancient and universal mythology. They bear upon their +front the minute impress of reality, not to be mistaken, and beyond the +mere invention of the poet. They are a valuable addition to the common +stock. The style of Willkomm is clear, and to the point; almost always, +as he says, in characterizing the speech of his own Upper Lusatians, +"hitting the nail upon the head." It breathes of his own mountain air, +and possesses a charm, a vigour, and freshness, which we fear that we +shall endeavour in vain to transfer to the following version:-- + + +THE FAIRIES' SABBATH. + +"Children born of a Sunday, and bastards, inherit the gift, denied to +other human beings, of beholding spirits, of talking with them, and, if +opportunity befriend, of right intimately communing with them. This was +a truth experienced by pretty Maud, the stone-mason's only daughter, +who, a hundred years ago or so, led, at the foot of the mountain-ridge +yonder, a quiet home-loving life. Maud was born, of all days in the +year, upon Easter Sunday, which is said to be a truly lucky day for a +mortal not otherwise heavily burdened with earthly blessings. In this +last respect, Maud had no reasonable cause of complaint; for her father, +by the labour of his hands, painfully earned just as much as went to a +frugal housekeeping, and the mother kept the little family in order; so +that things looked always neat and clean enough in the abode of the +stone-mason. + +"All Sunday's children are very wise, and, if they are maidens, always +uncommonly beautiful. Maud was, as a child, admired by every body; nay, +it once went so far, as that a rich and beautiful, but very +sickly-looking, lady of quality, who was travelling over the mountain in +a fine carriage, tried hard to coax the poor mother out of her pretty +Maud with a large sum of gold. When the maiden had fairly stepped out of +child's shoes, and was obliged to seek employment away from home, there +was a mighty ado. It was for all the world as if a fairy was going +through the place, when Maud, early in the morning, strolled along the +banks of the murmuring stream on her road to a wealthy weaver's. The +young fellows saluted the fair one as they greeted no other. No one +ventured, however, to accost her with unseemly speeches--a kind of +thing, by the way, that young men at all times are very prone to. Maud +was treated by every one like a saint. Maidens even, her equals in +years, prized her highly; and in no way envied her the general +admiration. This might be founded in the behaviour itself of Maud. More +forward to oblige, to do good offices, more sweetly behaved, was no one. +And then she had such a grace with it all, so innocent an eye, that when +you looked into it, heaven itself seemed to shine out upon you. In +short, whoever spoke with Maud, or might walk a few steps with her, that +man was for the whole day another and a happier creature, and whatever +he undertook prospered with him. + +"It would have been strange indeed had such a maiden lacked suitors, or +not very early found a sympathizing heart. Now, as for the suitors, +there was no dearth of them, Heaven knows! for there were youngsters of +the queerest fashion. Many without manners, though right well to look +at; others wealthy, but without heart or soul; and others again ready to +burst with rage, if any one but touched his hat to the beautiful +Matilda. To all such, the innocent child had not a word to say; for she +knew well enough, that scant blessing waits on marriages of such a make. +There was but one young fellow who could be said to please her +thoroughly, and he was neither rich nor singularly handsome. She had +become acquainted with him at the weaver's, where he, like herself, went +daily to work. Albert was industrious, well-behaved, and spoke so +sensibly and right-heartedly, that Maud ever listened to him with +delight. Truth to tell, he simply put her own feelings into words. A +very little time passed, before she engaged herself secretly to Albert; +and all would have gone on happily and well with them, had the two +lovers but possessed just money enough to scrape a few matters together, +and to set up housekeeping. But both were poor--poor as church mice; +and, just for that reason, the father of Maud did not look very +favourably upon the settled love-affair of his daughter. He would have +been better satisfied if the silly thing, as he called her, had given +her hand to one of the rich suitors, who would have given their ears to +please her. Since, however, once for all, the mischief was done, he, +like a good man, determined to cause his only child no heartache, and +let matters get on as they might. One condition only he insisted +upon--which was, that Maud should for the future work under her father's +roof; Albert, meanwhile, having leave every evening to pay his visits +there. In this arrangement the two lovers cordially acquiesced; for, +young as they were, they could well afford a little waiting. Meantime, +it must be their endeavour, by incessant labour and careful economy, to +save up as much as they needed for setting themselves up in their humble +dwelling. So they lived on from day to day in quiet content. And so, no +doubt, many days, and many, would have glided by, had not a singular +occurrence disturbed the profound tranquillity. This was the way of +it:-- + +"Maud's father, the stone-mason, found it too much for him, with his +heavy work and all, when, at noon, he had the long journey to make +between the stone quarry and his own home. Besides, the fine stone-dust +had brought on an inflammation of the eyes, so that he was obliged to +avoid the glare of the sun: no easy thing for him to do, since his road +homeward lay over a green high hill, upon which the sun beat +scorchingly: wherefore, also, the people have given it the name of the +Sun's hill. It was made, in consequence, Maud's duty to take daily her +father's homely dinner to the stone quarry--a road which, although +toilsome, was by no means disagreeable to her; inasmuch as Albert often +found means to get leave of absence, and then always escorted her a part +of the way. + +"Over the Sun's hill nobody went willingly alone, either by day or by +night; for the tale ran, that to many persons wondrous things had +happened. Some had even caught, they said, their death-sickness there. +True it is, any more definite report was not easily obtained. Only so +much had Maud heard from her mother, that the GOOD PEOPLE were said, a +very, very long time ago, to have vanished into the green hill; just +when, in all the places around, so many churches had sprung up, and the +sound of bells rang over mountain and wood. These reports +notwithstanding, Maud, unconscious of evil, took her daily walk over the +Sun's hill, where indeed no one ever encountered her; so that the +splendid landscape looked often desolate and awful in the hot midday's +glow.{N} For this reason it was always a great relief to her, when, from +the top of the steep hill, she saw Albert ascending towards her. She +then felt herself more secure, and went with better spirits forward. It +was near Whitsuntide--the father sickly and more peevish than ever, and +work bringing in no supply; for provisions had risen fearfully in price +in consequence of the previous unusually hard winter. Now, as often as +Maud brought the dinner to her father, he complained bitterly, and +reproached her harshly for her folly; so that the poor child was almost +heartbroken, pined, and led a melancholy life. + +"She most deeply felt her trouble, when at noon she took her lonely +journey along the desolate path that led to the quarry. Then she often +shed the bitterest tears, and prayed to God to show her an outlet, and +to have pity on their poverty. + +"One day--it was just a week to Whitsun-eve--it happened that as she +went upon her way, silently and in sorrow, and in vain looked for the +beloved figure of Albert, she suddenly heard such a marvellously clear +sound of a bell that she stood still to hearken. It was upon the mid +summit of the Sun's hill; the air perfectly calm, and around, far and +near, not a creature to be seen. From the distant hamlet in the valley +clinked only the sharp tones of the whetting scythe. Maud believed that +she had had a ringing in her ears, and walked on. The singular sound was +repeated, resembling the tone exactly of a small silver bell. + +"'How strange it is!' said the maiden to herself, casting her eyes upon +the ground; and in the soft moss, right at her feet, she perceived +something glistening like a fragment of blue glass. She stooped and +picked up what in colour and shape resembled a blue harebell, or, as it +is called, _Fairy's hat_; only, where the stalk should have been, there +was a so small and elegantly-wrought little silver bell, that Maud could +not help laughing outright. + +"'Bless me!' she exclaimed, 'who can have made that comical thing?' and +thereupon she shook the flower, and the wee little bell began to sound +so prodigiously clear, that the poor damsel let it fall, affrighted. + +"'What are thy commands?' asked immediately a slender bright voice. +Before her stood a delicate creature, not higher than her hand; but of a +symmetry of person that was perfectly astonishing. His small expressive +head, round which a grove of curls, like crisped sunbeams, played, was +just of a size, that the flower with the wondrous bell served it for a +covering. For Maud saw how he put on the sparkling hat with much +gravity, and at the same time, very knowingly, giving himself a right +bold and dandy appearance. + +"'What are you then?' asked Maud trembling. + +"The little fellow made a smart bow, 'Thy servant, with thy good leave,' +replied the strange being. 'I and my people have known thee a long time. +We have heard thy complainings; and because thou hast a kind heart, and +lovest the flowers, and dost not wantonly pull them to pieces, am I +charged to do thee a pleasure, provided thou wilt do the like for me and +my people.' + +"'Indeed! you pretty little original!' answered Maud, 'who are thy +people? I'---- + +"'Hush!' interrupted the little one, with a repelling gesture of the +hand and a very impressive contraction of the brow. 'These are questions +which I cannot answer, and, what is more, cannot suffer. It is not civil +to put questions of the WHENCE and the WHAT. If thou wilt trust me, and +I should think that I have the air of a proper gentleman, then resolve +without delay whether thou wilt do me a pleasure for a reasonable +compensation.' + +"'Dear little sir!' replied Maud, overcome, 'I am not mistrustful, but +so beset and afflicted that I really do not know how I am to understand +this strange business. Do not make sport of me, good child; or, if thou +art a spirit, I beseech thee have compassion on me, and let me go my way +in peace. My father is waiting for me. His little bit of dinner is +drying in the heat of the sun.' + +"'Silly prattle!' interrupted the little one. 'Thy old father lies under +the rock side, and snores till the fern leaves waggle over him. The good +man's dinner will not take much harm. However, that thou mayest see how +good and honourable my intentions are, take thou my little cap. Be it +the pledge which I shall redeem from thee with a compensation. Only +resolve quickly now whether thou wilt trust me. My time is short.' + +"Maud hesitated still. She held the miraculous cap with its silver bell +in her hand. The desire to get rid of the _uncanny_ creature the sooner +the better, and also, perhaps, a particle of female curiosity wrung from +her her consent. + +"'Good!' said the little one in great glee. 'Now, hear me! This day +week, upon Whitsun-eve, as ye call it, do thou come here in the evening, +as soon as the moon has mounted this green hill. Be not afraid; for only +good will befall thee. As soon as thou hast reached this spot, ring with +the little bell which I have given thee; and thou wilt not repent having +been serviceable to the good people.' + +"Scarcely had the little man given Maud her direction, when the +astonished maiden remarked that the ground before her feet flashed like +molten gold, sunk deeper and deeper, and in this glowing gulf the +extraordinary being vanished, like a silver star. The whole phenomenon +lasted only a few seconds, then every thing was again at rest as before. +The little bell-flower only assured Matilda that she did not dream, and +that something unusual had really taken place. + +"Possessed with her feelings, she took her father his meal; and found +him, in sooth, fast asleep under the wall of rock. Of her adventure she +said nothing, but carried the pledge of the little man well secured in +her bosom. And yet how was it possible for her to persevere in her +silence? It is true, Maud knew not if the communication of the incident +was permitted her. She put her trust, however, in the pledge; and, since +she had not been commanded to silence, she hoped to be justified in +making Albert acquainted with what had happened. + +"She did it with fear and trembling, and produced to her astonished +lover, as witness, the flower which had withered in the warmth of her +bosom. Singularly enough, let her shake it as often as she would, the +little bell could not be made to ring. + +"'And you really mean to go?' asked Albert, when he had a little +recovered from his surprise. 'I should like to see you! To get flirting +with ghosts and hobgoblins, or whatever else the devils may be. No! go +you don't. You will throw that stupid thing into the running stream. +_There_ it won't hurt you; and upon that confounded Sun's hill you will +please never to set foot more.' + +"'I have given my word, Albert; and I must keep my word let what will +happen.' + +"'Very well,' said the youngster, 'that's enough! Then every thing's at +an end between us--clean at an end!' + +"'How you take on now! For whom else, but for you, have I accepted this +pledge? For whom else have I so long endured--so long borne my father's +upbraidings? Dost thou think that, had I wished it, I could not long +since have wedded? And is it my fault that I am a Sunday's child? Is it +not said that all Sunday's children are born to good-luck? If you hinder +me from keeping my word with this miraculous being--and the luck that is +decreed me is meanwhile scattered to all the four winds--you may settle +it with the spirit and face his anger; for I wash my hands in +innocency.' + +"Maud began to cry, kissed the shrunken leaf, and hid it again in her +bosom. Albert was not at ease. He was annoyed at the untoward encounter, +a touch of jealousy disquieted and distressed his soul, and yet he +could not say that the girl was in the wrong. At length he said, +dispiritedly-- + +"'Go through with your folly then. I will, however, be near you, and if +the moon-spun rascal takes improper liberties, I will snap his neck, +though mine too should crack for it.' + +"For the first time in his life, Albert parted with Maud in an +ill-humour, and the poor girl herself passed a bad and restless night. + + * * * * * + +"'Mother,' said Maud a few days afterwards, whilst she was getting the +father's dinner ready for her, 'did you ever see a fairy?' + +"'God forbid, girl!' cried the worthy and somewhat timid woman, crossing +herself. 'How came that into thy head? What hast thou to do with fairies +and elves, dwarfs and wights? A good Christian has no business with such +things of nothing, or worse.' + +"'Why, aunt Nelly was telling the other day such surprising stories of +the people!' Matilda replied; 'but she did not drop a hint of our having +reason to fear any harm from them. She even called them the GOOD +PEOPLE.' + +"'Daughter!' the mother seriously rejoined, 'we call them so that they +may do us no mischief. It is safer for us to leave them quite alone.' + +"'Can it be true, mother, that they have buried themselves under the +Sun's hill, and keep house and home there? Aunt Nelly would have it that +in the still of the night, by bright moonlight, you may hear them +singing wonderful tunes.' + +"The mother fixed her eyes upon Maud, set the old man's morsel of food +upon the hearth stone, and, taking her daughter by the hand, led her to +the stove, and seated her upon the family bench. + +"'Listen!' she said, 'and take thou heed to my words. The good people, +or the fairies, which is their proper name, although they do not like to +be called so, do indeed live, though few have the gift of beholding +them, in all the mountains and valleys round about. Very, very seldom, +and only upon the most extraordinary occasions, do they ever show +themselves. When they do, it betokens luck to him that sees them, and +brings it, if he quietly fulfill their wishes. These are certainly often +out of the way, just like the people, who are strange and +incomprehensible enough. Thank Goodness, they never crossed my path! but +your godmother Helen, she had many, many years ago, a curious adventure +with the fairies.' + +"'Really, mother! Aunt Nelly spoken to the fairies! O pray, dear mother, +tell me quickly and fully the whole story!' + +"'First run to the quarry, and take your father his dinner,' said the +mother. 'I will try in the meanwhile to remember all about it; and if +you will promise me to say not a word to any one--not even to your +godmother, you shall hear what your aunt told me at that time.' + +"Maud very naturally promised every thing, took herself off, and was +back again as quickly as possible. She did not loiter for a moment upon +the road, did not even notice the signals which her Albert made as he +came towards her from the distance. She could think only of her mother's +story. + +"'Here I am again, mother!' she said breathless. 'I call that running! I +should say that the king's trained runners could do no better. But now +begin, dear mother. I will listen to you as if you were saying mass.' + +"'As well as I can remember,' proceeded the mother, 'the case of the +fairies is a very singular one. Your godmother Helen disclosed to me, it +is true, just the chief particulars only; but they were quite enough to +let you understand something of the good people. They told her that, +once in every fifty or a hundred years, they have a kind of church +meeting, which from old time they call a Sabbath. For you must know, +child, that the fairies are properly Jews,{O} right down old chaffering +Jews, from _Olim's_ time.'{P} + +"'O bless me! Jews!' cried Maud, frightened out of her wits. + +"'Yes, yes, Jews and nothing else,' repeated the mother warmly; 'and +that's the very reason why, up to this day, they are so given to +trafficking in precious stones, pearls, gold, silver, and artful +jewellery. And when they give themselves a holiday, they go running +about above-ground, making presents to new-born babies if they are very +lovely, and playing all kinds of odd pranks. According to your godmother +Helen, the history of the fairies runs thus:--The whole people, and +their name is LEGION, were formerly in heaven.' + +"'In heaven!' cried Maud, interrupting her mother, 'then why didn't the +silly creatures stay there? Where else do they hope to be more snug and +comfortable than in heaven! seated under the fur-cap of father Abraham!' + +"'How you prate!' said the mother, checking her. 'If you do not +instantly tie up your tongue, and think more respectfully of the good +people, I shall not tell you another syllable.' + +"'O pray! I will be quite quiet!' + +"'Very well. Then the fairies were a long while ago in heaven,' +continued the mother. 'At that time they were part of the angelic host, +were fine handsome people, went about in glittering robes, and sat at +God's right hand. Now, it befell that the chief angel of all got +dissatisfied with the old management of affairs in heaven, stirred up +discontent, tampered with the half of all the angels, and tried, with +their help, to thrust out the old rightful Master of heaven and earth +from his bright throne. But it fared with him as it does with most +rebels, and rightly should with all. Our Father, in his glory, got the +better of Satan, took him by the hair of his head, and pitched him +head-foremost out of heaven into the pit of darkness, and his whole +sharkish band of retainers after him. Amongst these, however, a good +many had given ear to his fine tales, and had followed him +thoughtlessly, although they were not properly wicked at heart. They +repented their hasty work, even whilst they were falling deeper and +deeper into gloom. They put up a prayer of repentance to their Lord, and +implored his forgiveness; and because God saw that they were not rotten +at the core, he hearkened to their petition, and rescued them out of the +claws of Satan. But since they were not worthy to be received into +heaven again, the Lord banished them back to the earth, with leave given +them to dwell either within it, or in upper air, upon the hills and +rocks. You must know that, during their fall, a surprising change had +gone on in the transgressors. They had kept their forms of +light--dwindled in size, however, immensely. And since they could not +now become men,{Q} and had fooled away their celestial bliss, the Lord +granted them a clear field, with power, until the last day, to make +themselves worthy by good deeds of being re-admitted into heaven. And +thus they have their abodes all about the open hills and the meadow +flats; and only once in every fifty or a hundred years, upon +Whitsun-eve, are they permitted, in their own way, to keep the Sabbath. +And then they can only do it by loading a truly good human being with +the blessings of fortune. For thus only can they hope to expiate their +great offence in the sight of Heaven.' + +"'And did godmother Helen hear this from the good people themselves?' +asked Maud, as her mother ceased. 'Was she, then, lucky?' + +"'No,' said the mother, 'Nelly was not lucky, because she did not +observe the commandment of the fairies.' + +"'Well, if one of the creatures came to me, and should lay a command +upon me, I would keep a quiet tongue within my head, and do readily what +he wished.' + +"'Foolish chatter!' said the mother chidingly. 'Thou dost offend the +quiet people with thy empty babbling for they can hear every thing that +human lips utter.' + +"Maud went singing to her work, and long mused upon her timid mother's +narrative. What she had heard filled her with so eager a curiosity that +she could scarcely wait for Whitsun-eve, although she took care to let +no one observe it. From time to time she stole a glance at her +bell-flower, tried to make it ring with shaking, but failed to bring, by +any means, one sound from the delicate little bell. + +"With a longing dread, Maud saw the promised Whitsun-eve draw near. It +was not easy to leave the parental roof at nightfall. The enamoured +maiden, however, found a becoming excuse which placed a few hours at her +disposal. She went her way with the fairy cap in her bosom, ascended the +green summit of the Sun's hill, now glimmering in the moonlight, and +drew from its hiding-place the pledge that had been entrusted to her. As +if by a miracle, the little flower, touched by the moon's silvery glow, +expanded in an instant. Almost spontaneously it began to oscillate in +her hand, and shrill and clear the little bell rang, so that it +resounded into the adjacent wood, whence a soft echo melodiously +responded. + +"The voice of Albert, who with vigorous strides was ascending the hill +to look close after the adventure of his beloved, reached her ear. But +the senses of Matilda were engrossed by the fairies, and to his repeated +calls she gave no answer. And she had good reason. For scarcely had the +little bell rung, when a flash, like a sparkling snake, darted here and +there upon the grass, and out of the quivering light there arose a small +and exceedingly beautiful creature, whom Maud immediately recognised for +the lord of the bell-flower. The little fellow was in Spanish costume. +He wore a doublet of sky-blue butterflies' wings, over which dropped a +magnificent lace collar woven of the gossamer. The delicate feet were +covered with transparent shoes, made of dew-drops. + +"Maud stood mute with astonishment, as well at the tiny smallness of the +fairy, as at his truly classical beauty. The little creature was, in his +way, a perfect Adonis. + +"'Now, my trembler, art thou resolute to follow me?' whispered the fairy +in a note that came to her like a note of the harmonicon. 'Restore me +the pledge, for we have no time to lose.' + +"Maud gave back the bell-flower; the elf seized it in his little +diaphanous alabaster floral hands, waved it three times round his +dazzling head, so that the little bell sent a peal round the hills, and +then threw it upon the ground. It dilated immediately, took the shape of +a galley with masts and yards, although no larger than the moon's disk +as we see it from the earth. In the same instant the elf sat in the +little vessel, which trembled at every step, drew a rush from his +girdle, and steered with it in the air. + +"'Now, come, step in!' he called to Maud. + +"'In that!' exclaimed the maiden astounded. 'Heaven love you, there's +hardly room for my two feet! Besides, it will tear under me like a +poppy-leaf, for I verily believe it is made of mere air.' + +"'Spare your remarks, Miss Pert!' returned the fairy, 'and step in. I +pledge my honour, and will give up my hope of salvation, if this bark of +our master's do not carry thee safely over half the earth ball in less +than no time.' + +"It might be that Maud now stood under the mysterious power of a spell, +or that she was urged by an invincible curiosity. Enough: she placed her +feet in the quaking gondola, which swelled aloft like an air-balloon +until it reached the maiden's shoulders. Now the ground sank away, and +Matilda's senses failed her in the dizzy speed with which she was +hurried down into the bowels of the earth. At this precise moment Albert +reached the top of the hill. He had only the pleasure of looking after +them, and hardly that; for it appeared to him as if every thing about +him was immersed in a sea of azure so resplendently clear, that he was +for several minutes robbed of his sight. + +"From the magical slumber into which the child had fallen during her +descent into the kingdom of the fairies, she was awakened by a witching +harmony of sounds. She opened her eyes, and observed, with not a little +wonder, that she was lying upon a bed or mat, or whatsoever else it +might be called, of costly emerald. Over her head nodded marvellous +flowers of the most glowing colours; butterflies, of unseen splendour, +flitted on cooling pinions around her couch, and fanned her with an air +so sweet, so invigorating, that the maiden had never breathed before +with such delight. But with all the magnificence, all the spirit and +splendour, every thing was quite other than upon the sunny earth above. +The flowers and herbs glittered indeed; but they seemed to be juiceless, +and looked as if formed of crystal. Even the butterflies had a peculiar +motion, like that of an involuntary sleepwalker. Only the harmonious +strains, which now rang louder and louder, more and more ravishing, were +so ecstatic, so inviting to joyous devotion, that Maud would fain have +shouted aloud for joy; but she felt that she could not speak, could not +cry out, and sight, touch, and hearing, were more alive than ever. + +"Thus she lay for some time motionless, pleasingly intent upon the +nodding flowers, the swarming butterflies. At length the winged +multitude dispersed, and two slender fairy-forms approached her bed and +beckoned her to arise and follow them. + +"Maud arose; and the fairies, who hardly reached up to her knee, taking +her between them, conducted her through a gate of mother-of-pearl into +an illimitable space, through which throng of countless millions of +elves confusedly moved. The converse of these semi-spirits sounded in +the distance harmonious, like perfect music. Notwithstanding the immense +multitude, there was nothing of tumult, nothing of uproar. They stood +all in the finest concord, and bent, waving their flower-caps +gracefully, towards the abashed, astonished maiden. It bewildered Maud +to see that not only overhead arched a star-bespangled sky, but likewise +underneath her feet the same solemn starry splendour was revealed, as if +the slight fairy people walked, between two heavens, upon the milkwhite +vapour which rolled on under them like clouds. Every fairy had on glass +or crystal shoes, if that which they wore on their feet might be so +called. It is, however, possible that the exquisitely made limbs of +these perplexing beings only deluded the eyes of the poor girl with such +an appearance. + +"Nearly in the middle of the immeasurable arena rose a temple of gold, +silver, and precious stones, which, with its lofty pillars reaching to +the sky, was emblazoned in so wondrous a light, that, notwithstanding +the extreme refulgence, it did not dazzle. Within this, upon a +ceaselessly revolving sun-orb, stood the most beautiful and tallest of +the fairies. In her golden hair gleamed stars. Joy and ecstasy radiated +like a glory from her lovely pale face, and vapoury raiment concealed, +but as with a breath, her incomparable figure. Towards her pressed the +innumerable host; for the sublime creature might be the priestess of the +united elfin race. Maud was carried forwards with them, that she might +be a witness of the singular worship that was here solemnized. Not a +word was spoken, no hymn was sung; there was but a looking-up of +supplication, of trustfulness, in which all the fairies, turning round +upon their sparkling little feet, took part. After a few minutes a +joyful expression in the countenance of the worshippers proclaimed the +happy issue of the Sabbath. The stars of the upper sky shot down like +silver spangles, and hung suspended in the luminous hair of the fairies, +giving them the appearance of carrying dancing lights on their heads. A +loud, melodious, strain of rejoicing thrilled through the vast room. The +radiant structure heaved and sank. Overhead a verdurous canopy of leaves +vaulted itself; the elves, entwining arms and legs, flew in a lightning +whirl around the high priestess and the dazzled Maud, who, unawares, had +come close upon the lovely fairy. + +"In a little while the slender body-chain of elves gave way; they +grouped themselves into numberless rows; every one took off the star +from his head, and, tripping up, deposited it at the feet of the +priestess, where they at length all united in composing themselves into +a great gold-bright sphere, exactly resembling that upon which the high, +officiating fairy had been borne round in the temple. + +"The elfin now extended her hand to Maud and said-- + +"'We thank thee for the readiness with which thou hast followed my +messenger into this our hidden kingdom. Thou hast, by thy presence, +prospered our Sabbath festival. Receive, for thy reward, the gratitude +of all the fairies; and bear with thee this gift in remembrance of this +day.' + +"So speaking, she plucked the coronal of stars from her hair, stretched +it out with both her hands, and hung it upon the head and neck of +Matilda. + +"'Whenever thou art in trouble,' she continued, 'think of the good +people; pull one of these stars, throw it in the air by the light of the +moon, and whatsoever thou wishest, provided it be lawful, shall be +granted thee.' + +"Maud would have stammered forth her thanks, but she felt herself still +powerless to speak. A kiss of the fairy upon her forehead was the signal +for breaking up. The good people once more waved their caps. The gondola +floated by, Maud mounted it, and, as quickly as she had descended, was +lifted up upon the earth again. + +"'There!' said the little pilot fairy, tying the supple rudder about the +wrist of Maud, 'that is my wedding gift to you and Albert. Give him the +half of it if he pouts; and--have a care--no blabbing!' + +"With that the gondola dissolved like a cloud in the air. The fairy +vanished; and Maud lay alone upon the fragrant dewy grass of the Sun's +hill. + +"Still all-amazed at what had happened, and not yet come rightly to +herself, she slowly rose, intending to go home. It was then she +perceived Albert, who, with folded arms, was staring wildly and savagely +into the wood below. Matilda coughed. + +"'Why where, in the name of all that is holy, have you been dancing to?' +was the not very tender greeting of her lover. 'I saw you standing there +as I came up the hill; and then lightning and streams of fire were all +about me, and here I have been full five minutes, running about in all +directions, without being able to find a trace of you.' + +"'Only five minutes!' exclaimed Maud; 'that is extraordinary!' + +"'Yes; and, no offence to you, not altogether right,' answered Albert. +'Did I not beg of you to wait for me?' + +"'That you might wring the fairy's neck for him?' said the maiden, +laughing. 'Set yourself at ease, Albert; it is much better as it is.' + +"'What is?' screamed the youngster. + +"'Never mind! It is all done now; and indeed, dear boy, we shall neither +of us repent it. Come, let us go home.' + +"'O ho!--_dear boy!_--Mighty wise and patronizing truly!' + +"'Well, then, good Albert,' said Matilda coaxingly; 'only come away, and +don't be angry. In four weeks we shall be married.' + +"'In fo--ur wee--eeks!' stuttered Albert. + +"'Yes, and in three, if you like it better,' prated the overjoyed Maud. +'The good people,' she added, almost inaudibly, 'have enabled us to +marry. Therefore behave pretty, be quiet, and don't quarrel--or +else--'_every thing is at an end between us--clean at an end!_' Don't +you know that I am a Sunday's child, and am under the especial +protection of these kind, little, powerful creatures?' + +"The jealous youth followed the maiden with reluctance. Whilst he +walked, murmuring in an under-tone at her side, he noticed by the light +of the full moon something flickering in Matilda's hair. He examined it +more closely, and then stood still. + +"'What new fashion do you call that?' he asked in a voice of chagrin. +'The idea of hanging dried mushrooms in one's hair! If you will only +walk with that finery by daylight down to the brook, the children will +run after you, and point at you with their finger.' + +"'Mushrooms!' replied Maud. 'Why, where are your eyes again?' + +"'Well, I suppose you don't mean to call them silver crowns? Thank +Heaven, my eyes are good enough yet to see the difference between dried +funguses and coined money!' + +"'They are glittering stars, sir,' said Maud, short and decided. + +"'O indeed!' returned Albert. 'Well, then, the next time I would +recommend you to select some that shine rather brighter.' + +"The lovers had, in the meanwhile, reached the hut of the stone-mason. +Albert entered with Matilda. The father lay asleep by the stove. The +mother turned her spinning-wheel. + +"'Good-evening, mother!" said Albert. 'Have the goodness to tell that +conceited girl there, that her headgear is the most miserable that ever +was seen.' + +"'What!' said the old lady wondering, and with a shake of the head. +'Maud has no other gear that I see, but her own beautiful hair, which +may God long preserve to her!' + +"Instead of giving any answer, Albert would have set the daughter before +her mother's eyes. But Maud had already, in the doorway, pulled off the +fairy's gift, and turned pale as she saw that she had actually worn +dried mushrooms on a string, twisted of withered rushes. Albert observed +her perplexity, and laughed. He bantered her, and snatched two or three +mushrooms from the chain, to hoard up for future sport. This was the +token of their reconciliation. Maud, although very calmly, assured her +lover, over and over again, that within a month their nuptials should +take place. That the tired old man might not be disturbed, Albert went +home early; and Maud hastened to put carefully away, for a while, the +very meagre-looking fairy gifts. + +"On the following morning, Albert was off betimes to his work. Putting +on his jacket, he heard something chinking within. His surprise was +naturally great, knowing that he had no money there. He dived at once +into his pocket, and drew out two large old gold pieces. Then he +suddenly remembered, that the evening before he had pocketed the +mushrooms which he had snatched away from Maud, and the most extravagant +joy possessed him. He forgot his work and every thing else; started off, +and ran, as fast as his legs could carry him, to the house of the +stone-mason. + +"Maud stood at the brook, before the door, washing her small white hands +in the clear stream. + +"'Good-morrow, dear Maud, and a thousand blessings on thy sweet head!' +cried Albert to her, as he came running. 'Look, look, how thy mushrooms +have changed! If the others turn out as well, I am afraid that, after +all, I must forgive that little shrimp that was so killingly polite to +you!' + +"'Delightful! delightful!' exclaimed Matilda, gazing at the gold pieces. +'Mine have not changed yet--but that doesn't matter; for in the night, a +little rush band, with which the fairy steered me into his kingdom of +wonders, has bloomed into precious pearls and brilliants, and two +sparkling wreaths are now lying upstairs in my drawer.' + +"Joyful surprise choked Albert's words in his throat; but Maud drew him +on, and displayed to him her glories from the fairy world. + +"'Let us leave nothing undone that may help our luck. Do you take the +little wreath for the present. Such is the wish of the mysterious being, +who required my attendance at the Fairies' Sabbath.' + +"Albert received the gift with a softened heart. He begged Maud's +forgiveness of his fault; she granted it willingly, and before four +weeks had passed by, the lovers were man and wife. + +"Of her adventure on Whitsun-eve, Maud never spoke. So much the more had +her godmother Helen to say about it; for it was not difficult to guess +that the fairies had had their prospering hand in the marriage of her +godchild. The stone-mason now gave up his laborious calling. Albert +became the master of a moderate property, which he diligently cultivated +with his beloved Maud; and, as fair child after child was born to them, +the happy mother laid upon the breast of each a shriveled leaf from the +elfin chain, for so had her little guide counseled her, when she once, +in a doubtful hour, had summoned him to her aid. Albert and Matilda +reached a good old age; their children throve, and carefully preserved, +like their parents, the gifts received from the subterranean folk, who +continued their favour to them and to all their posterity." + + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} Midsummer Night's Dream. + +{B} DOLMEN; literally, _stone table_. Remarkable structures, learnedly +ascribed to the Druids; unlearnedly, to the dwarfs and fairies; and +numerous throughout Western Britanny. One or more large and massive flat +stones, overlaying great slabs planted edgeways in the ground, form a +rude and sometimes very capacious chamber, or grotto. The superstition +which cleaves to these relics of a forgotten antiquity, stamps itself in +the names given to many of them by the peasantry:--_Grotte aux fees_, +_Roche aux fees_, &c. + +{C} WEIRDS. The French has--LOTS. "_Elles jettent des SORTS._" For +justifying the translation, see the fine old Scottish ballad of KEMPION; +or KEMP OWAYNE, at the beginning:-- + + "Come here, come here, ye _freely fede_, (i. e. _nobly born_,) + And lay your head low on my knee, + A heavier WEIRD I shall ye read + Than ever was read to gay ladye. + + "I WEIRD ye to a fiery beast: + And released shall ye never be, + Till Kempion the kinges son + Come to the crag and thrice kiss thee!" + +{D} From the preface to the exceedingly interesting collection by M. Th. +de la Villemarque, of the transmitted songs that are current amongst his +Bas Breton countrymen. + +{E} Essay on _The Fairies of Popular Superstition_, in "The Minstrelsy +of the Scottish Border." + +{F} Deutsche Mythologie, von Jacob Grimm. Chap. xiii. Ed. 1. 1835, and +xvii. Ed. 2. 1843. + +{G} "_Ces genies femelles._" + +{H} From Walckenaer's Dissertation on the Origin of the Fairy Belief; +last printed, in an abridged form, by Jacob, in his edition of the +_Contes des Fees, par Perrault_, (Paris, 1842.) + +{I} "Paradise and groves + Elysian, fortunate fields--like those of old + Sought in the Atlantic main, why should they be + A history only of departed things, + Or a mere fiction of what never was? + For the discerning _Intellect of man, + When wedded to this goodly Universe + In love and holy passion_, shall find these + A simple produce of the common day. + I long before the blissful hour arrives + Would chant, in lonely peace, the spousal verse + Of this great consummation." + +WORDSWORTH. _Preface to the Excursion._ + +{J} _SAGEN UND MAHRCHEN aus der Oberlausitz_. Nacherzahlt von _Ernst +Willkomm_, Hanover, 1843. + +{K} IRISCHE ELFENMARCHEN: Uebersetzt von den Bruedern Grimm. Leipzig, +1826. _Introduction._ + +{L} DEUTSCHE SAGEN: Herausgegeben von den Bruedern Grimm. Berlin, 1816 +and 1818. + +{M} Grimm's German Mythology, p. 544. + +{N} "----his look + Drew audience and attention, STILL AS night + Or SUMMER'S NOONTIDE AIR."--_Paradise Lost. Book II._ + +{O} The fairies themselves hardly can have imparted to godmother Helen +the two irreconcilable derivations of their order: that they were Jews, +and that they were fallen angels. But the poet DRAMATICALLY joins, upon +the mother's lip, the two current traditions. With her, fallen angel and +Jew are synonymous, as being both opposed to the faith of the cross. + +{P} Who is this unknown OLIM? Our old friend perchance, the Latin +adverb, "_Olim_," _of yore_--gradually slipped from the mouths of +scholars into the people's, and risen in dignity as it descended. + +{Q} _Sic._ + + + + +COLUMBUS. + +(_A Print after a Picture by Parmeggiano._) + +BY B. SIMMONS. + + + I. + + RISE, VICTOR, from the festive board + Flush'd with triumphal wine, + And lifting high thy beaming sword, + Fired by the flattering Harper's chord, + Who hymns thee half divine. + Vow at the glutted shrine of Fate + That dark-red brand to consecrate! + Long, dread, and doubtful was the fray + That gives the stars thy name to-day. + But all is over; round thee now + Fame shouts, spoil pours, and captives bow, + No stormier joy can Earth impart, + Than thrills in lightning through thy heart. + + II. + + Gay LOVER, with the soft guitar, + Hie to the olive-woods afar, + And to thy friend, the listening brook, + Alone reveal that raptured look; + The maid so long in secret loved-- + A parent's angry will removed-- + This morning saw betrothed thine, + That Sire the pledge, consenting, blest, + Life bright as motes in golden wine, + Is dancing in thy breast. + + III. + + STATESMAN astute, the final hour + Arrives of long-contested Power; + Each crafty wile thine ends to aid, + Party and principle betray'd; + The subtle speech, the plan profound, + Pursued for years, success has crown'd; + To-night the Vote upon whose tongue, + The nicely-poised Division hung, + Was thine--beneath that placid brow + What feelings throb exulting now! + Thy rival falls;--on grandeur's base + Go shake the nations in his place! + + IV. + + FAME, LOVE, AMBITION! what are Ye, + With all your wasting passions' war, + To the great Strife that, like a sea, + O'erswept His soul tumultuously, + Whose face gleams on me like a star-- + A star that gleams through murky clouds-- + As here begirt by struggling crowds + A spell-bound Loiterer I stand, + Before a print-shop in the Strand? + What are your eager hopes and fears + Whose minutes wither men like years-- + Your schemes defeated or fulfill'd, + To the emotions dread that thrill'd + _His_ frame on that October night, + When, watching by the lonely mast, + _He saw on shore the moving light_, + And felt, though darkness veil'd the sight, + The long-sought World was his at last?{A} + + V. + + How Fancy's boldest glances fail, + Contemplating each hurrying mood + Of thought that to that aspect pale + Sent up the heart's o'erboiling flood + Through that vast vigil, while his eyes + Watch'd till the slow reluctant skies + Should kindle, and the vision dread, + Of all his livelong years be read! + In youth, his faith-led spirit doom'd + Still to be baffled and betray'd, + His manhood's vigorous noon consumed + Ere Power bestow'd its niggard aid; + That morn of summer, dawning grey,{B} + When, from Huelva's humble bay, + He full of hope, before the gale + Turn'd on the hopeless World his sail, + And steer'd for seas untrack'd, unknown, + And westward still sail'd on--sail'd on-- + Sail'd on till Ocean seem'd to be + All shoreless as Eternity, + Till, from its long-loved Star estranged, + At last the constant Needle changed,{C} + And fierce amid his murmuring crew + Prone terror into treason grew; + While on his tortured spirit rose, + More dire than portents, toils, or foes, + The awaiting World's loud jeers and scorn + Yell'd o'er his profitless Return; + No--none through that dark watch may trace + The feelings wild beneath whose swell, + As heaves the bark the billows' race, + His Being rose and fell! + Yet over doubt, and pride, and pain, + O'er all that flash'd through breast and brain, + As with those grand, immortal eyes + He stood--his heart on fire to know + When morning next illumed the skies, + What wonders in its light should glow-- + O'er all one thought must, in that hour, + Have sway'd supreme--Power, conscious Power-- + The lofty sense that Truths conceived, + And born of his own starry mind, + And foster'd into might, achieved + A new Creation for mankind! + And when from off that ocean calm + The Tropic's dusky curtain clear'd, + All those green shores and banks of balm + And rosy-tinted hills appear'd + Silent and bright as Eden, ere + Earth's breezes shook one blossom there-- + Against that hour's proud tumult weigh'd, + LOVE, FAME, AMBITION, how ye fade! + + VI. + + Thou LUTHER of the darken'd Deep! + Nor less intrepid, too, than He + Whose courage broke EARTH'S bigot sleep + Whilst thine unbarr'd the SEA-- + Like his, 'twas thy predestined fate + Against your grin benighted age, + With all its fiends of Fear and Hate, + War, single-handed war, to wage, + And live a conqueror, too, like him, + Till Time's expiring lights grow dim! + O, Hero of my boyish heart! + Ere from thy pictured looks I part, + My mind's maturer reverence now + In thoughts of thankfulness would bow + To the OMNISCIENT WILL that sent + Thee forth, its chosen instrument, + To teach us hope, when sin and care, + And the vile soilings that degrade + Our dust, would bid us most despair-- + Hope, from each varied deed display'd + Along thy bold and wondrous story, + That shows how far one steadfast mind, + Serene in suffering as in glory, + May go to deify our kind. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} October 11, 1492.--"As the evening darkened, Columbus took his +station on the top of the castle or cabin, on the high poop of his +vessel. However he might carry a cheerful and confident countenance +during the day, it was to him a time of the most painful anxiety; and +now, when he was wrapped from observation by the shades of night, he +maintained an intense and unremitting watch, ranging his eye along the +dusky horizon in search of the most vague indications of land. Suddenly, +about ten o'clock, _he thought he beheld a light glimmering at a +distance_. Fearing that his eager hopes might deceive him, he called to +Pedro Gutierrez, gentleman of the king's bedchamber, and enquired +whether he saw a light in that direction; the latter replied in the +affirmative. Columbus, yet doubtful whether it might not be some +delusion of the fancy, called Rodrigo Sanchez of Segovia, and made the +same enquiry. By the time the latter had ascended the roundhouse, the +light had disappeared. They saw it once or twice afterwards in sudden +and passing gleams, as if it were a torch in the bark of a fisherman +rising and sinking with the waves, or in the hand of some person on +shore, borne up and down as he walked from house to house. So transient +and uncertain were these gleams, that few attached any importance to +them; Columbus, however, considered them as certain signs of land, and, +moreover, that the land was inhabited."--IRVING'S _Columbus_, vol. i. + +{B} "It was on Friday, the 3d of August 1492, early in the morning, that +Columbus set sail on his first voyage of discovery. He departed from the +bar of Saltes, a small island in front of the town of Huelva, steering +in a south-westerly direction," &c.--IRVING. He was about fifty-seven +years old the year of the Discovery. + +{C} "On the 13th September, in the evening, being about two hundred +leagues from the island of Ferro, he, for the first time, noticed the +variation of the needle, a phenomenon which had never before been +remarked. Struck with the circumstance, he observed it attentively for +three days, and found that the variation increased as he advanced. It +soon attracted the attention of the pilots, and filled them with +consternation. It seemed as if the very laws of nature were changing as +they advanced, and that they were entering another world subject to +unknown influences."--_Ibid._ + + + + +TO SWALLOWS ON THE EVE OF DEPARTURE. + +BY THE SAME. + + "The day before V----'s departure for the last time from the + country--it was the 4th of August, one of the hottest days of the + season--as evening fell, he strolled with an old school-fellow + through the cool green avenues and leafy arcades of the + neighbouring park, where his friend amused him by pointing out to + his attention vast multitudes of Swallows that came swarming from + all directions to settle on the roofs and gables of the + manor-house. This they do for several days preparatory to their + departing, in one collected body, to more genial climates."--_MS. + Memoir._ + + + I. + + Joyous Birds! preparing + In the clear evening light + To leave our dwindled summer day + For latitudes more bright! + How gay must be your greeting, + By southern fountains meeting, + To miss no faithful wing of all that started in your flight! + + II. + + Every clime and season + Fresh gladness brings to you, + Howe'er remote your social throngs + Their varied path pursue; + No winds nor waves dissever-- + No dusky veil'd FOR EVER, + Frowneth across your fearless way in the empyrean blue.{A} + + III. + + Mates and merry brothers + Were ye in Arctic hours, + Mottling the evening beam that sloped + Adown old Gothic towers! + As blythe that sunlight dancing + Will see your pinions' glancing + Scattering afar through Tropic groves the spicy bloom in showers! + + IV. + + Haunters of palaced wastes!{B} + From king-forlorn Versailles + To where, round gateless Thebes, the winds + Like monarch voices wail, + Your tribe capricious ranges, + Reckless of glory's changes; + Love makes for ye a merry home amid the ruins pale. + + V. + + Another day, and ye + From knosp and turret's brow + Shall, with your fleet of crowding wings, + Air's viewless billows plough, + With no keen-fang'd regretting + Our darken'd hill-sides quitting, + --Away in fond companionship as cheerily as now! + + VI. + + Woe for the Soul-endued-- + The clay-enthralled Mind-- + Leaving, unlike you, favour'd birds! + Its all--its all behind. + Woe for the exile mourning, + To banishment returning-- + A mateless bird wide torn apart from country and from kind! + + VII. + + This moment blest as ye, + Beneath his own home-trees, + With friends and fellows girt around, + Up springs the western breeze, + Bringing the parting weather-- + Shall all depart together? + Ah, no!--he goes a wretch alone upon the lonely seas. + + VIII. + + To him the mouldering tower-- + The pillar'd waste, to him + A broken-hearted music make + Until his eyelids swim. + None heeds when he complaineth, + Nor where that brow he leaneth + A mother's lips shall bless no more sinking to slumber dim. + + IX. + + Winter shall wake to spring, + And 'mid the fragrant grass + The daffodil shall watch the rill + Like Beauty by her glass + But woe for him who pineth + Where the clear water shineth, + With no voice near to say--How sweet those April evenings pass! + + X. + + Then while through Nature's heart + Love freshly burns again, + Hither shall ye, plumed travellers, + Come trooping o'er the main; + The selfsame nook disclosing + Its nest for your reposing + That saw you revel years ago as you shall revel then.{C} + + XI. + + --Your human brother's lot! + A few short years are gone-- + Back, back like you to early scenes-- + Lo! at the threshold-stone, + Where ever in the gloaming + Home's angels watch'd his coming, + A stranger stands, and stares at him who sighing passes on. + + XII. + + Joy to the Travail-worn! + Omnific purpose lies + Even in his bale as in your bliss, + Careerers of the skies! + When sun and earth, that cherish'd + Your tribes, with you have perish'd, + A home is his where partings more shall never dim the eyes. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} "They all quit together; and fly for a time east or west, possibly +in wait for stragglers not yet arrived from the interior--they then take +directly to the south, and are soon lost sight of altogether for the +allotted period of their absence. Their rapidity of flight is well +known, and the 'murder-aiming eye' of the most experienced sportsman +will seldom avail against the swallow; hence they themselves seldom fall +a prey to the raptorial birds."--CUVIER, _edited by Griffiths_. Swallows +are long-lived; they have been known to live a number of years in cages. + +{B} In the fanciful language of Chateaubriand, "This daughter of a king +(the swallow) still seems attached to grandeur; she passes the summer +amid the ruins of Versailles, and the winter among those of Thebes." + +{C} "However difficult to be credited, it seems to be ascertained beyond +doubt, that the same pair which quitted their nest and the limited +circle of their residence here, return to the very same nest again, and +this for several successive years; in all probability for their whole +lives"--_Griffiths'_ CUVIER. + + + + +THE DILIGENCE. + +A LEAF FROM A JOURNAL. + + +A diligence is as familiar to our countrymen as a stage-coach; and, as +railroads flourish more amongst us than with our less commercial and +enterprising neighbours, it is probable that, to many English +travellers, it is even more familiar. There is no need, therefore, to +describe the portentous vehicle. Suffice it to say, that, of the three +compartments into which it is divided, I found myself lodged--not in the +_coupee_ which looks out in front, and which has the appearance of a +narrow post-chaise that has been flattened and compressed in the effort +to incorporate it with the rest of the machine--nor in the _rotunde_ +behind, where one rides omnibus-fashion--but in the central compartment, +the _interieur_, which answers to the veritable old English stage-coach, +and carries six. I was one of the central occupants of this central +division; for I had not been so fortunate as to secure a corner seat. +Now, for the convenience of the luckless person who occupies this +position, there depends from the roof of the coach, and hangs just +before his face, a broad leathern strap, with a loop through which he +can, if so disposed, place his arms; and, when his arms are thus slung +up, he can further rest his head upon them or upon the strap, and so +seek repose. Whether he finds the repose he seeks, is another matter. +One half of the traveller swings like a parrot on his perch, the other +half jolts on stationary--jolts over the eternal stones which pave the +roads in France. Perhaps there are who can go to roost in this fashion. +And if it is recorded of any one that he ever slept in this state of +demi-suspension--all swing above, all shake below--I should like very +much to know, in the next place, what sort of dreams he had. Did he +fancy himself a griffin, or huge dragon, beating the air with his wings, +and at the same time trotting furiously upon the ground? Or, in order to +picture out his sensations, was he compelled to divide himself into two +several creatures, and be at once the captured and half-strangled goose, +with all its feathers outstretched in the air, and the wicked fox who is +running away with it, at full speed, upon its back? As to myself, in no +vain expectation of slumber, but merely for the sake of change of +position, I frequently slung my arms in this loop, and leaning my head +against the broad leathern strap, I listened to the gossip of my +fellow-travellers, if there was any conversation stirring; or, if all +was still, gave myself up to meditations upon my own schemes and +projects. + +And here let me observe, that I have always found that a journey in a +stage-coach is remarkably favourable to the production of good +resolution and sage designs for the future; which I account for partly +on the ground that they cannot, under such circumstances, demand to be +carried into immediate execution, and therefore may be indulged in the +more freely; and partly on this other ground, that one who has become a +traveller has loosened himself from his old customary moorings, and so +gives himself, as it were, a new starting-point in life, from which he +may, if the spirit of delusion is still happily strong within him, draw +a mathematically straight line in the given direction A B, to be the +faithful index of his future career. + +What a generous sample of humanity it is that a well filled diligence +carries out of the gates of Paris! The mountain of luggage upon the +roof, consisting of boxes of all shapes and sizes, does not contain in +its numerous _strata_ of stuffs, and implements, and garments, rags and +fine linen, a greater variety of dead material, than does the threefold +interior, with its complement of human beings, of living character and +sentiment. As to the observation not unfrequently made, that Frenchmen +have less variety of character than ourselves, it is one which seems to +me to have little or no foundation. Something there doubtless is of +national character, which pervades all classes and all classifications +of men; and this colouring, seen diffused over the mass, makes us +apprehend, at first view, that there is in the several parts a radical +similarity which, in fact, does not exist. We have only to become a +little more intimate with the men themselves, and this national +colouring fades away; while the strong peculiarities resulting from +social position, or individual temperament, stand out in sharp relief. +And, in general, I will venture to say of national character--whatever +people may be spoken of--that one may compare it to the colour which the +sea bears at different times, or which different seas are said to be +distinguished by: view the great surface at a distance, it is blue, or +green, or grey; but take up a handful of the common element, and it is +an undistinguishable portion of brackish water. It is French, or +Flemish, or Spanish nature in the mass, and at a distance; looked at +closer, and in the individual, there is little else than plain human +nature to be seen. + +But I did not open my journal to philosophize upon national character; +but to record, while it is still fresh in my memory, some part of the +conversation to which I was, as I travelled along, of necessity, and +whether willingly or unwillingly, a listener. To the left of me the +corner seats were occupied by two Englishmen--would it be possible to +enter into a diligence without meeting at least two of our dear +compatriots? They were both men in the prime of life, in the full flush +of health, and apparently of wealth, who, from allusions which they +dropt, could evidently boast of being of good family, and what follows +of course--of having received an university education; and whom some one +of our northern counties probably reckoned amongst its most famous +fox-hunters. All which hindered not, but that they proved themselves to +belong to that class of English travellers who scamper about the +Continent like so many big, boisterous, presumptuous school-boys, much +to the annoyance of every one who meets them, and to the especial +vexation of their fellow-countrymen, who are not, in general, whatever +may be said to the contrary, an offensive or conceited race, and are by +no means pleased that the name of Englishmen should be made a by-word +and a term of contempt. Opposite to me sat a Frenchman, of rather formal +and grave demeanour, and dressed somewhat precisely. He was placed in a +similar position in the diligence to myself; he had, however, curled up +his leathern strap, and fastened it to the roof. Apparently he did not +think the posture to which it invited one of sufficient dignity; for +during the whole journey, and even when asleep, I observed that he +maintained a certain becomingness of posture. Beside me, to the right, +sat a little lively Frenchwoman, not very young, and opposite to her, +and consequently in front also of myself, was another lady, a person of +extreme interest, who at once riveted the eye, and set the imagination +at work. She was so young, so pale, so beautiful, so sad, and withal so +exceeding gentle in her demeanour, that an artist who wished to portray +Our Lady in her virgin purity and celestial beauty, would have been +ravished with the model. She had taken off her bonnet for the +convenience of travelling, and her dark brown hair hung curled round her +neck in the same simple fashion it must have done when she was a child. +She was dressed in mourning, and this enhanced the pallor of her +countenance; ill-health and sorrow were also evidently portrayed upon +her features; but there was so much of lustre in the complexion, and so +much of light and intelligence in the eye, that the sense of beauty +predominated over all. You could not have wished her more cheerful than +she was. Her face was a melody which you cannot quarrel with for being +sad--which you could not desire to be otherwise than sad--whose very +charm it is that it has made the tone of sorrow ineffably sweet. + +Much I mused and conjectured what her history might be, and frequently I +felt tempted to address myself in conversation to her; but still there +was a tranquillity and repose in those long eyelashes which I feared to +disturb. It was probable that she preferred her own reflections, +melancholy as they might be, to any intercourse with others, and out of +respect to this wish I remained silent. Not so, however, my +fellow-traveller of her own sex, who, far from practising this +forbearance, felt that she acted the kind and social part by engaging +her in conversation. And so perhaps she did. For certainly, after some +time, the beautiful and pensive girl became communicative, and I +overheard the brief history of her sufferings, which I had felt so +curious to know. It was indeed brief--it is not a three-volumed novel +that one overhears in a stage-coach--but it had the charm of truth to +recommend it. I had been lately reading Eugene Sue's romance, _The +Mysteries of Paris_, and it gave an additional interest to remark, that +the simple tale I was listening to from the lips of the living sufferer +bore a resemblance to one of its most striking episodes. + +The shades of evening were closing round us, and the rest of the +passengers seemed to be preparing themselves for slumber, as, leaning +forward on my leathern supporter, I listened to the low sweet voice of +the young stranger. + +"You are surprised," she said in answer to some remark made by her +companion, "that one of our sex, so young and of so delicate health, +should travel alone in the diligence; but I have no relative in Paris, +and no friend on whose protection I could make a claim. I have lived +there alone, or in something worse than solitude." + +Her companion, with a woman's quickness of eye, glanced at the rich +toilette of the speaker. It was mourning, but mourning of the most +costly description. + +"You think," she continued, replying to this glance, "that one whose +toilette is costly ought not to be without friends; but mine has been +for some time a singular condition. Wealth and a complete isolation from +the world have been in my fate strangely combined. They married me"---- + +"What! are you a married woman and so young?" exclaimed the lady who was +addressed. + +"I have been; I am now a widow. It is for my husband that I wear this +mourning. They took me from the convent where I was educated, and +married me to a man whom I was permitted to see only once before the +alliance was concluded. As I had been brought up with the idea that my +father was to choose a husband for me, and as the Count D---- was both +handsome and of agreeable manners, the only qualities on which I was +supposed to have an opinion, there was no room for objection on my part. +The marriage was speedily celebrated. My husband was wealthy. Of that my +father had taken care to satisfy himself; perhaps it was the only point +on which he was very solicitous. For I should tell you that my father, +the only parent I have surviving, is one of those restless unquiet men +who have no permanent abode, who delight in travelling from place to +place, and who regard their children, if they have any, in the light +only of cares and encumbrances. There is not a capital in Europe in +which he has not resided, and scarcely a spot of any celebrity which he +has not visited. It was therefore at the house of a maiden aunt--to whom +I am now about to return--that I was married. + +"I spent the first years of my marriage, as young brides I believe +generally do, in a sort of trouble of felicity. I did not know how to be +sufficiently thankful to Heaven for the treasure I found myself the +possessor of; such a sweetness of temper and such a tenderness of +affection did my husband continually manifest towards me. After a short +season of festivity, spent at the house of my aunt, we travelled +together without any other companion towards Paris, where the Count had +a residence elegantly fitted up to receive us. The journey itself was a +new source of delight to one who had been hitherto shut up, with her +instructress, in a convent. Never shall I forget the hilarity, the +almost insupportable joy, with which the first part of this journey was +performed. The sun shone out upon a beautiful landscape, and there was +I, travelling alone with the one individual who had suddenly awoke and +possessed himself of all my affections--travelling, too, with gay +anticipations to the glorious city of Paris, of which I had heard so +much, and in which I was to appear with all the envied advantages of +wealth. + +"As we approached towards Paris, I noticed that my husband became more +quiet and reserved. I attributed it to the fatigue of travelling, to +which my own spirits began to succumb; and as the day was drawing to a +close, I proposed, at the next stage we reached, that we should rest +there, and resume our journey the next morning. But in an irritable and +impetuous manner, of which I had never seen the least symptom before, +he ordered fresh horses, and bade the postilion drive on with all the +speed he could. Still as we travelled he grew more sullen, became +restless, incommunicative, and muttered occasionally to himself. It was +now night. Leaning back in the carriage, and fixing my eye upon the full +moon that was shining brightly upon us, I tried to quiet my own spirit, +somewhat ruffled by this unexpected behaviour of my husband. I observed, +after a short time, that _his_ eye also had become riveted on the same +bright object; but not with any tranquillizing effect, for his +countenance grew every minute more and more sombre. On a sudden he +called aloud to the postilion to stop--threw open the carriage-door, and +walked in a rapid pace down towards a river that for some time had +accompanied our course. I sprang after him. I overtook, and grasped him +as he was in the very act of plunging into the river. O my God! how I +prayed, and wept, and struggled to prevent him from rushing into the +stream. At length he sat down upon the bank of the river; he turned to +me his wild and frenzied eye--he laughed--O Heaven! he was mad! + +"They had married me to a madman. Cured, or presumed to be cured, of +his disorder, he had been permitted to return to society; and now his +malady had broken out again. He who was to be my guide and protector, +who was my only support, who took the place of parent, friend, +instructor--he was a lunatic! + +"For three dreadful hours did I sit beside him on that bank--at +night--with none to help me--restraining him by all means I could devise +from renewed attempts to precipitate himself into the river. At last I +succeeded in bringing him back to the carriage. For the rest of the +journey he was quiet; but he was imbecile--his reason had deserted him. + +"We arrived at his house in Paris. A domestic assisted me in conducting +him to his chamber; and from that time I, the young wife, who the other +morning had conceived herself the happiest of beings, was transformed +into the keeper of a maniac--of a helpless or a raving lunatic. I wrote +to my father. He was on the point of setting out upon one of his +rambling expeditions, and contented himself with appealing to the +relatives of my husband, who, he maintained, were the proper persons to +take charge of the lunatic. They, on the other hand, left him to the +care of the new relations he had formed by a marriage, which had +interfered with their expectations and claims upon his property. Thus +was I left alone--a stranger in this great city of Paris, which was to +have welcomed me with all its splendours, and festivities, and its +brilliant society--my sole task to soothe and control a maniac husband. +It was frightful. Scarcely could I venture to sleep an hour +together--night or day--lest he should commit some outrage upon himself +or on me. My health is irretrievably ruined. I should have utterly sunk +under it; but, by God's good providence, the malady of my husband took a +new direction. It appeared to prey less upon the brain, and more upon +other vital parts of the constitution. He wasted away and died. I indeed +live; but I, too, have wasted away, body and soul, for I have no health +and no joy within me." + +Just at this time a low murmuring conversation between my two +fellow-countrymen, at my left, broke out, much to my annoyance, into +sudden exclamation. + +"By God! sir," cried one of them, "I thrashed him in the _Grande Place_, +right before the hotel there--what's its name?--the first hotel in +Petersburg. Yes, I had told the lout of a postilion, who had grazed my +britska against the curbstone of every corner we had turned, that if he +did it again I would _punish_ him; that is, I did not exactly _tell_ +him--for he understood no language but his miserable Russian, of which I +could not speak a word--but I held out my fist in a significant manner, +which neither man nor brute could mistake. Well, just as we turned into +the _Grande Place_, the lubber grazed my wheel again. I jumped out of +the carriage--I pulled him--boots and all--off his horse, and how I +cuffed him! My friend Lord L---- was standing at the window of the +hotel, looking out for my arrival, and was witness to this exploit. He +was most dead with laughter when I came up to him." + +"I once," said his interlocutor, "thrashed an English postilion after +the same fashion; but your Russian, with his enormous boots, must have +afforded capital sport. When I travel I always look out for _fun_. What +else is the use of travelling? I and young B----, whom you may remember +at Oxford, were at a ball together at Brussels, and what do you think we +did? We strewed cayenne pepper on the floor, and no sooner did the girls +begin to dance than they began incontinently to sneeze. Ladies and +gentlemen were curtsying, and bowing, and sneezing to one another in the +most ludicrous manner conceivable." + +"Ha! ha! ha! Excellent! By the way," rejoined the other, "talking of +Brussels, do you know who has the glory of that famous joke practised +there upon the statues in the park? They give the credit of it to the +English, but on what ground, except the celebrity they have acquired in +such feats, I could never learn." + +"I know nothing of it. What was it?" + +"Why, you see, amongst the statues in the little park at Brussels are a +number of those busts without arms or shoulders. I cannot call to mind +their technical name. First you have the head of a man, then a sort of +decorated pillar instead of a body, and then again, at the bottom of the +pillar, there protrude a couple of naked feet. They look part pillar and +part man, with a touch of the mummy. Now, it is impossible to +contemplate such a figure without being struck with the idea, how +completely at the mercy of every passer-by are both its nose--which has +no hand to defend it--and its naked toes, which cannot possibly move +from their fixed position. One may tweak the one, and tread upon the +other, with such manifest impunity. Some one in whom this idea, no +doubt, wrought very powerfully, took hammer and chisel, and shied off +the noses and the great toes of several of these mummy-statues. And +pitiful enough they looked next morning." + +"Well, that was capital!" + +"And the best of it is, that even now, when the noses have been put on +again, the figures look as odd as if they had none at all. The join is +so manifest, and speaks so plainly of past mutilation, that no one can +give to these creatures, let them exist as long as they will, the credit +of wearing their own noses. The jest is immortal." + +The recital of this excellent piece of _fun_ was followed by another +explosion of laughter. The Frenchman who sat opposite to me--a man, as I +have said, of grave but urbane deportment, became curious to know what +it was that our neighbours had been conversing about, and which had +occasioned so much hilarity. He very politely expressed this wish to me. +If it was not an indiscretion, he should like to partake, he said, in +the wit that was flowing round him; adding, perhaps superfluously, that +he did not understand English. + +"Monsieur, I am glad of it," I replied. + +Monsieur, who concluded from my answer that I was in a similar +predicament with respect to the French language, bowed and remained +silent. + +Here the conversation to my left ceased to flow, or subsided into its +former murmuring channel, and I was again able to listen to my fair +neighbours to the right. The lively dame who sat by my side had now the +word; she was administering consolations and philosophy to the young +widow. + +"At your age health," said she, "is not irretrievable, and, sweet madam, +your good looks are left you. A touch of rouge upon your cheek, and you +are quite an angel. And then you are free--you will one day travel back +again to Paris with a better escort than you had before." + +And here she gave a sigh which prepared the hearer for the disclosure +that was to follow. + +"Now I," she continued, "have been married, but, alas! am _not_ a widow. +I have a husband standing out against me somewhere in the world. In the +commercial language of my father, I wish I could cancel him." + +"What! he has deserted you?" said her fair companion, in a sympathizing +tone. + +"You shall hear, my dear madam. My father, you must know, is a plain +citizen. He did not charge himself with the task of looking out a +husband for his girls; he followed what he called the English plan--let +the girls look out for themselves, and contented himself with a _veto_ +upon the choice, if it should displease him. Now, Monsieur Lemaire was a +perfect Adonis; he dressed, and danced, and talked to admiration; no man +dressed, danced, or talked better; his mirth was inexhaustible--his +good-humour unfailing." + +Well, thought I to myself, what is coming now? This lady, at all events, +chose with her own eyes, and had her own time to choose in. Is her +experience to prove, that the chance of securing a good husband is much +the same, let him be chosen how he may? + +"No wonder, then," continued the lady, "that I accepted his proposal. +The very thought of marrying him as paradise; and I _did_ marry him." + +"And so were really in paradise?" said the widow, with a gentle smile. + +"Yes, yes! it _was_ a paradise. It was a constant succession of +amusements; theatre, balls, excursions--all enjoyed with the charming +Lemaire. And he so happy, too! I thought he would have devoured me. We +were verily in paradise for three months. At the end of which time he +came one morning into the room swinging an empty purse in the air--'Now, +I think,' said he with the same cheerful countenance that he usually +wore, 'that I have proved my devotion to you in a remarkable manner. +Another man would have thought it much if he had made some sacrifice to +gain possession of you for life; I have spent every farthing I had in +the world to possess you for three months. Oh, that those three months +were to live over again! But every thing has its end.' And he tossed the +empty purse in his hand. + +"I laughed at what I considered a very pleasant jest; for who did not +know that M. Lemaire was a man of ample property? I laughed still more +heartily as he went on to say, that a coach stood at the door to take me +back to my father, and begged me not to keep the coachman waiting, as in +that case the fellow would charge for time, and it had taken his last +sou to pay his fare by distance. I clapped my hands in applause of my +excellent comedian. But, gracious Heavens! it was all true! There stood +the coach at the door, the fare paid to my father's house, and an empty +purse was literally all that I now had to participate with the gay, +wealthy, accomplished Lemaire." + +"What!" I exclaimed with rage and agony, as the truth broke upon me, "do +you desert your wife?" + +"Desert my charming wife!" he replied. "Ask the hungry pauper, who turns +his back upon the fragrant _restaurant_, if he deserts his dinner. You +are as beautiful, as bright, as lovely as ever--you cannot think with +what a sigh I quit you!" + +"But"----and I began a torrent of recrimination. + +"'But,' said he, interrupting me, 'I have not a sou. For you,' he +continued, 'you are as charming as ever--you will win your way only the +better in the world for this little experience. And as for me--I have +been in Elysium for three months; and that is more than a host of your +excellent prudent men can boast of, who plod on day after day only that +they may continue plodding to the end of their lives. Adieu! my +adorable--my angel that will now vanish from my sight!' And here, in +spite of my struggles, he embraced me with the greatest ardour, and +then, tearing himself away as if he only were the sufferer, he rushed +out of the room. I have never seen him since." + +"And such men really exist!" said the young widow, moved to indignation. +"For so short a season of pleasure he could deliberately compromise the +whole of your future life." + +"Is it not horrible? His father, it seems, had left him a certain sum of +money, and this was the scheme he had devised to draw from it the +greatest advantage. _Mais, mon Dieu!_" added the lively Frenchwoman, "of +what avail to afflict one's-self? Only if he would but die before I am +an old woman! And then those three months"---- + +Here the diligence suddenly stopped, and the conductor opening the door, +invited us to step out and take some refreshment, and so put an end for +the present to this medley conversation. + + + + +WHO WROTE GIL BLAS? + + +In the year 1783, Joseph Francisco De Isla, one of the most eminent of +modern Spanish writers, published a Spanish translation of Gil Blas. In +this work some events were suppressed, others altered, the diction was +greatly modified, the topographical and chronological errors with which +the French version abounded were allowed to remain, and the Spanish +origin of that celebrated work was asserted on such slender grounds, and +vindicated by such trifling arguments, as to throw considerable doubt on +the fact in the opinion of all impartial judges. The French were not +slow to seize upon so favourable an occasion to gratify their national +vanity; and in 1818, M. le Comte Francois de Neufchateau, a member of +the French Institute and an Ex-minister of the Interior, published a +dissertation, in which, after a modest insinuation that the +extraordinary merit of Gil Blas was a sufficient proof of its French +origin, the feeble arguments of Padre Isla were triumphantly refuted, +and the claims of Le Sage to the original conception of Gil Blas were +asserted, to the complete satisfaction of all patriotic Frenchmen. Here +the matter rested, till, in 1820, Don Juan Antonio Llorente drew up his +reasons for holding the opinion of which Isla had been the unsuccessful +advocate, and, with even punctilious courtesy, transmitted them before +publication to M. Le Montey, by whose judgment in the matter he +expressed his determination to abide. M. Le Montey referred the matter +to two commissioners--one being M. Raynouard, a well-known and useful +writer, the other M. Neufchateau, the author whom Llorente's work was +intended to refute. + +This literary commission seems to have produced as little benefit to the +public as if each of the members had been chosen by a political party, +had received a salary varying from L1500 to L2000 a-year, and been sent +into Ireland to report upon the condition of the people, or into Canada +to discover why French republicans dislike the institutions of a Saxon +monarchy. To be sure, the advantage is on the side of the French +academicians; for, instead of sending forth a mass of confused, +contradictory, and ill-written reports, based upon imperfect evidence, +and leading to no definite conclusion, the literary commission, as +Llorente informs us, was silent altogether; whereupon Llorente +attributing, not unnaturally, this preternatural silence on the part of +the three French _savans_, to the impossibility of finding any thing to +say, after the lapse of a year and a half publishes his arguments, and +appeals to literary Europe as the judge "en dernier ressort" of this +important controversy. Llorente, however, was too precipitate; for on +the 8th of January 1822, M. de Neufchateau presented to the French +Academy an answer to Llorente's observations, on which we shall +presently remark. + +It is maintained by the ingenious writer, Llorente--whose arguments, +with such additions and remarks as have occurred to us upon the subject, +we propose to lay before our readers, + +1st, That Gil Blas and the Bachiller de Salamanca were originally one +and the same romance. + +2dly, That the author of this romance was at any rate a Spaniard. + +3dly, That his name was Don Antonio de Solis y Ribadeneira, author of +_Historia de la Conquista de Mejico_. + +4thly, That Le Sage turned the single romance into two; repeating in +both the same stories slightly modified, and mixing them up with other +translations from Spanish novels. + +As the main argument turns upon the originality of Le Sage considered as +the author of Gil Blas, we shall first dispose in a very few words of +the third proposition; and for this purpose we must beg our readers to +take for granted, during a few moments, that Gil Blas was the work of a +Spaniard, and to enquire, supposing that truth sufficiently established, +who that Spaniard was. + +Llorente enumerates thirty-six eminent writers who flourished in 1655, +the period when, as we shall presently see, the romance in question was +written. Of these Don Louis de Guevarra, author of the Diablo Cojuelo, +Francisco de Santos, Jose Pellicer, and Solis, are among the most +distinguished. Llorente, however, puts all aside--and all, except +Pellicer perhaps, for very sufficient reasons--determining that Solis +alone united all the attributes and circumstances belonging to the +writer of Gil Blas. The writer of Gil Blas was a Castilian--this may be +inferred from his panegyric on Castilian wit, which he declares equal to +that of Athens; he must have been a dramatic writer, from his repeated +criticisms on the drama, and the keenness with which he sifts the merit +of contemporary dramatic authors; he must have been a great master of +narrative, and thoroughly acquainted with the habits and institutions of +his age and country; he must have possessed the art of enlivening his +story with caustic allusions, and with repartees; he must have been +perfectly conversant with the intrigues of courtiers, and have acquired +from his own experience, or the relation of others, an intimate +knowledge of the private life of Olivarez, and the details of Philip +IV.'s court. All these requisites are united in Solis:--he was born at +Alcala de Henares, a city of Castile; he was one of the best dramatic +writers of his day, the day of Calderon de la Barca. That he was a great +historical writer, is proved by his _Conquista de Mejico_; his comedies +prove his thorough knowledge of Spanish habits; and the retorts and +quiddities of his Graciosos flash with as much wit as any that were ever +uttered by those brilliant and fantastic denizens of the Spanish stage. +He was a courtier; he was secretary to Oropezo, viceroy successively of +Navarre and of Valencia, and was afterwards promoted by Philip IV. to be +"Oficial de la Secretaria" of the first minister Don Louis de Haro, and +was allowed, as an especial mark of royal favour, to dispose of his +place in favour of his relation. This happened about the year +1654--corresponding, as we shall see, exactly with the mission of the +Marquis de Lionne. Afterwards he was appointed Cronista Mayor de las +Indias, and wrote his famous history. These are the arguments in favour +of Solis, which cannot be offered in behalf of any of his thirty-six +competitors. It is therefore the opinion of Llorente that the honour of +being the author of Gil Blas is due to him; and in this opinion, +supposing the fact which we now proceed to investigate, that a Spaniard, +and not Le Sage, was the author of the work, is made out to their +satisfaction, our readers will probably acquiesce. + +The steps by which the argument that Gil Blas is taken from a Spanish +manuscript proceeds, are few and direct. It abounds in facts and +allusions which none but a Spaniard could know: this is the first step. +It abounds in errors that no Spaniard could make--(by the way, this is +much insisted upon by M. de Neufchateau, who does not seem to perceive +that, taken together with the preceding proposition, it is fatal to his +argument:) this is the second step, and leads us to the conclusion that +the true theory of its origin must reconcile these apparent +contradictions. + +A Spanish manuscript does account for this inconsistency, as it would +furnish the transcriber with the most intimate knowledge of local +habits, names, and usages; while at the same time it would not guard him +against mistakes which negligence or haste, or the difficulty of +deciphering a manuscript in a language with which the transcriber was by +no means critically acquainted, must occasion. Still less would it guard +him against errors which would almost inevitably arise from the +insertion of other Spanish novels, or the endeavour to give the work a +false claim to originality, by alluding to topics fashionable in the +city and age when the work was copied. + +The method we propose to follow, is to place before the reader each +division of the argument. We shall show a most intimate knowledge with +Spanish life, clearly proving that the writer, whoever he is, is +unconscious of any merit in painting scenes with which he was habitually +familiar. Let any reader compare the facility of these unstudied +allusions with the descriptions of a different age or time, even by the +best writers of a different epoch and country, however accurate and +dramatic they may be--with _Quentin Durward_ or _Ivanhoe_, for instance; +or with Barante's _Histoire des Ducs de Bourgogne_, and they will see +the force of this remark. In spite of art, and ability, and antiquarian +knowledge, it is evident that a resemblance is industriously sought in +one case, and is spontaneous in the other; that it is looked upon as a +matter of course, and not as a title to praise, by the first class of +writers, while it is elaborately wrought out, as an artist's pretension +to eminence, in the second. If Le Sage had been the original author of +Gil Blas, he would have avoided the multiplication of circumstances, +names, and dates; or if he had thought it necessary to intersperse his +composition with them, he would have contented himself with such as were +most general and notorious; the minute, circuitous, and oblique +allusions, which it required patient examination to detect, and vast +local knowledge to appreciate, could not have fallen within his plan. + +Secondly--We shall point out the mistakes, some of them really +surprising even in a foreign writer, with regard to names, dates, and +circumstances, oversetting every congruity which it was manifestly Le +Sage's object to establish. We shall show that the Spanish novels +inserted by him do not mix with the body of the work; and moreover we +shall show that in one instance, where Le Sage hazarded an allusion to +Parisian gossip, he betrayed the most profound ignorance of those very +customs which, in other parts of the work passing under his name, are +delineated with such truth of colouring, and Dutch minuteness of +observation. + +If these two propositions be clearly established, we have a right to +infer from them the existence of a Spanish manuscript, as on any other +hypothesis the claims of an original writer would be clashing and +contradictory. + +M. Neufchateau, as we have observed, reiterates the assertion that the +errors of Gil Blas are such as no Spaniard could commit, leaving +altogether unguarded against the goring horn of the dilemma which can +only be parried by an answer to the question--how came it to pass that +Le Sage could enumerate the names of upwards of twenty inconsiderable +towns and villages, upwards of twenty families not of the first class; +and in every page of his work represent, with the most punctilious +fidelity, the manners of a country he never saw? Nay, how came it to +pass that, instead of avoiding minute details, local circumstances, and +the mention of particular facts, as he might easily have done, he +accumulates all these opportunities of mistake and contradiction, +descends to the most trifling facts, and interweaves them with the web +of his narrative (conscious of ignorance, as, according to M. +Neufchateau, he must have been) without effort and without design. + +Let us begin by laying before the readers the _pieces du proces_. First, +we insert the description of Le Sage given by two French writers. + + "Voici ce que disoit Voltaire a l'article de Le Sage, dans la + premiere edition du Siecle de Louis XIV.:-- + + "'Son roman de Gil Blas est demeure, parcequ'il y a du naturel.' + + "Dans les editions suivantes du Siecle de Louis XIV., Voltaire + ajoute un fait qu'il se contente d'enoncer simplement, comme une + chose hors de doute; c'est que Gil Blas est pris entierement d'un + livre ecrit en Espagnol, et dont il cite ainsi le titre--La vidad + de lo Escudero Dom Marco d'Obrego--sans indiquer aucunement la + date, l'auteur, ni l'objet de cette vie de l'ecuyer Dom Marco + d'Obrego." + + "Extrait du Nouveau Porte-feuille historique, poetique, et + litteraire de Bruzen de La Martiniere. + + "'Baillet n'entendoit pas l'Espagnol. Au sujet de Louis Veles de + Guevarra, auteur Espagnol, dans ses jugements des savants sur les + poetes modernes, Sec. 1461, il dit: On a de lui plusieurs comedies qui + ont ete imprimees en diverses villes d'Espagne, et une piece + facetieuse, sous le titre El Diabolo Cojuelo, novella de la otra + vida: sur quoi M. de La Monnoye fait cette note. Comment un homme + qui fait tant le modeste et le reserve a-t-il pu ecrire un mot tel + que celui-la? Cette note n'est pas juste. Il semble que M. de La + Monnoye veuille taxer Baillet de n'avoir pas sontenu le caractere + de modestie, qu'il affectoit. Baillet ne faisoit pas le modeste, il + l'etoit veritablement par etat et par principe; et s'il eut entendu + le mot immodeste, ce mot lui auroit ete suspect; il eut eu recours + a l'original, ou il auroit trouve Diablo, et non Diabolo, Cojuelo + et non Cojudo, et auroit bien vite corrige la faute. Mais comme il + n'entendoit ni l'un ni l'autre de ces derniers mots, il lui fut + aise, en copiant ses extraits, de prendre un _el_ pour un _d_, et + de changer par cette legere difference Cojuelo, qui veut dire + boiteux, en Cojudo, qui signifie quelqu'un qui a de gros + testicules, et sobrino l'exprime encore plus grossierement en + Francois. M. de La Monnoye devoit moins s'arreter a l'immodestie de + l'epithete, qu'a la corruption du vrai titre le Guevarra." + + "Au reste, c'est le meme ouvrage que M. La Sage nous a fait + connoitre sous le titre du Diable Boiteux; il l'a tourne, a sa + maniere, mais avec des differences si grandes que Guevarra ne se + reconnoitroit qu'a peine dans cette pretendue traduction. Par + exemple, le chapitre xix de la seconde partie contient une aventure + de D. Pablas, qui se trouve en original dans un livre imprime a + Madrid en 1729, (sic.) L'auteur des lectures amusantes, qui ne + s'est pas souvenu que M. Le Sage, en avoit insere une partie dans + son Diable Boiteux, l'a traduite de nouveau avec assez de liberte, + mais pourtant en s'ecartant moins de l'original, et l'a inseree + dans sa premiere partie a peu pres telle qu'elle se lit dans + l'original Espagnol. Mais M. Le Sage l'a traitee avec de grands + changements, c'est sa maniere d'embellir extremement tout ce qu'il + emprunte des Espagnols. C'est ainsi qu'il en a use envers Gil Blas, + dont il a fait un chef-d'oeuvre inimitable."--(Pages 336-339, + edition de 1757, dans les _Passetemps Politiques, Historiques, et + Critiques_, tome 11, in 12.) + +As an example of the accuracy with which Le Sage has imitated his +originals, we quote the annexed passages from Marcos de Obregon--Page 3. + + "En leyendo el villete, dixo al que le traia: Dezilde a vuestro + amo, que di goyo, que para cosas, que me inportan mucho gusto no me + suelo leuantar hasta las doze del dia: que porque quiere, que pare + matarme me leuante tan demanana? y boluiendose del otro lado, se + torno a dormir." + + "Don Mathias prit le billet, l'ouvrit, et, apres l'avoir lu, dit + an valet de Don Lope. 'Mon enfant, je ne me leverois jamais avant + midi, quelque partie de plaisir qu'on me put proposer; juge si je + me leverai a six heures du matin pour me battre. Tu peux dire a + ton maitre que, s'il est encore a midi et demi dans l'endroit ou + il m'attend, nous nous y verons: va, lui porter cette reponse.' A + ces mots il s'enfonca dans son lit, et ne tarda guere a se + rendormir." + + "No quereys que sieta ofensa hecha a un corderillo, como este? a + una paloma sin hiel, a un mocito tan humilde, y apazible que, aun + quexarse no sabe de una cosa tan mal hecha? cierto y quisiera ser + hombre en este punto para vegarle." + + "'Pourquoi,' s'ecria-t-elle avec emportement--pourquoi ne + voulez-vous pas que je ressente vivement l'offense qu'on a fait a + ce petit agneau, a cette colombe sans fiel, qui ne se plaint + seulement pas de l'outrage qu'il a recu? Ah! que ne suis-je homme + en ce moment pour le venger!" + +After this we think we are fairly entitled to affirm, that Le Sage was +not considered by his contemporaries as a man of original and creative +genius; although he possessed, in an eminent degree, the power of +appropriating and embellishing the works of others, that his style was +graceful, his allusions happy, and his wit keen and spontaneous. If any +one assert that this is to underrate Le Sage, and that he is entitled to +the credit of an inventor, let him cite any single work written by Le +Sage, except _Gil Blas_, in proof of his assertion. Of course _Gil Blas_ +is out of the question. Nothing could be more circular than an argument +that Le Sage, because he possessed an inventive genius, might have +written _Gil Blas_; and that because he might have written _Gil Blas_, +he possessed an inventive genius. This being the case, let us examine +his biography. Le Sage was born in 1668 at Sargan, a small town near +Vannes in Bretagne; at twenty-seven he published a translation of +Aristoenaetus; and declining, from his love of literature, the hopes of +advancement, which, had he taken orders, were within his reach, he came +to Paris, where he contracted an intimate friendship with the Abbe de +Lyonne, who settled a pension on him, taught him Spanish, and bequeathed +to him his library--consisting, among other works, of several Spanish +manuscripts--at his death. His generous benefactor was the third son of +Hugo, Marquis de Lyonne, one of the most accomplished and intelligent +men in France. In 1656 he was set on a secret mission to Madrid; the +object of this mission was soon discovered in the peace of the Pyrenees +1650, and the marriage of Maria Theresa of Austria, eldest daughter of +Philip IV., with Louis XIV. During his residence in Spain the Marquis de +Lyonne lived in great intimacy with Louis de Haro, Duke of Montoro. The +Marquis de Lyonne was passionately fond of Spanish literature; he not +only purchased all the printed Spanish works he could procure, but a +vast quantity of unprinted manuscripts in the same language, all which, +together with the rest of his library, became at his death the property +of his son, the Abbe de Lyonne--the friend, patron, and testator of Le +Sage. To these facts must be added another very important circumstance, +that Le Sage never entered Spain. Of this fact, fatal as it is to Le +Sage's claims, Padre Isla was ignorant; but it is stated with an air of +triumph by M. Neufchateau, is proved by Llorente, and must be considered +incontestable. The case, then, as far as external evidence is concerned, +stands thus. Le Sage, a master of his own language, but not an inventive +writer, and who had never visited Spain, contracts a friendship which +gives him at first the opportunity of perusing, and afterwards the +absolute possession of, a number of Spanish manuscripts. Having +published several elegant paraphrases and translations of printed +Spanish works, he published _Gil Blas_ in several volumes, at long +intervals, as an original work; after this, he published the _Bachelier +de Salamanque_, which he calls himself a translation from a Spanish +manuscript, of which he never produces the original. Did the matter rest +here, much suspicion would be thrown upon Le Sage's claims to the +authorship of _Gil Blas_; but we come now to the evidence arising, "ex +visceribus causae," from the work itself, and the manner of its +publication. + +The chief points of resemblance between Gil Blas and the Bachelier de +Salamanque, are the following:-- + +1. The Bachelier de Salamanque is remarkable for his logical +subtilty--so is Gil Blas. + +2. The doctor of Salamanque, by whom the bachelor is supported after his +father's death, is avaricious--so is Gil Blas's uncle, the canon of +Oviedo, Gil Perez. + +3. The doctor recommends the bachelor of Salamanca to obtain a situation +as tutor--the canon gives similar advice to Gil Blas. + +4. The bachelor is dissuaded from becoming a tutor--Fabricio dissuades +Gil Blas from taking the same situation. + +5. A friar of Madrid makes it his business to find vacant places for +tutors--a friar of Cordova, in Gil Blas, does the same. + +6. The bachelor is obliged to leave Madrid because he is the favoured +lover of Donna Lucia de Padilla--Gil Blas is obliged to leave the +Marquise de Chaves for the same reason. + +7. Bartolome, the comedian, encourages his wife's intrigues--Melchier +Zapata does the same. + +8. The lover of Donna Francisca, in Granada, is a foreign nobleman kept +there by important business--the situation of the Marquis de Marialva is +the same. + +9. The comedian abandons an old and liberal lover, for Fonseca, who is +young and poor--Laura prefers Louis de Alaga to his rival, for the same +reason. + +10. Bartolome, to deceive Francisca, assumes the name of Don Pompeio de +la Cueva--to deceive Laura, Gil Blas pretends to be Don Fernando de +Ribera. + +11. _Le Bachelier_ contains repeated allusions to Dominican friars, and +particularly to Cirilo Carambola--similar allusions abound in _Gil +Blas_, where Louis de Aliaga, confessor of Philip III., is particularly +mentioned. + +12. The character of Diego Cintillo, in the _Bachelier de Salamanque_, +is identical with that of Manuel Ordonez in _Gil Blas_. + +13. An aunt of the Duke of Uzeda obtains for the bachelor the place of +secretary in the minister's office--Gil Blas obtains the same post by +means of an uncle of the Count of Olivarez. + +14. The bachelor, whilst secretary at Uzeda, assists in bringing about +his patron's daughter's marriage--Gil Blas does the same whilst +secretary of the Duke of Olivarez. + +15. Francisca, the actress, is shut up in a convent at Carthagena, +because the corregidor's son falls in love with her--Laura, in _Gil +Blas_, is shut up in a convent, because the corregidor's only son falls +in love with her. + +16. The adventures of Francisca and Laura resemble each other. + +17. So do those of Toston and Scipio. + +18. Toston and Scipio both lose their wives; and both disbelieve in +reality, though they think proper to accept, the excuses they make on +their return. + +19. _Finally_, in _Gil Blas_ we find a vivid description of the habits +and manners prevalent in the European dominions of Spain during the +reigns of Philip III. and Philip IV. But in no part of _Gil Blas_ do we +find any allusion to the habits and manners of the viceroy's canons, +nuns, and monks of America; and yet Scipio is dispatched with a +lucrative commission to New Spain. It may fairly be inferred, therefore, +that so vast a portion of the Spanish monarchy did not escape the notice +of the attentive critic who wrote _Gil Blas_; and the silence can only +be accounted for by the fact, that the principal anecdotes relating to +America, were reserved to make out the _Bachelier de Salamanque_, from +the remainder of which _Gil Blas_ was taken. + +Now, the dates of _Gil Blas_ and the Bachelier de Salamanque were +these:--the two first volumes of _Gil Blas_ were published in 1715, the +third volume in 1724, which, it is clear, he intended to be the last. +First, from the Latin verses with which it closes; and secondly, from +the remark of the anachronism of Don Pompeyo de Castro, which he +promises to correct if his work gets to a new edition. In 1735 he +published a fourth volume of _Gil Blas_, and, in 1738, the two volumes +of the _Bachelier de Salamanque_ as a translation. Will it be said that +Le Sage's other works prove him to have been capable of inventing _Gil +Blas_? It will be still without foundation. All his critics agree, that, +though well qualified to embellish the ideas of others, and master of a +flowing and agreeable style, he was not an inventive or original writer. +Such is the language of Voltaire, M. de la Martiniere, and of Chardin, +and even of M. Neufchateau himself; and yet, it is to a person of this +description that the authorship of _Gil Blas_, second only to _Don +Quixote_ in prose works of fiction, has been attributed. + +Among the topics insisted upon by the Comte de Neufchateau as most +clearly establishing the French origin of _Gil Blas_, an intimate +acquaintance with the court of Louis XIV., and frequent allusions to the +most remarkable characters in it, are very conspicuous. But to him who +really endeavours to discover the country of an anonymous writer, such +an argument, unless reduced to very minute details, and contracted into +a very narrow compass, will not appear satisfactory. He will recollect +that the extremes of society are very uniform, that courts resemble each +other as well as prisons; and that, as was once observed, if King +Christophe's courtiers were examined, the great features of their +character would be found to correspond with those of their whiter +brethren in Europe. The abuses of government, the wrong distribution of +patronage, the effects of clandestine influence, the solicitations and +intrigues of male and female favourites, the treachery of confidants, +the petty jealousies and insignificant struggles of place-hunters, are +the same, or nearly so, in every country; and it requires no great +acuteness to detect, or courage to expose, their consequences--the name +of Choiseul, or Uzeda, or Buckingham, or Bruhl, or Kaunitz, may be +applied to such descriptions with equal probability and equal justice. +But when the Tiers Etat are portrayed, when the satirist enters into +detail, when he enumerates circumstances, when local manners, national +habits, and individual peculiarities fall under his notice; when he +describes the specific disease engendered in the atmosphere by which his +characters are surrounded; when, to borrow a lawyer's phrase, he +condescends to particulars, then it is that close and intimate +acquaintance with the scenes and persons he describes is requisite; and +that a superficial critic falls, at every step into errors the most +glaring and ridiculous. There are many passages of this description in +_Gil Blas_ to which we shall presently allude; in the mean time let us +follow the advice of Count Hamilton, and begin with the beginning-- + + "Me voila donc hors d'Oviedo, sur le chemin de Penaflor, au milieu + de la campagne, maitre de mes actions, d'une mauvaise mule, et de + quarante bons ducats, sans compter quelques reaux que j'avois voles + a mon tres-honore oncle. + + "La premiere chose que je fis, fut de laisser ma mule aller a + discretion, c'est-a-dire au petit pas. Je lui mis la bride sur le + cou, et, tirant mes ducats de ma poche, je commencai a les compter + et recompter dans mon chapeau. Je n'etois pas maitre de ma joie; je + n'avois jamais vu tant d'argent; je ne pouvois me lasser de le + regarder et de le manier. Je la comptois peut-etre pour la + vingtieme fois, quand tout-a-coup ma mule, levant la tete et les + oreilles, s'arreta au milieu du grand chemin. Je jugeai que quelque + chose l'effrayoit; je regardai ce que ce pouvoit etre. J'apercus + sur la terre un chapeau renverse sur lequel il y avoit un rosaire a + gros grains, et en meme temps j'entendis une voix lamentable qui + prononca ces paroles: Seigneur passant, ayez pitie, de grace, d'un + pauvre soldat estropie: jetez, s'il vous plait, quelques pieces + d'argent dans ce chapeau; vous en serez recompense dans l'autre + monde. Je tournai aussitot les yeux du cote d'ou partoit la voix. + Je vis au pied d'un buisson, a vingt ou trente pas de moi, une + espece de soldat qui, sur deux batons croises, appuyoit le bout + d'une escopette, qui me parut plus longue qu'une pique, et avec + laquelle il me couchoit en joue. A cette vue, qui me fit trembler + pour le bien de l'eglise, je m'arretai tout court; je serrai + promptement mes ducats; je tirai quelques reaux, et, m'approchant + du chapeau, dispose a recevoir la charite des fideles effrayes, je + les jetai dedans l'un apres l'autre, pour montrer au soldat que + j'en usois noblement. Il fut satisfait de ma generosite, et me + donna autant de benedictions que je donnia de coups de pieds dans + les flancs de ma mule, pour m'eloigner promptement de lui; mais la + maudite bete, trompant mon impatience, n'en alla pas plus vite; la + longue habitude qu'elle avoit de marcher pas a pas sous mon oncle + lui avoit fait perdre l'usage du galop." + +In France, the custom of travelling on mules was unknown, so was the +coin ducats, so was that of begging with a rosary, and of extorting +money in the manner in which Gil Blas describes. In fact, the "useful +magnificence," as Mr Burke terms it, of the spacious roads in France, +and the traffic carried on upon them, would render such a manner of +robbing impossible. How then could Le Sage, who had never set his foot +in Spain, hit upon so accurate a description? Again, Rolando explains to +Gil Blas the origin of the subterraneous passages, to which an allusion +is also made by Raphael; now such are in France utterly unknown. + +Rolando, giving an account of his proceedings, says, that his +grandfather, who could only "_dire son rosaire_," "_rezar su rosario_." +This is as foreign to the habits of a "vieux militaire Francois," as any +thing that can be imagined; and, on the other hand, exactly conformable +to those of a Spanish veteran:-- + + "Nous demeurames dans le bois la plus grande partie de la journee, + sans apercevoir aucun voyageur qui put payer pour le religieux. + Enfin nous en sortimes pour retourner an souterrain, bornant nos + exploits a ce risible evenement, qui faisoit encore le sujet de + notre entretien, lorsque nous decouvrimes de loin un carrosse a + quatre mules. Il venoit a nous au grand trot, et il etoit + accompagne de trois hommes a cheval qui nous parurent bien armes." + +In this statement are many circumstances irreconcilable with French +habits. 1st, A whole day passing without meeting a traveller on the +high-road of Leon, an event common enough in Spain, but in France almost +impossible; 2d, the escort of the coach, a common precaution of the +Spanish ladies against violence--the fact that the coach is drawn by +mules, not horses, of which national trait six other instances may be +found in the same story:-- + + "Plusieurs personnes me voulurent voir par curiosite. Ils venoient + l'un apres l'autre se presenter a une petite fenetre par ou le jour + entroit dans ma prison; et lorsqu'ils m'avoient considere quelque + temps, ils s'en alloient. Je fus surpris de cette nouveaute: depuis + que j'etois prisonnier, je n'avois pas vu un seul homme se montrer + a cette fenetre, qui donnoit sur une cour ou regnoient le silence + et l'horreur. Je compris par la que je faisois du bruit dans la + ville, mais je ne savois si j'en devois concevoir un bon ou mauvais + presage." ... "La dessus le juge se retira, en disant qu'il alloit + ordonner au concierge de m'ouvrir les portes. En effet, un moment + apres, le geolier vint dans mon cachot avec un de ses guichetiers + qui portoit un paquet de toile. Ils m'oterent tous deux, d'un air + grave et sans me dire un seul mot, mon pourpoint et mon + haut-de-chausses, qui etoit d'un drap fin et presque neuf; puis, + m'ayant revetu d'une vieille souquenille, ils me mirent dehors par + les epaules." + +This is an exact description of the manner in which prisoners were +treated in Spain, but bears not the slightest resemblance to any abuse +that prevailed at that time in France:-- + + "Une fille de dix ans, que la gouvernante faisoit passer pour sa + niece, en depit de la medisance, vint ouvrir; et comme nous lui + demandions si l'on pouvoit parler au chanoine, la dame Jacinte + parut. C'etoit une personne deja parvenue a l'age de discretion, + mais belle encore; et j'admirai particulierement la fraicheur de + son teint. Elle portoit une longue robe d'un etoffe de laine la + plus commune, avec une large ceinture de cuir, d'ou pendoit d un + cote un trousseau de clefs, et de l'autre un chapelet a gros + grains"--"Rosario de cuentas gordas."--_Lib. II._ _c._ 1. + +This is an exact description of a class of women well known in Spain by +the name Beata, but utterly unknown in France till the Soeurs de +Charite were instituted:-- + + "Pendant qu'ils etoient ensemble j'entendis sonner midi. Comme je + savois que les secretaires et les commis quittoient a cette heure + la leurs bureaux, pour aller diner ou il leur plaisoit, je laissai + la mon chef-d'oeuvre, et sortis pour me rendre, non chez + Monteser, parcequ'il m'avoit paye mes appointemens, et que j'avois + pris conge de lui, mais chez le plus fameux traiteur du quartier de + la cour."-_Lib. III._ + +During the reign of Philip III. and Philip IV., and even till the time +of Charles IV., twelve was the common hour of dinner, and all the public +offices were closed: this is very unlike the state of things in Paris +during the reign of Louis XV., when this romance was published. + +In Spain, owing in part to the hospitality natural to unsettled times +and a simple people, in part to the few strangers who visited the +Peninsula, inns were for a long time almost unknown, and the occupation +of an innkeeper, who sold what his countrymen were delighted to give, +was considered degrading: so dishonourable indeed was it looked upon, +that where an executioner could not be found to carry the sentence of +the law into effect upon a criminal, the innkeeper was compelled to +perform his functions: therefore the innkeepers, like usurers and other +persons, who follow a pursuit hostile to public opinion, were profligate +and rapacious. Don Quixote teems with instances to this effect; and +there are other allusions to the same circumstance in _Gil Blas_. It +must be observed that if M. Le Sage stumbled by accident upon so great a +peculiarity, he was fortunate; and if it was suggested to him by his own +enquiries, they were more profound in this than in most other instances. +The Barber, describing his visit to his uncle's, (1, 2, 7,) mentions the +narrow staircase by which he ascended to his relation's abode. Here, +again, is a proof of an intimate acquaintance with the structure of the +hotels of the Spanish grandees: in all of them are to be found a large +and spacious staircase leading to the apartments of the master, and a +small one leading to those of his dependents. So the hotel in which +Fabricio lives, (3, 7, 13,) and that inhabited by Count Olivarez, are +severally described as possessing this appurtenance. It is singular that +Le Sage, who seems to have been almost as fond of Paris as Socrates was +of Athens, should have picked up this intimate knowledge of the hotels +of Madrid. The knowledge of music and habit of playing upon the guitar +in the front of their houses, is another stroke of Spanish manners which +no Frenchman is likely to have thought of adding to his work (1, 2, 7.) +Marcelina puts on her mantle to go to mass. This custom prevailed in +Spain till the sceptre passed to the Bourbons--in many towns till the +time of Charles III., and in small villages till the reign of Charles +IV. Gil Blas joins a muleteer, (1, 3, 1,) with four mules which had +transported merchandise to Valladolid--this method of carrying goods is +not known in France. The same observation applies to 3, 3, 7. Rolando +informs Gil Blas, (1, 3, 2,) "Lorsqu'il eut parle de cette sorte, il +nous fit enfermer dans un cachot, ou il ne laissa pas languir mes +compagnons; ils en sortirent au bout de trois jours pour aller jouer un +role tragique dans la grande place." + +This exactly corresponds with the Spanish custom, which was to allow +prisoners, capitally convicted, three days to prepare for a Christian +death. Rolando continues, "Oh! je regrette mon premier metier, j'avoue +qu'il y a plus de surete dans le nouveau; mais il y a plus d'agrement +dans l'autre, et j'aime la liberte. J'ai bien la mine de me defaire de +ma charge, et de partir un beau matin pour aller gagner les montagnes +qui sont aux sources du Tage. Je sais qu'il y a dans cet endroit une +retraite habitee par une troupe nombreuse, et remplie de sujets +Catalans: c'est faire son eloge en un mot. Si tu veux m'accompagner, +nous irons grosser le nombre de ces grands hommes. Je serai dans leur +compagnie capitaine en second; et pour t'y faire recevoir avec agrement, +j'assurerai que je t'ai vu dix fois combattre a mes cotes." + +The chain of mountains of Cuenca Requena Aragon y Abaracin, in which the +Tagus rises, does contain such excavations as Rolando employed for such +purposes as Rolando mentions, (1, 3, 11.) The grace of Carlos Alfonso de +la Ventolera in managing his cloak, was an Andalusian accomplishment, +and an accomplishment which ceased to prevail when the Bourbons entered +Spain. It could not have been applied to describe a Castilian, as it was +confined to the inhabitants of Murcia, Andalusia, Valencia, and la +Mancha. How could Le Sage have known this? When the Count Azumar dines +with Don Gonzalo Pacheco, the conversation turns on bull-fights, (2, 4, +7.) + + "Leur conversation roula d'abord sur une course de taureaux qui + s'etoit faite depuis peu de jours. Ils parlerent des cavaliers qui + y avoient montre le plus d'adresse et de vigueur; et la-dessus le + vieux comte, tel que Nestor, a qui toutes les choses presentes + donnoient occasion de louer les choses passees, dit en + soupirant--Helas! je ne vois point aujourd'hui d'hommes comparables + a ceux que j'ai vus autrefois, ni les tournois ne se font pas avec + autant de magnificence qu'on les faisoit dans ma jeunesse." + +This alludes to the "Caballeros de Plaza," as they were called, +gentlemen by birth animated by the love of glory, very different from +the hired Picadors. This custom of the Spanish gentlemen, which many of +our fox-hunting and pheasant-shooting squires will condemn for its +cruelty, was very common during the reigns of Philip III. and IV., but +gradually declined, and was at last only prevalent at the _Fiestas +Reales_. The last example was known in 1789, to celebrate the _jura_ of +the Prince of Asturia, afterwards the pious and exemplary Ferdinand VII. +This must have been before his attempted parricide. Ambrosio de Lamela, +in order to accomplish his designs on Simon, (2, 6, 1,) purchases +articles at Chelva in Valencia, among others-- + + "Il nous fit voir un manteau et une robe noire fort longue, deux + pourpoints avec leurs hauts-de-chausses, une de ces ecritoires + composees de deux pieces liees par un cordon, et dont le cornet est + separe de l'etui ou l'on met les plumes; une main de beau papier + blanc un cadenas avec un gros cachet, et de la cire verte; et + lorsqu'il nous eut enfin exhibe toutes ses emplettes, Don Raphael + lui dit en plaisantant: Vive Dieu! Monsieur Ambroise, il faut + avouer que vous avez fait la un bon achat." + +Now this is a faithful portrait of the inkstand, called Tintero de +Escribano, which the Spanish scriveners always carry about with them, +and which it is most improbable that M. Le Sage should ever have seen in +his life, or indeed have heard of but through the medium of a Spanish +manuscript. The account proceeds; and the distinction, which the reader +will find taken with so much accuracy, between the inquisitor and +familiar of the holy office, is one which, however familiar to every +Spaniard, it is not likely a Frenchman should be acquainted with. In +France the inquisitor was confounded with the commissary, and all were +supposed to be Dominican friars. + + "La, mon garcon barbier etala ses vivres, qui consistoient das cinq + ou six oignons, avec quelques morceaux de pain et de fromage: mais + ce qu'il produisit comme la meilleure piece du sac, fut une petite + outre, remplie, disoit-il, d'un vin delicat et friand," (2, 6.) + +This custom of carrying wine in a leathern bag, is a peculiar trait of +Spanish manners. + +Catalena, the chambermaid of Guevarra, nurse of Philip IV., obtains from +her mistress, for Ignatio, the archdeaconry of Granada, which, as "pais +de conquista," was subject to the crown's disposal:-- + + "Cette soubrette, qui est la meme dont je me suis servi depuis pour + tirer de la tour de Segovie le seigneur de Santillane, ayant envie + de rendre service a Don Ignacio, engagea sa maitresse a demander + pour lui un benefice an Duc de Lerme. Ce ministre le fit nommer a + l'archidiaconat de Granade, lequel etant en pays conquis; est a la + nomination du roi." + +Now, that Le Sage should have been acquainted with this fact, for fact +it unquestionably is, does appear astonishing. Till the concordat of +1753, the kings of Spain could only present to dignities in churches +subject to the royal privilege, among which was this of Granada, by +virtue of particular bulls issued at the time of its conquest. This is a +fact, however, with which very few Spaniards were acquainted. Antonio de +Pulgar, in his _Cronica de Los Reyes Catholicos_, c. 22, tells us that +Isabella, "En el proueer de las yglesias que vacaron en su tiempo, ouo +respecto tan recto, que pospuesta toda afficion siempre supplico al Papa +por hombres generosos, y grandes letrados, y de vida honesta; lo que no +se lee que con tanta diligencia ouiesse guardado ningun rey de los +passados." Another remarkable passage, and to us almost conclusive, is +the following-- + + "Je le menai au comte-duc, qui le recut tres poliment, et lui dit + qu'il s'etoit si bien conduit dans son gouvernement de la ville de + Valence, que le roi, le jugeant propre a remplir une plus grande + place, l'avoit nomme a la viceroyaute d'Aragon. D'ailleurs, + ajouta-t-il, cette dignite n'est point au-dessus de votre + naissance, et la noblesse Aragonoise ne sauroit murmurer contre le + choix de la cour." + +This alludes to a dispute between the Spanish government and the +Aragonese, which had continued from the days of Charles V. The Aragonese +claimed either that the king himself should reside among them, or be +represented by some person of the royal blood. Charles V. appointed, as +viceroy of Aragon, his uncle, the Archbishop of Zaragoza, and then Don +Fernando de Aragon, his cousin. Philip II. appointed a Castilian to that +dignity. This produced great disturbances in Aragon, and the dispute +lasted till 1692, when the Aragonese settled the matter by putting the +Castilian viceroy, Inigo de Mendoza, to death. His successor was an +Aragonese, Don Miguel de Luna, Conde de Morata, and he was succeeded by +Don John of Austria, his brother. It is most improbable that M. Le Sage, +whose knowledge of Spanish literature was very superficial, and whose +ignorance of Spanish history was complete, should have understood this +allusion. This, therefore, leads to the conclusion that it must have +been taken from a Spanish manuscript. + +In conformity with this we find Mariana saying, in the days of Ferdinand +and Isabella--"Los Aragoneses no querian recebir por Virrey a D. Ramon +Folch, Conde de Cardona, que el rey tenia senalado para este cargo; +decian era contra sus fueros poner en el gobierno de su reyno hombre +extrangero. Hobo demandas y respuestas, mas al fin el rey temporizo con +ellos, y nombro por Virrey a su hijo D. Alonso de Aragon, Arzobispo de +Zaragoza." + +Can any one doubt that the writer of the following passage had seen the +spot he describes? + + "Il me fit traverser une cour, et monter par un escalier fort + etroit a une petite chambre qui etoit tout an haut de la tour. Je + ne fus pas peu surpris, en entrant dans cette chambre, de voir sur + une table deux chandelles, qui bruloient dans des flambeaux de + cuivre, et deux couverts assez propres. Dans un moment, me dit + Tordesillas, on va nous apporter a manger: nous allons souper ici + tous deux. C'est ce reduit que je vous ai destine pour logement. + Vous y serez mieux que dans votre cachot; vous verrez de votre + fenetre les bords fleuris de l'Erema, et la vallee delicieuse qui, + du pied des montagnes qui separent les deux Castilles, s'etend + jusqu'a Coca. Je suis bien que vous serez d'abord peu sensible a + une si belle vue, mais quand le temps aura fait succeder une douce + melancolie a la vivacite de votre douleur, vous prendrez plaisir a + promener vos regards sur des objets si agreables." + +These notices of reference, taken at random, are all adapted to the +places at which they are found--the narrative leads to them by regular +approximation, or they are suggested by the subject and occasion which +it draws forth. To introduce a given story into the body of a writing +without abruptness, or marks of unnatural transition, + + "Ut per laeve moventes, + Effundat junctura ungues." + +is, as Paley observes, one of the most difficult artifices of +composition; and here are upwards of a hundred Spanish names, +circumstances, and allusions, incorporated with the story written, as M. +Neufchateau assures us, by a Frenchman concerning the court of Louis +XIV. A line touching on truth in so many points, could never have been +drawn accidentally; it is the pencil thrown luckily full upon the +horse's mouth, and expressing the foam which the painter, with all his +skill, could not represent without it. Let the reader observe how +difficult Le Sage has found the task of connecting the anecdotes taken +from Marcos de Obregon, and put into the mouth of Diego, with the main +story. How awkward is this transition? "Le _seigneur_ Diego de La Fuente +me raconta d'autres aventures encore, qui lui etoient arrivees depuis; +mais elles me semblent si peu dignes d'etre rapportees, que je les +passerai sous silence." + +The next branch of the argument which we are called upon to consider, +relates to the Spanish words in _Gil Blas_, which imply the existence of +a Spanish manuscript. The names Juan, Pedro, often occur in Le Sage's +work, and Pierre, Jean, are sometimes used in their stead. The word +_Don_ is prefixed by the Spaniards to the Christian, and never to the +surname, as Don Juan, Don Antonio, not Don Mariana, Don Cervantes. In +France, _Dom_, its synonyme, is, on the contrary, prefixed to the +surname--as Dom Mabillon, Don Calmet. Le Sage always adheres to the +Spanish custom. The robber who introduces Gil Blas to the cavern, says, +"Tenez, Dame Leonarde, voici un jeune garcon," &c. Again, "On dressa +dans le salon une grande table, et l'on me renvoya dans la cuisine, ou +la _Dame_ Leonarde m'instruisit de ce que j'avais a faire.... Et comme +depuis sa mort c'etoit la _Senora Leonarda_ qui avoit l'honneur de +presenter le nectar a ces dieux infernaux," &c. This expression "Senora +Leonarda," is much in favour of a Spanish original; why should not Le +Sage have repeated the expression "Dame Leonarde," on which we have a +few observations to offer, had it not been that he thought the word +under his eyes at the moment would lend grace and vivacity to the +narrative. A French writer would have said, "Tenez, Leonarde," or +perhaps, "Tenez, Madame Leonarde;" but such a phrase as "Tenez, Dame +Leonarde," in a French writer, can be accounted for only by the +translation of "senora." So we have "la Senora Catalena," (7, 12)--"la +Senora Sirena," (9, 7)--and "la Senora Mencia," (8, 10) of the French +version, and instead of "une demoiselle," "une jeune dame," which is a +translation of "senorita." In giving an account of his projected +marriage with the daughter of Gabriel Salero, Gil Blas says, (9, +1)--"C'etoit un bon bourgeois qui etoit comme nous disons poli hasta +porfiar. Il me presenta la Senora Eugenia, sa femme, et la jeune +Gabriela, sa fille." Here are three Spanish idioms--"hasta porfiar," +which Le Sage thinks it necessary to explain, "la Senora Eugenia," +"Gabriela." Diego de la Fuente tells his friend, "J'avois pour maitre de +cet instrument un vieux 'senor escudero,' a qui je faisois la barbe. Il +se nommoit Marcos Dobregon." A French author, instead of "senor +escudero," would have said, "vieux ecuyer;" a Spanish transcriber would +have written "Marcos de Obregon." We have (x. 3, 11) "Senor Caballero +des plus lestes," "romances" instead of "romans," (1, 5,) "prado" +instead of "pre," twice, (4, 10; 7, 13.) + +Laura says--"Un jour il nous vint en fantaisie a Dorothee et a moi +d'aller voir joner les comediens de Seville. Ils avaient affiche qu'ils +representaient _la famosa comedia_, et Embajador de si mismo, de Lope de +Vega Carpio.... En fin le moment que j'attendais etant arrive, +c'est-a-dire, la fin de _la famosa comedia_, nous nous en allames." We +have "hidalgo" instead of "gentilhomme" three times; "contador mayor" +twice, once used by Chinchillo, again by the innkeeper at Suescas, +"oidor" instead of "juge" or "membre de la cour royale," "escribano" +instead of "notaire," (8, 9.) "Hospital de ninos" instead of "hospice +des enfans orphelins," "olla podrida" three times "marmalada de +berengaria," (9, 4,) and "picaro" instead of "fripon," (4, 10, 12.) +Scipio says, "un jour comme je passois aupres de l'eglise de los reyes." +There is at Toledo a church named "San Juan de los Reyes." How could Le +Sage, who never had been in Spain, know this fact? Gil Blas thus relates +an event at Valencia--"Je m'en approchai pour apprendre pourquoi je +voyois la un si grand concours d'hommes et de femmes, et bientot je fus +au fait, en lisant ces paroles ecrites en lettres d'or sur une table de +marbre noir, qu'il-y avait audessus de la porte, '_La posada de los +representantes_,' et les comediens marquaient dans leur affiche qu'ils +joueraient ce jour-la pour la premiere fois une tragedie nouvelle de Don +Gabriel Triaguero." This passage is an attestation of the fact, that +during the reign of Philip IV. the buildings of the Spanish provinces in +which dramatic performances were represented were at the same time the +residence, "posada," of the actors--a custom even now not altogether +extinguished; but which Le Sage could only know through the medium of a +Spanish manuscript. Gil Blas, imprisoned in the tower of Segovia, hears +Don Gaston de Cavallos sing the following verses-- + + "Ayde nie un ano _felice_ + Parece un soplo ligero + Pero sin duda un instante + Es un siglo de tormento." + +Where did Le Sage find these verses, sweet, gracious, and idiomatic as +they are? The use of the word "felice" for "feliz" is a poetical +license, and displays more than a stranger's knowledge of Spanish +composition. It has been said that Smollett has left many French words +in his translation of Gil Blas, and that too strong an inference ought +not to be drawn from the employment of Spanish phrases by Le Sage. But +what are the words? Are they words in the mouth of every one, and such +as a superficial dilettante might easily pick up; or do they, either of +themselves or from the conjunctures in which they are employed, exhibit +a consummate acquaintance with the dialect and habits of the people to +which they refer? Besides, it should be remembered that French is a +language far more familiar to well-educated people in England, than +Spanish ever was to the French, and that Smollett had lived much in +France; whereas Le Sage knew from books alone the language which he has +employed with so much colloquial elegance and facility. We now turn to +the phrases and expressions in French which Le Sage has manifestly +translated. + +The first word which occurs in dealing with this part of the subject is +"seigneur" as a translation for "senor;" "seigneur" in France was not a +substitute for "monsieur," which is the proper meaning of "senor." On +the use of the word "dame" we have already commented. Instead of Dame +Leonarde and Dame Lorenzo Sephora, a French writer would have put +"Madame" or "la cuisiniere," or "la femme de chambre," as the case might +be. So the exclamation of the highwayman, "Seigneur passant," &c., must +be a translation of "Senor passagero." Describing the parasite at +Penaflor, Gil Blas says, "le cavalier portait une longue rapiere, et il +s'approcha de moi d'un air empresse, _Seigneur_ ecolier, me dit-il, je +viens d'apprendre que vous etes le _seigneur_ Gil Blas de Santillane. +Je lui dis, _seigneur_ cavalier, je ne croyois pas que mon nom fut connu +a Penaflor." "Le cavalier" means a man on horseback, which is not a +description applicable to the parasite; "chevalier" is the French word +for the member of a military order. "Cet homme," or "ce monsieur," would +have been the expression of Le Sage if "este caballero" had not been in +the manuscript to be copied. "Carillo" for "Camillo," "betancos" for +"betangos," "rodillas" for "revilla;" and yet M. Le Sage is not +satisfied with making his hero walk towards the Prado of Madrid, but +goes further, and describes it as the "pre de Saint Jerome"--Prado de +Ste Geronimo, which is certainly more accurate. Again he speaks of "la +Rue des Infantes" at Madrid, (8, 1)--"De los Infantos is the name of a +street in that city--and in the same sentence names "une vieille dame +Inesile Cantarille." Inesilla is the Spanish diminutive of Ines, and +Cantarilla of Cantaro. The last word alludes to the expression "mozas de +Cantaro," for women of inferior degree. Philip III. shuts up Sirena +"dans la maison des repenties." This is also the name of a convent at +Madrid, called "casa de las arrepentidas." But a still stronger argument +in favour of the existence of a Spanish manuscript, is to be found in +the passage which says that Lucretia, the repentant mistress of Philip +IV., "quitte tout a coup le monde, et se ferme dans le monastere de la +_Incarnacion_;" that having been founded by Philip III. in compliance +with the will of Dona Margarita, his wife, it was reserved expressly for +nuns connected in some way with the royal family of Spain; and that +therefore Lucretia, having been the mistress of Philip IV., was entitled +to become a member of it. + +"Nous apercumes _un religieux de l'ordre de Saint Domingue_, monte, +_contre l'ordinaire de ces bons peres, sur une mauvaise mule_.{A} _Dieu +soit loue_, s'ecria le capitaine." In this sentence all the passages in +Italics are of Spanish origin. "_Seigneur cavalier_, vous etes bien +heureux qu'on se soit adresse a moi plutot qu'a un autre: je ne veux +point decrier mes confreres: a _Dieu ne plaise_ que je fasse le moindre +tort a leur reputation: mais, entre nous, il n'y en a pas un qui ait de +la conscience--_ils sont tous plus durs que des Juifs_. Je suis le seul +fripier qui ait de la morale: je ne borne a un prix raisonable; je me +contente de la livre pour sou--je veux dire du sou pour livre. _Graces +au ciel_, j'exerce rondement ma profession." Here we find "Seigneur +cavalier," "a Dieu ne plaise," which is the common Spanish phrase, "no +permita Dios," "Graces an ciel," instead of "Dieu merci," from "Gracias +a Dios." A little further we find the phrase "_Seigneur gentilhomme_," +which can only be accounted for as a translation of "Senor hidalgo;" +"garcon de famille," (1, 17,) "benefice simple," (11, 17) are neither of +them French expressions. "The virtuous Jacintha," says Fabricio, "merite +d'etre la gouvernante du patriarche des Indes." Now, it is impossible +that the existence of such a dignity as this should have been known at +Paris. It was of recent creation, and had been the subject of much +conversation at Madrid. "Garcon de bien et d'honneur," (1, 2, 1,) "un +mozo, hombre de bien y de honor." "Je servis un potage qu'on auroit pu +presenter _au plus fameux directeur de Madrid_, et deux entrees qui +auroient eu de quoi piquer la sensualite _d'un viceroi_." It is +impossible not to see that the first of the phrases in italics is a +translation "del director mas famoso de Madrid;" first, because a +Frenchman would have used "celebre," and secondly, because the word +"director" in a different sense from that of confessor was unknown at +Madrid. The allusion to the Viceroy, a functionary unknown to the French +government, also deserves notice. The notaire, hastening to Cedillo, +takes up hastily "son manteau et son chapeau." This infers a knowledge +on the part of the writer that the Spanish scrivener never appeared, +however urgent the occasion, without his "capa." We have the word +"laboureurs" applied to substantial farmers, (1, 2, 7.) This is a +translation of "labradores," to which the French word does not +correspond, as it means properly, men dependent on daily labour for +their daily bread. "J'ai fait elever," says the schoolmaster of Olmedo, +"un theatre, sur lequel, Dieu aidant, je ferai representer par mes +_disciples_ une piece que j'ai composee. Elle a pour titre les jeunes +amours de Muley Bergentuf Roi de Moroi." "_Disciples_" is a translation +of "discipulos." A French writer would have said "eleves." Again, the +title of the Pedant's play is thoroughly Spanish. It was intended to +ridicule the habit which prevailed in Spain, after the expulsion of the +Moriscoes in 1610, of adapting for the stage Moorish habits and +amusements, by making a stupid pedant in an obscure village, select them +as the subject of his tragedy. + +Describing the insolence of the actors, Gil Blas says, "Bien loin de +traiter d'excellence les seigneurs, elles ne leur donnoient pas meme _de +la seigneurie_." This would hardly be applicable to the manners of the +French. The principal of Lucinde's creditors, "se nommoit Bernard +Astuto, qui meritoit bien son nom." The signification of the name is +clear in Spanish; but in French the allusion is totally without meaning. +This probably escaped Le Sage in the hurry of composition, or it would +have been easy to have removed so clear a mark of translation. The +following mark is still stronger. Speaking of Simon, the bourgeois of +Chelva, he says--"Certain Juif, qui s'est fait Catholique, mais dans le +fond de l'ame il est encore _Juif comme Pilate_." Now, the lower classes +of Spain perpetually fall into this error of calling Pilate a Jew; and +this is a trait which could hardly have occurred to a foreign writer, +however well acquainted with Spain, much less to a writer who had never +set his foot in that country. Here we cannot help observing, that the +whole scene from which this passage is taken is eminently Spanish. In +Spain only was such a proceeding possible as the scheme for deprecating +Simon, executed by Lucinda and Raphael. The character of the victim, the +nature of the fraud, the absence of all suspicion which such proceedings +would necessarily provoke in any other country, are as conclusive proofs +of Spanish origin as moral evidence can supply. Count Guliano is found +playing with an ape, "pour dormir _la siesta_." Lucretia says to Gil +Blas, "Je vous rends de tres humbles graces," "doy a usted muy umildes +gracias." A French writer would have said, "Je vous remercie +infiniment." Melendez is described as living "a la Porte du Soleil du +coin de la Rue des Balustrees," "esquina de la Calle de Cofreros." There +is such an alley as this, but it is unknown to ninety-nine Spaniards in +a hundred. Beltran Moscada tells Gil Blas, "Je vous reconnois bien, +moi--nous avons joue mille fois tous deux _a la Gallina ciega_." This Le +Sage thinks it necessary to explain by a note, to inform his readers +that it is the same as "Colin Maillard." From all these various phrases +and expressions, scattered about in different passages of Gil Blas, and +taken almost at random from different parts of the work, the conclusion +that it was copied from a Spanish manuscript appears inevitable. + +Le Sage has named Sacedon, Buendia, Fuencarrat, Madrid, Campillo, +Aragon, Penaflor, Castropot, Asturias; Salcedo, Alava; Villaflor, +Cebreros, Avila; Tardajos, Kevilla, Puentedura, Burgos; Villar-de-saz; +Almodovar, Cuenca; Almoharin, Monroy, Estremadura; Adria, Gavia, Vera, +Granada; Mondejar, Gualalajara; Vierzo, Ponferrada, Cacabelos, Leon; +Calatrava, Castilblanco, Mancha; Chinchilla, Lorque, Murcia; Duenas, +Palencia; Colmenar, Coca, Segovia; Carmona, Mairena, Sevilla; Cobisa, +Galvez, Illescas, Loeches, Maqueda, Kodillas, Villarejo, Villarrubia, +Toledo; Bunol, Chelva, Chiva; Gerica, Liria Paterna, Valencia; +Ataquines, Benavente, Mansilla, Mojados, Olmedo, Penafiel, Puente de +Duero, Valdestillas, Valladolid. + +The story of _Gil Blas_ contains the names of no less than one hundred +and three Spanish villages and towns of inferior importance, many of +them are unknown out of Spain--such as Albarracin, Antequera, Betanzos, +Ciudad Real, Coria, Lucena, Molina, Mondonedo, Monzon, Solsona, +Trujillo, Ubeda. + +There are also cited the names of thirteen dukes--Alba, Almeida, +Braganza, Frias (condestable de Castilia,) Lerma, Medina-celi, Medina de +Rioseco, (almirante de Castilia,) Medina-Sidonia, Medina de las Tarres +(Marques de Toral,) Mantua, Osuna, Sanlucar la Mayor y Uceda. Eleven +marquises--De Almenara, Carpia, Chaves, Laguardia, Leganes, Priego, +Santacruz, Toral, Velez, Villa-real y Zenete. Eight condes--De Azumar, +Galiano, Lemos, Montanos, Niebla, Olivares, Pedrosa y Polan. Of these +four only are fictitious. It is remarkable also, that one title cited in +_Gil Blas_, that of Admirante de Castilia, did not exist when Le Sage +published his romance--Felipe V. having abolished it, to punish the +holder of that dignity for having embraced the cause of the house of +Austria. Nor are there wanting the names of persons celebrated in their +day among the inhabitants of the Peninsula. Such are Fray Luis Aliago, +confessor of Philip III., Archimandrite of Sicily, and inquisitor-general, +Don Rodrigo Calderon, secretary of the king, Calderon de la Barca, +Antonio Carnero, secretary of the king, Philip IV., Cervantes, Geronimo +de Florencia, Jesuit preacher of Philip IV., Fernando de Gamboa, one of +the gentlemen of his bedchamber, Luis de Gongora, Ana de Guevarra, his +nurse, Maria de Guzman, only daughter of Olivarez, Henry Philip de +Guzman, his adopted son, Baltasar de Zuniga, uncle of Olivarez, Lope de +Vega Carpio, Luis Velez de Guevarra, Juana de Velasco, making in all +nineteen persons. There are the names of not only thirty-one families of +the highest class in Spain, as Guzman, Herrera, Mendoza, Acuna, Avila, +Silva, &c., but twenty-five names belonging to less illustrious, but +still distinguished families; and twenty-nine names really Spanish, but +applied to imaginary characters. This makes a list of eighty-five names, +which it seems impossible for any writer acquainted only with the lighter +parts of Spanish literature to have accumulated. Nor should it be +forgotten that there are forty-five names, intended to explain the +character of those to whom they are given, like Mrs Slipslop and Parson +Trulliber, retained by Gil Blas, notwithstanding the loss of their +original signification. Doctor Andros don Anibal de Chinchilla, Alcacer, +Apuntador, Astuto, Azarini, Padre Alejos y Don Abel, Buenagarra, +Brutandof, Campanario Chilindron, Chinchilla, Clarin, Colifichini, Cordel, +Coscolina, Padre Crisostomo, Doctor Cuchillo, Descomulgado, Deslenguado, +Escipion, Forero, Guyomar, Ligero, Majuelo, Mascarini, Melancia, Mogicon, +Montalban, Muscada, Nisana, Doctor Oloroso, Doctor Oquetos, Penafiel, +Pinares, Doctor Sangrado, Stheimbach, Samuel Simon, Salero, Talego, Touto, +Toribio, Triaquero, Ventolera, Villaviciosa, are all names of this sort. +Who but a Spaniard, then, was likely to invent them? Were there no other +argument, the case for Spain might almost safely be rested on this issue. +But this is not all, since the mistakes, orthographical and geographical, +which abound in the French edition of _Gil Blas_, carry the argument +still further, and place it beyond the reach of reasonable contradiction. +The reader will observe, that much of the question depends upon the fact, +admitted on all sides, that Le Sage did not transcribe his version from +any printed work, but from a manuscript. Had Le Sage merely inserted +stories here and there taken from Spanish romances, his claims as an +original writer would hardly be much shaken by their discovery, supposing +the plot, with which they were skilfully interwoven, and the main bulk +and stamina of the story, to be his own. But where the errors are such as +can only be accounted for by mistakes, not of the press, but of the +copies of a manuscript, and are fully accounted for in that manner--where +they are so thickly sown, as to show that they were not errors made by a +person with a printed volume before his eyes, but by a person deciphering +a manuscript written in a language of which he had only a superficial +acquaintance, no candid enquirer will hesitate as to the inference to +which such facts lead, and by which alone they can be reconciled with the +profound and intimate knowledge of Spanish literature, habits, and +manners, to which we have before adverted. The innkeeper of Penaflor is +named _Corcuelo_ in the French version, an appellation utterly without +meaning. The real word was _Corzuelo_, a diminutive from _corzo_, which +carries a very pointed allusion to the character of the person. It was +usual to write instead of the _z_--_c_ with a cedilla, and this was +probably the origin of the mistake. The innkeeper of Burgos is called in +the French text _Manjuelo_, which is not Spanish, and is equally +unmeaning. The original undoubtedly was _Majuelo_, the diminutive of +_Majo_, which is very significant of the class to which the person +bearing the name belonged. The person to whom Gil Blas applies for a +situation at Valladolid, is called in the French text _Londona_. The real +word is Londono, the name of a village near Orduna, in Biscay. _Inesile_ +is the name given to the niece of Jacinta. This is instead of _Inesilla_, +and corresponds with the French Agnes. Castel Blargo is used for Castel +Blanco. Rodriguez says to his master, "Je ne touche pas un marave_dis_ de +vos finances." The word in the manuscript was _marivedi_. Le Sage has +used the plural for the singular. "Seguier," a proper name, is used for +"Seguiar." "De la Ventileria" is the unmeaning name given to a frivolous +coxcomb, instead of "De la Ventilera." Le Sage, speaking of the same +person, sometimes calls her "Dona _K_imena de Guzman," and sometimes +"Dona _Ch_imena," a manifest proof that "Dona _X_imena" was written in +the work from which he transcribed; as the French substitute sometimes +_k_ and sometimes _ch_, for the Spanish _x_. + + Pedros is used for Pedroga, (the name of a noble family.) + Moyades for Miagades, (a village.) + Zendero for Zenzano, (do.) + Salceda for Salcedo, (do.) + Calderone for Calderon. + Oliguera for Lahiguera. + Niebles for Niebla. + Jutella for Antella. + Leiva for Chiva. + +After Gil Blas's promotion, he says that his haughty colleague treated +him with more respect; and this is expressed in such a way as to show +that Le Sage was ignorant of Spanish etiquette, and did not understand +thoroughly the meaning of what he transcribed. "Il Don Rodrigo de +Calderone ne m'appela plus que Seigneur de Santillane, lui qui +jusqu'alors ne m'avoit traite que de _vous_, sans jamais se servir du +terme de seigneurie," supposing the meaning equivalent--whereas, in +fact, though Gil Blas might complain of not being addressed in the third +person, which would draw with it the use of senor, and was a common form +of civility--it would have been ridiculous to represent him as addressed +by a name, senoria, to which none but people of high station and +illustrious rank were entitled. But Le Sage supposed that every one +addressed as senor, might also be spoken of by the term senoria; a +mistake against which a very moderate knowledge of Spanish usages would +have guarded him. We may illustrate this by a quotation from Navarete:-- + + "En este estado enviaron a decir a Magallanes.... Que si se queria + avenir a lo que cumpliese, al servicio de S. M. estarian a lo que + les mandase, y que si hasta entonces le dieron tratamiento de + merced, _en adelante se lo darian de senoria_, y le besarian pies y + manos." + +This was intended as a proof of the greatest reverence by the mutineers, +whom, notwithstanding this submission, Magallanes took an early +opportunity to destroy. + +Gil Blas relates the absurd resolution of the Conde Duque D'Olivarez, to +adopt the son of a person with whom he, among others, had intrigued as +his own. This anecdote was well known in Spain. The supposed father of +this youth was an alcalde de corte, called Valcancel; and _he_ had been +rivaled by an alguazil. The son was called in the early part of his life +Julian Valcancel. When adopted by Olivarez, he took the name of Eurique +Felipe de Guzman, which the people said ought to be exchanged for that +of Del Alguazil del Alcalde de Corte. Olivarez divorced him from the +woman to whom he was certainly married, and obliged him to marry the +daughter of the Duca de Frias. He was called by the people of Madrid a +man with two names, the son of three fathers, and the husband of two +wives. Le Sage, by substituting the name of Valdeasar for that of +Valcancel, proves that he was ignorant of the whole transaction. In the +_auto da fe_ which Gil Blas sees at Toledo, and in which his old friends +terminate their adventures in so tragical a manner--some of the guilty +are represented as wearing _carochas_ on their heads. This is a word +altogether without meaning; the real word was _corozas_, a cap worn by +criminals as a badge of degradation. + +Another mistake deserves attention, as supplying the strongest proof of +an inaccurate transcriber. "J'espere," says Maitre Joachim to his +master, "que je vous servirai tantot un ragout digne d'un _can_tador +mayor." The word was not "_can_tador," but "_con_tador mayor," the +"ministro de hacienda," or chancellor of the exchequer; a situation +under a despotic government of the highest dignity and opulence. So Don +Annibal de Chinchilla exclaims--"Me croit-elle un contador mayor," when +repelling a demand of a rapacious prostitute. But Le Sage mistook the +_o_ of his manuscript for an _a_, and turned a phrase very intelligible +into nonsense. We now come to the passage which M. Neufchateau quotes as +decisive in favour of Le Sage's claims. It certainly was to be found in +no Spanish manuscript. + + "Don Louis nous mena chez un jeune gentilhomme de ses amis, qu'on + appeloit don Gabriel de Pedros. Nous y passames le reste de la + journee; nous y soupames meme, et nous n'en sortimes que sur les + deux heures apres minuit pour nous en retourner au logis. Nous + avions peut-etre fait la moitie du chemin, lorsque nous + rencontrames sous nos pieds dans la rue deux hommes etendus par + terre. Nous jugeames que c'etoient des malheureux qu'on venoit + d'assassiner, et nous nous arretames pour les secourir, s'il en + etoit encore temps. Comme nous cherchions a nous instruire, autant + que l'obscurite de la nuit nous le pouvoit permettre, de l'etat ou + ils se trouvoient, la patrouille arriva. Le commandant nous prit + d'abord pour des assassins, et nous fit environner par ses gens; + mais il eut meilleure opinion de nous lorsqu'il nous eut entendus + parler, et qu'a la faveur d'une lanterne sourde, il vit les traits + de Mendoce et de Pacheco. Ses archers, par son ordre, examinerent + les deux hommes que nous nous imaginions avoir ete tues; et il se + trouva que c'etoit un gros licencie avec son valet, tous deux pris + de vin, ou plutot ivres-morts. 'Messieurs,' s'ecria un des archers, + 'je reconnois ce gros vivant. Eh! c'est le seigneur licencie + Guyomar, recteur de notre universite. Tel que vous le voyez, c'est + un grand personnage, un genie superieur. Il n'y a point de + philosophe qu'il ne terrasse dans une dispute; il a un flux de + bouche sans pareil. C'est dommage qu'il aime un peu trop de vin, le + proces, et la grisette. Il revient de souper de chez son Isabella, + ou, par malheur, son guide s'est enivre comme lui. Ils sont tombes + l'un et l'autre dans le ruisseau. Avant que le bon licencie fut + recteur, cela lui arrivoit assez souvent. Les honneurs, comme vous + voyez, ne changent pas toujours les moeurs.' Nous laissames ces + ivrognes entre les mains de la patrouille, qui eut soin de les + porter chez eux. Nous regagnames notre hotel, et chacun ne songea + qu'a se reposer." + +Now this story pierces to the heart the theory which M. Neufchateau +cites it in order to establish. It is an anecdote incorporated by Le +Sage with the rest of the work; and how well it tallies with a Spanish +story, and the delineation of Spanish manners, let the reader judge. The +rector of the university of Salamanca was required to unite a great +variety of qualifications. In the first place, his birth must have been +noble for several generations; not perhaps as many as a canon of +Strasburg was required to trace, but more than it was possible for the +great majority even of well born gentlemen to produce. The situation, +indeed, was generally conferred upon the members of the second class of +nobility, and very often upon those of the first. He was a judge, with +royal and pontifical privileges, exempt from the authority of the bishop +in ecclesiastical, and from the royal tribunals in secular, matters. His +morals were sifted with the strictest scrutiny; and yet this dignified +ecclesiastic is the person whom Le Sage represents as lying in the +streets stupefied with intoxication, and this not from accident, but +from habitual indulgence in a vice which, throughout Spain, is +considered infamous, and which none but those who are below the +influence of public opinion, and even those but in rare instances, are +ever known to practise. To call a man a drunkard in Spain, is considered +a worse insult than to call him a thief; and the effect of the story is +the same as if a person, pretending to describe English manners, were to +represent the Lord Chancellor as often in custody on a charge of +shoplifting, and permitted, in consideration of his abilities, still to +remain in office and exercise the duties of his station. + +The principal topographical errors are the following:--Dona Mencia names +to Gil Blas two places on the road near Burgos--these she calls Gofal +and Rodillas; the real names are Tardagal and Revilla, (1, 11;) Ponte de +Mula is put for Puenta Duro, (1, 13;) Luceno for Luyego; Villardera for +Villar del Sa, (5, 1;) Almerim for Almoharia, (5, 1;) Sliva for Chiva, +(7, 1;) Obisa for Cobisa, (10, 10;) Sinas for Linas; Mililla for +Melilla; Arragon for Aragon. Describing his journey from Madrid to +Oviedo, Gil Blas says they slept the first night at Alcala of Henares, +and the second at Segovia. Now Alcala is not on the road from Madrid to +Segovia, nor is it possible to travel in one day from one of these +cities to the other--probably Galapagar was the word mistaken. Penafiel +is mentioned as lying on the road from Segovia to Valladolid, (10, 1;) +this is for Portillo. Now, if Le Sage had invented the story, and +clothed it with names of Spanish cities and villages, taken from +_printed_ books, can any one suppose that he could have fallen into all +these errors? + +A thread of Spanish history winds through the whole story of _Gil Blas_, +and keeps every circumstance in its place; therefore the date of the +hero's birth may be fixed with the greatest precision. He tells us he +was fifty-eight at the death of the Count Duke of Olivarez, that is, +1646; Gil Blas was therefore born 1588, and this corresponds altogether +with different allusions, which show that when the romance was written +the war between Spain and Portugal was present to the author's mind, and +the subject of his constant animadversion. Portugal, as our readers may +recollect, became subject to the Spanish yoke in 1580, the Duke of +Braganza was raised to the throne of that kingdom in 1640; and the war +to which that event gave rise was not terminated till 1668; when Charles +II. acknowledged Alphonso VI. as the legitimate ruler of Portugal. That +when the work was written the war between Spain and Portugal continued, +may be inferred from the fact, that the mention of Portugal is +perpetually accompanied with some allusion to hostilities which were +then carried on between the two countries. The romance must therefore +have been written between the disgrace of the Count Duke, 1646, and the +recognition of Portuguese independence, 1668. But we may contract the +date of the work within still narrower limits. It could not have been +written before 1654, as the works of Don Augustini Moreto, none of which +were published before 1654, are cited in it--it is not of later date, +because there is no allusion in any part of the work to the death of +Philip IV., to the peace of the Pyrenees, or to any other ministers but +Lerma, Uzeda, and Olivarez. Don Louis de Haro, Marquis of Carpio, and +Duke of Montora, is not mentioned moreover. Gil Blas, describing himself +to Laura, says that he is the only son of Fernando de Ribera, who fell +in a battle on the frontiers of Portugal fifteen years before. This is a +prolepsis; for the battle was fought in 1640. But this manifest +anachronism, which entirely escaped Le Sage, was intended by the author +as an autograph, a sort of "chien de Bassano," to point out the real +date of the work. Bearing in mind, then, that Gil Blas was born in 1588; +that Portugal was annexed to Spain in 1580 without a struggle; and +remained subject to its dominion till 1640; let us consider the +anachronisms in which Le Sage has plunged himself, partly through his +ignorance of Spanish history, partly from the attempt to interpolate +other Spanish novels with the main body of the work he has translated. +One of these is confessed by Le Sage himself, and occurs in the story of +Don Pompeio de Castro, inserted in the first volume. Don Pompeio is +supposed to relate this story at Madrid in 1607; in it a king of +Portugal is spoken of at that time as being an independent sovereign. +Now in the third volume of the seventh book, in the year 1608, Pedro +Zamora tells Laura, with whom he has eloped, that they were in security +in Portugal, a foreign kingdom, though actually subject to the crown of +Spain. Now this is quite correct, and here Le Sage's attention was +called to the anachronism above cited in his preceding volume, which he +undertakes to correct in another edition--a promise which he fulfilled +by the clumsy expedient of transferring the scene from Portugal to +Poland. But how comes it to pass that Le Sage, who singles out with such +painful anxiety the error to which we have adverted, suffers others of +equal importance to pass altogether unnoticed? For instance, in the +twelfth book, eighth chapter, Olivarez speaks of a journey of Philip IV. +to Zaragoza; which took place indeed, but not until two years after the +disgrace of Olivarez. Cogollos, speaking in 1616, alludes to a +circumstance connected with the revolt of Portugal in 1640; Olivarez, +sixteen months afterwards, mentions the same circumstance, saying to +Cogollos--"Your patron, though related to the Duke of Braganza, had, I +am well assured, no share in his revolt." In 1607, Gil Blas, being the +servant of Don Bernardo de Castel Blanco, says, that some suppose his +master to be a spy of the king of Portugal, a personage who at that time +did not exist. Now, if Le Sage intended to leave to posterity a lasting +and unequivocal proof of his plagiarism, how could he do so more +effectually than by dwelling on one anachronism as an error which he +intended to correct, in a work swarming in every part with others +equally flagrant, of which he takes no notice? We have mentioned these +mistakes, particularly as being mistakes into which the original author +had fallen, and which, as his object was not to give an exact relation +of facts, he probably disregarded altogether. And here again we must +repeat our remark, that these perpetual allusions indicate a writer not +afraid of exposing himself by irretrievable blunders, and certain of +being understood by those whom he addressed. A Spaniard writing for +Spaniards, would of course take it for granted that his countrymen were +acquainted with those very facts and allusions which Le Sage sometimes +formally endeavours to explain, and sometimes is unable to detect; while +a writer conscious, as the French author was, of a very imperfect +acquaintance with the language and usages of Spain, would never indulge +in those little circumstantial touches which a Spaniard could not help +inserting. + +We now come to errors of Le Sage himself. Dona Mencia speaks of her +first husband dying in the service of the king of Portugal, five or six +years after the beginning of the seventeenth century. Events are +described as taking place in the time of Philip II., under the title of +Le Mariage de Vengeance, which happened three hundred years before, at +the time of the Sicilian Vespers, 1283. Gil Blas, after his release from +the tower of Segovia, tells his patron, Alonzo de Leyva, that four +months before he held an important office under the Spanish crown; while +he tells Philip IV. that he was six months in prison at Segovia. But the +following very remarkable error almost determines the question, as it +discovers demonstrably the mistake of a transcriber. Scipio, returning +to his master in April 1621, informs Gil Blas that Philip III. is dead; +and proceeds to say that it is rumoured that the Cardinal Duke of Lerma +has lost his office, is forbidden to appear at court, and that Gaspar de +Guzman, Count of Olivarez, is prime minister. Now, the Cardinal Duke of +Lerma had lost his office since the 4th October 1618, three years before +the death of Philip III. How is this mistake explained? By the +transcriber's omission of the words "Duke of Uzeda, son of," which +should precede the cardinal duke, &c., and which makes the sentence +historically correct; for the Duke of Uzeda was the son of the Cardinal +Duke of Lerma, did succeed his father, and was turned out of office at +the death of Philip III., when he was succeeded by Olivarez. If there +was no other argument but this, it would serve materially to invalidate +Le Sage's claims to originality; as the omission of these words makes +nonsense of a sentence perfectly intelligible when corrected, and causes +the writer, in the very act of alluding to a most notorious fact in +Spanish history, with which, even in its least details, he appears in +other places familiar, to display the most unaccountable ignorance of +the very fact he makes the basis of his narrative. Surely if plagiarism +can ever be said "digito monstrari et dicier hic est," it is here. + +If we consider the effect of all these accumulated circumstances--the +travelling on mules, the mode of extorting money, the plunder of the +prisoners by the jailer, the rosary with its large beads carried by the +Spanish Tartuffe, instead of the "haire and the discipline" mentioned by +Moliere, the description of the hotels of Madrid, the inferior condition +of surgeons, the graceful bearing of the cloak, the notary's inkstand, +the posada in which the actors slept as well as acted, the convent in +which Philip's mistress is placed with such minute propriety, the +Gallina Ciega, the lane in Madrid, the dinner hour of the clerks in the +minister's office, the knowledge of the ecclesiastical rights of the +crown over Granada, and of the Aragonese resistance to a foreign +viceroy, the number of words left in the original Spanish, and of others +which betray a Spanish origin, the names of cities, villages, and +families, that rise spontaneously to the hand of the writer, and the +perpetual mistakes which their enumeration occasions, among which we +will only here specify that of C_a_ntador for C_o_ntador, and the +omission of the words "Duc d'Uzeda," which can alone set right a +flagrant anachronism--if we consider the effect of all these +circumstances, we shall look in vain for any reason to doubt the result +which such a complication of probabilities conspires to fortify. + +The objections stated by M. Neufchateau to this overwhelming mass of +evidence, utterly destructive as it is to the hypothesis of which he was +the advocate, are so feeble and captious, that they hardly deserve the +examination which Llorente, in the anxiety of his patriotism, has +condescended to bestow on then. M. Neufchateau objects to the minute +references on which many of Llorente's arguments are built; but he +should remember that, in an examination of this sort, it is "one thing +to be minute, and another to be precarious;" one thing to be oblique, +and another to be fantastical. On such occasions the more powerful the +microscope is that the critic can employ, the better; not only because +all suspicion of contrivance or design is thereby further removed, but +because proofs, separately trifling, are, when united, irresistible; and +the circumstantial evidence to which courts of justice are compelled, by +the necessity of human affairs, to recur, in matters where the lives and +fortunes of individuals are at stake, is not only legitimate, but +indispensable, before tribunals which have not the same means of +investigation at their command. In this, however, the evidence is as +full, positive, and satisfactory as any evidence not appealing to the +senses or mathematical demonstration for its truth, can possibly be; and +any one in active life who was to forbear from acting upon it, would +deserve to be treated as a lunatic. Let us, however, consider the +admissions of M. Neufchateau. He admits, 1st, That Le Sage was never in +Spain. 2dly, Le Sage, in 1735, acknowledged the chronological error into +which he had fallen, from inserting the story of Don Pompeyo de Castro, +and announced his intention to correct it. 3dly, He allows, in 1724, +when the third volume of _Gil Blas_ was published, Le Sage annexed to it +the Latin distich, implying that the work was at an end-- + + "Inveni portum, spes et fortuna, valete; + Sat me lusistis, ludite nunc alios." + +He allows, therefore, that the publication of the fourth volume, eleven +years after the third volume of _Gil Blas_ was published, was as far +from the original intention of the author as it was on the expectation +of the public. 4thly, That, from the introduction of the Duke of Lerma +on the stage at the close of the work, the history of Spain is adhered +to with exact fidelity. 5thly, He allows that the description of Spanish +inns, (10, 12,) is taken from the "Vida del Escudero Marcos de Obregon." +6thly, He allows that the novel of "Le Mariage de Vengeance," related +by Dona Elvira, is inconsistent with all the rest of the story of _Gil +Blas_. The anachronisms in which Le Sage is entangled, by applying a +story to the seventeenth century that relates to the thirteenth, prove +his ignorance of Spanish history. On this M. Neufchateau remarks as +usual, that no Spaniard would have fallen into such an error. True; but +how does it happen that the person making it is so intimately acquainted +with the topography and habits of Spain? and how can this contradiction +be solved, but by supposing that Le Sage incorporated a Spanish story +which caught his fancy with the manuscript before him? 7thly, He allows +that the story of Dona Laura de Guzman is taken from a Spanish comedy +entitled, "Todo es enredos amor y el diablo son las mugeres." 8thly, He +allows that the expression, "et je promets de vous faire tirer pied ou +aile du premier ministre,"{B} is not French; it is in fact the +translation of a Spanish proverb, "Agarrar pata o alon." 9thly, He +admits that the intimate acquaintance with the personal history of the +Count Duke, displayed by Le Sage, is astonishing. 10thly, He admits that +the stories of-- + +Dona Mencia de Mosquera, contained in 1st book, 11th, 12th, 13th, and +14th chapters, + + Of the story of Diego de la Fuente, contained in the 2d book, + 7th chapter, + -- Don Bernardo de Castelblanco, contained in the 2d book, + 1st chapter, + -- Don Pompeyo de Castro, contained in the 2d book, 7th + chapter, + -- Dona Aurora de Guzman, contained in the 4th book, 2d, 3d, + 5th, and 6th chapters, + -- Matrimonio por Venganza, contained in the 4th book, 4th + chapter, + -- Dona Serafina de Polan and Don Alfonso de Leiva, + contained in 10th book, + -- Rafael and Lucinda, contained in 5th book, 1st chapter, + -- Samuel Simon en Chelva, contained in 6th book, 1st + chapter, + -- Laura, contained in 7th book, 7th chapter, + -- Don Anibal de Chinchilla, contained in 7th book, 12th + chapter, + -- Valerio de Luna and Inesilla Cantarilla, contained in + 8th book, 1st chapter, + -- Andres de Tordesillas, Gaston de Cogollos, and Elena de + Galisteo, contained in 9th book, 4th, 11th, and 13th + chapters, + -- Scipio, contained in 10th book, 10th, 11th, and 12th + chapters, + -- Laura and Lucrecia, contained in 12th book, 1st chapter, + -- And the Histories of Lerma and Olivarez, contained in + 11th book, 5th, 6th, 8th, 9th, 11th, 12th, 13th; and + 2d book, 3d, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, + 12th, and 13th chapters. + +Composing more than two-thirds of _Gil Blas_--are taken from the +Spanish. Such are the admissions of Le Sage's advocates. + +Even after these important deductions, there remains enough to found a +brilliant reputation. To this remainder, however, Le Sage is not +entitled. It is, we trust, proved to every candid reader, that, with the +exception of one anecdote, entertaining in itself, but betraying the +greatest ignorance of Spanish manners, two or three allusions to the +current scandal and topics of the day, and the insertion of several +novels avowedly translated from other Spanish writers; all the merit of +Le Sage consists in dividing a manuscript placed by his friend, the Abbe +de Lyonne, in his possession, into two stories--one of which was _Gil +Blas_, and the other, confessed by himself to be a translation and +published long after the former, was the _Bachelier de Salamanque_. To +the argument of chronological error, the sole answer which M. +Neufchateau condescends to give is, that they are incomprehensible; and +on his hypothesis he is right. As to the Spanish words and phrases +employed in _Gil Blas_, the names of villages, towns, and families which +occur in it, he observes that these are petty circumstances--so they +are, and for that very reason the argument they imply is irresistible. +The story of the examination of Gaspar, the servant of Simon, in the +Inquisition scene, is gravely urged by M. Neufchateau as a proof that +the writer was a Frenchman, as no Spaniard would dare to attack the +Inquisition. This is strange confusion. Not a word is uttered against +the Inquisition in the scene. Some impostors disguise themselves in the +dress of inquisitors to perpetrate a fraud. If a French novel describe +two or three swindlers, assuming the garb of members of the old +Parliament of Paris in execution of their design, is this an attack on +the Parliament of Paris? Is the "Beaux' Stratagem" an attack on our army +and peerage? The argument, however, may be retorted; for had a Frenchman +been the author of the story, it is more than probable that he would +have introduced some attack upon the Inquisition, and quite certain that +the characters brought forward would have deviated from the strict +propriety they now preserve. Some confusion would have been made among +them--an error which M. Neufchateau, in the few lines he has written +upon the subject, has not been able to avoid. We may add that this whole +scene was printed in Spanish, under the eye of the Inquisition, without +any interference on the part of that venerable body, who, though +tolerably quick-sighted in such matters, were not, it should seem, aware +of the attack upon them which M. Neufchateau has been sagacious enough +to discover. To the argument drawn from the geographical blunders, M. +Neufchateau mutters that they are excusable in a writer who had never +been in Spain. The question, how such a writer came wantonly to incur +them, he leaves unanswered. M. Neufchateau asserts, that there is in +Spanish no proverb that corresponds to the French saying, "A quelque +chose le malheur est bon." But a comedy was written in the time of +Philip IV., entitled, "No hay man que por bien no venga." He argues that +_Gil Blas_ is not the work of a Spaniard, because it does not, like _Don +Quixote_, abound with proverbs; by a parity of reasoning, he might infer +_The Silent Lady_ was not written by an Englishman; as there is no +allusion to Falstaff in it. + +But it may be said, if Le Sage was so unscrupulous as to appropriate to +himself the works of another writer in _Gil Blas_, how came he to +acknowledge the _Bachelier de Salamanque_ as a translation? + +This is a fair question, but the answer we can give is satisfactory. The +originals of all his translations, except _Gil Blas_ and the _Bachelier +de Salamanque_, were printed; and therefore any attempt at wholesale +plagiarism must have been immediately detected. The _Bachelier de +Salamanque_, it is true, was in manuscript; but it had been long in the +possession of the Marquis de Lerma and his son, before it became the +property of Le Sage; and although tolerably certain that it had never +been diligently perused, Le Sage could not be sure that it had not +attracted superficial notice, and that the name was not known to many +people. Now, by eviscerating the _Bachelier de Salamanque_ of its most +entertaining anecdotes, and giving them a different title, and then +publishing the mutilated copy of a work, the name of which, with the +outline of its story, was known to many people as an acknowledged +translation, he took the most obvious means of disarming all suspicion +of plagiarism, and setting, as it seems he did, on a wrong track the +curiosity of enquirers. How came the original manuscript not to be +printed by its author? Because it could not be printed with impunity +within the jurisdiction of the Spanish monarchy: the allusions to the +abuses of the court and the favourites of the day are so obvious--the +satire upon the imbecility of the Spanish government so keen and +biting--the personal descriptions of Philip III. and Philip IV. so +exact--the corruption of its ministers of justice, and the abuses +practised in its prisons, branded in terms so lively and vehement--the +attacks upon the influence of the clergy, their hypocrisy, their +ambition, and their avarice, so frequent and severe--that while Philip +IV. and Don John of Austria, the fruit of his intrigue with the actress +Marie Calderon, so carefully pointed out, were still alive, and before +the generation to which it alludes had passed away, its publication, in +Spain at least, was impossible. The _Bachelier de Salamanque_ was not +published for the same reason; and for the same reason, even in a +country with perhaps more pretensions to freedom than Spain possessed, +no one has yet acknowledged himself the writer of _Junius_. But why do +you not produce the Spanish manuscript, and set the question at rest? +exclaims with much _naivete_ M. Neufchateau. Does such an argument +deserve serious refutation? That is, why do not you Spaniards produce a +manuscript given to one Frenchman by another at Paris, in the 18th +century, which of course, if our theory be true, he had the strongest +temptation to destroy? Rather may the Spaniards ask, why do not _you_ +produce the original manuscript of the _Bachelier de Salamanque_, which +would overthrow at least one portion of our hypothesis? + +The object of _Gil Blas_ is to exhibit a vivid representation of the +follies and vices of the successive administrations of Lerma, Uzeda, and +Olivarez; to point out the actual state of the drama in Spain under the +reign of Philip IV., who, indolent as he was, possessed the taste of a +true Spaniard for dramatic representation; to criticise the absurd +system pursued by the physicians, abuses of subordinate officers of +justice, the follies of false pretenders to philosophy, the disorders +and corruptions which swarm in every department of a despotic and +inefficient government, the multitude of sharpers and robbers in the +towns and highways, the subterranean habitations in which they found +shelter and security, the ingenuity of their frauds, and daring outrages +of their violence--in short, to hold up every species of national error, +and every weakness of national folly, to public obloquy and derision. In +dwelling upon such topics the writer will, of course, describe scenes +and characters common to every state of civilized society. The broad and +general features of the time-serving courtier, of the servile coxcomb, +of the rapacious mistress, of the expecting legatee, the frivolous man +of fashion, and the still more frivolous pedant, will be the same, +whatever be the country in which the scene is laid, and by whatever +names they happen to be distinguished. France had, no doubt, her +Sangrados and Ochetos, her Matthias de Silva and Rodrigo, her Lauras and +her Archbishops of Granada. + + "Pictures like these, dear madam, to design, + Asks no firm hand, and no unerring line; + Some wandering touches, some reflected light, + Some flying stroke, alone can hit 'em right." + +Where the touches are more exact and delicate, where the strokes are +laid on with the painful labour of a Flemish pencil, where the business +and the bosoms of men are addressed more directly, there it is we shall +find proofs of the view and purpose of the author; such traits are the +key with the leather strap that verified the judgment of Sancho's +kinsmen. To what purpose should a Frenchman, writing in the time of +Louis XIV., censure the rapacity of innkeepers, and the wretchedness of +their extorted accommodation, when France, from the time of Chaucer to +the present hour, has been famous for the civility of the one and the +convenience of the other? To what purpose, if the French government were +to be criticised, enumerate the danger of high-roads, and the caverns +unexplored by a negligent administration, in which bandits found a +refuge? If France was aimed at, how does it happen that the literature +of its golden age is the subject of attack, and a perverted and +fantastic style of writing assigned to an epoch remarkable for the +severity and precision of its taste? If Spain is meant, the attack is +perfectly intelligible, as the epoch is exactly that when Spanish taste +began to degenerate, and the style of Spanish writers to become vicious, +inflated, and fantastic, in imitation of Gongora, who did so much to +ruin the literature of his country; as other writers of much less +ability, but who addressed themselves to a public far inferior in point +of taste to that of Gongora, have recently done in England. Nothing +could be worse chosen than such a topic. As well might England be +attacked now for its disregard of commerce and its enthusiastic love of +genius, or France for its contempt of military glory. When _Gil Blas_ +was published, France was undoubtedly the model of civilized Europe, the +fountain from whence other stars drew light. To ridicule the bad taste +of the age of Malebranche, the master of Addison, and of Boileau, the +master of Pope, will appear ridiculous to an Englishman. To accuse the +vicious style which prevailed in the age of Bossuet, Fenelon, and +Pascal, will appear monstrous to every one with the least tincture of +European literature. + +Let us apply this mode of reasoning to some instance in which national +prejudice and interest cannot be concerned. Let us suppose that some one +were to affirm that the _Adelphi_ of Terence was not a translation from +Menander; among the incorrigible pedants who think Niebuhr a greater +authority on Roman history than Cicero, he would not want for +proselytes. Let us see what he might allege--he might urge that Terence +had acknowledged obligations to Menander on other occasions, and that on +this he seemed rather studiously to disclaim it, pointing out Diphilus +as his original--he might insist that Syrus could only have been the +slave of a Roman master, that Sannio corresponded exactly with our +notions of a Roman pander, that AEschinus was the picture of a dissolute +young patrician--in short, that through the transparent veil of Grecian +drapery it was easy to detect the sterner features of Roman manners and +society; nay more, he might insist on the marriage of Micio at the close +of the drama, as Neufchateau does upon the drunkenness of Guyomar, as +alluding to some anecdote of the day, and at any rate as the admitted +invention of Terence himself. He might challenge the advocates of +Menander to produce the Greek original from which the play was borrowed; +he might reject the Greek idioms which abound in that masterpiece of the +Roman stage with contempt, as beneath his notice; and disregard the +names which betray a Grecian origin, the allusions to the habits of +Grecian women, to the state of popular feeling at Athens, and the +administration of Athenian law, with supercilious indifference. All this +such a reasoner might do, and all this M. Neufchateau has done. But +would such a tissue of cobweb fallacies disguise the truth from any man +of ordinary taste and understanding? Such a man would appeal to the +whole history of Terence; he would show that he was a diligent +translator of the Greek writers of the middle comedy, that his language +in every other line betrayed a Grecian origin, that the plot was not +Roman, that the scene was not Roman, that the customs were not Roman; he +would say, if he had patience to reason with his antagonist, that a +fashionable rake, a grasping father, an indulgent uncle, a knavish +servant, an impudent ruffian, and a timid clown, were the same at Rome, +at Thebes, and at Athens, in London, Paris, or Madrid. He would ask, of +what value were such broad and general features common to a species, +when the fidelity of an individual likeness was in question? He would +say, that the incident quoted as a proof of originality, served only, by +its repugnance to Grecian manners, and its inferiority to the work in +which it was inserted, to prove that the rest was the production of +another writer. He would quote the translations from fragments still +extant, which the work, exquisite as it is, contains, as proofs of a +still more beautiful original. Lastly, he would cite the "Dimidiate +Menander" of Caesar, as a proof of the opinion entertained of his genius +by the great writers of his own country; and when he had done this, he +might enquire with confidence whether any one existed capable of forming +a judgment upon style, or of distinguishing one author from another, who +would dispute the position for which he contended. + +The sum and substance of all M. Neufchateau's argument is the slight +assumption, that every allusion to a man eminent for wit and genius, +must be intended for a Frenchman. Of this nature is the affirmation that +Triaquero is meant for Voltaire; and the still more intrepid +declaration, that Lope de Vega and Calderon de la Barca are cited, not +as Spanish authors, but as types by which Corneille and Racine are +shadowed out. It is true that the passage is exactly applicable to +Calderon and Lope de Vega; and for that reason, as they are great comic +writers, can hardly apply equally well to Corneille and Racine. But such +trifling difficulties are as dust when placed in the balance with the +inveterate opinion to which we have already alluded. + +According to the principles adopted by M. Neufchateau, _Gil Blas_ might +be adapted to any court, or age, or country. For instance, if Triaquero, +meaning a charlatan, (which, by the way, it does not,) refers of +necessity to Voltaire, might not any Englishman, if the work had been +published recently, insist that the work must have been written by an +Englishman, as the allusion could apply to no one so well as him, who, +having been a judge without law, and a translator of Demosthenes without +Greek, had, to his other titles to public esteem, added that of being an +historian without research? + +The difference between Dr Sangrado and our hydropathists is merely that +between hot and cold water, by no means excluding an allusion to the +latter, under the veil, as M. Neufchateau has it, of Spanish manners. +Would it be quite impossible to find in St James's Street, or in certain +buildings at no great distance from the Thames, the exact counterparts +of Don Matthias de Silva and his companions? Gongora, indeed, in spite +of his detestable taste, was a man of genius; and therefore to find his +type among us would be difficult, if not impossible, unless an excess of +the former quality, for which he was conspicuous, might counterbalance a +deficiency in the latter. Are our _employes_ less pompous and empty than +Gil Blas and his companions? our squires less absurd and ignorant than +the hidalgoes of Valencia? Let any one read some of the pamphlets on +Archbishop Whately's Logic, or attend an examination in the schools at +Oxford, and then say if the race of those who plume themselves on the +discovery, that Greek children cried when they were whipped is extinct? +To be sure, as the purseproud insolence of a _nouveau riche_, and indeed +of _parvenus_ generally, is quite unknown among us, nobody could rely on +those points of resemblance. But with regard to the other topics, would +it not be fair to say, in answer to such an argument--All this is mere +commonplace generality; such are the characters of every country where +European institutions exist, or European habits are to be found? +Something more tangible and specific is requisite to support your claim. +You are to prove that the picture is a portrait of a particular +person--and you say it has eyes and a nose; so have all portraits. But +where are the strokes that constitute identity, and determine the +original?--There is no mention of Crockford's or of the Missionary +Society, of the Old Bailey or the Foundling Hospital; and if Ordonez is +named, who gets rich by managing the affairs of the poor, this can never +be meant for a satire on the blundering pedantry of your Somerset-house +commissioners.--Here is no hint that can be tortured into a glance at +fox-hunters, or game-preservers, of the society for promoting rural +deans, at your double system of contradictory law, at special pleading +at quarter-sessions,{C} at the technical rigour of your institutions, +at the delay, chicanery, and expense of your judicial proceedings, at +the refinement, ease, wit, gayety, and disinterested respect for merit, +which, as every body knows, distinguish your social character; nothing +is said of the annual meeting of chemists, geologists, and +mathematicians, so beneficial to the real interests of science, by +making a turn for tumid metaphor and the love of display necessary +ingredients in the character of its votaries, extirpating from among +them that simplicity which was so fatal an obstacle to the progress of +Newton,--and turning the newly discovered joint of an antediluvian +reptile into a theme of perennial and ambitious declamation; nothing is +said about those discussions on baptismal fonts, those discoveries of +trochees for iambics, or the invention of new potatoe boilers, which in +the days of Hegel, Berryer, Schlosser, Savigny, and Cousin, are the +glory and delight of England; in short, there is nothing to fix the +allusions on which you rely on to distinguish them from those which +might be applicable to Paris, Vienna, or Madrid. + +There are no people less disposed than ourselves to detract from the +merit of eminent French writers; they are always clear, elegant, and +judicious; often acute, eloquent, and profound. There is no department +of prose literature in which they do not equal us; there are many in +which they are unquestionably our superiors. Unlike our authors, who, on +those subjects which address the heart and reason jointly, adopt the +style of a treatise on the differential calculus; and when pure science +is their topic, lead us to suppose (if it were not for their disgusting +pomposity) they had chosen for their model the florid confusion of a +tenth-rate novel;--the French write on scientific subjects with +simplicity and precision, and on moral, aesthetic, and theoretical +questions with spirit, earnestness, and sensibility. Having said so +much, we must however add, that a liberal and ingenious acknowledgment +of error is not among the shining qualities of our neighbours. When a +question is at issue in which they imagine the literary reputation of +their country to be at stake, it is the dexterity of the advocate, +rather than the candour of the judge, that we must look for in their +dissertations. He who has argued on the guilt of Mary with a Scotchman, +or the authenticity of the three witnesses with a newly made archdeacon, +and with a squire smarting under an increasing poor-rate or the +corn-laws, may form a just conception of the task he will undertake in +endeavouring to persuade a French critic that his countrymen are in the +wrong. The patient, if he does not, as it has sometimes happened in the +cases to which we have referred, become "pugil et medicum urget," is +sure, as in those instances, to triumph over all the proofs which reason +can suggest, or that the hellebore of nine Anticyras could furnish him +with capacity to understand. Of this the work of M. Neufchateau is a +striking proof. Truth is on one side, Le Sage's claim to originality on +the other; and he supports the latter: we do not say that he is willing, +rather than abandon his client, to assert a falsehood; but we are sure +that, in order to defend him, he is ready to believe absurdities. + +The degree of moral guilt annexed to such conduct as that which we +attribute to Le Sage, is an invidious topic, not necessarily connected +with our subject, and upon which we enter with regret. + +Lessing accused Wieland of having destroyed a palace, that he might +build a cottage with its materials. However highly we may think of the +original, we can hardly suppose such an expression applicable to _Gil +Blas_. Of the name of the author whose toil Le Sage thus appropriated, +charity obliges us to suppose that he was ignorant; but we should not +forget that the case of Le Sage is not precisely that of a person who +publishes, as an original, a translation from a printed work, as Wieland +did with his copy of Rowe's Lady Jane Grey, and Lord Byron with his copy +of the most musical lines in Goethe. The offence of Le Sage more +resembles that imputed (we sincerely believe without foundation) to +Raphael; namely, that after the diligent study of some ancient frescoes, +he suffered them to perish, in order to conceal his imitation. But we +hasten to close these reflections, which tenderness to the friend and +companion of our boyhood, and gratitude to him who has enlivened many an +hour, and added so much to our stock of intellectual happiness, forbid +us to prolong. Let those who feel that they could spurn the temptation, +in comparison with which every other that besets our miserable nature is +as dross--the praise yielded by a polished and fastidious nation to rare +and acknowledged genius--denounce as they will the infirmity of Le Sage. +But let them be quite sure, that instead of being above a motive to +which none but minds of some refinement are accessible, they are not +below it. Let them be sure that they do not take dulness for integrity, +and that the virtue, proof to intellectual triumphs, and disdaining "the +last infirmity of noble minds," would not sink if exposed to the ordeal +of a service of plate, or admission in some frivolous coterie. For +ourselves we will only say, "Amicus Plato sed magis amica veritas." + +For these reasons, then, which depend on the nature of the thing, and +which no testimony can alter--reasons which we cannot reject without +abandoning all those principles which carry with them the most certain +instruction, and are the surest guides of human life--we think the main +fact contended for by M. Llorente, that is, the Spanish origin of _Gil +Blas_, undeniable; and the subordinate and collateral points of his +system invested with a high degree of probability; the falsehood of a +conclusion fairly drawn from such premises as we have pointed out would +be nearer akin to a metaphysical impossibility; and so long as the light +of every other gem that glitters in a nation's diadem is faint and +feeble when compared with the splendour of intellectual glory, Spain +will owe a debt of gratitude to him among her sons who has placed upon +her brow the jewel which France (as if aggression for more material +objects could not fill up the measure of her injustice towards that +unhappy land) has kept so long, and worn so ostentatiously. + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} So in Don Quixote the friars are described "Estando en estas +razones, aslomaron por el camino dos Frayles de la Orden de san Benito, +Cavalleros _sobre dos Dromedarios, que no eran mas pequneas dos mulas en +que venian_." + +{B} It occurs, however, in Madame de Sevigne's letters. But that most +charming of letter-writers understood Spanish, which Anne of Austria had +probably made a fashionable accomplishment at the court of France. The +intrigue for which Vardes was exiled, shows, that to write in Spanish +was an attainment common among the courtiers of Louis XIV. + +{C} We call ourselves a _practical_ people! A man incurred, a _few +months_ ago, an expense of L70, for saying that he was "ready," instead +of saying that he was "ready and _willing_" to do a certain act. The +man's name was Granger. Another unfortunate creature incurred costs to +the amount of L3000, by one of the most ordinary proceedings in our +courts, called a motion, of course, and usually settled for a guinea. A +clergyman libelled two of his parishioners in a Bishop's Court. The +matter never came to be heard, and the expense of the _written_ +proceedings was upwards of L800! Can any system be more abominable than +one which leads to such results? + + + + +MICHAEL KALLIPHOURNAS. + + +Few of the events of our life afford us greater pride than revisiting a +well-known and celebrated city after many years' absence. The pleasure +derived from the hope of enjoyment, the self-satisfaction flowing from +the presumption of our profound knowledge of the place, and the feeling +of mental superiority attached to our discernment in returning to the +spot, which, at the moment, appears to us the particular region of the +earth peculiarly worthy of a second visit--or a third, as the case may +be--all combine to stuff the lining of the diligence, the packsaddle of +the Turkish post-horse, or the encumbrance on the back of the camel +which may happen to convey us, with something softer than swandown. Time +soon brings the demon of discontent to our society. The city and its +inhabitants appear changed--rarely for the better, always less to our +taste. Ameliorations and improvements seem to us positive evils; we sigh +for the good old times, for the dirty streets of Paris, the villanous +odours of Rome, the banditti of Naples, the obsequiousness of Greece, +and the contempt, with the casual satisfaction of being spit upon, of +Turkey. In short, we feel the want of our youth every where. + +I enjoyed all the delights and regrets which mere local associations can +call up, a few months ago, on revisiting Athens after many years' +absence. On the 6th of May 1827, I had witnessed the complete defeat of +the Greek army. I had beheld the delhis of Kutayia sabring the flying +troops of Lord Cochrane and General Church, and seen 1500 men slain by +the sword in less than half an hour, amidst the roll of an ill-sustained +and scattered fire of musketry. The sight was heartbreaking, but grand. +The Turkish cavalry came sweeping down to the beach, until arrested by +the fire of the ships. Lord Cochrane and his aide-de-camp, Dr Goss, +themselves had been compelled to plunge more than knee-deep in the AEgean +ere they could gain their boat. On the hill of the Phalerum I had heard +General Gueheneuc criticise the manoeuvres of the commander-in-chief, +and General Heideck disparage the quality of his coffee. As the Austrian +steamer which conveyed me entered the Piraeus, my mind reverted to the +innumerable events which had been crowded into my life in Greece. A new +town rose out of the water before my eyes as if by enchantment; but I +felt indignant that the lines of Colonel Gordon, and the tambouria of +Karaiskaki, should be effaced by modern houses and a dusty road. As soon +as I landed, I resolved to climb the Phalerum, and brood over visions of +the past. But I had not proceeded many steps from the quay, lost in my +sentimental reverie, ere I found that reflection ought not to begin too +soon at the Piraeus. I was suddenly surrounded by about a dozen +individuals who seemed determined to prevent me from continuing my walk. +On surveying them, they appeared dressed for a costume ball of +ragamuffins. Europe, Asia, and Africa had furnished their wardrobe. The +most prominent figure among them was a tall Arab, in the nizam of +Mehemet Ali, terminated with a Maltese straw hat. His companions +exhibited as singular a taste in dress as himself. Some wore sallow +Albanian petticoats, carelessly tied over the wide and dusky nether +garments of Hydriots, their upper man adorned by sailors' jackets and +glazed hats; others were tightly buttoned up in European garments, with +their heads lost in the enormous fez of Constantinople. This antiquarian +society of garments, fit representatives to a stranger of the +Bavaro-Hellenic kingdom of Otho the gleaner, and the three donative +powers, informed me that it consisted of charioteers. Each member of the +society speaking on his own account, and all at the same time--a +circumstance I afterwards found not uncommon in other antiquarian and +literary societies at Athens--asked me if I was going to Athens: ++eis Athenas+ was the phrase. The Arab and a couple of Maltese alone said +"Ees teen Atheena." Entrapped into a reply by the classic sound, I +unwittingly exclaimed "Malista--Verily I am." + +The shouts my new friends uttered on hearing me speak Greek cannot be +described. Their volubility was suddenly increased a hundredfold; and +had all the various owners of the multitudinous garments before me +arisen to reclaim their respective habiliments, it could hardly have +been greater. I could not have believed it possible that nine Greeks, +aided by two Maltese and a single Arab, could have created such a din. +The speakers soon perceived that it was utterly impossible for me to +hear their eloquent addresses, as they could no longer distinguish the +sounds of their own voices; so with one accord they disappeared, and ere +I had proceeded many steps again surrounded me, rushing forward with +their respective vehicles, into which they eagerly invited me to mount. +If their habiliments consisted of costumes run mad, their chariots were +not less varied, and afforded an historical study in locomotion. Distant +capitals and a portion of the last century must have contributed their +representatives to the motley assemblage. The tall Arab drove a superb +fiacre of the days of hoops, a vehicle for six insides; phaetons, +chariots, droschkies, and britskas, Strong's omnibus, and Rudhart's +stuhlwagen, gigs, cars, tilburies, cabriolets, and dogcarts, were all +there, and each pushing to get exactly before me. Lord Palmerston's +kingdom is doubtless a Whig satire on monarchy; the scene before me +appeared a Romaic satire on the Olympic games. I forgot my melancholy +sentiment, and resolved to join the fun, by attempting to dodge my +persecutors round the corners of the isolated houses and deep lime-pits +which King Otho courteously terms streets. I forgot that barbarians were +excluded from the Olympic games, not on account of the jealousy of the +Greeks, but because no barbarian could display the requisite skill. The +charioteers and their horses knew the ground so much better than I did, +that they blockaded me at every turn; so, in order to gain the rocky +ground, I started off towards the hill of the Phalerum pursued by the +_pancosmium_ of vehicles. On the first precipitous elevation I turned to +laugh at my pursuers, when, to my horror, I saw Strong's omnibus +lumbering along in the distance, surrounded by a considerable crowd, and +I distinguished the loud shouts of the mob:--+Pou einai ho trelos +ho Anglos+; "Where is the mad Englishman?" So my melancholy was +conducting me to madness. + +My alarm dispelled all my reminiscences of Lord Cochrane, and my visions +of the Olympic games. I sprang into the droschky of a Greek sailor, who +drove over the rocks as if he only expected his new profession to endure +for a single day. We were soon on the Piraeus road, which I well knew +runs along the foundations of one of the long walls; but I was too glad +to escape, like Lord Palmerston and M. Thiers, unscathed from the +imbroglio I had created, to honour even Themistocles with a single +thought. My charioteer was a far better specimen of the present, than +foundations of long walls, ruined temples, and statues without noses, +can possibly be of the past. He informed me he was a sailor: by so +doing, he did not prove to me that he estimated my discernment very +highly, for that fact required no announcement. He added, however, what +was more instructive; _to wit_, that he had received the droschky with +the horses, that morning, from a Russian captain, in payment of a bad +debt. He had resolved to improviso the coachman, though he had never +driven a horse before in his life--+eukolon einai+--"it is an +easy matter;" and he drove like Jehu, shouted like Stentor, and laughed +like the Afrite of Caliph Vathek. He ran over nobody, in spite of his +vehemence. Perhaps his horses were wiser than himself: indeed I have +remarked, that the populace of Greece is universally more sagacious than +its rulers. In taking leave of this worthy tar at the Hotel de Londres, +I asked him gravely if he thought that, in case Russia, England, or +France should one day take Greece in payment of a bad debt, they would +act wisely to drive her as hard as he drove his horses? He opened his +eyes at me as if he was about to unskin his head, and began to reflect +in silence; so, perceiving that he entertained a very high opinion of my +wisdom, I availed myself of the opportunity to advise him to moderate +his pace a little in future, if he wished his horses to survive the +week. + +During my stay at Athens, King Otho was absent from his capital; so +that, though I lost the pleasure of beholding the beautiful and graceful +queen, I escaped the misfortune of being dishonoured by receiving the +cross of an officer of the order of the Redeemer. His Hellenic majesty +takes a peculiar satisfaction in hanging this decoration at the +buttonholes of those who served Greece during the revolutionary war; +while he suspends the cross of Commander round the necks, or ornaments +with the star of the order the breasts, of all the Bavarians who have +assisted him in relieving Greece of the Palmerstonian plethora of cash +gleaned from the three powers. For my own part, I am not sure but that I +should have made up my mind to return the cross, with a letter full of +polite expressions of contempt for the supposed honour, and a few hints +of pity for the donor; as a very able and distinguished friend of +Greece, whose services authorized him so to act, did a few days before +my arrival. + +On attempting to find my way through Bavarian Athens, I was as much at a +loss as Lady Francis Egerton, and could not help exclaiming, "Voila des +rues qui ont bien peu de logique!" After returning two or three times to +the church Kamkarea, against whose walls half the leading streets of the +new city appear to run bolt up, I was compelled to seek the assistance +of a guide. At length I found out the dwelling once inhabited by my +friend Michael Kalliphournas. A neat white villa, with green Venetian +blinds, smiling in a court full of ruins and rubbish, had replaced the +picturesque but rickety old Turkish kouak of my former recollections. I +enquired for the owner in vain; the property, it was said, belonged to +his sister; of the brother nobody had heard, and I was referred for +information to the patriotic and enterprising Demarch, or mayor, who +bears the same name. + +In the end my enquiries were successful, and their result seemed +miraculous. To my utter astonishment I learned that Michael had become a +monk, and dwelt in the monastery of Pentelicus; but I could obtain no +explanation of the mystery. His relations referred me to the monk +himself--strangers had never heard of his existence. How often does a +revolution like that of Greece, when the very organization of society is +shaken, compress the progress of a century within a few years! There +remained nothing for me but to visit the monastery, and seek a solution +of the singular enigma from my friend's own mouth; so, joining a party +of travellers who were about to visit the marble quarries of Pentelicus, +and continue their excursion to the plain of Marathon, I set out on such +a morning as can only be witnessed under the pure sky of Attica. + +The scenery of our ride is now familiar to tourists. Parnes or Parnethus +with its double top,{A} Brilessus or Pentelicus with its numerous rills +and fountains, and Hymettus with its balmy odours, have been "hymned by +loftier harps than mine." My companions proved gay and agreeable young +men. They knew every body at Athens, and every thing, and willingly +communicated their stores of knowledge. I cannot resist recounting some +of the anecdotes I heard, as they do no discredit to the noble princes +to whom they relate. + +When an English prince visited Athens, King Otho, who it seems is his +own minister, and conducts business quite in a royal way, learned that +he was no Whig, and instantly conceived the sublime idea of making use +of his royal highness's services to obtain Lord Palmerston's dismissal +from office. The monarch himself arranged the plan of his campaign. The +prince was invited to a _fete champetre_ at Phyle, and when the party +was distributed in the various carriages, he found himself planted in a +large barouche opposite the king and queen. King Otho then opened his +intrigue; he told the prince of the notes in favour of constitutional +government and economical administration which Lord Palmerston had +written, and Sir Edmund Lyons had presented; and he exclaimed, "I assure +you, my dear prince, all this is done merely to vex me, because I would +not keep that speculating charlatan Armansperg! Lord Palmerston cares no +more about a constitution, nor about economy, than Queen Victoria, or +you and I. When the Duc de Broglie, who has really more conscience than +our friend the Viscount, proposed that Greece should be pestered with a +constitution and such stuff, Palmerston answered very judiciously, +'Greece--bah!--Greece is not fit for a constitution, nor indeed for any +other government but that of my nabob!' Now, my dear prince, Queen +Victoria can never mean to offend me, the sovereign of Greece, when the +Ottoman empire is so evidently on the eve of dismemberment; and," quoth +Otho the gleaner, "I am deeply offended, at which her British majesty +must feel grievously distressed." The prince doubtless thought her +majesty's distress was not inconsolable; but he only assured his +Hellenic majesty that he could be of no possible use to him in his +delicate intrigue at the court of St James's. He tried to get a view of +the scenery, and to turn the conversation on the state of the country; +but Otho was not so easily repulsed. He insisted that the prince should +communicate his sentiments to Queen Victoria; and, in spite of all the +assurances he received of the impossibility of meddling with diplomatic +business in such a way, his Hellenic majesty, to this very day, feels +satisfied that Lord Palmerston was sent to the right-about for offending +him; and he is firmly persuaded that, unless Lord Aberdeen furnish him +with as many millions as he demands to secure his opposition to Russia, +the noble earl will not have a long tenor of office. + +A young Austrian of our party shouted, "Ah, it requires to be truly _bon +garcon_, like the English prince, to submit to be so bored, even by a +king! But," added he, "our gallant Fritz managed matters much better. +The Archduke Frederick, who behaved so bravely at Acre, and so amiably +lately in London, heard, it seems, of the treatment the prince had met +with, and resolved to cure his majesty of using his guests in such +style. Being invited to a party at Pentelicus, he was aware that he +would be placed alone on the seat, with his back to the horses, and +deprived of every chance of seeing the country, if it were only that the +diplomatic intrigue at the court of Queen Victoria might remain +concealed from the lynx-eyed suspicion of the _corps diplomatique_ of +Athens; for King Otho fancies his intrigues always remain the +profoundest secrets. When the archduke handed the lovely queen into the +carriage, politeness compelled King Otho to make a cold offer to the +young sailor to follow; the archduke bowed profoundly, sprang into the +carriage, and seated himself beside her majesty. The successor of +Agamemnon followed, looking more grim than Hercules Furens: he stood for +a moment bolt upright in the carriage, hoping his guest would rise and +vacate his seat; but the young man was already actively engaged in +conversation. The Emperor of the East--in expectancy--was compelled to +sit down with his back to the horses, and study the landscape in that +engaging manner of viewing scenery. Never was a fete given by a sulkier +host than King Otho that day proved to be. In returning, the archduke +had a carriage to himself. When questioned on the subject of his ride, +he only remarked that he always suffered dreadfully from sickness when +he rode with his back to the horses. He was sure, therefore, that King +Otho had placed him beside the queen to avoid that horrible +inconvenience." + +Other anecdotes were recounted during our ride, and our opinion of his +Hellenic majesty's tact and taste did not become more favourable, when +it was discovered that his proceedings had utterly ruined the immense +quarries of Pentelicus-- + + "Still in its beam Pentele's marbles glow," + +can now only be said of the ruins, not of the quarries. In order to +obtain the few thousand blocks required for the royal palace at Athens, +millions of square feet of the purest statuary marble have been shivered +to atoms by the random process of springing mines with gunpowder. If +King Otho had done nothing worse in Greece than converting the marble +quarries of Pentelicus into a chaos of rubbish, when he found them +capable of supplying all Europe for ages with the most beautiful +material for the sculptor, he would have merited the reputation he so +justly bears, of caring as little about the real welfare of Greece as +Lord Palmerston himself. My companions quitted me at the quarries, +making pasquinades on the royal palace and its royal master; while I put +up my horse and walked slowly on to the ancient monastery of Pentele, +not Mendele, as Lord Byron has it. + +I was soon sitting alone in the cell of Michael, and shall now recount +his history as I had it from his own mouth. Michael Kalliphournas was +left an orphan the year the Greek revolution broke out. He was hardly +fourteen years old, and yet he had to act as the guardian and protector +of a sister four years younger than himself. The storm of war soon +compelled him to fly to AEgina with the little Euphrosyne. The trinkets +and gold which his relations had taught him to conceal, enabled him to +place his sister in a Catholic monastery at Naxos, where she received +the education of a European lady. Michael himself served under Colonel +Gordon and General Fabvier with great distinction. In 1831, when the +Turks were about to cede Attica to Greece, Michael and Euphrosyne +returned to Athens, to take possession of their family property, which +promised to become of very great value. At that time I had very often +seen Phrossa, as she was generally called; indeed, from my intimacy with +her brother, I was a constant visitor in the house. Her appearance is +deeply impressed on my memory. I have rarely beheld greater beauty, +never a more elegant figure, nor a more graceful and dignified manner. +She was regarded as a fortune, and began to be sought in marriage by all +the young aristocracy of Greece. It was at last conjectured that a young +Athenian, named Nerio, the last descendant of the Frank dukes of Athens, +had made some impression on her heart. He was a gay and spirited young +man, who had behaved very bravely when shut up with the troops in the +Acropolis during the last siege of Athens, and he was an intimate friend +of her brother. I had left Athens about this time, and my travels in the +East had prevented my hearing any thing of my friends in Greece for +years. + +There is a good deal of society among the Greek families at Athens for a +few weeks before the Carnival. They meet together in the evenings, and +amuse themselves in a very agreeable way. At one of these parties the +discourse fell on the existence of ghosts and spirits; Michael, who was +present, declared that he had no faith in their existence. With what +groans did he assure me his opinion was changed, and conjured me never +to express a doubt on the subject. All the party present exclaimed +against what they called his free-masonry; and even his sister, who was +not given to superstition, begged him to be silent lest he should offend +the _neraiidhes_, who might punish him when he least expected it. He +laughed and ridiculed Phrossa, offering to do any thing to dare those +redoubted spirits which the company could suggest. Nerio, a far greater +sceptic than Michael, suddenly affected great respect for the invisible +world, and by exciting Michael, gradually engaged him, amidst the +laughing of his companions, to undertake to fry a dozen of eggs on the +tomb of a Turkish _santon_, a short distance beyond the Patissia +gate--to leave a pot of charcoal, to be seen next morning, as a proof of +his valour, and return to the party with the dish of eggs. + +The expedition was arranged, in spite of the opposition of the ladies; +four or five of the young men promised to follow at a little distance, +unknown to Michael, to be ready lest any thing should happen. Michael +himself, with a _zembil_ containing a pot of charcoal, a few eggs and a +flask of oil in one hand, and a frying-pan and small lantern in the +other, closely enveloped in his dusky capote, proceeded smiling to his +task. The tomb of the Turk consisted of a marble cover taken from some +ancient sarcophagus, and sustained at the corners by four small pillars +of masonry--the top was not higher than an ordinary table, and below the +marble slab there was an empty space between the columns. It has long +since disappeared; but that is not wonderful, since King Otho and his +subjects have contrived to destroy almost every picturesque monument of +the past in the new kingdom. The thousands of Turkish tombs which not +many years ago gave a historic character to the desert environs of +Negrepont, and the splendid _serail_ of Zeitouni, with its magnificent +marble fountains and baths, have almost disappeared--the storks have bid +adieu to Greece--nightly bonfires, caused by absurd laws, destroy the +few trees that remain; and in short, unless travellers make haste and +visit Greece quickly, they will see nothing but the ruins which King +Otho cannot destroy nor Pittaki deface, and the curiosities which Ross +cannot give to Prince Pueckler, added to the pleasure they will derive +from beholding King Otho's own face and the facade of his new palace. + +The night was extremely dark and cold, so that the friends of Michael, +familiar as they were with their native city, found some difficulty in +following him without a lantern through the mass of ruins Athens then +presented. As they approached the tomb, they perceived that he had +already lighted his charcoal, and was engaged in blowing it vigorously, +as much to warm his hands as to prepare for his cooking operations. +Creeping as near to him as possible without risking a discovery, they +heard, to their amazement, a deep voice apparently proceeding from the +tomb, which exclaimed, "Bou gedje kek sohuk der adamlera.--It must be a +cold night for mankind." "To pisevo effendi," said Michael in a careless +tone, but nervously proceeded to pour a whole bottle of oil into the +frying-pan. As soon as the oil was boiling and bubbling, the voice from +the tomb again exclaimed, "Gaiour ne apayorsun, mangama +pisheriorsun--yuckle buradam--aiyer yiklemassun ben seni kibab +ederem, tahamun yerine seni yerim," signifying pretty nearly, +"Infidel, what are you doing here? You appear to be cooking; fly hence, +or I will eat my supper of thy carrion." And at the instant a head +covered by an enormous white turban protruded itself from under the +tombstone with open mouth. Michael, either alarmed at the words and the +apparition, or angry at the suspicion of a premeditated trick on the +part of his companions, seized the panful of boiling oil, and poured the +whole contents into the gaping mouth of the spectre, exclaiming, "An +echeis toson orexin, na to ladhi, Scheitan oglou!--If you are so hungry, +take the oil, son of Satan!" A shriek which might have awakened the dead +proceeded from the figure, followed by a succession of hideous groans. +The friends of Michael rushed forward, but the lamp had fallen to the +ground and was extinguished in the confusion. Some time elapsed ere it +was found and lighted. The unfortunate figure was dragged from the tomb, +suffocated by the oil, and evidently in a dying state, if indeed life +was not already extinct. Slowly the horrible truth became apparent. +Nerio had separated himself from the rest of the party unperceived, +disguised himself, and gained the tomb before the arrival of Michael, +who thus became the murderer of his sister's lover. I shall not attempt +to describe the feelings of Michael in recounting this dreadful scene. + +The affair never made much noise. The Turks did not consider themselves +authorized to meddle in the affairs of the Greeks. Indeed, the infamous +murder of the Greek _bakalbashi_, a short time before by Jussuf-bey, +with his own hand, had so compromised their authority, that they were in +fear of a revolution. The truth was slowly communicated to Euphrosyne by +Michael himself--she bore it better than he had anticipated. She +consoled her brother and herself by devoting her life to religious and +charitable exercises; but she never entered a monastery nor publicly +took the veil. She still lives at Athens, where her charity is +experienced by many, though few ever see her. When I left Greece on a +visit to Mount Athos, my friend Michael insisted on accompanying me; +and, after our arrival on the holy mountain, he exacted from me a +promise that I would never discover to any one the monastery into which +he had retired, nor even should we by chance meet again, address him as +an acquaintance, unless he should speak to me. His sister alone is +entrusted with his secret. + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} The _par_, which indicates the double or equal summit, is only found +in Latin, though unquestionably AEolic; the other two derivations are +classic Greek. Parnes, Parnettus, Parnassus. The name of the two +mountains is precisely the same. + + + + +AFRICA--SLAVE TRADE--TROPICAL COLONIES. + + +The readers of this magazine will readily remember the part which it +took, at an early period, in discussing and in delineating the +geographical features of Africa. In the number for June 1826 there is an +article, accompanied by a map, showing from undoubted authorities the +course and termination of the great river Niger in the sea in the Bight +of Benin, where, from similar authorities, it was placed by me in 1820 +and 1821, and where actual observation by Englishmen has lately clearly +established the fact that it does terminate. In the upper and middle +parts of its course the longitudes were erroneous, having adopted Major +Rennell's delineation of Western Africa as a guide; but in 1839 the +whole of that quarter of Africa was narrowly examined, and the courses +of the western rivers reduced to their proper positions, as delineated +in my large map of Africa constructed in that year, to which, with the +"Geographical Survey of Africa," for which it was made, the reader is +referred for further and particular information on all these subjects. + +With these observations, I proceed to bring before the reader +geographical information concerning eastern and central Africa of the +highest and most gratifying importance, and obtained by the researches +of different voyagers and travellers within the last four years. +Foremost amongst these ranks, the expedition sent by the present Viceroy +of Egypt to explore the Bahr-el-Abiad, or White River, above its +junction with the Blue River, from Khartoum upwards and southwards; +after it, the interesting travels of Messrs Krapf and Isenberg, two +missionaries from the Church Missionary Society, from Tajura to Ankobar, +from Ankobar south-west to the neighbourhood of the sources of the +Hawash; and after that, Mr Krapf's journey from Ankobar north by Lake +Haik, through Lasta to Antalow, and thence to Massouah on the Red Sea. +Next, the interesting accounts collected by M. Lefebvre and M. +D'Abbadie, concerning the countries in some parts of the more eastern +horn of Africa; and last, and the most specific and important of the +whole, the accounts received of the country of Adel, and the countries +and rivers in and south of Shoa, and those from the Blue Nile in Gojam +and Damot to the sea at the mouth of the Jub, under the equator, by +Major Harris, late British ambassador to the King of Shoa. + +As the present article is accompanied by a map, constructed after great +labour, and engraved most carefully by Mr Arrowsmith, the general +outline of the whole may here be deemed sufficient, without lengthened +discussion and observation. + +The Egyptian expedition alluded to started from Khartoum (now become a +fine town) at the close of the wet season in 1839. It consisted of four +or five small sailing vessels, some passage boats, and four hundred men +from the garrison of Senaar, the whole commanded by an able officer, +CAPTAIN SELIM. They completed their undertaking, and returned to +Khartoum at the end of 135 days, during which time, in obedience to the +commands of their master, they explored the Bahr-el-Abiad to the +distance southwards of 1300 miles, (turnings and windings included,) to +three degrees thirty minutes north latitude, and thirty-one east +longitude, from Greenwich, where it divided into two streams; the +smaller, and it is very small, coming from the south-west, and the +larger, still even at the close of the dry season a very considerable +river, which came from the south-east, upwards from the east, and still +more upwards from the north-east. A subsequent voyage in 1841 gained the +information that the stream descended past Barry, and there can be no +doubt that another, if not the chief branch, comes from the south-east, +in the bearing which Ptolemy gave it, and, as he states, from amongst +mountains covered with perpetual snow, of which Bruce also heard, and +which we now learn from Major Harris really stand in that quarter of +Africa. + +The longitude of the river at the bifurcation is exactly the same as +Ptolemy has given it, which is very remarkable. The sources of the +White River will therefore be found where Ptolemy and Bruce have placed +them. The latter, in his notes, states expressly that the Bahr-el-Abiad +rose to the south of Enarea, not far from the equator, and that it had +no great western branch, nor was any necessary to give the river its +magnitude. (Vol. vii. App. p. 92.) + +The expedition in question found no very large affluents from the west +side; but they found two of very considerable magnitude on the east +side--one the Blue River, and the other the Red River, or Bahr-Seboth, +which latter they navigated upwards of 150 miles in a direct line, and +left it a considerable stream, nearly as large as the eastern branch of +the White River, where they had left it. The banks of the Bahr-Seboth +were precipitous and high, whereas those of the Bahr-el-Abiad were low, +and on both sides covered with lakes, the remains probably of the +preceding inundation. Scarcely a hill or mountain was in sight from the +river till approaching the bifurcation, when the country became +mountainous, the climate more cool, and the vegetation and trees around +those of the temperate zone. The country on both sides is a high +table-land, the scenery every where very beautiful, well peopled by +different tribes, copper-coloured, and some of them even fair. Every +where the banks are covered and ornamented with beautiful trees, and +cattle, sheep, goats, elephants, &c., are numerous and abundant. Amongst +the Bhours, they found Indian goods brought from the shores of the +Indian ocean. Day by day, the breadth, depth, and current of the river +were observed and marked. For a considerable distance above Khartoum, +the breadth was from one and a half to one and a quarter mile, the depth +three or four fathoms, and the current about one and a half mile per +hour. Above the parallel of nine degrees, the river takes a remarkable +bend due west for about 90 miles, when it passes through a large lake, +the waters of which emitted an offensive smell, which might proceed from +marshy shores.{A} Above the lake, the breadth decreases to one-third or +one-fourth of a mile, the depth to twelve or thirteen feet, with a +current of one and a half mile per hour, the bottom every where sand, +with numerous islands interspersed in the stream. The mountainous +country around the upper part abounds with iron mines. + +Going eastward, we come to the elevated mountainous ranges which give +birth to the Bahr-el-Abiad to the south, the Gochob, the Kibbee, and +their numerous tributary streams to the east and south-east, and the +Toumat, the Yabous, the Maleg, and other rivers which flow north into +the Abay. This vast chain is very elevated, and in many places very +cold, especially to the west of Enarea, and to the west and south of +Kaffa. From the sources of the Kibbee and the Yabous, it stretches +eastwards to Gurague, and thence, still eastward, by the Aroosi, Galla, +and Hurrur or Harrar, to Cape Guardafui, approaching in some places to +within sixty miles or less of the sea of Babel-Mandeb; the elevation to +the east of Berbera decreases to about 5000 feet, and from which +numerous streams flow both to the north and to the south. Eastward of +the meridian of Gurague, a branch from the chain strikes off due north +through Shoa, by Ankobar and Lake Haik, to the northward of which it +separates, and runs one branch N.N.W. to Samen, and another by Angot, +N.E. by east, to the Red Sea, at Assab, and the entrance of the straits +of Babel-mandeb. The whole of this chain is very elevated; near Ankobar +some peaks being 14,000 feet high, and constantly white with snow or +hail; and round the sources of the Tacazze and the Bashilo, near the +territory of the Edjow Galla, the mountains are covered with snow. Mr +Krapf, in his journey more to the east, found the cold exceedingly keen, +the elevation exceeding 10,000 feet; and still more eastward, near the +little Assanghe lake, Pearce found hoar frost in the mornings in the +month of October. From the ranges mentioned, numerous other ranges +branch off in different directions, forming the divisions between tribes +and rivers, the latter of which are very rapid, and their borders or +banks very high and precipitous, and rugged. + +From the province of Bulga or Fattygar, this chain, running +northwards, rises to a great height, springing like the walls of a +fortification from the western bank of the Hawash, from whence numerous +small streams descend to increase that river. All to the eastward of +that river is comparatively low, (called Kolla, or the low hot country,) +and to the sea-shore is one continued sheet of volcanic strata and +extinct volcanoes, dry and poor, especially during the dry season, when +travelling is difficult and dangerous owing to the want of water. It is +inhabited chiefly by wild beasts and by fierce tribes of the wandering +Dancali, and, more to the south-east, by the Mohammedan Somauli. In +early times this country, however, was rich and powerful, from being the +channel of commerce between Abyssinia when powerful, and the countries +to the east, Arabia, Persia, and India. From Zeila and Erur southward, +the country improves, and becomes fertile and well watered. + +Before turning our attention to the interesting countries round the +sources of the Gochob and its tributary streams, and those through which +it subsequently flows, so clearly brought to our knowledge by Major +Harris, (he is certainly the first who has done so,) and the survey of +the coast near its mouth by Lieutenant Christopher of the Indian navy, +and by him given to the gallant major--it is necessary, for the better +understanding of our subject, to turn our attention to the explanation +of the names of some countries and places given so differently by +different informants, and which, thus given and not sufficiently +attended to, create great confusion and great errors in African +geography. + +By the aid of Mr Bruce, Mr Krapf, Major Harris, and information +collected from native travellers, (see _Geographical Bulletins of +Paris_, Nos. 78 and 98,) we are enabled to rectify these points, and +clear away heaps of inaccuracies and confusion. + +First, then, Enarea and Limmu are the same. The country is called Enarea +by the Abyssinians, and Limmu by the Gallas, having been conquered by a +Galla tribe of that name, which tribe came originally from the +south-west. There is another Limmu, probably so named from another +portion of the same tribe. It is near or the same as Sibou, which, +according to Bruce, is ten days' journey from the capital of Enarea, +and, according to the French Geographical Bulletin, (No. 114,) not far +from Horro and Fazoglo. But the first Limmu is the Limmu of Jomard's +Galla Oware, because he states distinctly that Sobitche was its capital; +that, in marching northwards from it, he crossed the Wouelmae river; and +that Gingiro, to which he had been, lay to the right, or east, of his +early route; and further, that the river which passed near Sobitche ran +to the south. Enarea is not very extensive, but a high table-land, on +every side surrounded by high mountain ranges, and is situated (see +_Geographical Bulletin_, 1839) at the confluence of two rivers, the Gibe +and the Dibe. + +Kaffa, in its restricted sense, is a state on the upper Gochob; but, in +its ancient and extended meaning, it is a large country, extending from +north to south a journey of one month, and includes in it several states +known by separate names, although the whole of these are often referred +to in the name Kaffa by native travellers. It is known also by the names +of Sidama and Susa, and the people of Dauro call it Gomara; but the +Christians in Southern Abyssinia call it Kaffa, and Sidama or Susa, +which latter, properly speaking, forms its southern parts. + +Dawro, Dauro, or Woreta, are the same; it is a large country, and +divided into three states--namely, Metzo or Metcho, Kulloo, and Goba; +and is a low and hot, but fertile country, situated to the east of +Kaffa, and to the west of the Gochob. + +Major Harris is the only individual who has given us the bearings and +distances connected with this portion of Africa, and without which the +geographical features of the country could not have been fixed with any +precision; but which, having been obtained, act as pivots from which the +correct positions of other places are ascertained and fixed with +considerable accuracy. + +Let us now attend to the sources and the courses of the principal +rivers. The Kibbee, or Gibe, has three sources. The chief branch springs +to the west of Ligamara, and southwards of that place it runs east, +(_Geographical Bulletin_, No. 105, _and also_ No. 78,) when suddenly +turning upon itself; as it were, it bends its course westward to Limmu, +having below Leka received the Gwadab, coming from the west and passing +to the south of Lofe. The Kibbee waters the small but elevated country +of Nono, and passes very near Sakka. Westward of Sakka it is joined by +two other branches coming from the north-west and west, one called +Wouelmae, the Wouelmae of Oware, and the other Dibe. From thence it +flows eastward, and bounds Gingiro on the north. The early Portuguese +travellers expressly state, that six days' journey due east from Sakka, +and at one day's journey from the capital of Gingiro, having first +crossed a very high mountain, they crossed the Kibbee, a rapid rocky +stream, and as large as the Blue River where they had crossed it in the +country of the Gongas. On the third day after leaving the capital of +Gingiro, pursuing their course due east to the capital of Cambat, they +again crossed the Zebee, or Kibbee, _larger_ than it was to the westward +of Gingiro, but less rapid and rocky; its waters resembling _melted +butter_, (hence its name,) owing, no doubt, to the calcareous ridges +through which it flowed. From thence it bends its course to the +southward, and is soon after joined by the Gochob, which bounds the +empire of Gingiro to the south. Bruce particularly and emphatically +mentions the extraordinary angle which the Kibbee here makes. + +To the north of Gingiro the Kibbee is joined by the Dedhasa, (pronounced +Nassal,) and which is considered to be the same as Daneza or Danesa, +which, according to Lieutenant Christopher, is a Galla name for the Jub +or Gochob. This river is passed (see _Geographical Bulletin of 1839_) +before coming to Ligamara and Chelea, and one and a half day's journey +from Gouma, in the route from Gooderoo to Enarea. In its lower course it +abounds with crocodiles. Below the junction with the Dedhasa, the Kibbee +receives the Gala river, coming from the north-east, and from the +confines of Gurague and Kortshassie. + +The separation of the waters in these parts takes place to the north of +Gonea and Djimma, or Gouma. The rivers that flow to the Blue Nile or +Abay, with the exception of the Yabous, which is, according to Bruce, a +considerable stream descending from the south and south-east, are all +small streams. Shat, the province where the tea-plant is produced, is +situated to the north of Enarea, and is watered by the river called +Giba, the fish of which are said to be poisonous, (_Bruce_, vol. iii. p. +254.) Bruce states most pointedly that the capital of Enarea is fifty +leagues distant from the passage of the Abay at Mine, "due south, a +little inclining to the west," (Vol. iii. page 324;) and which bearing +and distance corresponds very correctly with several very clear and +satisfactory itineraries lately obtained. Without any high peaks or +mountains, the country round the sources of these rivers is very +elevated, and from the grain and fruits which they produce, cannot be +less than 7500 feet above the level of the sea. + +The Toumat is a small stream. Above Cassan, says the _Geographical +Bulletin_, No. 110, it has water all the year, thus indicating that +below that place the water fails in the dry season. It runs between two +high chains of mountains; the east Bank, that chain being known as the +country called Bertat. The rains, according to Bruce, (the _Geographical +Bulletin_ agrees in this,) commence in April; but they do not fall heavy +at that time, and but little affect the rivers. Beyond the chain, on the +western bank of the Toumat, the country is level to Denka and the banks +of the White River, which is stated to be eleven days' journey due west +from Fazoglo. Iron is very abundant in the countries round the Toumat +and the Yabous, and caravans of Arabian merchants regularly traverse the +country from Ganjar near Kuara, and two days' journey south of +Kas-el-Fael, by Fazoglo and Fadessi, to Kaffa and Bany; the road, as the +latter places are approached, being described as hilly and very woody, +with numerous small streams. + +The Gochob rises in Gamvou, a high, wild, and woody country, part of +Limmu; and bending its course south-east, next east, and then +south-east, it forms the lake Tchocha, and afterwards rolls over the +great cataract Dumbaro, soon after which it joins the Kibbee, when the +united stream tales the name of the Gochob, or Jub, by which it is known +till it enters the sea. Where crossed in the road from Sakka to Bonga, +it is described as larger than any other stream which flows to join it +from the country more to the south; much larger, indeed, than either the +Gitche or Omo, its subsequent tributaries. These are the principal +rivers of Kaffa, which is described as a high, cold country, as cold as +Samen, or Simien, as Major Harris writes it, in Abyssinia. Bonga, the +capital of Kaffa, or Susa, is one of the largest cities in these parts, +and coffee of superior quality is produced every where, both in Kaffa +and Enarea, in the greatest abundance. So also is civet and ivory. + +The Omo, where crossed in the road to Tuftee, is passed by a bridge of +wood sixty yards in length, which shows that it is not a very large +river, nor can it be, this place being so near the district where its +sources must lie. In the dry season it is described as a very small +stream. The mountains in the south of Kaffa or Susa, are covered with +snow, and to the south of this place they are said to rise to a +stupendous height, "to reach the skies," and are clothed with eternal +snow! + +Malo, or Malee, (as Major Harris spells it,) is westward from Koocha, +and not far from Jajo, (certainly the Jedo of Salt,) and which is at a +considerable distance from the sea, (_Geographical Bulletin_, No. 114.) +Malee touches upon both Goba and Doko, and the latter again touches upon +Kulloo. It is in Malee that the Omo, now a considerable stream, joins +the Gochob, after having received from the mountains of Souro and +valleys of Sasa the Toreesh or Gotze, a considerable stream. Doko and +Malee, like Dauro or Woreta, are very hot low countries, abounding in +cotton. In Doko, bamboo forests are frequent and extensive. The +population are represented to be of a diminutive stature, exceedingly +rude and ignorant, and are a prey to all their surrounding neighbours, +who invade their country at pleasure, and carry off the wretched people +into slavery. In this portion of Africa, or very near it, the early Arab +writers and Portuguese navigators placed a nation of pigmies; and in +this it would appear that they were correct. After the junction of the +Omo, the Gochob pursues its way by Ganana to the sea at Juba, a few +miles to the south of the equator. The western bank is inhabited by +Galla tribes, and the eastern by Somauli. In this part of its course it +is called Jub by the Arabians, Gowend or Govend by the Somauli, Yumbu by +the Souahilis, and Danesa by the Gallas. + +The Gochob below Wolama is joined on the east side by a considerable +stream called the Una, which rises to the south of Gurague; and in +Koocha and on the same side by a still larger stream, which comes from +the country of the Ara or Ala Galla to the east of Gurague, and near the +western sources of the Wabbe or Webbe. Koocha is thirty days' navigation +upwards and fifteen downwards from the sea, with which it has a +considerable trade; white or fair people coming up the river to that +place; but these are not allowed to proceed further inland. The +inhabitants of Koocha carry on a great trade by means of the Gochob with +Dauro in slaves, ivory, coffee, &c.; the Galla of Dauro bringing these +down the Gochob in rafts with high gunwales, which indicates that the +Gochob is a river of considerable magnitude, and may become of great +importance in the future communications with Africa; the soil and +climate around it being very fine, particularly in the lower parts near +the sea, where the land is level, and the soil a fine deep red mould. + +After Bruce, Salt had delineated with considerable accuracy the source +of the Webbe and the countries around it; but, except his map, we had no +further particulars. These are, however, supplied by Major Harris and Mr +Krapf in the countries south-east of Shoa, about Harrar and its sources; +and further by accounts collected by D'Abbadie at Berbera from +intelligent natives, travellers regarding the countries more to the +south, and over the remainder of the north-eastern coast of Africa. + +The principal source of the Webbe is to the east of the Aroosi +mountains, and in the country of the Ala Galla; whence, running +eastward, it passes Imi and Karanle, (the Karain of Krapf;) it runs +south-east and afterwards south in a winding course towards the Indian +ocean. To the north of six degrees of latitude, it is joined by several +streams from the neighbourhood of Harrar and places more to the east; +and in about six degrees of latitude, by a large stream which rises near +Lake Souaie, and runs through the country of Bergama or Bahr Gama. The +various countries through which the Webbe and his tributaries flow, are +distinctly marked on the map. The country around its sources is very +hilly and cold, the mountains resembling in height and appearance the +boldest in Abyssinia; and to the eastward of its middle course, the +mountains in Howea are very high and cold. In these springs the river +Doaro, which flows into the sea, a considerable river during the rains; +but at other times its mouth is nearly blocked up with sand, which is +the case with some streams more to the northward. + +North of Mount Anot the country is fine and well watered, and during the +rains a very large river, according to Christopher, flows through it, +descending from the range to the south-east of Berbera, and entering the +sea in about eight degrees thirty minutes north latitude. Around Capes +Halfoon and Guardafui the country is fine and well watered with small +streams, and the climate delicious, as is the coast from Cape Guardafui +westward to Berbera. + +Harrar stands in a beautiful, fertile, and well-watered valley, +surrounded with hills, the soil rich, and producing fine coffee +abundantly. It is strictly Mahommedan, and, comparatively speaking, a +considerable place, though much shorn of its dominion and power from +those days when it had become the capital of that portion of eastern +Africa ruled by the Mahommedans; and when under Mahommed _Gragne_, +(left-handed,) it overran and desolated the whole Abyssinian empire, +then under that unfortunate sovereign King David. In the county south of +Berbera there is abundance of fine wells of excellent water. Waggadeyn +is a very beautiful country, and produces abundance of myrrh and +frankincense, as in fact every portion of the eastern horn, from Enarea +inclusive, also does. It is the great myrrh and frankincense country, +from which Arabia, Egypt, Judea, Syria, and Tyre were supplied in early +days of Scripture history. The Webbe is only six fathoms broad and five +feet deep in the dry season in Waggadeyn; but in the rainy season the +depth is increased to five fathoms. It is navigated by rafts lower down. +Incense, gum, and coffee, are every where abundant around the Webbe and +its tributary streams. Harrar contains about 14,000 inhabitants, and +Berbera 10,000; Sakka about 12,000. + +All the early Arabian writers pointedly state, and so also do the +Portuguese discoverers, that the Webbe entered the sea _near Mukdishu_ +or Magadoxo. This was no doubt the fact; but from what cause we know +not, the river, after approaching within a short distance of Magadoxo to +the north, turns south-west, and approaching in several places very near +the sea, from which it is only separated by sandhills, it terminates in +a lake about halfway between Brava and the Jub. This is Christopher's +account; but my opinion is, that this lake communicates with the sea +during the rainy season, and even in a small stream in the dry season +also. Christopher pointedly states, that besides filtrating through the +sandhills, it communicates with the sea in two places, between Merka and +Brava; and that this is correct, is proved from the fact, that while the +river near Merka is 175 feet broad, it is reduced to seventy-five feet +near Brava; while the _Geographical Bull._, No. 98, p. 96, states, that +a small river enters the sea to the south of Brava, a branch +unquestionably from the Webbe. + +The country between Magadoxo and the Jub is called Ber-el-Banader, and +north of Magadoxo, and situated between the Webbe and the Doaro, is the +considerable province called Hamer. Christopher describes the Somauli +inhabiting the lower Webbe as civil and obliging, the soil fine and +fruitful, and the climate the most delicious he had ever visited. The +inhabitants offered to conduct him in safety to Abyssinia, and into very +remote districts in the interior. The name of England is beginning to be +well known, respected, and feared in this fine portion of Africa; and it +is not a little to be regretted and lamented that this has not been the +case at a much earlier period. + +The early Arabian writers, such as Batouta, write Magadoxo, Mukdishu; +Christopher states that it is now divided into two parts, in a state of +hostilities with each other, and that the southern part is called +Mukutshu, and the northern Mukkudeesha. + +According to the _Geographical Bulletin_, No. 98, p. 98, the word +_ganana_ signifies _queue_, or tail, which explains at once the river +which Christopher makes enter the Webbe near Galwen, coming from the +north-westward, to be in reality a branch flowing off from the Jub at +that place. It is a thing unknown to find a river rising in a low +alluvial country. + +To the east of the Webbe the country is inhabited by Somauli tribes, who +are Mahommedans and considerable traders. The country seems every where +to have a considerable population; and instead of being a blank and a +waste, as hitherto supposed and represented on maps, it is found to be +one of the finest portions of Africa, or of the world. Grain of every +kind known in the temperate zones, especially wheat of superior +qualities, is most abundant, and so cheap that the value of a dollar can +purchase as much as will maintain a man for a whole year! + +The sources of the Hawash approach within about thirty miles of the +Abay. The lake Souaie in Gurague is about thirty miles in circumference, +and contains numerous islands. In these are lodged some ancient and +valuable Abyssinian records. It is fed by five small rivers, and empties +itself into the Hawash, (see _Ludolf_.) Gurague is a Christian state, +but reduced to great misery and poverty by the Galla tribes which +surround it on every side. The elevation of Ankobar above the sea is +8200 feet, and of Augollalla about 200 more; so that the climate is very +moderate. The country is every where very mountainous; but at the same +time is in many places well cultivated. The rivers run in deep valleys +or dells, and are very rocky and rapid. The present kingdom of Shoa +contains about 2,500,000 of inhabitants, chiefly Christians of the +Alexandrian Church. + +In March 1842, Mr Krapf set out from Ankobar, to proceed to Egypt, by +way of Gondar and Massuah; but, after traversing the mountainous parts +of Northern Shoa, and the countries of the Woollo-Galla, and reaching a +short distance beyond the Bashilo, (then only five days' journey from +Gondar,) he was compelled, from hostilities prevailing among the chiefs +in that quarter, to retrace his steps to Gatera. In the journey which he +had so far accomplished, Mr Krapf traversed the country near the sources +of the numerous rivers which flow to form the Jimma and the Bashilo. The +mountains were high and cold, (especially in the province of Mans,) and +exceedingly precipitous, ascending and descending 3000 feet in the +course of a few hours. The soil in the valleys was good, and tolerably +well cultivated. Sheep, with long black wool, were numerous; the +population in general rude and ignorant. From Gatera he took his course +to Lake Haik, and from thence, pursuing his route north-eastward, he +crossed the numerous streams which rise in the mountainous range to the +westward, and pursue their course to the country of Adel, north of +Aussa. Crossing the very elevated range on the western frontier of +modern Angot, he pursued his journey to Antalon, leaving at Lat the +Tacazze four days' journey to the west, and crossing in his course the +numerous streams, such as the Tarir, the Ghebia, Sumshato, and the +Tyana, (this last a considerable river,) which flow northward from the +mountains of Angot and Woggerat to form the Areequa, a large tributary +to the Tacazze. Mr Krapf's route lay a little to the westward of Lake +Assanghe, and considerably in this portion thereof to the west of the +route of Alvaraez, who passed on the south side of Mount Ginnamora, from +whence the streams descended to the south-east. + +Lake Haik is a fine sheet of water about forty-five miles in +circumference, with an island near the north-west corner, and an outlet +in the west, which runs to the Berkona. On the east and the south sides +it is surrounded with high mountains. Mount Ambassel or Amba Israel, the +celebrated mountain in Geshen where the younger branches of the royal +family of Abyssinia were imprisoned in early times, is a little to the +north of Lake Haik, and beyond the Mille. It runs north and south, in +length about twelve or thirteen miles, and is exceedingly high and +steep, the sides thereof being almost perpendicular. Mr Krapf, amongst +the most considerable rivers which he passed in this quarter, mentions +the Ala, which he states runs to, and is lost in, the deserts of the +country of Adel. This is important, and this river is no doubt the Wali +of Bruce, which he mentions (vol. iii. p. 248) as the scene of a +remarkable engagement between the sovereigns of Abyssinia and Adel in +1576, during the reign of the Abyssinian king Sertza Denghel. The +Abyssinian army descended from Angot, and crossing the Wali, a +considerable river, cut off the army of Adel from Aussa, drove a portion +thereof into the stream, where they were drowned, while the remainder +flying crossed the stream lower down, and thus effected their escape to +Aussa. This confirms in a remarkable manner the position of this river, +and would almost go to establish the fact that it cannot unite with Lake +Aussa, the termination of the Hawash. + +At the Ala Mr Krapf states that he was then seven days' journey from +Aussa. Aussa, according to Bruce, or rather the capital of Aussa, was in +former times situated on a rock on the bank of the river Hawash. It is +called Aussa Gurel in the old Portuguese maps, and is no doubt the Aussa +Guraiel of Major Harris, laid down on the Arabic map which he obtained +from a native of that place. When low, the termination of the Hawash may +be said to form three lakes; but during the rainy season the land is +flooded round to a great extent, the circumference of the lake then +extending to 120 geographical miles. When the waters retire they leave, +like the Nile in Egypt, a quantity of fine mud or slime, which, +cultivated as it immediately is, produces abundant crops, and on this +account the valley of Aussa is, and always has been, the granary of +Adel. From the southern boundary of the lake to the place where the +Hawash finally extricates itself from the mountainous ranges, the +distance is about five days' journey, or from sixty to seventy miles. +The length of the fine valley of Aussa is about one hundred miles. + +From the summit of the chain which separates the waters which flow +south-east to Adel, and north-west to the Tacazze, Mr Krapf says, that +looking over Lasta to the towering snow-clad peaks of Samen or Simien, +the whole country had the appearance of the raging waves of the sea in a +terrible tempest. The soil around the upper branches of the Tacazze is +very good, especially in Wofila, Boora, and Enderta, adjoining the fine +river Tyana; but it is only indifferently cultivated, owing to the +perpetual wars and feuds amongst the chieftains and tribes in these +parts, and the bad and unsettled governments which now exist in Tigre, +and, in fact, in all Abyssinia. Travelling in these parts is difficult +and insecure, owing to the plundering dispositions of the people, and +the rapacity of the chiefs, who live beyond the control of any +commanding or great sovereign power. At Gatera Mr Krapf was robbed of +every thing that he had by the ferocious Woollo-Galla chief, _Adara +Bille_, from whose clutches he escaped with some difficulty. + +But time and space forbids me going more at length into the interesting +journeys of these late eastern travellers, amongst which those of Major +Harris is certainly the most important. He has accurately determined, +and been the first to determine, the longitude and latitude of Tajoura, +Lake Assal or the Salt Lake, and Ankobar, &c., and thus given correct +starting points from which to regulate the bearings and distances of the +other very interesting places in the interior. The bay of Tajoura +affords good anchorage; but the best point to start for the interior is +Zeila, the route thence to Shoa running along the edges of the watered +and more cultivated districts. + +Amongst the travellers who visited this quarter of Africa lately is Dr +T. C. Beke. He, however, went over the same ground as the others in his +journey from Tajoura to Ankobar, (Messrs Krapf and Isenberg had preceded +him a considerable time;) therefore his letters and communications, so +far as yet known, contain little that is new. The only portion connected +with Shoa which the others had not visited, is about thirty-five miles +of the lower course of the Jimma, near its junction with the Abay, where +the latter stream is about 600 feet broad, and from three to five feet +deep. His subsequent travels in this part of Africa were confined to +Gojam, Damot, and part of Agow Medre, and to the source of the Nile; but +except being more minute in minor details regarding these provinces and +their numerous small streams and rivers, they add little to the +information given by Bruce. Still his journey, when given to the world, +may supply us with some interesting particulars regarding what he +actually saw. + +Dr Beke travelled individually for information; but, in aid of his +laudable enterprise, received some pecuniary assistance from the African +Civilization Society and the Royal Geographical Society. Being a member +of the former society, and while engaged in constructing the maps for +the journals of the Church Missionary Society in the summer of last +year--not for personal gain, but solely to benefit Africa--the +communications and maps which from time to time came from Dr Beke to +that society, were readily put into my hands to use, where they could be +used, to advance the cause of Africa. Amongst the maps there was one of +the countries to the south of the Abay, including Enarea, Kaffa, and +Gingiro, constructed at and sent from Yaush in Gojam, September 6, 1842, +together with some of the authorities on which it had been made. In that +map the whole of the rivers, even to the south of Enarea and Kaffa, the +Gojob, (as the Doctor writes it,) the Omo, the Kibbee or Gibe, the +Dedhasa, and Baro, are all made, though rising beyond, that is, to the +south of Gingiro and to the south and south-east of Kaffa and Woreta, +(Woreta is placed to the south of Kaffa,) to run north-westward into the +Abay. In fact, the Gojob is represented on that map to be the parent +stream of the Bahr-el-Azreek or Blue River, and quite a distinct stream +from the Abay, which it is made to join by the Toumat, having from the +south-east received in its middle course the Geba, the Gibe, the +Dedhasa, and the Baro, and from the south-west the Omo or Abo. The whole +delineation, a copy of which I preserved, presented a mass so contrary +to all other authorities, ancient and modern, that to rectify or reduce +it to order was found impracticable, or where attempted only tended to +lead into error. + +The error of bringing such an influx of water as the rivers mentioned, +and so delineated, would bring to the Blue Nile, is evident from the +fact, that this river at Senaar in the dry season is, according to +Bruce, only about the size of the Thames at Richmond. His words are +specific and emphatic, (Vol. vii. App. p. 89)--"The Nile at Babosch is +like, or greater than the Thames at Richmond"--"has fine white sand on +its banks"--"the water is clear, and in some places not more than two +feet deep." Dumbaro (or Tzamburo, as the Doctor calls it in the map +alluded to) is laid down between eight degrees and nine degrees north +latitude, and west of Wallega; Tuftee is placed more to the north on the +river designated the Blue River, and Gobo still further north upon it, +in fact adjoining to its junction with the Abay. Doko is not noticed on +the map. + +The intelligent native Abyssinian Gregorius, without referring to +numerous other credible, early, and also modern authorities, determines +this important point quite differently and accurately; for he assured +Ludolf, (A. D. 1650, see _Ludolf_, p. 38,) that all those rivers that +are upon the borders of Ethiopia, in the countries of "Cambat, Gurague, +Enarea, Zandera, Wed, Waci, Gaci, and some others," do not flow into the +Nile or any of his tributaries, but "enter the sea, every one in his +distinct region," that is, the Indian ocean. + +Since his return to England Dr Beke has, I have reason to believe, found +out his great error; and will alter the course of all these rivers in +Enarea and Kaffa, and bend their courses to the south-east and south.{B} + +With these observations I proceed to a more important portion of my +subject; namely, the position and capabilities of Africa, as these +connect themselves with the present position and prospects of the +British Tropical possessions, and the position and prospects of the +Tropical possessions of other powers. + +The support of the power and the maintenance of the political +preponderance of Great Britain in the scale of nations, depend upon +colonial possessions. To render colonies most efficient, and most +advantageous for her general interests, it is indispensably necessary +that these should be planted in the Tropical world, the productions of +which ever have been, are, and ever will be, eagerly sought after by the +civilized nations of the temperate zones. + +One of the greatest modern French statesmen, Talleyrand, understood and +recommended this fact to his master. In his celebrated memorial +addressed to Bonaparte in 1801, speaking specially of England and her +colonies, he says:-- + + "Her navy and her commerce are at present all her trust. France may + add Italy and Germany to her dominions with less detriment to Great + Britain then will follow the acquisition of a navy and the + extension of her trade. Whatever gives colonies to France supplies + her with ships, sailors, manufactures, and husbandmen. Victories by + land can only give her mutinous subjects, who, instead of + augmenting the national force by their riches or numbers, + contribute only to disperse and enfeeble that force; but the growth + of colonies supplies her with zealous citizens, and the increase of + real wealth; and increase of effective numbers is the certain + consequence." + + "What could Germany, Italy, Spain, and France, combining their + strength, do against England? They might assemble in millions on + the shores of the Channel, but THERE would be the limits of their + enmity. Without ships to carry them over, and without experienced + mariners to navigate these ships, Britain would only deride the + pompous preparation. The moment we leave the shore her fleets are + ready to pounce upon us, to disperse and to destroy our ineffectual + armaments. There lies her security; in her insular situation and + her navy consists her impregnable defence. Her navy is in every + respect the offspring of her trade. To rob her of that, therefore, + is to BEAT DOWN her LAST WALL, AND TO FILL UP HER LAST + MOAT. To gain it to ourselves is to enable us to take advantage of + her deserted and defenceless borders, and to complete the + humiliation of our only remaining competitor." + +These are correct opinions, and merit the constant and most serious +attention of every British statesman. The increased cultivation and +prosperity of foreign Tropical possessions is become so great, and is +advancing so rapidly the power and the resources of other nations, that +these are embarrassing this country in all her commercial relations, in +her pecuniary resources, and in all her political relations and +negotiations. + +During the fearful struggle of a quarter of a century, for her existence +as a nation, against the power and resources of Europe, directed by the +most intelligent but remorseless military ambition against her, the +command of the productions of the torrid zone, and the advantageous +commerce which that afforded, gave to Great Britain the power and the +resources which enabled her to meet, to combat, and to overcome, her +numerous and reckless enemies in every battle-field, whether by sea or +by land, throughout the world. In her the world saw realized the fabled +giant of antiquity. With her hundred hands she grasped her foes in every +region under heaven, and crushed them with resistless energy. + +Who, it may be asked, manned those fleets which bore the flag, and the +fame, and the power, of England over every sea and into every land--who +swept fleets from the sea, as at Aboukir, and navies from the ocean, as +at Trafalgar? + +It may pointedly and safely be stated--the seamen supplied by the +colonial trade, and chiefly by the West Indian colonial trade of Great +Britain. About 2000 seamen, for example, were every year drawn into the +West Indian trade of the Clyde from the herring fisheries on the west +coast of Scotland, and just as regularly transferred from that colonial +trade into British men-of-war, such men being the best seamen that they +had, because they were men accustomed to every climate from the arctic +circle to the equator. + +In the event of any future war, men of this description will more than +ever be wanted; because the torrid regions are become more populous and +more powerful, either in themselves or as connected with great nations +in the temperate zones, and consequently the sphere of European +conflicts will be more extended in them. + +The world, especially Europe and America, is vastly improved since 1815. +Great Britain must look at and attend to this. She must march and act +accordingly. The world will not wait for her if she chooses to stand +still; on the contrary, other nations will "go ahead," and leave her +behind to repent of her folly. + +"England," said her greatest warrior, "cannot have a little war;" +neither can she exist as a little nation. + +The natives of the torrid zone can only labour in the cultivation of the +soil of that zone. In no other zone can the special productions of the +torrid zone be produced in perfection. + +There now remains no portion of the tropical world where _labour can be +had on the spot_, and whereon Great Britain can so conveniently and +safely plant her foot, in order to accomplish the desirable +object--extensive Tropical cultivation--but Tropical Africa. Every other +part is occupied by independent nations, or by people that may and will +soon become independent. + +British capital and knowledge will abundantly furnish the means to +cultivate her rich fields. This is the only rational and lasting way to +instruct and to enlighten her people, and to keep them enlightened, +civilized, and industrious. By adopting this course also, that British +capital, both commercial and manufacturing, which in one way or other +finds its way, and which will continue to find its way, especially while +money is so cheap in this country, into foreign possessions to assist +the slave trade and to support slavery--will be turned to support the +cause of freedom in Africa, and at the same time to increase instead of +tending to diminish the trade and the power of this country. + +The principle which Great Britain has adopted in her future agricultural +relations with the Tropical world is, that colonial produce must be +produced, and that it can be produced in that region cheaper by free +African and East Indian labour than by slave labour. This great +principle she cannot deviate from, nor attempt to revoke. + +If the foreign slave trade be not extinguished, and the cultivation of +the Tropical territories of other powers opposed and checked by British +Tropical cultivation, then the interests and the power of such states +will rise into a preponderance over those of Great Britain; and the +power and influence of the latter will cease to be felt, feared, and +respected, amongst the civilized and powerful nations of this world. + +Civilization and peace can only be brought round in Africa by the +extension of cultivation, accompanied by the introduction of true +religion. Commerce will doubtless prove a powerful auxiliary; but to +render it so, and to raise commerce to any permanent or beneficial +extent, cultivation upon an extensive scale must precede commerce in +Africa. + +It is, therefore, _within_ Africa, and by African hands and African +exertions chiefly, that the slave trade can be destroyed. It is IN +Africa, not OUT of Africa, that Africans, generally speaking, can and +must be enlightened and civilized. Teach and show her rulers and her +people, that they can obtain, and that white men will give them, more +for the productions of their soil than for the hands which can produce +these--and the work is done. All other steps are futile, can only be +mischievous and delusive, and terminate in disappointment and defeat. To +eradicate the slave trade will not eradicate the passions which gave it +birth. + +In attempting to extinguish the African slave trade and to benefit +Africa, Great Britain has, in one shape or other, expended during the +last thirty-six years above L20,000,000; yet, instead of that traffic +being destroyed, it has, as regards the possessions of foreign powers, +been trebled, and is now as great as ever, while Africa has received no +advantage whatever. Since 1808, about 3,500,000 slaves have been +transported from Africa to the Brazils and Cuba. The productions of what +is technically denominated colonial Tropical produce has, in +consequence, been increased from L15,000,000 to L60,000,000 annually, +augmented in part, it is true, from the natural increase of nearly one +million slaves more in the United States of America. + +In abolishing slavery in the West Indies, Great Britain has besides +expended above L20,000,000; still that measure has hitherto been so +little successful, that L100,000,000 of fixed capital additional, +invested in these colonies, stand on the brink of destruction; while, in +addition to the former sums, the people of Great Britain have, from the +enhanced price of produce, paid during the last six or seven years +L10,000,00 more, and which has gone chiefly, if not wholly, into the +pockets of the negro labourers in excessive high wages, the giant evil +which afflicts the West Indies. + +When the emancipation of the slaves in the West Indies was carried +amidst feeling without judgment, the nation was so ready to pay +L20,000,000, and the West Indians, especially those in England, so +anxious to receive it, each considering that act all that was requisite +to be done, that neither party ever thought for a moment of what foreign +nations had done, were doing, and would do, in consequence. The warnings +and advice of local knowledge were scouted in England, till these evils, +which prudence might and ought to have prevented, now stare all parties +in the face with a strength that puzzles the wisest and appals the +boldest. + +Instead of supplying her own wants with Tropical produce, and next +nearly all Europe, as she formerly did, it is the fact that, in some of +the most important articles, she has barely sufficient to supply her own +wants; while the whole of her colonial possessions, east, west, north, +and south, are at this moment supplied with--and, as regards the article +of sugar, are consuming--foreign slave produce, brought direct, or, +refined in bond, exported and sold in the colonies at a rate as cheap, +if not really cheaper, than British muscovado, the produce of these +colonies. + +Such a state of things cannot continue, nor ought it any longer to be +permitted to continue, without adopting an effectual remedy. + +The extent of the power and the interests which are arrayed against each +other, in this serious conflict, must be minutely considered to be +properly understood in a commercial and in a political point of view. +Unless this is done the magnitude of the danger, and the assistance +which is necessary to be given, and the exertions which are requisite in +order to bring the contest to a successful issue, cannot be properly +appreciated or correctly understood. + +The value of what is technically called colonial produce at present +produced in the British colonial possessions, the East Indies included, +is about L10,000,000 yearly, from a capital invested to the extent of +L150,000,000. The trade thus created employs 800 ships, 300,000 tons, +and 17,000 seamen yearly. This is the yearly value of the property and +produce of the British Tropical agricultural trade, now dependent upon +free labour. + +Against this we have opposed, in the western world alone, nearly +L60,000,000 of agricultural produce, exportable and exported yearly, +requiring a trade in returns equal to L56,000,000, and a proportionate +number of ships' tonnage and seamen. In the trade with Cuba and Port +Rico alone, the United States have 1600 vessels employed yearly, +(230,000 tons of shipping,) making numerous and speedy voyages, and from +which trade only, these states, in case of emergency, could man and +maintain from twenty to thirty sail of the line. + +On the part of foreign nations there has, since 1808, been L800,000,000 +of fixed capital created in slaves, and in cultivation wholly dependent +upon the labour of slaves. On the other hand, there stands on the part +of Great Britain, altogether and only, about L130,000,000 (deducting the +value paid for the slaves) vested in Tropical cultivation, and formerly +dependent upon slave labour, and which has in part been swept away, +while the remainder is in danger of being so. + +Let us have recourse to a few returns and figures, in order to show what +is going on, especially by slave-labour in other countries, as compared +with British possessions, in three articles of colonial produce, namely, +sugar, (reducing the foreign clayed sugar into muscovado to make the +comparison just,) coffee, and cotton; and as regards a few foreign +countries only, nearly three-fourths of which produce, be it observed, +has been created within the last thirty years. + + +SUGAR--1842. + + _British possessions._ _Foreign possessions._ + + cwts. cwts. + West Indies, 2,508,552 Cuba, 5,800,000 + East Indies, 940,452 Brazils, 2,400,000 + Mauritius, (1841,) 544,767 Java, 1,105,757 + --------- Louisiana, 1,400,000 + Total, 3,993,771 ---------- + Total, 10,705,757 + + +COFFEE--1842. + + lbs. lbs. + West Indies, 9,186,555 Java, 134,842,715 + East Indies, 18,206,448 Brazils, 135,000,800 + ---------- Cuba, 33,589,325 + Total, 27,393,003 Venezuela, 34,000,000 + ----------- + Total, 337,432,840 + + +COTTON--1840. + + lbs. lbs. + West Indies, 427,529 United States, 790,479,275 + East Indies, 77,015,917 Java, 165,504,800 + To China from do., 60,000,000 Brazils, 25,222,828 + ----------- ----------- + Total, 137,443,446 Total, 981,206,903 + +The above figures require only to be glanced at, to learn the increased +wealth and productions of foreign nations, in comparison with the +portion which England has in the trade and value of such articles, now +become absolutely necessary for the manufactures, the luxuries, and the +necessaries of life amongst the civilized nations of the world. + +In the enormous property and traffic thus created in foreign +possessions, by the continuance and extension of the slave trade, +British merchants and manufacturers are interested in the cause of their +lawful trade to a great extent. The remainder is divided amongst the +great civilized nations of the world, maintaining in each very +extensive, very wealthy, very powerful, and, as opposed to Great +Britain, very formidable commercial and political rival interests. + +Further, it is the very extensive and profitable markets which the +above-mentioned yearly creation of property gives to the manufacturers +of foreign countries, that have raised foreign manufactures to their +present importance, and which enables these, in numerous instances, to +oppose and to rival our own. + +The odds, therefore, in agricultural and commercial capital and +interest, and consequently in political power and influence, arrayed +against the British Tropical possessions are very fearful--SIX TO ONE. + +This is a most serious but correct state of things. Alarming as it is to +contemplate, still it must be looked at, and looked at with firmness; +for even yet it may be considered without terror or alarm. + +The struggle, both national and colonial, is clearly therefore most +important, and the stake at issue incalculably great. + +It is by the assistance of African free labour, and by the judicious and +just application thereof, both in Africa and in the West Indian +colonies, that the victory of free labour over slave labour, freedom +over slavery, can be achieved and maintained. + +The abundant population of Africa, properly directed, and a small +portion gradually taken from judiciously selected districts of that +continent, and under proper regulations, will be found sufficient to +cultivate, not only her own fertile fields, but also to supply in +adequate numbers free labourers to maintain the cultivation of the +British West Indian colonies. It must always be borne in mind, that in +the maintenance of cultivation, civilization, and industry, in those +possessions, the cultivation, industry, and civilization of Africa +depend. _The cause of both is henceforth the same, and cannot, and ought +not, and must not be separated._ Whatever sources the West Indian +colonies may and must look to for immediate relief, it is in civilized +and enlightened Africa that they can only depend for a future and +permanent support. Abandon this principle and this course, and the error +committed will, at an early day, be fatal and final. + +Yet if the labour of Africa is continued to be abstracted to any +considerable extent by Europeans, and from any points except from free +European settlements in Africa, in order to cultivate other quarters of +the world, all hope of improving the condition of Africa is at an end; +because the abstraction of such labour can only be obtained by the +continuation of internal slavery and a slave trade within Africa; +because labour, if generally abstracted from Africa as heretofore, +whether in freemen or slaves, will tend to enhance the cost of that +which remains to such an extent, as will render it all but impossible +for any industrious capitalist, whether European or native, to extend +and maintain successfully cultivation in Africa. + +Had the 9,000,000 of slaves which, from first to last, have been torn +from Africa to cultivate America, been employed in their native land, +supported by European (British) capital, and guided by British +intelligence, how much more beneficial and secure than it is, would +every thing have been to Africa, to England, and to the world? + +Europe has been acting wrong: let her not continue in error; and, at the +same time, let England meet and grapple with the question with enlarged +and liberal views--views that look to future times and future +circumstances--views such as England ought to entertain, and such as +Great Britain only can yet see carried into effect. + +We first established cultivation in the West Indies by a population not +natives of the soil, but which required to be imported from another and +distant quarter of the globe. This, politically and commercially +speaking, was a great error; but it has been committed, and it would be +a greater error to leave those people, now free British subjects, and +the large British capital there vested, to decay, misery, and general +deterioration. They must be supported, and it is fortunate that they can +be supported, through their present difficulties, without inflicting a +grievous wrong on Africa, by taking her children from her by wholesale +to cultivate distant and foreign lands. + +If European nations generally adopt the system of transporting labourers +as freemen from Africa, then Africa would continue to be as much +distressed, tortured, and oppressed, as ever she has been; while with +the great strength of slave labour which those vast and fertile +countries, Brazils, Cuba, &c., possess, they would, by the unlimited +introduction of people called free from Africa, but which, once got +into their power, they could coerce to labour for stated hire, overwhelm +by increased production all the British colonies both in the west and in +the east. + +Such abstraction of the African population from their country, would +give a fearful impulse to an internal slave trade in Africa. The +unfeeling chiefs on the coast, the most profligate, debased, and +ferocious of mankind, would by fraud, force, or purchase, in the +character of emigration agents, drag as many to the coast as they +pleased and might be wanted; and while they did not actually sell, nor +the European, technically speaking, buy, the people so brought from +interior parts, these chiefs, by simply fixing high port charges and +fiscal regulations for revenue purposes, would obtain from the transfer +of the people--a transfer which these people could not resist or +oppose--a much higher income than they before received from the _bona +fide_ sale of slaves; and with which income they could, and they would, +purchase European articles from European traders, to enable them to +furnish additional and future supplies. + +In this way, millions after millions of Africans--for millions after +millions would most unquestionably be demanded--would certainly be +carried away. The poor creatures, unable to pay their own passage, would +no more be their own masters from the moment they got on board the +foreign ship, than if they were really slaves. + +Such a traffic as this on the part of foreign nations, Great Britain +could neither denounce nor oppose while she herself resorted to a +similar course. In one way only she could reasonably resist and oppose +it; namely, by urging that she only took people from her own African +settlements, which are free, to her West Indian settlements, which are +free also; while foreign nations, such as Brazils, had no possessions of +any kind on the coast of Africa, and at the same time retained slavery +in their dominions. Great Britain could only urge this plea in +opposition to such proceedings on the part of other powers; but would +such reasoning, however proper and just, be admitted or listened to? I +do not think that it would. The consequences of the adoption of such a +course by the nation alluded to, or by any other European power which +has Tropical colonies, (France, Spain, Denmark, and Holland have,) will +prove fatal to the best interests of Great Britain. + +Already the people in the Brazils have begun to moot the question--that +they ought in sincerity to put an end to the African slave trade, and in +lieu thereof to bring labourers from Africa as free people. The supply +of such that will be required, both to maintain the present numbers of +the black population and to extend cultivation in that country, will +certainly be great and lasting. The disparity of the sexes in Brazils is +undoubtedly great. In Cuba it is in the proportion of 275,000 males to +150,000 females, and, amongst the whole, the number of young persons is +small. To keep up the population only in these countries will probably +require 130,000 people from Africa yearly; while interest will lead the +agricultural capitalist in those countries to bring only effective +labourers, and these as a matter of course chiefly males; which will +tend to perpetuate the evils arising from the inequality of the sexes, +and thus continue, to a period the most remote, the demand from Africa, +and consequently a continued expense, equal perhaps to L30 each, for +every effective free labourer brought from that continent. + +It is thus obvious that African immigration in any shape, and to any +nation, is a most serious matter. Unless the subject is considered in +all its bearings, with reference not only to the present but to future +times, and above all with reference to the steps which France, Portugal, +or any other European power, may take in Africa, and also with reference +to the steps which Great Britain may or may not take with regard to that +great continent--most embarrassing results must follow; while, on the +steps which may be taken by other nations, the British colonial +interests henceforward depend. + +There remains but one certain and efficient way to prevent fatal evils +and destructive results, and that is the simple, and ready, and rational +course; namely, to oppose free labour _within_ Africa, and the West +Indies and the East Indies, to African labour, whether free or bond, +abstracted from her soil and carried by foreign nations to distant parts +of the globe. In Africa, where the soil, the climate, the productions +are equal and the same, _one-sixth_ part of the capital in labour would +obtain labour equally efficient, nay more efficient, because removing +Africans from their own country, either as slaves or freemen, even to +other Tropical climates, must be attended with considerable risk and +loss. + +Produce, supplied cheaper from Africa than it can be obtained from the +places above alluded to, would speedily and completely terminate, not +only the foreign African slave trade, but the slave trade and slavery in +Africa itself. This is the only safe, secure, and certain way to +accomplish the great object. It is safe because it is just; it is secure +because it is profitable to all concerned, the giver as well as the +receiver of the boon. + +It is neither prudent, patriotic, nor safe, to attempt to confine the +productions of colonial commodities to the present British Tropical +possessions; while the production of these in other countries and places +will be increased by the capital and industry of other nations, and even +by British capital and skill, more especially while capital cannot find +room for profitable employment in England. During the war, Great Britain +exported to the continent of Europe colonial produce to the extent of +five millions yearly; and which in every case, but especially in bad +seasons, when large supplies of continental grain were necessary for the +food of her population, always secured a large balance of trade in her +favour, and which would again be the case if she adopts the course here +pointed out. + +Adopting the course recommended, Great Britain at an early day would be +able to supply, not only her own extensive markets, both home and +colonial, with sugar, coffee, cotton, and dye-stuffs, &c. &c., but, in +every other market of the world, she would come in for a large share of +the external traffic. Her ships and her seamen would carry, both to her +own and to foreign markets, the productions raised by British subjects +and British capital, instead of carrying from foreign port to foreign +port, as her ships and her seamen do at this moment, the productions +raised by foreign people, capital, and industry. Great additional wealth +would thus be drawn to this country; Tropical produce of every +description would be obtained at a reasonable, yet remunerating rate; +now, extensive, and profitable markets would be opened up to our +manufactures. They would become and remain prosperous; and all classes +of the community would be benefited and relieved. Prosperity would +increase the power of the people to consume; increased consumption would +produce increased revenue; and the government would be relieved from +unceasing applications for relief, which, under existing circumstances, +they have it not in their power to give. + +The point under consideration also, important as it is, becomes still +more important when the fact is considered, that if Great Britain does +not set about the work to raise that produce in Africa, and command the +trade proceeding from it, other nations most assuredly will; when she +will lose, not only the advantages which that cultivation and trade +would give her, but that trade also which she at present holds with her +own colonies; for it is plain that the proceedings of foreign countries, +such as have been adverted to, both in Africa, America, and other +places, would cover the British colonies with poverty and ruin. + +The geographical position of Africa is peculiarly favourable for +commerce with all other countries, and especially with Great Britain and +her vast and varied possessions. Africa, or rather Tropical Africa, is +equally distant from America, and Europe, and the most civilized parts +of Asia, besides her proximity to Arabia, and, by means of the Red Sea, +with Egypt and the Mediterranean. Africa, whether we look to the Cape of +Good Hope or the Red Sea, is the impregnable halfway house to India--the +quarter to make good the loss of an Indian empire. She has numerous good +harbours, many navigable rivers, a most fruitful soil, valuable +productions of every kind, known in every other quarter of the Tropical +world, besides some peculiarly her own; and a climate and a country, +take it all in all, equal, if not superior, to any other Tropical +quarter of the world in point of salubrity. Her population are indeed +ignorant and debased; but generally speaking, and especially over large +portions of her surface, they are even more active, and intelligent, and +industrious, than the Indians of America, or the people in some parts of +Asia are, or than the population of Europe was, before the arms of Rome +coerced and civilized them. Why, then, is Africa overlooked and +neglected? + +Let us attend to the following facts. They are, both in a political and +commercial point of view, of great importance, as showing the progress +of the opinions and efforts of foreign nations as directed towards +Africa. + +The great energies of France are, it is well known, at present strongly +directed to the more important points of Tropical Africa, for the +purpose of extending colonization, cultivation, and commerce therein, in +order that she may thereby obtain supplies of colonial produce from the +application of her own capital, and at the same time, and by this +measure, to raise up a more extensive commercial marine, and +consequently a more powerful and commanding navy. + +Under such circumstances, the real question to be solved is--Shall Great +Britain secure and keep, as she may do, the superiority in Tropical +cultivation, commerce, and influence? or, Shall foreign countries be +suffered to acquire this supremacy, not only as regards themselves +specifically, but even to the extent of supplying British markets with +the produce of their fields, their labour, and their capital, to the +abandonment and destruction of her own? + +This is the true state of the case; and the result is a vital question +as regards the future power and resources of Great Britain. + +France is already securely placed at the mouth of the Senegal, and at +Goree, extending her influence eastward and north-eastward from both +places. She has a settlement at Albreda, on the Gambia, a short distance +above St Mary's, and which commands that river. She has just formed a +settlement close by Cape Palmas, and another at the mouth of the Gaboon, +and a third by this time near the chief mouth of the Niger, in the Bight +of Benin. She has fixed herself at Massuah and Buro, on the west shore +of the Red Sea, commanding the inlets into Abyssinia. She is +endeavouring to fix her flag at Brava and the mouth of the Jub; and she +has just taken permanent possession of the important island of Johanna, +situated in the centre of the northern outlet of the Mozambique channel, +by which she acquires the command of that important channel. Her active +agents are placed in Southern Abyssinia, and are traversing the borders +of the Great Bahr-el-Abiad; while the northern shores of Africa will +speedily be her own. + +Spain has planted herself in the island of Fernando Po, which commands +all the outlets of the Niger, and the rivers from Cameroons to the +equator; and from which she can readily obtain at any time any number of +people from the adjacent coasts for her West Indian possessions, either +as slaves or freemen. + +About six years ago, the government of Portugal appointed a commission +to enquire into the state and condition of her once fine and still +important colonies in Tropical Africa, and to report upon the best +course to adopt to render them beneficial to the mother country. They +have reported and wisely recommended, that Portuguese knowledge and +capital should, as far as possible, be again sent to Africa, in order to +instruct, enlighten, and cultivate these valuable possessions; and +instead of allowing, as heretofore, labour in slaves to be abstracted +from Africa, that native labourers should be retained and employed in +Africa itself; and further, that it should to the utmost be aided and +directed by European skill, capital, and labour. Thus, fourteen degrees +of latitude on the east coast, and twenty degrees of latitude on the +west coast, will, at an early day, be set free from the slave trade. +From these points the Brazil markets were chiefly supplied with slaves; +but Brazils being now separated from Portugal, the latter has and can +have no interest in allowing the former to carry on the slave trade from +her African dominions, but quite the reverse. + +The discovery of the route to India by the Cape of Good Hope changed the +course of eastern commerce. The exertions of Portugal in the manner +proposed, will now, and most certainly and severely, affect Tropical +productions and commerce in every market. In this case, England ought to +encourage and support Portugal, and, by following her footsteps in other +eligible parts of Africa, share in the advantages which such a state of +things, and the cultivation and improvement of Africa, is certain to +produce. + +The Iman of Muscat, the sovereign of Zanzibar, has lately put an end to +the slave trade in his dominions in Africa, extending northwards from +the Portuguese boundary eight degrees of latitude on the eastern coast. +His envoy, who was lately in England, was so delighted with the +treatment which he received, and with all that he heard and saw here, +that he has influenced his master to carry out sincerely the views and +objects recommended by England. I have in my possession a most +interesting account of the country, extending into the interior of +Africa, from the coast opposite Zanzibar all the way to the great lake +Maravi. The country is intersected with noble rivers, one especially +which issues out of the lake; is generally healthy and well cultivated, +especially as the lake is approached. The population are generally of +Arabian descent, industrious, and clothed. A wide field, therefore, for +commercial operations is open in this quarter. + +The powerful sovereign of Dahomey has agreed to abolish the slave trade. +Independent of his considerable dominions, his fine country was one of +the greatest high-roads for the slave caravans from the interior. He has +received, welcomed, and encouraged the Wesleyan missionaries lately sent +to that quarter. The missionaries from this society, and also one from +the Church Missionary Society, have penetrated to Abekuta, a town +containing 40,000 inhabitants, and about 106 miles north-east of Lagos, +and north of Benin. The country, immediately after quitting the coast, +becomes most fertile, pleasant, and healthy, as all that country to the +north of the Formosa is well known to be. The population are eager for +instruction; they are comparatively industrious and civilized; they +manufacture all their necessary agricultural implements, bits for +bridles, hoes, &c., from their own iron; they tan their own leather, and +manufacture therefrom saddles, bridles, shoes, &c. + +The great sovereign of Ashantee has also received with royal honours, +and welcomed, the ministers of the gospel, encouraged them, and listened +to them in the most gratifying manner. The Almamy of Teembo--a state +which commands the fine districts around the Niger in its early course, +and the roads from populous interior parts on the east to the western +coast--has lately evinced the strongest desire to extend cultivation and +commerce in lieu of the slave trade, and to have a ready communication +with Europeans, and especially with the English. In other portions of +Africa important movements are also going on, most gratifying to the +friends of humanity and religion. + +The United States of America, as a nation, is about to incorporate with +her dominions the whole coast of Africa on Cape Palmas to the borders of +the Gallinas--a fertile and healthy part of that continent, and wherein +several settlements have of late years been made by the free people of +colour from those states. This effected, there will hardly remain a spot +of any consequence in Tropical Africa worth looking after for Great +Britain to plant her foot, either for the purpose of obtaining labourers +for her West Indian colonies, or to extend agriculture and commerce with +Africa. The present British Tropical African possessions have been, and +are, very badly selected for any one of the purposes alluded to, or for +extending political power and influence in Africa. Still much more may +be made of them than has ever hitherto been done. + +But there is a still higher and more important consideration as regards +Africa alone--the eternal salvation of her people. This consideration is +addressed to the rulers of a Christian nation. The appeal cannot fall on +deaf ears. The debt which Great Britain owes to Africa, it is +undeniable, is incalculably great. The sooner it is put in course of +liquidation the better. To spread Christianity throughout Africa can +only atone for the past. Our duty as Christians, and our interests as +men, call on us to undertake the work. It is the cause, the safety, the +improvement, and the salvation of a large portion of the human race; it +is the cause of our country, the cause of our colonies, the cause of +truth, the cause of justice, the cause of Christianity, the cause and +the pleading of a Christian nation--and a cause like this cannot plead +in vain. + +To secure these important objects no great or immediate expenditure is +necessary; nay, if properly gone about, a saving in the present African +expenditure may be effected. + + JAMES MACQUEEN. + LONDON, _3d May 1844_. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} This bend is represented in a map constructed in Paris, and said to +be from information obtained in a second voyage; but no such bend is +indicated in the journal of the original voyage by Captain Selim. + +{B} Under date Yaush, September 21, 1842, Dr Beke states the curious and +important fact, that the people of Enarea and Kaffa communicate with the +west coast of Africa, and that one of the articles of merchandise +brought from that coast to these places was salt. + + + + +NARRATION OF CERTAIN UNCOMMON THINGS THAT DID FORMERLY HAPPEN TO ME, +HERBERT WILLIS, B.D. + + +It had pleased Heaven in the year 1672, when I had finished my studies +in Magdalen College, Oxford, whereof I was a Demy, and had taken my +degree of bachelor of arts in the preceding term, to visit me with so +severe an affliction of fever, which many took at first for the +commencement of the small-pox, that I was recommended by the physicians, +when the malady had abated, to return to my father's house and recover +my strength by diet and exercise. This I was fain to do; and having +hired a small horse of Master John Nayler in the corn market, to take me +as far as to the mansion of a gentleman, an ancient friend of my +father's, who had a house near unto Reading in Berkshire, and in those +troubled times, when no man knew whereunto things might turn from day to +day, did keep himself much retired. I bade adieu to the university with +a light heart but a weakened habit of body, and turned my horse's head +to the south. I performed the journey without accident in one day; but +the exertion thereof had so exhausted my strength, that Mr Waller, +(which was the name of my father's friend, and of kin to the famous poet +Edmund Waller, Esquire, who hath been ever in such favour with our +governors and kings,) perceiving I was nigh discomfited, did press me to +go to my chamber without delay. He was otherwise very gracious in his +reception of me, and professed great amity to me, as being the son of +his fast friend and companion; but yet I marked, as it were, a cloud +that lay obscure behind his external professions, as if he was uneasy in +his mind, and was not altogether pleased with having a stranger within +his gates. Howbeit I thanked him very heartily for his hospitality, and +betook myself to the chamber that was assigned for my repose. It was a +pretty, small room, whereof I greatly admired the fashion; and the +furnishing thereof was extreme gay, for the bed hangings were of bright +crimson silk, and on a table was placed a mirror of true Venetian glass. +Also, there were chests of mahogany wood, and other luxurious devices, +which my weariness did not hinder me from observing; but finally I was +overcome by my weakness, and I threw myself on the bed without removing +my apparel, and sustained as I believe, though I have no certain +warranty thereof, an access of deliquium or fainting. When I did recover +my senses after this interval of suspended faculty, (whether proceeding +from sleep or the other cause above designated,) I lay for many minutes +revolving various circumstances in my mind. I resolved, if by any means +my bodily powers were thereunto sufficient, to depart on the morrow, and +borrow one of Mr Waller's horses to convey me on my way, for I was +uneasy to be thought an intruder; but when I had settled upon this in my +mind, a new incident occurred which altered the current of my thoughts, +for I perceived a slight noise at the door of my chamber as of one +stealthily turning the handle, and I lay, without making any motion, to +watch whereunto this proceeding would tend. The door was put gently +open, and a figure did enter the room, so disguised with fantastical +apparel, that I was much put to it to guess what the issue would be. It +was of a woman, tall and majestical, with a red turbaund round her head, +and over her shoulders a shawl much bedizened with needlework. Her gown +was of green cloth, and I was made aware by the sound, as she passed +along the floor, that the heels of her shoes were more than commonly +high. With this apparition, of which I took only a very rapid +observation through my half-closed eyelids, I was greatly astonished; +for she was an exact resemblance to those bold Egyptian queans who were +at first called Bohemians, but are nothing better than thieves and +vagabonds, if indeed they be not the chosen people of the prince of +darkness himself. She looked carefully all round the room, and after +opening one of the drawers of mahogany wood, and taking something +therefrom which I could not discern, she approached to the side of my +bed, and looked earnestly upon me as I lay. I could not keep up the +delusion any longer, and opened my eyes. She continued gazing +steadfastly upon me without alteration of her countenance or uttering +any word, whether of apology or explanation; and I was so held in by the +lustre of her large eyes, and the fixed rigidity of her features, that +for some time I was unable to give utterance to my thoughts. + +"Woman," I said at last, "what want you with me?" + +"Your help, if you will be gracious to poor mourners such as we." + +I interrogated her much and curiously as to what service she required at +my hands; for I had a scrupulosity to promise any thing to one whose +external made me think her a disciple of Mahomet, as those gipsies are +said to be. After much hesitating, she could not conceal from me that +she was in this disguise for some special and extraordinary purpose; +nevertheless, she condescended on no particulars of her state or +condition; but when I finally promised to satisfy her demand, if it +might be done by a Christian gentleman, and a poor candidate for the +holy ministry, she cautioned me not to be startled by whatever I should +see, and beckoned me to follow her--the which I did in no easy frame of +mind. Opening a little door which I had not seen when I took observation +of the apartment, she disappeared down two or three steps, where I +pursued the slight sound of her footfall; for there was great darkness, +so that I could see nothing. We went, as I conjectured, through several +passages of some length, till finally she paused; and knocked very +gently three times at a door. The door was speedily opened; and in +answer to a question of my guide, whether godly Mr Lees was yet arrived, +a voice answered that he was there, and expecting us with impatience. +When I passed through the door, I found myself in a small chamber, dimly +lighted by one small lamp, which was placed upon a table by the side of +a bed; and when I looked more fixedly I thought I perceived the figure +of a person stretched on the bed, but lying so fixed and still, that I +marvelled whether it was alive or dead. At the foot of the bed stood a +venerable old man, in the dress of a clergyman of our holy church, with +a book open in his hand, and my strange guide led me up to where he was +standing, and whispered to him, but so that I could hear her words, +"This gentleman hath promised to assist us in this matter." + +But hereupon I interposed with a few words to the same revered divine. +"Sir," I said, "I would be informed wherefore I am summoned hither, and +in what my assistance is needful?" + +"He hath not then been previously informed?" he said to the Egyptian; +and receiving some sign of negation from her, he closed the book, and +leading me apart into a corner of the apartment, discovered the matter +in a very pious and edifying manner. + +"It is to be godfather in the holy rite of baptism, to one whom it is +our duty, as Christian men, to rescue from the dangerous condition of +worse than unregenerate heathenism." + +"The child of that Egyptian woman?" I asked; but he said, "No. She who +is now disguised in that attire is no Egyptian, but a true Samaritan, +who hath been the means of working much good in the evil times past, and +is likely to be a useful instrument in the troubled times yet to come. +If this dissolute court, and Popish heir-presumptive, do proceed in +their attempts to overthrow our pure Reformed church, depend on it, +young man, that that woman will not be found wanting in the hour of +trial. But for the matter in hand, will you be godfather to the person +now to be received into the ark?" + +I told him I could not burden my conscience with so great and important +duties, without some assurance that I should be able to fulfil them. +Whereto he replied, that such scrupulosities, however praiseworthy in +calmer tines, ought now to yield to the paramount consideration of +saving a soul alive. + +A faint voice, proceeding from the bed, was here heard mournfully asking +if the ceremony was now to begin, for death was near at hand. + +I went up to the bed and saw the face of a pale dying woman, whose +eyes, albeit they encountered mine, had no sense of sight in them, for +the shadows of the Great King were already settled upon her countenance. +"Begin then," I said to the clergyman; and on a motion from him, the +woman who had conducted me went out, and shortly returned, leading by +the hand a child of two, or haply three years of age, exceeding +beautiful to look on, and dressed in the same style of outlandish +apparel as her conductor. I had little time to look attentively at her, +for her hand was put into mine, while the other was held by the +Egyptian, (as I still call her, notwithstanding I knew she was a devout +woman,) and another person, whom I guessed to be an attendant on the +sick lady, stationed herself near; whereupon the clergyman commenced +from our book of common prayer the form of baptism. The lady seemed to +acquire strength at the sound of his low solemn voice, and half raised +herself in the bed, and looked anxiously towards where we were; when the +name was given, which was Lucy Hesseltine, she stretched herself back on +her pillow with a faint smile. The ceremony was soon over, and the +Egyptian took the new Christian to the side of the bed, and whispered in +the lady's ear, "Jessica, the child is now one of the Christian flock; +she prays your blessing." She waited for an answer, during which time +the clergyman took me apart, and had again entered into discourse. But +the Egyptian came to us. "Hush!" she said, "the ways of God are +inscrutable; our friend is gone to her account." Hereupon she hurried me +through the same passages by which we had come, and bidding me God-speed +at the hidden door of my chamber, told me to keep what I had seen a +secret from all men, yea, if possible, to forget it myself, as there +might be danger in having it spread abroad. + +Tormented with many thoughts, and uneasy at the great risk I ran of +bringing guilt on my own soul by having made sponsorial promises which I +could not execute, I rested but indifferently that night. The next day I +pursued my journey home in the manner I had proposed, and was glad to +avoid the chance of being interrogated by Mr Waller as to what had +occurred. In a short time my good constitution and home restored me to +my former strength, and the memory of that strange incident grew more +faint as other things came to pass which made deeper impressions on my +heart and mind. Among these is not to be forgotten the death of my +father, which happened on the 14th of June in the following year, +_videlicet_ 1673; and the goodness of the lord bishop of Oxford in +giving me priests' orders on my college Demyship, whereby I was enabled +to present myself to this living, and hold it, having at that time +attained the canonical age. My courtship also and marriage, which befell +in the year 1674, had great effect in obliterating past transactions. I +was married on Thursday, the 24th day of June. + + * * * * * + +(Here several pages are omitted as irrelevant, containing family +incidents for some years.) + +Howbeit things did not prosper with us so much as we did expect; for the +payers of tithes were a stiff-necked generation, as were the Jews of +old, and withheld their offerings from the priest at the very time when +Providence sent a plentiful supply of mouths to which the offerings +would have been of use. Charles was our only son, and was now in his +third year--the two girls, Henrietta and Sophia, were six and seven--my +eldest girl was nine years past, and I had named her, in commemoration +of my father's ancient friend, by the prenomen of Waller. It hath been +remarked by many wise men of old, and also by our present good bishop, +that industry and honesty are the two Herculeses that will push the +heaviest waggon through the mire; and more particularly so, if the +waggoner aids also by putting his shoulder to the wheel. And easy was it +to see, that the wheel of the domestic plaustrum--wherein, after the +manner of that ancient Parthians, I included all my family, from the +full beauty of my excellent wife to the sun-lighted hair of my prattling +little Charles, (the which reminds me of those beautiful lines which are +contained in a translation of the _Iliad_ of Homer by Mr Hobbes, +descriptive of the young Astyanax in his mother Andromache's arm-- + + "And like a star upon her bosom lay + His beautiful and shining golden head")-- + +It was easy, I say, to see, that with such an additional number of +passengers, the domestic plaustrum would sink deeper and deeper in the +miry ways of the world. And consultations many and long did my excellent +wife and I hold over the darkening prospect of our future life. At last +she bethought her of going to take counsel of her near friend and most +kind godfather, Mr William Snowton of Wilts, which was a managing man +for many of the nobility, and much renowned for probity and skilful +discernment. He was steward on many great estates, and gave plentiful +satisfaction to his employers, without neglecting his own interest, +which is a thing that does always go with the other, namely, a care for +your master's affairs; for how shall a man pretend to devote his time +and services to another man's estate, and take no heed for himself? The +thing is contra the nature of man, and the assertion thereof is fit only +for false patriots and other evil men. It was with much weariness of +heart and anxious tribulation that I parted from that excellent woman, +even for so short a period of time; but Master George Sprowles of this +parish having it in mind to travel into the village where the said Mr +William Snowton kept his abode, I availed myself of his friendly offer +to conduct my wife thither upon a pillion; and thereupon having sent +forward her luggage two days before by a heavy waggon which journeyeth +through Sarum, I took leave of the excellent woman, commending her +heartily unto the care of Providence and Master George, which +(Providence I mean) will not let a sparrow fall to the ground, much less +the mother of a family, which moreover was riding on a strong +sure-footed horse, which also was bred in our parish, and did sometimes +pasture on the glebe. It was the first time we had been separated since +our wedding-day. I took little Charles into my room that night, and did +carefully survey the other children before I went to rest. They did all +sleep soundly, and some indeed did wear a smile upon their innocent +faces as I looked upon them, and I thought it was, perhaps, the +reflection of the prayers which their mother, I well knew, was pouring +out for them at that hour. That was on a Tuesday, and as the distance +was nearly sixty miles, I could not hear of her safe arrival till the +return of Master George, which could not be till the following Monday; +not being minded, (for he was a devout man, and had imbibed his father's +likings in his youth, which was a champion for the late Man,) and would +rather have done a murder on a Thursday than have travelled on the +Sabbath-day. "Better break heads," he was used to say, "than break the +Sabbath." I did always find him, the father I mean, a sour hand at a +bargain; and when he was used to drive me hard upon his tithes and +agistments, I could fancy he took me for one of the Amalekites, or one +of the Egyptians, whom he thought it a meritorious Christian deed to +spoil. The Monday came at last, and Master George Sprowles, before he +rode to his own home, trotted his horse up our church avenue, and +delivered into my hands a packet of writing carefully sealed with a +seal, whereof the device was a true-love knot. Great was my delight and +great my anxiety to read what was written therein, and all that evening +I pored over the manuscript, on which she had bestowed great pains, and +crossed all the t's without missing one. But it is never an easy task to +decipher a woman's meaning, particularly when not addicted to +penmanship; and although my excellent wife had attended a penman's +instructions, and had acquired the reputation, in her native place, of +being an accomplished clerk, still, since her marriage, she had applied +her genius to the making of tarts and other confections, rather than to +the parts of scholarship, and it was difficult for me to make out the +significance of her epistle in its whole extent. Howbeit, it was a +wonderful effort of calligraphy, considering she had only had two days +wherein to compose and write it, and she had been so little used to this +manner of communication, and it consisted of three whole sides of a +large sheet of paper. She said therein that Mr Snowton was a father unto +her in his affection and urbanity, and that he highly approved the +motion for us to make provision of the meat that perishes, seeing it is +indispensable for young children and also for adults; and that he had +already bethought him of a way wherein he might be serviceable to +us--viz. in procuring for me certain youth of the upper kinds, to be by +me instructed in the learned tongues, and such other branches as I had +proficiency in; and, in addition thereto, he said, that peradventure he +might obtain a similar charge for my excellent wife in superintending +the perfectionment of certain young ladies of his acquaintance in +samplers, and millinery, and cookery, and such other of the fine and +useful arts as she was known to excel in; and he subjoined thereto, that +the charges for each pupil would be so large, being only those of +consideration which he recommended unto me, that a few years would be +sufficient wherein to consolidate portions for all my children. Such, +with some misgivings touching my own interpretation, did I make out to +be the substance of my excellent wife's letter; and I rejoiced greatly +that such an opening was made for me, by the which I might attain to +such eminence of estate that I might place my Charles in the first ranks +of the law, yea, might live to see him raised to the fulness of temporal +grandeur, and sitting, as Lord High Keeper, among the peers and princes +of the land, with a crown of pure gold upon his head. But there was no +crown but a heavenly one, that fadeth not nor groweth dim, that could +have added a fresh beauty to the fair head of my Charles. But the +sweetest part of her missive was contained in the _post scriptum_. +Therein she said, and in this I could not be wrong, that Mr Snowton had +undertaken to forward her in his light wheeled cart, by reason of the +conveniency it would be of to her in the transportation of herself and +luggage, and also of Miss Alice Snowton, of Mr Snowton's kindred, a +young lady which he had adopted, (being the only child of his only +brother, Mr Richard Snowton, deceased,) and advised my wife to accept +the care of her as a beginning, and for the charges of the same he would +be answerable for fifty golden Caroluses at Ladyday and Michaelmas. A +hundred Caroluses each year! My heart bounded with joy. Great were my +preparations for the reception of my new inmate, and busy were we all +from my busy Waller down to Charles. He with much riotousness did +superintend all, and rejoiced greatly at the noise caused by the +hammering, and taking down and putting up of bed-hangings, and did in no +slight measure add thereto by strange outbreaks of riotous mirth, such +as whooping and screaming; causing confusion, at the same time, by +various demonstrations of his enjoyments, such as throwing nails against +the windows, beating on the floor with the poker, and occasionally +interrupting our operations by tumbling down stairs, and causing us for +a moment to believe him killed outright, or at least maimed for life. +But there is a special providence over happy children; and save that he +fell on one occasion into the bucket of soap and water, wherewith a +domestic was scowering the chintz room floor, and suffered some +inconvenience from the hotness thereof, he escaped in a manner truly +miraculous from any accident affecting life or limb. When the time drew +near in the which I expected the return of my excellent wife, I took all +the children to the upper part of the church field which faces the +high-road, upon which the large stones have recently been laid down, in +the manner of a causeway, but which, at that period, was left to the +natural hardness, or rather softness, of the soil, and was, in +consequence thereof, dangerous to travel on by reason of the ruts and +hollows; to that portion, I say, of the church field I conveyed all my +little ones, to give the gratulations necessary on such an occasion to +their excellent mother. The spot whereon we were stationed commanded a +view of the hill which superimpends our village, and we were therefore +gratified to think that we should have an early view of the expected +travellers; and many quarrels and soft reconcilements did take place +between my younger ones, upon the point of who would be the first to +see their approach. In the midst of these sweet contentions, whilst I +was in the undignified and scarcely clerical act of carrying little +Charles upon my shoulder, having decorated his head with my +broad-brimmed hat, in order to enable him--vain imagination, which +pleased the boy's heart--to see over and beyond the hill, there did +pass, in all her wonted state and dignity, with two outriders in the +Mallerden livery, two palfreniers at her side, and four mounted +serving-men behind, the ancient Lady Mallerden, which was so famous an +upholder of our venerated church in the evil days through which it so +happily passed; and with no little perturbation of mind, and great +confusion of face, did I see the look of astonishment, not to say +disdain, with which she regarded my position; more particularly as +little Charles, elevated, as I have said, upon my shoulders, with his +legs on each side of my neck, did lift up the professional hat, which +did entirely absorb his countenance, with great courtesy, and made a +most grave and ceremonious obeisance unto the lofty lady. She pursued +her path, returning the salutation with a kind of smile, and at the same +easy ambling pace as was her wont, proceeded up the hill. Just as she +reached the summit thereof our eyes were gladdened with the sight, so +long desired, of the light equipage on two wheels of the kind Mr +Snowton, containing my excellent wife and her young charge, and also +various boxes of uncommon size, in which were laid great store of bodily +adornment for both the ladies; as was more fully seen thereafter, on the +opening of the boxes, by reason of Mr Snowton having privily conveyed +into them various changes of apparel for the use of my excellent wife, +as also for each of the three girls. To Charles he also sent the image +of an ass, which, by touching a certain string, did open its mouth and +wave its ears in a manner most curious to behold, wherewith the infant +was infinitely delighted, as was I, without enquiring at that time into +the exquisite mechanism whereby the extraordinary demonstrations were +produced. But in the course of little more than a month he was led, by +his enquiring turn of mind, to pry into the mystery; and in the pursuit +of knowledge--laudable surely in a person of his years, and +demonstrative of astonishing sagacity and research--he did take the +animal entirely to pieces, and saw the inward parts thereof. The great +lady, with all the retinue, stopped short as she encountered with my +excellent wife at the top of the hill, and did most courteously make +tender enquiries of her state of health, and also of her plans--whereof +she seemed some little instructed--and expressed her satisfaction +therein, and did make many sweet speeches to her, and also to the pupil, +and trusted that she would be good and dutiful, and an earnest and +affectionate daughter of the Church of England. To all which my +excellent wife replied in fitting terms, and Alice Snowton--so was she +named--made promise so to do, God being her helper and I her teacher; +and thereupon the great lady bended her head with smiles, and rode on. +When they got down to where we stood in the church field, the flush of +modesty, and perhaps of pride, at being spoken to in such friendly guise +by the haughty Lady Mallerden, had not yet left the cheek of my +excellent wife, upon which I impressed a kiss of true love, and held up +little Charles as high as I could, to enable him to do likewise, which +he did, with a pretty set speech which I had taught him, in gratulation +of her return. Alice Snowton also did blush, and held out her cheek, +whereon I pressed my lip, with fervent prayers for her advance in +holiness and virtue, and also in useful learning, under my excellent +wife's instructions. She was a short girl, not much taller than my +Waller, though she seemed to be three or even four years more advanced +in age. She was a sweet engaging child of thirteen, and I loved her as +one of my flock from the moment I saw her, as in duty bound. My children +were divided between joy at seeing their excellent mother, and wonder at +the stranger. But a short period wore off both these sentiments of the +human mind, or rather the outward manifestation of them; and I will +venture to assert that the quietude of night, and the clearness of the +starry heavens, fell on no happier household on that evening than the +parsonage of Welding. And next day it was the same; and next, and next, +and a great succession of happy, useful days. Alice was a dear girl, and +we loved her as our own; and she loved Charles above all, and was his +friend, his nurse, his playfellow. Their gambols were beautiful to +behold; and, to complete the good work which was so well begun, good Mr +Snowton did send to my care, at the same remuneration, two young +gentlemen of tender years, Master Walter Mannering and Master John +Carey--the elder of them being eight and the other seven; and, as if +fortune never tired of raining down on us her golden favours, the great +Lady Mallerden herself did use her interest on my behalf, and obtained +for me the charge of a relative of her noble house--the honourable +Master Fitzoswald, of illustrious lineage in the north, of the age of +nine years. But doubtless, as the philosopher has remarked, there is no +sweet without its bitter, or, as the poet has said, "no rose without its +thorn," or, better perhaps, as another great poet of antiquity has +clothed the sentiment-- + + ----"Medio de fonte leporum + Surgit amari aliquid;" + +for it was made an express stipulation of the latter office--namely, the +charge of the honourable young gentleman, being the second son of the +noble Earl Fitzoswald, in Yorkshire--that the great Lady Mallerden +should have joint superintendence of his studies with me, and the +direction of his conduct, and also his religious education. And this was +a sore drawback to the pleasure I experienced, for I knew her to be +proud and haughty beyond most women, or even men; and also that she was +of so active and inquisitive a turn of mind, that she would endeavour to +obtain all power and authority unto herself, whereto I determined by no +means to submit. Two hundred golden guineas was the _honorarium_ per +annum for his education; and my excellent wife, who was addicted, like +the most of her sex, to dreams and omens, did very often have a vision +in the night, of the Right Hon. the Earl Fitzoswald presenting me to a +great office in the church--yea, even a seat among the right reverend +the lord bishops of the Upper House of Parliament. Nor were portents and +auguries wanting, such as this--which made an uncommon impression on my +excellent wife's mind--_videlicet_, it chanced that Alice Snowton did +make a hat of paper, to be placed on Charles's head when he was more +than usually naughty, to be called the fool's-cap out of derision; but +this same paper hat, which was of a fantastic shape, being conical and +high, the boy with scissors did dexterously mutilate and nearly destroy, +and, coming quietly behind me when I was meditating the future with my +excellent wife, he placed it on my head; and, to all our eyes, there was +no mistaking the shape into which, fortuitously, and with no view or +knowledge of such emblems, he had cut the paper-cap. It was evidently a +mitre, and nothing else! But this, and various other concurring +incidents, I pass over, having frequently rebuked my excellent wife for +thinking more highly of such matters than she ought to think. + +The course pursued in our studies was the following, which I +particularly write down, having had great experience in that sort, and +considering it may be useful, if perchance this account should fall into +the hands of any who follow the honourable and noble calling of +educating the rising generation. The _Colloquies_ of Corderius, as also +the _Fables_ of AEsopus, with those also of Phaedrus his Roman +continuator.... + + * * * * * + +(Many pages are here omitted as irrelevant.) + +... And my excellent wife, after much entreaty, consented thereto. +Accordingly, on the very next Sunday, the great Lady Mallerden attended +at my house after church, and did closely question, not only the young +gentlemen on the principles of their faith, but also Alice Snowton, and +did, above all, clearly and emphatically point out to them the +iniquities of the great Popish delusion; and exhorted them, whatever +might be their future fate or condition, to hold fast by the pure +Reformed church. And so much did my eldest daughter, who was now a great +tall girl of twelve years of age, win upon the heart of the great lady, +that she invited her to come up for several days and reside with her at +Mallerden Court, which was a great honour to my daughter, invitations +not being extended to any to enter that noble mansion under the degree +of nobility. Nor did her beneficence end here; for she did ask Alice +Snowton, who was now a fine young woman of fifteen or thereby, to be her +guest at the same time. Alice was not so stout in proportion to her +years as my Waller; but there was a certain gracefulness about her when +she moved, and a sweet smile when she spoke, which was very gainful on +the affections, as Charles could testify; for he loved her, and made no +secret thereof, better than any of his sisters, and also, I really and +unfeignedly believe, better than that excellent woman his mother. And so +great was the impression made on the great lady by my Waller's +cleverness and excellent manner of conducting herself, that, on her +return at the end of three days, a letter, in the noble lady's own land, +bore testimony to her satisfaction, and a request, or rather a command, +was laid on me, to send her, under charge as she expressed it, of Alice +Snowton, to the Court for a longer period the following week. And such +was the mutual happiness of the noble lady, and of that young girl, (my +Waller, I mean,) who could now write a beautiful flowing hand, and spell +with uncommon accuracy and expedition, that erelong it was an arranged +thing, that three days in each week were spent by the two children at +Mallerden Court; and a horse at last, on every Wednesday, was in waiting +to convey them, on a double pillion, to the stately mansion. + +I have not alluded to the state of public affairs, of which I was far +from cognizant, saving that the writhings and strugglings which this +tortured realm did make, shook also the little parsonage of Welding. We +heard, at remote intervals of time, rumours of dangers and difficulties +hanging over this church and nation; but were little alarmed thereat, +putting faith in the bill of exclusion, and the honour of our most +gracious and religious lord the king. Nor did I anticipate great harm +even if the Duke of York, in the absence of lawful posterity of his +brother, should get upon the throne, trusting in the truth of his royal +word, and the manifold declarations of favour and amicableness to the +church, which he from time to time put forth. But AEsopus hath it, when +bulls fight in a marsh the frogs are crushed to death. It was on the +tenth day of February, in the year of our Lord 1685, I was busy with my +dear friends, the youths under my charge, in the Campus Martius, (which +was a level space of ground in one of the glebe fields by the side of +the river, whereon we performed our exercises of running, jumping, +wrestling, and other athletic exercitations,) when we were startled by +the hearing the sound of many horses galloping up the hill above the +village; and looking over the hedge on to the road, we saw a cavalier +going very fast on a fine black horse, which had fire in its eyes and +nostrils, as the poet says, followed by a goodly train of serving-men, +all well mounted, and proceeding at the same rate. We went on with our +games for an hour or two, when all at once I was peremptorily sent for +to go to my house without delay; and accordingly I hurried homewards, +much marvelling what the summons could portend. I went into my study, +and sitting in my arm-chair I saw the great Lady Mallerden; but she was +so deep in thought, that for some minutes she kept me standing, and +waiting her commands. At last she started to herself, and ordered me to +be seated, and in her rapid glancing manner began to speak-- + +"I have been visited by my son, who rode post haste from London to tell +me the king was dead. He has been dead four days." + +I was astonished and much saddened at the news. + +"Sorry--yes--but there is no time for sorrow," said the noble lady; "we +must be up and doing. We are betrayed." + +"Did your son, the noble Viscount Mallerden, tell you this?" + +"He is one of the betrayers--know you not what manner of man he +is?--Then I will tell you." And here a strange light flashed from her +eyes, and her lips became compressed till all the colour +disappeared--"He is a viper that stung me once--and would sting me +again if I took him to my bosom, and laid it open for his poisonous +tooth. I tell you the Lord Mallerden is a godless, hopeless, faithless, +man--bound hand and foot to the footstool of the despotic, cruel +monster--the Jesuit who has now his foot upon the English throne. He is +a Papist, fiercer, bitterer, crueller, because he has no belief neither +in priest nor pope--but he is ambitious, reckless, base, a courtier. He +prideth himself in his shame, and says he has openly professed. It is to +please the hypocritical master he serves. And he boasts that our late +king--defender of the faith--was shrived on his deathbed by a Popish +friar." + +"I cannot believe it, my lady." + +"You are a good man--a good simple man, Master Willis," she said; and +although the words of her designation were above my deserts, seeing that +simplicity and goodness are the great ornaments of the Christian +character, still the tone in which she spoke did not pertake of the +nature of a compliment, and I bowed, but made no observation in reply. + +"But it needs men of other minds in these awful times which I see +approaching--men of firmness, men of boldness--yea, who can shed blood +and shudder not; for great things are at stake." + +"I trust not, my lady--albeit the shedding of blood"---- + +"I know, is generally condemned; yet be there texts which make it +imperative, and I think I foresee that the occasion for giving them +forth is at hand. All means in their power they will try; yes, though +James of York has been but four days a king, he had already made +perquisition for such as may be useful to him, not in settling the crown +upon his head, but in carrying off this people and kingdom, a bound +sacrifice to the blind idol which he worshippeth at Rome. You know not +the history of that man; no, nor of my son. Alas! that a mother's lips +should utter such words about her own flesh and blood! The one of them I +tell you is a bigot, a pursuer, a persecutor--the other a sensualist, a +Gallio, a tool. For many years he has never beheld his mother's face; he +married in his youth; he injured, deserted, yea, he killed his wife--not +with his own hand or with the dagger, but by the surer weapons of +hatred, neglect, unkindness. And she died. He has but one child; that +child was left in charge of my honoured and loving daughter, the Lady +Pevensey of Notts, and hath been brought up in a Christian manner; but +now, he--this man of Belial--wishes to get this infant in his own hands; +nay, he boldly has made a demand of her custody both on me and Pevensey, +my daughter. We will not surrender her; he is now great and powerful. +The king will back his efforts with all the weight of the crown; and we +have considered, if we could confide the persecuted dove to the hands of +some assured friend--some true son of our holy church--some steady, +firm-hearted, strong-nerved man, who in such cause would set lord and +king at defiance"---- + +Here she paused, and looked upon me with her eyes dilated, and her +nostrils panting with some great thought which was within her; and I +availed myself of the pause to say-- + +"Oh, my lady! if you did mean me for such charge, I confess my +deficiency for such a lofty office; for I do feel in me no stirrings of +an ambitious spirit. Sufficient is it for me to take care of the +innocent flock committed to my care, in the performance of which charge +I have the approbation of my own heart, and also, I make bold to hope +it, of your ladyship, seeing that I have instructed them in the true +principles both of faith and practice; and although there are +shortcomings in them all, by reason the answers in the Catechism are not +adapted to the capacities of the younger ones, especially of Charles, +(who, notwithstanding, has abilities and apprehensions above his years,) +yet are they all embued with faithful doctrine, from Alice Snowton, +which is the most advanced in stature, to the honourable Master +Fitzoswald, which is somewhat deficient in growth, being only three +inches taller than my little Charles." + +The great lady looked at me while I spoke, and made no answer for long +time. At last she said with a sort of smile, which at the same time was +not hilarious or jocular in its nature-- + +"Perhaps 'tis better as it is. There is a providence in all things, and +our plans and proposals are all overruled for the best--for which may +God be praised! Therefore I will press you no more on the subject of the +guardianship of my grandchild. But Mallerden will move heaven and earth +to get her into his power--yes, though he has neglected her so long, +never caring to see her since her childhood; yet now, when he sees +'twill gain him the treasurership of the royal household to sell the +greatest heiress and noblest blood in England to the Papists, he will +make traffic of his own child, and marry her to some prayer-mumbler to a +wooden doll. Let us save her, good sir--but I forgot. No--I will save +her myself. I, that have steered her through so many quicksands, will +not let her make shipwreck at last. I will guard her like the apple of +my eye, and possess my soul in patience until this tyranny be overpast." +And so ended the interview, during which my heart was tossed to and fro +with the utmost agitation, and my whole frame so troubled that I various +times lost all mastery of myself, and only saw before me a great black +gulf of ruin, into which some invisible power was pushing me and all my +little ones. Great, therefore, was my delight, and sweet the relief to +my soul, when the great lady left me unconnected with her quarrels. For, +in the crash of such contending powers, there was no chance of escape +for such a weak instrument as I was; and fervent were my hopes, and deep +my prayers, that the perils and evils prognosticated by the religious +fears of my great protectress might be turned aside, and all good +subject and sincere churchmen left each under his own vine and his own +fig-tree, with nobody to make them afraid. But vain are the hopes of +men. We read in no long time in all men's looks the fate we were +condemned to; for it seemed as if a great cloud, filled with God's +wrath, was spread out over this realm of England, and the faces of all +men grew dark. We heard the name of Jeffreys whispered in corners, and +trembled as if it had been a witch's spell to make our blood into water. +The great lady kept herself much in solitude in the ancient Court, and +saw not even her favourite companion, my daughter Waller, for many +months; but did ever write affectionate letters to her, and sent +presents of rich fruits, and other delectations in which the young take +pleasure. There was much riding to and fro of couriers, but whither, or +whence, she did never tell, and it was not my province to enquire; but +at last an order came for me to send up my Waller and her friend to the +mansion. And at evening they were conveyed on horseback as before; but +on this occasion their escort was not Master Wilkinson the under butler, +but no less a person than my lady's kinsman, the senior brother of my +honourable pupil, the honourable Master Fitzoswald of Yorkshire, a +stately young cavalier as could be seen, strong and tall, and his style +and title was the Lord Viscount Lessingholm--being the eldest son and +heir to that ancient earldom. He was an amiable and pleasant gentleman, +full of courtesies and kindness, and particularly pleased with the +newfangled fashion of a handsome cap which formed the headpiece of my +excellent wife. He said also many handsome things about the brightness +of my Waller's eyes, and assured my excellent wife that he saw so +promising an outsprout of talent in my Charles, that he doubted not to +see him one of the judges of the realm, if so be he applied his +intellectuals to the bar. He was also extreme civil to Alice Snowton, +which answered his civilities in like manner; and seldom in so short a +space as half an hour has any person made so favourable an impression as +he did, particularly on his brother, by reason of his bestowing on him a +large Spanish doubloon, and promising him a delicate coloured maneged +horse immediately on his return to Yorkshire. It is a pleasant sight to +see (and reflected some credit on my ministration of the moralities in +this particular instance) the disinterested love of brethren, one +towards another, and I failed not to ascertain that the Lord Lessingholm +had been boarded in the house of an exemplary divine, to wit, Mr Savage +of Corpus Christi College, Oxford--a fact which I think it proper to +mention to the honour of that eloquent member of our church--inasmuch +as any man might be proud of having had the training up in the way he +should go, of so excellent and praiseworthy a youth. + +It was many days before my young ones came back, (I would be understood +to include in this Alice Snowton, whom I looked upon with the tenderness +of a father and the pride of a teacher all in one;) and when they +returned to me, I thought I perceived that they were both more sorrowful +than of wont. Alice (and my Waller also) looked oppressed with some +secret that weight upon their hearts, and I was fearful the great lady +had made them partakers of her cares in the matter of her son and her +grandchild. Yet did I not think such a thing possible as that either of +them should have been taken into her confidence on so high and momentous +a concernment, by reason of my Waller being so young, though thoughtful +and considerate, and also fuller grown than persons much more advanced +in life; and Alice Snowton was of so playful and gentle a disposition, +that she seemed unfitted for the depository of any secret, unless those +more strictly appertaining to her youth and sex, and moreover was a +stranger to this part of the country, being of a respectable family, as +I have observed, in Wilts--namely, a brother of Mr Snowton, my kind +patron and friend. I called them into my study, after my labours were +over with the other pupils, and I said to them-- + +"Dear children, ill would it become me to pry into the secrets of my +honoured lady, the Lady Mallerden; yet may there arise occasions wherein +it is needful for one in my situation, (parent to the one of you, and +_in loco parentis_ to the other,) to make perquisition into matters of +weight and importance to your well-being, even at the risk of appearing +inquisitive into other peoples' affairs. Answer me, therefore, Alice, my +dear child, has the Lady Mallerden instructed you in any portion of her +family story?" + +"She has in some degree, Sir," said Alice Snowton, "but not deeply." + +"You know of her disagreement on certain weighty points with her son, +the Lord Viscount, and how that he is a wicked man, seeking to break +into the pasture of the Lord, and tear down the hedges and destroy the +boundaries thereof; and that in this view he is minded to get his +daughter into his power, to use her as an instrument towards his +temporal elevation?" + +"Something of all this we have heard, but not much," said Alice Snowton. + +"And furthermore, I must tell you that overtures were made to me to aid +and assist in the resistance to be offered to this man of sin, and I +did, for deep and wholesome reasons, refuse my assent thereto, and in +this refusal I meant you, my children, to be included; therefore, +whatever propositions may be made to you, to hear, or know, or receive, +or in any manner aid, in the concealment of the Lord Viscount's +daughter--which is at present in charge of an honourable lady in the +north--I charge you, refuse them; they may bring ruin on an unambitious +and humble household, and in no case can do good. We must fear God ever, +and honour the king while he is entrusted with the sword of power; and +family arrangements we must leave to the strong hands and able head of +the great Lady Mallerden herself. In this caution I know I fulfil the +intentions of my honoured friend, your esteemed uncle, Mr William +Snowton, which is concerned with too many noble families to desire to +get into enmity with any--and therefore be grateful for all the kindness +you experience from my honoured lady; but if perchance she brings her +grandchild to the Court, and wishes to make you of her intimates, inform +me thereof; and greatly as it would be to be regretted, I would break +off the custom of your visits to the noble house, for even that honour +may be too dearly purchased by the enmity of powerful and unscrupulous +men--if with sceptres in their hands, so much the more to be held in +awe." And I ended with AEsopus his fable of the frogs and bulls. This +discourse (whereof I had prepared the heads in the course of the +morning) I delivered with the full force of my elocution, and afterwards +I dismissed them, leaving to my excellent wife the duty of enlarging on +the same topic, and also of giving such advice to Alice, which was now +a full grown young woman, and very fair to look on, in respect of the +young cavaliers she might see at the great house, particularly the noble +lord, the Lord Lessingholm. Such advice I considered useless in regard +to my Waller, she being only about fourteen years of age, but in other +respects a fair and womanly creature to see; for her waist was nearly +twice as large as Alice Snowton's, and her shoulders also, and in weight +she would have been greatly an overmatch; and certes, putting aside all +parental fondness, which we know to be such a beautifier of one's own +kindred as to make the crow a more lovely animal than the dove, (in the +eyes of the parent crow,) I will confess that in my estimation, and also +in that of my excellent wife, there was no comparison between the two +fair maidens, either in respect of fulness of growth or redness of +complexion, the advantage being, in both these respects, on the side of +the junior. Some sentiment of this sort I saw at the time must have +possessed the honourable breast of the Viscount Lessingholm; for +although he made much profession of visiting at the parsonage for the +sake of seeing his juvenile brother, still there were certain looks and +tokens whereby I was clearly persuaded that the magnet was of a +different kind; and whereas it would have been vain and ambitious in me +to lift my eyes so high, in view of matrimonial proposals, as to nearly +the topmost branch in the peerage of England, (the Earls Fitzoswald +being known to have been barons of renown at the period of the Norman +Conquest;) still it would ill have become me to prevent my daughter from +gathering golden apples if they fell at her feet, because they had grown +on such a lofty bough of the tree; and I will therefore confess, that it +was with no little gratification I saw the unfoldings of a pure and +virtuous disposition in the honourable young nobleman. And I will +further state, that it seemed as if his presence when he came, (and that +was often, nay, sometimes twice in one day,) did make holiday in the +whole house; and Charles was by no means backward in his +friendship--receiving the fishing-rods presented unto him by the right +honourable with so winning an eagerness, and pressing Alice (his +constant friend) to go with him and the noble donor with so much zeal to +the brook, therein to try the virtues of the gift, that I found it +impossible to refuse permission; and therefore did those three often +consume valuable hours, (yet also I hope not altogether +wasted)--_videlicet_, Alice and Charles, and the honourable Viscount--in +endeavouring to catch the finny tribe, yet seldom with much success. But +whatever was the result of their industry--yea, though it was but a +minnow--it was brought and presented to my Waller by the honourable +hands of the young man, with so loving an air, that it was easy to +behold how gladly he would have consented, if she had been the companion +of their sports, if by any means Charles could have been persuaded to +have exchanged Alice Snowton for her. But the very mention of such an +idea did throw the child into such wrathful indignation, that the right +honourable was fain to bestow on him whole handfuls of sugar-plums, and +promise that Alice should not be left behind. So fared the time away; +and at last I began to hope that the fears of the great lady were +unfounded, and that nothing would occur to trouble her repose. The +manner of living had been resumed again, with the difference that, on +the days the young maidens did not visit the noble mansion, the +honourable viscount was, as it were, domiciled in the parsonage; and I +perceived that, by this arrangement, the great lady was highly pleased; +perhaps because the presence of a kinsman, a courageous gentleman, gave +her some security against the rudenesses she seemed to be afraid of on +the part of her own son--a grievous state of human affairs when the +fifth commandment is not held in honour, and reducing us below the level +of puppy-dogs and kittens, to whom that commandment, along with the rest +of the decalogue, is totally unknown. Sundry times I did observe +symptoms of alarm; and care did write a sad story of mental suffering on +the brow of the great lady, which was a person of the magnanimity of an +ancient matron, and bore up in a manner surprising to behold in one who +stood, as it were, with one hand upon her coffin, while her other +stretched backward through the shadow of fourscore years to touch her +cradle. And ever, from time to time, couriers came to the noble mansion, +while others flew in various directions on swift horses at utmost speed; +and looking up into that lofty atmosphere, we saw clouds and ominous +signs of coming storms, before we could hear the voice of the thunder. +And once a royal messenger (called a pursuivant-at-arms) came down in +person, and carried the great lady to London, and there she stayed many +days, and was threatened with many things and great punishments, yea, +even to be tried by the Lord Jeffreys for high treason, in resisting the +king's order to deliver up her grandchild to its natural guardian--which +was its father, the Viscount Mallerden, now created by royal favour +Marquis of Danfield. But even this last danger she scorned; and after +months of confinement near the royal court, her enemies gave up +persecuting her for that season, and at last she came back to Mallerden +Court. In the meanwhile, we went on in a quiet and comfortable manner in +the parsonage--the Viscount Lessingholm frequently with us, (almost as +if he were a pupil of the house;) and on one or two occasions we had a +visit for an evening from my honoured friend, Mr William Snowton of +Wilts. He was pleased to use great commendations, both of my excellent +wife and me, for the mode in which we attended to the mind and manners +of his niece, the culinary and other accomplishments, and the rational +education wherein he saw her advanced. He never stayed later than +day-dawn on the following morning, and kept himself reserved, as one +used to the intimacy of the great, and not liking to make his news +patent to humble people such as we; and he would on no account open his +mouth on the quarrels of our great lady and her son, the new Marquis of +Danfield, but kept the conversation in equable channels of everyday +matters, and expounded how my glebe lands might be made to yield a +greater store of provision by newer modes of cultivation--the which I +considered, however, a tampering with Providence, which gives to every +field its increase, and no more. But by this time my glebe was not the +only land on which I could plant my foot and say, Lo, thou art mine! for +I had so prospered in the five years during which I had held a ladder +for my pupils to the tree of knowledge, that much golden fruit had +fallen to my share, (being kicked down, as it were, by their climbing +among the branches;) so that I had purchased the fee simple of the +estate of my friend, Master George Sprowles, who had taken some alarm at +the state of public affairs, and gone away over the seas to the +plantation called, I think, Massachusets, in the great American +continent. + +It was in the beginning of October 1688, that another call was made on +the great lady to make her appearance within a month from that time in +the city of London, to give a final answer for her contumacy in refusing +obedience to the King and the lord high Treasurer. I felt in hopes the +object of their search (namely, the young maiden his daughter, for it +was bruited they rummaged to find her out in all directions) was safe +with some foreign friends which the great lady possessed in the republic +of Holland, where the Prince of Orange was then the chief magistrate; +but of this I had no certain assurance. For some days no preparations +were made at the noble mansion for so momentous a journey; but at length +there were great signs of something being in prospect. First of all, the +Viscount Lessingholm rode up from Yorkshire, whither he had been gone +three weeks, attended by near a score of fine dressed serving-men, and +took up his abode at Mallerden Court; then came sundry others of the +great lady's kinsfolk, attended also by their servants in stately +liveries; and we did expect that the proud imperial-minded lady was to +go up with such great escort as should impress the king with a just +estimate of her power and dignity. With this expectation we kept to +ourselves ready to see the noble procession when it should start on its +way; but far other things were in store for me, and an instrument called +a pea-spitter, wherewith Charles had provided himself for the purpose +of saluting various of the serving-men as they passed, was rendered +useless. It was on the first day of November that the Lord Viscount +Lessingholm, (who had conveyed the young maidens, _videlicet_ Alice +Snowton and my Waller, to the Court on the previous day,) did ride post +haste up to my door, making his large grey horse jump over the gate at +the end of the walk, as if he had been Perseus flying on his winged +steed to the rescue of Andromede, (as the same is so elegantly described +in the ancient poet,) and did summon me to go that moment to the noble +mansion on matter of the highest import. Much marvelling, and greatly +out of breath, I followed the noble gentleman's motions as rapidly as +was beseeming one of my responsible situation, in regard to the +spiritual ministrations in the parish, while in sight of any of my +flock; for nothing detracts more from the dignity of the apostolical +character than rapid motions--such as running, or jumping, or an +unordered style of apparel, without hatband or cassock. When out of the +village street, I put (as the vulgar phrase expresses it) my best foot +foremost, and enacted the part of a running serving-man in the track of +my noble conductor; and finally I arrived, in such state as may be +conceived, at the entrance-hall of the noble mansion. In the court-yard +were numerous serving-men mounted in silent gravity, and ranged around +the wall. Each man was wrapped up in a dark-coloured cloak; and +underneath it I saw, depending from each, the clear polished extremity +of a steel sword-sheath. They did bear their reins tightened, and their +heels ornamented with spurs, as if ready to spring forth at a word, and +great tribulation came over my soul. Howbeit I mounted the grand +staircase, and, following the western corridor, I opened the door of the +green-damask withdrawing-room, and found myself in the middle of a large +and silent company. There were, perhaps, a dozen persons there +assembled--motionless in their chairs; and at the further end of the +apartment sat the great lady in whispered conversation with a tall dark +gentleman of mature years, say fifty or thereabouts, and with a wave of +her hand, having instructed me to be seated, she pursued her colloquies +in the same under tones as before. When I had placed myself in a chair, +and was in somewhat recovering my breath, which much hurrying and the +surprising scene I saw had greatly impaired, a hand was laid upon my +shoulder, and I turned round, and, sitting in the next chair to me, I +beheld my honoured friend Mr William Snowton of Wilts. + +"Good Master Willis," he said, "you little expected to see me here, I do +well believe; but it was but lately I was summoned." + +"And know you wherefore we are here assembled?" I enquired. + +"Somewhat I know, but not all. The persons here be men of great power, +some of them being those by whom I am employed in managing their worldly +affairs, and shortly we shall hear what is determined on." + +"On what subject do they mean to consult us? I shall be ready," said I, +"to give what advice may be needed, if peradventure it suits with my +sacred calling." + +"I fear they will hardly consult a person of your holy profession," said +Mr Snowton with a sober kind of smile. "It is of life or death we are +now to take our choice." + +A great fear fell upon me, as a great shadow falls upon the earth before +a thunder storm. "What mean ye?" I whispered. "There is no shedding of +blood." + +"There will be _much_ shedding of blood, good Master Willis; yea, the +rivers in England will run red with the same, unless some higher power +interferes to deliver us." + +"And wherefore am I summoned to such fearful conference? I am no man of +blood. I meddle not with lofty matters. I"---- + +But here I was interrupted by Mr Snowton in a low grave tone. "Then you +have not heard that the wicked man of sin, the false Papist, the Marquis +of Danfield, hath discovered his child?" + +"No, I have not been informed thereof. And hath he gained possession of +her?" + +"No, nor shall not!" and hereupon he frowned a great frown, and let his +sword-sheath strike heavily upon the floor. All the company looked +sharply round; but seeing it was by hazard, they took no notice of what +occurred. + +"And where, then, is the maiden bestowed?" I demanded. + +"In this house; you shall see her soon." + +"And what have I to do with these matters? They are above my +concernment!" I exclaimed, in great anguish of mind. + +"You have to unite her in the holy bands of wedlock." + +"Nay, that is clearly impossible! Where, I pray thee, is the license?" + +"All that has been cared for by means of a true bishop of our church. +There can be no scruple on canonical grounds; and if there be hesitation +in obeying the Lady Mallerden's orders, (provided she finally takes up +her mind to deliver the same,) I would not answer for the recusant's +life, no, not for an hour." + +"But wherefore in such secrecy, with such haste?" I said, in dreadful +sort. + +"Because we know that the father slept at Oxford last night with store +of troops, and that he will be here this night with a royal warrant to +enforce his right to the bestowal of his child; and he hath already +promised her to the leader of the malignant Papists." + +"And are we here to resist the king's soldiers and the mandate of the +king?" + +"Yea, to the death!" he said, and sank into gloomy thoughts and said no +more. + +I looked around among the assembly, and recognized no other faces that I +knew, and in a short space the great lady, having finished her colloquy +with her next neighbour, rose up and said--"My lords, I believe ye be +all of kin to this house, and the other gentlemen be its friends--a +falling house, as represented by a feeble woman of fourscore years and +five. Yet in the greatness of the cause, may we securely expect a gift +of strength even to so frail an instrument as I am. I have consulted +with you all, and finally have taken counsel with my kind cousin and +sweet friend, the Earl of Fitzoswald, now at my side, and he hath agreed +to what I have proposed. It now, then, but remains to carry our project +into effect; and for that purpose I have summoned hither a good man and +excellent divine, Master Willis of this neighbourhood, to be efficacious +in that behalf." + +I started up, and said in great agitation--"Oh, my lady!"--but had not +proceeded further when I was broken in upon by a voice of thunder-- + +"Silence, I say! What, is it for the frailness of a reed like you that +such noble enterprise must perish? Make no remonstrance, sir, but do +what is needed, or"---- + +Although the great lady did not finish her words, I felt an assurance +steal like ice over my soul that my hours were numbered if I hesitated, +and I bowed low, while Mr William Snowton did privily pull me down into +my seat by the hinder parts of my cassock. + +"You--you, Master Willis, of all men, should least oppose this godly +step. For the noise thereof will sound unto the ends of the earth, and +make the old Antichrist on his seven hills quake and tremble, and shake +the pitiful spirit of the apostate of Whitehall. Say I not well, my +lords?" + +"You say well," ran round the room in a murmur of consent. + +"And you--you, Master Willis," she went on, "least of all, should object +to keep a lamb within the true fold--yea, a lamb which you did see with +your own eyes introduced into the same. Remember you nought of godly +Master Waller's in Berkshire, or of the scene you saw in a certain +chamber, where the baptismal waters were poured forth, and murmured like +a pleasant fountain in the dying ears of a devout Christian woman?" + +I was so held back with awe that I said not a word, and she went on-- + +"Oh, if good Master Lees had yet been spared, we should not have asked +for the ministry of trembling and unwilling hands like yours! And now, +my lords--and you, kind gentlemen, my plan as arranged with good Lord +Fitzoswald is this:--I give my grandchild's hand where her heart has +long been bestowed; I then go with her through lanes and byways; under +good escort, to the city of Exeter, where erelong we shall cast in our +lot with certain friends. The bridegroom shall see nought of his bride +till happier days arrive, except at this altar; and you shall go +directly to your respective stations, and be ready at the first blowing +of the horns before which the walls of this Jericho are to fall. In the +next chamber I have made preparation for the ceremony, and in a few +minutes, when I have arranged me for the journey, I will summon you." + +Something of this I heard--the sense namely forced its way into my +brain; but I was confused and panic-stricken. The whole sad scene +enacted so many years before, at the house of good Master Waller, on my +way home from Oxford, came back upon my heart, and I marvelled at the +method whereby the great lady had acquired a knowledge of the secret. I +was deep sunk in these cogitations when the door of the inner library +was at last thrown open, and such light flashed upon us from the +multitude of candles, which were illuminated in all parts of the +chamber, that my eyes were for some time dazzled. When I came to myself +I looked, and at a table under the eastern window, on which was spread +out a golden-clasped prayer-book, opened at the form of solemnization of +matrimony, I saw, along with two young men of about his own age, (all +girt with swords, and booted and spurred,) the right honourable the +Viscount Lessingholm, which I at once concluded was acting as +bridegroom's man to one of the other youths. The company, which had been +assembled in the withdrawing-room, placed themselves gravely, as if some +solemn matter was in hand, at the side of the table; and I took my place +by a motion from the Earl Fitzoswald, and laid my hand upon the +prayer-book, as ready to begin. The door at the other end of the room, +which leadeth to the outer staircase, was opened, and there came +noiselessly in a tall woman, dressed in the same fantastical apparel, +like the apparel of the Bohemians or gipsies, which I remembered so well +on the fatal night of the christening; and, when she cast her eyes on +me, I could not have thought an hour had passed since that time, and I +recognised in her, with awe and wonderment, the features of the great +lady, the Lady Mallerden herself. In each hand she led a young person, +in her left my daughter Waller, and I will not deny that at the sight my +heart leapt up with strange but not unpleasing emotion, as, remembering +the habitudes of the noble Viscount Lessingholm, I thought there was a +possibility of a double wedding; and in her other hand, dressed as for a +journey, with close fitting riding-coat, and a round hat with sable +feathers upon her head, she conducted Alice Snowton, the which looked +uncommon lovely, though by no means so healthy or stout-looking as her +other companion--_videlicet_, my Waller. They walked up to the place +whereat we stood, and the Lord Viscount springing forward, did give his +hand to Alice Snowton, and did not let it go for some time; but looked +upon her with such soft endearing looks that she held down her head, and +a red blush appeared upon her cheek, as if thereupon there had been +reflected the shadow of a rose. For it was not of the deep tinge which +formed the ornament of the complexion of my Waller. + +"This is no time for useless dalliance," said the great lady; "let us to +work. By no other means can we root out for ever the hopes of our +enemies." + +"Where then, madam," I said, "is the bride?--and who, I pray you, is the +bridegroom?" + +"The bridegroom is the Viscount Lessingholm. This maiden is the bride." + +"But Alice Snowton, my lady. I did think it was your honourable +grandchild who was to be united to this noble gentleman." + +"And so it is--and so it is! She is Alice Snowton no longer. Our good +friend, Master Snowton, the steward on my daughter Pevensey's Wiltshire +manor, was good enough to adopt her as his niece; and for her better +concealment we placed her in the charge of a person whose character for +meekness and simplicity was too notorious to raise suspicion of his +being concerned in such a plot. Even to herself, till lately, her +parentage was unknown, as Master Snowton kept well the secret." + +"And one other question," I said; "the child to whom I became bound as +godfather?" + +"'Tis the same. This is the poor Lucy Hesseltine, whose orphanship you +witnessed in that lone and yet comfortable death." + +The lady Lucy Hesseltine, or rather Alice Snowton, for by that name I +loved her best, did throw her arms about my neck, and kissed my cheek, +and said I had been a kind godfather to her, yea, had been a father to +her, and my excellent wife a mother. At this my heart was much moved, +and I saw tears come to the eyes of several of the bystanders, but no +tear came to the eyes of the great lady herself. + +"Let this be enough," she said. "Let us finish what we have yet to do." + +And thereupon, all being ready and in their due places, I began; but +when I came to the question--"Lucy Hesseltine, wilt thou have this man +to be thy lawful husband?"--a sudden noise in the court-yard under the +window made me pause; but the great lady commanded me with a frown to go +on, and I concluded the question, and received in reply a sweet but +audible "yes." But the noise was again repeated, and the assistants +sprang to their feet, for it was the sound of the sharp shooting off of +pistols. + +"Stir not for your lives till the ceremony is over!" cried the great +lady; and I hurried with trembling lips over the remainder of the +service. A loud voice in the yard was heard amid the trampling of much +horse. "In the king's name, surrender!" the voice said. "We have a +warrant here, and soldiers!" + +"For as much as Frederick and Lucy Hesseltine," (I said as calmly as I +could, though with my heart quaking within me) "have consented together +in holy wedlock, and have witnessed the same before God and this +company, and thereto have given and pledged their troth either to other, +and have declared the same by giving and receiving of a ring, and by +joining of hands--I pronounce that they be man and wife together!" + +"Now then, my lords and gentlemen," cried the great lady, springing to +her feet, "to the defence! We are witnesses of this marriage, and +clashing swords must play the wedding peel. If need be, fear not in such +quarrel to do your best; yea, to the shedding of blood! Though the blood +were my son's, it were well shed in such a holy cause. Now then, Lucy, +come! Guard the front entrance but an hour, and we shall be beyond +pursuit." + +And so saying she glided rapidly, with the nearly fainting bride, +towards the hidden stairs, while Viscount Lessingholm rushed rapidly +with drawn sword down the grand flight, and sprang on his grey horse. In +the confusion my Waller had disappeared, and in great agonies of fear I +slipped into the court-yard. Oh, what a sight met my eyes! There were +several men lying dead, which had been shot or otherwise killed, and +their horses were galloping hither and thither with loose reins and +stirrups flapping; other men were groaning, and writhing in great pains, +tearing the ground with bleeding hands, and dragging themselves, if such +were possible, away from the _melee_. Meanwhile, horsemen drawn up on +either side were doing battle with sword and pistol; and the trampling +and noise of the shouting, the groans and deep execrations, all +resounding at once in that atmosphere of smoke and approaching night, +were fearful to listen to, and I bethought me of some way of escape. I +slipped within the piazza of the servants' court, and made my way +towards the gate; but here the battle raged the fiercest, the noble +Viscount Lessingholm being determined to keep it closed, and the furious +Marquis resolute to force it open, whereby an accession of men might +come to him which were shut out on the other side--the warder of the +door having only admitted the marquis himself, and about fifty of the +king's dragoons. The retainers which I had seen on my entrance amounted +to seventy or more; and seeing they had most of them been soldiers, yea, +some which had grizzled locks, having been among the shouters at Dunbar, +and on many fields besides, under the cruel eye of the ferocious Oliver +himself, they did cry "Ha, ha! at the spear of the rider, and smelt the +battle afar off." The Marquis of Danfield did spur his black war-horse, +with his sword poised high in air towards the noble Viscount of +Lessingholm, and with fierce cries the noble viscount raised also his +sword, and was in act to strike the undefended head of his assailant. +"Stop, Frederick!" cried a voice, which proceeded from the Earl +Fitzoswald; "it is Danfield himself!" whereupon the young gentleman did +ward off the blow aimed at him by the marquis, and passed on. All this I +saw ere I gave up hopes of getting out by the gate; but seeing this was +hopeless, I pursued my way back again, with intent to get out by one of +the postern windows, and hurry homeward across the fields; and having +opened a window near unto the buttery, I hung by my hands, and then +shutting my eyes and commending my soul to Heaven, I let go, and dropt +safely down upon the greensward. But ere I could recover myself +sufficiently, I was set upon as if I had been an armed enemy, by a large +number of mounted men, which were of the company of the marquis, whereby +I saw that the house was surrounded, and feared the great lady and Alice +(I would say the Viscountess Lessingholm) were intercepted in their +retreat. Howbeit, I gave myself up prisoner, by reason of various blows +with the flats of sabres, and sundry monitions to surrender or die. I +was led in great fear to the front of the court, and brought before a +proud, fierce-browed commander, which interrogated me "of all that was +going on, and whether the Lady Lucy Mallerden was in the Court?" Whereto +I answered, that I was so overcome with terror that I knew little of +what I had seen, and, with regard to the noble lady, I was persuaded she +was not within the walls. "If you answer me," he said, "truly, and tell +me what road she has taken, I will send you away in safety, and secure +you his majesty's pardon for any thing you may have done against his +crown and dignity; but if you refuse, I will assuredly hang you on the +court-yard gate the moment we gain possession thereof. Now, say which +way went they?" I was sore put to it, for it was like betraying innocent +blood to tell these savage men the course my godchild pursued in her +escape; and yet to tell an untruth was repugnant to my nature, and I +said to the captain, "It is a hard matter for me to point out where my +friends are fleeing unto." + +"Then you'll be hung as high as Haman at daybreak; so you can take your +choice," said he. + +"If I direct you unto the place whereunto she is gone," I said, "it will +be a hard matter to find her." + +"That's our business, not yours. Tell us where it is." + +"For, suppose she were in hiding in a city, a large busy place like +Bristol, and waited for a conveyance to a foreign land"---- + +"In Bristol! Oho, say no more! Ensign Morley, take ten of the best +mounted of the troop and scour the northern roads towards Bristol. You +will overtake them ere they are far advanced." + +"I pray you, captain," I said, "to observe--I have not told you she is +gone towards Bristol." + +"I know you haven't," he said smiling, "I will bear witness you have +kept her secret well; but here we are about to enter the Court, for the +firing is finished. The rebels will be on gibbets within twenty-four +hours, every one." + +But there was no sign of the gate being opened. Contrariwise there did +appear, in the dimness of the evening-sky, certain dark caps above the +outside wall, which I did recognize as being worn by the serving-men of +the great lady's friends; and while we were yet talking a flight of +bullets passed close over our heads, and three or four of the troopers +fell off dead men, leaving their saddles empty and their horses +masterless. + +"Draw close my men," cried the captain, "right wheel;" and setting his +men an example, he did gallop with what speed he might from the +propinquity of the wall. As for myself, I was in some sort relieved by +the knowledge that the noble mansion still continued in possession of +the Viscount Lessingholm; and comforting myself with the assurance that +no evil could befall my daughter Waller while under his protection, I +did contrive to seize by the bridle one of the dragoons' horses, (a +stout black horse, which, being never claimed, did do my farming work +for fifteen years,) and, climbing up into the saddle, betook me home to +inform my excellent wife of all these dreadful events. All next day, and +all the next--yea, for three whole days--I stayed in my quiet home, +receiving information quietly by means of a note brought to me by my +servants, that the mansion still held out, that Waller was quite safe, +and that, provided no artillery was brought to bear against them, that +they could hold out _till the time came_. What was the meaning of the +latter phraseology, I did not know; but considering it desirable at that +period to cut down certain trees on my recently purchased estate, I +proceeded with Thomas Hodge the carpenter, and various other artificers +of my parishioners, (all being friends and dependents of the great +lady,) and with saws and other instruments did level the whole row of +very large oaks and elm trees which bordered the only high-road from +Oxford; and, by some strange accident, all the trees did fall exactly +across the same, and made it utterly impossible to move thereupon with +cart or waggon; so that it was much to be suspected that the guns, which +we heard were ordered to come up from Wallingford, could by no means get +over the obstruction. It is also to be observed that Master George +Railsworth, the mason, who had contracted to repair the strong bridge +over our stream, did take this opportunity of taking down two of the +arches of the same, and could find no sufficient assistance to enable +him to restore them, which made the road impassable for horse or man. On +the following day, namely, the fifth day of November, we heard that all +the king's soldiers were suddenly ordered from all parts up to London, +and that the Marquis of Danfield had been left to his imprisonment in +Mallerden Court. Whereupon I bethought me it would be safe to venture up +once more, and bring my daughter Waller to the securer custody of my +excellent wife. Next morning, at early dawn, I accordingly did go up, +and was admitted, after a short parley, by the gate-keeper, which had a +helmet on his head and a sword in his hand. Speedily I was in the arms +of my daughter Waller, who looked as happy as if none of these scenes +had been transacted before her eyes; and moreover did refuse, in very +positive terms, to leave the Court till her dear friend Alice--I would +say the Lady Lucy--returned. I reasoned with her, and reprimanded her, +and showed her in what a fearful state of danger we all were, by reason +of the rebellion we had been guilty of against his majesty the king. +Whereupon the child did only laugh, and told me, "Here she would abide +until the time came." And with this enigmatical expression I was fain to +be content; for she would vouchsafe me no other. And, corroborative of +all which, she said, she relied on the assurances made unto her to that +effect by Sir Walter Ouseley, one of the young gentlemen which had acted +as bridegroom's man to the noble Viscount Lessingholm, and was now in +the Court as his lieutenant in the defence of the same. A goodly young +gentleman he was, and fair to look upon, and extraordinary kind to me, +soothing my fears, and encouraging me to hope for better things than +those my terrors made me anticipate. I enquired of the behavings of the +Marquis of Danfield, and learned to my surprise that it was expected +that before this day was over, if he did receive a courier, as was +thought, from the Lord Churchill, one of the king's favourite officers, +he would withdraw all his objections to the marriage, and rather be an +encourager and advocate of the same. In these discourses the time passed +away, and about three of the clock, after we had dined in the great +hall, we were looking out from the battlements and saw a dust on the +western road. + +"It is Churchill's letter," said the noble Viscount Lessingholm, "and he +has kept his promise for once." + +"There is too much dust for only one courier's heels--there be twenty in +company at least," replied Sir Walter Ouseley, which had the arm of my +Waller closely locked in his. + +"There may be a surprise intended," cried the noble viscount. "Hoist the +flag, man the walls, treble the watchers, and sound for the men into the +yard." + +We of the peaceful professions--_videlicet_, my daughter Waller and +I--did descend from the bartizan, and betook ourselves to the great +withdrawing room, to wait for the result of the approach. We had not +waited long when the door opened, and no other than the great lady +herself, and my loved and lovely godchild, the Viscountess Lessingholm, +came into the apartment. The great lady was now appareled as became her +rank, having discarded those Bohemian habiliments which were her +disguise in times of danger. Oh! it was a great sight to behold, the +meeting between the Lady Lucy and my daughter Waller; but when hurried +steps sounded on the stairs, and the door opened, and the noble viscount +rushed into her arms, it was impossible to keep from tears. My feeble +pen can venture on no such lofty flights of description, and therefore I +will not attempt it. Meanwhile, in the outer court, great shouting was +heard. Sir Walter Ouseley came up to us, and announced that the Marquis +of Danfield "presented his respects to his noble mother, and +congratulated her on the glorious news." + +"I knew how it would be," she said, "with base natures such as his and +Churchill's. We accept their assistance, but despise the instrument. He +will now be fierce against his benefactor, (who, though a bad king, was +tender to his friends,) and bitterer against his faith than if he had +never been either a courtier or a bigot. I receive his congratulations, +Sir Walter Ouseley, but I decline an interview for some time to come." + +"He desired me also, my lady," said Sir Walter, "to convey his blessing +to the bride, and his tender love to his new son, the Viscount +Lessingholm." + +"Well, let them not reject it. The blessing even of such a father has +its value. But we must now make preparation, for the celebration of the +happy nuptials, in a style fitting the rank of the parties. The prince +is pleased with what we have done"---- + +The young man, Sir Walter Ouseley, who had been whispering in my ear, +here broke in on the great lady's speech. + +"If it would please you, madam, at the same time, to permit two others +to be happy, I have obtained Master Willis's consent thereto, and also +the consent of this fair maiden." + +The viscountess took Waller in her arms, and kissed her cheek, and the +great lady smiled. + +"I knew not, Sir Walter Ouseley, that you were so perfect a soldier as +to sustain an attack and lay siege at the same time; but since in both +you have been successful, I give you my hearty good wishes. And so, dear +friends and true supporters, let us be thankful for the great +deliverance wrought for this land and nation, as well as for ourselves. +Our defender, the noble William, landed three days ago at Torbay, and is +now in Hampton Court. The king has taken flight, never to be restored. +Therefore, God save the Prince of Orange and the Lady Mary, the props +and ornaments of a true Protestant throne!" + + + + +BEAU BRUMMELL.{A} + + +All things change; ours is the age of masses and classes, the last was +the age of individuals. Half a dozen remarkable men then represented the +London world, in politics, poetry, bon-mots, dining out, and gaming. +Pitt and Fox, the Dukes of Queensberry and Norfolk, Sheridan and General +Scott, were the substitutes for mankind in the great metropolis. George +Brummell was the last of the beaus. The flame of beauism was expiring; +but it flamed in its socket brighter than ever, and Beau Brummell made a +more conspicuous figure in the supreme _bon-ton_ of elegant absurdity, +than any or all his predecessors. The only permanent beau on earth is +the American savage. The Indians, who have been lately exhibiting their +back-wood deformities in our island at shilling a-head, were prodigious +dressers; Greek taste might probably have dissented from their +principles of costume, but there could be no doubt of the study of their +decoration. Their _coiffeur_ might not altogether supersede either the +Titus or the Brutus in the eye of a Parisian, but it had evidently been +twisted on system; and if their drapery in general might startle Baron +Stulz, it evidently cost as dexterous cutting out, and as ambitious +tailoring, as the most _recherche_ suit that ever turned a "middling +man" into a figure for Bond Street. + +But the charm which is the very soul of European fashion, is scorned by +the Indian. Change--the "Cynthia of the minute," the morning thought and +midnight dream of the dilettanti in human drapery--has no captivation +for the red man. He may like variety in his scalps or his squaws; but +not a feather, not a stripe of yellow on one cheek, or of green on +another, exhibits a sign of the common mutabilities of man. He struts in +the plumes which his fathers wore, is attired in the same nether +garments, exhibits the same head-gear, and decorates his physiognomy +with the sane proportion of white-wash, red-lead, bear's-grease, and +Prussian blue. + +Beauism, in England, scarcely goes farther back than the days of Charles +II. It may be said that Elizabeth had her beaux; but the true beau being +an existence of which no man living can discover the use, and which is, +in fact, wholly useless except to his tailor and the caricaturists, the +chevaliers of the time of Queen Bess are not entitled to the honour of +the name. Raleigh, no doubt, was a good dresser; but then he could write +and fight, and was good for something. Leicester is recorded as a superb +dresser; but then he dabbled in statesmanship, war, and love-making, and +of course had not much time on his hands. The Sedleys, Rochesters, and +their compeers, had too much actual occupation, good and bad, to be +fairly ranked among those gossamery ornaments of mankind; they were idle +enough in their hearts for the purpose, but their lives were _not_ +shadows, their sole object was _not_ self. They were more nice about +swords than snuff-boxes and, if they were spendthrifts, their profusion +was not limited to a diamond ring or a Perigord pie. They loved, hated, +read, wrote, frolicked and fought; they could frown as well as smile, +and see the eccentricity of their own follies as well as enjoy them. But +the true beau is a _beau-ideal_, an abstraction substantialized only by +the scissors, a concentrated essence of frivolity, infinitely sensitive +to his own indulgence, chill as the poles to the indulgence of all +others; prodigal to his own appetites, never suffering a shilling to +escape for the behoof of others; magnanimously mean, ridiculously wise, +and contemptibly clever; selfishness is the secret, the spring, and the +principle of, _par excellence_, the beau. + +In the brief introduction prefixed to the "Life," some of those +individuals who approached closest to perfection of old times are +mentioned. One of those was Sir George Hewitt, on whom Etheridge, the +comic writer, sketched his Sir Fopling Flutter. This beau found a place +in poetry as well as in prose, + + "Had it not better been than thus to roam, + To stay, and tie the cravat-string at home? + To strut, look big, strike pantaloon, and swear + With Hewitt--D----me, There's no action here?" + +Wilson followed. He was a personage who first established the fashion of +living by one's wits. Returning from the army in Flanders with forty +shillings in his pocket, he suddenly started into high life in the most +dashing style, eclipsed every body by his equipage, stud, table, and +dress. As he was not known at the gaming-table, conjecture was busy on +the subject of his finances; and he was charitably supposed to have +commenced his career by robbing a Dutch mail of a package of diamonds. +Still he glittered, until involved in a duel with Mississippi Law; the +latter financier, probably jealous of so eminent a rival, ran a rapier +through his body. + +The next on the list is Beau Fielding. He was intended for the bar, but +intending himself for nothing, his pursuit was fashion. He set up a +showy equipage, went to court, and led the life of "a man about town." +He was remarkably handsome, attracted the notice of Charles II., and +reigned as the monarch of beauism. He was rapidly ruined, but repaired +his fortune by marrying an heiress. She died; and the beau was duped by +an Englishwoman, whom he married under the idea that she was a Madame +Delaune, a widow of great wealth. Finding out the deception, he cast her +off, and married the Duchess of Cleveland, though in her sixty-first +year. For this marriage he was prosecuted, and found guilty of bigamy. +He then became reconciled to his former wife, and died, in 1712, at the +age of sixty-one. He was the Orlando of the _Tatler_. + +Beau Edgeworth lives only in the record of Steele, in the 246th number +of the _Tatler_, as a "very handsome youth who frequented the +coffeehouses about Charing-Cross, and wore a very pretty ribbon with a +cross of jewels on his breast." Beau Nash completes the list of the +ancient heroes, dying in 1761, at the age of eighty-eight--a man of +singular success in his frivolous style; made for a master of the +ceremonies, the model of all sovereigns of water-drinking places; absurd +and ingenious, silly and shrewd, avaricious and extravagant. He +_created_ Bath; he taught decency to "bucks," civility to card-players, +care to prodigals, and caution to Irishmen! Bath has never seen his like +again. In English high life, birth is every thing or nothing. Men of the +lowest extraction generally start up, and range the streets arm-in-arm +with the highest. Middle life alone is prohibited to make its approach; +the line of demarcation there is like the gulf of Curtius, not to be +filled up, and is growing wider and wider every day. The line of George +Brummell is like that of the Gothic kings--without a pedigree; like that +of the Indian rajahs--is lost in the clouds of antiquity; and like that +of Romulus--puzzles the sagacious with rumours of original irregularity +of descent. But the most probable existing conjecture is, that his +grandfather was a confectioner in Bury Street, St James's. We care not a +straw about the matter, though the biographer is evidently uneasy on the +subject, doubts the trade, and seems to think that he has thrown a shade +of suspicion, a sort of exculpatory veil over this fatal rumour, by +proving that this grandfather and his wife were both buried, as is shown +by a stone, still to be seen by the curious, in St James's church-yard. +We were not before aware that Christian burial was forbidden to +confectioners. The biographer further adds the convincing evidence of +gentility, that this grandfather was buried within a few feet of the +well-known ribald, Tom Durfey. Scepticism must now hang down its head, +and fly the field. + +We come to a less misty and remote period. In the house of this +ancestor, who (_proh dedecus!_) let lodgings, lived Charles Jenkinson, +then holding some nondescript office under government. We still want a +history of that singularly dexterous, shy, silent, and successful man; +who, like Jupiter in Homer, did more by a nod than others by a +harangue--made more as a scene-shifter than any actor on the stage of +Westminster--continually crept on, while whole generations of highfliers +dropped and died; and at length, like a worm at the bottom of a pool, +started up to the surface, put on wings, and fluttered in the sunshine, +Earl of Liverpool! The loss of such a biography is a positive injury to +all students of the art of rising. Jenkinson was struck by the neatness +of the autograph in which "Apartments to be Let" was displayed on the +door; and probably, conscious that the "art of letting" was the true +test of talents, made the young writer his amanuensis, and finally +obtained for him a clerkship in the treasury. He was next in connexion +with Lord North for the twelve years of that witty and blundering +nobleman's unhappy administration, and enjoyed no less than _three +offices_, by which he netted L.2500 a-year. He was abused a good deal by +the party-ink of his time; but the salary enabled him to bear spattering +to any amount, and probably only increased Lord North's sympathy for his +fellow-sufferer, until that noble lord was suffocated in the public +mire. + +But after the crush of the minister, the man felt that his day was done; +and he retired to "domestic virtue" as it is termed, took a good house +in the country, enjoyed himself, and in 1794 died, leaving two sons and +a daughter, and L.65,000 among them. + +George Bryan Brummell, the second son, was born in June 1778. The +biographer observes characteristically, that the beau avoided the topic +of his genealogical tree with a sacred mystery. It appears that he +avoided with equal caution all mention of the startling fact, that one +of his Christian names was _Bryan_. It never escaped his lips; it never +slipped into his signature; it was never suffered to "come between the +wind and his nobility." If it had by any unhappy chance transpired, he +must have fainted on the spot, have fled from society, and hid his +discomfiture in + + "Deserts where no men abide." + +Brummell was a dandy by instinct, a good dresser by the force of +original genius; a first-rate tyer of cravats on the _in_voluntary +principle. When a boy at Eton, in 1790, he acquired his first +distinction not by "longs and shorts," but by the singular nicety of his +stock with a gold buckle, the smart cut of his coat, and his finished +study of manners. Others might see glory only through hexameters and +pentameters; renown might await others only through boating or cricket; +with him the colour of his coat and the cut of his waistcoat were the +materials of fame. Fellows and provosts of Eton might seem to others the +"magnificoes" of mankind--the colossal figures which overtopped the age +by their elevation, or eclipsed it by their splendour--the "dii majorum +gentium," who sat on the pinnacle of the modern Olympus; but Brummell +saw nothing great but his tailor--nothing worthy of respect among the +human arts but the art of cutting out a coat--and nothing fit to ensure +human fame with posterity but the power to create and to bequeath a new +fashion. + +But the name of dandy was of later date; the age had not attained +sufficient elegance for so polished a title; it was still buck or +macaroni; the latter having been the legacy of the semi-barbarian age +which preceded the eighteenth century. Brummell was called Buck Brummell +when an urchin at Eton--a preliminary evidence of the honours which +awaited him in a generation fitter to reward his skill and acknowledge +his superiority. Dandy was a thing yet to come, but which, in his +instance, was sure to come. + + "The force of title could no further go-- + The 'dandy was the heirloom of the beau.'" + +Yet even in boyhood the sly and subtle style, the Brummellism of his +after years, began to exhibit itself. A party of the boys having +quarreled with the boatmen of the Thames, had fallen on one who had +rendered himself obnoxious, and were about to throw him into the river. +Brummell, who never took part in those affrays, but happened to pass by +at the time, said, "My good fellows, don't throw him into the river; +for, as the man is in a high state of perspiration, it amounts to a +certainty that he will catch cold." The boys burst into laughter, and +let their enemy run for his life. + +At Eton, however, he was a general favourite for his pleasantry, the +gentleness of his manner, and the smartness of his repartee. He had +attained tolerable scholarship, was in the fifth form in 1793, the year +in which he left Eton, and wrote good Latin verses, an accomplishment +which he partially retained to his last days. From Eton he went to +Oriel, and there commenced that cutting system of which he so soon +became the acknowledged master. He cut an old Eton acquaintance simply +because he had entered at an inferior college, and discontinued visiting +another because he had invited him to meet two students of a hall which +he was pleased to consider obnoxious. In his studies he affected to +despise college distinctions, but yet wrote for the Newdigate prize, and +produced the second best poem. But his violation of college rules was +systematic and contemptuous. He always ordered his horse at hall time, +was the author of half the squibs, turned a tame jack-daw with a band on +into the quadrangle to burlesque the master, and treated all proctors' +and other penalties with contempt. Such, at least, is the character +given him by Mr Lister in Granby. + +But he was now to commence a new career. In 1794 he was gazetted to a +cornetcy in the Tenth Hussars, the gift of its colonel the Prince of +Wales. Brummell's own account of this origin of his court connexions is, +that when a boy at Eton he had been presented to the Prince, and that +his subsequent intimacy grew out of the Prince's notice on that +occasion. But a friend of his told the biographer that the Prince, +hearing of the young Etonian as a second Selwyn, had asked him to his +table, and given him the commission to attach him to his service. This +was a remarkable distinction, and in any other hands would have been a +card of fortune. He was then but sixteen; he was introduced at once into +the highest society of fashion; and he was the favourite companion of a +prince who required to be amused, delighted in originality, and was fond +of having the handsomest and pleasantest men of the age in his regiment. + +Brummell, though an elegant appendage to the corps, was too much about +the person of the Prince to be a diligent officer. The result was, that +he was often late on parade, and did not always know his own troop. +However, he evaded the latter difficulty in general, by a contrivance +peculiarly his own. One of his men had a large blue-tinged nose. +Whenever Brummell arrived late, he galloped between the squadrons till +he saw the blue nose. There he reined up, and felt secure. Once, +however, it happened unfortunately that during his absence there was +some change made in the squadrons, and the place of the blue nose was +shifted. Brummel, on coming up late as usual, galloped in search of his +beacon, and having found his old friend he reined up. "Mr Brummell," +cried the colonel, "you are with the wrong troop." "No, no," said +Brummell, confirming himself by the sight of the blue nose, and adding +in a lower tone--"I know better than that; a pretty thing, indeed, if I +did not know my own troop!" + +His promotion was rapid; for he obtained a troop within three years, +being captain in 1796. Yet within two years he threw up his commission. +The ground of this singular absurdity is scarcely worth enquiring into. +He was evidently too idle for any thing which required any degree of +regularity. The command of a troop requires some degree of attention +from the idlest. He had the prospect of competence from his father's +wealth; and his absolute abhorrence of all exertion was probably his +chief prompter in throwing away the remarkable advantages of his +position--a position from which the exertion of a moderate degree of +intellectual vigour, or even of physical activity, might have raised him +to high rank in either the state or the army. + +Of course, various readings of his resignation have been given; some +referred it to his being obliged to wear hair-powder, which was then +ceasing to be fashionable; others, more probably, to an original love +for doing nothing. The reason which he himself assigned, was comic and +characteristic. It was his disgust at the idea of being quartered, for +however short a time, in a manufacturing town. An order arrived one +evening for the hussars to move to Manchester. Next morning early he +waited on the Prince, who, expressing surprise at a visit at such an +hour from him, was answered--"The fact is, your royal highness, I have +heard that we are ordered to Manchester. Now, you must be aware how +disagreeable this would be to _me_; I really could not go. _Think! +Manchester!_ Besides, you would not be there. I have therefore, with +your permission, determined to sell out."--"Oh, by all means, Brummell!" +said the Prince; "do as you please." And thus he stripped himself of the +highest opportunity in the most showy of all professions before he was +twenty-one. + +He now commenced what is called the bachelor life of England; he took a +house in Chesterfield Street, May Fair; gave small but exquisite +dinners; invited men of rank, and even the Prince, to his table; and +avoiding extravagance--for he seldom played, and kept only a pair of +horses--established himself as a refined voluptuary. + +Yet for this condition his means, though considerable, if aided by a +profession, were obviously inadequate. His fortune amounted only to +L.30,000, though to this something must be added for the sale of his +troop. His only resources thenceforth must be play, or an opulent +marriage. + +Nature and art had been favourable to him; his exterior, though not +distinguished, was graceful, and his countenance, though not handsome, +was intelligent. He possessed in a certain degree the general +accomplishments, and exactly in the degree, which produce a flattering +reception in society. He was a tolerable musician, he used his pencil +with tolerable skill, and he wrote tolerable verses; more would have +been worse than useless. He dressed admirably, and, as his _cheval de +battaile_, he talked with a keenness of observation and a dexterity of +language, scarcely less rare than wit, and still more exciting among the +exhausted minds, and in the vapid phraseology, of fashion. + +His person was well formed, and his dress was a matter of extreme study. +But it is rather libellous on the memory of this man of taste to +suppose, that he at all resembled in this important matter the strutting +display which we have seen in later times, and which irresistibly +strikes the beholder with surprise, that any man capable of seeing +himself in the glass could exhibit so strong a temptation to laughter; +while to the more knowing in the affairs of costume, it betrays +instantly the secret that the exhibitor is simply a walking placard for +a tailor struggling for employment, and supplying the performer on the +occasion with a wardrobe for the purpose. Brummell's dress was finished +with perfect skill, but without the slightest attempt at exaggeration. +Plain Hessian boots and pantaloons, or top boots and buckskins, which +were then more the fashion than they are now; a blue coat, and a buff +coloured waistcoat--for he somewhat leaned to Foxite politics for +form's-sake, however he despised all politics as unworthy of a man born +to give the tone to fashion--was his morning dress. In the evening, he +appeared in a blue coat and white waistcoat, black pantaloons closely +fitting, and buttoning tight to the ankle, striped silk stockings, and +opera hat. We may thus observe how much Brummell went _before_ his age; +for while he thus originated a dress which no modern refinement has yet +exceeded, and which contained all that is _de bon ton_ in modern +equipment, he was living in the midst of a generation almost studiously +barbarian--the Foxite imitators of the French republicans--where every +man's principle was measured by the closeness of his approach to +savagery; and nothing but the War interposed to prevent the +_sans-culottism_ alike of the body and the mind. + +Brummell, though not possessing the patronage of a secretary of state, +had the power of making men's fortunes. His principal tailors were +Schweitzer and Davidson of Cork street, Weston, and Meyer of Conduit +street. Those names have since disappeared, but their memory is dear to +dandyism; and many a superannuated man of elegance will give "the +passing tribute of a sigh" to the incomparable neatness of their "fit," +and the unrivaled taste of their scissors. Schweitzer and Meyer worked +for the Prince, and the latter was in some degree a royal favourite, and +one of the household. He was a man of genius at his needle; an inventor, +who even occasionally disputed the palm of originality with Brummell +himself. The point is not yet settled to whom was due the happy +conception of the trouser opening at the ankle and closed by buttons. +Brummell laid his claim openly, at least to its improvement; while +Meyer, admitting the elegance given to it by the tact of Brummell, +persisted in asserting his right to the invention. Yet if, as was said +of gunpowder and printing, the true inventor is the man who first brings +the discovery into renown, the honour is here Brummell's, for he was the +first who _established_ the trouser in the Bond street world. + +The Prince, at this period, cultivated dress with an ardour which +threatened to dethrone Brummell himself, and his wardrobe was calculated +to have cost L.100,000. But his royal highness had one obstacle to +encounter which ultimately drove him from the field, and restricted all +his future chances of distinction to wigs; he began to grow corpulent. A +scarcely less formidable evil arose in his quarreling with Brummell. In +the course of hostilities, the Prince pronounced the beau a tailor's +block, fit for nothing but to hang clothes on; while the retaliation +came in the shape of a caricature, in which a pair of leather breeches +is exhibited lashed up between the bed-posts, and an enormously fat man, +lifted up to them, is making a desperate struggle to get his limbs +properly seated in their capacity: another operation of a still more +difficult nature, the making the waistband meet, still threatening to +defy all exertion. + +Brummell's style was in fact simplicity, but simplicity of the most +studied kind. Lord Byron defined it, "a certain exquisite propriety of +dress." "_No_ perfumes," the Beau used to say, "but fine linen, plenty +of it, and _country_ washing." His opinion on this subject, however, +changed considerably in after time; for he used perfumes, and attributed +a characteristic importance to their use. Meeting a gentleman at a ball +with whom he conversed for a while, some of the party enquired the +stranger's name. "Can't possibly tell," was the Beau's answer. "But he +is evidently a gentleman--his perfumes are good." He objected to country +gentlemen being introduced into Watier's, on the ground "that their +boots always smelt of horse-dung and bad blacking." + +His taste in matters of _virtu_ was one of the sources of his profusion; +but it always had a reference to himself. He evidently preferred a +snuff-box which he could display in his hand, to a Raphael which he +could exhibit only on his wall. His snuff-boxes were numerous and +costly. But even in taking snuff he had his style: he always opened the +box with _one_ hand, the left. The Prince imitated him in this _tour de +grace_. + +A fashion always becomes more fashionable as it becomes more ridiculous. +People cling to it as they pet a monkey, for its deformity. The high +head-dresses of France, which must have been a burden, made the tour of +Europe, and endured through a century. The high heels, which almost +wholly precluded safe walking, lasted their century. The use of powder +was universal until it was driven out of France by republicanism, and +out of England by famine. The flour used by the British army alone for +whitening their heads was calculated to amount to the annual provision +for 50,000 people. Snuff had been universally in use from the middle of +the seventeenth century; and the sums spent on this filthy and foolish +indulgence, the time wasted on it, and the injury done to health, if +they could all have been thrown into the common form of money, would +have paid the national debt of England. The common people have their +full share in this general absurdity. The gin drunk in England and Wales +annually amounts to nearly twenty millions of pounds sterling; a sum +which would pay all the poor rates three times over, and, turned to any +public purpose, might cover the land with great institutions--the +principal result of this enormous expenditure now being to fill the +population with vice, misery, and madness. + +In the matter of coats Brummell had but one rival, the Prince, whose +rank of course gave him a general advantage, yet whose taste was clearly +held as inferior by the royal _artistes_ themselves. A baronet, who went +to Schweitzer's to get himself equipped in the first style, asked him +what cloth he recommended. "Why, sir," was the answer, "the Prince wears +superfine, and Mr Brummell the Bath coating. Suppose, sir, we say Bath +coating; I think Mr Brummell has a trifle the preference." Brummell's +connexion with the Prince, his former rank in the hussars, and his own +agreeable manners, introduced him to the intercourse of the principal +nobility. In the intervals of his visits to the Prince at Brighton, he +visited Belvoir, Chatsworth, Woburn, &c. But he was absolutely _once_ in +town in the month of November, as is proved by the following note from +Woburn:-- + + MY DEAR BRUMMELL,--By some accident, which I am unable to account + for, your letter of Wednesday did not reach me till Wednesday. I + make it a rule never to lend my box; but you have the _entree + libre_ whenever you wish to go there, as I informed the boxkeeper + last year. I hope Beauvais and you will do great execution at + Up-Park. I shall probably be there shortly after you.--Ever yours + sincerely, + + "BEDFORD." + +At Belvoir he was _l'ami de la famille_, and at Cheveley, another seat +of the Duke of Rutland's, his rooms were as sacred as the Duke of +York's, who was a frequent visitor there. On the Duke of Rutland's +coming of age, in 1799, great rejoicings took place at Belvoir, and +Brummell was one of the distinguished party there, among whom were the +Prince of Wales, the late Duke of Argyll, the Marquis of Lorn, and the +other chief fashionable people of the day. This _fete_ was memorable, +for it was said to have cost L.60,000. Brummell was not altogether +effeminate; he could both shoot and ride, but he liked neither: he was +never a Melton man. He said that he could not bear to have his tops and +leathers splashed by the greasy galloping farmers. The Duke of Rutland +raised a corps of volunteers on the renewal of the war in 1803; and as +Brummell had been a soldier the duke gave him a majority. In the course +of the general inspections of the volunteer corps, an officer was sent +from the Horse Guards to review the duke's regiment, the major being in +command. On the day of the inspection every one was on parade except the +major-commandant. Where is Major Brummell, was the indignant enquiry? He +was not to be found. The inspection went on. When it was near its close, +Brummell was soon coming full gallop across the country in the uniform +of the Belvoir Hunt, terribly splashed. He apologized for himself by +saying, that having left Belvoir quite early, he had expected to be on +the parade in time, the meet being close at hand. However, his favourite +hunter had landed him in a ditch, where, having been dreadfully shaken +by the fall, he had been lying for an hour. But the general was +inexorable, and Brummell used to give the worthy officer's speech in the +following style--"Sir, this conduct is wholly inexcusable. If I remember +right, sir, you once had the honour of holding a captain's commission +under his royal highness the Prince of Wales, the heir-apparent himself, +sir! Now, sir, I tell you; I tell you sir, that I should be wanting in a +proper zeal for the honour of the service; I should be wanting, sir, if +I did not this very evening report this disgraceful neglect of orders to +the commander-in-chief, as well as the state in which you present +yourself in front of your regiment; and this shall be done, sir. You may +retire, sir." + +All this was very solemn and astounding; but Brummell's presence of mind +was not often astounded. He had scarcely walked his horse a few paces +from the spot, when he returned, and said in a subdued tone--"Excuse me, +general; but, in my anxiety to explain this most unfortunate business, I +forgot to deliver a message from the Duke of Rutland. It was to request +the honour of your company at dinner." The culprit and the +disciplinarian grinned together; the general coughed, and cleared his +throat sufficiently to express his thanks in these words--"Ah! why, +really I feel and am very much obliged to his grace. Pray, Major +Brummell, tell the duke I shall be most happy;" and melodiously raising +his voice, (for the Beau had turned his horse once more towards +Belvoir,) "Major Brummell, as to this little affair, I am sure no man +can regret it more than you do. Assure his grace that I shall have great +pleasure in accepting his very kind invitation;" and they parted amid a +shower of smiles. But Brummell had yet but half completed his +performance; for the invitation was extempore, and he must gallop to +Belvoir to acquaint the duke of the guest he was to receive on that day. + +Brummell always appeared at the cover side, admirably dressed in a white +cravat and white tops, which latter either he, or Robinson his valet, +introduced, and which eventually superseded the brown ones. The subtlety +of Brummell's sneers, which made him so highly amusing to the first rank +of society, made him an object of alarm if not of respect to others. "Do +you see that gentleman near the door?" said a woman of rank to her +daughter, who had been brought for the first time to Almack's. "Yes! Who +is he?" replied the young lady. "A person, my dear, who will probably +come and speak to us; and if he enters into conversation, be careful to +give him a favourable impression of you, for he is the celebrated Mr +Brummell." The _debutante_ was the daughter of a duke. It has been said +that Madame de Stael considered herself as having failed to attract his +approval, and that she spoke of it as the greatest _malheur_ which had +occurred to her during her stay in London, the next in point of calamity +being that the Prince had not called on her in person. The Beau +perfectly knew his own value. In reply to a nobleman who charged him +with involving his son in a gaming transaction, he said--"Really I did +my best for the young man; I gave him my arm all the way from White's to +Watier's." However, there can be no doubt that he was very often +intolerably impudent; and, as impudence is always vulgar, he was guilty +of vulgarity. Dining at a gentleman's house in Hampshire, where the +champagne did not happen to suit his taste, he refused his glass when +the servant came to help him a second time, with--"No, thank you, I +don't drink cider!" The following anecdote is rather better known. +"Where were you yesterday, Brummell?" said one of his club friends. "I +think," said he, "I dined in the city." "What! you dined in the city?" +said his friend. "Yes, the man wished me to bring him into notice, and I +desired him to give a dinner, to which I invited Alvanley, Mills, +Pierrepoint, and some others." "All went off well, of course?" said the +friend. "Oh yes! perfectly, except one _mal-a-apropos_: the fellow who +gave the dinner had actually the assurance to seat himself at the +table." + +Dining at a large party at the house of an opulent but young member of +London society, he asked the loan of his carriage to take him to Lady +Jersey's that evening. "I am going there," said his entertainer, "and +will be happy to take you." "Still, there is a difficulty," said +Brummell in his most delicate tone. "You do not mean to get up behind, +that would not be quite right in your own carriage; and yet, how would +it do for me to be seen in the same carriage with you?" Brummell's +manner probably laughed off impertinences of this order; for, given +without their colouring from nature, they would have justified an angry +reply. But he seems never to have involved himself in personal quarrel. +He was intact and intangible. Yet he, too, had his mortifications. One +night, in going to Lady Dungannon's, he was actually obliged to make use +of a hackney coach. He got out of it at an unobserved distance from the +door, and made his way up her ladyship's crowded staircase, conceiving +that he had escaped all evidence of his humiliation; however, this was +not to be. As he was entering the drawing-room a servant touched his +arm, and to his amazement and horror whispered--"Beg pardon, sir, +perhaps you are not aware of it, that there is a straw sticking to your +shoe." His style found imitations in the public prints, and one +sufficiently characteristic thus set forth the merits of a new patent +carriage step:--"There is an art in every thing; and whatever is worthy +of being learned, cannot be unworthy of a teacher." Such was the logical +argument of the professor of the art of stepping in and out of a +carriage, who represented himself as much patronised by the sublime +Beau Brummell, whose deprecation of those horrid coach steps he would +repeat with great delight:-- + + "Mr Brummell," he used to say, "considered the sedan was the only + vehicle for a gentleman, it having no steps; and he invariably had + his own chair, which was lined with white satin quilted, had down + squabs, and a white sheepskin rug at the bottom, brought to the + door of his dressing-room, on that account always on the + ground-floor, from whence it was transferred with its owner to the + foot of the staircase of the house that he condescended to visit. + Mr Brummell has told me," continued the professor, "that to enter a + coach was torture to him. 'Conceive,' said he, 'the horror of + sitting in a carriage with an iron apparatus, afflicted with the + dreadful thought, the cruel apprehension, of having one's leg + crushed by the machinery. Why are not the steps made to fold + _outside_? The only detraction from the luxury of a _vis a vis_, is + the double distress! for _both_ legs--excruciating idea!'" + +Brummell's first reform was the neckcloth. Even his reform has passed +away; such is the transitory nature of all human achievements. But the +art of neckcloths was once more than a dubious title to renown in the +world of Bond Street. The politics of the time were disorderly; and the +dress of politicians had become as disorderly as their principles. The +fortunes of Whiggism, too, had run low; and the velvet coat and +embroidered waistcoat, the costly buckles and gold buttons of better +days, were heavier drains on the decreasing revenues of the party than +could be long sustained with impunity. Fox had already assumed the +sloven--the whole faction followed; and the ghosts of the old +oppositionists, in their tie wigs and silver-laced coats, would have +been horrified by the sight of the shock-headed, leather-breeched, and +booted generation who howled and harangued on the left side of the +Speaker's chair from 1789 to 1806. All was _canaille_. Fox could +scarcely have been more shabby, had he been the representative of a +population of bankrupts. The remainder of the party might have been +supposed, without any remarkable stretch of imagination, to have emerged +from the workhouse. All was sincere squalidness, patriotic +pauperism--the _un_washing principle. One of the cleverest caricatures +of that cleverest of caricaturists, the Scotchman Gilray, was his sketch +of the Whigs preparing for their first levee after the Foxite accession +on the death of Pitt. The title was, "_Making decent!_" The whole of the +new ministry were exhibited in all the confusion of throwing off their +rags, and putting on their new clothing. There stood Sheridan, +half-smothered in the novel attempt to put on a clean shirt. In another +corner Fox, Grey, and Lord Moira, straining to peep into the same +shaving-glass, were all three making awkward efforts to use the +long-forgotten razor. Others were gazing at themselves in a sort of +savage wonder at the strangeness of new washed faces. Some _sans +culottes_ were struggling to get into breeches; and others, whose feet +were accustomed to the ventilation of shoes which let their toes +through, were pondering over the embarrassment of shoes impervious to +the air. The minor apparatus of court costume scattered round on the +chairs, the bags and swords, the buckles and gloves, were stared at by +the groups with the wonder and perplexity of an American Indian. + +Into this irregular state of things Brummell made his first stride in +the spirit of a renovator. The prevailing cravat of the time was +certainly deplorable. Let us give it in the words of history:--"It was +without stiffening of any kind, and bagged out in front, _rucking_ up to +the front in a roll." (We do not precisely comprehend this expression, +whose _precision_, however, we by no means venture to doubt.) Brummell +boldly met this calamity, by slightly starching the too flexible +material--a change in which, as his biographer with due seriousness and +truth observes--"a reasoning mind must acknowledge there is not much +objectionable." + +Imitators, of course, always exceed their model, and the cravat adopted +by the dandies soon became _excessively_ starched; the test being that +of raising three parts of their length by one corner without bending. +Yet Brummell, though he adhered to the happy medium, and was moderate in +his starch, was rigorous in his tie. If his cravat did not correspond to +his wishes in its first arrangement, it was instantly cast aside. His +valet was seen one morning leaving his chamber with an armful of tumbled +cravats, and on being asked the cause, solemnly replied, "These are our +_failures_." + +Perfection is slow in all instances; but talent and diligence are sure +to advance. Brummell's "tie" became speedily the admiration of the _beau +monde_. The manner in which this dexterous operation was accomplished +was perfectly his own, and deserves to be recorded for the benefit of +posterity. + +The collar, which was always fixed to his shirt, was so large, that, +before being folded down, it completely hid his head and face, and the +neckcloth was at least a foot in height. The first _coup d'archet_ was +made with the shirt-collar, which he folded down to its proper size; but +the delicate part of the performance was still to come. Brummell +"standing before the glass, with his chin raised towards the ceiling, +now, by the gentle and gradual declension of his lower jaw, creased the +cravat to reasonable dimensions; the form of each succeeding crease +being perfected with the shirt which he had just discarded." We were not +aware of the nicety which was demanded to complete the folds of this +superior swathing; but, after this development, who shall pronounce a +dandy idle? + +Brummell was as critical on the dress of others as he was _recherche_ in +his own, and this care he extended to all ranks. He was once walking up +St James's Street, arm-in-arm with a young nobleman whom he condescended +to patronize. The Beau suddenly asked him, "what he called _those +things_ on his feet."--"Why, shoes."--"Shoes are they?" said Brummell +doubtfully, and stooping to look at them; "I thought they were +slippers?" + +The late Duke of Bedford asked him his opinion of a new coat. "Turn +round," said Mr Beau. When the examination was concluded in front and +rear, the Beau, feeling the lapel delicately with his finger and thumb, +asked in a most pathetic manner, "Bedford, do you call this _thing_ a +coat?" + +Somebody told him, among a knot of loungers at White's, "Brummell, your +brother William is in town. Is he not coming here?"--"Yes," was the +reply, "in a day or two; but I have recommended him to walk the _back +streets_ till his new clothes come home." + +Practical jokes are essentially vulgar, and apt to be hazardous besides; +two reasons which should have prevented their performance by an +individual whose object was to be the standard of elegance, and whose +object at no time was to expose himself to the rougher remonstrances of +mankind; but the following piece of sportiveness was at least amusing. + +Meeting an old _emigre_ marquis at the seat of some noble friend, and +probably finding the Frenchman a bore, he revenged himself by mixing +some finely powdered sugar in his hair-powder. On the old Frenchman's +coming into the breakfast-room next morning, highly powdered as usual, +the flies, attracted by the scent of the sugar, instantly gathered round +him. He had scarcely begun his breakfast, when every fly in the room was +busy on his head. The unfortunate marquis was forced to lay down his +knife and fork, and take out his pocket-handkerchief to repel these +troublesome assailants, but they came thicker and thicker. The victim +now rose from his seat and changed his position; but all was in +vain--the flies followed in fresh clusters. In despair he hurried to the +window; but every fly lingering there was instantly buzzing and +tickling. The marquis, feverish with vexation and surprise, threw up the +window. This unlucky measure produced only a general invasion by all the +host of flies sunning themselves on the lawn. The astonishment and +amusement of the guests were excessive. Brummell alone never smiled. At +last M. le Marquis gave way in agony, and, clapping his hands on his +head, and followed by a cloud of flies, rushed out of the room. The +secret was then divulged, and all was laughter. + +"Poodle B--g," so well known in the world of fashion, owed his +_soubriquet_ to Brummell. B--g was fond of letting his hair, which was +light-coloured, curl round his forehead. He was one day driving in his +curricle, with a poodle by his side. The Beau hailed him with--"Ah, +B--g, how do you do?--A _family_ vehicle, I see." + +Some of those oddities of expression are almost too well known now for +effect; but they must have sparkled prodigiously among the exhausted +circles of his West-end day. + +"You seem to have caught cold, Brummell," said a lounging visitor on +hearing him cough. "Yes--I got out of my carriage yesterday, coming from +the Pavilion, and the wretch of an innkeeper put me into the coffee-room +with a damp stranger." + +In a stormy August--"Brummell, did any one ever see such a summer +day?"--"Yes, _I_ did, last winter." + +On returning from a country mansion, of which he happened to disapprove, +he defined it "An exceedingly good house for stopping a _single_ night +in." + +On the whole, the biographer has given a tolerable selection of +Brummell's _hits_, some of which, however, were so intolerably +impertinent, that he must have either thoroughly "known his man," or he +must have smoothed down their severity by some remarkable tone of voice +or pleasantry of visage. Without those palliations, it is not easy to +comprehend his occasional rudeness even to friends. One day, standing +and speaking at the carriage-door of a lady, she expressed her surprise +at his throwing away his time on so quiet and unfashionable a +person.--"My dear friend, don't mention it: there is _no one to see +us_." + +But his admiration for the sex must have often brought him close on the +edge of serious inconvenience. Once, at the house of a nobleman, he +requested a moment's interview in the library, and then and there +communicated the formidable intelligence, "that he must immediately +leave the house--on that day." + +"Why, you intended to stay a month," said his hospitable entertainer. + +"True--but I must be gone--I feel I am in love with your countess." + +"Well, my dear sir, I can't help that. I was in love with her myself +twenty years ago," said the good-humoured husband. "But is she in love +with you?" + +The Beau cast down his eyes, and, in all the modesty of impudence, said +faintly, "I believe she is." + +"Oh! that alters the case. I shall send for your post-horses. Good +morning." + +His life was flirtation, a matter which could not be indulged in +matrimony, and he therefore never married. Yet once he went so far as to +elope with a young person of rank from a ball: the pair were, however, +immediately overtaken. The affair was, of course, the talk of the clubs. +But Brummell had his own way of wearing the willow. "On the whole," said +he, "I consider I have reason to congratulate myself. I lately heard +from her favourite maid that her ladyship had been seen--_to drink +beer_!" + +Some of the Beau's letters at this period are given; but they are not +fortunate specimens of his taste: even in writing to women they are +quaint, affected, and approaching to that unpardonable crime, dulness. +His letters written in his wane of life, and under the realities of +suffering, are much more striking, contain some pathetic and even some +powerful language, and show that fashion and his own follies had +obscured a mind of natural talent, if not of original tenderness. + +The following letter we look upon as quite sufficient to have excluded +him from the recollections of any Lady Jane on earth, if she happened to +know the difference between coxcombry and common feeling:-- + + "MY DEAR LADY JANE,--With the miniature, it seems, I am not to be + trusted even for two _pitiful_ hours. My own memory must be then my + only _disconsolate_ expedient to obtain a resemblance. + + "As I am unwilling to merit the imputation of committing myself by + too flagrant a liberty in retaining your glove, which you + charitably sent at my head yesterday, as you would have extended an + _eleemosynary sixpence_ to the _supplicating hat_ of a mendicant, I + restore it to you. And, allow me to assure you, that I have too + much regard and respect for you, and too little practical vanity + myself, (whatever appearances may be against me,) to have + entertained, for one _treacherous_ instant, the impertinent + intention to defraud you of it. You are angry, perhaps irreparably + incensed against me for this _petty larceny_. I have no defence to + offer in mitigation but that of _frenzy_. But you know that you are + an _angel_ visiting these sublunary spheres, and therefore your + first quality should be that of mercy. Yet you are sometimes + wayward and volatile in your _seraphic_ disposition. Though you + have no wings yet you have weapons, and those are resentment and + estrangement from me.--With sentiments of the deepest + _compunction_, I am always your _miserable slave_, + + "GEORGE BRUMMELL." + +We have not a doubt that he perused this toilsome performance a dozen +times before he folded it up, advanced to his mirror to see how so +brilliant a correspondent must look after so astonishing a production, +moved round the room in a minuet step; and, when he sent it away at +last, followed it with a sigh at the burial of so much renown in a +woman's escritoire, and a regret that it could not be stereotyped to +make its progress round the world. And yet, as it appeared that the lady +had thrown the glove at him, and even lent him her miniature, it would +be difficult to discover any ground for her wrath or his compunction. +Both were evidently equally imaginary. + +The Beau always regarded the city as a _terra incognita_. A merchant +once asked him to dine there. Brummell gave him a look of intense +enquiry. The merchant pressed him. "Well," said the Beau, (who probably +had excellent reasons for non-resistance to the man of money;) "well, if +it _must_ be--but you must first promise faithfully _never_ to say a +word on the subject." + +A visitor, full of the importance of a tour in the north of England, +asked him which of the lakes he preferred. "I can't possibly remember," +was the reply; "they are a great way from St James's Street, and I don't +think they are spoken of in the clubs." The visitor urged the question. +"Robinson," said the Beau, turning in obvious distress to his valet, +"Robinson, pray tell this gentleman which of the lakes I +preferred."--"Windermere, sir, I think it was," said the valet. "Well," +added Brummell, "probably you are in the right, Robinson. It may have +been. Pray, sir, will Windermere do?" + +"I wonder, Brummell, you take the trouble of driving to the barracks of +the 10th with four horses. It certainly looks rather superb," said one +of the officers. "Why, I dare say it does; but that is not _the_ point. +What could I do, when my French valet, the best dresser of hair in the +universe, gave me warning that he must leave me to myself, unless I gave +up the vulgarity of posting with _two_?" + +We come, in the course of this goodly history, to the second great event +of the Beau's life--the first being his introduction to Carlton House. +The second was his being turned out of it. Brummell always denied, and +with some indignation, the story of "Wales, ring the bell!"--a version +which he justly declared to be "positively vulgar," and therefore, with +due respect for his own sense of elegance, absolutely impossible for +_him_. He gave the more rational explanation, that he had taken the part +of lady who was presumed to be the rival of Mrs Fitzherbert, and had +been rash enough even to make some remarks on Mrs Fitzherbert's _en bon +point_, a matter of course never to be forgiven by a belle. This +extended to a "declining love" between him and the Prince, whose foible +was a horror of growing corpulent, and whom Brummell therefore +denominated "Big Ben," the nickname of a gigantic porter at Carlton +House; adding the sting of calling Mrs Fitzherbert Benina. Moore, in one +of his satires on the Prince's letter of February the 13th, 1812, to the +Duke of York, in which he _cut_ the Whigs, thus parodies that celebrated +"sentence of banishment:"-- + + "Neither have I resentments, nor wish there should come ill + To mortal, except, now I think on't, Beau Brummell, + Who threaten'd, last year, in a super-fine passion, + To cut _me_, and bring the old king into fashion." + +Brummell now, since the sword was drawn, resolved to throw away the +sheath, and his hits were keen and "damaging," as those things are now +termed. In this style he said to little Colonel M'Mahon, the Prince's +secretary--"I made him, and I shall unmake him." + +The "fat friend" hit was more pungent in reality than in its usual form. +The Prince, walking down St James's Street with Lord Moira, and seeing +Brummell approaching arm-in-arm with a man of rank, determined to show +the openness of the quarrel, stopped and spoke to the noble lord with an +apparent unconsciousness of ever having seen the Beau before. The +moment he was turning away, Brummell asked, in his most distinct voice, +"Pray, _who_ is your _fat_ friend?" Nothing could be more dexterously +impudent; for it repaid the Prince's pretended want of recognition +precisely in his own coin, and besides stung him in the very spot where +he was known to be most thin-skinned. + +It is sufficiently remarkable, that the alienation of the Prince from +Brummell scarcely affected his popularity with the patrician world, or +his reception by the Duke and Duchess of York. He was a frequent guest +at Oatlands, and seems to have amused the duke by his pleasantry, and +cultivated the taste of the duchess by writing her epigrams, and making +her presents of little dogs. The Duke of York, though not much gifted +with the faculty of making jests, greatly enjoyed them in others. He was +a good-humoured, easy-mannered man, wholly without affectation of any +kind; well-intentioned, with some sagacity--mingled, however, with a +good deal of that abruptness which belonged to all the Brunswicks; and +though unfortunate in his domestic conduct, a matter on which it would +do no service to the reader to enlarge, yet a brave soldier, and a +zealous and most useful commander-in-chief at the Horse Guards. He, too, +could say good things now and then. One day at Oatlands, as he was +mounting his horse to ride to town, seeing a poor woman driven from the +door, he asked the servant what she was. "A beggar, your royal highness: +nothing but a soldier's wife."--"Nothing but a soldier's wife! And pray, +sir, what is your mistress?" Of course, the poor woman was called back +and relieved. + +Still Brummell continued in high life, and was one of the four who gave +the memorable _fete_ at the Argyll Rooms in July 1813, in consequence of +having won a considerable sum at hazard. The other three were, Sir Henry +Mildmay, Pierrepoint, and Lord Alvanley. The difficulty was, whether or +not to invite the Prince, who had quarrelled with Mildmay as well as +with Brummell. In this solemn affair Pierrepoint sounded the Prince, and +ascertained that he would accept the invitation if it were proposed to +him. When the Prince arrived, and was of course received by the four +givers of the _fete_, he shook hands with Alvanley and Pierrepoint, but +took no notice whatever of the others. Brummell was indignant, and, at +the close of the night, would not attend the Prince to his carriage. +This was observed, and the Prince's remark on it next day was--"Had +Brummell taken the cut I gave him last night good-humouredly, I should +have renewed my intimacy with him." How that was to be done, however, +without lying down to be kicked, it would be difficult to discover. +Brummell however, on this occasion, was undoubtedly as much in the right +as the Prince was in the wrong. + +Brummell, in conformity to the habits of the time, and the proprieties +of his caste, was of course a gambler, and of course was rapidly ruined; +but we have no knowledge that he went through the whole career, and +turned swindler. One night he was playing with Combe, who united the +three characters of a lover of play, a brewer, and an alderman. It was +at Brookes's, and in the year of his mayoralty. "Come, Mash Tub, what do +you set?" said the Beau. "Twenty-five guineas," was the answer. The Beau +won, and won the same sum twelve times running. Then, putting the cash +in his pocket, said with a low bow, "Thank you, alderman; for this, I'll +always patronize your porter."--"Very well, sir," said Combe dryly, "I +only wish every other blackguard in London would do the same." + +At this time play ran high at the clubs. A baronet now living was said +to have lost at Watier's L.10,000 at one sitting, at _ecarte_. In 1814, +Brummell lost not only all his winnings, but "an unfortunate L.10,000," +as he expressed it, the last that he had at his bankers. Brummell was +now ruined; and, to prevent the possibility of his recovery at any +future period, he raised money at ruinous interest, and finally made his +escape to Calais. Still, when every thing else forsook him, his odd way +of telling his own story remained. "He said," observed one of his +friends at Caen, when talking about his altered circumstances, "that, up +to a particular period of his life, every thing prospered with him, and +that he attributed this good luck to the possession of a silver sixpence +with a hole in it, which somebody had given him some years before, with +an injunction to take good care of it, as every thing would go well with +him so long as he kept it, and everything the contrary if he happened to +lose it." And so it turned out; for having at length, in an evil hour, +given it by mistake to a hackney coachman, a complete reverse of his +affairs took place, and one misfortune followed another until he was +obliged to fly. On his being asked why he did not advertise a reward for +it, he answered--"I did; and twenty people came with sixpences with +holes in them for the reward, but not _my_ sixpence." "And you never +heard any more of it?" "No," he replied; "no doubt that rascal +Rothschild, or some of that set, have got hold of it." But the Beau's +retreat from London was still to be characteristic. As it had become +expedient that he must make his escape without _eclat_, on the day of +his intended retreat he dined coolly at his club, and finished his +London performances by sending from the table a note to his friend +Scrope Davies, couched in the following prompt and expressive form:-- + + "MY DEAR SCROPE,--Lend me two hundred pounds: the banks are shut, + and all my money is in the 3 per cents. It shall be repaid + to-morrow morning.--Yours, GEORGE BRUMMELL." + +The answer was equally prompt and expressive-- + + "MY DEAR GEORGE,--It is very unfortunate, but all _my_ money is in + the 3 per cents.--Yours, S. DAVIES." + +Such is the story; + + "I cannot tell how the truth may be, + I tell the tale as 'twas told to me." + +Nothing daunted, the Beau went to the opera, allowed himself to be seen +about the house, then quickly retiring, stepped into a friend's chaise +and met his own carriage, which waited for him a short distance from +town. Travelling all night with four horses, he reached Dover by +morning, hired a vessel to carry him over, and soon left England and his +creditors behind. He was instantly pursued; but the chase stopped on +reaching the sea. Debtors could not then be followed to France, and +Brummell was secure. + +The little, rude, and thoroughly comfortless town of Calais was now to +be the place of residence, for nearly the rest of his life, to a man +accustomed to the highest luxuries of London life, trained to the +keenest sensibility of London enjoyment, and utterly absorbed in London +objects of every kind. Ovid's banishment among the Thracians could +scarcely be a more formidable change of position. Yet Brummell's +pleasantry did not desert him even in Calais. On some passing friend's +remark on the annoyance of living in such a place--"Pray," said the +Beau, "is it not a general opinion that a gentleman might manage to +spend his time pleasantly enough _between_ London and Paris?" + +At Calais he took apartments at the house of one Leleux, an old +bookseller, which he fitted up to his own taste; and on which, as if +adversity had no power to teach him common prudence, he expended the +greater part of the 25,000 francs which, by some still problematical +means, he had contrived to carry away with him. This was little short of +madness; but it was a madness which he had been practising for the last +dozen years, and habit had now rendered ruin familiar to him. At length +a little gleam of hope shone across his fortunes. George IV. arrived at +Calais on his way to Hanover. The Duke d'Angouleme came from Paris to +receive his Majesty, and Calais was all in a tumult of loyalty. The +reports of Brummell's conduct on this important arrival, of the King's +notice of him, and of the royal liberality in consequence, were of every +shape and shade of invention. But all of them, except the mere +circumstance of the King's pronouncing his name, seem to have been +utterly false. Brummell, mingling in the crowd which cheered his Majesty +in his progress, was observed by the King, who audibly said, "Good +heavens, Brummell!" But the recognition proceeded no further. The Beau +sent his valet, who was a renowned maker of punch, to exhibit his talent +in that art at the royal entertainment, and also sent a present of some +excellent maraschino. But no result followed. The King was said to have +transmitted to him a hundred pound note; but even this is unluckily +apocryphal. Leleux, his landlord, thus gives the version. The English +consul at Calais came to Mr Brummell late one evening, and intimated +that the King was out of snuff, saying, as he took up one of the boxes +lying on his table, "Give me one of yours."--"With all my heart," was +the reply; "but not that box, for if the King saw it I should never have +it again"--implying that there was some story attached to it. On +reaching the theatre the consul presented the snuff, and the King +turning, said, "Why, sir, where did you get your snuff? There is only +one person that I know that can mix snuff in this way!"--"It is some of +Mr Brummell's, your Majesty," replied the consul. The next day the King +left Calais; and, as he seated himself in the carriage, he said to Sir +Arthur Paget, who commanded the yacht that brought him over, "I leave +Calais, and have not seen Brummell." From this his biographer infers +that he had received neither money nor message, and his landlord is of +the same opinion. But slight as those circumstances are, it seems +obvious that George IV. had a forgiving heart towards the Beau +notwithstanding all his impertinences, that he would have been glad to +forgive him, and that he would, in all probability, have made some +provision for his old favourite if Brummell had exhibited any signs of +repentance. On the other hand, Brummell was a man of spirit, and no man +ought to put himself in the way of being treated contemptuously even by +royalty; but it seems strange that, with all his adroitness, he should +not have hit upon a middle way. There could have been no great +difficulty in ascertaining whether the King would receive him, in +sending a respectful message, in offering his loyal congratulations on +the King's arrival, or even in expressing his regret at his long +alienation from a Prince to whom he had been once indebted for so many +favours, and who certainly never harboured resentment against man. +Brummell evidently repented his tardiness on this occasion; for he made +up his mind to make a more direct experiment when the King should visit +the town-hall on his return. But opportunities once thrown away are +seldom regained. The king on his return did not visit the town-hall, but +hurried on board, and the last chance of reconciliation was gone. + +Yet during his long residence in Calais, the liberality of his own +connexions in England enabled him to show a good face to poverty. He +paid his bills punctually whenever the remittance came, and was +charitable to the mendicants who, probably for the last thousand years, +have made Calais their headquarters. The general name for him was the +_Roi de Calais_. An anecdote of his pleasantry in almsgiving reached the +public ear. A French beggar asked him for a two-sous piece. "I don't +know the coin," said Brummell, "never having had one; but I suppose you +mean a franc. There, take it." His former celebrity had also spread far +and wide among the population. A couple of English workmen in one of the +factories of the town, one day followed a gentleman who had a +considerable resemblance to Brummell. He heard one of them say to the +other, "Now, I'll bet you a pot that's him." Shortly after, one of them +strolled up to him, with, "Beg pardon, sir--hope no offence, but we two +have got a bet--now, a'n't you George Ring the Bell?" Brummell's habits +of flirtation did not desert him in France; and in one instance he paid +such marked attention to a young English lady, that a friend was deputed +to enquire his purposes. Here Brummell's knowledge of every body did him +good service. The deputy on this occasion having once figured as the +head of a veterinary hospital, or some such thing, but being then in the +commissariat,--"Why, Vulcan!" exclaimed Brummell, "what a humbug you +must be to come and lecture me on such a subject! You, who were for two +years at hide-and-seek to save yourself from being shot by Sir T. S. for +running off with one of his daughters." "Dear me," said the astonished +friend, "you have touched a painful chord; I will have no more to do +with this business." The business died a natural death. + +His dressing-table was _recherche_. Its _batterie de toilette_ was +curious, complete, and of silver; one part of it being a spitting-dish, +he always declaring that "it was impossible to _spit in clay_." His +"making up" every morning occupied two hours. When he first arrived in +Caen he carried a cane, but often exchanged it for a brown silk +umbrella, which was always protected by a silk case of remarkable +accuracy of fit--the handle surmounted by an ivory head of George the +Fourth, in well-curled wig and gracious smile. In the street he _never_ +took off his hat to any one, not even to a lady; for it would have been +difficult to replace it in the same position, it having been put on with +peculiar care. We finish by stating, that he always had the _soles_ of +his boots blackened as well as the upper leathers; his reason for this +being, that, in the usual negligence of human nature, he never could be +sure that the polish on the _edge_ of the sole would be accurately +produced, unless the whole underwent the operation. He occasionally +polished a single boot himself, to show how perfection on this point was +to be obtained. Clogs, so indispensable in the dirt of an unpaved French +street, he always abhorred; yet, under cover of night, he _could_, now +and then, condescend to wear them. "Theft," as the biographer observes, +"in Sparta was a crime--but only when it was _discovered_." + +But after this life of fantasy and frivolity, on which so much +cleverness was thrown away, the unfortunate Beau finished his career +miserably. On his application to the Foreign Office, representing his +wish to be removed to any other consulate where he might serve more +effectually, and of course with a better income; the former part of his +letter was made the ground of abolishing the consulate, while the latter +received no answer. We say nothing of this measure, any further than +that it had the effect of utter ruin on poor Brummell. The total loss of +his intellect followed; he was reduced to absolute beggary, and finally +spent his last miserable hours in an hospital for lunatic mendicants. +Surely it could not have been difficult, in the enormous patronage of +office, to have found some relief for the necessities of a man whose +official character was unimpeached; who had been expressly put into +government employ by ministers for the sake of preserving him from +penury; who had been the companion, the _friend_ of princes and nobles; +and whose faults were not an atom more flagrant than those of every man +of fashion in his time. But he was now utterly ruined and wretched. Some +strong applications were made to his former friends by a Mr Armstrong, a +merchant of Caen, who seems to have constantly acted a most humane part +to him, and occasional donations were sent. A couple of hundred pounds +were even remitted from the Foreign Office; and, by the exertions of +Lord Alvanley and the present Duke of Beaufort, who never deserted him, +and this is much to the honour of both, a kind of small annuity was paid +to him. But he was already overwhelmed with debt, for his income from +the consulate netted him but L.80 a-year, the other L.320 being in the +hands of the banker, his creditor; and it seems probable that his +destitution deprived him of his senses after a period of wretchedness +and even of rags. Broken-hearted and in despair, concluding with +hopeless imbecility, this man of taste and talent, for he possessed both +in no common degree, was left to die in the hands of strangers--no +slight reproach to the cruel insensibility of those who, wallowing in +wealth, and fluttering from year to year through the round of fashion, +suffered their former associate, nay their envied example, to perish in +his living charnel. He was buried in the Protestant cemetery of Caen, +under a stone with this inscription:-- + + In + Memory of + GEORGE BRUMMELL, ESQ., + who departed this life + On the 29th of March 1840. + Aged 62 years. + +Mr Jesse deserves credit for his two volumes. There is a good deal in +them which has no direct reference to Brummell; but he has collected +probably all that could be known. The books are _very_ readable, the +anecdotes pleasantly told, the style is lively, and frequently shows +that the biographer could adopt the thought as well as the language of +his hero. At all events he has given us the detail of a character of +whom every body had heard something, and every body wished to hear more. + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} _The Life of George Brummell, Esq._ By Captain Jesse. 2 volumes. + + + + +THE ACTUAL CONDITION OF THE GREEK STATE. + + "Say why + That ancient story of Prometheus chain'd? + The vulture--the inexhaustible repast + Drawn from his vitals? Say what meant the woes + By Tantalus entail'd upon his race, + And the dark sorrows of the line of Thebes? + Fictions in form, but in their substance truths-- + Tremendous truths!--familiar to the men + Of long past times; nor obsolete in ours."--_Excursion._ + + +In an article on the bankruptcy of the Greek kingdom, (No. CCCXXXV., +September 1843,) we gave an account of the financial condition of the +new state; and we ventured to suggest that a revolution was unavoidable. +That revolution occurred even sooner than we expected; for our number +had hardly reached Athens ere King Otho was compelled to summon a +national assembly to aid him in framing the long promised constitution. + +As our former number explained the immediate causes of the discontent in +Greece, we shall now furnish our readers with a description of the +revolution, of its results, and of the great difficulties which still +oppose serious barriers to the formation of an independent _kingdom_ in +Greece. The late revolution was distinguished by an open rebellion of +the army; and as a rebellion, in which the troops have been covered with +decorations, and have received a gratification of some months' pay, is +not the era from which we should wish to date the civil liberty and +national prosperity of a monarchy founded by Great Britain, France, and +Russia, we shall use great delicacy in describing the movement, and +record no fact which we cannot substantiate by legal or documentary +evidence. + +It is not to be supposed when we in Edinburgh were informed of the +approaching storm in Greece, that the people of the country were without +anxiety. The _Morning Post_, (23d September 1843,) which has generally +contained very accurate information from Athens, published a letter +written from that city on the 5th September. This Athenian correspondent +declared "that the Greeks have so fully made up their minds to put an +end to the Bavarian dynasty, as to be resolved not even to accept a +constitution at the hands of the king. They declare that they will +abstain from all outrage and personal violence; and that they only +desire the embarkation of King Otho and his German followers, who shall +be free to leave the country without the slightest injury." + +We solicit the attention of her majesty's ministers to these memorable +words, written before the revolution. + +The danger, in short, was visible to every body but King Otho, his +German camarilla, and his renegade Greek ministers. At this time Kalergy +was inspector of the cavalry. He had always expressed his +dissatisfaction with the system of Bavarian favouritism in the army; and +his gallant and disinterested conduct during the war against the Turks, +rendered him universally popular. Infinitely more of a gentleman and a +man of the world than any of the court faction, it is said that he was +viewed with feelings of personal as well as political aversion. It +happened that, about a week before the revolution, the king reviewed the +garrison of Athens, and in the order of the day which followed this +review, General Kalergy was noticed in such a way that he felt himself +deeply insulted. A Bavarian, Captain Hess, then marshal of the palace, +was supposed to be the author of this document. As the attack on Kalergy +was evidently caused by his political conduct, the whole Greek army took +his part, and the cry was raised that the Bavarians must be driven out +of Greece. + +The prominent part which General Kalergy has taken in the late +revolution, and the romantic incidents of his life, induce us to offer +our readers a short sketch of his earlier career. We have known him in +circumstances when intercourse ensures intimacy; for we have sat +together round the same watch-fires, on the mountains of Argolis and +Attica. To parody the words of Anastasius, we saw him achieve his first +deed of prowess, and we were present when he heard his first praises. +Hastings's lips have long been silenced by death, but the music of his +applause still rings in our ears. + +Demetrius Kalergy is descended from a Cretan family, whose name is +famous in the annals of Candia. He was born in Russia, and was studying +in Germany when the Greeks took up arms against the Turks. His elder +brothers, Nicolas and Manolis, having resolved to join the cause of +their countrymen, repaired to Marseilles, where, with the assistance of +their uncle, a man of great wealth in Russia, they freighted a vessel, +and purchased a small train of artillery, consisting of sixteen guns, +and a considerable supply of muskets and ammunition. Demetrius, though +then only fifteen years of age, could not be restrained from joining +them, and the three brothers arrived in Greece together. The young +Kalergy soon gave proofs of courage and military talents. His second +brother, Manolis, was killed during the siege of Athens; but the eldest, +Nicolas, a man who unites the accomplishments of a court to the +sincerest feelings of patriotism, still resides in Greece, universally +respected. During the Bavarian sway he took no part in political +affairs; but he was elected a member of the national assembly, which has +just terminated its labours in preparing the constitution. + +Demetrius Kalergy was first entrusted with an independent command in +1824, when the Peloponnesian chiefs and primates, Kolokotroni, Londos, +Notaras, Deliyani, Zaimi, and Sessini, endeavoured to divide the Morea +into a number of small principalities, of which they expected to secure +the revenues for themselves. In spite of Kalergy's youth, he was ordered +to take the field against the first corps of the rebels that had acted +in open hostility to the existing government. With his usual promptitude +and decision, he attacked Panos Kolokotroni, the son of the old Klepht, +and Staikos, a Moreote captain of some reputation, in the plain of +Tripolitza, where they were posted for the despicable purpose of +intercepting the trains of mules laden with merchandise for the supply +of the shops of Tripolitza, then the great market of all the central +parts of the Morea. + +The affair was really brilliant. The rebels were encamped on a low hill, +and, not expecting that Kalergy would depart from the usual practice of +carrying on a long series of skirmishes, they had paid no attention to +their position. The attack opened in the usual way by a fierce fire at a +very long distance; but Kalergy, on perceiving the careless arrangements +of his enemy, soon induced his troops to creep up pretty close to the +Moreotes, when he suddenly jumped up, and shouted to his followers, "The +shortest way is the best. Follow me!" and rushed forward. His whole band +was within the hostile lines in an instant. The manoeuvre was so +unexpected, that few of the rebels fired; many were loading their +muskets, and none had time to draw their swords or yatagans. About 170 +were slain, and, if report may be trusted, one of the rebel chiefs was +struck down by Kalergy, and the other taken prisoner after receiving a +wound in personal combat with the young hero. The faction of the Moreote +barons, as these greedy plunderers of the Greek shopkeepers would fain +have been called, was dissolved by this unexpected victory. Many laid +down their arms, and made peace with the government. + +General Kalergy was afterwards present in the town of Navarin when it +was besieged by Ibrahim Pasha, and marched out with his band when the +place capitulated. This defeat, though he had only held a subordinate +command, afflicted him greatly, and he looked round for some means of +avenging his country's loss on the Turks. He resolved at last to +endeavour to make a diversion by recommencing the war in Crete; but +without a strong fortress to secure the ammunition and supplies +necessary for prosecuting a series of irregular attacks, it was evident +that nothing important could be effected. In this difficulty, Kalergy +determined to attack the impregnable island-fortress of Grabusa, as it +was known that the strength of the place had induced the Turks to leave +it with a very small garrison. Kalergy having learned that the greater +part of this garrison was absent during the day, disguised a few of his +men in Turkish dresses, and appeared on the beach at the point from +which the soldiers of the garrison crossed to this island Gibraltar. The +commander of Grabusa ordered the boat to transport them over as usual, +and the Greeks entered the fort before the mistake was discovered. The +place was in vain attacked by all the forces of Mohammed Ali; the Greeks +kept possession of it to the end of the war. The sagacity and courage +displayed by Kalergy in this affair placed him in the rank of the ablest +of the Greek chiefs. + +When General Gordon (whose excellent history of the Greek revolution we +recommend to our readers{A}) attempted to relieve Athens, then besieged +by Kutayhi, (Reschid Pasha,) Kalergy and Makriyani commanded divisions +of the troops which occupied the Piraeus. Subsequently, when Lord +Cochrane and General Church endeavoured to force the Turkish lines, +Kalergy was one of the officers who commanded the advanced division. In +the engagement which ensued, his adventures afford an illustration of +the singular vicissitudes of Eastern warfare. The Greek troops landed at +Cape Kolias during the night, and pushed forward to within a mile and a +half of the Turkish lines, where they formed a slight intrenchment on +some undulating hills. They threw up some ill-constructed tambouria, (as +the redoubts used in Turkish warfare are termed,) and of these some +remains are still visible. A ravine descending from the lower slopes of +Hymettus ran in front of this position, deep enough to shelter the +Turkish cavalry, and enable them to approach without exposing themselves +to the Greek artillery. This movement of the Turks was distinctly seen +from the Greek camp at the Piraeus, and the approaching attack on the +advanced posts of the army was waited for in breathless anxiety. The map +of the plain of Athens is sufficiently familiar to most of our readers +to enable then to picture to themselves the scene which ensued with +perfect accuracy. + +The Greek troops destined for the relief of Athens amounted to about +3000 men, and of these about 600 were posted far in advance of their +companions, in three small redoubts. The main body drawn up in a long +line remained inactive with the artillery, and a smaller corps as a +rear-guard seemed destined to communicate with the fleet of Lord +Cochrane at Cape Kolias. At the Piraeus, about 700 men were scattered +about in all the disorder of an Eastern encampment, without making the +slightest attempt to distract the attention of the Turkish troops. The +French General Gueheneuc and the Bavarian General Heideck, both +witnessed the battle. + +The Turkish cavalry, to the number of about 700, having formed in the +ravine, rode slowly up towards the brow of the hill on which the +tambouria of the Cretans, the Suliots, and the regular regiment were +placed. As soon as their appearance on the crest of the ridge exposed +them to the fire of the Greeks, they galloped forward. The fire of the +Greeks, however, seemed almost without effect, yet the Turks turned and +galloped down the hill into the shelter of the ravine. In a short time +they repeated their attack with a determination, which showed that the +preceding attempt had been only a feint to enable them to examine the +ground. As they approached this time very near the intrenchments, the +fire of the Greeks proved more effectual than on the former occasion, +and several of the Delhis, horse and man, rolled on the ground. Again +the Turks fled to conceal themselves in the ravine, and prepared for +another attack by dividing their force into three divisions, one of +which ascended and another descended the ravine, while the third +prepared to renew the assault in the old direction. The vizier Kutayhi +himself moved forward to encourage his troops, and it became evident +that a desperate struggle would now be made to carry the Greek +position, where the few troops who held it were left unsupported. + +The Turkish cavalry soon rushed on the Greeks, assailing their position +in front and flanks; and, in spite of their fire, forced the horses over +the low intrenchments into the midst of the enemy.{B} For the space of +hardly three minutes pistol shots and sabre cuts fell so thick, that +friends and foes were in equal danger. Of the Greeks engaged not one had +turned to flee, and but few were taken alive. The loss of the Turks was, +however, but trifling--about a dozen men and from fifteen to twenty +horses. + +The centre of the Greek army, on beholding the destruction of the +advanced guard, showed little determination; it wavered for a minute, +and then turned and fled towards the shore in utter confusion, +abandoning all its artillery to the Turks. The Delhis soon overtook +their flying enemies, and riding amongst them, coolly shot down and +sabred those whose splendid arms and dresses excited their cupidity. The +artillery itself was turned on the fugitives, who had left the +ammunition undestroyed as well as the guns unspiked. But our concern +with the battle of the 6th May 1827, is at present confined to following +the fortunes of Kalergy. He was one of the prisoners. His leg had been +broken by a rifle-ball as the Turks entered the tambouri of the Cretans, +and as he received an additional sabre cut on the arm, he lay helpless +on the ground, where his youthful appearance and splendid arms caught +the eye of an Albanian bey, who ordered him to be secured and taken care +of as his own prisoner. + +On the morning after the battle, the prisoners were all brought out +before the tent of Kutayhi, who was encamped at Patissia, very near the +site of the house subsequently built by Sir Pulteney Malcolm. George +Drakos, a Suliot chief, had killed himself during the night; and the +Pasha, in consequence, ordered all the survivors to be beheaded, +wishing, probably, to afford Europe a specimen of Ottoman economy and +humanity, by thus saving the lives of these Greeks from themselves. Two +hundred and fifty were executed, when Kalergy, unable to walk, was +carried into the circle of Turkish officers witnessing the execution, on +the back of a sturdy Albanian baker. Kutayhi calmly ordered his instant +execution; but the prisoner having informed his captor that he would pay +100,000 piastres for his ransom; the Albanian bey stepped forward and +maintained his right to his prisoner so stoutly, that the Pasha, whose +army was in arrears, and whose military chest was empty, found himself +compelled to yield. As a memento of their meeting, however, he ordered +one of Kalergy's ears to be cut off. The ransom was quickly paid, and +Kalergy returned to Poros, where it was some time before he recovered +from his wounds. + +Capodistrias on his arrival in Greece named Kalergy his aide-de-camp, +and as he was much attached to the president, he was entrusted with the +command of the cavalry sent against Poros and Nisi, when those places +took up arms against the arbitrary and tyrannical conduct of +Capodistrias. We are not inclined to apologize for the disorders which +the Greek cavalry then committed; they were unpardonable even during the +excitement of a civil war. + +The marriage of Kalergy was as romantic as the rest of his career. Two +chiefs, both of the family of Notaras, (one of the few Greek families +which can boast of territorial influence dating from the times of the +Byzantine empire,) had involved the province of Corinth in civil war, in +order to secure the hand of a young heiress. The lady, however, having +escaped from the scene of action, conferred her hand on Kalergy, whose +fame as a soldier far eclipsed that of the two rivals. + +As soon as the Bavarians arrived in Greece, they commenced persecuting +Kalergy. An unfounded charge of treason was brought against him; but he +was honourably acquitted by a court-martial, of which our country-man, +General Gordon of Cairness, was the president; and from that period +down to the publication of the order of the day, last September, he has +been constantly an object of Bavarian hatred. + +About twenty-four hours before the revolution of the 15th of September +broke out, the court of Greece received some information concerning the +extent and nature of the plot, and orders were given by King Otho to +hold a council of his trusted advisers. The Bavarians Hess and Graff, +and the Greeks Rizos, Privilegios, Dzinos, and John the son of Philip, +(for one of the courtly councillors of the house of Wittelspach rejoices +in this primitive cognomen,) met, and decided on the establishment of a +court-martial to try and shoot every man taken in arms. Orders were +immediately prepared for the arrest of upwards of forty persons. + +A good deal has been said about the revolution as having been a mere +military movement. This, however, is not a correct view of the matter, +either with reference to the state of parties, or to the intensity of +the national feeling at the time. Sir Robert Inglis most justly observed +in Parliament--"That revolution in Greece had been prepared during years +of intolerable despotism, and the soldiery merely shared in, and did not +by any means lead, the proceedings of the great body of the nation." The +fact is, that a plot for seizing the king and sending him to Trieste, +had been formed by the Philorthodox or Russian party, in the early part +of 1843; but the party, from some distrust of its own strength, and from +the increasing unpopularity of King Otho, was induced to admit a few of +the most determined of the constitutionalists into the plot, without +intending to entrust them with the whole of the plan. The rising was at +last fixed for the month of September. This occurred in consequence of +the universal outcry raised by the Greeks, on finding that the +representations of Great Britain in favour of the long-promised +constitution, and the warnings which Sir Robert Peel threw out on the +discussion of Greek affairs on Mr Cochrane's motion, were utterly +neglected by King Otho. This indignation was reduced to despair when it +was known that Mr Tricoupis, on his recall from London, had assured the +king that the English cabinet was so determined to maintain the _statu +quo_, that the constitutional party would meet with no countenance from +England. Every party in Greece then prepared for action, and entered +into negotiations, in which the opinions of the constitutionalists +prevailed, because they were actively supported by the great body of the +people. + +In order to prevent the country from becoming a scene of anarchy, in +case a civil war proved unavoidable, it was necessary to employ all the +regular authorities who could be induced to join the national cause, in +their actual functions, without any reference to party feelings. This +was done; and the fact that it was so, proves the intenseness of the +public feeling. The constitutional party decided that the recognition of +Greece as a constitutional state, and the immediate convocation of a +national assembly, were to be the demands made on King Otho. The Russian +party allowed these two questions to be first mooted in the firm +persuasion that the king would be induced by his own pride, his despotic +principles, and the mistaken views of several of the foreign ministers +at Athens, to refuse these demands; and, in that case, the throne would +infallibly have been declared vacant. + +About midnight, on the 14th of September, the _gendarmes_ were ordered +to surround the house of General Makriyani, an officer of irregulars on +half-pay, and to arrest him on a charge of treason. On approaching the +house they were warned off; but pressing forward they were fired on, and +one _gendarme_ was killed and one or two wounded. In consequence of the +alarm given by the minister of war, for the purpose of supporting the +arrests to be made, the garrison was all in readiness. In the mean time +the greater part of the officers had been admitted into the secret, that +a general movement of all Greece was to be made that night, and that +their duty would be to maintain the strictest order and enforce the +severest discipline. + +Kalergy, therefore, as soon as he was informed that the movement had +been made to arrest Makriyani, assembled all the officers, and, in a few +words, declared to them that the moment for saving their country from +the Bavarian yoke had arrived; and that they must now, if they wished to +be free, call on the king to adopt a constitutional system of +government. The importance of this step, which Kalergy adopted with his +usual decision, can only be understood when it is recollected, that +there existed a strong party determined to avail itself of every +opportunity of driving King Otho from the throne. Had Kalergy, +therefore, delayed pledging the officers and the army to the +constitution, or allowed them to march out of their barracks before +making the constitution the rallying word of the revolution, there can +be no doubt that the agents of the Russian and Philorthodox parties +would have raised the cry of "Death to the Bavarians! down with the +tyrant!" Kalergy, however, put the garrison in motion amidst shouts of +_Long live the constitution_; and as the cavalry moved from their +barracks, these shouts were echoed enthusiastically by the citizens who +were waiting anxiously without. + +As soon as Kalergy had taken the command he marched all the troops to +the square before the palace. Two squadrons of cavalry, two battalions +of infantry, a company of Greek irregulars, and a number of half-pay +officers and pensioners, were soon drawn up under King Otho's windows. +His monstrous palace had begun to produce its effects. Strong patrols +were detached to preserve order in the town, and to compel the +_gendarmes_ to retire to their quarters. Makriyani, on being relieved +from his blockade, repaired to the square, collecting on the way as +large a body of armed citizens as he was able. + +The king had been waiting at one of the windows of the palace in great +anxiety to witness the arrest of Makriyani; and on seeing the shots +fired from the house, and the suspension of the attack by the +_gendarmes_, he had dispatched a Bavarian aide-de-camp, named +Steinsdorff, to order the artillery to the palace. The young and +inexperienced Bavarian returned without the guns; but assured his +Majesty that they would soon arrive. In the mean time, the whole +garrison appeared in the square, and was ranged opposite the palace: the +king, however, expected that the arrival of the artillery would change +their disposition. In a short time, the guns came galloping up; but to +the utter dismay of King Otho, they were ranged in battery against the +palace, while the artillerymen, as soon as the manoeuvre was executed, +gave a loud shout of "long live the constitution." + +His Majesty, after a long period of profound silence, appeared at a +window of the lower story of the palace, attended by the Bavarian +captain, Hess--the most unpopular man in Greece, unless Dzinos, the +agent in the celebrated cases of judicial torture, could dispute with +him that "bad eminence." One of the servants of the court called for +General Kalergy in a loud voice; and when he approached the window the +king asked--"What is the meaning of this disturbance? What am I to +understand by this parade of the garrison?" To this Kalergy replied, in +a loud and clear voice, "The people of Greece and the army desire that +your Majesty will redeem the promise that the country should be governed +constitutionally." King Otho then said, "Retire to your quarters; I +shall consult with my ministers, with the council of state, and the +ambassadors of the three protecting powers, and inform you of my +determination." This appeared to the audience to be acting the absolute +sovereign rather too strongly under the circumstances, and a slight +movement of the officers, who overheard the king's words, was conveyed +like lightning to the troops, so that the king received a distinct reply +from the whole army in a sudden clang of sabres and noise of arms. +Kalergy, however, immediately replied in the same distinct tone in which +he had before spoken--"Sire, neither the garrison of Athens, nor the +people will quit this spot, until your Majesty's decisions on the +proposals of the council of state, which will be immediately laid before +you, is known." At this moment Captain Hess put himself forward beside +the king, and said--"Colonel Kalergy; that is not the way in which it +becomes you to speak to his Majesty." But to this ill-timed lesson in +politeness Kalergy replied sharply--"Draw your head back, sir: you and +such as you have brought the king and the country into their present +unfortunate circumstances. You ought to be ashamed of your conduct." The +Bavarian hero at these words disappeared; and this was the last occasion +in which this champion of Bavarianism appeared in a public character. + +At this time, Count Metaxas, Lieutenant-General Sir Richard Church, and +Major-General Londos, members of the council of state, who had been in +the square with the troops, were engaged preparing the council for its +share in the revolution. At the meeting which took place, Spiro Milios, +the commandant of the military school, and an active member of the +Russian party, was present as a representative of the army. It was +evident that the council of state comprised three parties. One was +willing to support King Otho and the actual system. This party included +Kondouriotis, the president; Tricoupis, the late minister in London; and +a German Greek named Theocharis. Another party was eager to drive King +Otho from the throne, in order to proceed to the nomination of a regency +preparatory to the choice of an orthodox prince. We are not sure that +any individual is now anxious to identify his name with this party. The +third party made the demand for a constitution their primary object; and +as this party was led by Metaxas, Londos, Church, Palamidhis, and +Mansolas, it was soon joined by the majority. + +The meeting was long, and it is said that the conduct of the members was +much more disorderly than that of the people and the troops in the +square; but at last, a proclamation and an oath were drawn up, by which +the council of state, the army, and the people, all pledged themselves +to support the constitution. A committee consisting of Metaxas, Londos, +and Palamidhis, was also charged to prepare an address to the king, +recommending his majesty to convoke a national assembly, in order to +prepare a constitution for the state; at the same time they invited his +majesty to appoint new ministers, and in the list presented they of +course took care to insert their own names. As soon as this business was +terminated, the council dispatched a deputation to wait on his majesty, +consisting of the president and five members, who were to obtain the +king's consent. + +The conduct of King Otho on receiving this deputation was neither wise +nor firm. He delayed returning any answer for two hours, and attempted +to open a negotiation with the council of state, by means of one of the +members of the camarilla. The delay excited some distrust even among the +best disposed in the square, and the report was spread that the king was +endeavouring to communicate with the _corps diplomatique_, in order to +create a diversion. At this very time a train of carriages suddenly +appeared at the gates of the palace, and the ministers of the three +protecting powers--Sir Edmund Lyons, Mr Katakazy, and Mr Piscatory, +accompanied by General Prokesch d'Osten, and Mr Brassier de St Simon, +the representatives of Austria and Prussia--requested to be admitted to +see the king. General Kalergy, however, declared that he had orders to +refuse all entry to the palace, until his majesty had terminated his +conference with the deputation of the council of state; and repeated, in +the presence of the ministers of Austria and Prussia, the assurance he +had given at an early hour of the morning to Sir Edmund Lyons, Mr +Katakazy, and Mr Piscatory, that the greatest respect would be shown to +the person of his majesty. Mr Katakazy, the _doyen_ of the _corps +diplomatique_, satisfied that any parade of foreign interference could +only increase the difficulties of the king's position, accepted the +answer of Kalergy and began to withdraw. The representatives of the +powers which had never protected Greece, deemed the moment favourable +for a display of a little independent diplomacy, and accordingly the +Prussian minister asked Kalergy in a tone, neither mild nor low, if he +durst refuse to admit him to see his majesty. To this Kalergy, who was +extremely anxious to avoid any dispute with the foreign ministers at +such a moment, politely replied that he was compelled to refuse even +the minister of Prussia. Mr Brassier, however, returned to the charge +aided by his Austrian colleague; but as the Greeks place all Germans in +the category of Bavarians, they gave some manifestations of their +dislike to any German interference, which could not be otherwise than +displeasing to the Prussian, who addressed Kalergy in a very rough tone. +His words were lost to the spectators, but they were supported by +General Prokesch d'Osten with a good deal of gesticulation. The patience +of Kalergy gave way under these repeated attacks, and he turned to Mr +Brassier, saying--"Monsieur le ministre, you are generally unlucky in +your advice, and I am afraid his majesty has heard too much of it +lately." + +The thrust was a home one, and the Prussian minister, rather +discomposed, addressed himself to Sir Edmund Lyons, who, while waiting +till his carriage drew up, had been quietly contemplating the scene, and +said--"Colonel Kalergy is insolent; but he only repeats what he has +heard in the drawing-rooms of Athens." Sir Edmund Lyons replied--"I do +not see, Mr Brassier, how that makes your case better," and withdrew to +his carriage, leaving Austria and Prussia to battle out their dispute +with Greece in the presence of the mob. The spectators considered the +scene a very amusing one, for they laughed heartily as the _corps +diplomatique_ retired; but, if all the reports current in diplomatic +circles be true, Mr Katakazy, the _doyen_ of the Athenian diplomatists, +was made to suffer severely for his prudent conduct; for it is said that +his recall took place because he did not support with energy the foolish +attempt of his enterprising colleagues. It is certain that any very +violent support given to any feeling, in direct hostility to the +national cause at the time, could hardly have failed to vacate the +throne, or at least to push the people on to commit some disorders, of +which the Russian court, and the friends of despotism at Vienna and +Berlin, might have taken advantage. + +The king, finding at last that there was no hope of his deriving any +assistance from without, signed the ordinances appointing a new +ministery, and convoking a national assembly. The troops, after having +remained more than thirteen hours under arms, were marched back to their +barracks, as if from a review; and every thing at Athens followed its +usual course. Thus was a revolution effected in the form of government +in Greece without any interruption in the civil government--without the +tribunals' ceasing to administer justice for a single day--without the +shops' remaining closed beyond the usual hours, or the mercantile +affairs of the country undergoing the slightest suspension. Such a +people must surely be fit for a constitution. + +The national assembly has now met, and terminated its labours; and +Greece is in possession of a constitution made by Greeks. In three +months the first representative chamber will meet. It will consist of +about 120 members. The senate, which is to consist of members named by +the king for life, cannot exceed one-half the number of the +representatives elected by the people. Faults may be found with some of +the details of the constitution; but, on the whole, it must be regarded +as a very favourable specimen of the political knowledge of the Greeks; +and the manner in which the different articles were discussed, and the +care with which every proposal and amendment were examined, gave all +those who witnessed the debates a very high opinion of the legislative +capacity of the people. + +The form of the Greek government, as a constitutional monarchy, may now +be considered as settled. We shall therefore proceed to examine the +difficulties, of a social and political nature, which still obstruct the +advancement of the nation, and render its prosperity problematical. Some +of our statements may appear almost paradoxical to travellers, whose +hasty glance at distant countries enables them to come to rather more +positive conclusions than those who devote years to study the same +subject. We shall, however, strive to expose our facts in such a way as +to show that we state the plain truth, nothing but the truth, and, as +far as our subject carries us, the whole truth. + +That Greece has not hitherto improved, either in her wealth, population, +or civilization, as fast as the energy of her people led her friends to +expect would be the case after she was freed from the Turks, is +universally admitted. The great bar to improvement exists in an evil +rooted in the present frame of social life, but fortunately one which +good and just government would gradually remove. In Greece there is no +clear and definite idea of the sacred right of property in land. The god +Terminus is held in no respect. No Greek, from the highest to the +lowest, understands the meaning of that absolute right of property +"which," as Blackstone says, "consists in the free use, enjoyment, and +disposal by every Englishman of all his acquisitions, without control or +diminution, save only by the laws of the land." + +The appropriation of Mr Finlay's land by King Otho, without measurement, +valuation, or payment, to make a garden for his palace--the formation of +a great road leading to the French minister's house, by the municipality +of Athens, without indemnifying the owners of the land, though a road +sufficiently good already existed--and the confiscation of half the +estates purchased by foreigners from the Turks by Maurocordatos, when +Minister of Finance under the Bavarian Regency, in a ministerial +circular deciding on rights of property, are mere trifling examples of +the universal spirit. When Maurocordatos wrote his memorable +declaration, "that every spot where wild herbs, fit for the pasturage of +cattle, grow, is national property, and that the Greek government +recognises no individual property in the soil except the exclusive right +of cultivation," he only, in deference to the Bavarian policy of the +time, which wished to copy Mohammed Ali's administration in Egypt, +caricatured a misconception of the right of property equally strong in +every Greek, whether he be the oppressor or the oppressed. Even the late +National Assembly has not thought it necessary to correct any of the +invasions of private property by the preceding despotism. Individuals, +almost ruined by the plunder of their land, have not even received the +offer of an indemnity, though the justice of their claims is not +denied.{C} + +The origin of this national obtuseness of mind on a question of +interest, is to be found in the system of taxing the land. A Greek +really views land somewhat as English labourers view game. The owner of +the soil is absolute proprietor only during those months in which he is +engaged in the labours of preparing the land and sowing the seed. As +soon as the harvest time arrives, he ceases to be master of his estate, +and sinks into the condition of a serf of the revenue officer, or of the +farmer of the land revenue. It is true, that the government tax only +amounts to a tenth of the gross produce of the soil; but, in virtue of +this right to a tenth, government assumes the entire direction of all +the agricultural operations relating to the crops, and the cultivator's +nine-tenths (for it is really a misnomer to call him proprietor) become +a mere adjunct of the government tenth. + +Many of our readers, who are unacquainted with Eastern life, may suppose +that we colour our picture too strongly. In order, therefore, to divest +our statement of all ornament, we shall describe the whole of the events +of an agricultural year. Our classic readers will then comprehend +practically how the vulture could feast on the perpetually growing heart +of Prometheus--why Tantalus tempted the gods by murdering Pelops--and +they will see that the calamities of the Theban race are an allegorical +representation of the inevitable fate which awaits a people groaning +under the system of taxation now in force in Greece. + +The tenths in Greece are usually farmed to speculators, and, as the +collection is a matter of difficulty, extraordinary powers are conferred +on the farmers; hence it happens, that the social position of the +cultivators and the farmers is one of constant hostility. If the +cultivator has it in his power, he cheats the farmer of the revenue, +and if the farmer is able to do so he cheats the cultivator. The result +is, that probably not one individual in the Greek kingdom really pays +the exact tenth of the produce of his land. A few of the most active +rogues contrive to cheat the farmers of the revenue; but these +gentlemen, in virtue of the great powers with which the law invests +them, contrive to cheat the greater part of the proprietors. As soon as +the grain is ripe, the cultivator is compelled to address himself to the +tax-farmer for permission to cut his crop; but as the farmer must keep a +very sharp look-out after his interest, he only grants such permissions +as accord with the arrangements he may have established for watching the +cultivators at the smallest possible expense to himself, making the +over-ripeness of the crop of the majority a very secondary +consideration. It happens, consequently, that in Greece two-thirds of +the grain are not gathered until it is over-ripe, and the loss is +consequently very great. + +When the grain is cut, it must be carried to a certain number of +authorized threshing-floors collected together, in order that the tax +farmer may take every possible care to secure his tenth. To these +threshing-floors the whole grain of a district must be transported from +the fields in the straw, though the straw may be wanted as fodder for +cattle at the very spot from which it is taken, and will require to be +carried back a very great distance. An immense loss of grain and labour +is sustained by this regulation; but it is a glorious season for the +donkeys;--long trains of these animals, lively under their heavy loads +of sheaves, may be seen galloping one after the other, each endeavouring +to seize a mouthful from his neighbour. The roads are strewed with grain +and the broken-hearted cultivators follow, cursing man and beast. + +The grain is at last collected in immense stacks round the +threshing-floors--a cultivator perched on the top of each stack, +defending it from the attacks of man and beast; and a tax-gatherer, +seated with his pipe cross-legged in the middle of the circle, is +watching the manoeuvres of the cultivators. No person who has not +examined the subject with attention can imagine the scenes of fraud and +violence which a Greek harvest produces. The grain is usually kept piled +round the threshing-floors under various pretexts, for at least two +months, unless the cultivator pay the farmer an additional sum, to +facilitate the housing of his crops. Even in the vicinity of Athens, the +operations of the wheat and barley harvest generally occupy the +exclusive attention of the agricultural population for three months. The +grain is trodden out by cattle; and a Greek who bought a winnowing +machine at Athens, was not allowed to make use of it, as the farmers of +the revenue contended that the introduction of such instruments would +facilitate frauds. + +The farmers of the tenths likewise increase the evils of this ruinous +system, by throwing every difficulty in the way of the cultivators, in +order to compel them to consent to pay for each facility they may +require. We have known regular contracts entered into with the +peasantry, by which they agreed to pay from 3 to 5 per cent more than +the legal tenth. We believe no honest man ever paid less than from 12 to +13 per cent on his crop, even in the neighbourhood of the capital. It +may be supposed that some redress can be obtained, in cases of gross +oppression, by applying to the courts of law; but this is not the case. +A special tribunal, consisting of administrative officers of the Crown, +and municipal authorities, and from which lawyers have been always +carefully excluded, is appointed to judge summarily all cases relating +to the tenths. The infamous conduct of these administrative tribunals +excited general discontent, and an article has been inserted in the +constitution abolishing them, and sending all the pending cases to the +ordinary courts of law. Government, however, defended them to the last, +and even pressed for decisions down to the very hour in which King Otho +took his oath to the constitution. There is here, however, some ground +for consolation; for it is clear that the Greek ministers fear the +ordinary administration of justice as being above their control. + +It is needless to say, that under such laws the improvement of +agriculture in Greece is impossible. No green crops can be grown with +profit at any distance from a large town. The tenth of garden produce +and green crops being generally valued and paid for in money, the +disputes concerning the valuation, and the impossibility of obtaining +any redress, in case of injustice, have induced the cultivators to give +up such cultivation. We have known proprietors pay half the value of a +crop of potatoes as the value of the tenth; and in one case, on our +asking the farmer of the tenths, who after all was not a bad fellow at +heart, though he wished to make his farming of the revenues turn out a +good speculation in his hands, what he would recommend a proprietor to +do in order not to lose money by cultivating potatoes; he looked grave, +and after a few moments' thought, candidly replied--"Never to plant them +as long as the present law remains in force!" Vineyards which have been +planted with care, and cultivated for eight years, have been lately +abandoned, as the high valuation of their produce renders them +unprofitable. The only agriculture which can be pursued in Greece +without loss, is that in which only the simplest and rudest methods of +cultivation are followed. The land only yields a rent when it is in the +immediate vicinity of a large market, or when it is of the richest +quality; the employment of capital in improvements only opens new +channels for the extortions of the farmers of the revenue. No money can +be safely invested on mortgage in such a country, and no loans by the +Three Allied powers to the Government, no national bank, no manufactory +of beet-root sugar, no model farms, and no schools of agriculture can +introduce prosperity into a country taxed in such a manner. + +We do not intend to discuss any plan for ameliorating the condition of +the Greeks; but we can easily point out what it is necessary for them to +do before they can, by any possibility, better their condition. The +system of selling the tenths must be abolished; for a government so +inefficient as to be unable to collect them by its own officers, is +incompetent to perform the functions for which it was created, and ought +to be destroyed. The owners of the land must be rendered the real +masters of their property. They must be allowed to reap their crops when +they are ripe, and to thresh their grain when and where they please. +Until this is the case, we can assure the Three Protecting Powers, they +count without the people if they suppose that they have established a +permanent monarchy in Greece. We do not hesitate to say that the royal +dignity, even with the support of England and France, is not worth ten +years' purchase until this is accomplished. + +Every traveller who visits Greece declaims against the number of +coffee-houses throughout the country, and the hosts of idle people with +which they are filled. But nothing else can be expected in a country +where the system of agriculture keeps the cultivators idle for three +months annually, and deprives the proprietor of all profit from his +land. Under such circumstances the demand for labour becomes extremely +irregular. Many of the lower classes turn brigands and plunder their +neighbours; the educated and higher classes turn government _employes_ +and plunder the country. This evil has arrived at an alarming pitch; the +Greek army contains almost as many officers as privates; the navy has +officers enough to man a fleet twice as large as that which Greece +possesses, for she has three admirals, a hundred and fifty captains, and +two hundred and seventy commanders. It has been in vain pressed on every +successive administration, that a list of the army, navy, and civil +_employes_ ought to be published, in order to put an end to the shameful +system of jobbing which has always existed. No minister would, however, +adopt a principle which would so effectually have put an end to his own +arbitrary power of quartering his friends and relations on the public. +The loans of the three powers might be doubled to-morrow, and it is +evident that, unless all the population of Greece were made pensioners, +no surplus would be found to employ for any public improvement. + +Indeed the national revenues of the Greek kingdom, as of old those of +Athens and Rome, seem to be considered the property of that body of +citizens who pursue no useful occupation, and possess no taxable +property; while the unlucky proprietors are viewed as a species of +serfs, existing to supply a revenue to the state. This political +principle has been exemplified in a decree of the late national +assembly, excluding every Greek or foreigner from public employment who +happens not to be a born subject of the new kingdom, or who did not take +part in the war against the Turks before the end of 1827, and perhaps +even more strongly in a very unconstitutional private vote of a +committee of the whole house, giving 800 drachmas to each member--this +vote being in direct violation of one of the articles of the +constitution, which requires that all grants of money should originate +from the crown. We do not deny the necessity of allowing the deputies +this small grant; many of them were poor, and their conduct had been +disinterested; but we are bound to complain of the slightest infraction +of constitutional principles by those who frame a constitution. + +The length of this article compels us to leave a few observations we +desire to make on the municipal government of the Greeks, and on the +state of education, and of their judicial and ecclesiastical affairs, to +another opportunity. The late debates in the House of Commons, and the +able statement which Sir Robert Peel gave of the principles of our +policy with regard to Greece, render it unnecessary for us to say one +word on that subject. We can assure our readers that the policy of our +present ministers has been applauded by every party in Greece, except +the Philorthodox; and they, as they could find no fault, remained +silent. We believe that no two governments ever acted more +disinterestedly to a third than Great Britain end France have lately +done to Greece, and that no ministers ever acted more fairly, in any +international question, than Lord Aberdeen and M. Guizot have done on +the subject of the Greek revolution; but for this very reason we feel +inclined to warn our countrymen against the leaven of old principles, +which still exists in the palace at Athens. Let us judge of the new +government of Greece by its acts, and let Great Britain and France +remember that they are not looked on without some suspicion. + + +Enesti gar pos touto te tyrannidi + Nosema, tois philoisi me pepoithenai+. + +FOOTNOTES: + +{A} 2 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1832. + +{B} The tambouria are always constructed with the ditch in the inside, +in order that they may afford a better cover from artillery. + +{C} One English sufferer has for several years vainly attacked the king +for justice, even with the assistance of the English Minister in Greece +and the Foreign Office at home. + + + + +INDEX TO VOL. LV. + + +Aborigines of New Holland, the, 193. + +Achilles Tatius, account of his romance of Clitophon and Leucippe, 33. + +Actual condition of the Greek state, the, 785. + +Aden, the British position of, 272. + +Adventures in Texas.--No. III. the Struggle, 18. + +Adventures of Clitophon and Leucippe, the, 33. + +Africa, ignorance of the interior of, 269. + +Africa--the Slave Trade--and Tropical Colonies, 730 + various expeditions to explore, 731 + its principal rivers, and countries watered by them, 734. + +Agriculture, causes of the decline of, in the Roman empire, 391. + +Ameer Ali, a Thug, account of, 326. + +Ameers of Scinde, case of the, 580. + +Anti-corn-law League, measures of the, 121. + +Ancient Greek romances--Clitophon and Leucippe, 33. + +Arabs of Cordova, sketch of the history of the, 431. + +Australia, statistics of the various colonies of, 184. + + +Banking in Australia, on, 186. + +Banking-House, the, a history in three part. Part III. Chap. I., Symptoms + of rottenness, 50 + Chap. II., A meeting, 56 + Chap. III., A chapter of loans, 61 + Chap. IV., A dissolution of partnership, 65 + Chap. V., The crisis, 69 + Chap. VI., The crash, 75 + Chap. VII., The vicarage, 79. + +Beau Brummell, Jesse's memoirs of, reviewed, 769. + +Beauclerk, Topham, 182. + +Beke, Dr. T. C., his travels in Africa, 740. + +Belfront castle, a retrospective review, 334. + +Benton, Mr, on the treaty of Washington, 112. + +Bewailment from Bath, a, or Poor Old Maids, 199. + +Bristol, the Earl of, 180. + +British fleet, the, 462. + +Brummell, Jesse's memoirs of, reviewed, 769. + +Bumbo Khan, sketch of, 223. + +Bundelcund, Colonel Davidson's travels in, 325. + + +Canadian insurgents, trials of the, 3. + +Catholicism, effects of in Ireland, 520. + +Chartists, state trials of the, in 1842, 5. + +Cheap labour and cheap bread, connection of, 125. + +Chudleigh, Miss, career of, 180. + +Church of Scotland, the secession from the, 221. + +Churkaree, town of, 327. + +Circulating libraries, on, 556. + +Circulating medium of Great Britain, amount of the, 388. + +Clitophon and Leucippe, account of the romance of, 33. + +Cobden, Mr, on the effects of corn-law repeal, 125. + +Colonies, importance of, to England, 740. + +Columbus, a poem, by B. Simmons, 687. + +Conservatism, advance of, since the passing of the reform bill, 103 + as exhibited by the general elections, 104. + +Cordova, history of the Moorish kingdom of, 431. + +Corn-law, the new, and its effects, 116. + +Corn-laws, on the, 385 + viewed in connexion with the manufacturing distress, 105 + effects of their repeal on wages, &c., 125. + +Corn question, letter from Lemuel Gulliver on the, 98 + Sir Robert Peel on the, 106. + +Crime, the increase of, 533 + table of it since 1805, 534 + not attributable to its surer detection by a more efficient police, 535 + nor to defects in the law, 540 + nor to deficiency in education, 541 + its diminution in India and France, 538. + +Cry from Ireland, review of the, 638. + +Customs revenue, improvement of the, since the new tariff, 114. + + +Davidson's travels in India, review of, 321. + +Delta, lines by, on the snow, 617. + +Dhacca, account of the city of, 331. + +Difficulties of the present government on its accession, the, 108. + +Diligence, the, a leaf on a journal, 692. + +Disruption of the Scottish church, the, 221. + +Dublin state trials, the, 1. + +Duelling in Germany, 555. + +Dumas, Alexander; thrush-hunting, a tale by, 150 + extracts from his work on Italy, 347 + and from his Rhine and Rhinelanders, 546. + + +Education, statistics of, with reference to crime, 541. + +Elections, results of the, since 1832, 104. + +Ellenborough, Lord, his Indian policy, 113. + +Emigration to Australia, letter on, 184 + from Africa, on, 745. + +England, efforts made by, in favour of free trade, 261. + +Ethiopia, Harris's Highlands of, reviewed, 269. + +Europe, diminution of, British exports to, 263. + +Eusebius, letter to, on sitting for a portrait, 243. + +Exports, diminution of, to Europe, 263. + + +Fairies' Sabbath, the, a tradition of Upper Lusatia, 665. + +Fireman's Song, the, 101. + +Foreign policy of the government, the, 111. + +France, increased commercial restrictions of, 261 + statistics of crime in, 538. + +Freethinker, the, a tale, 593. + +Free trade and protection, on, 259 + efforts made by England to introduce free trade, 261 + protective system pursued by France, Germany, &c., _ib._ + true principles of, 268. No. II. + The corn-laws, 385 + failure of the reciprocity system, _ib._ + comparison of a young and old state as to manufacturing and agricultural + productiveness, 386 + effects of free trade on the Roman empire, 391 + impracticability of that system, 396 + and its inexpediency, 397. + +Frost and others, the trials of, 4. + + +Gama, circumnavigation of Africa, by, 271. + +General elections, results of the, since 1832, 104. + +Germany Customs League, the, 262. + +Germany, Dumas in, 546. + +Gil Blas, on the authorship of, 698. + +Glum, Tabitha, letter from, 199. + +Goethe, lines to, 380. + +Gopal, a Hindu robber, account of, 326. + +Government, position and prospects of the, 103. + +Greece, the actual condition of, 785. + +Greek romances, the ancient: Clitophon and Leucippe, 33. + +Gulliver, letter from, on the corn question, 98. + +Gunnings, career of the, 176. + +Gwalior, history and present state of, 579. + + +Hackman, murder of Miss Ray, by, 178. + +Harris's Highlands of Ethiopia, review of, 269 + notices of it, 730. + +Hawash river, the, 277. + +Henley, orator, notices of, 171. + +Heretic, the, a novel translated from the Russian of Lajetchnikoff, review + of, 133. + +Hervey, Captain, 180. + +High life in the last century, 164. + +Hill's Fifty days on board a Slave vessel, review of, 425. + +Home policy of the government, the, 110. + +Hurdwar, account of the fair of, 324. + +Huskisson, Mr, first attempts to introduce the free trade system, 262. + +Hydrabad, battle at, 580. + +Hymn of a hermit, the, 382. + + +Imprisonment and transportation--No. I.; the increase of crime, 533. + +Increase of crime, the, since 1808, 534 + not attributable to greater number of detections, 535 + nor to defect in the law, 540 + nor to deficiency of education, 541. + +India, Colonel Davidson's travels in, review of, 321 + diminution of crime in, 538. + +Indian affairs, Gwalior, 579. + +Ireland, its present position, and effects of the government measures + on, 127 + its present state, and policy of ministers, 518 + objections brought against the ministerial measures, 519 + defence of them, 524 + the landlord and tenant question, 638. + +Irish state trials, the, 1. + + +J. S., poems by; the Olympic Jupiter, 378 + a Roman idyl, 379 + Goethe, 380 + hymn of a hermit, 382 + the luckless lover, 383. + +Jervis, Sir John, career of, 465. + +Jesse's Memoirs and Correspondence of George Selwyn, review of, 164 + of George Brummell, 769. + + +Kalergy, General, sketch of the life of, 785. + +Kieff, a poem, translated from the Russian of Ivan Kozloff, by T. B. + Shaw, 80. + +Kingston, the Duchess of, 180. + +Krapf, Mr, notices of his mission to Africa, 730. + + +Labour, gradual reduction in the cost of, in Great Britain, 125. + +Lahore, revolution at, 581. + +Lajetchnikoff, the Heretic by, reviewed, 133. + +Lanarkshire, statistics of crime in, and its police, 537, 539. + +Land of slaves, the, a poem, 257. + +Landlord and tenant question in Ireland, the, 638. + +Larresse on Portrait Painting, extracts from, 246. + +Law, administration of the, in India, 333. + +Lazzaroni of Naples, anecdotes of the, 354. + +League, measures of the, 121. + +Lemuel Gulliver, letter from, to the editor, 98. + +Le Sage not the author of Gil Blas, 698. + +Letter from an exiled contributor, 184. + +Literature, the monster misery of, 556. + +Llorente, M. on the authorship of Gil Blas, 698. + +Lorgnon; a word or two of the opera-tive classes by, 292. + +Love in the wilderness. Chap. I., 621 + Chap. II., 624 + Chap. III., 627 + Chap. IV., 631 + Chap. V., 635. + +Luckless lover, the, a poem, 383. + +Lusatia, traditions and tales of; No. I., the Fairies' Sabbath, 665. + + +Mahratta war, origin, &c., of the, 584. + +Manufacturing distress, Sir Robert Peel on the causes of the, 105. + +Marston, or, Memoirs of a Statesman. Part VII., 81 + Part VIII., 202 + Part IX., 362 + Part X., 483 + Part XI., 561. + +Meeanee, battle of, 580. + +Melbourne in Australia, letter from, with account of the colony, &c., 184. + +Memoirs of a Statesman--_see_ Marston. + +Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, review of, 462. + +Mexico, two nights in, 449. + +Michael Kalliphournas, a tale, 725. + +Monster misery of literature, the, 556. + +Monmouthshire rioters, trial of the, 4. + +Moslem histories of Spain; the Arabs of Cordova, 431. + +My friend; a poem, 256. + + +Naples, account of, by Dumas, 347. + +Narration of certain uncommon things that did formerly happen to me, + Herbert Willis, B. D., 749. + +Nelson, notices of the early services of, 477. + +New art of printing, by a designing devil, 45. + +News from an exiled contributor, a letter from New Holland, 184. + +Non-intrusionists, secession of the, from church of Scotland, 221. + + +O'Connell and others, trial of, 1 + his trial in 1831, 3 + his present trial and demeanour during it, 7 + his probable policy in agitating for Repeal, 128. + +O'Connor, Fergus, state prosecutions of, 6. + +Olympic Jupiter, the, a poem, 378. + +Opera-tive classes, a word or two of the, 292. + +Oude, a sporting excursion to, 329. + +Oxford, trial of, 5. + + +Peel, Sir Robert, on the progress of Conservatism, 103, 104 + on the causes of the manufacturing distress, 105 + defence of his conduct on the corn-law question, 107. + +Phenicians, circumnavigation of Africa by the, 271. + +Pirates of Segna, the, a tale of Venice and the Adriatic. Part I. Chap. I., + The Studio, 299 + Chap. II., The Cavern, 303 + Chap. III., The Jewels, 310 + Chap. IV., The Ball, 316. + Part II. Chap. I., The Battle of the Bridge, 401 + Chap. II., The Picture, 409 + Chap. III., The Pirates, 415 + Chap. IV., The Recognition, 421. + +Poetry:--Kieff, from the Russian of Kozloff, 80 + The Proclamation, 100 + the Fireman's Song, 101 + The Prophecy of the Twelve Tribes, 196 + My Friend, 256 + The Land of Slaves, 257 + the Priest's Burial, _ib._ + Prudence, 258 + The Olympic Jupiter, 378 + A Roman Idyl, 379 + Goethe, 380 + Hymn of a Hermit, 382 + The Luckless Lover, 383 + The Snow, by Delta, 617 + Columbus, by B. Simmons, 687 + To Swallows on the eve of departure, by the same, 690. + +Police, repugnance to assessment for, 536. + +Poor old maids, a bewailment from Bath, 199. + +Porter, Mr, on the decrease of our European exports, 263. + +Portrait painting, in a letter to Eusebius, 213. + +Portugal, restrictive commercial system adopted by, 262. + +Portuguese, circumnavigation of Africa by the, 271. + +Position and Prospects of the government, on the: its position on the + secession of the Whigs, 103 + advance of Conservatism since the passing of the Reform Bill, _ib._ + the manufacturing distress, 105 + the sugar and corn question, 106 + difficulties with which it had to contend, 108 + its home policy, and what it has done, 110 + its foreign policy, 111 + the new tariff and corn-law, 113 + results of its measures in the revival of trade, tranquillity, &c., 120 + its measures with reference to Ireland, 127. + +Priest's burial, the, a poem, 257. + +Printing, the new art of, by a designing devil, 45. + +Proclamation, the, 100. + +Prophecy of the twelve tribes, the, poem, 196. + +Prosecution, the State, 1. + +Prudence, a poem, 258. + + +Rampore, city of, 322. + +Ray, Miss, murder of, by Hackman, 178, + +Rebeccaites, trials of the, 6. + +Reciprocity system, effect of, in diminishing the exports to Europe, 263 + failure of the, 385. + +Repeal agitation, the, 128. + +Revenue, improvement of the, 114. + +Reviews: the Heretic, 133 + George Selwyn and his contemporaries, 164 + Harris's Highlands of Ethiopia, 269 + Davidson's Travels in India, 321 + Hill's Fifty days on board a Slave Ship, 425 + Tucker's Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, 462 + Cry from Ireland, 638 + Jesse's memoirs of Beau Brummell, 769. + +Rhine, the, and Rhinelanders, 546. + +Rigby, Richard, notices of, 172. + +Roman empire, effects of free trade on the, 391. + +Roman Idyl, a, 379. + + +Sahela Selassee, King of Abyssinia, British mission to, 282. + +St Vincent, Earl, Tucker's Memoirs of, reviewed, 462. + +Sandwich, Lord, notices of, 177. + +Scinde, subjugation of, by the British, 580. + +Segna, Pirates of--_see_ Pirates. + +Selim, Captain, expedition under, to explore Central Africa, 731. + +Selwyn and his contemporaries, review of, 164. + +Shaw, T. B., translation of Kieff, a poem, from the Russian by, 80 + review of his translation of the Heretic, 133. + +Shoa, mission to the kingdom of, 275. + +Simmons, B., poems by:--Columbus, 687 + To swallows on the eve of departure, 690. + +Sindiah, history of the house of, 582. + +Sitting for a portrait, on, in a letter to Eusebius, 243. + +Slave trade, the, 425, 730, 741. + +Sliding scale, effects of the, 119. + +Snow, the, a poem by Delta, 617. + +Song of the Fireman, the, 101. + +Southern Mexico, two nights in, 449. + +Spain, condition of, under the Arabs of Cordova, 431. + +Speculation in grain, diminution of, under the new corn law, 118. + +State prosecutions, comparison of, in ancient and modern times, 1 + that of O'Connell in 1831, 3 + those of the Canadian insurgents, _ib._ + of the Monmouthshire rioters, 4 + of Oxford, 5 + of the Chartists in 1842, _ib._ + of the Welsh rioters, 6 + the present, of O'Connell and others, for conspiracy, 7. + +Statesman, memoirs of a--_see_ Marston. + +Struggle in Texas, the, 18. + +Sugar question, Sir Robert Peel on the, 106. + +Swallows on the eve of departure, address to, by B. Simmons, 690. + + +Tariff, the new, and its results, 113. + +Tatius, Achilles, account of his romance, Clitophon and Leucippe, 33. + +Texas, adventures in. No. III.; the struggle, 18. + +Thrush-hunting, a tale; by Alexander Dumas, 150. + +Traditions and tales of Upper Lusatia. No. I., The Fairies' Sabbath, 665. + +Tropical colonies, on, 730, 741. + +Tucker's Memoirs of Earl St Vincent, review of, 462. + +Twelve tribes, prophecy of the, a poem, 196. + +Two nights in Southern Mexico, a fragment from the journal of an American + traveller, 449. + +Two patrons, the, a tale. Chapter I., 500 + Chap. II., 503 + Chap. III., 505 + Chap. IV., 509 + Chap. V., 511 + Chap. VI., 514 + Chap. VII., 515. + + +Vardarelli, account of the, 358. + + +Wages, gradual reduction of, in Great Britain, 125. + +Washington, the treaty of, 112. + +Welsh rioters, trial of the, 6. + +Who wrote Gil Blas? 698. + +Wiggins' Cry from Ireland, review of, 638 + +William, John, letter from, to the editor, 184. + +Williams, Sir Charles Hanbury, 174 + Gilly, 175. + +Willis, Herbert, B. D., narration of, 749. + +Word or two of the opera-tive classes, a, 292. + + +END OF VOL. LV. + + * * * * * + +_Edinburgh: Printed by Ballantyne and Hughes, Paul's Work._ + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine - +Volume 55, No. 344, June, 1844, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BLACKWOOD'S EDINBURGH *** + +***** This file should be named 23529.txt or 23529.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/3/5/2/23529/ + +Produced by Brendan OConnor, Jonathan Ingram, Louise Pryor +and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images +generously made available by The Internet Library of Early +Journals.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/23529.zip b/23529.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a22c170 --- /dev/null +++ b/23529.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee05a72 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #23529 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/23529) |
